485APOS 1 d485apos.htm DFA/IDG 485APOS FILING DFA/IDG 485APOS Filing
Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2010

File No. 002-73948

File No. 811-03258

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

   x  

Pre-Effective Amendment No.         

   ¨  

Post-Effective Amendment No. 117

   x  

and/or

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 [X]    x

Amendment No. 118

   ¨

 

(Check appropriate box or boxes.)

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746

(Address of Principal Executive Office) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code (512) 306-7400

Catherine L. Newell, Esquire, Vice President and Secretary

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.,

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Please send copies of all communications to:

Mark A. Sheehan, Esquire

Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP

2600 One Commerce Square

Philadelphia, PA 19103

(215) 564-8027

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

¨ immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)

 

¨ on [Date] pursuant to paragraph (b)

 

x 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

 

¨ on [Date] pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

 

¨ 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)

 

¨ on [Date] pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

¨ This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

 


Table of Contents

The Trustees and principal officers of The DFA Investment Trust Company and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund also have executed this registration statement.

Title of Securities Being Registered:

ASIA PACIFIC SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

CONTINENTAL SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

CSTG&E INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

CSTG&E U.S. SOCIAL CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

DFA CALIFORNIA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

DFA FIVE-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

DFA FIVE-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

DFA FIVE-YEAR GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO

DFA GLOBAL REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

DFA INFLATION-PROTECTED SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

DFA INTERMEDIATE GOVERNMENT FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

DFA INTERMEDIATE-TERM EXTENDED QUALITY PORTFOLIO

DFA INTERNATIONAL REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

DFA INTERNATIONAL SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE EX TOBACCO PORTFOLIO

DFA ONE-YEAR FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

DFA REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

DFA SELECTIVELY HEDGED GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

DFA SHORT-TERM EXTENDED QUALITY PORTFOLIO

DFA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

DFA TWO-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

DFA VA GLOBAL MODERATE ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO

EMERGING MARKETS CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO

EMERGING MARKETS SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

EMERGING MARKETS SOCIAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

EMERGING MARKETS VALUE PORTFOLIO

ENHANCED U.S. LARGE COMPANY PORTFOLIO

INTERNATIONAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

INTERNATIONAL SUSTAINABILITY CORE 1 PORTFOLIO

INTERNATIONAL VECTOR EQUITY PORTFOLIO

JAPANESE SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

LARGE CAP INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO

LWAS/DFA INTERNATIONAL HIGH BOOK TO MARKET PORTFOLIO

T.A. U.S. CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

T.A. WORLD EX U.S. CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TAX-MANAGED DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO

TAX-MANAGED U.S. EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TAX-MANAGED U.S. MARKETWIDE VALUE PORTFOLIO

TAX-MANAGED U.S. SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

TAX-MANAGED U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO

U.S. CORE EQUITY 1 PORTFOLIO

U.S. CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

U.S. LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

U.S. LARGE COMPANY PORTFOLIO

 


Table of Contents

U.S. MICRO CAP PORTFOLIO

U.S. SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

U.S. SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

U.S. SOCIAL CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

U.S. SUSTAINABILITY CORE 1 PORTFOLIO

U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO

U.S. VECTOR EQUITY PORTFOLIO

UNITED KINGDOM SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

VA GLOBAL BOND PORTFOLIO

VA INTERNATIONAL SMALL PORTFOLIO

VA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO

VA SHORT-TERM FIXED PORTFOLIO

VA U.S. LARGE VALUE PORTFOLIO

VA U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO


Table of Contents

 

This Post-Effective Amendment No. 117/118 to Registration File Nos. 002-73948/811-03258 includes the following:

 

1. FACING PAGE

 

2. CONTENTS PAGE

 

3. PART A — Prospectus relating to the Institutional Class shares of the Registrant’s U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Large Company Portfolio, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, Continental Small Company Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, Japanese Small Company Portfolio, Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio, United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio, Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio, Emerging Markets Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio and DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio series of shares

 

4. PART A — Prospectus relating to the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Registrant’s U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio, Emerging Markets Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio series of shares

 

5. PART A — Prospectus relating to the Institutional Class shares of the Registrant’s DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio series of shares

 

6. PART A — Prospectus relating to the Registrant’s Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio, T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio series of shares

 

7. PART A — Prospectus relating to the Registrant’s VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio, VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, VA International Value Portfolio, VA International Small Portfolio, VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio and VA Global Bond Portfolio series of shares

 

8. PART A — Prospectus relating to the Registrant’s U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio and Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio series of shares

 


Table of Contents
9. PART A — Prospectus relating to the Registrant’s CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio and CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio series of shares

 

10. PART A — Prospectus relating to the Registrant’s DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio series of shares

 

11. PART A — Prospectus relating to the Registrant’s DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio series of shares

 

12. PART A — Prospectus relating to the Registrant’s U.S. Large Company Portfolio series of shares

 

13. PART A — Prospectus relating to the Registrant’s LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio series of shares

 

14. PART B — Statement of Additional Information relating to the Institutional Class shares of the Registrant’s U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Fund, International Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, Continental Small Company Portfolio, Japanese Small Company Portfolio, Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio, United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio, Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio, Emerging Markets Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio and DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio series of shares

 

15. PART B — Statement of Additional Information relating to the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Registrant’s U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio, Emerging Markets Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio series of shares

 

16. PART B — Statement of Additional Information relating to the Institutional Class shares of the Registrant’s DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio series of shares

 

17. PART B — Statement of Additional Information relating to the Registrant’s Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio, T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio series of shares

 

18. PART B — Statement of Additional Information relating to the Registrant’s VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio, VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, VA International Value Portfolio, VA International Small Portfolio, VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio and VA Global Bond Portfolio series of shares

 

19. PART B — Statement of Additional Information relating to the Registrant’s U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio and Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio series of shares


Table of Contents
20. PART B — Statement of Additional Information relating to the Registrant’s CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio and CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio series of shares

 

21. PART B – Statement of Additional Information relating to the Registrant’s DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio series of shares

 

22. PART B – Statement of Additional Information relating to the Registrant’s DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio series of shares

 

23. PART B – Statement of Additional Information relating to the Registrant’s U.S. Large Company Portfolio series of shares

 

24. PART B – Statement of Additional Information relating to the Registrant’s LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio series of shares

 

25. PART C — Other Information

 

26. SIGNATURES

 

 

 


Table of Contents

P R O S P E C T U S

February 28, 2010

Please carefully read the important information it contains before investing.

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

 

 

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

PORTFOLIOS FOR LONG-TERM INVESTORS SEEKING TO INVEST IN:

DOMESTIC EQUITY SECURITIES

 

ENHANCED U.S. LARGE COMPANY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFELX

 

U.S. CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFQTX

U.S. LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFLVX

 

U.S. VECTOR EQUITY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFVEX

U.S. SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFSVX

 

U.S. SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFSTX

U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFFVX

 

U.S. MICRO CAP PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFSCX

U.S. CORE EQUITY 1 PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFEOX

 

DFA REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFREX

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY SECURITIES

 

LARGE CAP INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFALX

 

DFA INTERNATIONAL REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFITX

DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFIVX

 

DFA GLOBAL REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFGEX

INTERNATIONAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFIEX

 

DFA INTERNATIONAL SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DISVX

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFISX

 

INTERNATIONAL VECTOR EQUITY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFVQX

JAPANESE SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFJSX

 

EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFEMX

ASIA PACIFIC SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFRSX

 

EMERGING MARKETS VALUE PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFEVX

UNITED KINGDOM SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFUKX

 

EMERGING MARKETS SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DEMSX

CONTINENTAL SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFCSX

 

EMERGING MARKETS CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFCEX

INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES

This Prospectus describes the Institutional Class shares of each Portfolio which:

Are generally available only to institutional investors and clients of registered investment advisors.

Do not charge sales commissions or loads.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ENHANCED U.S. LARGE COMPANY PORTFOLIO

   1

Investment Objective

   1

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   1

Principal Investment Strategies

   1

Principal Risks

   3

Performance

   3

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   4

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   4

Tax Information

   5

U.S. LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

   6

Investment Objective

   6

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   6

Principal Investment Strategies

   7

Principal Risks

   7

Performance

   8

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   9

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   9

Tax Information

   9

U.S. SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

   10

Investment Objective

   10

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   10

Principal Investment Strategies

   10

Principal Risks

   11

Performance

   12

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   12

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   13

Tax Information

   13

U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO

  

14

Investment Objective

   14

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   14

Principal Investment Strategies

   14

Principal Risks

   15

Performance

   16

 

i


Table of Contents

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   17

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   17

Tax Information

   17

U.S. CORE EQUITY 1 PORTFOLIO

  

18

Investment Objective

   18

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   18

Principal Investment Strategies

   18

Principal Risks

   19

Performance

   20

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   21

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   21

Tax Information

  

21

U.S. CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

  

22

Investment Objective

   22

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   22

Principal Investment Strategies

   22

Principal Risks

   23

Performance

   24

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   25

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   25

Tax Information

   25

U.S. VECTOR EQUITY PORTFOLIO

  

26

Investment Objective

   26

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   26

Principal Investment Strategies

   26

Principal Risks

   27

Performance

  

28

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

  

29

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

  

29

Tax Information

  

29

U.S. SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

  

30

Investment Objective

  

30

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

  

30

Principal Investment Strategies

  

30

 

ii


Table of Contents

Principal Risks

   31

Performance

   32

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   32

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   33

Tax Information

   33

U.S. MICRO CAP PORTFOLIO

   34

Investment Objective

   34

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   34

Principal Investment Strategies

   34

Principal Risks

   35

Performance

  

36

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

  

36

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

  

37

Tax Information

  

37

DFA REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

   38

Investment Objective

  

38

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

  

38

Principal Investment Strategies

  

38

Principal Risks

  

39

Performance

  

40

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

  

41

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

  

41

Tax Information

  

41

LARGE CAP INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO

  

42

Investment Objective

  

42

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

  

42

Principal Investment Strategies

  

42

Principal Risks

  

43

Performance

   44

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   44

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   45

Tax Information

   45

DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO

  

46

Investment Objective

  

46

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

  

46

 

iii


Table of Contents

Principal Investment Strategies

  

47

Principal Risks

  

47

Performance

  

48

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

  

49

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

  

49

Tax Information

  

49

INTERNATIONAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

   50

Investment Objective

  

50

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

  

50

Principal Investment Strategies

  

50

Principal Risks

  

51

Performance

  

52

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

  

53

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

  

53

Tax Information

  

53

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

   54

Investment Objective

  

54

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

  

54

Principal Investment Strategies

  

55

Principal Risks

  

55

Performance

  

56

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

  

57

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

  

57

Tax Information

  

58

JAPANESE SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

   59

Investment Objective

  

59

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   59

Principal Investment Strategies

   60

Principal Risks

   60

Performance

   61

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   62

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   62

Tax Information

   63

 

iv


Table of Contents

ASIA PACIFIC SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

   64

Investment Objective

   64

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   64

Principal Investment Strategies

   65

Principal Risks

   65

Performance

   66

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   67

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   67

Tax Information

   68

UNITED KINGDOM SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

   69

Investment Objective

   69

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   69

Principal Investment Strategies

   70

Principal Risks

   70

Performance

   71

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   72

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   72

Tax Information

   73

CONTINENTAL SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

   74

Investment Objective

   74

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   74

Principal Investment Strategies

   75

Principal Risks

   75

Performance

   76

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   77

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   77

Tax Information

   78

DFA INTERNATIONAL REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

   79

Investment Objective

   79

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   79

Principal Investment Strategies

   79

Principal Risks

   80

Performance

   81

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   82

 

v


Table of Contents

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   83

Tax Information

   83

DFA GLOBAL REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

   84

Investment Objective

   84

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   84

Principal Investment Strategies

   85

Principal Risks

   86

Performance

   87

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   88

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   88

Tax Information

   88

DFA INTERNATIONAL SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

   89

Investment Objective

   89

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   89

Principal Investment Strategies

   89

Principal Risks

   90

Performance

   91

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   92

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   92

Tax Information

   92

INTERNATIONAL VECTOR EQUITY PORTFOLIO

   93

Investment Objective

   93

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   93

Principal Investment Strategies

   94

Principal Risks

   95

Performance

   95

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   96

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   96

Tax Information

   96

EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO

   97

Investment Objective

   97

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   97

Principal Investment Strategies

   98

Principal Risks

   98

 

vi


Table of Contents

Performance

   99

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   100

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   100

Tax Information

   100

EMERGING MARKETS VALUE PORTFOLIO

   101

Investment Objective

   101

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   101

Principal Investment Strategies

   102

Principal Risks

   102

Performance

   103

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   104

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   104

Tax Information

   104

EMERGING MARKETS SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

   105

Investment Objective

   105

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   105

Principal Investment Strategies

   106

Principal Risks

   106

Performance

   107

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   108

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   108

Tax Information

   108

EMERGING MARKETS CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

   109

Investment Objective

   109

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   109

Principal Investment Strategies

   109

Principal Risks

   110

Performance

   111

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   112

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   112

Tax Information

   112

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

   113

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   113

Additional Information Regarding Credit Risk

   115

 

vii


Table of Contents

Standard & Poor’s—Information and Disclaimers

   115

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   115

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   117

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

   117

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   118

International Portfolios

   119

Approved Markets

   119

Developed Markets

   120

Emerging Markets

   120

Large Cap International Portfolio

   121

DFA International Value Portfolio

   122

International Core Equity Portfolio

   123

International Small Company Portfolios

   123

International Small Company Portfolio

   124

Japanese Small Company Portfolio

   125

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio

   125

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio

   126

Continental Small Company Portfolio

   127

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   127

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   128

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

   129

International Vector Equity Portfolio

   130

Emerging Markets Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

  

130

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach

   133

Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds

   134

Portfolio Transactions—All Portfolios

   134

Other Information

   134

SECURITIES LOANS

   135

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

   135

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

   136

Management Fees

   138

Investment Services

   138

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements

   139

Performance

   140
DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES    140

 

viii


Table of Contents

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   144

Cash Purchases

   144

In-Kind Purchases

   145
POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING    145
VALUATION OF SHARES    148

Net Asset Value

   148

Public Offering Price

   150
EXCHANGE OF SHARES    150
REDEMPTION OF SHARES    151

Redemption Procedure

   151

Redemption of Small Accounts

   151

In-Kind Redemptions

   152

THE FEEDER PORTFOLIOS

   152

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   153

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

   153

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

   153

SERVICE PROVIDERS

   180

 

ix


Table of Contents

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio seeks, as its investment objective, to achieve a total return which exceeds the total return performance of the S&P 500® Index. Total return is comprised of income and capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.20

Other Expenses

   0.09

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses*

   0.01

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.30

 

* Since the “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses” are not directly borne by the Portfolio, they are not reflected in the Portfolio’s financial statements, and therefore, the amounts listed in “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” will differ from those presented in the Financial Highlights.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$31

   $ 97    $ 169    $ 381

Portfolio Turnover

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 46% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The Advisor believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the

 

1


Table of Contents

Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio seeks to outperform the S&P 500® Index primarily through investment in S&P 500® Index futures and short-term fixed income obligations. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may invest in all of the stocks represented in the S&P 500® Index, options on stock indices, stock index futures, options on stock index futures, swap agreements on stock indices and shares of investment companies that invest in stock indices. The Portfolio invests in fixed income obligations, which may include securities of foreign issuers. The Portfolio may, from time to time, also invest in options on stock indices, stock index futures, options on stock index futures and swap agreements based on indices other than, but similar to, the S&P 500® Index (such instruments whether or not based on the S&P 500® Index are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Index Derivatives”). The S&P 500® Index is comprised of a broad and diverse group of stocks. Generally, these are the U.S. stocks with the largest market capitalizations and, as a group, they represent approximately 75% of the total market capitalization of all publicly traded U.S. stocks. The Advisor considers stocks that comprise the S&P 500® Index to be those of large companies. Under normal circumstances, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in short-term fixed income obligations that are overlaid by futures, swaps and other derivatives of the S&P 500® Index to create exposure to the performance of large U.S. companies or in securities of large U.S. companies directly. Alternatively, the Portfolio may invest at least 80% of its net assets directly in securities of large companies.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may invest all of its assets in Index Derivatives. Certain of these Index Derivatives are speculative and may subject the Portfolio to additional risks. Assets of the Portfolio not invested in S&P 500® Index or Index Derivatives may be invested in short-term fixed income obligations including: U.S. government obligations, U.S. government agency obligations, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, foreign government and agency obligations, supranational organization obligations, foreign issuer obligations and eurodollar obligations. The Portfolio’s investment in fixed income obligations will be considered investment grade at the time of purchase. The fixed income obligations purchased by the Portfolio will typically mature within two years from the date of settlement and the average dollar-weighted maturity of the fixed income securities will be one year or less.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio uses foreign currency contracts to hedge foreign currency risks. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio uses index swap agreements and stock index futures to hedge against changes in securities prices. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. Additionally, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio uses index swap agreements and stock index futures to attempt to achieve its investment objectives.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

About the S&P 500® Index: The Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index® is market capitalization weighted (adjusted for free float). Its performance is usually cyclical because it reflects periods when stock prices generally rise or fall. For information concerning Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies (“S&P”), and disclaimers of S&P with respect to the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, see “Standard & Poor’s—Information and Disclaimers.”

 

2


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio hedges foreign currency risk.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s performance. Credit risk is greater for fixed income securities with ratings below investment grade (BB or below by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group or Ba or below by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.). Fixed income securities that are below investment grade involve high credit risk and are considered speculative.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s income to decline.

Call Risk: Call risk is the risk that during periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer will call or repay a higher-yielding bond before its maturity date, forcing the Portfolio to reinvest in bonds with lower interest rates than the original obligations.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio.

 

3


Table of Contents

The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

16.84 (4/09-6/09)

   -21.79 (10/08-12/08)

 

         Periods ending December 31, 2009    

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   28.72   0.21   -0.95

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   28.18   -1.75

  -2.63

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   18.63

  -0.79

  -1.64

S&P 500® Index(1)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   26.46

  0.42

  -0.95

 

(1)

Copyright© 2010 Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio through a financial intermediary should

 

4


Table of Contents

contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

5


Table of Contents

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The U.S. Large Cap Value Series (the “U.S. Large Cap Value Series”) of the Trust, which has the same investment objective and policies as the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.25

Other Expenses

   0.05

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.30

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the U.S. Large Cap Value Series and an administration fee payable by the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the U.S. Large Cap Value Series.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$31

   $ 97    $ 169    $ 381

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio and the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the U.S. Large Cap Value Series.

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 29% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

 

6


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the U.S. Large Cap Value Series. The U.S. Large Cap Value Series, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of large U.S. companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. large cap company, the greater its representation in the Series. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of large cap U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, for purposes of the U.S. Large Cap Value Series, the Advisor considers large cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the highest 90% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are larger than the 1,000th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. Under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines described above, as of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a large cap company was $2,210 million, or above. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series and the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Large Cap Value Series that owns them, and, in turn, the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Large Cap Value Series and U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio use

 

7


Table of Contents

derivatives, the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Large Cap Value Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

23.58 (4/09-6/09)

   -27.86 (10/08-12/08)

 

8


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   30.19   -0.14   4.39

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   29.68   -0.65   3.32

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   19.91   -0.12   3.42

Russell 1000® Value Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   19.69   -0.26   2.47

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio and the U.S. Large Cap Value Series. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio and the U.S. Large Cap Series and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

9


Table of Contents

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.50

Other Expenses

   0.04

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.54

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$55    $ 173    $ 302    $ 677

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 21% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

10


Table of Contents

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of the readily marketable common stocks of U.S. small cap companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. small cap company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small cap U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, for purposes of the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, the Advisor considers small cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the lowest 10% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are smaller than the 1,000th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. Under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines described above, as of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a small cap company was $2,210 million, or below. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

The U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio may lose money and there may be a

 

11


Table of Contents

delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

28.03 (4/03-6/03)

   -28.70 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
  Years  
 

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   33.62   -0.25   9.13

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   33.50   -1.18   7.48

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   21.99   -0.16   7.54

Russell 2000® Value Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   20.56   -0.01   8.27

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

12


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

13


Table of Contents

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.35

Other Expenses

   0.06

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.41

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$42    $ 132    $ 230    $ 518

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 17% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

14


Table of Contents

The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of the readily marketable common stocks of U.S. small and mid cap companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the eligible company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Advisor considers for investment companies whose market capitalizations are generally smaller than the 500th largest U.S. company. As of December 31, 2009, companies smaller than the 500th largest U.S. company fall in lowest 20% of total U.S. market capitalization. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. As of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a company smaller than the 500th largest U.S. company was approximately $3,981 million or below. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

 

15


Table of Contents

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2001-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

26.65 (4/03-6/03)

   -27.48 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Since 2/23/00
Inception
 

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   31.88   0.95   10.42

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   31.63   -0.05   8.58

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   20.88   0.62   8.42

Russell 2000® Value Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   20.56   -0.01   8.44

 

16


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

17


Table of Contents

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.17

Other Expenses

   0.05

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.22

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$23    $ 71    $ 124    $ 280

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 7% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

18


Table of Contents

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The percentage allocation of the assets of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 2.5% and 25% of their percentage weight in the U.S. Universe. For example, as of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest U.S. growth companies comprised 21% of the U.S. Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 14% of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies. The percentage by which the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements. Additionally, the range by which the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced as compared to the U.S. Universe will change from time to time.

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the

 

19


Table of Contents

derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2006-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

17.92 (4/09-6/09)

   -23.48 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One Year     Since 9/15/05
Inception
 

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   29.84   0.05

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   29.37   -0.27

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   19.66   -0.02

Russell 3000® Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   28.34   0.03

 

20


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

21


Table of Contents

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.20

Other Expenses

   0.04

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.24

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 25    $ 77    $ 135    $ 306

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 4% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

22


Table of Contents

The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The percentage allocation of the assets of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 5% and 35% of their percentage weight in the U.S. Universe. For example, as of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest U.S. growth companies comprised 21% of the U.S. Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 6% of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies. The percentage by which the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements. Additionally, the range by which the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced as compared to the U.S. Universe will change from time to time.

The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the

 

23


Table of Contents

derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2006-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

19.26 (4/09-6/09)

   -24.17 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One Year     Since 9/15/05
Inception
 

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   29.15   -0.41

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   28.74   -0.72

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   19.20   -0.40

Russell 3000® Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   28.34   0.03

 

24


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

25


Table of Contents

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.30

Other Expenses

   0.05

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.35

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 36    $ 113    $ 197    $ 443

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 11% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

26


Table of Contents

The U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. operating companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe or by avoiding purchases in that segment of the market, either of which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The percentage allocation of the assets of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 5% and 50% of their percentage weight in the U.S. Universe. For example, as of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest U.S. growth companies comprised 21% of the U.S. Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 1% of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies. The percentage by which the Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements and other factors. Additionally, the range by which the Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced as compared to the U.S. Universe will change from time to time.

The U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity,

 

27


Table of Contents

interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2006-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

21.41 (7/09-9/09)

   -26.14 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One Year     Since 12/30/05
Inception
 

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   29.22   -1.42

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   28.86   -1.82

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   19.18   -1.32

Russell 2500® Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   34.38   0.01

 

28


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

29


Table of Contents

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.35%

Other Expenses

   0.05%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.40%

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

  

5 Years

  

10 Years

$ 41    $ 128    $ 224    $ 505

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 17% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

30


Table of Contents

The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of U.S. small cap companies. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. small cap company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small cap U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, for purposes of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, the Advisor considers small cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the lowest 10% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are smaller than the 1,000th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. Under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines described above, as of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a small cap company was $2,210 million, or below. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions. When implementing its strategy, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio will, as of the date of this Prospectus, generally purchase securities of companies that are in the lowest 8% of total market capitalization but may also purchase securities of companies above this range that are considered small cap companies under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines.

The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in

 

31


Table of Contents

recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

25.94 (4/09-6/09)

   -26.85 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   36.34   0.91   5.72

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   36.10   0.12   4.69

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   23.76   0.67   4.59

Russell 2000® Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   27.17   0.51   3.51

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

32


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

33


Table of Contents

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.50

Other Expenses

   0.04

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.54

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$55

   $ 173    $ 302    $ 677

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 12% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

34


Table of Contents

The U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of the common stocks of U.S. micro cap companies. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. micro cap company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of U.S. micro cap companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, for the purposes of the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, the Advisor considers micro cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the lowest 5% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are smaller than the 1,500th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. Under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines described above, as of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a micro cap company was $975 million, or below. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions. When implementing its strategy, the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio will, as of the date of this Prospectus, generally purchase securities of companies that are in the lowest 4% of total market capitalization but may also purchase securities of companies above this range that are considered micro cap companies under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines.

The U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

 

35


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

27.35 (4/03-6/03)

   -26.98 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   28.06   -1.17   6.30

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   27.91   -2.24   4.64

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   18.39   -1.08   4.90

Russell 2000® Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   27.17   0.51   3.51

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

36


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

37


Table of Contents

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.30

Other Expenses

   0.06

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.36

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$37

   $ 116    $ 202    $ 456

Portfolio Turnover

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 2% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

38


Table of Contents

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases readily marketable equity securities of companies whose principal activities include development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial or industrial real estate. The Portfolio will principally invest in equity securities of companies in certain real estate investment trusts and companies engaged in residential construction and firms, except partnerships, whose principal business is to develop commercial property. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. real estate company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio will purchase shares of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s net assets will be invested in securities of companies in the real estate industry. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio generally considers a company to be principally engaged in the real estate industry if the company (i) derives at least 50% of its revenue or profits from the development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial, industrial, or other real estate; (ii) has at least 50% of the value of its assets invested in residential, commercial, industrial, or other real estate; or (iii) is organized as a REIT or REIT-like entity. REIT-like entities are types of real estate companies that pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio will make equity investments only in securities traded in the U.S. securities markets, principally on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor and over-the-counter market.

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio is authorized to use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Risks of Concentrating in the Real Estate Industry: The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio is concentrated in the real estate industry. The exclusive focus by DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio on the real estate industry will cause the Portfolio to be exposed to the general risks of direct real estate ownership. The value of securities in the real estate industry can be affected by changes in real estate values and rental income, property taxes, interest rates, and tax and regulatory requirements. Investing in REITs and REIT-like entities involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. REITs and REIT-like entities are dependent upon management skill, may not be diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency and self-liquidation. REITs and REIT-like entities also are subject to the possibility of failing to qualify for tax free pass-through of income. Also, because REITs and REIT-like entities typically are invested in a limited number of projects or in a particular market segment, these entities are more susceptible to adverse developments affecting a single project or market segment than more broadly diversified investments. The performance of DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio may be materially different from the broad equity market.

 

39


Table of Contents

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

33.83 (7/09-9/09)

   -38.39 (10/08-12/08)

 

40


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   28.17   -0.01   10.48

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   26.28   -1.44   8.64

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   18.07   -0.49   8.34

S&P 500® Index(1)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   26.46   0.42   -0.95

Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index(2)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   28.46   -0.07   10.67

 

(1)

Copyright© 2010 Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

(2)

As of March 31, 2009 the Portfolio’s previous benchmark index, the Dow Jones Wilshire REIT Index, was discontinued, and the Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index was selected to take its place. According to the index provider, Dow Jones Indexes, the Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index uses the same methodology, composition and historical data back to 1987 as the Portfolio’s previous benchmark.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

41


Table of Contents

Large Cap International Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Large Cap International Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Large Cap International Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.25%

Other Expenses

   0.07%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.32%

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Large Cap International Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 33    $ 103    $ 180    $ 406

Portfolio Turnover

The Large Cap International Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Large Cap International Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Large Cap International Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 12% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

42


Table of Contents

The Large Cap International Portfolio purchases stocks of large non-U.S. companies using a market capitalization weighted approach in each country or region designated by the Advisor as an approved market for investment. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a large company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

The Large Cap International Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of large non-U.S. companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, Large Cap International Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of large cap companies in the particular markets in which the Portfolio invests. The Advisor determines the minimum market capitalization of a large company with respect to each country or region in which the Portfolio invests. As of December 31, 2009, for the Large Cap International Portfolio, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the Large Cap International Portfolio invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions.

The Large Cap International Portfolio may gain exposure to companies in an approved market by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Large Cap International Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Large Cap International Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Large Cap International Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Large Cap International Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Large Cap International Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Large Cap International Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

 

43


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Large Cap International Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Large Cap International Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Large Cap International Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Large Cap International Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Large Cap International Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

25.18 (4/09-6/09)

   -20.63 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Large Cap International Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   30.64   4.04   1.42

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   29.92   3.53   0.95

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   20.38   3.44   1.09

MSCI World ex USA Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   33.67   4.07   1.62

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Large Cap International Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Large Cap International Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

44


Table of Contents
   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Large Cap International Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Large Cap International Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Large Cap International Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Large Cap International Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

45


Table of Contents

DFA International Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA International Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The DFA International Value Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The DFA International Value Series (the “DFA International Value Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the DFA International Value Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.40

Other Expenses

   0.06

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.46

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the DFA International Value Series and an administration fee payable by the DFA International Value Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the DFA International Value Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the DFA International Value Series.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the DFA International Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$47

   $ 148    $ 258    $ 579

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the DFA International Value Portfolio and the DFA International Value Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the DFA International Value Series.

Portfolio Turnover

The DFA International Value Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the DFA International Value Portfolio’s

 

46


Table of Contents

performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the DFA International Value Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 18% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The DFA International Value Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets in the DFA International Value Series. The DFA International Value Series, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases stocks of large non-U.S. companies in countries with developed markets that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a large company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Series. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

The DFA International Value Series intends to purchase stocks of large companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. The Advisor determines the minimum market capitalization of a large company with respect to each country or region in which the Series invests. As of December 31, 2009, for the DFA International Value Series, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the DFA International Value Series invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions.

The DFA International Value Series may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The DFA International Value Series and the DFA International Value Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The DFA International Value Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The DFA International Value Series does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the DFA International Value Series that owns them, and, in turn, the DFA International Value Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

 

47


Table of Contents

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the DFA International Value Series and the DFA International Value Portfolio use derivatives, the DFA International Value Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the DFA International Value Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The DFA International Value Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the DFA International Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The DFA International Value Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the DFA International Value Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

DFA International Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

33.93 (4/09-6/09)

   -24.43 (10/08-12/08)

 

48


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

DFA International Value Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   39.45   4.99   6.67

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   38.77   4.13   5.66

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   26.11   4.08   5.38

MSCI World ex USA Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   33.67   4.07   1.62

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the DFA International Value Portfolio and the DFA International Value Series. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the DFA International Value Portfolio and the DFA International Value Series:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the DFA International Value Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the DFA International Value Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The DFA International Value Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the DFA International Value Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

49


Table of Contents

International Core Equity Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the International Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the International Core Equity Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.35

Other Expenses

   0.06

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.41

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the International Core Equity Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$42

   $ 132    $ 230    $ 518

Portfolio Turnover

The International Core Equity Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the International Core Equity Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the International Core Equity Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 5% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

50


Table of Contents

The International Core Equity Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of stocks of non-U.S. companies in developed markets with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the International Universe. For purposes of this Portfolio, the Advisor defines the International Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies in developed markets that have been authorized as approved markets for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the International Core Equity Portfolio’s assets to the largest growth companies relative to their weight in the International Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

The International Core Equity Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the International Core Equity Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. The percentage allocation of the assets of the International Core Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 5% and 35% of their percentage weight in the International Universe. As of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe comprised approximately 20% of the International Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 5% of the International Core Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe. The percentage by which the Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements and other factors. Additionally, the range by which the International Core Equity Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest growth companies is reduced as compared to the International Universe will change from time to time. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization.

The International Core Equity Portfolio may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The International Core Equity Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The International Core Equity Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The International Core Equity Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the International Core Equity Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more

 

51


Table of Contents

vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the International Core Equity Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the International Core Equity Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The International Core Equity Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the International Core Equity Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the International Core Equity Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The International Core Equity Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the International Core Equity Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

International Core Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2006-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

31.34 (4/09-6/09)

   -22.25 (10/08-12/08)

 

52


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One Year     Since 9/15/05
Inception
 

International Core Equity Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   39.29   3.15

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   38.66   2.69

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   26.00   2.68

MSCI World ex USA Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   33.67   2.83

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the International Core Equity Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the International Core Equity Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the International Core Equity Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the International Core Equity Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The International Core Equity Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the International Core Equity Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

53


Table of Contents

International Small Company Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the International Small Company Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The International Small Company Portfolio pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in The Canadian Small Company Series, The Japanese Small Company Series, The Asia Pacific Small Company Series, The United Kingdom Small Company Series and The Continental Small Company Series (the “International Small Company Master Funds”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”).

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the International Small Company Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.40%

Other Expenses

   0.01%

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses

   0.16%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.57%

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the International Small Company Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$58

   $ 183    $ 318    $ 714

Portfolio Turnover

A mutual fund generally pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when mutual fund shares are held in a taxable account. The International Small Company Portfolio does not pay transaction costs when buying and selling shares of the International Small Company Master Funds; however, the International Small Company Master Funds pay transaction costs when buying and selling securities for their portfolio. The transaction costs incurred by the International Small Company Master Funds, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the International Small Company Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the International Small Company Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 11.1%.

 

54


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The International Small Company Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective of providing investors with access to securities portfolios consisting of a broad range of equity securities of primarily small Canadian, Japanese, United Kingdom, European and Asia Pacific companies. The International Small Company Portfolio also may have some exposure to small cap equity securities associated with other countries or regions. The International Small Company Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the International Small Company Master Funds. Each International Small Company Master Fund invests in small companies using a market capitalization weighted approach in each country or region designated by the Advisor as an approved market for investment. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a small company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the International Small Company Master Fund. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the International Small Company Portfolio, through its investments in the International Small Company Master Funds, will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small companies. The International Small Company Portfolio and each International Small Company Master Fund may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage its cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Each International Small Company Master Fund may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The International Small Company Master Funds each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions or enter into futures contracts or options on futures contracts for equity securities and indices of its approved markets or other equity market securities or indices, including those of the United States.

The International Small Company Master Funds may lend their portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Fund of Funds Risk: The investment performance of the International Small Company Portfolio is affected by the investment performance of the International Small Company Master Funds in which the International Small Company Portfolio invests. The ability of the International Small Company Portfolio to achieve its investment objective depends on the ability of the International Small Company Master Funds to meet their investment objectives and on the Advisor’s decisions regarding the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets among the International Small Company Master Funds. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the International Small Company Portfolio or any International Small Company Master Fund will be achieved. Through its investments in the International Small Company Master Funds, the International Small Company

 

55


Table of Contents

Portfolio is subject to the risks of the International Small Company Master Funds’ investments. The risks of the International Small Company Master Funds’ investments are described below.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The International Small Company Master Funds do not hedge foreign currency risk.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the International Small Company Master Funds that own them, and, in turn, the International Small Company Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the International Small Company Master Funds use derivatives, the International Small Company Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the International Small Company Master Funds may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The International Small Company Master Funds could also lose money if they do not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the International Small Company Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in International Small Company Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The International Small Company Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the International Small Company Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

56


Table of Contents

International Small Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

31.49 (4/09-6/09)

   -22.43 (7/08-9/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

International Small Company Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   41.96   5.10   8.61

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   41.31   4.20   7.83

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   27.61   4.33   7.42

MSCI World ex USA Small Cap Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   50.82   3.87   6.87

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the International Small Company Portfolio and International Small Company Master Funds. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the International Small Company Portfolio and International Small Company Master Funds:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the International Small Company Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the International Small Company Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The International Small Company Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

 

57


Table of Contents

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the International Small Company Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

58


Table of Contents

Japanese Small Company Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Japanese Small Company Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Japanese Small Company Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The Japanese Small Company Series (the “Japanese Small Company Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Japanese Small Company Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.50

Other Expenses

   0.09

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.59

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the Japanese Small Company Series and an administration fee payable by the Japanese Small Company Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the Japanese Small Company Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Japanese Small Company Series.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Japanese Small Company Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$60

   $ 189    $ 329    $ 738

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the Japanese Small Company Portfolio and the Japanese Small Company Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Japanese Small Company Series.

Portfolio Turnover

The Japanese Small Company Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Japanese Small Company Portfolio’s

 

59


Table of Contents

performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Japanese Small Company Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 7% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Japanese Small Company Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the Japanese Small Company Series. The Japanese Small Company Series, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable stocks of small companies associated with Japan. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a Japanese small company, the greater its representation in the Series. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Japanese Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of Japanese small companies. The Advisor first ranks eligible companies by market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company in Japan. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered Japanese small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization below $1,405 million. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

The Japanese Small Company Series may gain exposure to companies associated with Japan by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The Japanese Small Company Series and the Japanese Small Company Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for Japanese equity securities and indices or other equity market securities and indices, including those of the United States, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Japanese Small Company Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Japanese Small Company Series does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Japan Market Risk: Because the Japanese Small Company Series concentrates investments in Japan, the Japanese Small Company Portfolio’s performance is expected to be closely tied to the social, political and economic conditions within Japan and to be more volatile than the performance of funds with more geographically diverse investments.

 

60


Table of Contents

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Japanese Small Company Series that owns them, and, in turn, the Japanese Small Company Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Japanese Small Company Series and the Japanese Small Company Portfolio use derivatives, the Japanese Small Company Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Japanese Small Company Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Japanese Small Company Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Japanese Small Company Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in Japanese Small Company Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Japanese Small Company Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Japanese Small Company Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

61


Table of Contents

Japanese Small Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

26.51 (1/04-3/04)

   -15.28 (1/09-3/09)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Japanese Small Company Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   3.21   0.17   4.41

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   2.85   -0.07   4.15

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   2.37   0.14   3.78

MSCI Japan Small Cap Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   5.09   -2.78   0.92

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Japanese Small Company Portfolio and Japanese Small Company Series. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Japanese Small Company Portfolio and Japanese Small Company Series:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Japanese Small Company Portfolio on any business day the Portfolio is open by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Japanese Small Company Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Japanese Small Company Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

 

62


Table of Contents

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Japanese Small Company Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

63


Table of Contents

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The Asia Pacific Small Company Series (the “Asia Pacific Small Company Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.50

Other Expenses

   0.15

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.65

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the Asia Pacific Small Company Series and an administration fee payable by the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Asia Pacific Small Company Series.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$66

   $ 208    $ 362    $ 810

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the Asia Small Company Portfolio and the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Asia Pacific Small Company Series.

Portfolio Turnover

The Asia Pacific Small Company Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Asia Pacific Small Company

 

64


Table of Contents

Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Asia Pacific Small Company Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 23% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the Asia Pacific Small Company Series. The Asia Pacific Small Company Series, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable stocks of small companies associated with Australia, New Zealand and Pacific Rim Asian countries designated by the Advisor as approved markets for investment. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a small company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Series. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Asia Pacific Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small companies located in Australia, New Zealand and Pacific Rim Asian countries. The Advisor determines the maximum market capitalization of a small company with respect to each country in which the Series invests. As of December 31, 2009, for the Asia Pacific Small Company Series, the highest maximum market capitalization of a small company in any country in which the Asia Pacific Small Company Series invests was $2,010 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions.

The Asia Pacific Small Company Series may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The Asia Pacific Small Company Series and the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for Asia Pacific equity securities and indices or other equity market securities and indices, including those of the United States, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Asia Pacific Small Company Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Asia Pacific Small Company Series does not hedge foreign currency risk.

 

65


Table of Contents

Asia Pacific Market Risk: Because the Asia Pacific Small Company Series concentrates investments in Asia Pacific countries, the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio’s performance is expected to be closely tied to the social, political and economic conditions within such Asia Pacific countries and to be more volatile than the performance of funds with more geographically diverse investments.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Asia Pacific Small Company Series that owns them, and, in turn, the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Asia Pacific Small Company Series and the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio use derivatives, the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Asia Pacific Small Company Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Asia Pacific Small Company Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

66


Table of Contents

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

45.62 (4/09-6/09)

   -33.12 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   97.04   12.27   12.21

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   95.91   11.38   11.02

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   63.55   10.30   10.16

MSCI Pacific ex Japan Small Cap Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   104.86   8.71   11.58

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio and Asia Pacific Small Company Series. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio and Asia Pacific Small Company Series:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

 

67


Table of Contents

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

68


Table of Contents

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The United Kingdom Small Company Series (the “United Kingdom Small Company Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.50

Other Expenses

   0.20

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.70

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)**

   0.09

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.61

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the United Kingdom Small Company Series and an administration fee payable by the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the United Kingdom Small Company Series.
** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Portfolio reflect the net expenses of the Portfolio that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

  

5 Years

  

10 Years

$62

   $215    $381    $862

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio and the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the United Kingdom Small Company Series.

 

69


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover

The United Kingdom Small Company Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the United Kingdom Small Company Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 10% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the United Kingdom Small Company Series. The United Kingdom Small Company Series, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable stocks of small companies associated with the United Kingdom. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a United Kingdom small company, the greater its representation in the Series. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the United Kingdom Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of United Kingdom small companies. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered United Kingdom small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization below $3,330 million. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

The United Kingdom Small Company Series may gain exposure to companies associated with the United Kingdom by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The United Kingdom Small Company Series and the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for United Kingdom equity securities and indices or other equity market securities and indices, including those of the United States, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The United Kingdom Small Company Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The United Kingdom Small Company Series does not hedge foreign currency risk.

 

70


Table of Contents

United Kingdom Market Risk: Because the United Kingdom Small Company Series concentrates investments in the United Kingdom, the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio’s performance is expected to be closely tied to the social, political and economic conditions within the United Kingdom and to be more volatile than the performance of funds with more geographically diverse investments.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the United Kingdom Small Company Series that owns them, and, in turn, the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the United Kingdom Small Company Series and the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio use derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the United Kingdom Small Company Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The United Kingdom Small Company Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

71


Table of Contents

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

33.83 (4/09-6/09)

   -33.64 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   60.08   2.46   5.62

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   59.44   1.55   4.40

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   39.76   2.12   4.55

MSCI UK Small Cap Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   73.27   2.06   5.57

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio and United Kingdom Small Company Series. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio and United Kingdom Small Company Series:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio on any business day the Portfolio is open by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

 

72


Table of Contents

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

73


Table of Contents

Continental Small Company Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Continental Small Company Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Continental Small Company Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The Continental Small Company Series (the “Continental Small Company Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Continental Small Company Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.50

Other Expenses

   0.11

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.61

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)**

   (0.01 )% 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.62

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the Continental Small Company Series and an administration fee payable by the Continental Small Company Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the Continental Small Company Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Continental Small Company Series.
** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Continental Small Company Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Continental Small Company Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Continental Small Company Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

  

5 Years

  

10 Years

$63    $196    $341    $763

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the Continental Small Company Portfolio and the Continental Small Company Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Continental Small Company Series.

 

74


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover

The Continental Small Company Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Continental Small Company Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Continental Small Company Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 7% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Continental Small Company Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the Continental Small Company Series. The Continental Small Company Series, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable stocks of small companies associated with European countries designated by the Advisor as approved markets for investment. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a small company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Series. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Continental Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small companies located in continental Europe. The Advisor determines the maximum market capitalization of a small company with respect to each country or region in which the Series invests. As of December 31, 2009, for the Continental Small Company Series, the highest maximum market capitalization of a small company in any country or region in which the Continental Small Company Series invests was $3,769 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions. The Series also may invest up to 20% of its net assets in small companies associated with non-European countries that the Advisor has identified as approved markets for investment.

The Continental Small Company Series may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The Continental Small Company Series and the Continental Small Company Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for continental European equity securities and indices or other equity market securities and indices, including those of the United States, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Continental Small Company Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets.

 

75


Table of Contents

Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Continental Small Company Series does not hedge foreign currency risk.

European Market Risk: Because the Continental Small Company Series concentrates investments in European countries, the Continental Small Company Portfolio’s performance is expected to be closely tied to the social, political and economic conditions within such European countries and to be more volatile than the performance of funds with more geographically diverse investments.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Continental Small Company Series that owns them, and, in turn, the Continental Small Company Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Continental Small Company Series and the Continental Small Company Portfolio use derivatives, the Continental Small Company Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Continental Small Company Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Continental Small Company Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Continental Small Company Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in Continental Small Company Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Continental Small Company Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Continental Small Company Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

76


Table of Contents

Continental Small Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

31.47 (4/09-6/09)

   -25.40 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Continental Small Company Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   44.33   7.26   11.17

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   43.35   6.36   9.39

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of
Portfolio Shares

   28.95   6.22   9.13

MSCI Europe ex UK Small Cap Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   60.95   7.69   9.48

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Continental Small Company Portfolio and Continental Small Company Series. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Continental Small Company Portfolio and Continental Small Company Series:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Continental Small Company Portfolio on any business day the Portfolio is open by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Continental Small Company Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Continental Small Company Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

 

77


Table of Contents

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Continental Small Company Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

78


Table of Contents

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.35

Other Expenses

   0.08

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.43

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 44    $ 138    $ 241    $ 542

Portfolio Turnover

The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 5% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

79


Table of Contents

The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse set of securities of non-U.S. companies principally engaged in the real estate industry, including developed and emerging markets, with a particular focus on non-U.S. real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and companies the Advisor considers to be REIT-like entities. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a real estate company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. The Advisor also may limit or fix the Portfolio’s exposure to a particular country or issuer.

The Portfolio considers a company to be principally engaged in the real estate industry if the company’s principal activities include development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial or industrial real estate. REIT-like entities are types of real estate companies that pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests.

The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of companies associated with developed and emerging markets countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets for investment. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Portfolio’s net assets will be invested in securities of companies in the real estate industry. The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio generally considers a company to be principally engaged in the real estate industry if the company (i) derives at least 50% of its revenue or profits from the development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial, industrial, or other real estate; (ii) has at least 50% of the value of its assets invested in residential, commercial, industrial, or other real estate; or (iii) is organized as a REIT or REIT-like entity. REIT-like entities are types of real estate companies that pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. The Portfolio also may invest in stapled securities, where one or more of the underlying securities represents interests in a company or subsidiary in the real estate industry.

The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio is authorized to use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

 

80


Table of Contents

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Risks of Concentrating in the Real Estate Industry: The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio is concentrated in the real estate industry. The exclusive focus by DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio on the real estate industry will cause the Portfolio to be exposed to the general risks of direct real estate ownership. The value of securities in the real estate industry can be affected by changes in real estate values and rental income, property taxes, interest rates, and tax and regulatory requirements. Investing in REITs and REIT-like entities involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. REITs and REIT-like entities are dependent upon management skill, may not be diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency and self-liquidation. REITs and REIT-like entities also are subject to the possibility of failing to qualify for tax free pass-through of income. Also, foreign REIT-like entities could be deemed for tax purposes as passive foreign investment companies (PFICs), which could result in the receipt of taxable dividends to shareholders at an unfavorable tax rate. Also, because REITs and REIT-like entities typically are invested in a limited number of projects or in a particular market segment, these entities are more susceptible to adverse developments affecting a single project or market segment than more broadly diversified investments. The performance of DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio may be materially different from the broad equity market.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade in and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

81


Table of Contents

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2008-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

28.61 (7/09-9/09)

  

-33.03 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 3/1/07
Inception
 

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   37.01   -16.85

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   32.41   -18.57

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   24.38   -14.65

S&P Global REIT Index(1) (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   38.15   -16.35

 

(1)

Copyright© 2010 Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

 

82


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

83


Table of Contents

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio and the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio (the “Underlying Funds”).

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.35

Other Expenses

   0.05

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses

   0.39

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.79

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)*

   0.32

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.47

 

* The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Portfolio reflect the net expenses of the Portfolio that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 48    $ 220    $ 407    $ 948

 

Portfolio Turnover

A mutual fund generally pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when mutual fund shares are held in a taxable account. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities

 

84


Table of Contents

Portfolio does not pay transaction costs when buying and selling shares of the Underlying Funds; however, the Underlying Funds pay transaction costs when buying and selling securities for their portfolio. The transaction costs incurred by the Underlying Funds, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 3.4%.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio seeks to achieve exposure to a broad portfolio of securities of U.S. and non-U.S. companies in the real estate industry, with a focus on real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) or companies that the Advisor considers REIT-like entities by primarily purchasing shares of the Underlying Funds. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio and Underlying Funds generally consider a company to be principally engaged in the real estate industry if the company (i) derives at least 50% of its revenue or profits from the development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial, industrial, or other real estate; (ii) has at least 50% of the value of its assets invested in residential, commercial, industrial, or other real estate; or (iii) is organized as a REIT or REIT-like entity. REIT-like entities are types of real estate companies that pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. Each Underlying Fund invests in companies principally engaged in the real estate industry in its designated market using a market capitalization weighted approach. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a real estate company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Underlying Fund. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. The Advisor also may limit or fix the Portfolio’s exposure to a particular country or issuer.

Each Underlying Fund intends to purchase stocks of companies associated with countries that the Advisor has identified as approved markets for investment for such Underlying Fund. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Portfolio’s net assets will be invested directly, or indirectly through its investment in the Underlying Funds, in securities of companies in the real estate industry. In addition to, or in place of, investments in the Underlying Funds, the Portfolio also is permitted to invest directly in the same types of securities of companies in the real estate industry that are eligible investments for the Underlying Funds.

Each Underlying Fund is authorized to use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Underlying Funds may lend their portfolio securities to generate additional income.

 

85


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Fund of Funds Risk: The investment performance of the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio is affected by the investment performance of the Underlying Funds in which the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio invests. The ability of the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio to achieve its investment objective depends on the ability of the Underlying Funds to meet their investment objectives and on the Advisor’s decisions regarding the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets among Underlying Funds. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio or any Underlying Fund will be achieved. Through its investments in the Underlying Funds, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio is subject to the risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments. The risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments are described below.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Underlying Funds do not hedge foreign currency risk.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Underlying Funds that own them, and, in turn, the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Risks of Concentrating in the Real Estate Industry: The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio is concentrated in the real estate industry. The exclusive focus by DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio on the real estate industry will cause the Portfolio to be exposed to the general risks of direct real estate ownership. The value of securities in the real estate industry can be affected by changes in real estate values and rental income, property taxes, interest rates, and tax and regulatory requirements. Investing in REITs and REIT-like entities involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. REITs and REIT-like entities are dependent upon management skill, may not be diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency and self-liquidation. REITs and REIT-like entities also are subject to the possibility of failing to qualify for tax free pass-through of income. Also, foreign REIT-like entities could be deemed for tax purposes as passive foreign investment companies (PFICs), which could result in the receipt of taxable dividends to shareholders at an unfavorable tax rate. Also, because REITs and REIT-like entities typically are invested in a limited number of projects or in a particular market segment, these entities are more susceptible to adverse developments affecting a single project or market segment than more broadly diversified investments. The performance of DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio may be materially different from the broad equity market.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade in and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Underlying Funds use derivatives, the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of

 

86


Table of Contents

risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Underlying Funds may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Underlying Funds could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2009-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

31.45 (7/09-9/09)

   -25.68 (1/09-3/09)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One Year     Since 6/4/08
Inception
 

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   32.67   -16.89

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   29.78   -18.37

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   21.35   -15.07

S&P Global REIT Index(1) (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   31.72   -18.83

 

(1)

Copyright© 2010 Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

 

87


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio and the Underlying Funds. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio and the Underlying Funds:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

88


Table of Contents

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.65

Other Expenses

   0.06

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.71

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$73    $ 227    $ 395    $ 883

Portfolio Turnover

The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 22% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

89


Table of Contents

The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases stocks of small, non-U.S. companies in countries with developed markets that the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of purchase. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a small company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (“book to market ratio”).

The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of small value companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small companies in the particular markets in which it invests. The Advisor determines the maximum market capitalization of a small company with respect to each country in which the Portfolio invests. In the countries or regions authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalizations. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company that may be purchased by the Portfolio with respect to each country or region. As of December 31, 2009, for the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, the highest maximum market capitalization of a small company in any country in which the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio invests was $3,769 million. This threshold will vary by country or region. For example, as of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered a small company in the United Kingdom to have a market capitalization below $3,330 million, a small company in Hong Kong to have a market capitalization below $2,000 million, and a small company in Japan to have a market capitalization below $1,405 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions.

The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign and U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets.

 

90


Table of Contents

Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

31.78 (4/09-6/09)

  

-20.83 (7/08-9/08)

 

91


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   39.51   5.79   11.19

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   38.94   4.75   10.23

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   25.96   4.94   9.75

MSCI World ex USA Small Cap Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   50.82   3.87   6.87

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

92


Table of Contents

International Vector Equity Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the International Vector Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the International Vector Equity Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.45

Other Expenses

   0.14

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.59

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)*

   (0.01 )% 

Total Annual Fund Operatings Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.60

 

* The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the International Vector Equity Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the International Vector Equity Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the International Vector Equity Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$61

   $ 190    $ 330    $ 739

Portfolio Turnover

The International Vector Equity Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 8% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

 

93


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The International Vector Equity Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of stocks of non-U.S. operating companies in developed markets, with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the International Universe. For purposes of this Portfolio, the Advisor defines International Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies in developed markets that have been authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the International Vector Equity Portfolio’s assets to the largest growth companies relative to their weight in the International Universe or by avoiding purchases in that segment of the market, either of which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. The Advisor will also establish a minimum market capitalization that a company must meet in order to be considered for purchase, which minimum will change due to market conditions.

The International Vector Equity Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of companies associated with developed markets countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets for investment. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities. The percentage allocation of the assets of the International Vector Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies will generally be reduced by between 5% and 50% of their percentage weight in the International Universe. For example, as of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe comprised approximately 20% of the International Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 1% of the International Vector Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe. The percentage by which the Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest growth companies is reduced, as compared to the International Universe, will change from time to time, depending on market movements and other factors. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. Additionally, the range by which the International Vector Equity Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest growth companies is reduced as compared to the International Universe will change from time to time.

The International Vector Equity Portfolio may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The International Vector Equity Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The International Vector Equity Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

 

94


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the International Vector Equity Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The International Vector Equity Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the International Vector Equity Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the International Vector Equity Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The International Vector Equity Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the International Vector Equity Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the International Vector Equity Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The International Vector Equity Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the International Vector Equity Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

 

95


Table of Contents

International Vector Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2009-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

34.37 (4/09-6/09)

   -13.16 (1/09-3/09)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One Year     Since 8/14/08
Inception
 

International Vector Equity Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   42.92   -2.07

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   42.53   -2.30

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   28.35   -1.77

MSCI World ex USA Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   33.67   -6.86

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the International Vector Equity Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the International Vector Equity Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the International Vector Equity Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the International Vector Equity Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The International Vector Equity Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the International Vector Equity Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

96


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Emerging Markets Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The Emerging Markets Series (the “Emerging Markets Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Emerging Markets Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.50

Other Expenses

   0.12

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.62

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the Emerging Markets Series and an administration fee payable by the Emerging Markets Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the Emerging Markets Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Emerging Markets Series.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Emerging Markets Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$63

   $ 199    $ 346    $ 774

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the Emerging Markets Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Emerging Markets Series.

Portfolio Turnover

The Emerging Markets Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Emerging Markets Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Emerging Markets Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 14% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

 

97


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Emerging Markets Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the Emerging Markets Series. The Emerging Markets Series purchases a broad market coverage of larger companies associated with emerging markets, including frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development), authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (“Approved Markets”). The Advisor’s definition of large varies across countries and is based primarily on market capitalization. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In each country authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalizations. The Advisor then defines the minimum market capitalization for a large company in that country. As of December 31, 2009, China had the highest size threshold, $4,648 million, and the lowest size threshold, $805 million, was in Hungary. These thresholds will change due to market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Emerging Markets Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in emerging markets investments that are defined in the Prospectus as Approved Market securities.

The Emerging Markets Series may gain exposure to companies associated with Approved Markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The Emerging Markets Series and the Emerging Markets Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for Approved Market or other equity market securities and indices, including those of the United States, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Emerging Markets Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Emerging Markets Series does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Emerging Markets Series that owns them, and, in turn, the Emerging Markets Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade in and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other

 

98


Table of Contents

conditions. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Emerging Markets Series and the Emerging Markets Portfolio use derivatives, the Emerging Markets Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Emerging Markets Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Emerging Markets Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Emerging Markets Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Emerging Markets Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Emerging Markets Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Emerging Markets Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

33.14 (4/09-6/09)

  

-27.83 (10/08-12/08)

 

99


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Emerging Markets Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   71.77   14.76   9.44

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   70.96   14.15   9.07

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   47.56   12.92   8.35

MSCI Emerging Markets Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   78.51   15.51   9.78

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Emerging Markets Portfolio and Emerging Markets Series. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Emerging Markets Portfolio and Emerging Markets Series:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Emerging Markets Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Emerging Markets Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Emerging Markets Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Emerging Markets Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

100


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Emerging Markets Value Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (the “Emerging Markets Value Fund”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.50

Other Expenses

   0.12

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.62

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the Emerging Markets Value Fund and an administration fee payable by the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Emerging Markets Value Fund.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$63    $ 199    $ 346    $ 774

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Emerging Markets Value Fund.

Portfolio Turnover

The Emerging Markets Value Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Emerging Markets Value Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 20% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

 

101


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Emerging Markets Value Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the Emerging Markets Value Fund. The Emerging Markets Value Fund purchases emerging market equity securities that are deemed by the Advisor to be value stocks at the time of purchase and associated with emerging markets, including frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development), authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (“Approved Markets”). Securities are considered value stocks primarily because they have a high book value in relation to their market value. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Emerging Markets Value Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in emerging markets investments that are defined in the Prospectus as Approved Markets securities. The Emerging Market Value Fund may purchase emerging market equity securities across all market capitalizations.

The Emerging Markets Value Fund may gain exposure to companies associated with Approved Markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Value Fund each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for Approved Market or other equity market securities and indices, including those of the United States, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Emerging Markets Value Fund may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Emerging Markets Value Fund does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Emerging Markets Value Fund that owns them, and, in turn, the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade in and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company

 

102


Table of Contents

stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Emerging Markets Value Fund and the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio use derivatives, the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Emerging Markets Value Fund may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Emerging Markets Value Fund could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Emerging Markets Value Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

44.78 (4/09-6/09)

   -28.51 (10/08-12/08)

 

103


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
  Years  
 

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   92.28   18.40   13.82

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   90.77   16.95   12.66

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   60.70   15.62   11.79

MSCI Emerging Markets Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   78.51   15.51   9.78

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and Emerging Markets Value Fund. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Emerging Markets Portfolio and Emerging Markets Value Fund:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Emerging Markets Value Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

104


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series (the “Emerging Markets Small Cap Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.65

Other Expenses

   0.15

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.80

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the Emerging Markets Small Cap Series and an administration fee payable by the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Series.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 82    $ 255    $ 444    $ 990

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio’s portion of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Series.

Portfolio Turnover

The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 13% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

 

105


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the Emerging Markets Small Cap Series. The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series purchases a broad market coverage of smaller companies associated with each emerging market, including frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development), authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (“Approved Markets”). The Advisor’s definition of small varies across countries and is based primarily on market capitalization. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In each country authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalizations. The Advisor then defines the maximum market capitalization for a small company in that country. As of December 31, 2009, China had the highest size threshold, $4,648 million, and the lowest size threshold, $805 million, was in Hungary. These thresholds will change due to market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in emerging market investments that are designated in the Prospectus as Approved Market securities of small companies.

The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series may gain exposure to companies associated with Approved Markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series and the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for Approved Market or other equity market securities and indices, including those of the United States, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Emerging Markets Series that owns them, and, in turn, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

 

106


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade in and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Emerging Markets Small Cap Series and the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio use derivatives, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

47.06 (4/09-6/09)

   -25.39 (10/08-12/08)

 

107


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   99.74   16.69   12.20

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   99.24   15.80   11.23

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   65.24   14.54   10.49

MSCI Emerging Markets Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   78.51   15.51   9.78

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio and Emerging Markets Small Cap Series. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio and Emerging Markets Small Cap Series:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

108


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.55

Other Expenses

   0.12

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.67

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 68    $ 214    $ 373    $ 835

Portfolio Turnover

The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 6% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

109


Table of Contents

The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of securities associated with emerging markets, including frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development), authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (“Approved Markets”), with an increased exposure to securities of small cap issuers and securities that it considers to be value securities. In assessing value, the Advisor may consider factors such as the issuer’s securities having a high book value in relation to their market value, as well as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in emerging markets investments that are defined in the Prospectus as Approved Market securities.

The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may gain exposure to companies in Approved Markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for Approved Market or other equity market securities and indices, including those of the United States, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade in and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

 

110


Table of Contents

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

 

January 2006-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

40.20 (4/09-6/09)

   -26.51 (10/08-12/08)

 

111


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One Year     Since 4/5/05
Inception
 

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   83.58   15.81

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   83.12   15.49

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   54.73   13.86

MSCI Emerging Markets Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   78.51   15.90

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

112


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

The two investment companies described in this Prospectus offer a variety of investment portfolios. Each of the investment companies’ Portfolios has its own investment objective and policies, and is the equivalent of a separate mutual fund. DFA International Value Portfolio is offered by Dimensional Investment Group Inc. The other Portfolios contained in this Prospects are offered by DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. The Portfolios described in this Prospectus are designed for long-term investors. Each Portfolio (except the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, Japanese Small Company Portfolio, Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio, United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio, Continental Small Company Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio and Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio) also offers two additional classes of shares, Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares, which are offered to qualified investors in a separate prospectus.

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio seeks, as its investment objective, to achieve a total return which exceeds the total return performance of the S&P 500® Index. The Portfolio may invest in all of the stocks represented in the S&P 500® Index, options on stock indices, stock index futures, options on stock index futures, swap agreements on stock indices and shares of investment companies that invest in stock indices. The Portfolio generally invests in S&P 500® futures contracts and fixed income obligations. The Portfolio may, from time to time, also invest in options on stock indices, stock index futures, options on stock index futures and swap agreements based on indices other than, but similar to, the S&P 500® Index (such instruments whether or not based on the S&P 500® Index hereinafter collectively referred to as “Index Derivatives”). For information concerning Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies (“S&P”), and disclaimers of S&P with respect to the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, see “Standard & Poor’sInformation and Disclaimers.”

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may invest all of its assets in Index Derivatives. Assets of the Portfolio may be invested in fixed income obligations including:

1. U.S. Government Obligations—Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury which are direct obligations of the U.S. government, including bills, notes and bonds.

2. U.S. Government Agency Obligations—Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities and federal agencies, which have different levels of credit support. The U.S. government agency obligations include, but are not limited to, securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, including Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government may be supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limits, such as securities issued by Federal Home Loan Banks, or are supported only by the credit of such agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.

3. Corporate Debt Obligations—Nonconvertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures), which are issued by companies whose commercial paper is rated Prime1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or A1 or better by S&P or F1 or better by Fitch Ratings Ltd (“Fitch”) and dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S. If the issuer’s commercial paper is unrated, then the debt security would have to be rated at least AA by S&P or Aa2 by Moody’s or AA by Fitch. If there is neither a commercial paper rating nor a rating of the debt security, then the Advisor must determine that the debt security is of comparable quality to equivalent issues of the same issuer rated at least AA or Aa2.

4. Bank Obligations—Obligations of U.S. banks and savings and loan associations and dollar-denominated obligations of U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, such as certificates of deposit (including marketable variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits and bankers’ acceptances. Bank certificates of deposit will only be acquired from banks having assets in excess of $1,000,000,000.

 

113


Table of Contents

5. Commercial Paper—Rated, at the time of purchase, A1 or better by S&P or Prime1 by Moody’s, or F1 or better by Fitch or, if unrated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated Aaa by Moody’s or AAA by S&P or AAA by Fitch.

6. Repurchase Agreements—Instruments through which the Portfolios purchase securities (“underlying securities”) from a bank or a registered U.S. government securities dealer, with an agreement by the seller to repurchase the securities at an agreed price, plus interest at a specified rate. The underlying securities will be limited to U.S. government and agency obligations described in (1) and (2) above. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will not enter into a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days if, as a result, more than 10% of the value of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s total assets would be so invested. In addition, a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days will be subject to the Portfolio’s illiquid securities policy. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio also will only invest in repurchase agreements with a bank if the bank has at least $1,000,000,000 in assets and is approved by the Investment Committee of the Advisor. The Advisor will monitor the market value of the securities plus any accrued interest thereon so that they will at least equal the repurchase price.

7. Foreign Government and Agency Obligations—Bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, or their agencies and instrumentalities.

8. Supranational Organization Obligations—Debt securities of supranational organizations such as the European Coal and Steel Community, the European Economic Community and the World Bank, which are chartered to promote economic development.

9. Foreign Issuer Obligations—Debt securities of non-U.S. issuers rated AA or better by S&P or Aa2 or better by Moody’s or AA or better by Fitch.

10. Eurodollar Obligations—Debt securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States.

11. Money Market Funds—The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds.

The percentage of assets of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio that will be invested in S&P 500® Index stocks, Index Derivatives, fixed income investments and in shares of other investment companies may vary from time to time, within the discretion of the Advisor and according to restraints imposed by the federal securities laws and regulations governing mutual funds. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will maintain a segregated account consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted by applicable interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), enter into offsetting positions) to cover its open positions in Index Derivatives to avoid leveraging by the Portfolio.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will enter into positions in futures and options on futures only to the extent such positions are permissible with respect to applicable rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission without registering the Portfolio as a commodity pool operator. In addition, the Portfolio may not be able to utilize Index Derivatives to the extent otherwise permissible or desirable because of constraints imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or by unanticipated illiquidity in the marketplace for such instruments.

It is the position of the SEC that over-the-counter options are illiquid. Accordingly, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will invest in such options only to the extent consistent with its 15% limit on investment in illiquid securities.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may also invest in shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. In addition, the Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded

 

114


Table of Contents

funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. equity markets while maintaining liquidity. The Portfolio’s investments in the securities of other investment companies, including ETFs and money market funds, may involve the duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Additional Information Regarding Credit Risk. Below investment grade fixed income securities may also fluctuate in value more than higher quality fixed income securities and, during periods of market volatility, may be more difficult to sell at the time and price the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio desires. Government agency obligations have different levels of credit support and, therefore, different degrees of credit risk. Securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, present little credit risk. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government, that are supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limitations, and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government that are sponsored by the credit of the issuing agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, are subject to a greater degree of credit risk. U.S. government agency securities issued or guaranteed by the credit of the agency may still involve a risk of non-payment of principal and/or interest.

Standard & Poor’sInformation and Disclaimers. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P. S&P makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio particularly or the ability of the S&P 500® Index to track general stock market performance. S&P’s only relationship to the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500® Index which is determined, composed and calculated by S&P without regard to the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio. S&P has no obligation to take the needs of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio or its respective owners into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500® Index. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the prices and amount of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio or the issuance or sale of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is to be converted into cash. S&P has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio.

S&P DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND S&P SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. S&P MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LICENSEE, OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. S&P MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE S&P 500® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL S&P HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio,

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

The investment objective of each of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio (the “U.S. Value Portfolios”) is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio is a “Feeder Portfolio,” which is a Portfolio that does not generally buy individual securities directly. Instead, it invests in a corresponding fund, or “Master Fund,” that in turn purchases

 

115


Table of Contents

stocks and other securities. The U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio pursues its investment objectives by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The U.S. Large Cap Value Series (the “Large Cap Value Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio generally will pursue their investment objective by investing directly in securities of U.S. companies. Ordinarily, each of the Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio will invest its assets in a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of U.S. companies which the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of purchase. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”). In assessing value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

The Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio will purchase securities that are listed on the U.S. national securities exchanges or traded on the over-the-counter market. Each of the Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio uses a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach” in this Prospectus.

On not less than a semi-annual basis, for each of the Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the Advisor will calculate book to market ratios and review total market capitalization to determine those companies whose stock may be eligible for investment.

The Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio do not intend to purchase or sell securities based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Large Cap Value Series may sell portfolio securities when the issuer’s market capitalization falls below that of the issuer with the minimum market capitalization that is then eligible for purchase by that Series. Each of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio may sell portfolio securities when the issuer’s market capitalization increases to a level that exceeds that of the issuer with the largest market capitalization that is then eligible for investment by that Portfolio.

In addition, the Large Cap Value Series may sell portfolio securities when its book to market ratios fall below those of the security with the lowest such ratio that is then eligible for purchase by that Series. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio may also sell portfolio securities in the same circumstances, however, each of these funds may retain securities of issuers with relatively smaller market capitalizations for longer periods, despite a decrease in the issuers’ book to market ratios.

The total market capitalization ranges, and the value criteria used by the Advisor for the Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, as described above, generally apply at the time of purchase by the Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio. Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio are not required to dispose of a security if the security’s issuer is no longer within the total market capitalization range or does not meet current value criteria. Similarly, the Advisor is not required to sell a security even if the decline in the market capitalization reflects a serious financial difficulty or potential or actual insolvency of the company. Securities that do meet the market capitalization and/or value criteria nevertheless may be sold at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale. See “Portfolio Transactions—All Portfolios” in this Prospectus.

The Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio each may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other

 

116


Table of Contents

short-term investments, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio each may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio,

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio each seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies relative to the U.S. Universe. While both the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio and the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio (the “U.S. Core Portfolios”) seek increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s emphasis on small capitalization and value companies is greater than that of U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the NYSE, NYSE Alternext, Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor (U.S. Universe). The increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of a Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. Additionally, for the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by avoiding purchases in that segment of the market. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization. In assessing growth and value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry.

The U.S. Core Portfolios and the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio will purchase securities that are listed on the NYSE, NYSE Alternext, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor.

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio each may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, each Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

Each of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio (the “U.S. Small Company Portfolios”) has an investment objective to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The U.S. Small Company Portfolios provide investors with access to securities portfolios consisting of small U.S. companies. Company size will be determined for purposes of the U.S. Small Company Portfolios on the basis of a company’s market capitalization, which will be calculated by multiplying the price of a company’s stock by the number of its shares of outstanding common stock.

 

117


Table of Contents

As of the date of this Prospectus, for purposes of this U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, the Advisor considers small cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the lowest 10% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are smaller than the 1,000th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio also may purchase securities of foreign issuers that are traded in the U.S. securities markets, but such investments may not exceed 5% of the gross assets of the Portfolio. Generally, it is the intention of the Portfolio to purchase common stock of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds.” In addition, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio is authorized to purchase private placements of interest-bearing debentures that are convertible into common stock (“privately placed convertible debentures”). Such investments are considered illiquid and the value thereof, together with the value of all other illiquid investments, may not exceed 15% of the value of the U.S. Small Portfolio’s net assets at the time of purchase.

As of the date of this Prospectus, for purposes of the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, the Advisor considers micro cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the lowest 5% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are smaller than the 1,500th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. The U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio may purchase securities of foreign issuers which are traded in the U.S. securities markets, but such investments may not exceed 5% of the gross assets of the Portfolio. There is some overlap in the companies in which the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio and the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio invest. Generally, it is the intention of the Portfolio to purchase the stock of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds.” The U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio is authorized to invest in privately placed convertible debentures, and the value thereof, together with the value of all other illiquid investments, may not exceed 10% of the value of the Portfolio’s net assets at the time of purchase.

For the discussion of portfolio construction and portfolio transactions for the U.S. Small Company Portfolios, see “Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds.”

Each U.S. Small Company Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, each U.S. Small Company Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

The investment objective of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio will concentrate investments in readily marketable equity securities of companies whose principal activities include development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial or industrial real estate. Investments will include, principally, equity securities of companies in the following sectors of the real estate industry: certain real estate investment trusts and companies engaged in residential construction and firms, except partnerships, whose principal business is to develop commercial property.

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio will purchase shares of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. A REIT is not taxed on income distributed to shareholders if it complies with several requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets, and income and a requirement that it distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its taxable income (other than net capital gains) for each taxable year. REITs can generally be classified as Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real

 

118


Table of Contents

estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs. At the present time, the Portfolio intends to invest only in Hybrid REITs and Equity REITs.

The Advisor has prepared and will maintain a schedule of eligible investments consisting of equity securities of all companies in the sectors of the real estate industry described above as being presently eligible for investment. It is the intention of the Portfolio to invest in the securities of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.”

While a company’s stock may meet the applicable criteria described above, the stock may not be purchased by the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio if, at the time of purchase, in the judgment of the Advisor, the issuer is in extreme financial difficulty or is involved in a merger or consolidation or is the subject of an acquisition that could result in the company no longer being considered principally engaged in the real estate business or if the Advisor determines, in its judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate given other conditions.

If securities must be sold in order to obtain funds to make redemption payments, such securities may be repurchased by the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, as additional cash becomes available to it. However, the Portfolio has retained the right to borrow to make redemption payments and is also authorized to redeem its shares in kind. See “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” Further, because the securities of certain companies whose shares are eligible for purchase are thinly traded, the Portfolio might not be able to purchase the number of shares that strict adherence to market capitalization weighting might require.

Investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Portfolio will receive dividend income. Periodically, the Advisor may expand the Portfolio’s schedule of eligible investments to include equity securities of companies in sectors of the real estate industry in addition to those described above as eligible for investment as of the date of this Prospectus.

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

International Portfolios

Approved Markets. As of the date of this Prospectus, the countries listed in the following tables for each international Feeder Portfolio and its corresponding Master Fund (an “International Master Fund”) and each non-Feeder Portfolio are designated as “Approved Markets” for which the International Master Fund or Portfolio is authorized to invest. The Advisor will determine in its discretion when and whether to invest in countries that have been authorized as Approved Markets, depending on a number of factors, such as asset growth in a Master Fund/Portfolio and characteristics of each country’s markets. The Investment Committee of the Advisor also may designate other countries as Approved Markets for investment in the future, in addition to the countries listed in the tables. Also, an International Master Fund or Portfolio may continue to hold investments in countries that are not currently designated as Approved Markets, but had been authorized for investment in the past, and may reinvest distributions received in connection with such existing investments in such previously Approved Markets. Emerging Markets approved for investment may include countries in an earlier stage of development that are sometimes referred to as frontier markets.

 

119


Table of Contents

DEVELOPED MARKETS

 

Countries  

Large Cap
International

Portfolio

  DFA
International
Value
Portfolio &
DFA
International
Value Series
  International
Core
Equity
Portfolio
  Japanese
Small
Company
Portfolio
&
Japanese
Small
Company
Series
 

Asia Pacific
Small
Company
Portfolio &
Asia Pacific

Small
Company
Series

  Canadian
Small
Company
Series
  U.K. Small
Company
Portfolio
&
U.K. Small
Company
Series
  Continental
Small
Company
Portfolio &
Continental
Small
Company
Series
  DFA
International
Real Estate
Securities
Portfolio
  DFA Global
Real Estate
Securities
Portfolio
  DFA
International
Small Cap
Value
Portfolio
  International
Vector Equity
Portfolio

Australia

  Invests   Invests   Invests     Invests         Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Austria

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests       Invests   Invests

Belgium

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Canada

  Invests   Invests   Invests       Invests       Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Denmark

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests       Invests   Invests

Finland

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests       Invests   Invests

France

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Germany

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Greece

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Hong Kong

  Invests   Invests   Invests     Invests         Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Ireland

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests       Invests   Invests

Italy

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Japan

  Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Netherlands

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

New Zealand

  Invests   Invests   Invests     Invests         Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Norway

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests       Invests   Invests

Portugal

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests       Invests   Invests

Singapore

  Invests   Invests   Invests     Invests         Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Spain

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests       Invests   Invests

Sweden

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests       Invests   Invests

Switzerland

  Invests   Invests   Invests           Invests       Invests   Invests

United Kingdom

  Invests   Invests   Invests         Invests     Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

United States

                    Invests    

EMERGING MARKETS

 

Countries  

DFA

International

Real Estate
Securities
Portfolio

 

DFA

Global

Real Estate
Securities
Portfolio

  Emerging
Markets
Portfolio
&
Emerging
Markets
Series
  Emerging
Markets
Value
Portfolio &
Emerging
Markets
Value Fund
  Emerging
Markets Small
Cap Portfolio &
Emerging
Markets
Small Cap Series
  Emerging
Markets Core
Equity Portfolio

Brazil

      Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Chile

      Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

China

  Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Columbia

           

Czech Republic

      Invests   Invests     Invests

Egypt

           

Hungary

      Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

India

      Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Indonesia

      Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Israel

      ***   ***   ***   ***

Malaysia

  Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Mexico

      Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Philippines

      Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Peru

           

Poland

      Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Russia

      Invests   Invests     Invests

South Africa

  Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

South Korea

      Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Taiwan

  Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Thailand

      Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

Turkey

  Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests

 

*** Not currently authorized for new purchases, except as provided above, but may be authorized for new purchases in the future.

 

120


Table of Contents

The International Master Funds and Portfolios invest in securities of Approved Markets (as identified in the tables above) listed on bona fide securities exchanges or traded on the over-the-counter markets. These exchanges or over-the-counter markets may be either within or outside the issuer’s domicile country. For example, the securities may be listed or traded in the form of European Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts, American Depositary Receipts, or other types of depositary receipts (including non-voting depositary receipts) or may be listed on bona fide securities exchanges in more than one country. An International Master Fund or Portfolio will consider for purchase securities that are associated with an Approved Market, and include, among others: (a) securities of companies that are organized under the laws of, or maintain their principal place of business in, an Approved Market; (b) securities for which the principal trading market is in an Approved Market; (c) securities issued or guaranteed by the government of an Approved Market, its agencies or instrumentalities, or the central bank of such country or territory; (d) securities denominated in an Approved Market currency issued by companies to finance operations in Approved Markets; (e) securities of companies that derive at least 50% of their revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in Approved Markets or have at least 50% of their assets in Approved Markets; (f) equity securities of companies in Approved Markets in the form of depositary shares; (g) securities of pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in securities of Approved Markets or derivative instruments that derive their value from securities of Approved Markets; or (h) securities included in the Portfolio’s benchmark index. Securities of Approved Markets may include securities of companies that have characteristics and business relationships common to companies in other countries or regions. As a result, the value of the securities of such companies may reflect economic and market forces in such other countries or regions as well as in the Approved Markets. The Advisor, however, will select only those companies that, in its view, have sufficiently strong exposure to economic and market forces in Approved Markets. For example, the Advisor may invest in companies organized and located in the United States or other countries or regions outside of Approved Markets, including companies having their entire production facilities outside of Approved Markets, when such companies meet the criteria discussed above to be considered associated with Approved Markets.

Large Cap International Portfolio

The investment objective of the Large Cap International Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation by investing in the stocks of non-U.S. large companies. Under normal market conditions, the Large Cap International Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries. The Large Cap International Portfolio invests its assets in securities of companies associated with Approved Markets (For a description of the securities and countries approved for investment, see “International PortfoliosApproved Markets”).

The Large Cap International Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of large companies in Europe, Australia, Canada and the Far East. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. In the countries or regions authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalizations. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the minimum market capitalization of a large company that may be purchased by the Large Cap International Portfolio with respect to each country or region. As of December 31, 2009, for the Large Cap International Portfolio, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the Large Cap International Portfolio invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will vary by country or region. For example, as of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered a large company in the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”) to have a market capitalization of at least $3,769 million, a large company in Australia to have a market capitalization of at least $2,010 million, and a large company in Japan to have a market capitalization of at least $1,405 million. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions.

The Large Cap International Portfolio intends to purchase securities in each applicable country using a market capitalization weighted approach. The Advisor, using this approach and its best judgment, will seek to set country weights based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible large companies within each country. See

 

121


Table of Contents

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.” As a result, the weightings of certain countries in the Large Cap International Portfolio may vary from their weightings in international indices, such as those published by FTSE International, Morgan Stanley Capital International or Citigroup.

The Large Cap International Portfolio does not seek current income as an investment objective and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Large Cap International Portfolio will receive dividend income.

The Large Cap International Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Large Cap International Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

DFA International Value Portfolio

The investment objective of the DFA International Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The DFA International Value Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets in The DFA International Value Series of the Trust (the “International Value Series”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The International Value Series seeks to achieve its objective by purchasing the stocks of large non-U.S. companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of purchase. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”). In assessing value, the Advisor may consider additional factors such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

Under normal market conditions, the International Value Series intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries. The International Value Series invests its assets in securities of companies associated with Approved Markets (For a description of the securities and countries approved for investment, see “International PortfoliosApproved Markets”).

In the countries or regions authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalizations. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the minimum market capitalization of a large company that may be purchased by the International Value Series with respect to each country or region. As of December 31, 2009, for the DFA International Value Series, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the DFA International Value Series invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will vary by country or region. For example, as of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered a large company in the EMU to have a market capitalization of at least $3,769 million, a large company in Australia to have a market capitalization of at least $2,010 million, and a large company in Japan to have a market capitalization of at least $1,405 million. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions.

The International Value Series intends to purchase securities within each applicable country using a market capitalization weighted approach. The Advisor, using this approach and its judgment, will seek to set country weights based on the relative market capitalization of eligible large companies within each country. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.” As a result, the weightings of certain countries in the International Value Series may vary from their weightings in international indices, such as those published by FTSE International, Morgan Stanley Capital International or Citigroup.

 

122


Table of Contents

The International Value Series does not seek current income as an investment objective and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the International Value Series do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the International Value Series will receive dividend income.

The International Value Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the International Value Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

International Core Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the International Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The International Core Equity Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of stocks of non-U.S. companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies relative to the International Universe. For purposes of the International Core Equity Portfolio, the Advisor defines the International Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies in developed markets that have been authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (International Universe). See “International PortfoliosApproved Markets.” The increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the International Core Equity Portfolio’s assets to the largest growth companies relative to their weight in the International Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization. In assessing growth and value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry.

Under normal market conditions, the International Core Equity Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries.

The International Core Equity Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the International Core Equity Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

International Small Company Portfolios

The International Small Company Portfolio is a “fund of funds,” which means that it uses assets to purchase other mutual funds (the “Underlying Funds”). The International Small Company Portfolio and The Canadian Small Company Series (the “Canadian Small Company Series”), The Japanese Small Company Series (the “Japanese Small Company Series”), The Asia Pacific Small Company Series (the “Asia Pacific Small Company Series”), The United Kingdom Small Company Series (the “United Kingdom Small Company Series”) and The Continental Small Company Series (the “Continental Small Company Series”) of the Trust (the latter five being referred to hereinafter as the “International Small Company Master Funds”) each have an investment objective to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Feeder Portfolios of the International Small Company Master Funds (the “International Small Company Portfolios”) provide investors with access to securities portfolios consisting of small Canadian, Japanese, United Kingdom, European (including the Mediterranean) and Asia Pacific

 

123


Table of Contents

companies. Company size will be determined for purposes of these Portfolios and Master Funds on the basis of a company’s market capitalization, which will be calculated by multiplying the number of outstanding shares of the company by the price per share of the company’s stock.

International Small Company Portfolio

The International Small Company Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing virtually all of its assets in up to five International Small Company Master Funds (the Underlying Funds to the International Small Company Portfolio), in such relative proportions as determined by the Advisor from time to time. For a complete description of the investment objectives and policies, portfolio structure and transactions for each International Small Company Master Fund, see “International Small Company Portfolio—The Canadian Small Company Series”; “International Small Company Portfolios—Japanese Small Company Portfolio; Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio; United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio; and Continental Small Company Portfolio.” The International Small Company Portfolio is designed for investors who wish to achieve their investment objective of capital appreciation by participating in the investment performance of a broad range of equity securities of Canadian, Japanese, United Kingdom, European (including the Mediterranean) and Asia Pacific small companies.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the International Small Company Portfolio invests in the shares of the International Small Company Master Funds within the following percentage ranges:

 

International Small Company Master Funds

   Investment Range

Canadian Small Company Series

     0-15%

Japanese Small Company Series

   15-40%

Asia Pacific Small Company Series

     0-25%

United Kingdom Small Company Series

   10-30%

Continental Small Company Series

   25-50%

The allocation of the assets of International Small Company Portfolio to be invested in the International Small Company Master Funds will be determined by the Advisor on at least a semi-annual basis. In setting the target allocation, the Advisor will first consider the market capitalizations of all eligible companies in each of the International Small Company Master Funds. The Advisor will calculate the market capitalizations for each International Small Company Master Fund in the manner described below for the Canadian Small Company Series and for each other International Small Company Master Fund under “International Small Company Portfolios—Japanese Small Company Portfolio; Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio; United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio; Continental Small Company Portfolio.” The Advisor expects to change the relative weights ascribed to each International Small Company Master Fund, based on its updated market capitalization calculations, when it determines that fundamental changes in the relative values ascribed by market forces to each relevant geographic area have occurred. To maintain target weights during the period, adjustments may be made by applying future purchases by International Small Company Portfolio in proportion necessary to rebalance the investment portfolio of the Portfolio. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the International Small Company Portfolio, through its investments in the International Small Company Master Funds, will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small companies.

The Canadian Small Company Series. The Canadian Small Company Series generally will purchase a broad and diverse group of readily marketable stocks of Canadian small companies. The Canadian Small Company Series invests in securities of companies associated with Canada, which is the Canadian Small Company Series’ Approved Market (For a description of the securities approved for investment, see “International PortfoliosApproved Markets), listed or traded in the form of European Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts, American Depositary Receipts or other types of depositary receipts (including non-voting depositary receipts) or dual listed securities. The Advisor measures company size based primarily on market capitalization. The Advisor first ranks eligible companies by market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible

 

124


Table of Contents

stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company in Canada. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered Canadian small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization of $2,489 million or below. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Canadian Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of Canadian small companies.

The Advisor will also establish a minimum market capitalization that a company must meet in order to be considered for purchase, which minimum will change due to market conditions. The Canadian Series intends to invest in stock of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds.”

The Canadian Small Company Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to the Canadian equity market or other equity markets, including the United States, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Canadian Small Company Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Japanese Small Company Portfolio

Japanese Small Company Portfolio invests all of its assets in the Japanese Small Company Series, which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The Japanese Small Company Series generally will purchase a broad and diverse group of readily marketable stocks of Japanese small companies. The Japanese Small Company Series invests in securities of companies associated with Japan, which is the Japanese Small Company Series’ Approved Market (For a description of the securities approved for investment, see “International PortfoliosApproved Markets”). The Advisor measures company size based primarily on market capitalization. The Advisor first ranks eligible companies by market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company in Japan. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered Japanese small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization below $1,405 million. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Japanese Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of Japanese small companies.

The Advisor will also establish a minimum market capitalization that a company must meet in order to be considered for purchase, which minimum will change due to market conditions. The Japanese Small Company Series intends to invest in the stock of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds.”

The Japanese Small Company Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to the Japanese equity market or other equity markets, including the United States, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Japanese Small Company Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Series’ cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio invests all of its assets in the Asia Pacific Small Company Series, which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The Asia Pacific Small Company Series generally will purchase stocks of a broad and diverse group of small companies located in Australia, New

 

125


Table of Contents

Zealand and Pacific Rim Asian countries. The Asia Pacific Small Company Series invests in securities of companies associated with Approved Markets (For a description of the securities and countries approved for investment, see “International PortfoliosApproved Markets”). The Advisor measures company size on a country specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. In the countries authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies based on the companies’ market capitalizations. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company that may be purchased by the Asia Pacific Small Company Series with respect to each country authorized for investment. As of December 31, 2009, for the Asia Pacific Small Company Series, the highest maximum market capitalization of a small company in any country in which the Asia Pacific Small Company Series invests was $2,010 million. This threshold will vary by country. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered Asia Pacific small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization below $2,010 million in Australia, $2,000 million in Hong Kong, $1,633 million in New Zealand and $1,895 million in Singapore. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Asia Pacific Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small companies located in Australia, New Zealand and Pacific Rim Asian countries.

The Advisor will also establish a minimum market capitalization that a company must meet in order to be considered for purchase, which minimum will change due to market conditions. The Asia Pacific Small Company Series intends to invest in eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. The Advisor may, in its discretion, either limit further investments in a particular country or divest the Asia Pacific Small Company Series of holdings in a particular country. See “Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds.

The Asia Pacific Small Company Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to Asia Pacific equity markets or other equity markets, including the United States, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Asia Pacific Small Company Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio invests all of its assets in the United Kingdom Small Company Series, which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The United Kingdom Small Company Series generally will purchase a broad and diverse group of readily marketable stocks of United Kingdom small companies. The United Kingdom Small Company Series invests in securities of companies associated with the United Kingdom, which is the United Kingdom Small Company Series’ Approved Market (For a description of the securities approved for investment, see “International PortfoliosApproved Markets”). The Advisor measures company size based primarily on the market capitalization of companies in the United Kingdom. The Advisor first ranks eligible companies by market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company in the United Kingdom. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered United Kingdom small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization below $3,330 million. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the United Kingdom Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of United Kingdom small companies.

The Advisor will also establish a minimum market capitalization that a company must meet in order to be considered for purchase, which minimum will change due to market conditions. The United Kingdom Small Company Series intends to invest in stock of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds.”

 

126


Table of Contents

The United Kingdom Small Company Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to the United Kingdom equity market or other equity markets, including the United States, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the United Kingdom Small Company Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Continental Small Company Portfolio

Continental Small Company Portfolio invests all of its assets in the Continental Small Company Series, which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The Continental Small Company Series generally will purchase readily marketable stocks of a broad and diverse group of small European companies. The Series also may invest in up to 20% of its net assets in small companies associated with non-European countries that the Advisor has identified as authorized for investment. The Continental Small Company Series invests in securities of companies associated with Approved Markets (For a description of the securities and countries approved for investment, see “International PortfoliosApproved Markets”). The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. In the countries or regions authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalizations. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company that may be purchased by the Continental Small Company Series with respect to each country or region. As of December 31, 2009, for the Continental Small Company Series, the highest maximum market capitalization of a small company in any country or region in which the Continental Small Company Series invests was $3,769 million. This threshold will vary by country or region. For example, as of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered a small company in the EMU to have a market capitalization below $3,769 million, a small company in Denmark to have a market capitalization below $2,309 million, and a small company in Sweden to have a market capitalization below $3,448 million. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Continental Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small companies located in continental Europe.

The Advisor will establish a minimum market capitalization that a company must meet in order to be considered for purchase, which minimum will change due to market conditions. The Continental Small Company Series intends to invest in the stock of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. The Advisor may in its discretion either limit further investments in a particular country or divest the Continental Small Company Series of holdings in a particular country. See “Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds.”

The Continental Small Company Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to the continental European equity markets or other equity markets, including the United States, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Continental Small Company Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

The investment objective of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Portfolio will concentrate its investments in a broad and diverse set of securities of non-U.S. companies principally engaged in the real estate industry with a particular focus on non-U.S. REITs and companies the Advisor considers to be REIT-like entities. The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

 

127


Table of Contents

considers a company to be principally engaged in the real estate industry if the company’s principal activities include development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial or industrial real estate. REIT-like entities are types of real estate companies that pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests.

Under normal market conditions, the DFA International Real Estate Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries. The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio purchases non-U.S. real estate securities of companies associated with Approved Markets (For a description of the securities and countries approved for investment, see “International PortfoliosApproved Markets”).

The Advisor has prepared and will maintain a schedule of eligible investments consisting of equity securities of non-U.S. companies in the real estate industry as described above. It is the intention of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio to invest in the securities of eligible companies generally using a market capitalization weighted approach to determine individual security weights and country weights. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.” The use of a market capitalization weighted approach may result in the Portfolio having more than 25% of its assets in companies located in a single country.

While a company’s stock may meet the applicable criteria described above, the stock may not be purchased by the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio if, in the judgment of the Advisor, the issuer is in extreme financial difficulty or is involved in a merger or consolidation or is the subject of an acquisition that could result in the company no longer being considered principally engaged in the real estate business or if the Advisor determines, in its judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate given other conditions.

If securities must be sold in order to obtain funds to make redemption payments, such securities may be repurchased by the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, as additional cash becomes available to the Portfolio. However, the Portfolio has retained the right to borrow to make redemption payments and also is authorized to redeem its shares in kind. See “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” Further, because the securities of certain companies whose shares are eligible for purchase are thinly traded, the Portfolio might not be able to purchase the number of shares that would otherwise be purchased using strict market capitalization weighting.

Investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Portfolio will receive dividend income. Periodically, the Advisor may expand the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s schedule of eligible investments to include equity securities of eligible companies and countries to respond to market events, new listings and/or new legal structures in non-U.S. markets, among others.

The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to equity markets, including the United States, both within and outside the real estate industry, and for the purposes of gaining exposure to the equity markets, while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

The investment objective of the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio is a “fund of funds,” which means that the Portfolio uses its assets to purchase other mutual funds. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio seeks to

 

128


Table of Contents

achieve exposure to a broad portfolio of securities of U.S. and non-U.S. companies in the real estate industry, with a focus on REITs or companies that the Advisor considers REIT-like entities by primarily purchasing shares of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio and the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio (the “Underlying Funds”). For a complete description of the investment objectives and policies, portfolio structure and transactions for each of the Underlying Funds, see “DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio” and the “DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio.”

In addition to, or in place of, investments in the Underlying Funds, the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio also is permitted to invest directly in the same types of securities of companies in the real estate industry that are described in this Prospectus as eligible investments for the Underlying Funds.

Each Underlying Fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts for equity securities and indices, and such investments may or may not provide exposure to the real estate industry. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio and each Underlying Fund may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to equity markets, including the United States, both within and outside the real estate industry, and for the purposes of gaining exposure to the equity markets, while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio and each Underlying Fund may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio and Underlying Funds may invest in such money market funds and other short-term investments to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

The Portfolio primarily allocates its investments between the two Underlying Funds. The Advisor has prepared and will maintain a schedule of eligible investments consisting of equity securities of all companies in the real estate industry presently eligible for investment by each Underlying Fund. It is the intention of each Underlying Fund to invest in the securities of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach to determine security weights and country weights. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.”

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

The investment objective of the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio seeks to achieve its objective by purchasing the stocks of small, non-U.S. companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of purchase. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book to market ratio. In assessing value, the Advisor may consider additional factors such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for measuring value are subject to change from time to time.

The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio intends to purchase the stocks of small companies in countries with developed markets. Under normal market conditions, the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries. The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio invests its assets in securities of companies associated with Approved Markets (For a description of the securities and countries approved for investment, see “International PortfoliosApproved Markets”).

The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio intends to invest in the stock of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. The Advisor, using this approach and its judgment, will seek to set country weights based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible small companies within each country. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.” As a result, the weightings of certain countries in the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio may vary from their weightings in international indices, such as those published by FTSE International, Morgan Stanley Capital International or Citigroup.

 

129


Table of Contents

The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio does not seek current income as an investment objective and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Portfolio will receive dividend income.

The DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

International Vector Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the International Vector Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The International Vector Equity Portfolio’s investment objective may be changed without shareholder approval.

The International Vector Equity Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of stocks of non-U.S. operating companies, with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies relative to the International Universe. For purposes of the International Vector Equity Portfolio, the Advisor defines the International Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies associated with developed markets that have been authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (International Universe). See “International PortfoliosApproved Markets.”

An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization. In assessing growth and value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing growth and value are subject to change from time to time.

The International Vector Equity Portfolio does not seek current income as an investment objective and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Portfolio will receive dividend income.

Under normal market conditions, the International Vector Equity Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries.

The International Vector Equity Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets, including the U.S. equity market, while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the International Vector Equity Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Emerging Markets Portfolio,

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio,

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio and

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

 

130


Table of Contents

The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Portfolio, the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio, and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Emerging Markets Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The Emerging Markets Series of the Trust (the “Emerging Markets Series”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series of the Trust (the “Emerging Markets Small Cap Series”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The Emerging Markets Value Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (the “Emerging Markets Value Fund”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The Emerging Markets Value Fund pursues its objective through investment primarily in emerging market equity securities. The Emerging Markets Series, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, and the Emerging Markets Value Fund are referred to collectively as the “Emerging Markets Master Funds.” The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. Each of the Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in companies associated with emerging markets, including frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development), designated as Approved Markets by the Investment Committee of the Advisor (For a description of the securities and countries approved for investment, see “International PortfoliosApproved Markets”). Each Emerging Markets Master Fund and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio invests its assets primarily in Approved Market equity securities listed on bona fide securities exchanges or actively traded on over-the-counter markets.

The Emerging Markets Value Fund seeks to achieve its objective by purchasing emerging market equity securities that are deemed by the Advisor to be value stocks at the time of purchase. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because they have a high book value in relation to their market value. In assessing value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio will seek to purchase a broad and diverse group of securities, with an increased exposure to securities of small cap issuers and securities that it considers to be value securities. In assessing value, the Advisor may consider factors such as the issuer’s securities having a high book value in relation to their market value, as well as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

Each of the Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may not invest in all such companies or Approved Markets described above or achieve approximate market weights, for reasons which include constraints imposed within Approved Markets (e.g., restrictions on purchases by foreigners) and each Emerging Markets Master Fund’s and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio’s policy not to invest more than 25% of its assets in any one industry.

In determining what countries are eligible markets for the Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, the Advisor may consider various factors, including without limitation, the data, analysis, and classification of countries published or disseminated by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (commonly known as the World Bank), the International Finance Corporation, FTSE International, Morgan Stanley Capital International, Citigroup and the Heritage Foundation. Approved emerging markets may not include all such emerging markets. In determining whether to approve markets for investment, the Advisor will take into account, among other things, market liquidity, relative availability of investor information, government regulation, including fiscal and foreign exchange repatriation rules and the availability of other access to these markets for the Emerging Markets Series, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, the Emerging Markets Value Fund and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio.

 

131


Table of Contents

Pending the investment of new capital in Approved Markets securities, the Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio will typically invest in money market instruments or other highly liquid debt instruments including those denominated in U.S. dollars (including, without limitation, repurchase agreements). In addition, each Emerging Markets Master Fund and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, may, for liquidity, or for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market or economic or political conditions warrant, purchase highly liquid debt instruments or hold freely convertible currencies, although each Emerging Markets Master Fund does not expect the aggregate of all such amounts to exceed 10% of its net assets under normal circumstances and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio does not expect the aggregate of all such amounts to exceed 20% of its net assets under normal circumstances.

The Emerging Markets Master Funds and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio also may invest up to 10% of their total assets in shares of other investment companies that invest in one or more Approved Markets, although they intend to do so only where access to those markets is otherwise significantly limited. In some Approved Markets, it will be necessary or advisable for an Emerging Markets Master Fund or the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio to establish a wholly owned subsidiary or a trust for the purpose of investing in the local markets.

The Emerging Markets Series’ and Emerging Markets Small Cap Series’ policy of seeking broad market diversification means that the Advisor will not utilize “fundamental” securities research techniques in identifying securities selections. The decision to include or exclude the shares of an issuer will be made primarily on the basis of such issuer’s relative market capitalization determined by reference to other companies located in the same country. Company size is measured in terms of reference to other companies located in the same country and in terms of local currencies in order to eliminate the effect of variations in currency exchange rates.

The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio seeks broad market diversification with an increased exposure to securities of small cap issuers and securities that it considers to be value securities. The Advisor will not utilize “fundamental” securities research techniques in identifying securities selections for the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio. Even though a company’s stock may meet the applicable market capitalization criterion for a Series or the Emerging Markets Value Fund’s or Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio’s criterion for investment, it may not be included for one or more of a number of reasons. For example, in the Advisor’s judgment, the issuer may be considered in extreme financial difficulty or a material portion of its securities may be closely held and not likely available to support market liquidity. To this extent, there will be the exercise of discretion and consideration by the Advisor in purchasing securities in an Approved Market and in determining the allocation of investments among Approved Markets.

Changes in the composition and relative ranking (in terms of book to market ratio) of the stocks which are eligible for purchase by the Emerging Markets Value Fund take place with every trade when the securities markets are open for trading due primarily to price fluctuations of such securities. On a periodic basis, the Advisor will identify value stocks that are eligible for investment and re-evaluate eligible value stocks no less than semi-annually.

The Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio do not seek current income as an investment objective, and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in an Emerging Markets Master Fund or the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio will receive dividend income.

The Emerging Markets Master Funds and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may also invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to Approved Markets or other equity markets, including the United States, for the purposes of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Emerging Markets Master Funds and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

 

132


Table of Contents

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach

The portfolio structures of the U.S. Large Cap Value Series, each U.S. Value Portfolio, each U.S. Small Company Portfolio, the Large Cap International Portfolio, the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the International Value Series, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, each International Small Company Master Fund and the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio involve market capitalization weighting in determining individual security weights and, where applicable, country or region weights. Market capitalization weighting means each security is generally purchased based on the issuer’s relative market capitalization. Market capitalization weighting will be adjusted by the Advisor for a variety of factors. The Advisor may consider such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors determined to be appropriate by the Advisor given market conditions. The Advisor may deviate from market capitalization weighting to limit or fix the exposure of a Portfolio or Master Fund to a particular issuer to a maximum proportion of the assets of the Portfolio or Master Fund. The Advisor may exclude the stock of a company that meets applicable market capitalization criterion if the Advisor determines, in its judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate in light of other conditions. These adjustments will result in a deviation from traditional market capitalization weighting.

Adjustment for free float adjusts market capitalization weighting to exclude the share capital of a company that is not freely available for trading in the public equity markets by international investors. For example, the following types of shares may be excluded: (i) those held by strategic investors (such as governments, controlling shareholders and management), (ii) treasury shares, or (iii) shares subject to foreign ownership restrictions.

Deviation from market capitalization weighting also will occur because the Advisor generally intends to purchase in round lots. Furthermore, the Advisor may reduce the relative amount of any security held in order to retain sufficient portfolio liquidity. A portion, but generally not in excess of 20% of assets, may be invested in interest bearing obligations, such as money market instruments, thereby causing further deviation from market capitalization weighting. A further deviation may occur due to investments in privately placed convertible debentures.

Block purchases of eligible securities may be made at opportune prices, even though such purchases exceed the number of shares that, at the time of purchase, adherence to a market capitalization weighted approach would otherwise require. In addition, securities eligible for purchase or otherwise represented in a Portfolio or Master Fund may be acquired in exchange for the issuance of shares. See “PURCHASE OF SHARES—In Kind Purchases.” While such transactions might cause a deviation from market capitalization weighting, they would ordinarily be made in anticipation of further growth of assets.

Changes in the composition and relative ranking (in terms of market capitalization) of the stocks that are eligible for purchase take place with every trade when the securities markets are open for trading due, primarily, to price fluctuations of such securities. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor will identify companies whose stock is eligible for investment by a Portfolio or Master Fund. Additional investments generally will not be made in securities that have changed in value sufficiently to be excluded from the Advisor’s then current market capitalization requirement for eligible portfolio securities. This may result in further deviation from market capitalization weighting. Such deviation could be substantial if a significant amount of holdings of a Portfolio or Master Fund change in value sufficiently to be excluded from the requirement for eligible securities, but not by a sufficient amount to warrant their sale.

Country weights may be based on the total market capitalization of companies within each country. The calculation of country market capitalization may take into consideration the free float of companies within a country or whether these companies are eligible to be purchased for the particular strategy. In addition, to maintain a satisfactory level of diversification, the Investment Committee may limit or fix the exposure to a particular country or region to a maximum proportion of the assets of that vehicle. Country weights may also deviate from target weights due to general day-to-day trading patterns and price movements. As a result, the weighting of certain countries may vary from their weighting in published international indices.

 

133


Table of Contents

Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds

Each of the U.S. Small Company Portfolios, the International Small Company Portfolios and the International Small Company Master Funds (collectively the “Small Company Funds”) intends to invest in the securities of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.” The following discussion applies to the investment policies of the Small Company Funds.

The decision to include or exclude the shares of an issuer will be made on the basis of such issuer’s relative market capitalization determined by reference to other companies located in the same country or region. Company size is measured in terms of local currencies in order to eliminate the effect of variations in currency exchange rates. Even though a company’s stock may meet the applicable market capitalization criterion, it may not be purchased if (i) in the Advisor’s judgment, the issuer is in extreme financial difficulty, (ii) the issuer is involved in a merger or consolidation or is the subject of an acquisition, (iii) a significant portion of the issuer’s securities are closely held, or (iv) the Advisor determines, in its judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate given other conditions. Further, securities of REITs will not be acquired (except as part of a merger, consolidation or acquisition of assets).

If securities must be sold in order to obtain funds to make redemption payments, such securities may be repurchased, as additional cash becomes available. In most instances, however, management would anticipate selling securities which had appreciated sufficiently to be eligible for sale and, therefore, would not need to repurchase such securities.

Generally, current income is not sought as an investment objective and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be selected for investment do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that dividend income will be received.

Portfolio Transactions—All Portfolios

Securities will not be purchased or sold based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase. Securities which have depreciated in value since their acquisition will not be sold solely because prospects for the issuer are not considered attractive or due to an expected or realized decline in securities prices in general. Securities will not be sold to realize short-term profits, but when circumstances warrant, they may be sold without regard to the length of time held. Securities, including those eligible for purchase, may be disposed of, however, at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale, including but not limited to tender offers, mergers and similar transactions, or bids made for block purchases at opportune prices. Generally, securities will be purchased with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year and will be held until such time as they are no longer considered an appropriate holding in light of the investment policy of each Portfolio and Master Fund.

Other Information

Commodity Pool Operator Exemption

Each Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund is operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

Fund of Funds Portfolio Turnover

The portfolio turnover rate provided for the International Small Company Portfolio and DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio (each a “fund of funds”) under the heading “Portfolio Turnover” for the respective Portfolio is unaudited. The portfolio turnover rate presented for each fund of funds was derived from the portfolio turnover rate of the Underlying Funds in which the fund of funds invests.

 

134


Table of Contents

SECURITIES LOANS

All of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds are authorized to lend securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions for the purpose of earning additional income, although inasmuch as the Feeder Portfolios will only hold shares of a corresponding Master Fund, these Portfolios do not intend to lend those shares. While a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund may earn additional income from lending securities, such activity is incidental to the investment objective of a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund. For information concerning the revenue from securities lending, see “SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE.” The value of securities loaned may not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of a Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s total assets, which includes the value of collateral received. To the extent a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund loans a portion of its securities, a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund will receive collateral consisting generally of cash or U.S. government securities, which will be maintained by marking to market daily in an amount equal to at least (i) 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, (ii) 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to U.S. securities, and (iii) 105% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to foreign securities. Subject to their stated investment policies, the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds will generally invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Money Market Series), an affiliated registered money market fund advised by the Advisor for which the Advisor receives a management fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Money Market Series. The Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may also invest such collateral in securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, repurchase agreements collateralized by securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. For purposes of this paragraph, agencies include both agency debentures and agency mortgage backed securities.

In addition, the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds will be able to terminate the loan at any time and will receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as amounts equal to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities. However, dividend income received from loaned securities may not be eligible to be taxed at qualified dividend income rates. See the SAI for a further discussion of the tax consequences related to securities lending. A Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund will be entitled to recall a loaned security in time to vote proxies or otherwise obtain rights to vote proxies of loaned securities if the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund knows a material event will occur. In the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower, DFA Investment Dimensions Group, Inc., Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”), Emerging Markets Value Fund or the Trust could experience delay in recovering the loaned securities or only recover cash or a security of equivalent value. See “Principal Risks—Securities Lending” for a discussion of the risks related to securities lending.

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the following Portfolios and Master Funds received the following net revenues from a securities lending program (see “SECURITIES LOANS”), which constituted a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio or Master Fund:

 

Portfolio/Master Fund

   Net Revenue    Percentage
of Net
Assets
 

U.S. Large Cap Value Series**

   $ 13,048,000    0.20

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio***

   $ 10,154,000    0.20

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 2,833,000    0.25

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   $ 2,723,000    0.17

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 5,784,000    0.20

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   $ 2,521,000    0.27

 

135


Table of Contents

Portfolio/Master Fund

   Net Revenue    Percentage
of Net
Assets
 

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio***

   $ 6,861,000    0.33

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio***

   $ 8,591,000    0.34

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 3,792,000    0.25

Large Cap International Portfolio

   $ 2,539,000    0.22

DFA International Value Portfolio*

   $ 9,229,000    0.26

International Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 7,668,000    0.28

International Small Company Portfolio*

   $ 13,207,000    0.39

Japanese Small Company Portfolio*

   $ 640,000    0.57

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio*

   $ 299,000    0.42

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio*

   $ 17,000    0.07

Continental Small Company Portfolio*

   $ 380,000    0.42

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 2,060,000    0.41

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 14,358,000    0.26

International Vector Equity Portfolio

   $ 412,000    0.23

Emerging Markets Portfolio*

   $ 3,108,000    0.20

Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund**

   $ 12,936,000    0.24

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio*

   $ 2,129,000    0.27

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 4,061,000    0.23

 

* A Portfolio with corresponding Master Fund(s) taxed as a partnership. “Net Revenue” reflects the proportional share of the securities lending revenue generated by the Master Fund(s) that was received by the Portfolio.
** A Master Fund taxed as a Corporation during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 in which a Feeder Portfolio invests. “Net Revenue” reflects the total securities lending revenue generated by the Master Fund.
*** Prior to February 28, 2009, the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio operated as Feeder Portfolio’s in a master/feeder structure. The U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio invested all of its assets into The U.S. Small Cap Value Series prior to February 28, 2009 and the “Net Revenue” reflects the total securities lending revenue generated by The U.S. Small Cap Value Series and the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio invested all of its assets into The U.S. Small Cap Series prior to February 28, 2009 and the “Net Revenue” reflects the total securities lending revenue generated by The U.S. Small Cap Series and the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio invested all of its assets into The U.S. Micro Cap Series prior to February 28, 2009 and the “Net Revenue” reflects the total securities lending revenue generated by The U.S. Micro Cap Series and the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

The Advisor serves as investment advisor to the Portfolios and the Master Funds. Pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement with each Non-Feeder Portfolio and Master Fund, the Advisor is responsible for the management of their respective assets. Additionally, pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement with each Feeder Portfolio, the Advisor, for no additional compensation, manages the portion of each Feeder Portfolio’s assets that are retained by the Feeder Portfolio for cash management purposes and, at its discretion, may make a determination to withdraw a Feeder Portfolio’s investment from its corresponding Master Fund to invest in another Master Fund if the Advisor believes it is in the best interests of the Feeder Portfolio and its shareholders to do so. The Portfolios and the Master Funds are managed using a team approach. The investment team includes the Investment Committee of the Advisor, portfolio managers and trading personnel.

The Investment Committee is composed primarily of certain officers and directors of the Advisor who are appointed annually. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Investment Committee has seven members. Investment

 

136


Table of Contents

strategies for all Portfolios and all Master Funds are set by the Investment Committee, which meets on a regular basis and also as needed to consider investment issues. The Investment Committee also sets and reviews all investment related policies and procedures and approves any changes in regards to approved countries, security types and brokers.

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the portfolios including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day to day management of the category of portfolios indicated.

 

Domestic equity portfolios

   Stephen A. Clark

International equity portfolios

  

Stephen A. Clark, Karen E. Umland,

Joseph H. Chi and Jed S. Fogdall

Mr. Clark is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and chairman of the Investment Committee. Mr. Clark received his MBA from the University of Chicago and his BS from Bradley University. Mr. Clark joined the Advisor as a Portfolio Manager in 2001 and has been responsible for the portfolio management group since January 2006.

Ms. Umland is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and a member of the Investment Committee. She received her BA from Yale University in 1988 and her MBA from the University of California at Los Angeles in 1993. Ms. Umland joined the Advisor in 1993 and has been a Portfolio Manager and responsible for the international equity portfolios since 1998.

Mr. Chi is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Chi has an MBA and BS from the University of California, Los Angeles and also a JD from the University of Southern California. Mr. Chi joined the Advisor as a Portfolio Manager in 2005 and has been responsible for the international equity portfolios since 2010.

Mr. Fogdall is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Fogdall has an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles and a BS from Purdue University. Mr. Fogdall joined the Advisor as a Portfolio Manager in 2004 and has been responsible for the international equity portfolios since 2010.

The Portfolios’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, and the portfolio manager’s ownership of Fund shares.

The Advisor provides the Portfolios, the Master Funds and Underlying Funds with a trading department and selects brokers and dealers to effect securities transactions. Securities transactions are placed with a view to obtaining best price and execution. The Advisor’s address is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. A discussion regarding the basis for the Boards of Trustees/Directors approving the investment management agreements with respect to the Portfolios and Master Funds, is available in the semi-annual reports for the Portfolios and Master Funds for the fiscal period ending April 30, 2009.

The Funds and the Master Funds bear all of their own costs and expenses, including: services of their independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, brokerage fees, commissions and transfer taxes in connection with the acquisition and disposition of portfolio securities, taxes, insurance premiums, costs incidental to meetings of their shareholders and directors or trustees, the cost of filing their registration statements under the federal securities laws and the cost of any filings required under state securities laws, reports to shareholders, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency, administrative services and custodian fees, except as provided in the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for certain classes of the Portfolios.

 

137


Table of Contents

Expenses allocable to a particular Portfolio or Master Fund or class of a Portfolio are so allocated. The expenses of a Fund which are not allocable to a particular Portfolio or class of a Portfolio are to be borne by each Portfolio or class of a Portfolio of the Fund on the basis of its relative net assets. Similarly, the expenses of the Trust which are not allocable to a particular Series are to be borne by each Master Fund on the basis of its relative net assets.

The Advisor has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. The Advisor is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. The Advisor controls Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”). As of January 31, 2010, assets under management for all Dimensional affiliated advisors totaled approximately $161 billion.

Management Fees

The “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table describes the fees incurred by a Portfolio for the services provided by the Advisor for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for each Feeder Portfolio includes the investment management fee that was payable by the Portfolio’s Master Fund to the Advisor and the administrative fee that was payable by the Portfolio to the Advisor. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for each of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio includes both an investment advisory fee and administrative fee that was payable by the Portfolio to the Advisor. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for the International Small Company Portfolio provides the administrative fee that was payable by the Portfolio to the Advisor. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for the remaining Non-Feeder Portfolios provides the investment advisory fee that was payable by the respective Portfolio to the Advisor.

Investment Services—The Japanese Small Company Series, the Asia Pacific Small Company Series, the International Core Equity Portfolio, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the DFA Global Real Estate Portfolio and the International Vector Equity Portfolio, the Large Cap International Portfolio, the International Value Series, the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, the Emerging Markets Series, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio and the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund

Pursuant to Sub Advisory Agreements with the Advisor, DFA Australia, Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia, has the authority and responsibility to select brokers and dealers to execute securities transactions for the Japanese Series, Asia Pacific Series, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Portfolio and International Vector Equity Portfolio. DFA Australia’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk for each Series or Portfolio and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the holdings of the Japanese Small Company Series, Asia Pacific Small Company Series, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Portfolio and International Vector Equity Portfolio and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by these Series and the Portfolio and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFA Australia. DFA Australia maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on Japanese and Asia Pacific Rim small companies, including its recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by each Series and the Portfolio as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions.

Investment Services—The United Kingdom Small Company Series, the Continental Small Company Series, the International Core Equity Portfolio, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the International Vector Equity Portfolio, the Large Cap International Portfolio, the International Value Series, the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, the Emerging Markets Series, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio and the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund

 

138


Table of Contents

Pursuant to Sub-Advisory Agreements with the Advisor, DFAL, 7 Down Street, London, W1J7AJ, United Kingdom, a company that is organized under the laws of England, has the authority and responsibility to select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions for the United Kingdom Series, Continental Series, International Core Equity Portfolio, T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio and International Vector Equity Portfolio. DFAL’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk for the Series and Portfolio and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the holdings of the United Kingdom Small Company Series, Continental Small Company Series, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio and DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by these Series and the Portfolio and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFAL. DFAL maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on United Kingdom and European small companies, including its recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by the Series and the Portfolio as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. DFAL is a member of the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”), a self-regulatory organization for investment managers operating under the laws of England.

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive certain fees, including administration/advisory fees, and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Portfolios, as described in the notes below. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolios below will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by a Fund or the Advisor.

 

Portfolio

   Expense
Limits
 

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio (1)

   0.50

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio (2)

   0.23

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio (2)

   0.26

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio (2)

   0.36

International Core Equity Portfolio (2)

   0.49

International Small Company Portfolio (3)

   0.45

Japanese Small Company Portfolio (3)

   0.47

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio (3)

   0.47

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio (3)

   0.47

Continental Small Company Portfolio (3)

   0.47

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio (2)

   0.65

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio (4)

   0.55

International Vector Equity Portfolio (2)

   0.60

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio (2)

   0.85

 

(1) The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its administration fee and advisory fee and to assume each Portfolio’s direct and indirect expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Portfolio to the rate listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized expenses of the Portfolio are less than the rate listed above for the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.
(2)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its advisory fee and assume a Portfolio’s expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment

 

139


Table of Contents
 

companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of each Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for such Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

(3) The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its administration fee and to assume a Portfolio’s other direct expenses (for International Small Company, not including expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies) to the extent necessary to limit the direct expenses of each Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement does not include the indirect expenses each Portfolio bears as a shareholder of its Master Funds. At any time that the direct expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s direct expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.
(4) The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its advisory fee and to assume the expenses of the Portfolio (including the expenses that the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of other investment companies managed by the Advisor but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in unaffiliated investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to the rate listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the rate listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

Performance

Prior to March 30, 2002, reimbursement fees were charged to purchasers of shares of certain Portfolios and paid to the Portfolios to offset costs incurred by a Portfolio when investing the proceeds from the sale of its shares. These reimbursement fees are reflected in the historical performance for these Portfolios presented in the performance tables but not in the bar charts. The reimbursement fees (as a percentage of offering price) for each applicable Portfolio were as follows: 0.50% for the Japanese Small Company Portfolio; 1.00% for the Continental Small Company Portfolio; 1.00% for the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio; 0.50% for the Emerging Markets Portfolio; 0.50% for the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio; 1.00% for the Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio; 0.675% for the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio; and 0.675% for the International Small Company Portfolio.

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions. Each Portfolio intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code. As a regulated investment company, a Portfolio generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to you. Dividends from net investment income of the Domestic Equity Securities and the International Equity Securities (other than the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio and DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio) are distributed quarterly (on a calendar basis) and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for capital loss carryforwards) are distributed annually, typically in December. The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio and DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio make distributions from net investment income and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for capital loss carryforwards) annually, typically in December. The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may also make an additional dividend distribution from net investment income in October of each year. A Portfolio may distribute such

 

140


Table of Contents

income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year as a result of a Portfolio’s normal investment activities and cash flows. During a time of economic downturn, a Portfolio may experience capital losses and unrealized depreciation in value of investments, the effect of which may be to reduce or eliminate capital gains distributions for a period of time. Even though a Portfolio may experience a current year loss, it may nonetheless distribute prior year capital gains.

You will automatically receive all income dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the Portfolio whose shares you hold at net asset value (as of the business date following the dividend record date), unless, upon written notice to the Advisor and completion of account information, you select one of the options listed below:

Income Option—to receive income dividends in cash and capital gains distributions in additional shares at net asset value.

Capital Gains Option—to receive capital gains distributions in cash and income dividends in additional shares at net asset value.

Cash Option—to receive both income dividends and capital gains distributions in cash.

 

      Net Investment Income
Distribution

Portfolio/Master Fund

   Annually    Quarterly    Monthly

Domestic Equity Portfolios

        

Enhanced U.S. Large Company

      X   

U.S. Large Cap Value

      X   

U.S. Small Cap Value

      X   

U.S. Targeted Value

      X   

U.S. Core Equity 1

      X   

U.S. Core Equity 2

      X   

U.S. Vector Equity

      X   

U.S. Small Cap

      X   

U.S. Micro Cap

      X   

DFA Real Estate Securities

      X   

International Equity Portfolios

        

Large Cap International

      X   

DFA International Value

      X   

International Core Equity

      X   

International Small Company

      X   

Japanese Small Company

      X   

Asia Pacific Small Company

      X   

United Kingdom Small Company

      X   

Continental Small Company

      X   

DFA International Real Estate Securities

   X      

DFA Global Real Estate Securities

   X      

DFA International Small Cap Value

      X   

International Vector Equity

      X   

Emerging Markets

      X   

Emerging Markets Value

      X   

Emerging Markets Small Cap

      X   

Emerging Markets Core Equity

      X   

Annual Statements. Every January, you will receive a statement that shows the tax status of distributions you received the previous calendar year. Distributions declared in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

 

141


Table of Contents

AvoidBuying A Dividend.” At the time you purchase your Portfolio shares, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation in value of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable. This is sometimes referred to as “buying a dividend.”

Tax Considerations. This discussion of “Tax Considerations” should be read in conjunction with the remaining subsections below containing additional information. Also, unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to a Portfolio includes in the case of a Feeder Portfolio its pro rata share of its corresponding Master Fund’s income and in the case of a Portfolio invested in the Underlying Funds, its pro rata share of the income of such Underlying Funds.

In general, if you are a taxable investor, Portfolio distributions (other than exempt-interest dividends) are taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. This is true whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Portfolio shares or receive them in cash.

For federal income tax purposes, Portfolio distributions of short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income. Portfolio distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains no matter how long you have owned your shares. A Portfolio with a high portfolio turnover rate (a measure of how frequently assets within a Portfolio are bought and sold) is more likely to generate short-term capital gains than a Portfolio with a low portfolio turnover rate. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2011, unless such provision is extended or made permanent, a portion of income dividends designated by a Portfolio may be qualified dividend income eligible for taxation by individual shareholders at long-term capital gain rates provided certain holding period requirements are met.

Certain Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from foreign securities. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of a Portfolio (or, in the case of a Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is classified as a partnership, more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Master Fund) is invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Master Fund). If this election is made, shareholders will be required to include in their gross income their pro rata share of these foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio and will be entitled either to deduct (as an itemized deduction in the case of individuals) their share of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income or to claim a credit for such taxes against their U.S. federal income tax, subject to certain limitations under the Code.

The Board of Trustees of a Master Fund reserves the right to change the entity classification of a Master Fund for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time, as may be permitted or required under the Code. For instance, the Board might cause a Master Fund that is classified as a partnership to elect to be classified as a corporation and taxable as a regulated investment company or disregarded entity (if it has one shareholder) or vice versa. Such a change in entity classification may be prompted by, among other things, changes in law, the investment strategy of a Master Fund, or the nature and number of shareholders of a Master Fund or other factors or events adversely affecting the ability of a Master Fund to comply with the Code. A change in entity classification of a Master Fund may be a taxable event, causing the Master Fund and shareholders of the Master Fund that are subject to tax to recognize a taxable gain or loss. Such a change in entity classification would also cause the shareholders of the Master Fund to be subject to a different taxation regime, which may adversely affect some shareholders depending upon their particular circumstances.

The sale of shares of a Portfolio is a taxable event and may result in a capital gain or loss to you. Capital gain or loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two Portfolios. Any loss incurred on the sale or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares, held for six months or less, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares.

By law, a Portfolio is required to withhold 28% of taxable dividends, capital gains distributions, and redemption proceeds paid to you if you do not provide your proper taxpayer identification number and certain required certifications. You may avoid this withholding requirement by providing and certifying on the account registration form your correct Taxpayer Identification Number and by certifying that you are not subject to backup withholding and are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). A Portfolio must also withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so.

 

142


Table of Contents

In addition to federal taxes, you may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from a Portfolio and on gains arising on redemption or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares. Distributions of interest income and capital gains realized from certain types of U.S. government securities may be exempt from state personal income taxes.

Non-U.S. Investors. Non-U.S. investors may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% or lower treaty rate and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding and claim any treaty benefits. Exemptions from U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from long-term capital gains, if any, exempt-interest dividends, and, with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio that begin before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010 or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any such dividends and distributions of income and capital gains will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person. Non-U.S. investors should also see the discussion below under the subheading, “Special Tax Considerations for Investors that invest in the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, and the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio-Investment in U.S. Real Property.” Non-U.S. investors also may be subject to U.S. estate tax.

Special Tax Considerations for Investors that Invest in the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, and the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio.

PFIC Securities. Certain Portfolios may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that a Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by a Portfolio.

Investment in REITS. A Portfolio may invest directly or indirectly in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). Because of “noncash” expenses such as property depreciation, the cash flow of a REIT that owns properties will exceed its taxable income. The REIT, and in turn a Portfolio may distribute this excess cash to shareholders. Such a distribution is classified as a return of capital. Return of capital distributions generally are not taxable to you. Your cost basis in your fund shares will be decreased by the amount of any return of capital. Any return of capital distributions in excess of your cost basis will be treated as capital gains. Dividends paid to shareholders from the Portfolio’s investment in U.S. REITs will not generally qualify for taxation at long-term capital gain rates applicable to qualified dividend income.

Receipt of Excess Inclusion Income by a Portfolio. A Portfolio may derive “excess inclusion income” from certain equity interests in mortgage pooling vehicles either directly or through an investment in a U.S.-qualified REIT. If, contrary to expectations, a Portfolio were to receive excess inclusion income in excess of certain threshold amounts, such income would be allocated to fund shareholders with special tax consequences.

Investment in U.S. Real Property. The sale of a U.S. real property interest by a REIT in which a Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to the Portfolio’s foreign shareholders. For a more detailed discussion on investment in U.S. real property, including the circumstances under which a sale or redemption of Portfolio shares may result in FIRPTA gain to you, see the section, “Taxation of the Portfolios and Their Shareholders—Non-U.S. investors—Investment in U.S. real property” in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

143


Table of Contents

This discussion of “DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. Because everyone’s tax situation is unique, you should consult your tax professional about federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences before making an investment in a Portfolio. Prospective investors should also consult the statement of additional information.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

Cash Purchases

Investors may purchase Institutional Class shares of any Portfolio by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment. The Portfolios generally are available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions, and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor (“Eligible Investors”). Eligible Investors include employees, former employees, shareholders and directors of the Advisor and the Funds and friends and family members of such persons. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor, and all investors must complete and submit the necessary account registration forms in good order. The Funds reserve the right to reject any initial or additional investment and to suspend the offering of shares of any Portfolio.

“Good order” with respect to the purchase of shares means that (1) a fully completed and properly signed Account Registration Form and any additional supporting legal documentation required by the Advisor have been received in legible form, and (2) the Advisor has been notified of the purchase by telephone and, if the Advisor so requests, also in writing, no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PST) on the day of the purchase. If an order to purchase shares must be canceled due to nonpayment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by a Fund arising out of such cancellation. To recover any such loss, the Funds reserve the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled, and such purchaser may be prohibited or restricted in the manner of placing further orders.

Investors having an account with a bank that is a member or a correspondent of a member of the Federal Reserve System may purchase shares by first calling the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment, then requesting the bank to transmit immediately available funds (federal funds) by wire to PNC Bank, N.A. for the account of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (specify Portfolio) or, with regard to purchases of the DFA International Value Portfolio for the account of Dimensional Investment Group Inc. Additional investments also may be made through the wire procedure by first notifying the Advisor. Investors who wish to purchase shares of any Portfolio (other than the DFA International Value Portfolio) by check should send their check to DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., c/o PNC Global Investment Servicing, Attn: Mail Stop F4-F760-1A-J, 760 Moore Road, King of Prussia, PA 19406. To purchase shares of the DFA International Value Portfolio investors should send their check to Dimensional Investment Group Inc., c/o PNC Global Investment Servicing, at the above address.

Payment of the total amount due should be made in U.S. dollars. However, subject to approval by the Advisor, payment may be made in any freely convertible currency and the necessary foreign exchange transactions will be arranged on behalf of, and at the expense of, the applicant. Applicants settling in any currency other than U.S. dollars are advised that a delay in processing a purchase or redemption may occur to allow for currency conversion.

Shares also may be purchased and sold by individuals through securities firms that may charge a service fee or commission for such transactions. No such fee or commission is charged on shares that are purchased or redeemed directly from the Funds. Investors who are clients of investment advisory organizations may also be subject to investment advisory fees under their own arrangements with such organizations.

 

144


Table of Contents

In-Kind Purchases

If accepted by the Funds, shares of the Portfolios may be purchased in exchange for securities which are eligible for acquisition by the Portfolios (or their corresponding Master Funds or Underlying Funds) or otherwise represented in their portfolios as described in this Prospectus or as otherwise consistent with the Funds’ policies or procedures or in exchange for local currencies in which such securities of the International Equity Portfolios, the International Value Series and Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, are denominated. Securities and local currencies accepted by the Funds for exchange and Fund shares to be issued in the exchange will be valued as set forth under “VALUATION OF SHARES” at the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such securities shall become the property of the Portfolio whose shares are being acquired and must be delivered to the Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. Investors who desire to purchase shares of the International Equity Portfolios or Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio with local currencies should first contact the Advisor.

The Funds will not accept securities in exchange for shares of a Portfolio unless: (1) such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be included, or otherwise represented, in the Portfolio whose shares are to be issued (or in its corresponding Master Fund or Underlying Funds) and current market quotations are readily available for such securities; (2) the investor represents and agrees that all securities offered to be exchanged are not subject to any restrictions upon their sale by the Portfolio under the Securities Act of 1933 or under the laws of the country in which the principal market for such securities exists, or otherwise; and (3) at the discretion of the respective Fund, the value of any such security (except U.S. government securities) being exchanged, together with other securities of the same issuer owned by the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund, may not exceed 5% of the net assets of the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund immediately after the transaction, however, this last limitation does not apply to the International Small Company Portfolio.

A gain or loss for federal income tax purposes will generally be realized by investors who are subject to federal taxation upon the exchange depending upon the cost of the securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should contact the Advisor. Purchases of shares will be made in full and fractional shares calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued.

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

The Portfolios are designed for long-term investors (except as described below) and are not intended for investors that engage in excessive short-term trading activity that may be harmful to the Portfolios, including but not limited to market timing. Short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Portfolios can disrupt portfolio management strategies, harm performance and increase Portfolio expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.

In addition, certain Portfolios and Master Funds may be more susceptible to the risks of short-term trading than other Portfolios and Master Funds. The nature of the holdings of the International Portfolios and International Master Funds may present opportunities for a shareholder to engage in a short-term trading strategy that exploits possible delays between changes in the price of a Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s holdings and the reflection of those changes in the Portfolio’s net asset value (called “arbitrage market timing”). Such delays may occur because an International Portfolio or its Master Fund, if applicable, has significant investments in foreign securities where, due to time zone differences, the values of those securities are established some time before the Portfolio and/or the Master Fund calculate their net asset values. In such circumstances, the available market prices for such foreign securities may not accurately reflect the latest indications of value at the time the International Portfolio calculates its net asset value. The U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio also may be subject to arbitrage market timing because the Portfolios have significant holdings in small cap securities, which may have prices that do not accurately reflect the latest indications of value of these securities at the time the Portfolios calculate their net asset values due to, among

 

145


Table of Contents

other reasons, infrequent trading or illiquidity. There is a possibility that arbitrage market timing may dilute the value of a Portfolio’s shares if redeeming shareholders receive proceeds (and purchasing shareholders receive shares) based upon a net asset value that does not reflect appropriate fair value prices.

The Boards of Directors of the Funds (collectively, the “Board”) have adopted a policy (the “Trading Policy”) and the Advisor and DFA Securities LLC (collectively, “Dimensional”) and Dimensional’s agents have implemented the following procedures, which are designed to discourage and prevent market timing or excessive short-term trading in the Funds: (i) trade activity monitoring and purchase blocking procedures; and (ii) use of fair value pricing.

The Funds, Dimensional and their agents monitor trades and flows of money in and out of the Portfolios from time to time in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities, and for consistent enforcement of the Trading Policy. The Funds reserve the right to take the actions necessary to stop excessive or disruptive trading activities, including refusing or canceling purchase or exchange orders for any reason, without prior notice, particularly purchase or exchange orders that the Funds believe are made on behalf of market timers. The Funds, Dimensional and their agents reserve the right to restrict, refuse or cancel any purchase or exchange request made by an investor indefinitely if the Funds or Dimensional believe that any combination of trading activity in the accounts is potentially disruptive to a Portfolio. In making such judgments, the Funds and Dimensional seek to act in a manner that is consistent with the interests of shareholders. For purposes of applying these procedures, Dimensional may consider an investor’s trading history in the Portfolios, and accounts under common ownership, influence or control.

In addition to the Funds’ general ability to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity as described above, the Funds also have adopted purchase blocking procedures. Under the Funds’ purchase blocking procedures, where an investor has engaged in any two purchases and two redemptions (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) in a Portfolio in any rolling 30 calendar day monitoring period (i.e., two “round trips”), the Funds and Dimensional intend to block the investor from making any additional purchases in that Portfolio for 90 calendar days (a “purchase block”). If implemented, a purchase block will begin at some point after the transaction that caused the investor to have engaged in the prohibited two round-trips is detected by the Funds, Dimensional, or their agents. The Funds and Dimensional are permitted to implement a longer purchase block, or permanently bar future purchases by an investor, if they determine that it is appropriate.

Under the Funds’ purchase blocking procedures, the following purchases and redemptions will not trigger a purchase block: (i) purchases and redemptions of shares having a value in each transaction of less than $5,000; (ii) purchases and redemptions by U.S. registered investment companies that operate as fund of funds and non-U.S. investment companies that operate as fund of funds that the Funds or Dimensional, in their sole discretion, have determined are not designed and/or are not serving as vehicles for excessive short-term or other disruptive trading (in each case, the fund of funds shall agree to be subject to monitoring by Dimensional); (iii) purchases and redemptions by a feeder portfolio of a master fund’s shares; (iv) systematic or automated transactions where the shareholder, financial advisor or investment fiduciary does not exercise direct control over the investment decision; (v) retirement plan contributions, loans, loan repayments and distributions (including hardship withdrawals) identified as such in the retirement plan recordkeeper’s system; (vi) purchase transactions involving transfers of assets, rollovers, Roth IRA conversions and IRA recharacterizations; (vii) purchases of shares with Portfolio dividends or capital gain distributions; (viii) transfers and reregistrations of shares within the same Portfolio; and (ix) transactions by 529 Plans. Notwithstanding the Funds’ purchase blocking procedures, all transactions in Portfolio shares are subject to the right of the Funds and Dimensional to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity (including purchases and redemptions described above that will not be subject to the purchase blocking procedures).

The Funds, Dimensional or their designees will have the ability, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), to request information from financial intermediaries, such as 401(k) plan administrators, trust companies and broker dealers (together, “Intermediaries”), concerning trades placed in omnibus and other multi-investor accounts (together, “Omnibus Accounts”), in order to attempt to

 

146


Table of Contents

monitor trades that are placed by the underlying shareholders of these Omnibus Accounts. The Funds, Dimensional and their designees will use the information obtained from the Intermediaries to monitor trading in the Funds and to attempt to identify shareholders in Omnibus Accounts engaged in trading that is inconsistent with the Trading Policy or otherwise not in the best interests of the Funds. The Funds, Dimensional or their designees, when they detect trading patterns in shares of the Funds that may constitute short-term or excessive trading, will provide written instructions to the Intermediary to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of shares of the Portfolios by a shareholder that has been identified as having engaged in excessive or short-term transactions in the Portfolios’ shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate the Trading Policy.

The ability of the Funds and Dimensional to impose these limitations, including the purchase blocking procedures, on investors investing through Intermediaries is dependent on the receipt of information necessary to identify transactions by the underlying investors and the Intermediary’s cooperation in implementing the Trading Policy. Investors seeking to engage in excessive short-term trading practices may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection, and despite the efforts of the Funds and Dimensional to prevent excessive short-term trading, there is no assurance that the Funds, Dimensional or their agents will be able to identify those shareholders or curtail their trading practices. The ability of the Funds, Dimensional and their agents to detect and limit excessive short-term trading also may be restricted by operational systems and technological limitations.

The purchase blocking procedures of the Trading Policy may not apply to redemptions by shareholders whose shares are held on the books of Intermediaries if the Intermediaries have not adopted procedures to implement this Policy. The Funds and Dimensional will work with Intermediaries to develop such policies to institute the purchase blocking procedures or other procedures that the Funds and Dimensional determine are reasonably designed to achieve the objective of this Trading Policy. At the time the Intermediaries adopt these procedures, shareholders whose accounts are on the books of such Intermediaries will be subject to the Trading Policy’s purchase blocking procedures or another frequent trading policy that achieves the objective of the purchase blocking procedures. Investors that invest in the Portfolios through an Intermediary should contact the Intermediary for information concerning the policies and procedures that apply to the investor.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the ability of the Funds and Dimensional to apply the purchase blocking procedures on purchases by all investors and the ability of the Funds and Dimensional to monitor trades through Omnibus Accounts maintained by Intermediaries may be restricted due to systems limitations of both the Funds’ service providers and the Intermediaries. The Funds expect that the application of the Trading Policy as described above, including the purchase blocking procedures (subject to the limitations described above), will be able to be implemented by Intermediaries in compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

In addition, the purchase blocking procedures will not apply to a redemption transaction in which a Portfolio distributes portfolio securities to a shareholder in-kind, where the redemption will not disrupt the efficient portfolio management of the Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and the redemption is consistent with the interests of the remaining shareholders of the Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund.

In addition to monitoring trade activity, the Board has adopted fair value pricing procedures that govern the pricing of the securities of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the prices at which Portfolio shares are purchased and redeemed are fair, and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders. See the discussion under “VALUATION OF SHARES—Net Asset Value” for additional details regarding fair value pricing of the Portfolio’s securities.

Although the procedures are designed to discourage excessive short-term trading, none of the procedures individually nor all of the procedures taken together can completely eliminate the possibility that excessive short-term trading activity in a Portfolio may occur. The Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds do not knowingly accommodate excessive or disruptive trading activities, including market timing.

 

147


Table of Contents

VALUATION OF SHARES

Net Asset Value

The net asset value per share of each class of each Portfolio and the net asset value per share of each Master Fund and Underlying Fund is calculated after the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) by dividing the total value of the investments and other assets of the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund less any liabilities, by the total outstanding shares of the stock of the respective Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund. Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes at a time other than 1:00 p.m. PT.

The value of the shares of each Non-Feeder Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to its own investment experience. The value of the shares of the Feeder Portfolios and International Small Company Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to the investment experience of the Master Funds or Underlying Funds in which such Portfolios invest. Securities held by the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds will be valued in accordance with applicable laws and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors or Trustees, and generally, as described below.

Securities held by the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds (including over-the-counter securities) are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day. Securities held by the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds that are listed on Nasdaq are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there is no last reported sale price or NOCP of the day, the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds value the securities at the mean of the most recent quoted bid and asked prices. Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the security is primarily traded. Generally, securities issued by open-end investment companies, such as the Master Funds and Underlying Funds, are valued using their respective net asset values or public offering prices, as appropriate, for purchase orders placed at the close of the NYSE.

Debt securities will be valued on the basis of prices provided by one or more pricing services or other reasonably reliable sources including broker/dealers that typically handle the purchase and sale of such securities. Securities which are traded over-the-counter and on a stock exchange generally will be valued according to the broadest and most representative market, and it is expected that for bonds and other fixed income securities, this ordinarily will be the over-the-counter market.

The value of the securities and other assets of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds for which no market quotations are readily available (including restricted securities), or for which market quotations have become unreliable, are determined in good faith at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Directors or Trustees, as the case may be. Fair value pricing may also be used if events that have a significant effect on the value of an investment (as determined in the discretion of the Investment Committee of the Advisor) occur before the net asset value is calculated. When fair value pricing is used, the prices of securities used by the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may differ from the quoted or published prices for the same securities on their primary markets or exchanges.

To the extent that a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund holds large numbers of securities, it is likely that it will have a larger number of securities that may be deemed illiquid and therefore must be valued pursuant to special procedures adopted by the Board of Directors or Trustees, than would a fund that holds a smaller number of securities. Portfolios that invest in small capitalization companies are more likely to hold illiquid securities than would a fund that invests in larger capitalization companies.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds holding foreign equity securities (the “Foreign Equity Funds”) will also fair value price in the circumstances described below. Generally, trading in foreign securities markets is completed each day at various times before the close of the NYSE. For example, trading in the Japanese securities markets is completed each day at the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange (normally, 11:00 p.m. PT), which is fourteen hours before the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) and the

 

148


Table of Contents

time that the net asset values of the Foreign Equity Funds are computed. Due to the time differences between the closings of the relevant foreign securities exchanges and the time the Foreign Equity Funds price their shares at the close of the NYSE, the Foreign Equity Funds will fair value their foreign investments when it is determined that the market quotations for the foreign investments are either unreliable or not readily available. The fair value prices will attempt to reflect the impact of the U.S. financial markets’ perceptions and trading activities on the Foreign Equity Funds’ foreign investments since the last closing prices of the foreign investments were calculated on their primary foreign securities markets or exchanges. For these purposes, the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the Foreign Equity Funds have determined that movements in relevant indices or other appropriate market indicators, after the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange or the London Stock Exchange, demonstrate that market quotations may be unreliable, and may trigger fair value pricing. Consequently, fair valuation of portfolio securities may occur on a daily basis. The fair value pricing by the Foreign Equity Funds utilizes data furnished by an independent pricing service (and that data draws upon, among other information, the market values of foreign investments). When a Foreign Equity Fund uses fair value pricing, the values assigned to the Foreign Equity Fund’s foreign investments may not be the quoted or published prices of the investments on their primary markets or exchanges. The Boards of Directors/Trustees of the Foreign Equity Funds monitor the operation of the method used to fair value price the Foreign Equity Funds’ foreign investments.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund determines its net asset value per share. As a result, the sale or redemption by a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

The net asset values per share of the International Equity Portfolios (in respect to those Portfolios that are Feeder Portfolios and International Small Company Portfolio, the Master Funds) are expressed in U.S. dollars by translating the net assets of each Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund using the mean of the most recent bid and asked prices for the dollar as quoted by generally recognized reliable sources. Because the International Equity Portfolios and Master Funds and the International Equity Underlying Funds own securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges which may trade on days when the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds do not price their shares, the net asset values of the International Equity Portfolios and such Master Funds and Underlying Funds may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.

Most Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds generally calculate their net asset values per share and accept purchase and redemption orders on days that the NYSE is open for trading. The Japanese Small Company Series, U.K. Small Company Series and Continental Small Company Series (and each Series’ corresponding Feeder Portfolio) are each closed on days that the foreign securities exchange(s) on which their portfolio securities are principally traded are closed. Purchase and redemption orders for shares of such Portfolios or Master Funds will not be accepted on those days.

Certain of the securities holdings of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the Emerging Markets Series, Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, the Emerging Markets Value Fund and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio in Approved Markets may be subject to tax, investment and currency repatriation regulations of the Approved Markets that could have a material effect on the values of the securities. For example, such funds might be subject to different levels of taxation on current income and realized gains depending upon the holding period of the securities. In general, a longer holding period (e.g., 5 years) may result in the imposition of lower tax rates than a shorter holding period (e.g., 1 year). The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may also be subject to certain contractual arrangements with investment authorities in an Approved Market which require a Master Fund or Portfolio to maintain minimum holding periods or to limit the extent of repatriation of income and realized gains.

 

149


Table of Contents

Futures contracts are valued using the settlement price established each day on the exchange on which they are traded. The value of such futures contracts held by a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund is determined each day as of such close.

Public Offering Price

Provided that the transfer agent has received the investor’s Account Registration Form in good order and the custodian has received the investor’s payment, shares of the Portfolio selected will be priced at the public offering price, which is the net asset value of the shares next determined after receipt of the investor’s funds by the custodian. The transfer agent or the Funds may, from time to time, appoint sub-transfer agents or various financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for the receipt of purchase orders, redemption orders and funds from certain investors. Intermediaries, in turn, are authorized to designate other financial intermediaries (“Sub-designees”) to receive purchase and redemption orders for the Portfolios’ shares from investors. With respect to such investors, the shares of the Portfolio selected will be priced at the public offering price calculated after receipt of the purchase order by the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, that is authorized to receive purchase orders. If the investor buys shares through an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, the purchase price will be the public offering price next calculated after the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, receives the order, rather than on the day the custodian receives the investor’s payment (provided that the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, has received the investor’s purchase order in good order, and the investor has complied with the Intermediary’s or Sub-designee’s payment procedures). No reimbursement fee or sales charge is imposed on purchases. If an order to purchase shares must be canceled due to non-payment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by a Portfolio arising out of such cancellation. The Funds reserve the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled to recover any resulting loss to a Portfolio and may prohibit or restrict the manner in which such purchaser may place further orders.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

Investors may exchange Institutional Class shares of one Portfolio for Institutional Class shares of another Portfolio by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed exchange, and then sending a letter of instruction to: DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. or, in the case of the DFA International Value Portfolio, to Dimensional Investment Group Inc. A letter of instruction for an exchange of shares may be sent by mail to the following: Attn: Client Operations, 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolios through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary for information regarding exchanges.

The minimum amount for an exchange is $100,000. Exchanges are accepted into or from any of the Portfolios offered in this Prospectus. There is no fee imposed on an exchange. However, the Funds reserve the right to impose an administrative fee in order to cover the costs incurred in processing an exchange. Any such fee will be disclosed in the Prospectus. An exchange is treated as a redemption and a purchase. Therefore, an investor could realize a taxable gain or a loss on the transaction. The Funds reserve the right to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, waive the minimum amount requirement, limit the amount of or reject any exchange, as deemed necessary, at any time.

Investors in any Portfolio eligible for the exchange privilege also may exchange all or part of their Portfolio shares into certain other portfolios of Dimensional Investment Group Inc., subject to the minimum purchase requirement set forth in the applicable portfolio’s prospectus. Investors may contact the Advisor at the above-listed phone number for more information on such exchanges and to request a copy of the prospectuses of other portfolios of Dimensional Investment Group Inc.

The exchange privilege is not intended to afford shareholders a way to speculate on short-term movements in the markets. Accordingly, in order to prevent excessive use of the exchange privilege that may potentially disrupt the management of the Portfolios or otherwise adversely affect the Funds, any proposed exchange will be

 

150


Table of Contents

subject to the approval of the Advisor. Such approval will depend on: (i) the size of the proposed exchange; (ii) the prior number of exchanges by that shareholder; (iii) the nature of the underlying securities and the cash position of the Portfolios involved in the proposed exchange; (iv) the transaction costs involved in processing the exchange; and (v) the total number of redemptions by exchange already made out of a Portfolio. Excessive use of the exchange privilege is defined as any pattern of exchanges among portfolios by an investor that evidences market timing.

The redemption and purchase prices of shares redeemed and purchased by exchange, respectively, are the net asset values next determined after the Advisor has received a letter of instruction in good order. “Good order” means a completed letter of instruction specifying the dollar amount to be exchanged, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and if a Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority. Exchanges will be accepted only if stock certificates have not been issued and the shares of the Portfolio being acquired are registered in the investor’s state of residence.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Redemption Procedure

Investors who desire to redeem shares of a Portfolio must first contact the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400. Shareholders who invest in the Portfolios through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding redemption procedures. Each Portfolio will redeem shares at the net asset value of such shares next determined, either: (1) where stock certificates have not been issued, after receipt of a written request for redemption in good order, by the transfer agent (or by an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, if applicable), or (2) if stock certificates have been issued, after receipt of the stock certificates in good order at the office of the transfer agent. “Good order” means that the request to redeem shares must include all necessary documentation, to be received in writing by the Advisor no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT), including but not limited to: the stock certificate(s), if issued; a letter of instruction or a stock assignment specifying the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and, if a Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority.

Shareholders redeeming shares for which certificates have not been issued, who have authorized redemption payment by wire in writing, may request that redemption proceeds be paid in federal funds wired to the bank they have designated in writing. The Funds reserve the right to send redemption proceeds by check in their discretion; a shareholder may request overnight delivery of such check at the shareholder’s own expense. If the proceeds are wired to the shareholder’s account at a bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, there could be a delay in crediting the funds to the shareholder’s bank account. The Funds reserve the right at any time to suspend or terminate the redemption by wire procedure after prior notification to shareholders. No fee is charged for redemptions. The redemption of all shares in an account will result in the account being closed. A new Account Registration Form will be required for future investments. See “PURCHASE OF SHARES.” In the interests of economy and convenience, certificates for shares are not issued.

Although the redemption payments will ordinarily be made within seven days after receipt, payment to investors redeeming shares which were purchased by check will not be made until the Funds can verify that the payments for the purchase have been, or will be, collected, which may take up to ten days or more. Investors may avoid this delay by submitting a certified check along with the purchase order.

Redemption of Small Accounts

With respect to each Portfolio, the Funds reserve the right to redeem an account if the value of the shares in a specific Portfolio is $500 or less because of redemptions. Before a Fund involuntarily redeems shares from such an account and sends the proceeds to the stockholder, the Fund will give written notice of the redemption to

 

151


Table of Contents

the stockholder at least sixty days before the redemption date. The stockholder will then have sixty days from the date of the notice to make an additional investment in order to bring the value of the shares in the account for a specific Portfolio to more than $500 and avoid such involuntary redemption. The redemption price to be paid to a stockholder for shares redeemed by a Fund under this right will be the aggregate net asset value of the shares in the account at the close of business on the redemption date. The right to redeem small accounts applies to accounts established with the Fund’s transfer agent.

In-Kind Redemptions

A Portfolio that is not a Feeder Portfolio may also make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities in lieu of cash, when in the best interests of the Portfolio. When in the best interests of a Feeder Portfolio or the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio or International Small Company Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolio or the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio or International Small Company Portfolio may make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities that the Feeder Portfolio or the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio receives from the Master Fund or Underlying Funds in lieu of cash. Such distributions will be made in accordance with the federal securities laws and regulations governing mutual funds. Investors may incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs selling securities that were received in payment of redemptions. The International Equity Portfolios reserve the right to redeem their shares in the currencies in which their investments (and, in respect of the Feeder Portfolios, International Small Company Portfolio and the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the currencies in which the investments of the corresponding Master Funds or Underlying Funds) are denominated. Investors may incur charges in converting such securities to dollars and the value of the securities may be affected by currency exchange fluctuations.

THE FEEDER PORTFOLIOS

Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in each Master Fund. Accordingly, the expenses of such other funds and, correspondingly, their returns may differ from those of the Feeder Portfolios. Please contact The DFA Investment Trust Company and the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746, (512) 306-7400 for information about the availability of investing in a Master Fund other than through a Feeder Portfolio.

The aggregate amount of expenses for a Feeder Portfolio and the corresponding Master Fund may be greater than it would be if the Portfolio were to invest directly in the securities held by the corresponding Master Fund. However, the total expense ratios for the Feeder Portfolios and the Master Funds are expected to be less over time than such ratios would be if the Portfolios were to invest directly in the underlying securities. This arrangement enables various institutional investors, including the Feeder Portfolios, to pool their assets, which may be expected to result in economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base. Each shareholder in a Master Fund, including a Feeder Portfolio, will pay its proportionate share of the expenses of that Master Fund. By investing in shares of the International Master Funds, International Small Company Portfolio will indirectly bear its pro rata share of the operating expenses, management expenses and brokerage costs of such Master Funds, as well as the expense of operating the Portfolio.

The shares of the Master Funds will be offered to institutional investors for the purpose of increasing the funds available for investment, to reduce expenses as a percentage of total assets and to achieve other economies that might be available at higher asset levels. Investment in a Master Fund by other institutional investors offers potential benefits to the Master Funds, and through their investment in the Master Funds, the Feeder Portfolios also. However, such economies and expense reductions might not be achieved, and additional investment opportunities, such as increased diversification, might not be available if other institutions do not invest in the Master Funds. Also, if an institutional investor were to redeem its interest in a Master Fund, the remaining investors in that Master Fund could experience higher pro rata operating expenses, thereby producing lower returns, and the Master Fund’s security holdings may become less diverse, resulting in increased risk.

 

152


Table of Contents

Institutional investors that have a greater pro rata ownership interest in a Master Fund than the corresponding Feeder Portfolio could have effective voting control over the operation of the Master Fund.

If the Board of Directors of the relevant Fund determines that it is in the best interest of a Feeder Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolio may withdraw its investment in a Master Fund at any time. Upon any such withdrawal, the Board would consider what action the Portfolio might take, including either seeking to invest its assets in another registered investment company with the same investment objective as the Portfolio, which might not be possible, or retaining an investment advisor to manage the Portfolio’s assets in accordance with its own investment objective, possibly at increased cost. Shareholders of a Feeder Portfolio will receive written notice thirty days before the effective date of any change in the investment objective of its corresponding Master Fund. A withdrawal by a Feeder Portfolio of its investment in the corresponding Master Fund could result in a distribution in kind of portfolio securities (as opposed to a cash distribution) to the Portfolio. Should such a distribution occur, the Portfolio could incur brokerage fees or other transaction costs in converting such securities to cash in order to pay redemptions. In addition, a distribution in kind to the Portfolio could result in a less diversified portfolio of investments and could affect adversely the liquidity of the Portfolio. Any net capital gains so realized will be distributed to such a Portfolio’s shareholders as described in “DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES.”

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

Each Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund generally will disclose up to its 25 largest portfolio holdings (or with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the holdings of its Master Fund) (other than cash and cash equivalents) and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund, as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within 20 days after the end of each month. Each Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund also generally will disclose its complete portfolio holdings (or with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the holdings of its Master Fund) (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, two months following the month-end or more frequently and at different periods when authorized in accordance with the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds’ policies and procedures. Please consult the SAI for a description of the other policies and procedures that govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings by the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds.

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

To eliminate duplicate mailings and reduce expenses, the Portfolios may deliver a single copy of certain shareholder documents, such as this Prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports, to related shareholders at the same address, even if accounts are registered in different names. This practice is known as “householding.” The Portfolios will not household personal information documents, such as account statements. If you do not want the mailings of these documents to be combined with other members of your household, please call us collect at (512) 306-7400. We will begin sending individual copies of the shareholder documents to you within 30 days of receiving your request.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The Financial Highlights table is meant to help you understand each Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years or, if shorter, the period of that Portfolio’s operations, as indicated by the table. The total returns in the table represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. This information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with the Portfolios’ financial statements, is included in the annual reports. Further information about the Portfolios’ performance is contained in the annual reports, which are available upon request.

 

153


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 6.47      $ 10.91      $ 10.95      $ 9.82      $ 9.35      $ 8.42   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.05     0.39     0.30     0.12     0.29        0.09   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.61        (3.74     0.45        1.19        0.37        0.94   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.66        (3.35     0.75        1.31        0.66        1.03   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.59     (0.36     (0.36     (0.18     (0.19     (0.10

Net Realized Gains

     (0.06     (0.73     (0.43                     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.65     (1.09     (0.79     (0.18     (0.19     (0.10
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 6.48      $ 6.47      $ 10.91      $ 10.95      $ 9.82      $ 9.35   
                                                

Total Return

     12.23     (33.89 )%†      7.13     13.52     7.08     12.28
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 165,231      $ 200,331      $ 337,050      $ 347,216      $ 313,543      $ 221,744   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.29 %(B)      0.25 %^*      0.25 %*      0.26 %*      0.34 %*      0.37 %* 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.29 %(B)      0.25 %*      0.25 %*      0.26 %*      0.34 %*      0.37 %* 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     0.86     4.74 %^      2.67     1.19     3.11     0.95

Portfolio Trunover Rate

     46 %(A)      N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
(A) For the period February 28, 2009 through October 31, 2009. Effective February 28, 2009, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio invests directly in securities rather than through the Series.
(B) Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and for the period November 1, 2008 through February 27, 2009, its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.

 

154


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 14.58      $ 24.44      $ 25.40      $ 21.93      $ 19.37      $ 16.14   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.31     0.36     0.33     0.38     0.30        0.16   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     1.28        (8.83     (0.43     3.50        2.49        3.28   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     1.59        (8.47     (0.10     3.88        2.79        3.44   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.34     (0.35     (0.32     (0.35     (0.23     (0.21

Net Realized Gains

     (0.02     (1.04     (0.54     (0.06              
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.36     (1.39     (0.86     (0.41     (0.23     (0.21
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 15.81      $ 14.58      $ 24.44      $ 25.40      $ 21.93      $ 19.37   
                                                

Total Return

     11.76     (36.63 )%†      (0.49 )%      17.97     14.49     21.48
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 5,863,652      $ 5,330,448      $ 7,535,552      $ 6,410,086      $ 4,046,083      $ 2,630,361   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.30     0.28 %^      0.27     0.28     0.30     0.32

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.26     1.86 %^      1.28     1.64     1.48     0.89

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

155


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 16.32      $ 26.49      $ 31.59      $ 28.74      $ 27.71      $ 23.26   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.04     0.18     0.30     0.28     0.29        0.30   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    1.54        (7.86     (2.72     5.06        2.66        5.73   
                                               

Total From Investment Operations

    1.58        (7.68     (2.42     5.34        2.95        6.03   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.21     (0.22     (0.28     (0.23     (0.26     (0.38

Net Realized Gains

           (2.27     (2.40     (2.26     (1.66     (1.20
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.21     (2.49     (2.68     (2.49     (1.92     (1.58
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 17.69      $ 16.32      $ 26.49      $ 31.59      $ 28.74      $ 27.71   
                                               

Total Return

    9.97     (31.80 )%†      (8.41 )%      20.29     11.32     27.46
                                               

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 5,669,659      $ 5,503,945      $ 8,802,846      $ 8,738,278      $ 6,924,234      $ 5,795,166   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.54 %(B)      0.52 %^*      0.52 %*      0.53 %*      0.55 %*      0.56 %* 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    0.27     0.86 %^      0.98     0.94     1.04     0.04

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    21 %(A)      N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
(A) For the period February 28, 2009 through October 31, 2009. Effective February 28, 2009, the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio invests directly in securities rather than through the Series.
(B) Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and for the period November 1, 2008 through February 27, 2009, its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.

 

156


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 10.84      $ 15.89      $ 18.69      $ 17.33      $ 17.09      $ 15.14   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.12     0.18     0.20     0.21     0.32        0.86   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.88        (4.68     (1.32     2.84        1.59        2.88   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     1.00        (4.50     (1.12     3.05        1.91        3.74   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.14     (0.15     (0.20     (0.25     (0.23     (0.90

Net Realized Gains

            (0.40     (1.48     (1.44     (1.44     (0.89
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.14     (0.55     (1.68     (1.69     (1.67     (1.79
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 11.70      $ 10.84      $ 15.89      $ 18.69      $ 17.33      $ 17.09   
                                                

Total Return

     9.47     (29.27 )%†      (6.59 )%      19.48     12.17     27.36
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,449,437      $ 855,448      $ 554,805      $ 215,338      $ 172,595      $ 159,325   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.41     0.40 %^      0.41 %(A)      0.46 %*      0.47 %*      0.50 %* 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.41     0.40 %^      0.41 %(A)      0.46 %*      0.47 %*      0.48 %* 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.19     1.39 %^      1.12     1.19     1.91     0.27

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     17     20 %†      9 %†(B)      N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-Annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
(A) Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and for the period December 1, 2006 through March 29, 2007, its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
(B) For the period March 30, 2007 through November 30, 2007. Effective March 30, 2007, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio invests directly in securities rather than through the Series.

 

157


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    For the Period
Sept. 15, 2005***
to
Nov. 30, 2005
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 7.81      $ 11.83      $ 11.50      $ 10.22      $ 10.00   
                                        

Income From Investment Operations

          

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.15     0.17     0.19     0.17     0.03   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.73        (4.03     0.35        1.28        0.19   
                                        

Total From Investment Operations

     0.88        (3.86     0.54        1.45        0.22   
                                        

Less Distributions

          

Net Investment Income

     (0.15     (0.16     (0.18     (0.17       

Net Realized Gains

                   (0.03              
                                        

Total Distributions

     (0.15     (0.16     (0.21     (0.17       
                                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 8.54      $ 7.81      $ 11.83      $ 11.50      $ 10.22   
                                        

Total Return

     11.64     (32.85 )%†      4.68     14.35     2.20 %† 
                                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,989,583      $ 1,320,562      $ 1,210,031      $ 652,270      $ 123,591   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.22     0.20 %^      0.20     0.23     0.23 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.22     0.20 %^      0.20     0.23     0.37 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.02     1.78 %^      1.53     1.52     1.85 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     7     5 %†      10     6     0 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-Annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of Operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

158


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    For the Period
Sept. 15, 2005***
to
Nov. 30, 2005
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 7.73      $ 11.77      $ 11.65      $ 10.24      $ 10.00   
                                        

Income From Investment Operations

          

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.14     0.17     0.19     0.17     0.03   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.66        (4.04     0.13        1.40        0.21   
                                        

Total From Investment Operations

     0.80        (3.87     0.32        1.57        0.24   
                                        

Less Distributions

          

Net Investment Income

     (0.14     (0.17     (0.17     (0.16       

Net Realized Gains

                   (0.03              
                                        

Total Distributions

     (0.14     (0.17     (0.20     (0.16       
                                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 8.39      $ 7.73      $ 11.77      $ 11.65      $ 10.24   
                                        

Total Return

     10.66     (33.16 )%†      2.78     15.50     2.40 %† 
                                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 3,804,325      $ 2,501,028      $ 2,939,420      $ 1,216,310      $ 182,078   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.24     0.23 %^      0.23     0.26     0.26 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.24     0.23 %^      0.23     0.26     0.38 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.89     1.77 %^      1.55     1.55     1.92 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     4     8 %†      7     5     0 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-Annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of Operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

159


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    For the Period
Dec. 30, 2005***
to
Nov. 30, 2006
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 7.48      $ 11.38      $ 11.79      $ 10.00   
                                

Income From Investment Operations

        

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.11     0.15     0.16     0.13

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.57        (3.89     (0.25     1.73   
                                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.68        (3.74     (0.09     1.86   
                                

Less Distributions

        

Net Investment Income

     (0.13     (0.16     (0.14     (0.07

Net Realized Gains

                   (0.18       
                                

Total Distributions

     (0.13     (0.16     (0.32     (0.07
                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 8.03      $ 7.48      $ 11.38      $ 11.79   
                                

Total Return

     9.47     (33.29 )%†      (0.87 )%      18.65 %† 
                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,178,114      $ 850,623      $ 959,742      $ 403,312   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.35     0.34 %^      0.34     0.36 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.35     0.34 %^      0.33     0.39 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.60     1.66 %^      1.29     1.24 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     11     11 %†      14     24 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

160


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    U.S. Small Cap Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 13.35      $ 20.64      $ 22.46      $ 20.75      $ 19.13      $ 16.52   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.06     0.14     0.21     0.17     0.15        0.05   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    1.65        (6.08     (0.66     2.84        1.75        2.67   
                                               

Total From Investment Operations

    1.71        (5.94     (0.45     3.01        1.90        2.72   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.17     (0.17     (0.21     (0.13     (0.13     (0.10

Net Realized Gains

           (1.18     (1.16     (1.17     (0.15       

Tax Return of Capital

                                       (0.01
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.17     (1.35     (1.37     (1.30     (0.28     (0.11
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 14.89      $ 13.35      $ 20.64      $ 22.46      $ 20.75      $ 19.13   
                                               

Total Return

    13.08     (30.67 )%†      (2.17 )%      15.49     10.04     16.59
                                               

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 2,522,001      $ 2,066,849      $ 3,285,093      $ 3,297,199      $ 2,641,670      $ 2,137,970   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.40 %(B)      0.38 %^*      0.38 %*      0.38 %*      0.40 %*      0.41 %* 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    0.50     0.86 %^      0.95     0.82     0.78     0.22

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    17 %(A)      N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
(A) For the period February 28, 2009 through October 31, 2009. Effective February 28, 2009, the Portfolios invest directly in securities rather than through the Series.
(B) Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and for the period November 1, 2008 through February 27, 2009, its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.

 

161


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 9.19      $ 14.80      $ 16.83      $ 15.91      $ 15.06      $ 13.34   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.03     0.10     0.14     0.10     0.07        0.19   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.54        (4.32     (0.69     2.04        1.43        1.93   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.57        (4.22     (0.55     2.14        1.50        2.12   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.19     (0.13     (0.13     (0.08     (0.06     (0.22

Net Realized Gains

            (1.26     (1.35     (1.14     (0.59     (0.18

Tax Return of Capital

                                          
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.19     (1.39     (1.48     (1.22     (0.65     (0.40
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 9.57      $ 9.19      $ 14.80      $ 16.83      $ 15.91      $ 15.06   
                                                

Total Return

     6.61     (31.33 )%†      (3.63 )%      14.52     10.33     16.34
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 2,818,365      $ 2,924,225      $ 4,700,371      $ 4,824,003      $ 3,949,511      $ 3,214,520   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.54 %(B)      0.53 %^*      0.52 %*      0.53 %*      0.55 %*      0.56 %* 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     0.38     0.91 %^      0.89     0.64     0.48     0.06

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     12 %(A)      N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
(A) For the period February 28, 2009 through October 31, 2009. Effective February 28, 2009, the Portfolios invest directly in securities rather than through the Series.
(B) Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and for the period November 1, 2008 through February 27, 2009, its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.

 

162


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 16.16      $ 27.20      $ 33.80      $ 25.75      $ 23.02      $ 18.80   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.58     0.64     0.62     0.64     0.82        0.62   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     (0.62     (9.28     (5.64     8.84        3.33        4.47   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     (0.04     (8.64     (5.02     9.48        4.15        5.09   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.83     (0.30     (0.70     (1.02     (0.86     (0.71

Net Realized Gains

            (2.10     (0.88     (0.41     (0.56     (0.16
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.83     (2.40     (1.58     (1.43     (1.42     (0.87
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 15.29      $ 16.16      $ 27.20      $ 33.80      $ 25.75      $ 23.02   
                                                

Total Return

     0.98     (34.46 )%†      (15.45 )%      38.23     18.81     29.44
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 2,018,559      $ 1,746,961      $ 2,671,457      $ 2,837,026      $ 1,836,650      $ 1,308,898   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.36     0.33 %^      0.33     0.33     0.37     0.39

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     4.54     3.01 %^      1.99     2.25     3.11     3.61

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     2     13 %†      17     10     3     6

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

163


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Large Cap International Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 14.81      $ 27.18      $ 23.60      $ 19.00      $ 17.31      $ 14.65   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.48     0.68     0.68     0.55     0.44        0.31   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     3.16        (12.06     3.57        4.68        1.72        2.86   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     3.64        (11.38     4.25        5.23        2.16        3.17   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.43     (0.64     (0.67     (0.63     (0.47     (0.51

Net Realized Gains

            (0.35                            
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.43     (0.99     (0.67     (0.63     (0.47     (0.51
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 18.02      $ 14.81      $ 27.18      $ 23.60      $ 19.00      $ 17.31   
                                                

Total Return

     25.20     (43.14 )%†      18.18     28.00     12.73     22.09
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,364,351      $ 1,206,860      $ 2,224,180      $ 1,673,239      $ 1,125,455      $ 844,883   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.32     0.29 %^      0.29     0.29     0.37     0.41

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     3.14     3.18 %^      2.62     2.56     2.41     2.07

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     12     12 %†      5     4     4     1

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

164


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA International Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 12.54      $ 25.51      $ 22.71      $ 17.67      $ 15.73      $ 12.20   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.40     0.74     0.72     0.66     0.48        0.26   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     3.92        (12.44     3.09        5.37        1.89        3.58   
                                                

Total from Investment Operations

     4.32        (11.70     3.81        6.03        2.37        3.84   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.40     (0.78     (0.63     (0.65     (0.42     (0.31

Net Realized Gains

            (0.49     (0.38     (0.34     (0.01       
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.40     (1.27     (1.01     (0.99     (0.43     (0.31
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 16.46      $ 12.54      $ 25.51      $ 22.71      $ 17.67      $ 15.73   
                                                

Total Return

     35.11     (47.96 )%†      17.09     35.39     15.40     31.86
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 4,437,846      $ 3,350,073      $ 6,262,069      $ 4,456,059      $ 2,518,457      $ 1,431,989   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.46     0.44 %^      0.44     0.44     0.48     0.51

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     3.00     3.86 %^      2.89     3.25     2.86     1.87

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-Annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

165


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    International Core Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    For the Period
Sept. 15, 2005***
to
Nov. 30, 2005
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 7.46      $ 14.35      $ 12.82      $ 10.07      $ 10.00   
                                       

Income From Investment Operations

         

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.23     0.37     0.35     0.28     0.04

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    2.32        (6.76     1.54        2.71        0.03   
                                       

Total From Investment Operations

    2.55        (6.39     1.89        2.99        0.07   
                                       

Less Distributions

         

Net Investment Income

    (0.22     (0.35     (0.32     (0.24       

Net Realized Gains

           (0.15     (0.04              
                                       

Total Distributions

    (0.22     (0.50     (0.36     (0.24       
                                       

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 9.79      $ 7.46      $ 14.35      $ 12.82      $ 10.07   
                                       

Total Return

    34.81     (45.76 )%†      14.83     30.06     0.70 %† 
                                       

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 3,699,842      $ 1,981,049      $ 2,342,187      $ 851,077      $ 121,249   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.41     0.41 %^      0.41     0.48     0.49 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

    0.41     0.41 %^      0.41     0.46     0.90 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    2.84     3.39 %^      2.49     2.35     1.89 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    5     4 %†      4     2     0 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-Annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of Operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

166


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    International Small Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 10.07      $ 20.80      $ 19.43      $ 16.19      $ 14.12      $ 11.00   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.28     0.44     0.43     0.36     0.31     0.22   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    3.91        (9.55     2.07        4.02        2.38        3.24   
                                               

Total From Investment Operations

    4.19        (9.11     2.50        4.38        2.69        3.46   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.27     (0.45     (0.46     (0.36     (0.29     (0.34

Net Realized Gains

           (1.17     (0.67     (0.78     (0.33       
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.27     (1.62     (1.13     (1.14     (0.62     (0.34
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 13.99      $ 10.07      $ 20.80      $ 19.43      $ 16.19      $ 14.12   
                                               

Total Return

    42.34     (47.13 )%†      13.29     28.51     19.74     32.10
                                               

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

 

$

4,269,864

  

  $ 3,084,373      $ 5,597,209      $ 4,546,071      $ 2,725,231      $ 1,658,184   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

    0.57     0.55 %^      0.55     0.56     0.64     0.69

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

 

 

0.57

    0.55 %^      0.55     0.56     0.64     0.69

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    2.48     2.90 %^      2.03     2.04     2.05     1.82

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

167


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Japanese Small Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 11.97      $ 16.75      $ 17.23      $ 17.97      $ 13.99      $ 10.80   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.22     0.29     0.27     0.22     0.16     0.22   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     2.39        (4.78     (0.52     (0.73     4.00        3.16   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     2.61        (4.49     (0.25     (0.51     4.16        3.38   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.26     (0.29     (0.23     (0.23     (0.18     (0.19

Net Realized Gains

                                          
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.26     (0.29     (0.23     (0.23     (0.18     (0.19
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 14.32      $ 11.97      $ 16.75      $ 17.23      $ 17.97      $ 13.99   
                                                

Total Return

     22.08     (27.16 )%†      (1.51 )%      (2.94 )%      30.13     31.79
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 114,058      $ 133,373      $ 199,080      $ 168,957      $ 169,995      $ 65,879   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.59     0.58 %^      0.56     0.61     0.68     0.73

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

     0.59     0.58 %^      0.56     0.58     0.68     0.79

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.68     2.18 %^      1.51     1.19     1.03     1.01

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

168


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 11.67      $ 28.73      $ 20.26      $ 15.28      $ 14.54      $ 12.10   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.50     0.83     0.79     0.64     0.70        0.50   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     8.95        (17.04     8.43        4.92        0.54        2.58   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     9.45        (16.21     9.22        5.56        1.24        3.08   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.53     (0.85     (0.75     (0.58     (0.50     (0.64

Net Realized Gains

                                          

Return of Capital

                                          
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.53     (0.85     (0.75     (0.58     (0.50     (0.64
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 20.59      $ 11.67      $ 28.73      $ 20.26      $ 15.28      $ 14.54   
                                                

Total Return

     84.11     (57.94 )%†      46.55     37.52     8.81     26.73
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 101,853      $ 64,044      $ 146,307      $ 71,537      $ 38,927      $ 26,735   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.65     0.62 %^      0.62     0.64     0.74     0.80

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

     0.65     0.61 %^      0.59     0.64     0.86     0.96

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     3.53     3.85 %^      3.13     3.68     3.89     3.29

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

169


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 14.27      $ 31.29      $ 32.97      $ 24.65      $ 23.47      $ 19.26   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.55     0.77     0.78     0.61     0.64     0.48   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     5.44        (15.84     (0.08     9.61        2.15        4.87   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     5.99        (15.07     0.70        10.22        2.79        5.35   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.43     (0.72     (1.03     (0.68     (0.59     (1.14

Net Realized Gains

            (1.22     (1.35     (1.22     (1.02       

Return of Capital

            (0.01                            
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.43     (1.95     (2.38     (1.90     (1.61     (1.14
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 19.83      $ 14.27      $ 31.29      $ 32.97      $ 24.65      $ 23.47   
                                                

Total Return

     42.81     (50.97 )%†      1.94     44.15     12.35     29.05
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 27,863      $ 25,883      $ 37,139      $ 31,808      $ 20,578      $ 15,816   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.61     0.59 %^      0.59     0.60     0.70     0.74

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

     0.70     0.65 %^      0.62     0.67     0.89     1.04

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     3.62     3.41 %^      2.28     2.20     2.70     2.21

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

170


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Continental Small Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 10.73      $ 22.95      $ 20.47      $ 15.78      $ 14.12      $ 12.60   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.28     0.52     0.40     0.31     0.21        0.17   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     4.29        (11.32     3.00        6.28        2.28        3.64   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     4.57        (10.80     3.40        6.59        2.49        3.81   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.28     (0.45     (0.38     (0.34     (0.30     (0.50

Net Realized Gains

            (0.96     (0.54     (1.56     (0.53     (1.79

Return of Capital

            (0.01                            
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.28     (1.42     (0.92     (1.90     (0.83     (2.29
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 15.02      $ 10.73      $ 22.95      $ 20.47      $ 15.78      $ 14.12   
                                                

Total Return

     43.12     (49.89 )%†      16.99     46.33     18.42     35.91
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 110,926      $ 93,988      $ 170,909      $ 90,261      $ 52,061      $ 33,839   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.62     0.59 %^      0.61     0.62     0.71     0.73

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

     0.61     0.59 %^      0.57     0.61     0.78     0.87

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.39     3.04 %^      1.70     1.78     1.77     1.56

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

171


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio
Institutional Class Shares
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    For the Period
March 1, 2007***
to
Nov. 30, 2007
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 4.18      $ 9.35      $ 10.00   
                        

Income From Investment Operations

      

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.26     0.34     0.23

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.91        (5.08     (0.76
                        

Total From Investment Operations

     1.17        (4.74     (0.53
                        

Less Distributions

      

Net Investment Income

     (0.11     (0.43     (0.12

Net Realized Gains

                     

Return of Capital

                     
                        

Total Distributions

     (0.11     (0.43     (0.12
                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 5.24      $ 4.18      $ 9.35   
                        

Total Return

     29.25     (52.85 )%†      (5.38 )%† 
                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 742,329      $ 394,480      $ 336,840   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.43     0.44 %^      0.48 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.43     0.44 %^      0.48 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     6.40     5.20 %^      3.50 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     5     1 %†      2 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-Annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

172


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA Global Real Estate
Securities Portfolio
Institutional Class Shares
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    For the Period
June 4, 2008***
to
Oct. 31, 2008**
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 6.04      $ 10.00   
                

Income From Investment Operations

    

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.19    

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.62        (3.96
                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.81        (3.96
                

Less Distributions

    

Net Investment Income

     (0.10       

Net Realized Gains

              
                

Total Distributions

     (0.10       
                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 6.75      $ 6.04   
                

Total Return

     13.81     (39.60 )%† 
                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 432,502      $ 90,672   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.47     0.54 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

     0.79     0.86 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     3.40     (0.04 )%^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     N/A        N/A   

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from the commencement of operations through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

173


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 10.82      $ 22.05      $ 21.71      $ 17.57      $ 15.16      $ 11.52   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.26     0.52     0.46     0.36     0.40     0.23   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     4.14        (9.60     1.66        4.95        2.77        3.85   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     4.40        (9.08     2.12        5.31        3.17        4.08   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.24     (0.58     (0.53     (0.38     (0.36     (0.35

Net Realized Gains

     (0.06     (1.57     (1.25     (0.79     (0.40     (0.09
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.30     (2.15     (1.78     (1.17     (0.76     (0.44
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 14.92      $ 10.82      $ 22.05      $ 21.71      $ 17.57      $ 15.16   
                                                

Total Return

     41.42     (45.17 )%†      10.25     31.73     21.75     36.34
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 6,859,957      $ 4,799,748      $ 8,180,859      $ 6,733,067      $ 4,128,428      $ 2,215,523   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.71     0.69 %^      0.69     0.70     0.75     0.78

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.71     0.69 %^      0.69     0.70     0.75     0.78

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.19     3.22 %^      2.03     1.85     2.44     1.63

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     22     16 %†      18     14     13     10

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

174


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     International Vector
Equity Portfolio
Institutional Class Shares
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    For the Period
Aug. 14, 2008***
to
Oct. 31, 2008**
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 6.74      $ 10.00   
                

Income From Investment Operations

    

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.17     0.06

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     2.46        (3.32
                

Total From Investment Operations

     2.63        (3.26
                

Less Distributions

    

Net Investment Income

     (0.15       

Net Realized Gains

              
                

Total Distributions

     (0.15       
                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 9.22      $ 6.74   
                

Total Return

     39.52     (32.60 )%† 
                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 262,544      $ 66,774   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.60     0.60 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.59     1.15 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.31     3.01 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     8     0 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from the commencement of operations through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

175


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    Emerging Markets Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 17.05      $ 35.23      $ 25.40      $ 19.89      $ 15.61      $ 11.87   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.42     0.70     0.64     0.48     0.58     0.27   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    8.42        (16.85     9.88        5.61        4.13        3.80   
                                               

Total From Investment Operations

    8.84        (16.15     10.52        6.09        4.71        4.07   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.41     (0.69     (0.53     (0.58     (0.43     (0.33

Net Realized Gains

    (0.25     (1.34     (0.16                     
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.66     (2.03     (0.69     (0.58     (0.43     (0.33
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 25.23      $ 17.05      $ 35.23      $ 25.40      $ 19.89      $ 15.61   
                                               

Total Return

    53.39     (48.37 )%†      42.08     31.31     30.65     34.95
                                               

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 1,966,288      $ 1,508,260      $ 3,388,442      $ 2,344,990      $ 1,805,186      $ 1,131,778   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

    0.62     0.60 %^      0.60     0.61     0.69     0.74

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

    0.62     0.60 %^      0.60     0.61     0.69     0.74

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    2.15     2.59 %^      2.12     2.13     3.28     2.20

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

176


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Emerging Markets Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 19.36      $ 45.85      $ 31.26      $ 22.86      $ 17.93      $ 12.53   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.38     0.98     0.78     0.60     0.50        0.21   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     12.41        (25.48     14.82        8.65        4.96        5.54   
                                                

Total from Investment Operations

     12.79        (24.50     15.60        9.25        5.46        5.75   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.34     (1.00     (0.63     (0.60     (0.44     (0.35

Net Realized Gains

     (2.91     (0.99     (0.38     (0.25     (0.09       
                                                

Total Distributions

     (3.25     (1.99     (1.01     (0.85     (0.53     (0.35
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 28.90      $ 19.36      $ 45.85      $ 31.26      $ 22.86      $ 17.93   
                                                

Total Return

     78.59     (55.65 )%†      50.98     41.55     31.06     46.76
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  

$

7,401,266

  

  $ 3,735,580      $ 7,485,802      $ 4,283,696      $ 2,077,480      $ 895,313   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.62     0.60 %^      0.60     0.63     0.70     0.77

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.76     2.82 %^      2.00     2.22     2.45     1.37

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

177


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 9.33      $ 23.74      $ 17.96      $ 13.37      $ 11.44      $ 8.74   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.26     0.44     0.31     0.30     0.27     0.11   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     8.14        (12.95     6.86        4.86        2.37        2.85   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     8.40        (12.51     7.17        5.16        2.64        2.96   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.28     (0.41     (0.26     (0.26     (0.22     (0.19

Net Realized Gains

            (1.49     (1.13     (0.31     (0.49     (0.07
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.28     (1.90     (1.39     (0.57     (0.71     (0.26
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 17.45      $ 9.33      $ 23.74      $ 17.96      $ 13.37      $ 11.44   
                                                

Total Return

     91.35     (57.00 )%†      42.58     39.95     24.27     34.55
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,133,958      $ 547,329      $ 1,458,152      $ 838,948      $ 482,378      $ 190,028   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.80     0.77 %^      0.78     0.81     0.97     1.04

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

     0.80     0.77 %^      0.78     0.81     0.97     1.04

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.05     2.61 %^      1.48     1.92     2.21     1.41

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-Annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

178


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    For the Period
April 5, 2005***
to
Nov. 30, 2005
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 9.88      $ 21.20      $ 15.13      $ 11.54      $ 10.00   
                                        

Income From Investment Operations

          

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.25     0.43     0.35     0.27     0.10   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     6.56        (11.27     6.10        3.54        1.51   
                                        

Total From Investment Operations

     6.81        (10.84     6.45        3.81        1.61   
                                        

Less Distributions

          

Net Investment Income

     (0.20     (0.40     (0.32     (0.22     (0.07

Net Realized Gains

            (0.08     (0.06              
                                        

Total Distributions

     (0.20     (0.48     (0.38     (0.22     (0.07
                                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 16.49      $ 9.88      $ 21.20      $ 15.13      $ 11.54   
                                        

Total Return

     69.47     (51.93 )%†      43.20     33.39     16.12 %† 
                                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 2,455,035      $ 1,155,526      $ 1,829,466      $ 822,136      $ 218,563   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.67     0.65 %^      0.65     0.74     1.00 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.67     0.65 %^      0.65     0.72     1.09 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.03     2.62 %^      1.87     2.02     1.79 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     6     3 %†      2     6     2 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

179


Table of Contents

SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

Investment Advisor

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Tel. No. (512) 306-7400

 

Custodian—Domestic

 

PFPC TRUST COMPANY

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

 

Sub-Advisors

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LTD.

7 Down Street

London W1J7AJ

United Kingdom

Tel. No. (20) 7016-4500

 

 

Accounting Services, Dividend Disbursing

and Transfer Agent

PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING

(U.S.) INC.

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

 

DFA AUSTRALIA LIMITED

Level 43 Gateway

1 Macquarie Place

Sydney, New South Wales 2000

Australia

Tel. No. (612) 8 336-7100

 

 

Legal Counsel

STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP

2600 One Commerce Square

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098

 

Custodian—International

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

111 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

 

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Two Commerce Square

Suite 1700

2001 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042

 

180


Table of Contents

Other Available Information

You can find more information about the Funds and their Portfolios in the Funds’ SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

Statement of Additional Information. The SAI supplements, and is technically part of, this Prospectus. It includes an expanded discussion of investment practices, risks, and fund operations.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders. These reports focus on Portfolio holdings and performance. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolios in their last fiscal year.

Request free copies from:

 

   

Your investment advisor—you are a client of an investment advisor who has invested in the Portfolios on your behalf.

 

   

The Fund—you represent an institutional investor, registered investment advisor or other qualifying investor. Call collect at (512) 306-7400.

 

   

Access them on our web site at http://www.dimensional.com.

 

   

Access them on the EDGAR Database in the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

   

Review and copy them at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington D.C. (phone 1-800-SEC-0330).

 

   

Request copies from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or at publicinfo@sec.gov (you will be charged a copying fee). Information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room is available by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

(512) 306-7400

Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (DFA International Value Portfolio)—Registration No. 811-6067

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (all other Portfolios)—Registration No. 811-3258

 

LOGO   LOGO    RRD022810-001


Table of Contents

P R O S P E C T U S

February 28, 2010

Please carefully read the important information it contains before investing.

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

 

 

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

PORTFOLIOS FOR LONG-TERM INVESTORS SEEKING TO INVEST IN:

DOMESTIC EQUITY SECURITIES

 

ENHANCED U.S. LARGE COMPANY PORTFOLIO

U.S. LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO

Class R1 Ticker: DFTVX

Class R2 Ticker: DFTPX

 

U.S. CORE EQUITY 1 PORTFOLIO

U.S. CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

U.S. VECTOR EQUITY PORTFOLIO

U.S. SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

DFA REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

 
 
 

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY SECURITIES

 

LARGE CAP INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO

 

DFA INTERNATIONAL REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO

Class R2 Ticker: DFIPX

 

EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO

INTERNATIONAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

 

EMERGING MARKETS VALUE PORTFOLIO

Class R2 Ticker: DFEPX

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

 

EMERGING MARKETS CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

FIXED INCOME SECURITIES

 

DFA ONE-YEAR FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

   DFA FIVE-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

DFA TWO-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

   DFA INTERMEDIATE GOVERNMENT FIXED INCOME
PORTFOLIO

DFA FIVE-YEAR GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO

   DFA INFLATION-PROTECTED SECURITIES
PORTFOLIO
ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS

GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO

Class R2 Ticker: DGERX

   GLOBAL 25/75 PORTFOLIO

Class R2 Ticker: DFGPX

GLOBAL 60/40 PORTFOLIO

Class R2 Ticker: DFPRX

  


Table of Contents

CLASS R1 SHARES

CLASS R2 SHARES

The Portfolios offer three classes of shares: Institutional Class shares, Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares. This Prospectus describes the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolios which:

Are generally available to retirement plans.

Do not charge a sales commission or “load.”

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolios described herein are not registered for sale in all states. Potential investors should call Dimensional Fund Advisors at (888) 576-1167 or ask their financial advisors about the availability of the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolios in their states. The information contained herein is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy the Portfolios mentioned, and no offers or sales will be made, in any jurisdictions in which the offer or sale of these Portfolios are not qualified or otherwise exempt from regulation.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ENHANCED U.S. LARGE COMPANY PORTFOLIO

   1

Investment Objective

   1

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   1

Principal Investment Strategies

   2

Principal Risks

   3

Performance

   4

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   5

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   5

Tax Information

   5

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   5

U.S. LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

   6

Investment Objective

   6

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   6

Principal Investment Strategies

   7

Principal Risks

   8

Performance

   8

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   9

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   9

Tax Information

   9

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   10

U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO

   11

Investment Objective

   11

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   11

Principal Investment Strategies

   12

Principal Risks

   12

Performance

   13

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   14

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   14

Tax Information

   14

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   14

U.S. CORE EQUITY 1 PORTFOLIO

   15

Investment Objective

   15

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   15

Principal Investment Strategies

   16

 

i


Table of Contents

Principal Risks

   16

Performance

   17

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   18

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   18

Tax Information

   18

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   18

U.S. CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

   19

Investment Objective

   19

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   19

Principal Investment Strategies

   20

Principal Risks

   20

Performance

   21

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   22

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   22

Tax Information

   22

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   23

U.S. VECTOR EQUITY PORTFOLIO

   24

Investment Objective

   24

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   24

Principal Investment Strategies

   25

Principal Risks

   26

Performance

   26

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   27

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   27

Tax Information

   27

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   28

U.S. SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

   29

Investment Objective

   29

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   29

Principal Investment Strategies

   30

Principal Risks

   31

Performance

   31

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   32

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   32

Tax Information

   32

 

ii


Table of Contents

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   33

DFA REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

   34

Investment Objective

   34

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   34

Principal Investment Strategies

   35

Principal Risks

   36

Performance

   36

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   37

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   37

Tax Information

   38

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   38

LARGE CAP INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO

   39

Investment Objective

   39

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   39

Principal Investment Strategies

   40

Principal Risks

   41

Performance

   41

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   42

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   42

Tax Information

   43

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   43

DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO

   44

Investment Objective

   44

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   44

Principal Investment Strategies

   45

Principal Risks

   46

Performance

   46

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   47

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   47

Tax Information

   48

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   48

INTERNATIONAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

   49

Investment Objective

   49

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   49

 

iii


Table of Contents

Principal Investment Strategies

   50

Principal Risks

   51

Performance

   51

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   52

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   52

Tax Information

   53

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   53

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

   54

Investment Objective

   54

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   54

Principal Investment Strategies

   55

Principal Risks

   56

Performance

   56

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   58

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   58

Tax Information

   58

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   58

DFA INTERNATIONAL REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

   59

Investment Objective

   59

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   59

Principal Investment Strategies

   60

Principal Risks

   61

Performance

   62

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   63

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   63

Tax Information

   63

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   63

EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO

   64

Investment Objective

   64

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   64

Principal Investment Strategies

   65

Principal Risks

   66

Performance

   66

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   67

 

iv


Table of Contents

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   68

Tax Information

   68

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   68

EMERGING MARKETS VALUE PORTFOLIO

   69

Investment Objective

   69

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   69

Principal Investment Strategies

   70

Principal Risks

   71

Performance

   71

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   72

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   73

Tax Information

   73

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   73

EMERGING MARKETS CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

   74

Investment Objective

   74

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   74

Principal Investment Strategies

   75

Principal Risks

   75

Performance

   76

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   77

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   78

Tax Information

   78

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   78

DFA ONE-YEAR FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

   79

Investment Objective

   79

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   79

Principal Investment Strategies

   80

Principal Risks

   81

Performance

   81

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   82

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   82

Tax Information

   83

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   83

 

v


Table of Contents

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   84

Investment Objective

   84

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   84

Principal Investment Strategies

   85

Principal Risks

   86

Performance

   87

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   88

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   88

Tax Information

   88

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   88

DFA FIVE-YEAR GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO

   89

Investment Objective

   89

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   89

Principal Investment Strategies

   90

Principal Risks

   90

Performance

   91

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   92

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   92

Tax Information

   92

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   93

DFA FIVE-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

   94

Investment Objective

   94

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   94

Principal Investment Strategies

   95

Principal Risks

   96

Performance

   97

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   97

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   98

Tax Information

   98

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   98

DFA INTERMEDIATE GOVERNMENT FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

   99

Investment Objective

   99

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   99

Principal Investment Strategies

   100

Principal Risks

   101

 

vi


Table of Contents

Performance

   101

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   102

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   102

Tax Information

   103

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   103

DFA INFLATION-PROTECTED SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

   104

Investment Objective

   104

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   104

Principal Investment Strategies

   105

Principal Risks

   106

Performance

   107

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   108

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   108

Tax Information

   108

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   108

GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO

   109

Investment Objective

   109

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   109

Principal Investment Strategies

   110

Principal Risks

   110

Performance

   112

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   112

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   112

Tax Information

   113

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   113

GLOBAL 60/40 PORTFOLIO

   114

Investment Objective

   114

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   114

Principal Investment Strategies

   115

Principal Risks

   116

Performance

   117

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   118

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   118

Tax Information

   119

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   119

 

vii


Table of Contents

GLOBAL 25/75 PORTFOLIO

   120

Investment Objective

   120

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   120

Principal Investment Strategies

   121

Principal Risks

   122

Performance

   123

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   124

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   124

Tax Information

   125

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   125

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES—EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

   126

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   126

Additional Information Regarding Credit Risk

   127

Standard & Poor’s—Information and Disclaimers

   127

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   127

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   129

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   129

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   130

International Portfolios

   131

Approved Markets

   131

Developed Markets

   132

Emerging Markets

   132

Large Cap International Portfolio

   133

DFA International Value Portfolio

   134

International Core Equity Portfolio

   135

International Small Company Portfolio

   135

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   139

Emerging Markets Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   140

Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds

   142

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach

   143

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES—FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIOS

   144

Description of Investments of the Fixed Income Portfolios

   144

Investments in the Banking Industry

   145

Portfolio Strategies of the Fixed Income Portfolios

   146

 

viii


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES—ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS

   147

Global Equity Portfolio

   147

Global 60/40 Portfolio

   147

Global 25/75 Portfolio

   148

Asset Allocation Investment Approach

   149

Investments in Underlying Funds

   149

Investments in the Banking Industry by Certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds

   152

Additional Risks of the Underlying Funds

   153

Portfolio Transactions—All Equity Portfolios

   154

Other Information

   154

SECURITIES LOANS

   154

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

   155

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

   156

Management Fees

   157

Investment Services

   158

Shareholder Services

   158

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements

   158

Performance

   163

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

   163

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   167

Cash Purchases

   167

In-Kind Purchases

   167

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

   168

VALUATION OF SHARES

   170

Net Asset Value

   170

Public Offering Price

   173

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

   173

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

   174

Redemption Procedure for Retirement Plan Participants

   174

Redemption Procedure for Retirement Plans

   174

Redemption of Small Accounts

   174

In-Kind Redemptions

   174

THE FEEDER PORTFOLIOS

   175

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   176

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

   176

SERVICE PROVIDERS

   203

 

ix


Table of Contents

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio seeks, as its investment objective, to achieve a total return which exceeds the total return performance of the S&P 500® Index. Total return is comprised of income and capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

     Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.20   0.20

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.19   0.19

Total Other Expenses

   0.29   0.44

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses

   0.01   0.01

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.50   0.65

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.05   0.05

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.45   0.60

 

* Since the “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses” are not directly borne by the Portfolio, they are not reflected in the Portfolio’s financial statements, and therefore, the amounts listed in “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” will differ from those presented in the Financial Highlights. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the

 

1


Table of Contents

Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 46    $ 155    $ 275    $ 623

Class R2

   $ 61    $ 203    $ 357    $ 806

Portfolio Turnover

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 46% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The Advisor believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio seeks to outperform the S&P 500® Index primarily through investment in S&P 500® Index futures and short-term fixed income obligations. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may invest in all of the stocks represented in the S&P 500® Index, options on stock indices, stock index futures, options on stock index futures, swap agreements on stock indices and shares of investment companies that invest in stock indices. The Portfolio invests in fixed income obligations, which may include securities of foreign issuers. The Portfolio may, from time to time, also invest in options on stock indices, stock index futures, options on stock index futures and swap agreements based on indices other than, but similar to, the S&P 500® Index (such instruments whether or not based on the S&P 500® Index are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Index Derivatives”). The S&P 500® Index is comprised of a broad and diverse group of stocks. Generally, these are the U.S. stocks with the largest market capitalizations and, as a group, they represent approximately 75% of the total market capitalization of all publicly traded U.S. stocks. The Advisor considers stocks that comprise the S&P 500® Index to be those of large companies. Under normal circumstances, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in short-term fixed income obligations that are overlaid by futures, swaps and other derivatives of the S&P 500® Index to create exposure to the performance of large U.S. companies or in securities of large U.S. companies directly. Alternatively, the Portfolio may invest at least 80% of its net assets directly in securities of large companies.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may invest all of its assets in Index Derivatives. Certain of these Index Derivatives are speculative and may subject the Portfolio to additional risks. Assets of the Portfolio not invested in the S&P 500® Index or Index Derivatives may be invested in short-term fixed income obligations including: U.S. government obligations, U.S. government agency obligations, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, foreign government and agency obligations, supranational organization obligations, foreign issuer obligations and eurodollar obligations. The Portfolio’s

 

2


Table of Contents

investment in fixed income obligations will be considered investment grade at the time of purchase. The fixed income obligations purchased by the Portfolio will typically mature within two years from the date of settlement and the average dollar-weighted maturity of the fixed income securities will be one year or less.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio uses foreign currency contracts to hedge foreign currency risks. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio uses index swap agreements and stock index futures to hedge against changes in securities prices. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. Additionally, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio uses index swap agreements and stock index futures to attempt to achieve its investment objectives.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

About the S&P 500® Index: The Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index® is market capitalization weighted (adjusted for free float). Its performance is usually cyclical because it reflects periods when stock prices generally rise or fall. For information concerning Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies (“S&P”), and disclaimers of S&P with respect to the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, see “Standard & Poor’s—Information and Disclaimers.”

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio hedges foreign currency risk.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

 

3


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s performance. Credit risk is greater for fixed income securities with ratings below investment grade (BB or below by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group or Ba or below by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.). Fixed income securities that are below investment grade involve high credit risk and are considered speculative.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s income to decline.

Call Risk: Call risk is the risk that during periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer will call or repay a higher-yielding bond before its maturity date, forcing the Portfolio to reinvest in bonds with lower interest rates than the original obligations.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

16.84 (4/09-6/09)

   -21.79 (10/08-12/08)

 

4


Table of Contents
         Periods ending December 31, 2009    

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   28.72   0.21   -0.95

S&P 500® Index(2) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   26.46

  0.42

  -0.95

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

(2)

Copyright© 2010 Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

5


Table of Contents

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The U.S. Large Cap Value Series (the “U.S. Large Cap Value Series”) of the Trust, which has the same investment objective and policies as the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.25   0.25

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.15   0.15

Total Other Expenses

   0.25   0.40

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.50   0.65

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.01   0.01

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.49   0.64

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the U.S. Large Cap Value Series and an administration fee payable by the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the U.S. Large Cap Value Series. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

 

6


Table of Contents

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 50    $ 159    $ 279    $ 627

Class R2

   $ 65    $ 207    $ 361    $ 809

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio and the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the U.S. Large Cap Value Series.

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 29% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the U.S. Large Cap Value Series. The U.S. Large Cap Value Series, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of large U.S. companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. large cap company, the greater its representation in the Series. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of large cap U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, for purposes of the U.S. Large Cap Value Series, the Advisor considers large cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the highest 90% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are larger than the 1,000th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating

 

7


Table of Contents

companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. Under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines described above, as of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a large cap company was $2,210 million, or above. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series and the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Large Cap Value Series that owns them, and, in turn, the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Large Cap Value Series and U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio use derivatives, the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Large Cap Value Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

8


Table of Contents

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

23.58 (4/09-6/09)

   -27.86 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   30.19   -0.14   4.39

Russell 1000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   19.69   -0.26   2.47

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio and the U.S. Large Cap Value Series. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio and the U.S. Large Cap Series and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

9


Table of Contents

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

10


Table of Contents

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.35   0.35

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %*    0.25 %* 

Other Expenses

   0.07   0.07

Total Other Expenses

   0.17   0.32

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.52   0.67

 

* An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 53    $ 167    $ 291    $ 653

Class R2

   $ 68    $ 214    $ 373    $ 835

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 17% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

 

11


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of the readily marketable common stocks of U.S. small and mid cap companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the eligible company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Advisor considers for investment companies whose market capitalization are generally smaller than the 500th largest U.S. company. As of December 31, 2009, companies smaller than the 500th largest U.S. company fall in lowest 20% of total U.S. market capitalization. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. As of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a company smaller than the 500th largest U.S. company was approximately $3,981 million or below. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

 

12


Table of Contents

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar charts show the changes in the performance of U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class K2 shares from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns of the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The past performance of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

US Targeted Value Portfolio Class R1 Shares

LOGO

 

January 2009-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

24.44 (7/09-9/09)

   -16.83 (1/09-3/09)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 1/31/08
Inception
 

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio - Class R1 shares

    

Return Before Taxes

   31.73   -4.53

Russell 2000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   20.56   -5.70

 

13


Table of Contents

US Targeted Value Portfolio Class R2 Shares

LOGO

 

January 2009-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

24.37 (7/09-9/09)

   -16.98 (1/09-3/09)

 

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 6/30/08
Inception
 

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio - Class R2 shares

    

Return Before Taxes

   31.54   -2.89

Russell 2000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   20.56   -3.33

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

14


Table of Contents

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.17   0.17

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.15   0.15

Total Other Expenses

   0.25   0.40

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.42   0.57

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.01   0.01

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.41   0.56

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 42    $ 134    $ 234    $ 529

Class R2

   $ 57    $ 182    $ 317    $ 713

 

15


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 7% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The percentage allocation of the assets of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 2.5% and 25% of their percentage weight in the U.S. Universe. For example, as of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest U.S. growth companies comprised 21% of the U.S. Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 14% of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies. The percentage by which the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements. Additionally, the range by which the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced as compared to the U.S. Universe will change from time to time.

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio that owns them, to rise or

 

16


Table of Contents

fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2006-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

17.92 (4/09-6/09)

   -23.48 (10/08-12/08)

 

17


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One Year     Since 9/15/05
Inception
 

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   29.84   0.05

Russell 3000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   28.34   0.03

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

18


Table of Contents

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.20   0.20

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.14   0.14

Total Other Expenses

   0.24   0.39

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.44   0.59

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 45    $ 141    $ 246    $ 555

Class R2

   $ 60    $ 189    $ 329    $ 738

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and

 

19


Table of Contents

may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 4% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The percentage allocation of the assets of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 5% and 35% of their percentage weight in the U.S. Universe. For example, as of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest U.S. growth companies comprised 21% of the U.S. Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 6% of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies. The percentage by which the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements. Additionally, the range by which the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced as compared to the U.S. Universe will change from time to time.

The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

 

20


Table of Contents

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

21


Table of Contents

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2006-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

19.26 (4/09-6/09)

   -24.17 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One Year     Since 9/15/05
Inception
 

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   29.15   -0.41

Russell 3000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   28.34   0.03

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

22


Table of Contents

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

23


Table of Contents

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.30   0.30

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.15   0.15

Total Other Expenses

   0.25   0.40

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.55   0.70

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 56    $ 176    $ 307    $ 689

Class R2

   $ 72    $ 224    $ 390    $ 871

 

24


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 11% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. operating companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolios’s increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe or by avoiding purchases in that segment of the market, either of which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The percentage allocation of the assets of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 5% and 50% of their percentage weight in the U.S. Universe. For example, as of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest U.S. growth companies comprised 21% of the U.S. Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 1% of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies. The percentage by which the Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements and other factors. Additionally, the range by which the Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced as compared to the U.S. Universe will change from time to time.

The U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

 

25


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

26


Table of Contents

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2006-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

21.41 (7/09-9/09)

   -26.14 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One Year     Since 12/30/05
Inception
 

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   29.22   -1.42

Russell 2500® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   34.38   0.01

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

27


Table of Contents

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

28


Table of Contents

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

     Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.35   0.35

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.15   0.15

Total Other Expenses

   0.25   0.40

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.60   0.75

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.02   0.02

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.58   0.73

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual

 

29


Table of Contents

expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 59    $ 190    $ 333    $ 748

Class R2

   $ 75    $ 238    $ 415    $ 928

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 17% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of U.S. small cap companies. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. small cap company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small cap U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, for purposes of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, the Advisor considers small cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the lowest 10% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are smaller than the 1,000th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. Under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines described above, as of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a small cap company was $2,210 million, or below. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions. When implementing its strategy, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio will, as of the date of this Prospectus, generally purchase securities of companies that are in the lowest 8% of total market capitalization but may also purchase securities of companies above this range that are considered small cap companies under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines.

The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

 

30


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

31


Table of Contents

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

25.94 (4/09-6/09)

   -26.85 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   36.34   0.91   5.72

Russell 2000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   27.17   0.51   3.51

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

32


Table of Contents

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

33


Table of Contents

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.30   0.30

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.16   0.16

Total Other Expenses

   0.26   0.41

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.56   0.71

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.03   0.03

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.53   0.68

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs

 

34


Table of Contents

for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 54    $ 176    $ 310    $ 699

Class R2

   $ 69    $ 224    $ 392    $ 880

Portfolio Turnover

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 2% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases readily marketable equity securities of companies whose principal activities include development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial or industrial real estate. The Portfolio will principally invest in equity securities of companies in certain real estate investment trusts and companies engaged in residential construction and firms, except partnerships, whose principal business is to develop commercial property. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. real estate company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio will purchase shares of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s net assets will be invested in securities of companies in the real estate industry. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio generally considers a company to be principally engaged in the real estate industry if the company (i) derives at least 50% of its revenue or profits from the development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial, industrial, or other real estate; (ii) has at least 50% of the value of its assets invested in residential, commercial, industrial, or other real estate; or (iii) is organized as a REIT or REIT-like entity. REIT-like entities are types of real estate companies that pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio will make equity investments only in securities traded in the U.S. securities markets, principally on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor and over-the-counter market.

 

35


Table of Contents

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio is authorized to use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Risks of Concentrating in the Real Estate Industry: The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio is concentrated in the real estate industry. The exclusive focus by DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio on the real estate industry will cause the Portfolio to be exposed to the general risks of direct real estate ownership. The value of securities in the real estate industry can be affected by changes in real estate values and rental income, property taxes, interest rates, and tax and regulatory requirements. Investing in REITs and REIT-like entities involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. REITs and REIT-like entities are dependent upon management skill, may not be diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency and self-liquidation. REITs and REIT-like entities also are subject to the possibility of failing to qualify for tax free pass-through of income. Also, because REITs and REIT-like entities typically are invested in a limited number of projects or in a particular market segment, these entities are more susceptible to adverse developments affecting a single project or market segment than more broadly diversified investments. The performance of DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio may be materially different from the broad equity market.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The DFA Real Estate

 

36


Table of Contents

Securities Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

33.83 (7/09-9/09)

   -38.39 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   28.17   -0.01   10.48

S&P 500® Index(2) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   26.46   0.42   -0.95

Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index(3) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   28.46   -0.07   10.67

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

(2)

Copyright © 2010 Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

(3)

As of March 31, 2009 the Portfolio’s previous benchmark index, the Dow Jones Wilshire REIT Index, was discontinued, and the Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index was selected to take its place. According to the index provider, Dow Jones Indexes, the Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index uses the same methodology, composition and historical data back to 1987 as the Portfolio’s previous benchmark.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are

 

37


Table of Contents

considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

38


Table of Contents

Large Cap International Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Large Cap International Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Large Cap International Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.25   0.25

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.17   0.17

Total Other Expenses

   0.27   0.42

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.52   0.67

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.03   0.03

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.49   0.64

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Large Cap International Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the

 

39


Table of Contents

contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 50    $ 164    $ 288    $ 650

Class R2

   $ 65    $ 211    $ 370    $ 832

Portfolio Turnover

The Large Cap International Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Large Cap International Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Large Cap International Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 12% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Large Cap International Portfolio purchases stocks of large non-U.S. companies using a market capitalization weighted approach in each country or region designated by the Advisor as an approved market for investment. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a large company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

The Large Cap International Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of large non-U.S. companies associated with developed market countries that the Adviser has designated as approved markets. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, Large Cap International Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of large cap companies in the particular markets in which the Portfolio invests. The Advisor determines the minimum market capitalization of a large company with respect to each country or region in which the Portfolio invests. As of December 31, 2009, for the Large Cap International Portfolio, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the Large Cap International Portfolio invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions.

The Large Cap International Portfolio may gain exposure to companies in an approved market by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Large Cap International Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

 

40


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Large Cap International Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Large Cap International Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Large Cap International Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Large Cap International Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Large Cap International Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Large Cap International Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Large Cap International Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

41


Table of Contents

Large Cap International Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

25.18 (4/09-6/09)

   -20.63 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Large Cap International Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   30.64   4.04   1.42

MSCI World ex USA Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   33.67   4.07   1.62

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Large Cap International Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Large Cap International Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for

 

42


Table of Contents

the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Large Cap International Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

43


Table of Contents

DFA International Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA International Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The DFA International Value Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The DFA International Value Series (the “DFA International Value Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the DFA International Value Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.40   0.40

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.16   0.09

Total Other Expenses

   0.26   0.34

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.66   0.74

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.02   0.00

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.64   0.74

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the DFA International Value Series and an administration fee payable by the DFA International Value Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the DFA International Value Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the DFA International Value Series. The Class R1 shares are a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for this class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

 

44


Table of Contents

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the DFA International Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 65    $ 209    $ 366    $ 821

Class R2

   $ 76    $ 237    $ 411    $ 918

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the DFA International Value Portfolio and the DFA International Value Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the DFA International Value Series.

Portfolio Turnover

The DFA International Value Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the DFA International Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the DFA International Value Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 18% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The DFA International Value Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets in the DFA International Value Series. The DFA International Value Series, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases stocks of large non-U.S. companies in countries with developed markets that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a large company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Series. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

The DFA International Value Series intends to purchase stocks of large companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. The Advisor determines the minimum market capitalization of a large company with respect to each country or region in which the Series invests. As of December 31, 2009, for the DFA International Value Series, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the DFA International Value Series invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions.

 

45


Table of Contents

The DFA International Value Series may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The DFA International Value Series and the DFA International Value Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The DFA International Value Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The DFA International Value Series does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the DFA International Value Series that owns them, and, in turn, the DFA International Value Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the DFA International Value Series and the DFA International Value Portfolio use derivatives, the DFA International Value Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the DFA International Value Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The DFA International Value Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the DFA International Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the performance of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns of the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The DFA International Value Portfolio’s past performance is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

46


Table of Contents

DFA International Value Portfolio Class R2 Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2009-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

33.78 (4/09-6/09)

   -16.23 (1/09-3/09)

 

        Periods ending December 31, 2009   

Annualized Returns (%)

     One
Year
     Since 4/30/08
Inception
 

DFA International Value Portfolio

       

Return Before Taxes

     38.90    -14.02

MSCI World ex USA Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

     33.67    -13.63

 

(1)

The Class R1 shares of the Portfolio is a new class of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table only show performance information for the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio. The Class R2 shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares will differ to the extent that the classes have different expenses.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the DFA International Value Portfolio and the DFA International Value Series. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the DFA International Value Portfolio and the DFA International Value Series:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

 

47


Table of Contents

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the DFA International Value Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

48


Table of Contents

International Core Equity Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the International Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the International Core Equity Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.35   0.35

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.16   0.16

Total Other Expenses

   0.26   0.41

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.61   0.76

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the International Core Equity Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 62    $ 195    $ 340    $ 762

Class R2

   $ 78    $ 243    $ 422    $ 942

 

49


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover

The International Core Equity Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the International Core Equity Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the International Core Equity Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 5% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The International Core Equity Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of stocks of non-U.S. companies in developed markets with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the International Universe. For purposes of this Portfolio, the Advisor defines the International Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies in developed markets that have been authorized as approved markets for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the International Core Equity Portfolio’s assets to the largest growth companies relative to their weight in the International Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

The International Core Equity Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the International Core Equity Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. The percentage allocation of the assets of the International Core Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 5% and 35% of their percentage weight in the International Universe. As of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe comprised approximately 20% of the International Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 5% of the International Core Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe. The percentage by which the Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements and other factors. Additionally, the range by which the International Core Equity Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest growth companies is reduced as compared to the International Universe will change from time to time. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization.

The International Core Equity Portfolio may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The International Core Equity Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

 

50


Table of Contents

The International Core Equity Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The International Core Equity Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the International Core Equity Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the International Core Equity Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the International Core Equity Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The International Core Equity Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the International Core Equity Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The International Core Equity Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

51


Table of Contents

International Core Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2006-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

31.34 (4/09-6/09)

   -22.25 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One Year     Since 9/15/05
Inception
 

International Core Equity Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   39.29   3.15

MSCI World ex USA Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   33.67   2.83

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the International Core Equity Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the International Core Equity Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for

 

52


Table of Contents

purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the International Core Equity Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

53


Table of Contents

International Small Company Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the International Small Company Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The International Small Company Portfolio pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in The Canadian Small Company Series, The Japanese Small Company Series, The Asia Pacific Small Company Series, The United Kingdom Small Company Series and The Continental Small Company Series (the “International Small Company Master Funds”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”).

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the International Small Company Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.40   0.40

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.11   0.11

Total Other Expenses

   0.21   0.36

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses

   0.16   0.16

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.77   0.92

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the International Small Company Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 79    $ 246    $ 428    $ 954

Class R2

   $ 94    $ 293    $ 509    $ 1,131

 

54


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover

A mutual fund generally pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when mutual fund shares are held in a taxable account. The International Small Company Portfolio does not pay transaction costs when buying and selling shares of the International Small Company Master Funds; however, the International Small Company Master Funds pay transaction costs when buying and selling securities for their portfolio. The transaction costs incurred by the International Small Company Master Funds, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the International Small Company Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the International Small Company Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 11.1%.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The International Small Company Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective of providing investors with access to securities portfolios consisting of a broad range of equity securities of primarily small Canadian, Japanese, United Kingdom, European and Asia Pacific companies. The International Small Company Portfolio also may have some exposure to small cap equity securities associated with other countries or regions. The International Small Company Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the International Small Company Master Funds. Each International Small Company Master Fund invests in small companies using a market capitalization weighted approach in each country or region designated by the Advisor as an approved market for investment. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a small company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the International Small Company Master Fund. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the International Small Company Portfolio, through its investments in the International Small Company Master Funds, will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small companies. The International Small Company Portfolio and each International Small Company Master Fund may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage its cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Each International Small Company Master Fund may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The International Small Company Master Funds each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions or enter into futures contracts or options on futures contracts for equity securities and indices of its approved markets or other equity market securities or indices, including those of the United States.

The International Small Company Master Funds may lend their portfolio securities to generate additional income.

 

55


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Fund of Funds Risk: The investment performance of the International Small Company Portfolio is affected by the investment performance of the International Small Company Master Funds in which the International Small Company Portfolio invests. The ability of the International Small Company Portfolio to achieve its investment objective depends on the ability of the International Small Company Master Funds to meet their investment objectives and on the Advisor’s decisions regarding the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets among the International Small Company Master Funds. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the International Small Company Portfolio or any International Small Company Master Fund will be achieved. Through its investments in the International Small Company Master Funds, the International Small Company Portfolio is subject to the risks of the International Small Company Master Funds’ investments. The risks of the International Small Company Master Funds’ investments are described below.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The International Small Company Master Funds do not hedge foreign currency risk.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the International Small Company Master Funds that own them, and, in turn, the International Small Company Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the International Small Company Master Funds use derivatives, the International Small Company Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the International Small Company Master Funds may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The International Small Company Master Funds could also lose money if they do not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the International Small Company Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

 

56


Table of Contents

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The International Small Company Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

International Small Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

31.49 (4/09-6/09)

   -22.43 (7/08-9/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

International Small Company Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   41.96   5.10   8.61

MSCI World ex USA Small Cap Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   50.82   3.87   6.87

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

 

57


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the International Small Company Portfolio and International Small Company Master Funds. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the International Small Company Portfolio and International Small Company Master Funds:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the International Small Company Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

58


Table of Contents

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.35   0.35

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.18   0.18

Total Other Expenses

   0.28   0.43

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.63   0.78

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 64    $ 202    $ 351    $ 786

Class R2

   $ 80    $ 249    $ 433    $ 966

 

59


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover

The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 5% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse set of securities of non-U.S. companies principally engaged in the real estate industry, including developed and emerging markets, with a particular focus on non-U.S. real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and companies the Advisor considers to be REIT-like entities. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a real estate company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. The Advisor also may limit or fix the Portfolio’s exposure to a particular country or issuer.

The Portfolio considers a company to be principally engaged in the real estate industry if the company’s principal activities include development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial or industrial real estate. REIT-like entities are types of real estate companies that pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests.

The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of companies associated with developed and emerging markets countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets for investment. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Portfolio’s net assets will be invested in securities of companies in the real estate industry. The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio generally considers a company to be principally engaged in the real estate industry if the company (i) derives at least 50% of its revenue or profits from the development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial, industrial, or other real estate; (ii) has at least 50% of the value of its assets invested in residential, commercial, industrial, or other real estate; or (iii) is organized as a REIT or REIT-like entity. REIT-like entities are types of real estate companies that pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. The Portfolio also may invest in stapled securities, where one or more of the underlying securities represents interests in a company or subsidiary in the real estate industry.

The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio is authorized to use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

 

60


Table of Contents

The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Risks of Concentrating in the Real Estate Industry: The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio is concentrated in the real estate industry. The exclusive focus by DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio on the real estate industry will cause the Portfolio to be exposed to the general risks of direct real estate ownership. The value of securities in the real estate industry can be affected by changes in real estate values and rental income, property taxes, interest rates, and tax and regulatory requirements. Investing in REITs and REIT-like entities involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. REITs and REIT-like entities are dependent upon management skill, may not be diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency and self-liquidation. REITs and REIT-like entities also are subject to the possibility of failing to qualify for tax free pass-through of income. Also, foreign REIT-like entities could be deemed for tax purposes as passive foreign investment companies (PFICs), which could result in the receipt of taxable dividends to shareholders at an unfavorable tax rate. Also, because REITs and REIT-like entities typically are invested in a limited number of projects or in a particular market segment, these entities are more susceptible to adverse developments affecting a single project or market segment than more broadly diversified investments. The performance of DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio may be materially different from the broad equity market.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade in and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

 

61


Table of Contents

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2008-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

28.61 (7/09-9/09)

  

-33.03 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 3/1/07
Inception
 

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   37.01   -16.85

S&P Global ex US REIT Index(2) (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   38.15   -16.35

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

(2)

Copyright © 2010 Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

 

62


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

63


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Emerging Markets Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The Emerging Markets Series (the “Emerging Markets Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Emerging Markets Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

     Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.50   0.50

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.22   0.22

Total Other Expenses

   0.32   0.47

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.82   0.97

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.02   0.02

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.80   0.95

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the Emerging Markets Series and an administration fee payable by the Emerging Markets Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the Emerging Markets Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Emerging Markets Series. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

 

64


Table of Contents

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Emerging Markets Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 82    $ 260    $ 453    $ 1,012

Class R2

   $ 97    $ 307    $ 534    $ 1,188

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the Emerging Markets Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Emerging Markets Series.

Portfolio Turnover

The Emerging Markets Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Emerging Markets Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Emerging Markets Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 14% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Emerging Markets Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the Emerging Markets Series. The Emerging Markets Series purchases a broad market coverage of larger companies associated with emerging markets, including frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development), authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (“Approved Markets”). The Advisor’s definition of large varies across countries and is based primarily on market capitalization. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In each country authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalizations. The Advisor then defines the minimum market capitalization for a large company in that country. As of December 31 2009, China had the highest size threshold, $4,648 million, and the lowest size threshold, $805 million, was in Hungary. These thresholds will change due to market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Emerging Markets Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in emerging markets investments that are defined in the Prospectus as Approved Market securities.

The Emerging Markets Series may gain exposure to companies associated with Approved Markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s

 

65


Table of Contents

domicile country. The Emerging Markets Series and the Emerging Markets Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for Approved Market or other equity market securities and indices, including those of the United States, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Emerging Markets Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Emerging Markets Series does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Emerging Markets Series that owns them, and, in turn, the Emerging Markets Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Emerging Markets Series and the Emerging Markets Portfolio use derivatives, the Emerging Markets Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Emerging Markets Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Emerging Markets Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Emerging Markets Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns of the Institutional Class

 

66


Table of Contents

shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Emerging Markets Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

Emerging Markets Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

33.14 (4/09-6/09)

  

-27.83 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Emerging Markets Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   71.77   14.76   9.44

MSCI Emerging Markets Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   78.51   15.51   9.78

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Emerging Markets Portfolio and Emerging Markets Series. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Emerging Markets Portfolio and Emerging Markets Series:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

 

67


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Emerging Markets Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

68


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Emerging Markets Value Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (the “Emerging Markets Value Fund”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

     Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.50   0.50

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.22   0.15

Total Other Expenses

   0.32   0.40

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.82   0.90

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.01   0.00

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.81   0.90

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the Emerging Markets Value Fund and an administration fee payable by the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Emerging Markets Value Fund. The Class R1 shares are a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for this class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

 

69


Table of Contents

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 83    $ 261    $ 454    $ 1,013

Class R2

   $ 92    $ 287    $ 498    $ 1,108

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Emerging Markets Value Fund.

Portfolio Turnover

The Emerging Markets Value Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Emerging Markets Value Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 20% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Emerging Markets Value Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the Emerging Markets Value Fund. The Emerging Markets Value Fund purchases emerging market equity securities that are deemed by the Advisor to be value stocks at the time of purchase and associated with emerging markets, including frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development), authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (“Approved Markets”). Securities are considered value stocks primarily because they have a high book value in relation to their market value. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Emerging Markets Value Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in emerging markets investments that are defined in the Prospectus as Approved Markets securities. The Emerging Market Value Fund may purchase emerging market equity securities across all market capitalizations.

The Emerging Markets Value Fund may gain exposure to companies associated with Approved Markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Value Fund each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for Approved Market or other equity market securities and indices, including those of the United States, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Emerging Markets Value Fund may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

 

70


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Emerging Markets Value Fund does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Emerging Markets Value Fund that owns them, and, in turn, the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Emerging Markets Value Fund and the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio use derivatives, the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Emerging Markets Value Fund may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Emerging Markets Value Fund could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the performance of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns of the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio compare

 

71


Table of Contents

with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Emerging Markets Value Portfolio’s past performance is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio Class R2 Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2009-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

44.77 (4/09-6/09)

   -2.32 (1/09-3/09)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 1/29/08
Inception
 

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   92.31   -0.80

MSCI Emerging Markets Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   78.51   -3.19

 

(1)

The Class R1 shares of the Portfolio is a new class of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table only show performance information for the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio. The Class R2 shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares will differ to the extent that the classes have different expenses.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and Emerging Markets Value Fund. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Emerging Markets Portfolio and Emerging Markets Value Fund:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

 

72


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

73


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

     Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.55   0.55

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.22   0.22

Total Other Expenses

   0.32   0.47

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.87   1.02

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 89    $ 278    $ 482    $ 1,073

Class R2

   $ 104    $ 325    $ 563    $ 1,248

 

74


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover

The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 6% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of securities associated with emerging markets, including frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development), authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (“Approved Markets”), with an increased exposure to securities of small cap issuers and securities that it considers to be value securities. In assessing value, the Advisor may consider factors such as the issuer’s securities having a high book value in relation to their market value, as well as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in emerging markets investments that are defined in the Prospectus as Approved Market securities.

The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may gain exposure to companies in Approved Markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for Approved Market or other equity market securities and indices, including those of the United States, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio that owns

 

75


Table of Contents

them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

76


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2006-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

40.20 (4/09-6/09)

  

-26.51 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 4/5/05
Inception
 

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   83.58   15.81

MSCI Emerging Markets Index (net dividends)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   78.51   15.90

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

 

77


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

78


Table of Contents

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio (the “One-Year Portfolio”) is to achieve a stable real return in excess of the rate of inflation with a minimum of risk.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the One-Year Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

     Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.15   0.15

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.15   0.15

Total Other Expenses

   0.25   0.40

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.40   0.55

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.02   0.02

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.38   0.53

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the One-Year Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the

 

79


Table of Contents

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 39    $ 126    $ 222    $ 503

Class R2

   $ 54    $ 174    $ 305    $ 687

Portfolio Turnover

The One-Year Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 2% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The One-Year Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by generally investing in a universe of high quality fixed income securities that typically mature in one year or less. The Portfolio may, however, take a large position in securities maturing within two years of the date of settlement when higher yields are available. The One-Year Portfolio invests in U.S. government obligations, U.S. government agency obligations, dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S., foreign government and agency obligations, bank obligations, including U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, corporate obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and obligations of supranational organizations. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities and maintain a weighted average portfolio maturity that will not exceed one year. The Portfolio principally invests in certificates of deposit, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, notes and bonds.

The One-Year Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry” in the Portfolio’s Prospectus for additional information.

The One-Year Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

 

80


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities owned by the One-Year Portfolio to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the One-Year Portfolio’s performance.

Risks of Banking Concentration: Focus on the banking industry would link the performance of the One-Year Portfolio to changes in the performance of the banking industry generally. Banks are very sensitive to changes in money market and general economic conditions. The profitability of the banking industry is dependent upon banks being able to obtain funds at reasonable costs and upon liquidity in the capital and credit markets to finance their lending operations. Adverse general economic conditions can cause financial difficulties for a bank’s borrowers and the borrowers’ failure to repay their loans can adversely affect the bank’s financial situation. Banks are subject to extensive regulation and decisions by regulators may limit the loans banks make and the interest rates and fees they charge, which could reduce bank profitability.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the One-Year Portfolio’s income to decline.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the One-Year Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the One-Year Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The One-Year Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

81


Table of Contents

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

2.46 (10/08-12/08)

   -0.53 (4/04-6/04)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   1.92   3.63   3.69

BofA Merrill Lynch Six-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index* (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   0.58   3.52   3.39

BofA Merrill Lynch One-Year U.S. Treasury Note Index* (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   0.80   3.62   3.82

 

* Source Merrill Lynch, used with permission. MERRILL LYNCH IS LICENSING THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES “AS IS,” MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING SAME, DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND OR COMPLETENESS OF THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN OR DERIVED THEREFROM, AND ASSUMES NO LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR USE.
(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as investment advisor for the One-Year Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the One-Year Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are

 

82


Table of Contents

considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the One-Year Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

83


Table of Contents

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Two-Year Global Portfolio”) is to maximize total returns consistent with preservation of capital. Total return is comprised of income and capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Two-Year Global Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

       Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

     0.15   0.15

Other Expenses:

      

Shareholder Services Fees

     0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

     0.15   0.15

Total Other Expenses

     0.25   0.40

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

     0.40   0.55

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

     0.01   0.01

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

     0.39   0.54

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Two-Year Global Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual

 

84


Table of Contents

expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 40    $ 127    $ 223    $ 504

Class R2

   $ 55    $ 175    $ 306    $ 688

Portfolio Turnover

The Two-Year Global Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 1% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Two-Year Global Portfolio seeks to maximize risk-adjusted total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in two years or less. The Two-Year Global Portfolio invests in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers, securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States, and obligations of supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers which are in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”). However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. The fixed income securities in which the Two-Year Global Portfolio invests are considered investment grade at the time of purchase. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities that mature within two years from the date of settlement.

It is the policy of the Two-Year Global Portfolio that the weighted average length of maturity of investments will not exceed two years. However, investments may be made in obligations maturing in a shorter time period (from overnight, to up to two years from the date of settlement). Because many of the Portfolio’s investments will be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio will also enter into forward foreign currency contracts to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The Portfolio may use

 

85


Table of Contents

derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Two-Year Global Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry” in the Portfolio’s Prospectus for additional information.

The Two-Year Global Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Two-Year Global Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Two-Year Global Portfolio hedges foreign currency risk.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Two-Year Global Portfolio’s performance.

Risks of Banking Concentration: Focus on the banking industry would link the performance of the Two-Year Global Portfolio to changes in the performance of the banking industry generally. Banks are very sensitive to changes in money market and general economic conditions. The profitability of the banking industry is dependent upon banks being able to obtain funds at reasonable costs and upon liquidity in the capital and credit markets to finance their lending operations. Adverse general economic conditions can cause financial difficulties for a bank’s borrowers and the borrowers’ failure to repay their loans can adversely affect the bank’s financial situation. Banks are subject to extensive regulation and decisions by regulators may limit the loans banks make and the interest rates and fees they charge, which could reduce bank profitability.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Two-Year Global Portfolio’s income to decline.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Two-Year Global Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly

 

86


Table of Contents

exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Two-Year Global Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Two-Year Global Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Two-Year Global Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

2.44 (7/01-9/01)

   -1.21 (4/04-6/04)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   2.08   3.55   3.81

Citigroup World Government Bond Index 1-3 Year Currency Hedged U.S. Dollar (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   2.06   4.17   4.27

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the

 

87


Table of Contents
 

classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Two-Year Global Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Two-Year Global Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Two-Year Global Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

88


Table of Contents

DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio (the “Five-Year Government Portfolio”) is to maximize total returns from the universe of debt obligations of the U.S. government and U.S. government agencies. Total return is comprised of income and capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Five-Year Government Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.20   0.20

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.15   0.15

Total Other Expenses

   0.25   0.40

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.45   0.60

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.02   0.02

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.43   0.58

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Five-Year Government Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs

 

89


Table of Contents

for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 44    $ 142    $ 250    $ 565

Class R2

   $ 59    $ 190    $ 333    $ 748

Portfolio Turnover

The Five-Year Government Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 72% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Five-Year Government Portfolio seeks to maximize risk-adjusted total returns from a universe of obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies maturing in five years or less. The credit quality of the securities purchased by the Portfolio will be that of the U.S. government or its applicable agency. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in government securities that mature within five years from the date of settlement. It is the policy of the Portfolio that the maximum length of maturity of investments will not exceed five years from the date of settlement. However, investments may be made in obligations maturing in a shorter time period (from overnight, to up to five years from the date of settlement). The Advisor expects that the Portfolio’s average portfolio duration will be three years or less. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a fixed income security that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. The longer a security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. The Portfolio will also acquire repurchase agreements backed by U.S. government securities. The Portfolio is authorized to invest more than 25% of its total assets in U.S. Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Five-Year Government Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

 

90


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Five-Year Government Portfolio’s performance. Government agency obligations have different levels of credit support and, therefore, different degrees of credit risk. Securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, present little credit risk. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government, that are supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limitations, and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government that are sponsored by the credit of the issuing agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, are subject to a greater degree of credit risk. U.S. government agency securities issued or guaranteed by the credit of the agency may still involve a risk of non-payment of principal and/or interest.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Five-Year Government Portfolio’s income to decline.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Five-Year Government Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Five-Year Government Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

6.59 (10/08-12/08)

   -3.22 (4/04-6/04)

 

91


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   1.46   3.97   5.06

BofA Merrill Lynch 1-5 Year Treasuries/Agencies Index* (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   0.91   4.49   5.09

 

* Source Merrill Lynch, used with permission. MERRILL LYNCH IS LICENSING THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES “AS IS,” MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING SAME, DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND OR COMPLETENESS OF THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN OR DERIVED THEREFROM, AND ASSUMES NO LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR USE.
(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors serves as the investment advisor for the Five-Year Government Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Five-Year Government Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Five-Year Government Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

92


Table of Contents

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

93


Table of Contents

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Five-Year Global Portfolio”) is to provide a market rate of return for a fixed income portfolio with low relative volatility of returns. The Five-Year Global Portfolio seeks to focus on the eligible universe on securities with relatively less expected upward or downward movement in market value.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Five-Year Global Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.25   0.25

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.15   0.15

Total Other Expenses

   0.25   0.40

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.50   0.65

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.01   0.01

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.49   0.64

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Five-Year Global Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes

 

94


Table of Contents

that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 50    $ 159    $ 279    $ 627

Class R2

   $ 65    $ 207    $ 361    $ 809

Portfolio Turnover

The Five-Year Global Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 70% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Five-Year Global Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by generally investing in a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in five years or less. The Five-Year Global Portfolio primarily invests in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, obligations of other foreign issuers rated AA or better, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, and supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers which are in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”). However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities that mature within five years from the date of settlement.

It is the policy of the Five-Year Global Portfolio that the weighted average length of maturity of investments will not exceed five years. However, investments may be made in obligations maturing in a shorter time period (from overnight, to up to five years from the date of settlement). The Portfolio is authorized to invest more than 25% of its total assets in U.S. Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities. Because many of the Portfolio’s investments will be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio will also enter into forward foreign currency contracts to protect against uncertainty in the level of

 

95


Table of Contents

future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Five-Year Global Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Five-Year Global Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Five-Year Global Portfolio hedges foreign currency risk.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Five-Year Global Portfolio’s performance.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Five-Year Global Portfolio’s income to decline.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Five-Year Global Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Five-Year Global Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

 

96


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Five-Year Global Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Five-Year Global Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

  Lowest Quarter

5.34 (7/02-9/02)

  -3.26 (4/04-6/04)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   4.19   3.80   4.76

Citigroup World Government Bond Index 1-5 Year Currency Hedged U.S. Dollar (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   2.29   4.46   4.66

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors serves as the investment advisor for the Five-Year Government Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Five-Year Global Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

 

97


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Five-Year Global Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

98


Table of Contents

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Intermediate Government Portfolio”) is to earn current income consistent with preservation of capital.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Intermediate Government Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.10   0.10

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.15   0.15

Total Other Expenses

   0.25   0.40

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.35   0.50

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.02   0.02

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.33   0.48

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of each class. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Intermediate Government Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs

 

99


Table of Contents

for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 34    $ 110    $ 195    $ 441

Class R2

   $ 49    $ 158    $ 278    $ 626

Portfolio Turnover

The Intermediate Government Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 8% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad portfolio of securities that result in the Portfolio maintaining similar characteristics to the whole universe of eligible securities. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Intermediate Government Portfolio primarily invests in high quality, low-risk obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies with maturities of between five and fifteen years. The Intermediate Government Portfolio normally invests in non-callable obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and U.S. government agencies, AAA-rated, dollar-denominated obligations of foreign governments, obligations of supranational organizations, and futures contracts on U.S. Treasury securities. Since government guaranteed mortgage-backed securities are considered callable, such securities will not be included in the Portfolio.

Generally, the Intermediate Government Portfolio will purchase securities with maturities of between five and fifteen years from the date of settlement. The Portfolio will not shift the maturity of its investments in anticipation of interest rate movements and ordinarily will have an average weighted maturity, based upon market values, of between three to ten years. In any event, as a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income government securities and maintain a weighted average portfolio maturity of between three and ten years.

The Intermediate Government Portfolio may invest more than 5% of its assets in the obligations of foreign governments. Those obligations at the time of purchase must be either rated in the highest rating category of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, in the case of any obligation that is unrated, of comparable quality. The Portfolio is authorized to invest more than 25% of its total assets in Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities. The Portfolio also may invest in futures contracts on U.S. Treasury securities or options on such contracts for the purposes of remaining fully invested and maintaining liquidity to pay redemptions. However, the Portfolio will not purchase futures contracts or

 

100


Table of Contents

options thereon if as a result more than 5% of its net assets would then consist of initial margin deposits and premiums required to establish such positions.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Intermediate Government Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Intermediate Government Portfolio’s performance. Government agency obligations have different levels of credit support and, therefore, different degrees of credit risk. Securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, present little credit risk. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government, that are supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limitations, and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government that are sponsored by the credit of the issuing agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, are subject to a greater degree of credit risk. U.S. government agency securities issued or guaranteed by the credit of the agency may still involve a risk of non-payment of principal and/or interest.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Intermediate Government Portfolio’s income to decline.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Intermediate Government Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Intermediate Government Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Intermediate Government Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

101


Table of Contents

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

9.29 (10/08-12/08)

   -3.93 (4/04-6/04)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   -0.72   5.26   6.91

Barclays Capital U.S. Government Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   -2.20   4.87   6.17

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Intermediate Government Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Intermediate Government Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

 

102


Table of Contents

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Intermediate Government Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

103


Table of Contents

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio (the “Inflation-Protected Portfolio”) is to provide inflation protection and earn current income consistent with inflation-protected securities.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Inflation-Protected Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.10   0.10

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.16   0.16

Total Other Expenses

   0.26   0.41

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.36   0.51

 

* The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are each a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for each class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Inflation-Protected Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 37    $ 116    $ 202    $ 456

Class R2

   $ 52    $ 164    $ 285    $ 640

 

104


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover

The Inflation-Protected Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 6% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Inflation-Protected Portfolio seeks its investment objective by investing in a universe of inflation-protected securities that are structured to provide returns that at least keep up with the rate of inflation over the long-term. The Inflation-Protected Portfolio ordinarily invests in inflation-protected securities issued by the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities and the credit quality of such inflation-protected securities will be that of such applicable U.S. government agency or instrumentality issuer.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in inflation-protected securities. Inflation-protected securities (also known as inflation-indexed securities) are securities whose principal and/or interest payments are adjusted for inflation, unlike conventional debt securities that make fixed principal and interest payments. Inflation-protected securities include Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”), which are securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. The principal value of TIPS is adjusted for inflation (payable at maturity) and the semi-annual interest payments by TIPS equal a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. These inflation adjustments are based upon the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (CPI-U). The original principal value of TIPS is guaranteed, even during periods of deflation. At maturity, TIPS are redeemed at the greater of their inflation-adjusted principal or par amount at original issue. Other types of inflation-protected securities may use other methods to adjust for inflation and other measures of inflation. In addition, inflation-protected securities issued by entities other than the U.S. Treasury may not provide a guarantee of principal value at maturity.

Generally, the Inflation-Protected Portfolio will purchase inflation-protected securities with maturities of between five and twenty years from the date of settlement, although it is anticipated that, at times, the Portfolio will purchase securities outside of this range. The Portfolio ordinarily will have an average weighted maturity, based upon market values, of between three to twelve years.

The Inflation-Protected Portfolio is authorized to invest more than 25% of its total assets in Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities. The Portfolio will not shift the maturity of its investments in anticipation of interest rate movements.

 

105


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Inflation-Protected Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Inflation-Protected Securities Interest Rate Risk: Inflation-protected securities may react differently from other fixed income securities to changes in interest rates. Because interest rates on inflation-protected securities are adjusted for inflation, the values of these securities are not materially affected by inflation expectations. Therefore, the value of inflation-protected securities are anticipated to change in response to changes in “real” interest rates, which represent nominal (stated) interest rates reduced by the expected impact of inflation. Generally, the value of an inflation-protected security will fall when real interest rates rise and will rise when real interest rates fall.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Inflation-Protected Portfolio’s performance. Government agency obligations have different levels of credit support and, therefore, different degrees of credit risk. Securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, present little credit risk. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government, that are supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limitations, and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government that are sponsored by the credit of the issuing agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, are subject to a greater degree of credit risk. U.S. government agency securities issued or guaranteed by the credit of the agency may still involve a risk of non-payment of principal and/or interest.

Risks of Investing for Inflation Protection: Because the interest and/or principal payments on an inflation-protected security are adjusted periodically for changes in inflation, the income distributed by the Inflation-Protected Portfolio may be irregular. Although the U.S. Treasury guarantees to pay at least the original face value of any inflation-protected securities the Treasury issues, other issuers may not offer the same guarantee. Also, inflation-protected securities, including those issued by the U.S. Treasury, are not protected against deflation. As a result, in a period of deflation, the inflation-protected securities held by the Portfolio may not pay any income and the Portfolio may suffer a loss during such periods. While inflation-protected securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in the Portfolio’s value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation, the Portfolio’s investment in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the securities’ inflation measures. In addition, positive adjustments to principal generally will result in taxable income to the Portfolio at the time of such adjustments (which generally would be distributed by the Portfolio as part of its taxable dividends), even though the principal amount is not paid until maturity. The current market value of inflation-protected securities is not guaranteed and will fluctuate.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Inflation-Protected Portfolio’s income to decline.

 

106


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Inflation-Protected Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, another class of shares of the Portfolio not offered in this Prospectus.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Inflation-Protected Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2007-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

6.32 (1/08-3/08)

   -4.00 (7/08-9/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 9/18/06
Inception
 

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   11.01   6.17

Barclays Capital US TIPS Index (Series-L) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   11.41   6.04

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

 

107


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Inflation-Protected Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Inflation-Protected Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Inflation-Protected Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

108


Table of Contents

Global Equity Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Global Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Global Equity Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

      Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.30   0.30

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.12   0.04

Total Other Expenses

   0.22   0.29

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses

   0.32   0.32

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.84   0.91

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.29   0.29

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.55   0.62

 

* The Class R1 shares are a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for this class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Global Equity Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Global Equity Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Global Equity Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense

 

109


Table of Contents

waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 56    $ 239    $ 437    $ 1,010

Class R2

   $ 63    $ 261    $ 476    $ 1,093

Portfolio Turnover

A mutual fund generally pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when mutual fund shares are held in a taxable account. The Global Equity Portfolio does not pay transaction costs when buying and selling shares of other mutual funds managed by the Advisor (the “Underlying Funds”); however, the Underlying Funds pay transaction costs when buying and selling securities for their portfolio. The transaction costs incurred by the Underlying Funds, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Global Equity Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Global Equity Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 4.9%.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

To achieve its investment objective, the Global Equity Portfolio under normal market circumstances, allocates its assets to Underlying Funds that invest in domestic and international equity securities. In addition to its allocation strategy of providing exposure to the domestic equity and international equity markets through investment in the Underlying Funds, the Global Equity Portfolio further diversifies its investment portfolio by allocating its assets among Underlying Funds that represent a variety of different asset classes, such as large capitalization, small capitalization and emerging markets stocks.

As of February 28, 2010, the Global Equity Portfolio invests in domestic equity Underlying Funds that purchase a broad portfolio of stocks of U.S. operating companies of all market capitalization sizes with an emphasis on small and value companies and a domestic equity Underlying Fund that primarily invests in publicly traded REITs. The Global Equity Portfolio also purchases international equity Underlying Funds that purchase a broad portfolio of stocks of companies in developed and emerging markets of all market capitalization sizes with an emphasis on small and value companies. The Underlying Funds in which the Global Equity Portfolio invests as of February 28, 2010 are described in the Portfolio’s Prospectus in the section entitled “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES—ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS—Investments in Underlying Funds.” Periodically the Advisor will review the allocations for the Global Equity Portfolio in each Underlying Fund and may adjust allocation to Underlying Funds or may add or remove Underlying Funds without notice to shareholders. In addition, when the Advisor determines that the market forces have caused fundamental changes in the relative values of the assets of the Underlying Funds, the Advisor may modify the allocations of the Global Equity Portfolio.

Certain Underlying Funds may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. Also the Underlying Funds may lend their portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Fund of Funds Risk: The investment performance of the Global Equity Portfolio is affected by the investment performance of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests. The ability of the Global Equity Portfolio to achieve its investment objective depends on the ability of the Underlying Funds to meet their investment objectives and on the Advisor’s decisions regarding the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets among the Underlying

 

110


Table of Contents

Funds. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the Global Equity Portfolio or any Underlying Fund will be achieved. Through its investments in Underlying Funds, the Global Equity Portfolio is subject to the risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments. Certain of the risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments are described below.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Underlying Funds that own them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar).

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade in and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Underlying Funds use derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Underlying Funds may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Underlying Funds could also lose money if they do not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

Other risks of the Underlying Funds are described in the Global Equity Portfolio’s Prospectus in the section entitled “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES—ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS.”

 

111


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Global Equity Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and since inception returns of the Class R2 shares (formerly Class R Shares) of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Global Equity Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

Global Equity Portfolio Class R2 Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2004-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

23.58 (4/09-6/09)

   -23.74 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Since 12/24/03
Inception
 
Global Equity Portfolio - Class R2 Shares       

Return Before Taxes

   34.16   2.14   5.04

MSCI World Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   29.99   2.01   4.35 (2) 

 

(1)

The Class R1 shares of the Portfolio are a new class of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio. The Class R2 shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares will differ to the extent that the classes have different expenses.

(2)

Since December 31, 2003, the date following the Global Equity Portfolio’s inception for which data is available.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Global Equity Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Global Equity Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for

 

112


Table of Contents

the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Global Equity Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

113


Table of Contents

Global 60/40 Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Global 60/40 Portfolio (the “60/40 Portfolio”) is to seek total return consisting of capital appreciation and current income.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the 60/40 Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None
Class R2    None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

     Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.25   0.25

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.13   0.05

Total Other Expenses

   0.23   0.30

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses

   0.28   0.28

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.76   0.83

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.23   0.23

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.53   0.60

 

* The Class R1 shares are a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for this class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the 60/40 Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the 60/40 Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

 

114


Table of Contents

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the 60/40 Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     l Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 54    $ 220    $ 400    $ 921

Class R2

   $ 61    $ 242    $ 438    $ 1,004

Portfolio Turnover

A mutual fund generally pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when mutual fund shares are held in a taxable account. The 60/40 Portfolio does not pay transaction costs when buying and selling shares of other mutual funds managed by the Advisor (the “Underlying Funds”); however, the Underlying Funds pay transaction costs when buying and selling securities for their portfolio. The transaction costs incurred by the Underlying Funds, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the 60/40 Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the 60/40 Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 15%.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

To achieve its investment objective, the 60/40 Portfolio under normal market circumstances, allocates its assets to Underlying Funds that invest in equity and fixed income securities. Generally, the 60/40 Portfolio invests its assets in domestic and international equity Underlying Funds and fixed income Underlying Funds to achieve an allocation of approximately 40% to 80% (with a target allocation of approximately 60%) of the 60/40 Portfolio’s assets to domestic and international equity Underlying Funds and 20% to 60% (with a target allocation of approximately 40%) of its assets to fixed income Underlying Funds. When the Advisor determines that market forces have caused fundamental changes in the relative values of the assets of the Underlying Funds, the Advisor may modify the allocations of the 60/40 Portfolio. To maintain target allocations, adjustments may be made by purchasing or selling shares of the Underlying Funds or applying future investments and redemptions by the 60/40 Portfolio in proportions necessary to rebalance the investments in the Underlying Funds.

In addition to its allocation strategy of providing exposure to the domestic and international equity and fixed income markets through investment in the Underlying Funds, the 60/40 Portfolio further diversifies its investment portfolio by allocating its assets among Underlying Funds that represent a variety of different asset classes. As of February 28, 2010, the 60/40 Portfolio invests in: (1) domestic equity Underlying Funds that purchase a broad portfolio of stocks of U.S. operating companies of all market capitalization sizes with an emphasis on small and value companies and a domestic equity Underlying Fund that primarily invests in publicly traded REITs; (2) international equity Underlying Funds that purchase a broad portfolio of stocks of companies in developed and emerging markets of all market capitalization sizes with an emphasis on small and value companies; and (3) fixed income Underlying Funds that may purchase U.S. and foreign debt securities such as obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers having investment grade ratings, obligations of supranational organizations and inflation-protected securities. Certain fixed income Underlying Funds in which the 60/40 Portfolio invests will concentrate their assets in the banking industry under certain market conditions. The fixed income securities (other than inflation-protected securities)

 

115


Table of Contents

purchased by the Underlying Funds generally will mature within five years from the date of settlement. The term to maturity for inflation-protected securities purchased by an Underlying Fund will generally be five to twenty years. The Underlying Funds in which the 60/40 Portfolio invests as of February 28, 2010 are described in the Portfolio’s Prospectus in the section entitled “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES—ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS—Investments in Underlying Funds.” Periodically the Advisor will review the allocations for the 60/40 Portfolio in each Underlying Fund and may adjust allocations to the Underlying Funds or may add or remove Underlying Funds without notice to shareholders.

Certain Underlying Funds may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. Certain fixed income Underlying Funds use foreign currency contracts to hedge foreign currency risks. Also the Underlying Funds may lend their portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Fund of Funds Risk: The investment performance of the 60/40 Portfolio is affected by the investment performance of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests. The ability of the 60/40 Portfolio to achieve its investment objective depends on the ability of the Underlying Funds to meet their investment objectives and on the Advisor’s decisions regarding the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets among the Underlying Funds. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the 60/40 Portfolio or any Underlying Fund will be achieved. Through its investments in Underlying Funds, the 60/40 Portfolio is subject to the risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments. Certain of the risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments are described below.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Underlying Funds that own them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar).

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade in and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security

 

116


Table of Contents

prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact a fixed income Underlying Funds’ performance.

Risks of Banking Concentration: Focus on the banking industry would link the performance of the Underlying Funds to changes in the performance of the banking industry generally. Banks are very sensitive to changes in money market and general economic conditions. The profitability of the banking industry is dependent upon banks being able to obtain funds at reasonable costs and upon liquidity in the capital and credit markets to finance their lending operations. Adverse general economic conditions can cause financial difficulties for a bank’s borrowers and the borrowers’ failure to repay their loans can adversely affect the bank’s financial situation. Banks are subject to extensive regulation and decisions by regulators may limit the loans banks make and the interest rates and fees they charge, which could reduce bank profitability.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause a fixed income Underlying Funds’ income to decline.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Underlying Funds use derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Underlying Funds may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Underlying Funds could also lose money if they do not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

Other risks of the Underlying Funds are described in the 60/40 Portfolio’s Prospectus in the section entitled “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES—ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS.”

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the 60/40 Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and since inception returns of the Class R2 shares (formerly Class R Shares) of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The 60/40 Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

117


Table of Contents

Global 60/40 Portfolio Class R2 Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2004-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

15.80 (4/09-6/09)

   -14.08 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Since 12/24/03
Inception
 

Global 60/40 Portfolio - Class R2 Shares

      

Return Before Taxes

   25.16   3.35   4.74

MSCI World Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   29.99   2.01   4.35 %(2) 

Citigroup World Government Bond Hedged 1-3 Year Currency Hedged U.S. Dollar Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   2.06   4.17   3.79 %(2) 

Global 60/40 Composite Index (MSCI/Citigroup)(3) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   18.78   3.30   4.37 %(2) 

 

(1)

The Class R1 shares of the Portfolio are a new class of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio. The Class R2 shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares will differ to the extent that the classes have different expenses.

(2)

Since December 31, 2003, the date following the Global 60/40 Portfolio’s inception for which data is available.

(3)

The Global 60/40 Composite Index (MSCI/Citigroup) is an unmanaged hypothetical index composed of 60% MSCI World Index (net dividends) and 40% Citigroup World Government Bond Hedged 1-3 Year Index.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the 60/40 Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the 60/40 Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are

 

118


Table of Contents

considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the 60/40 Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

119


Table of Contents

Global 25/75 Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Global 25/75 Portfolio (the “25/75 Portfolio”) is to seek total return consistent with current income and preservation of capital with some capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the 25/75 Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Class R1

   None
Class R2    None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

     Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.20   0.20

Other Expenses:

    

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.15   0.12

Total Other Expenses

   0.25   0.37

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses

   0.21   0.20

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.66   0.77

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)***

   0.15   0.15

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.51   0.62

 

* The Class R1 shares are a new class of shares of the Portfolio, so the operating expenses shown for this class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) has agreed to waive certain fees for each of the Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the 25/75 Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the 25/75 Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

 

120


Table of Contents

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the 25/75 Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class R1

   $ 52    $ 196    $ 353    $ 808

Class R2

   $ 63    $ 231    $ 413    $ 940

Portfolio Turnover

A mutual fund generally pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when mutual fund shares are held in a taxable account. The 25/75 Portfolio does not pay transaction costs when buying and selling shares of other mutual funds managed by the Advisor (the “Underlying Funds”); however, the Underlying Funds pay transaction costs when buying and selling securities for their portfolio. The transaction costs incurred by the Underlying Funds, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the 25/75 Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the 25/75 Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 6.3%.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

To achieve its investment objective, the 25/75 Portfolio under normal market circumstances, allocates the majority of its assets to fixed income underlying funds, but the Portfolio also invests a small portion of its assets to domestic and international equity Underlying Funds. Generally, the 25/75 Portfolio invests its assets in domestic and international equity Underlying Funds and fixed income Underlying Funds to achieve an allocation of approximately 5% to 45% (with a target allocation of approximately 25%) of the Portfolio’s assets to domestic and international equity Underlying Funds and approximately 55% to 95% (with a target allocation of approximately 75%) of the Portfolio’s assets to fixed income Underlying Funds. When the Advisor determines that market forces have caused fundamental changes in the relative values of the assets of the Underlying Funds, the Advisor may modify the allocations of the 25/75 Portfolio. To maintain target allocations, adjustments may be made by purchasing or selling shares of the Underlying Funds or applying future investments and redemptions by the 25/75 Portfolio in proportions necessary to rebalance the investments in the Underlying Funds.

In addition to its allocation strategy of providing exposure to the domestic and international equity and fixed income markets through investment in the Underlying Funds, the 25/75 Portfolio further diversifies its investment portfolio by allocating its assets among Underlying Funds that represent a variety of different asset classes. As of February 28, 2010, the 25/75 Portfolio invests in: (1) fixed income Underlying Funds that may purchase U.S. and foreign debt securities such as obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers having investment grade ratings, obligations of supranational organizations and inflation-protected securities; (2) domestic equity Underlying Funds that purchase a broad portfolio of stocks of U.S. operating companies of all market capitalization sizes with an emphasis on small and value companies and a domestic equity Underlying Fund that primarily invests in publicly traded REITs; and (3) international equity Underlying Funds that purchase a broad portfolio of stocks of companies in developed and emerging markets of all market capitalization sizes with an emphasis on small and value companies. Certain fixed income Underlying Funds in which the 25/75 Portfolio invests will concentrate their assets in the banking

 

121


Table of Contents

industry under certain market conditions. The fixed income securities (other than inflation-protected securities) purchased by the Underlying Funds generally will mature within five years from the date of settlement. The term to maturity for inflation-protected securities purchased by an Underlying Fund will generally be five to twenty years. The Underlying Funds in which the 25/75 Portfolio invests as of February 28, 2010 are described in the Portfolio’s Prospectus in the section entitled “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES—ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS—Investments in Underlying Funds.” Periodically the Advisor will review the allocations for the 25/75 Portfolio in each Underlying Fund and may adjust allocations to the Underlying Funds or may add or remove Underlying Funds without notice to shareholders.

Certain Underlying Funds may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. Certain fixed income Underlying Funds use foreign currency contracts to hedge foreign currency risks. Also the Underlying Funds may lend their portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Fund of Funds Risk: The investment performance of the 25/75 Portfolio is affected by the investment performance of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests. The ability of the 25/75 Portfolio to achieve its investment objective depends on the ability of the Underlying Funds to meet their investment objectives and on the Advisor’s decisions regarding the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets among the Underlying Funds. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the 25/75 Portfolio or any Underlying Fund will be achieved. Through its investments in Underlying Funds, the 25/75 Portfolio is subject to the risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments. Certain of the risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments are described below.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Underlying Funds that own them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar).

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade in and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security

 

122


Table of Contents

prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact a fixed income Underlying Funds’ performance.

Risks of Banking Concentration: Focus on the banking industry would link the performance of the Underlying Funds to changes in the performance of the banking industry generally. Banks are very sensitive to changes in money market and general economic conditions. The profitability of the banking industry is dependent upon banks being able to obtain funds at reasonable costs and upon liquidity in the capital and credit markets to finance their lending operations. Adverse general economic conditions can cause financial difficulties for a bank’s borrowers and the borrowers’ failure to repay their loans can adversely affect the bank’s financial situation. Banks are subject to extensive regulation and decisions by regulators may limit the loans banks make and the interest rates and fees they charge, which could reduce bank profitability.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause a fixed income Underlying Funds’ income to decline.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Underlying Funds use derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Underlying Funds may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Underlying Funds could also lose money if they do not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

Other risks of the Underlying Funds are described in the 25/75 Portfolio’s Prospectus in the section entitled “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES—ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS.”

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the 25/75 Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and since inception returns of the Class R2 shares (formerly Class R Shares) of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The 25/75 Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

123


Table of Contents

Global 25/75 Portfolio Class R2 Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2004-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

7.34 (4/09-6/09)

  

-4.03 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Since 12/24/03
Inception
 

Global 25/75 Portfolio - Class R2 Shares

      

Return Before Taxes

   13.52   3.92   4.21

MSCI World Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   29.99   2.01   4.35 %(2) 

Citigroup World Government Bond Hedged 1-3 Year Currency Hedged U.S. Dollar Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   2.06   4.17   3.79 %(2) 

Global 25/75 Composite Index (MSCI/Citigroup)(3)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   8.98   3.96   4.16 %(2) 

 

(1)

The Class R1 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio. The Class R2 shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares will differ to the extent that the classes have different expenses.

(2)

Since December 31, 2003, the date following the 25/75 Portfolio’s inception for which data is available.

(3)

The Global 25/75 Composite Index (MSCI/Citigroup) is an unmanaged hypothetical index composed of 25% MSCI World Index (net dividends) and 75% Citigroup World Government Bond Hedged 1-3 Year Index.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the 25/75 Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the 25/75 Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for

 

124


Table of Contents

purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the 25/75 Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

125


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES—EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

The two investment companies described in this Prospectus offer a variety of investment portfolios. Each of the investment companies’ Portfolios has its own investment objective and policies, and is the equivalent of a separate mutual fund. DFA International Value Portfolio is offered by Dimensional Investment Group Inc. The other Portfolios contained in this Prospects are offered by DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. The Portfolios described in this Prospectus are designed for long-term investors. Each Portfolio also offers an additional class of shares, Institutional Class shares, which are offered to qualified investors in a separate prospectus.

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio seeks, as its investment objective, to achieve a total return which exceeds the total return performance of the S&P 500® Index. The Portfolio may invest in all of the stocks represented in the S&P 500® Index, options on stock indices, stock index futures, options on stock index futures, swap agreements on stock indices and shares of investment companies that invest in stock indices. The Portfolio generally invests in S&P 500® futures contracts and fixed income obligations. The Portfolio may, from time to time, also invest in options on stock indices, stock index futures, options on stock index futures and swap agreements based on indices other than, but similar to, the S&P 500® Index (such instruments whether or not based on the S&P 500® Index hereinafter collectively referred to as “Index Derivatives”). For information concerning Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies (“S&P”), and disclaimers of S&P with respect to the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, see “Standard & Poor’s—Information and Disclaimers.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may invest all of its assets in Index Derivatives. Assets of the Portfolio not invested in S&P 500® Index or Index Derivatives may be invested in short-term fixed income obligations including: U.S. government obligations, U.S. government agency obligations, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, foreign government and agency obligations, supranational organization obligations, foreign issuer obligations and eurodollar obligations. For a description of these fixed income investments and credit quality requirements, see “Description of the Investments of the Fixed Income Portfolios.”

The percentage of assets of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio that will be invested in S&P 500® Index stocks, Index Derivatives, fixed income investments and in shares of other investment companies may vary from time to time, within the discretion of the Advisor and according to restraints imposed by the federal securities laws and regulations governing mutual funds. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will maintain a segregated account consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted by applicable interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), enter into offsetting positions) to cover its open positions in Index Derivatives to avoid leveraging by the Portfolio.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will enter into positions in futures and options on futures only to the extent such positions are permissible with respect to applicable rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission without registering the Portfolio as a commodity pool operator. In addition, the Portfolio may not be able to utilize Index Derivatives to the extent otherwise permissible or desirable because of constraints imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or by unanticipated illiquidity in the marketplace for such instruments.

It is the position of the SEC that over-the-counter options are illiquid. Accordingly, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will invest in such options only to the extent consistent with its 15% limit on investment in illiquid securities.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may also invest in shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. In addition, the Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and

 

126


Table of Contents

similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. equity markets while maintaining liquidity. The Portfolio’s investments in the securities of other investment companies, including ETFs and money market funds, may involve the duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Additional Information Regarding Credit Risk. Below investment grade fixed income securities may also fluctuate in value more than higher quality fixed income securities and, during periods of market volatility, may be more difficult to sell at the time and price the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio desires. Government agency obligations have different levels of credit support and, therefore, different degrees of credit risk. Securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, present little credit risk. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government, that are supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limitations, and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government that are sponsored by the credit of the issuing agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, are subject to a greater degree of credit risk. U.S. government agency securities issued or guaranteed by the credit of the agency may still involve a risk of non-payment of principal and/or interest.

Standard & Poor’s—Information and Disclaimers. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P. S&P makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio particularly or the ability of the S&P 500® Index to track general stock market performance. S&P’s only relationship to the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500® Index which is determined, composed and calculated by S&P without regard to the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio. S&P has no obligation to take the needs of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio or its respective owners into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500® Index. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the prices and amount of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio or the issuance or sale of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is to be converted into cash. S&P has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio.

S&P DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND S&P SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. S&P MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LICENSEE, OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. S&P MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE S&P 500® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL S&P HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio and

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

The investment objective of each of the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio and the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio (the “U.S. Value Portfolios”) is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio is a “Feeder Portfolio,” which is a Portfolio that does not generally buy individual securities directly. Instead, it invests in a corresponding fund, or “Master Fund,” that in turn purchases stocks and other securities. The U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio pursues its investment objectives by investing substantially all of its assets

 

127


Table of Contents

in its corresponding Master Fund, The U.S. Large Cap Value Series (the “Large Cap Value Series”) of the DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio generally will pursue its investment objective by investing directly in securities of U.S. companies. Ordinarily, each of the Large Cap Value Series and the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio will invest its assets in a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of U.S. companies which the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of purchase. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”). In assessing value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

The Large Cap Value Series and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio will purchase securities that are listed on the U.S. national securities exchanges or traded on the over-the-counter market. Each of the Large Cap Value Series and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio uses a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach” in this Prospectus.

On not less than a semi-annual basis, for each of the Large Cap Value Series and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the Advisor will calculate book to market ratios and review total market capitalization to determine those companies whose stock may be eligible for investment.

The Large Cap Value Series and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio do not intend to purchase or sell securities based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Large Cap Value Series may sell portfolio securities when the issuer’s market capitalization falls below that of the issuer with the minimum market capitalization that is then eligible for purchase by that Series. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may sell portfolio securities when the issuer’s market capitalization increases to a level that exceeds that of the issuer with the largest market capitalization that is then eligible for investment by the Portfolio.

In addition, the Large Cap Value Series may sell portfolio securities when its book to market ratios fall below those of the security with the lowest such ratio that is then eligible for purchase by that Series. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may also sell portfolio securities in the same circumstances, however, it may retain securities of issuers with relatively smaller market capitalizations for longer periods, despite a decrease in the issuers’ book to market ratios.

The total market capitalization ranges, and the value criteria used by the Advisor for the Large Cap Value Series and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, as described above, generally apply at the time of purchase by the Large Cap Value Series and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio. Large Cap Value Series and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio are not required to dispose of a security if the security’s issuer is no longer within the total market capitalization range or does not meet current value criteria. Similarly, the Advisor is not required to sell a security even if the decline in the market capitalization reflects a serious financial difficulty or potential or actual insolvency of the company. Securities that do meet the market capitalization and/or value criteria nevertheless may be sold at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale. See “Portfolio Transactions—All Equity Portfolios” in this Prospectus.

The Large Cap Value Series and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio each may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio each may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

 

128


Table of Contents

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio,

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio each seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies relative to the U.S. Universe. While both the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio and the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio (the “U.S. Core Portfolios”) seek increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s emphasis on small capitalization and value companies is greater than that of U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the NYSE, NYSE Alternext, Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor (U.S. Universe). The increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of a Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. Additionally, for the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by avoiding purchases in that segment of the market. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization. In assessing growth and value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry.

The U.S. Core Portfolios and the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio will purchase securities that are listed on the NYSE, NYSE Alternext, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor.

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio each may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, each Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

The investment objective of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The U.S. Small Company Portfolio provides investors with access to securities portfolios consisting of small U.S. companies. Company size will be determined for purposes of the U.S. Small Company Portfolio on the basis of a company’s market capitalization, which will be calculated by multiplying the price of a company’s stock by the number of its shares of outstanding common stock.

As of the date of this Prospectus, for purposes of this U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, the Advisor considers small cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the lowest 10% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are smaller than the 1,000th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio also may purchase securities of foreign issuers that are traded in the U.S. securities markets, but such investments may not exceed 5% of the gross assets of the Portfolio. Generally, it is the intention of the Portfolio to purchase common stock of

 

129


Table of Contents

eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds.” In addition, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio is authorized to purchase private placements of interest-bearing debentures that are convertible into common stock (“privately placed convertible debentures”). Such investments are considered illiquid and the value thereof, together with the value of all other illiquid investments, may not exceed 15% of the value of the U.S. Small Portfolio’s net assets at the time of purchase.

For the discussion of portfolio construction and portfolio transactions for the U.S. Small Company Portfolio, see “Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds.”

Each U.S. Small Company Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, each U.S. Small Company Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

The investment objective of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio will concentrate investments in readily marketable equity securities of companies whose principal activities include development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial or industrial real estate. Investments will include, principally, equity securities of companies in the following sectors of the real estate industry: certain real estate investment trusts and companies engaged in residential construction and firms, except partnerships, whose principal business is to develop commercial property.

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio will purchase shares of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. A REIT is not taxed on income distributed to shareholders if it complies with several requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets, and income and a requirement that it distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its taxable income (other than net capital gains) for each taxable year. REITs can generally be classified as Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs. At the present time, the Portfolio intends to invest only in Hybrid REITs and Equity REITs.

The Advisor has prepared and will maintain a schedule of eligible investments consisting of equity securities of all companies in the sectors of the real estate industry described above as being presently eligible for investment. It is the intention of the Portfolio to invest in the securities of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.”

While a company’s stock may meet the applicable criteria described above, the stock may not be purchased by the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio if, at the time of purchase, in the judgment of the Advisor, the issuer is in extreme financial difficulty or is involved in a merger or consolidation or is the subject of an acquisition that could result in the company no longer being considered principally engaged in the real estate business or if the Advisor determines, in its judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate given other conditions.

If securities must be sold in order to obtain funds to make redemption payments, such securities may be repurchased by the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, as additional cash becomes available to it. However, the Portfolio has retained the right to borrow to make redemption payments and is also authorized to redeem its

 

130


Table of Contents

shares in kind. See “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” Further, because the securities of certain companies whose shares are eligible for purchase are thinly traded, the Portfolio might not be able to purchase the number of shares that strict adherence to market capitalization weighting might require.

Investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Portfolio will receive dividend income. Periodically, the Advisor may expand the Portfolio’s schedule of eligible investments to include equity securities of companies in sectors of the real estate industry in addition to those described above as eligible for investment as of the date of this Prospectus.

The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

International Portfolios

Approved Markets. As of the date of this Prospectus, the countries listed in the following tables for each international Feeder Portfolio and its corresponding Master Fund (an “International Master Fund”) and each non-Feeder Portfolio are designated as “Approved Markets” for which the International Master Fund or Portfolio is authorized to invest. The Advisor will determine in its discretion when and whether to invest in countries that have been authorized as Approved Markets, depending on a number of factors, such as asset growth in a Master Fund/Portfolio and characteristics of each country’s markets. The Investment Committee of the Advisor also may designate other countries as Approved Markets for investment in the future, in addition to the countries listed in the tables. Also, an International Master Fund or Portfolio may continue to hold investments in countries that are not currently designated as Approved Markets, but had been authorized for investment in the past, and may reinvest distributions received in connection with such existing investments in such previously Approved Markets. Emerging Markets approved for investment may include countries in an earlier stage of development that are sometimes referred to as frontier markets.

 

131


Table of Contents

Developed Markets

 

Countries

  Large Cap
International

Portfolio
  DFA
International
Value
Portfolio &
DFA
International
Value Series
  International
Core

Equity
Portfolio
  Japanese
Small
Company
Series
  Asia Pacific
Small
Company
Series
  Canadian
Small
Company
Series
  U.K. Small
Company
Series
  Continental
Small
Company
Series
  DFA
International
Real Estate
Securities
Portfolio

Australia

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     Invests   —     —     —     Invests

Austria

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   —  

Belgium

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   Invests

Canada

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     Invests   —     —     Invests

Denmark

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   —  

Finland

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   —  

France

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   Invests

Germany

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   Invests

Greece

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   Invests

Hong Kong

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     Invests   —     —     —     Invests

Ireland

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   —  

Italy

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   Invests

Japan

  Invests   Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests

Netherlands

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   Invests

New Zealand

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     Invests   —     —     —     Invests

Norway

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   —  

Portugal

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   —  

Singapore

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     Invests   —     —     —     Invests

Spain

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   —  

Sweden

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   —  

Switzerland

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     —     Invests   —  

United Kingdom

  Invests   Invests   Invests   —     —     —     Invests   —     Invests

Emerging Markets

 

Countries

   DFA
International
Real Estate
Securities
Portfolio
   Emerging
Markets
Portfolio
&
Emerging
Markets
Series
   Emerging
Markets
Value
Portfolio &
Emerging
Markets
Value Fund
   Emerging
Markets Core
Equity Portfolio

Brazil

   —      Invests    Invests    Invests

Chile

   —      Invests    Invests    Invests

China

   Invests    Invests    Invests    Invests

Columbia

   —      —      —      —  

Czech Republic

   —      Invests    Invests    Invests

Egypt

   —      —      —      —  

Hungary

   —      Invests    Invests    Invests

India

   —      Invests    Invests    Invests

Indonesia

   —      Invests    Invests    Invests

Israel

   —      ***    ***    ***

Malaysia

   Invests    Invests    Invests    Invests

Mexico

   —      Invests    Invests    Invests

Philippines

   —      Invests    Invests    Invests

Peru

   —      —      —      —  

Poland

   —      Invests    Invests    Invests

Russia

   —      Invests    Invests    Invests

South Africa

   Invests    Invests    Invests    Invests

South Korea

   —      Invests    Invests    Invests

Taiwan

   Invests    Invests    Invests    Invests

Thailand

   —      Invests    Invests    Invests

Turkey

   Invests    Invests    Invests    Invests

 

*** Not currently authorized for new purchases, except as provided above, but may be authorized for new purchases in the future.

 

132


Table of Contents

The International Master Funds and Portfolios invest in securities of Approved Markets (as identified in the tables above) listed on bona fide securities exchanges or traded on the over-the-counter markets. These exchanges or over-the-counter markets may be either within or outside the issuer’s domicile country. For example, the securities may be listed or traded in the form of European Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts, American Depositary Receipts, or other types of depositary receipts (including non-voting depositary receipts) or may be listed on bona fide securities exchanges in more than one country. An International Master Fund or Portfolio will consider for purchase securities that are associated with an Approved Market, and include, among others: (a) securities of companies that are organized under the laws of, or maintain their principal place of business in, an Approved Market; (b) securities for which the principal trading market is in an Approved Market; (c) securities issued or guaranteed by the government of an Approved Market, its agencies or instrumentalities, or the central bank of such country or territory; (d) securities denominated in an Approved Market currency issued by companies to finance operations in Approved Markets; (e) securities of companies that derive at least 50% of their revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in Approved Markets or have at least 50% of their assets in Approved Markets; (f) equity securities of companies in Approved Markets in the form of depositary shares; (g) securities of pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in securities of Approved Markets or derivative instruments that derive their value from securities of Approved Markets; or (h) securities included in the Portfolio’s benchmark index. Securities of Approved Markets may include securities of companies that have characteristics and business relationships common to companies in other countries or regions. As a result, the value of the securities of such companies may reflect economic and market forces in such other countries or regions as well as in the Approved Markets. The Advisor, however, will select only those companies that, in its view, have sufficiently strong exposure to economic and market forces in Approved Markets. For example, the Advisor may invest in companies organized and located in the United States or other countries or regions outside of Approved Markets, including companies having their entire production facilities outside of Approved Markets, when such companies meet the criteria discussed above to be considered associated with Approved Markets.

Large Cap International Portfolio

The investment objective of the Large Cap International Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation by investing in the stocks of non-U.S. large companies. Under normal market conditions, the Large Cap International Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries. The Large Cap International Portfolio invests its assets in securities of companies associated with Approved Markets (For a description of the securities and countries approved for investment, see “International Portfolios—Approved Markets).

The Large Cap International Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of large companies in Europe, Australia, Canada and the Far East. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. In the countries or regions authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalizations. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the minimum market capitalization of a large company that may be purchased by the Large Cap International Portfolio with respect to each country or region. As of December 31, 2009, for the Large Cap International Portfolio, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the Large Cap International Portfolio invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will vary by country or region. For example, as of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered a large company in the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”) to have a market capitalization of at least $3,769 million, a large company in Australia to have a market capitalization of at least $2,010 million, and a large company in Japan to have a market capitalization of at least $1,405 million. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions.

The Large Cap International Portfolio intends to purchase securities in each applicable country using a market capitalization weighted approach. The Advisor, using this approach and its best judgment, will seek to set country weights based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible large companies within each country. See

 

133


Table of Contents

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.” As a result, the weightings of certain countries in the Large Cap International Portfolio may vary from their weightings in international indices, such as those published by FTSE International, Morgan Stanley Capital International or Citigroup.

The Large Cap International Portfolio does not seek current income as an investment objective and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Large Cap International Portfolio will receive dividend income.

The Large Cap International Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Large Cap International Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

DFA International Value Portfolio

The investment objective of the DFA International Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The DFA International Value Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets in The DFA International Value Series of the Trust (the “International Value Series”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The International Value Series seeks to achieve its objective by purchasing the stocks of large non-U.S. companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of purchase. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”). In assessing value, the Advisor may consider additional factors such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

Under normal market conditions, the International Value Series intends to invest at least 40% its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries. The International Value Series invests its assets in securities of companies associated with Approved Markets (For a description of the securities and countries approved for investment, see “International Portfolios—Approved Markets”).

In the countries or regions authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalizations. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the minimum market capitalization of a large company that may be purchased by the International Value Series with respect to each country or region. As of December 31, 2009, for the DFA International Value Series, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the DFA International Value Series invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will vary by country or region. For example, as of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered a large company in the EMU to have a market capitalization of at least $3,769 million, a large company in Australia to have a market capitalization of at least $2,010 million, and a large company in Japan to have a market capitalization of at least $1,405 million. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions.

The International Value Series intends to purchase securities within each applicable country using a market capitalization weighted approach. The Advisor, using this approach and its judgment, will seek to set country weights based on the relative market capitalization of eligible large companies within each country. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.” As a result, the weightings of certain countries in the International Value Series may vary from their weightings in international indices, such as those published by FTSE International, Morgan Stanley Capital International or Citigroup.

 

134


Table of Contents

The International Value Series does not seek current income as an investment objective and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the International Value Series do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the International Value Series will receive dividend income.

The International Value Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the International Value Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

International Core Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the International Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The International Core Equity Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of stocks of non-U.S. companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies relative to the International Universe. For purposes of the International Core Equity Portfolio, the Advisor defines the International Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies in developed markets that have been authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (International Universe). See “International Portfolios—Approved Markets.” The increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the International Core Equity Portfolio’s assets to the largest growth companies relative to their weight in the International Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization. In assessing growth and value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry.

Under normal market conditions, the International Core Equity Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries.

The International Core Equity Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the International Core Equity Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

International Small Company Portfolio

The International Small Company Portfolio is a “fund of funds,” which means that it uses assets to purchase other mutual funds (the “Underlying Funds”). The International Small Company Portfolio and The Canadian Small Company Series (the “Canadian Small Company Series”), The Japanese Small Company Series (the “Japanese Small Company Series”), The Asia Pacific Small Company Series (the “Asia Pacific Small Company Series”), The United Kingdom Small Company Series (the “United Kingdom Small Company Series”) and The Continental Small Company Series (the “Continental Small Company Series”) of the Trust (the latter five being referred to hereinafter as the “International Small Company Master Funds”) each have an investment objective to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Feeder Portfolios of the International Small Company Master Funds (the “International Small Company Portfolios”) provide investors with access to securities portfolios consisting of small Canadian, Japanese, United Kingdom, European (including the Mediterranean) and Asia Pacific

 

135


Table of Contents

companies. Company size will be determined for purposes of these Portfolios and Master Funds on the basis of a company’s market capitalization, which will be calculated by multiplying the number of outstanding shares of the company by the price per share of the company’s stock.

The International Small Company Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing virtually all of its assets in up to five International Small Company Master Funds (the Underlying Funds to the International Small Company Portfolio), in such relative proportions as determined by the Advisor from time to time. For a complete description of the investment objectives and policies, portfolio structure and transactions for each International Small Company Master Fund, see “International Small Company PortfolioCanadian Small Company Series; Japanese Small Company Series; Asia Pacific Small Company Series; United Kingdom Small Company Series; and Continental Small Company Series.” The International Small Company Portfolio is designed for investors who wish to achieve their investment objective of capital appreciation by participating in the investment performance of a broad range of equity securities of Canadian, Japanese, United Kingdom, European (including the Mediterranean) and Asia Pacific small companies.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the International Small Company Portfolio invests in the shares of the International Small Company Master Funds within the following percentage ranges:

 

International Small Company Master Funds

   Investment Range

Canadian Small Company Series

     0-15%

Japanese Small Company Series

   15-40%

Asia Pacific Small Company Series

     0-25%

United Kingdom Small Company Series

   10-30%

Continental Small Company Series

   25-50%

The allocation of the assets of International Small Company Portfolio to be invested in the International Small Company Master Funds will be determined by the Advisor on at least a semi-annual basis. In setting the target allocation, the Advisor will first consider the market capitalizations of all eligible companies in each of the International Small Company Master Funds. The Advisor will calculate the market capitalizations for each International Small Company Master Fund in the manner described below for the Canadian Small Company Series and for each other International Small Company Master Fund under “International Small Company PortfolioJapanese Small Company Series; Asia Pacific Small Company Series; United Kingdom Small Company Series; Continental Small Company Series.” The Advisor expects to change the relative weights ascribed to each International Small Company Master Fund, based on its updated market capitalization calculations, when it determines that fundamental changes in the relative values ascribed by market forces to each relevant geographic area have occurred. To maintain target weights during the period, adjustments may be made by applying future purchases by International Small Company Portfolio in proportion necessary to rebalance the investment portfolio of the Portfolio. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the International Small Company Portfolio, through its investments in the International Small Company Master Funds, will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small companies.

Canadian Small Company Series. The Canadian Small Company Series generally will purchase a broad and diverse group of readily marketable stocks of Canadian small companies. The Canadian Small Company Series invests in securities of companies associated with Canada, which is the Canadian Small Company Series’ Approved Market (For a description of the securities approved for investment, see “International Portfolios—Approved Markets), listed or traded in the form of European Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts, American Depositary Receipts or other types of depositary receipts (including non-voting depositary receipts) or dual listed securities. The Advisor measures company size based primarily on market capitalization. The Advisor first ranks eligible companies by market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company in Canada. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered Canadian small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization of $2,489 million or below. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions. As a non-fundamental policy, under

 

136


Table of Contents

normal circumstances, the Canadian Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of Canadian small companies.

The Advisor will also establish a minimum market capitalization that a company must meet in order to be considered for purchase, which minimum will change due to market conditions. The Canadian Series intends to invest in stock of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Portfolio ConstructionSmall Company Funds.”

The Canadian Small Company Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to the Canadian equity market or other equity markets, including the United States, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Canadian Small Company Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Japanese Small Company Series. The Japanese Small Company Series generally will purchase a broad and diverse group of readily marketable stocks of Japanese small companies. The Japanese Small Company Series invests in securities of companies associated with Japan, which is the Japanese Small Company Series’ Approved Market (For a description of the securities approved for investment, see “International Portfolios—Approved Markets”). The Advisor measures company size based primarily on market capitalization. The Advisor first ranks eligible companies by market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company in Japan. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered Japanese small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization below $1,405 million. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Japanese Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of Japanese small companies.

The Advisor will also establish a minimum market capitalization that a company must meet in order to be considered for purchase, which minimum will change due to market conditions. The Japanese Small Company Series intends to invest in the stock of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Portfolio ConstructionSmall Company Funds.”

The Japanese Small Company Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to the Japanese equity market or other equity markets, including the United States, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Japanese Small Company Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Series’ cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Asia Pacific Small Company Series. The Asia Pacific Small Company Series generally will purchase stocks of a broad and diverse group of small companies located in Australia, New Zealand and Pacific Rim Asian countries. The Asia Pacific Small Company Series invests in securities of companies associated with Approved Markets (For a description of the securities and countries approved for investment, see “International Portfolios—Approved Markets). The Advisor measures company size on a country specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. In the countries authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies based on the companies’ market capitalizations. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company that may be purchased by the Asia Pacific Small Company Series with respect to each country authorized for investment. As of December 31, 2009, for the Asia Pacific Small Company Series, the highest maximum market capitalization of a small company in any country in which the Asia Pacific Small Company Series invests was $2,010 million. This threshold will vary

 

137


Table of Contents

by country. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered Asia Pacific small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization below $2,010 million in Australia, $2,001 million in Hong Kong, $1,633 million in New Zealand and $1,895 million in Singapore. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Asia Pacific Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small companies located in Australia, New Zealand and Pacific Rim Asian countries.

The Advisor will also establish a minimum market capitalization that a company must meet in order to be considered for purchase, which minimum will change due to market conditions. The Asia Pacific Small Company Series intends to invest in eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. The Advisor may, in its discretion, either limit further investments in a particular country or divest the Asia Pacific Small Company Series of holdings in a particular country. See “Portfolio ConstructionSmall Company Funds.”

The Asia Pacific Small Company Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to Asia Pacific equity markets or other equity markets, including the United States, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Asia Pacific Small Company Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

United Kingdom Small Company Series. The United Kingdom Small Company Series generally will purchase a broad and diverse group of readily marketable stocks of United Kingdom small companies. The United Kingdom Small Company Series invests in securities of companies associated with the United Kingdom, which is the United Kingdom Small Company Series’ Approved Market (For a description of the securities approved for investment, see International Portfolios—Approved Markets”). The Advisor measures company size based primarily on the market capitalization of companies in the United Kingdom. The Advisor first ranks eligible companies by market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company in the United Kingdom. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered United Kingdom small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization below $3,330 million. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the United Kingdom Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of United Kingdom small companies.

The Advisor will also establish a minimum market capitalization that a company must meet in order to be considered for purchase, which minimum will change due to market conditions. The United Kingdom Small Company Series intends to invest in stock of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds.”

The United Kingdom Small Company Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to the United Kingdom equity market or other equity markets, including the United States, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the United Kingdom Small Company Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Continental Small Company Series. The Continental Small Company Series generally will purchase readily marketable stocks of a broad and diverse group of small European companies. The Series also may invest up to 20% of its net assets in small companies associated with non-European countries that the Advisor has identified as authorized for investment. The Continental Small Company Series invests in securities of companies associated with Approved Markets (For a description of the securities and countries approved for investment, see “International Portfolios—Approved Markets”). The Advisor determines company size on a country or region

 

138


Table of Contents

specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. In the countries or regions authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalizations. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company that may be purchased by the Continental Small Company Series with respect to each country or region. As of December 31, 2009, for the Continental Small Company Series, the highest maximum market capitalization of a small company in any country or region in which the Continental Small Company Series invests was $3,769 million. This threshold will vary by country or region. For example, as of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered a small company in the EMU to have a market capitalization below $3,769 million, a small company in Denmark to have a market capitalization below $2,309 million, and a small company in Sweden to have a market capitalization below $3,448 million. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Continental Small Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small companies located in continental Europe.

The Advisor will establish a minimum market capitalization that a company must meet in order to be considered for purchase, which minimum will change due to market conditions. The Continental Small Company Series intends to invest in the stock of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. The Advisor may in its discretion either limit further investments in a particular country or divest the Continental Small Company Series of holdings in a particular country. See “Portfolio ConstructionSmall Company Funds.”

The Continental Small Company Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to the continental European equity markets or other equity markets, including the United States, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Continental Small Company Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

The investment objective of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Portfolio will concentrate its investments in a broad and diverse set of securities of non-U.S. companies principally engaged in the real estate industry with a particular focus on non-U.S. REITs and companies the Advisor considers to be REIT-like entities. The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio considers a company to be principally engaged in the real estate industry if the company’s principal activities include development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial or industrial real estate. REIT-like entities are types of real estate companies that pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests.

Under normal market conditions, the DFA International Real Estate Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries. The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio purchases non-U.S. real estate securities of companies associated with Approved Markets (For a description of the securities and countries approved for investment, see “International Portfolios—Approved Markets”).

The Advisor has prepared and will maintain a schedule of eligible investments consisting of equity securities of non-U.S. companies in the real estate industry as described above. It is the intention of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio to invest in the securities of eligible companies generally using a market capitalization weighted approach to determine individual security weights and country weights. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.” The use of a market capitalization weighted approach may result in the Portfolio having more than 25% of its assets in companies located in a single country.

While a company’s stock may meet the applicable criteria described above, the stock may not be purchased by the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio if, in the judgment of the Advisor, the issuer is in extreme financial difficulty or is involved in a merger or consolidation or is the subject of an acquisition that

 

139


Table of Contents

could result in the company no longer being considered principally engaged in the real estate business or if the Advisor determines, in its judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate given other conditions.

If securities must be sold in order to obtain funds to make redemption payments, such securities may be repurchased by the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, as additional cash becomes available to the Portfolio. However, the Portfolio has retained the right to borrow to make redemption payments and also is authorized to redeem its shares in kind. See “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” Further, because the securities of certain companies whose shares are eligible for purchase are thinly traded, the Portfolio might not be able to purchase the number of shares that would otherwise be purchased using strict market capitalization weighting.

Investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Portfolio will receive dividend income. Periodically, the Advisor may expand the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio’s schedule of eligible investments to include equity securities of eligible companies and countries to respond to market events, new listings and/or new legal structures in non-U.S. markets, among others.

The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to equity markets, including the United States, both within and outside the real estate industry, and for the purposes of gaining exposure to the equity markets, while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Emerging Markets Portfolio,

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, and

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Portfolio, the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Emerging Markets Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The Emerging Markets Series of the Trust (the “Emerging Markets Series”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The Emerging Markets Value Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (the “Emerging Markets Value Fund”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The Emerging Markets Value Fund pursues its objective through investment primarily in emerging market equity securities. The Emerging Markets Series and the Emerging Markets Value Fund are referred to collectively as the “Emerging Markets Master Funds.” The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. Each of the Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in companies associated with emerging markets, including frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development), designated as Approved Markets by the Investment Committee of the Advisor (For a description of the securities and countries approved for investment, see “International Portfolios—Approved Markets”). Each Emerging Markets Master Fund and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio invests its assets primarily in Approved Market equity securities listed on bona fide securities exchanges or actively traded on over-the-counter markets.

The Emerging Markets Value Fund seeks to achieve its objective by purchasing emerging market equity securities that are deemed by the Advisor to be value stocks at the time of purchase. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because they have a high book value in relation to their market value. In assessing value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios, as well as

 

140


Table of Contents

economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio will seek to purchase a broad and diverse group of securities, with an increased exposure to securities of small cap issuers and securities that it considers to be value securities. In assessing value, the Advisor may consider factors such as the issuer’s securities having a high book value in relation to their market value, as well as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

Each of the Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may not invest in all such companies or Approved Markets described above or achieve approximate market weights, for reasons which include constraints imposed within Approved Markets (e.g., restrictions on purchases by foreigners) and each Emerging Markets Master Fund’s and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio’s policy not to invest more than 25% of its assets in any one industry.

In determining what countries are eligible markets for the Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, the Advisor may consider various factors, including without limitation, the data, analysis, and classification of countries published or disseminated by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (commonly known as the World Bank), the International Finance Corporation, FTSE International, Morgan Stanley Capital International, Citigroup and the Heritage Foundation. Approved emerging markets may not include all such emerging markets. In determining whether to approve markets for investment, the Advisor will take into account, among other things, market liquidity, relative availability of investor information, government regulation, including fiscal and foreign exchange repatriation rules and the availability of other access to these markets for the Emerging Markets Series, the Emerging Markets Value Fund and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio.

Pending the investment of new capital in Approved Markets securities, the Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio will typically invest in money market instruments or other highly liquid debt instruments including those denominated in U.S. dollars (including, without limitation, repurchase agreements). In addition, each Emerging Markets Master Fund and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, may, for liquidity, or for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market or economic or political conditions warrant, purchase highly liquid debt instruments or hold freely convertible currencies, although each Emerging Markets Master Fund does not expect the aggregate of all such amounts to exceed 10% of its net assets under normal circumstances and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio does not expect the aggregate of all such amounts to exceed 20% of its net assets under normal circumstances.

The Emerging Markets Master Funds and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio also may invest up to 10% of their total assets in shares of other investment companies that invest in one or more Approved Markets, although they intend to do so only where access to those markets is otherwise significantly limited. In some Approved Markets, it will be necessary or advisable for an Emerging Markets Master Fund or the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio to establish a wholly owned subsidiary or a trust for the purpose of investing in the local markets.

The Emerging Markets Series’ policy of seeking broad market diversification means that the Advisor will not utilize “fundamental” securities research techniques in identifying securities selections. The decision to include or exclude the shares of an issuer will be made primarily on the basis of such issuer’s relative market capitalization determined by reference to other companies located in the same country. Company size is measured in terms of reference to other companies located in the same country and in terms of local currencies in order to eliminate the effect of variations in currency exchange rates.

The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio seeks broad market diversification with an increased exposure to securities of small cap issuers and securities that it considers to be value securities. The Advisor will not utilize “fundamental” securities research techniques in identifying securities selections for the Emerging Markets Core

 

141


Table of Contents

Equity Portfolio. Even though a company’s stock may meet the applicable market capitalization criterion for a Series or the Emerging Markets Value Fund’s or Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio’s criterion for investment, it may not be included for one or more of a number of reasons. For example, in the Advisor’s judgment, the issuer may be considered in extreme financial difficulty or a material portion of its securities may be closely held and not likely available to support market liquidity. To this extent, there will be the exercise of discretion and consideration by the Advisor in purchasing securities in an Approved Market and in determining the allocation of investments among Approved Markets.

Changes in the composition and relative ranking (in terms of book to market ratio) of the stocks which are eligible for purchase by the Emerging Markets Value Fund take place with every trade when the securities markets are open for trading due primarily to price fluctuations of such securities. On a periodic basis, the Advisor will identify value stocks that are eligible for investment and re-evaluate eligible value stocks no less than semi-annually.

The Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio do not seek current income as an investment objective, and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in an Emerging Markets Master Fund or the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio will receive dividend income.

The Emerging Markets Master Funds and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may also invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to Approved Markets or other equity markets, including the United States, for the purposes of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Emerging Markets Master Funds and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Portfolio Construction—Small Company Funds

Each of the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, the International Small Company Portfolio and the International Small Company Master Funds (collectively the “Small Company Funds”) intends to invest in the securities of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.” The following discussion applies to the investment policies of the Small Company Funds.

The decision to include or exclude the shares of an issuer will be made on the basis of such issuer’s relative market capitalization determined by reference to other companies located in the same country or region. Company size is measured in terms of local currencies in order to eliminate the effect of variations in currency exchange rates. Even though a company’s stock may meet the applicable market capitalization criterion, it may not be purchased if (i) in the Advisor’s judgment, the issuer is in extreme financial difficulty, (ii) the issuer is involved in a merger or consolidation or is the subject of an acquisition, (iii) a significant portion of the issuer’s securities are closely held, or (iv) the Advisor determines, in its judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate given other conditions. Further, securities of REITs will not be acquired (except as part of a merger, consolidation or acquisition of assets).

If securities must be sold in order to obtain funds to make redemption payments, such securities may be repurchased, as additional cash becomes available. In most instances, however, management would anticipate selling securities which had appreciated sufficiently to be eligible for sale and, therefore, would not need to repurchase such securities.

Generally, current income is not sought as an investment objective and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be selected for investment do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that dividend income will be received.

 

142


Table of Contents

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach

The portfolio structures of the U.S. Large Cap Value Series, each U.S. Value Portfolio, each U.S. Small Company Portfolio, the Large Cap International Portfolio, the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the International Value Series, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio and each International Small Company Master Fund involve market capitalization weighting in determining individual security weights and, where applicable, country or region weights. Market capitalization weighting means each security is generally purchased based on the issuer’s relative market capitalization. Market capitalization weighting will be adjusted by the Advisor for a variety of factors. The Advisor may consider such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors determined to be appropriate by the Advisor given market conditions. The Advisor may deviate from market capitalization weighting to limit or fix the exposure of a Portfolio or Master Fund to a particular issuer to a maximum proportion of the assets of the Portfolio or Master Fund. The Advisor may exclude the stock of a company that meets applicable market capitalization criterion if the Advisor determines, in its judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate in light of other conditions. These adjustments will result in a deviation from traditional market capitalization weighting.

Adjustment for free float adjusts market capitalization weighting to exclude the share capital of a company that is not freely available for trading in the public equity markets by international investors. For example, the following types of shares may be excluded: (i) those held by strategic investors (such as governments, controlling shareholders and management), (ii) treasury shares, or (iii) shares subject to foreign ownership restrictions.

Deviation from market capitalization weighting also will occur because the Advisor generally intends to purchase in round lots. Furthermore, the Advisor may reduce the relative amount of any security held in order to retain sufficient portfolio liquidity. A portion, but generally not in excess of 20% of assets, may be invested in interest bearing obligations, such as money market instruments, thereby causing further deviation from market capitalization weighting. A further deviation may occur due to investments in privately placed convertible debentures.

Block purchases of eligible securities may be made at opportune prices, even though such purchases exceed the number of shares that, at the time of purchase, adherence to a market capitalization weighted approach would otherwise require. In addition, securities eligible for purchase or otherwise represented in a Portfolio or Master Fund may be acquired in exchange for the issuance of shares. See “PURCHASE OF SHARES—In Kind Purchases.” While such transactions might cause a deviation from market capitalization weighting, they would ordinarily be made in anticipation of further growth of assets.

Changes in the composition and relative ranking (in terms of market capitalization) of the stocks that are eligible for purchase take place with every trade when the securities markets are open for trading due, primarily, to price fluctuations of such securities. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor will identify companies whose stock is eligible for investment by a Portfolio or Master Fund. Additional investments generally will not be made in securities that have changed in value sufficiently to be excluded from the Advisor’s then current market capitalization requirement for eligible portfolio securities. This may result in further deviation from market capitalization weighting. Such deviation could be substantial if a significant amount of holdings of a Portfolio or Master Fund change in value sufficiently to be excluded from the requirement for eligible securities, but not by a sufficient amount to warrant their sale.

Country weights may be based on the total market capitalization of companies within each country. The calculation of country market capitalization may take into consideration the free float of companies within a country or whether these companies are eligible to be purchased for the particular strategy. In addition, to maintain a satisfactory level of diversification, the Investment Committee may limit or fix the exposure to a particular country or region to a maximum proportion of the assets of that vehicle. Country weights may also deviate from target weights due to general day-to-day trading patterns and price movements. As a result, the weighting of certain countries may vary from their weighting in published international indices.

 

143


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND

POLICIES—FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIOS

Description of Investments of the Fixed Income Portfolios

The following is a description of the categories of investments that may be acquired by the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio (the “One-Year Portfolio”), DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Two-Year Global Portfolio”), DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio (the “Five-Year Government Portfolio”), DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Five-Year Global Portfolio”), DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Intermediate Government Portfolio”) and DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio (the “Inflation-Protected Portfolio”) (collectively, the “Fixed Income Portfolios”) and the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio:

 

     Permissible Categories:

One-Year Portfolio

   1-8,11

Two-Year Global Portfolio

   1-11

Five-Year Government Portfolio

   1,2,6,11

Five-Year Global Portfolio

   1-11

Intermediate Government Portfolio

   1,2,6,7,8,11

Inflation-Protected Portfolio

   1,2,6,11

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   1-11

1. U.S. Government Obligations—Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury which are direct obligations of the U.S. government, including bills, notes and bonds.

2. U.S. Government Agency Obligations—Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities and federal agencies, which have different levels of credit support. The U.S. government agency obligations include, but are not limited to, securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, including Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government may be supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limits, such as securities issued by Federal Home Loan Banks, or are supported only by the credit of such agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.

3. Corporate Debt Obligations—Nonconvertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures), which are issued by companies whose commercial paper is rated Prime1 by Moody’s or A1 or better by S&P or F1 or better by Fitch and dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S. If the issuer’s commercial paper is unrated, then the debt security would have to be rated at least AA by S&P or Aa2 by Moody’s or AA by Fitch. If there is neither a commercial paper rating nor a rating of the debt security, then the Advisor must determine that the debt security is of comparable quality to equivalent issues of the same issuer rated at least AA or Aa2.

4. Bank Obligations—Obligations of U.S. banks and savings and loan associations and dollar-denominated obligations of U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, such as certificates of deposit (including marketable variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits and bankers’ acceptances. Bank certificates of deposit will only be acquired from banks having assets in excess of $1,000,000,000.

5. Commercial Paper—Rated, at the time of purchase, A1 or better by S&P or Prime1 by Moody’s, or F1 or better by Fitch or, if unrated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated Aaa by Moody’s or AAA by S&P or AAA by Fitch.

6. Repurchase Agreements—Instruments through which the Fixed Income Portfolios and the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio purchase securities (“underlying securities”) from a bank or a registered U.S.

 

144


Table of Contents

government securities dealer, with an agreement by the seller to repurchase the securities at an agreed price, plus interest at a specified rate. The underlying securities will be limited to U.S. government and agency obligations described in (1) and (2) above. The Fixed Income Portfolios and the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will not enter into a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days if, as a result, more than 10% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be so invested. In addition, a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days will be subject to a Portfolio’s illiquid securities policy. The Fixed Income Portfolios and the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio also will only invest in repurchase agreements with a bank if the bank has at least $1,000,000,000 in assets and is approved by the Investment Committee of the Advisor. The Advisor will monitor the market value of the securities plus any accrued interest thereon so that they will at least equal the repurchase price.

7. Foreign Government and Agency Obligations—Bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, or their agencies and instrumentalities.

8. Supranational Organization Obligations—Debt securities of supranational organizations such as the European Coal and Steel Community, the European Economic Community and the World Bank, which are chartered to promote economic development.

9. Foreign Issuer Obligations—Debt securities of non-U.S. issuers rated AA or better by S&P or Aa2 or better by Moody’s or AA or better by Fitch.

10. Eurodollar Obligations—Debt securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States.

11. Money Market Funds—The Fixed Income Portfolios and the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

The categories of investments that may be acquired by each of the Fixed Income Portfolios and the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio (other than Intermediate Government Portfolio) may include both fixed and floating rate securities. Floating rate securities bear interest at rates that vary with prevailing market rates. Interest rate adjustments are made periodically (e.g., every six months), usually based on a money market index such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the Treasury bill rate.

Investments in the Banking Industry

As of the date of this Prospectus, the One-Year Portfolio is concentrating its investments in the banking industry. The One-Year Portfolio and the Two-Year Global Portfolio will invest more than 25% of their total respective assets in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for trading. For purposes of this policy, the Advisor considers eligible portfolio investments to be those securities that are on the Advisor’s then current buy list that are available for purchase. This policy can only be changed by a vote of shareholders. When investment in such obligations exceeds 25% of the total net assets of either of these Portfolios such Portfolio will be considered to be concentrating its investments in the banking industry. Once a Portfolio concentrates its investments in the banking industry, the Portfolio may remain concentrated in the banking industry until the purchase of new investments in the normal course of executing the Portfolio’s investment strategy result in less than 25% of the Portfolio’s total assets consisting of banking industry securities.

The types of bank and bank holding company obligations in which the Portfolios may invest include: dollar-denominated certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and other debt obligations issued in

 

145


Table of Contents

the United States provided such obligations meet each Portfolio’s established credit rating criteria as stated under “Description of Investments of the Fixed Income Portfolios.” In addition, the Portfolios are authorized to invest more than 25% of their total assets in Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities.

Portfolio Strategies of the Fixed Income Portfolios

The One-Year Portfolio, Two-Year Global Portfolio, Intermediate Government Portfolio, Five-Year Government Portfolio and Inflation-Protected Portfolio will be managed with a view to capturing credit risk premiums and term or maturity premiums. The term “credit risk premium” means the anticipated incremental return on investment for holding obligations considered to have greater credit risk than direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, and “maturity risk premium” means the anticipated incremental return on investment for holding securities having maturities of longer than one month compared to securities having a maturity of one month. The Advisor believes that credit risk premiums are available largely through investment in commercial paper, certificates of deposit and corporate obligations. The holding period for assets of the Portfolios will be chosen with a view to maximizing anticipated returns, net of trading costs.

The One-Year Portfolio, Two-Year Global Portfolio, Five-Year Government Portfolio and Five-Year Global Portfolio may engage in frequent trading of portfolio securities and, therefore, are expected to have a high portfolio turnover rate. The rate of portfolio turnover will depend upon market and other conditions; it will not be a limiting factor when management believes that portfolio changes are appropriate. While the Portfolios acquire securities in principal transactions and, therefore, do not pay brokerage commissions, the spread between the bid and asked prices of a security may be considered to be a “cost” of trading. Such costs ordinarily increase with trading activity. However, securities ordinarily will be sold when, in the Advisor’s judgment, the monthly return of a Portfolio will be increased as a result of portfolio transactions after taking into account the cost of trading. It is anticipated that short-term instruments will be acquired in the primary and secondary markets. A high portfolio turnover rate may have negative tax consequences to shareholders and may result in increased trading costs.

The Five-Year Global Portfolio will be managed with a view to capturing credit risk premiums and maturity risk premiums. Ordinarily, the Portfolio will invest primarily in obligations issued or guaranteed by foreign governments and their agencies and instrumentalities, obligations of other foreign issuers rated AA or better and supranational organizations. The Portfolio will own obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities also. At times when, in the Advisor’s judgment, eligible foreign securities do not offer maturity risk premiums that compare favorably with those offered by eligible U.S. securities, the Portfolio will be invested primarily in the latter securities.

 

146


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND

POLICIES—ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS

The Advisor seeks to construct a diversified portfolio for each of the Global Equity Portfolio, Global 60/40 Portfolio (the “60/40 Portfolio”) and Global 25/75 Portfolio (the “25/75 Portfolio” and together with the Global Equity Portfolio and the 60/40 Portfolio, the “Allocation Portfolios”) by purchasing shares of Underlying Funds that invest in equity securities of domestic issuers (the “Domestic Equity Underlying Funds”) and international issuers (the “International Equity Underlying Funds” and together with the Domestic Equity Underlying Funds, the “Equity Underlying Funds”). The 60/40 Portfolio and 25/75 Portfolio will also purchase shares of Underlying Funds that invest in fixed income securities of domestic and international issuers (the “Fixed Income Underlying Funds”).

The Underlying Funds in which each Allocation Portfolio may invest, each Allocation Portfolio’s allocation with respect to each Underlying Fund, the target asset allocation and allocation range between Equity Underlying Funds and Fixed Income Underlying Funds, and the investment policies of the Underlying Funds, may be changed at any time by the Advisor without shareholder approval.

Global Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the Global Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. To achieve its investment objective, the Global Equity Portfolio generally allocates its assets to a combination of Equity Underlying Funds. The Global Equity Portfolio may invest its assets in both Domestic Equity Underlying Funds and International Equity Underlying Funds. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Global Equity Portfolio intends to invest in the Domestic Equity Underlying Funds and International Equity Underlying Funds listed below under the heading “Asset Allocation Investment Approach.”

Periodically, the Advisor will review the allocations for the Global Equity Portfolio in each Underlying Fund. From time to time, the Advisor may add or remove Underlying Funds in the Global Equity Portfolio without notice to shareholders. In addition, when the Advisor determines that market forces have caused fundamental changes in the relative values of the assets of the Underlying Funds, the Advisor may modify the allocations of the Global Equity Portfolio. To maintain target allocations, adjustments may be made by purchasing or selling shares of the Underlying Funds or applying future investments and redemptions by the Global Equity Portfolio in proportions necessary to rebalance the investments in the Underlying Funds.

By investing all of its assets in Equity Underlying Funds, the Global Equity Portfolio is expected to provide the most aggressive equity exposure of the three Allocation Portfolios, and hence, corresponding level of overall risk.

As a non-fundamental investment policy, under normal circumstances, the Global Equity Portfolio will generally invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities (in the form of shares of the Equity Underlying Funds).

In addition to other short-term investments, the Global Equity Portfolio and each Underlying Fund may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Global 60/40 Portfolio

The investment objective of the 60/40 Portfolio is to seek total return consisting of capital appreciation and current income. To achieve its investment objective, the 60/40 Portfolio, under normal market circumstances, allocates its assets to Underlying Funds that invest in equity and fixed income securities. Generally, the 60/40

 

147


Table of Contents

Portfolio invests its assets in Equity Underlying Funds and Fixed Income Underlying Funds to achieve an allocation of approximately 40% to 80% (with a target allocation of approximately 60%) of the Portfolio’s assets to Equity Underlying Funds and 20% to 60% (with a target allocation of approximately 40%) of its assets to Fixed Income Underlying Funds. With respect to investments in Equity Underlying Funds, the 60/40 Portfolio may invest its assets in both Domestic Equity Underlying Funds and International Equity Underlying Funds. As of the date of this Prospectus, the 60/40 Portfolio intends to invest in the Domestic Equity Underlying Funds, International Equity Underlying Funds and Fixed Income Underlying Funds listed below under the heading “Asset Allocation Investment Approach.”

Periodically, the Advisor will review the allocations for the 60/40 Portfolio in each Underlying Fund. From time to time, the Advisor may add or remove Underlying Funds in the 60/40 Portfolio without notice to shareholders. In addition, when the Advisor determines that market forces have caused fundamental changes in the relative values of the assets of the Underlying Funds, the Advisor may modify the allocations of the 60/40 Portfolio. To maintain target allocations, adjustments may be made by purchasing or selling shares of the Underlying Funds or applying future investments and redemptions by the 60/40 Portfolio in proportions necessary to rebalance the investments in the Underlying Funds.

By investing its assets in Underlying Funds that invest in a variety of equity and fixed income securities, the 60/40 Portfolio is expected to fall in between the other two Portfolios with regard to expected equity exposure. As a result, the 60/40 Portfolio’s risk is also expected to fall between the risks of the Global Equity Portfolio and 25/75 Portfolio.

In addition to other short-term investments, the 60/40 Portfolio and each Underlying Fund may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Global 25/75 Portfolio

The investment objective of the 25/75 Portfolio is to seek total return consistent with current income and preservation of capital with some capital appreciation. To achieve its investment objective, the 25/75 Portfolio, under normal market circumstances, allocates the majority of its assets to Fixed Income Underlying Funds, but the Portfolio also invests a small portion of its assets to Equity Underlying Funds. Generally, the 25/75 Portfolio invests its assets in Equity Underlying Funds and Fixed Income Underlying Funds to achieve an allocation of approximately 5% to 45% (with a target allocation of approximately 25%) of the Portfolio’s assets to Equity Underlying Funds and approximately 55% to 95% (with a target allocation of approximately 75%) of the Portfolio’s assets to Fixed Income Underlying Funds. As of the date of this Prospectus, the 25/75 Portfolio intends to invest in the Domestic Equity Underlying Funds, International Equity Underlying Funds and Fixed Income Underlying Funds listed below under the heading “Asset Allocation Investment Approach.”

Periodically, the Advisor will review the allocations for the 25/75 Portfolio in each Underlying Fund. From time to time, the Advisor may add or remove Underlying Funds in the 25/75 Portfolio without notice to shareholders. When the Advisor determines that market forces have caused fundamental changes in the relative values of the assets of the Underlying Funds, the Advisor may modify the allocations of the 25/75 Portfolio. To maintain target allocations, adjustments may be made by purchasing and selling shares of the Underlying Funds or applying future investments and redemptions by the 25/75 Portfolio in proportions necessary to rebalance the investments in the Underlying Fund.

By investing the majority of its assets in Fixed Income Underlying Funds, the 25/75 Portfolio is expected to provide lower equity exposure than the other two Allocation Portfolios, and hence, lower levels of overall risk.

In addition to other short-term investments, the 25/75 Portfolio and each Underlying Fund may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment or

 

148


Table of Contents

to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Asset Allocation Investment Approach

The Allocation Portfolios provide investors with an option to choose one of three diversified investment portfolios, which combine multiple equity investment strategies with varying levels of fixed income strategies. The Advisor employs different asset allocation strategies for each Allocation Portfolio by purchasing shares of Underlying Funds that invest in equity securities of domestic and international issuers in different proportions for each Allocation Portfolio, and shares of Underlying Funds that invest in fixed income securities of domestic and international issuers in different proportions for the 60/40 Portfolio and 25/75 Portfolio. The target allocation of assets between Equity Underlying Funds and Fixed Income Underlying Funds, and the range of allocations for each Allocation Portfolio, under normal circumstances, are shown in the table below:

 

     Global Equity
Portfolio
Allocation
   Global 60/40
Portfolio
Allocation
   Global 25/75
Portfolio
Allocation
     Target    Range    Target    Range    Target    Range

Equity Underlying Funds

   100%    90%–100%    60%    40%–80%    25%    5%–45%

Fixed Income Underlying Funds

       0%    0%    40%    20%–60%    75%    55%–95%

Each Allocation Portfolio’s target allocation generally relates to a different level of equity and fixed income exposure, and hence, a different level of overall risk. The Global Equity Portfolio seeks to provide maximum capital appreciation, resulting in the highest level of equity risk of the three Portfolios. The 25/75 Portfolio seeks to provide investors with a return consistent with relatively low levels of equity risk. The 60/40 Portfolio’s equity risk level falls between that of the Global Equity and 25/75 Portfolios.

As of the date of this Prospectus, each Allocation Portfolio is expected to invest mainly in the Underlying Funds listed below, each an investment portfolio of the DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (the “Fund”), except that the Global Equity Portfolio is not expected to invest in the Fixed Income Underlying Funds. While each Allocation Portfolio currently intends to invest in the Underlying Funds identified below, each Allocation Portfolio may add or eliminate Underlying Funds as may be determined from time to time by the Advisor without notice to shareholders.

Domestic Equity Underlying Funds—DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio and U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio.

International Equity Underlying Funds—International Core Equity Portfolio and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio.

Fixed Income Underlying Funds—DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio and DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio.

Investments in Underlying Funds

Investment Objectives, Strategies and Policies of the Underlying Funds

The following is a summary of the investment strategies, objectives and policies of the Underlying Funds in which the Allocation Portfolios invest as of the date of this Prospectus. Additional information concerning the investment policies of the Underlying Funds may be found in the Portfolios’ Statement of Additional Information.

Domestic Equity Underlying Funds

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio—An Underlying Fund that invests in publicly traded real estate investment trusts (REITs) using a market capitalization weighted approach. For more information about the DFA

 

149


Table of Contents

Real Estate Securities Portfolio, see the “DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio” and the “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES—EQUITY PORTFOLIOS—DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio” sections of this Prospectus.

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio—An Underlying Fund that purchases a broad portfolio of U.S. operating companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies. For more information about the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, see the “U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio” and the “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES-EQUITY PORTFOLIOS—U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio” sections of this Prospectus.

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio—An Underlying Fund that purchases a broad portfolio of U.S. operating companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio invests with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies than U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio. For more information about the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, see the “U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio” and the “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES—EQUITY PORTFOLIOS—U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio” sections of this Prospectus.

International Equity Underlying Funds

International Core Equity Portfolio—An Underlying Fund that purchases a broad portfolio of non-U.S. companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies. For more information about the International Core Equity Portfolio, see the “International Core Equity Portfolio” and the “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES-EQUITY PORTFOLIOS—International Core Equity Portfolio” sections of this Prospectus.

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio—An Underlying Fund that purchase a broad portfolio of emerging markets companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies. For more information about the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, see the “Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio” and the “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES—EQUITY PORTFOLIOS—Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio” sections of this Prospectus.

Fixed Income Underlying Funds

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio—An Underlying Fund that seeks to maximize risk-adjusted total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in two years or less. For more information about the DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, see the “DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio” and the “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES—FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIOS” sections of this Prospectus.

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio—An Underlying Fund that seeks to maximize risk-adjusted total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in five years or less. For more information about the DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, see the “DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio” and the “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES—FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIOS” sections of this Prospectus.

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio—The DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio”) seeks to maximize total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in two years or less. The Portfolio may selectively hedge its foreign currency risks depending on market conditions. The debt securities in which the Portfolio may invest include obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other

 

150


Table of Contents

domestic and foreign issuers, securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States, and obligations of supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers that are located in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the OECD. However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. The fixed income securities in which the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio invests are considered investment grade at the time of purchase. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities. It is the policy of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio that the weighted average length of maturity of its investments will not exceed two years. However, investments may be made in obligations maturing in a shorter time period (from overnight, to up to two years from the date of settlement).

Because many of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio’s investments may be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio may hedge the currency exposure of the foreign securities by entering into foreign forward currency contracts, or leave some or all of the currency exposure unhedged, to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The decision to hedge the Portfolio’s currency exposure with respect to a foreign market will be based on, among other things, a comparison of the respective foreign and U.S. short-term interest rates and the Portfolio’s existing exposure to a given foreign currency. The Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry by Certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds” below for additional information.

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio—An Underlying Fund that seeks to maximize risk-adjusted total returns from a universe of inflation-protected securities that are structured to provide a total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long-term. For more information about the DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, see the “DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio” and the “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES—FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIOS” sections of this Prospectus.

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio—The DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio (the “Extended Quality Portfolio”) seeks to maximize total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign corporate debt securities with an investment grade credit rating. The Extended Quality Portfolio invests with an emphasis on a universe of U.S. and foreign corporate debt securities the Advisor considers to be of extended quality as they are rated in the lower half of the investment grade spectrum (i.e., rated BBB- to A+ by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) or Baa3 to A1 by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”)). The Portfolio will not emphasize investments in the lower half of the investment grade spectrum, however, when the Advisor believes the credit risk premium does not warrant the investment. The Portfolio will also invest in higher-rated corporate debt securities, obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers having investment grade ratings, securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States, and obligations of supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers that are located in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the OECD. However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well.

 

151


Table of Contents

The Extended Quality Portfolio primarily invests in securities that mature within five years from the date of settlement and maintains an average portfolio duration of three years or less. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a fixed income security that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. The longer a security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities considered to be investment grade quality.

The Extended Quality Portfolio’s investments may include foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies. The Portfolio intends to hedge any foreign currency exposure to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The Portfolio may hedge such currency exposure by entering into foreign forward currency contracts. The Portfolio also may enter into credit default swaps on issuers or indices to buy or sell credit protection to hedge its credit exposure; gain market or issuer exposure without owning the underlying securities; or increase the Portfolio’s total return. The Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, for non-hedging purposes as a substitute for direct investment or to allow the Portfolio to remain fully invested while maintaining the liquidity required to pay redemptions.

The Extended Quality Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry by Certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds” below for additional information.

Investments in the Banking Industry by Certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds

The Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio will invest more than 25% of their total respective assets in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the NYSE is open for trading. For purposes of this policy, the Advisor considers eligible portfolio investments to be those securities that are on the Advisor’s then current buy list that are available for purchase. This policy can only be changed by a vote of shareholders. When investment in such obligations exceeds 25% of the total net assets of any of these Portfolios such Portfolio will be considered to be concentrating its investments in the banking industry. Once the Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio or Extended Quality Portfolio concentrates its investments in the banking industry, the Portfolio may remain concentrated in the banking industry until the purchase of new investments in the normal course of executing the Portfolio’s investment strategy result in less than 25% of the Portfolio’s total assets consisting of banking industry securities.

The types of bank and bank holding company obligations in which the Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio may invest include: dollar-denominated certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and other debt obligations issued in the United States provided such obligations meet each Portfolio’s established credit rating criteria as stated under “Description of Investments of the Fixed Income Underlying Funds.” In addition, the Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio are authorized to invest more than 25% of their total assets in Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities. The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio may also invest in non-dollar denominated certificates.

 

152


Table of Contents

Additional Risks of the Underlying Funds

The investment performance of each of the Allocation Portfolios is affected by the investment performance of the Underlying Funds in which an Allocation Portfolio invests. The ability of an Allocation Portfolio to achieve its investment objective depends on the ability of the Underlying Funds to meet their investment objectives and on the Advisor’s decisions regarding the allocation of the Allocation Portfolio’s assets among the Underlying Funds. Through their investments in Underlying Funds, the Allocation Portfolios are subject to the risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments. In addition to the risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments described in “PRINCIPAL RISKS” for each Allocation Portfolio, certain other risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments are described below.

Risks of Concentrating in the Real Estate Industry: The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio in which each of the Portfolios invests may be concentrated in the real estate industry. The exclusive focus of DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio on the real estate industry will cause DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio to be exposed to the general risks of direct real estate ownership. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio in which each of the Portfolios invests is subject to this risk. The value of securities in the real estate industry can be affected by changes in real estate values and rental income, property taxes, interest rates, and tax and regulatory requirements. Investing in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and REIT-like entities involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. REITs and REIT-like entities are dependent upon management skill, may not be diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency and self-liquidation. REITs and REIT-like entities also are subject to the possibility of failing to qualify for tax free pass-through of income. Also, because REITs and REIT-like entities typically are invested in a limited number of projects or in a particular market segment, these entities are more susceptible to adverse developments affecting a single project or market segment than more broadly diversified investments. The performance of an Underlying Fund concentrated in the real estate industry may be materially different from the broad equity market.

Inflation-Protected Securities Interest Rate Risk: The Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio in which each of the 60/40 Portfolio and 25/75 Portfolio invests is subject to this risk. Inflation-protected securities may react differently from other fixed income securities to changes in interest rates. Because interest rates on inflation-protected securities are adjusted for inflation, the values of these securities are not materially affected by inflation expectations. Therefore, the value of inflation-protected securities are anticipated to change in response to changes in “real” interest rates, which represent nominal (stated) interest rates reduced by the expected impact of inflation. Generally, the value of an inflation-protected security will fall when real interest rates rise and will rise when real interest rates fall.

Risks of Investing for Inflation Protection: The Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio in which each of the 60/40 Portfolio and 25/75 Portfolio invests is subject to this risk. Because the interest and/or principal payments on an inflation-protected security are adjusted periodically for changes in inflation, the income distributed by the Inflation-Protected Portfolio may be irregular. Although the U.S. Treasury guarantees to pay at least the original face value of any inflation-protected securities the Treasury issues, other issuers may not offer the same guarantee. Also, inflation-protected securities, including those issued by the U.S. Treasury, are not protected against deflation. As a result, in a period of deflation, the inflation-protected securities held by the Portfolio may not pay any income and the Portfolio may suffer a loss during such periods. While inflation-protected securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in the Portfolio’s value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation, the Portfolio’s investment in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the securities’ inflation measures. In addition, positive adjustments to principal generally will result in taxable income to the Portfolio at the time of such adjustments (which generally would be distributed by the Portfolio as part of its taxable dividends), even though the principal amount is not paid until maturity. The current market value of inflation-protected securities is not guaranteed and will fluctuate.

 

153


Table of Contents

Portfolio Transactions—All Equity Portfolios

Securities will not be purchased or sold based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase. Securities which have depreciated in value since their acquisition will not be sold solely because prospects for the issuer are not considered attractive or due to an expected or realized decline in securities prices in general. Securities will not be sold to realize short-term profits, but when circumstances warrant, they may be sold without regard to the length of time held. Securities, including those eligible for purchase, may be disposed of, however, at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale, including but not limited to tender offers, mergers and similar transactions, or bids made for block purchases at opportune prices. Generally, securities will be purchased with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year and will be held until such time as they are no longer considered an appropriate holding in light of the investment policy of each Portfolio and Master Fund.

Other Information

Commodity Pool Operator Exemption

Each Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund is operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

Fund of Funds Portfolio Turnover

The portfolio turnover rate provided for the International Small Company Portfolio, Global Equity Portfolio, Global 60/40 Portfolio and Global 25/75 Portfolio (each a “fund of funds”) under the heading “Portfolio Turnover” for the respective Portfolio is unaudited. The portfolio turnover rate presented for each fund of funds was derived from the portfolio turnover rate of the Underlying Funds in which the fund of funds invests.

SECURITIES LOANS

All of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds are authorized to lend securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions for the purpose of earning additional income, although inasmuch as the Feeder Portfolios will only hold shares of a corresponding Master Fund, these Portfolios do not intend to lend those shares. While a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund may earn additional income from lending securities, such activity is incidental to the investment objective of a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund. For information concerning the revenue from securities lending, see “SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE.” The value of securities loaned may not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of a Portfolio‘s or Master Fund’s total assets, which includes the value of collateral received. To the extent a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund loans a portion of its securities, a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund will receive collateral consisting generally of cash or U.S. government securities, which will be maintained by marking to market daily in an amount equal to at least (i) 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, (ii) 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to U.S. securities, and (iii) 105% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to foreign securities. Subject to their stated investment policies, the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds will generally invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Money Market Series”), an affiliated registered money market fund advised by the Advisor for which the Advisor receives a management fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Money Market Series. The Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may also invest such collateral in securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, repurchase agreements collateralized by securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. For purposes of this paragraph, agencies include both agency debentures and agency mortgage backed securities.

 

154


Table of Contents

In addition, the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds will be able to terminate the loan at any time and will receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as amounts equal to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities. However, dividend income received from loaned securities may not be eligible to be taxed at qualified dividend income rates. See the SAI for a further discussion of the tax consequences related to securities lending. A Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund will be entitled to recall a loaned security in time to vote proxies or otherwise obtain rights to vote proxies of loaned securities if the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund knows a material event will occur. In the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower, DFA Investment Dimensions Group, Inc., Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”), Emerging Markets Value Fund or the Trust could experience delay in recovering the loaned securities or only recover cash or a security of equivalent value. See “PRINCIPAL RISKSSecurities Lending” for a discussion of the risks related to securities lending.

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the following Portfolios received the following net revenues from a securities lending program (see “SECURITIES LOANS”), which constituted a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio:

 

Portfolio/Master Fund

   Net Revenue    Percentage
of Net
Assets
 

U.S. Large Cap Value Series**

   $ 13,048,000    0.20

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 2,833,000    0.25

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   $ 2,723,000    0.17

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 5,784,000    0.20

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   $ 2,521,000    0.27

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio***

   $ 6,861,000    0.33

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 3,792,000    0.25

Large Cap International Portfolio

   $ 2,539,000    0.22

DFA International Value Portfolio*

   $ 9,229,000    0.26

International Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 7,668,000    0.28

International Small Company Portfolio*

   $ 13,207,000    0.39

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 2,060,000    0.41

Emerging Markets Portfolio*

   $ 3,108,000    0.20

Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund**

   $ 12,936,000    0.24

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 4,061,000    0.23

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio****

   $ 183,000    0.01

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio****

   $ 67,000    0.00

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 160,000    0.01

 

* A Portfolio with corresponding Master Fund(s) taxed as a partnership. “Net Revenue” reflects the proportional share of the securities lending revenue generated by the Master Fund(s) that was received by the Portfolio.
** A Master Fund taxed as a corporation during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 in which a Feeder Portfolio invests. “Net Revenue” reflects the total securities lending revenue generated by the Master Fund.
*** Prior to February 28, 2009, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio operated as Feeder Portfolio in a master/feeder structure. The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio invested all of its assets into The U.S. Small Cap Series prior to February 28, 2009 and the “Net Revenue” reflects the total securities lending revenue generated by The U.S. Small Cap Series and the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.
****

Prior to October 23, 2009, the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and the DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio each operated as a Feeder Portfolio in a master/feeder structure. The DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio invested all of its assets in The DFA One-Year Fixed Income Series and the

 

155


Table of Contents
 

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio invested all of its assets in The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Series prior to October 23, 2009. For the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, the “Net Revenue” reflects the total securities lending revenue generated by the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and the proportional share of securities lending revenue generated by The DFA One-Year Fixed Income Series that was received by the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio. For the DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, the “Net Revenue” reflects the total securities lending revenue generated by the DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and the proportional share of securities lending revenue generated by The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Series that was received by the DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

The Advisor serves as investment advisor to the Portfolios and the Master Funds. Pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement with each Non-Feeder Portfolio and Master Fund, the Advisor is responsible for the management of their respective assets. Additionally, pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement with each Feeder Portfolio, the Advisor, for no additional compensation, manages the portion of each Feeder Portfolio’s assets that are retained by the Feeder Portfolio for cash management purposes and, at its discretion, may make a determination to withdraw a Feeder Portfolio’s investment from its corresponding Master Fund to invest in another Master Fund if the Advisor believes it is in the best interests of the Feeder Portfolio and its shareholders to do so. The Portfolios and the Master Funds are managed using a team approach. The investment team includes the Investment Committee of the Advisor, portfolio managers and trading personnel.

The Investment Committee is composed primarily of certain officers and directors of the Advisor who are appointed annually. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Investment Committee has seven members. Investment strategies for all Portfolios and all Master Funds are set by the Investment Committee, which meets on a regular basis and also as needed to consider investment issues. The Investment Committee also sets and reviews all investment related policies and procedures and approves any changes in regards to approved countries, security types and brokers.

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the portfolios including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day to day management of the category of portfolios indicated.

 

Domestic equity portfolios and Allocation Portfolios

   Stephen A. Clark

International equity portfolios

   Stephen A. Clark,
Karen E. Umland,
Joseph H. Chi and
Jed S. Fogdall

Fixed income portfolios

   Stephen A. Clark and
David A. Plecha

Mr. Clark is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and chairman of the Investment Committee. Mr. Clark received his MBA from the University of Chicago and his BS from Bradley University. Mr. Clark joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2001 and has been responsible for the portfolio management group since January 2006.

Ms. Umland is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and a member of the Investment Committee. She received her BA from Yale University in 1988 and her MBA from the University of

 

156


Table of Contents

California at Los Angeles in 1993. Ms. Umland joined the Advisor in 1993 and has been a portfolio manager and responsible for the international equity portfolios since 1998.

Mr. Chi is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Chi has an MBA and BS from the University of California, Los Angeles and also a JD from the University of Southern California. Mr. Chi joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2005 and has been responsible for the international equity portfolios since 2010.

Mr. Fogdall is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Fogdall has an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles and a BS from Purdue University. Mr. Fogdall joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2004 and has been responsible for the international equity portfolios since 2010.

Mr. Plecha is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and a member of the Investment Committee. Mr. Plecha received his BS from the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor in 1983 and his MBA from the University of California at Los Angeles in 1987. Mr. Plecha has been a portfolio manager since 1989 and responsible for the fixed income portfolios since the end of 1991.

The Portfolios’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, and the portfolio manager’s ownership of Fund shares.

The Advisor provides the Portfolios, the Master Funds and Underlying Funds with a trading department and selects brokers and dealers to effect securities transactions. Securities transactions are placed with a view to obtaining best price and execution. The Advisor’s address is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. A discussion regarding the basis for the Boards of Trustees/Directors approving the investment management agreements with respect to the Portfolios and Master Funds, is available in the semi-annual reports for the Portfolios and Master Funds for the fiscal period ending April 30, 2009.

The Funds and the Master Funds bear all of their own costs and expenses, including: services of their independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, brokerage fees, commissions and transfer taxes in connection with the acquisition and disposition of portfolio securities, taxes, insurance premiums, costs incidental to meetings of their shareholders and directors or trustees, the cost of filing their registration statements under the federal securities laws and the cost of any filings required under state securities laws, reports to shareholders, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency, administrative services and custodian fees, except as provided in the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for certain classes of the Portfolios. Expenses allocable to a particular Portfolio or Master Fund or class of a Portfolio are so allocated. The expenses of a Fund which are not allocable to a particular Portfolio or class of a Portfolio are to be borne by each Portfolio or class of a Portfolio of the Fund on the basis of its relative net assets. Similarly, the expenses of the Trust which are not allocable to a particular Series are to be borne by each Master Fund on the basis of its relative net assets.

The Advisor has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. The Advisor is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. The Advisor controls Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”). As of January 31, 2010, assets under management for all Dimensional affiliated advisors totaled approximately $161 billion.

Management Fees

The Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table describes the fees incurred by a Portfolio for the services provided by the Advisor for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for each Feeder Portfolio includes the investment management fee that was payable by the Portfolio’s Master Fund to the Advisor and the administrative fee that was payable by the Portfolio to the Advisor. The “Management

 

157


Table of Contents

Fee” listed in the table for each of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, One-Year Portfolio and Two-Year Global Portfolio includes both an investment advisory fee and administrative fee that was payable by the Portfolio to the Advisor. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for each of the International Small Company Portfolio, Global Equity Portfolio, Global 60/40 Portfolio and Global 25/75 Portfolio provides the administrative fee that was payable by the Portfolio to the Advisor. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for the remaining Non-Feeder Portfolios provides the investment advisory fee that was payable by the respective Portfolio to the Advisor.

Investment Services—The International Core Equity Portfolio, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the Large Cap International Portfolio, the International Value Series, the Emerging Markets Series, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio and the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund

The Advisor has entered into Sub-Advisory Agreements with Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”), respectively, with respect to the International Core Equity Portfolio, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the Large Cap International Portfolio, the International Value Series, the Emerging Markets Series, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio and the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (individually a “Sub-Advised Portfolio” and, collectively, the “Sub-Advised Portfolios”). Pursuant to the terms of each Sub-Advisory Agreement, DFAL and DFA Australia each have the authority and responsibility to select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions for the Sub-Advised Portfolios. Each Sub-Advisor’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor will review the holdings of each Sub-Advised Portfolio and review the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by a Sub-Advised Portfolio and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFAL and DFA Australia. DFAL and DFA Australia maintain and furnish to the Advisor information and reports on companies in certain markets, including recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by each Sub-Advised Portfolio, as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. The Advisor controls DFAL and DFA Australia. DFA Australia is a U.S. federally registered investment advisor located at Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia. DFAL is a U.S. federally registered investment advisor located at 7 Down Street, London W1J7AJ, United Kingdom. DFAL is a member of the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”), a self-regulatory organization for investment managers operating under the laws of England.

Shareholder Services

On behalf of the Portfolios, the Funds enter into agreements with Shareholder Services Agents to provide shareholder servicing, recordkeeping, account maintenance and other services to shareholders of the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares. For the array of services provided to Class R1 shareholders, the Funds pay such Shareholder Services Agents an amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Class R1 shares for such services. For the array of services provided to Class R2 shareholders, the Funds pay such Shareholder Services Agents an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Class R2 shares for such services.

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive certain fees, including administration/advisory fees, and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares, as described in the notes below. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares below will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by a Fund or the Advisor.

 

158


Table of Contents

CLASS R1 SHARES

 

Portfolio

   Expense
Limits

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio(1)

   0.45%

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio(1)

   0.48%

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio(2)

   0.62%

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio(3)

   0.41%

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio(3)

   0.44%

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio(4)

   0.56%

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio(1)

   0.58%

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio(5)

   0.53%

Large Cap International Portfolio(5)

   0.49%

DFA International Value Portfolio(1)

   0.64%

International Core Equity Portfolio(3)

   0.61%

International Small Company Portfolio(6)

   0.61%

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio(4)

   0.74%

Emerging Markets Portfolio(1)

   0.80%

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio(1)

   0.81%

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio(4)

   0.87%

One-Year Portfolio(1)

   0.38%

Two-Year Global Portfolio(1)

   0.39%

Five-Year Government Portfolio(5)

   0.43%

Five-Year Global Portfolio(5)

   0.49%

Intermediate Government Portfolio(5)

   0.33%

Inflation-Protected Portfolio(4)

   0.40%

Global Equity Portfolio(7)

   See below

Global 60/40 Portfolio(7)

   See below

Global 25/75 Portfolio(7)

   See below

 

(1)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to assume the Portfolio’s direct expenses (excluding management fees and custodian fees) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Class R1 shares of each Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for such Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets as listed above.

(2)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its administration fee for the Class R1 shares of the Portfolio and to assume the Portfolio’s direct and indirect expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Class R1 shares of each Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rate listed above for such Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares’ annualized expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

(3)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its advisory fee for the Class R1 shares of each Portfolio and assume the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Class R1 shares of each Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for such Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to

 

159


Table of Contents
 

recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

(4)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its advisory fee for the Class R1 shares of each Portfolio and assume the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Class R1 shares of each Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for such Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

(5)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to assume certain ordinary operating expenses of the Class R1 shares of each Portfolio (excluding management fees, custodian fees and the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) to the extent necessary to limit the ordinary operating expenses of the Class R1 shares of a Portfolio (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of each Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for such Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

(6)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its administration fee for the Class R1 shares of the Portfolio and to assume the Portfolio’s other direct expenses (not including expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies) to the extent necessary to limit the direct expenses of the Class R1 shares of the Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement does not include the indirect expenses the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of its Master Fund. At any time that the direct expenses of the Portfolio are less than the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s direct expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

(7)

In order to limit the total administration and management fees received by the Advisor, the Advisor has agreed to waive the administration fee each Portfolio pays to the Advisor to the extent necessary to limit the proportionate share of the total combined administration fee paid by each Portfolio and management fees paid by each Portfolio’s Underlying Funds to the Advisor to 0.27% for the Global Equity Portfolio, to 0.25% for the 60/40 Portfolio and to 0.22% for the 25/75 Portfolio. The maximum amount waived under this waiver is the full amount of a Portfolio’s administration fee to the Advisor. At any time that the rate of the fees and annualized expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for the Portfolio on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares’ fees or expenses to exceed the fee or expense limitations listed above. The Portfolios are not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees waived or expenses assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

 

160


Table of Contents

CLASS R2 SHARES

 

Portfolio

   Expense
Limits

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio(1)

   0.60%

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio(1)

   0.63%

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio(2)

   0.77%

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio(3)

   0.56%

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio(3)

   0.59%

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio(4)

   0.71%

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio(1)

   0.73%

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio(5)

   0.68%

Large Cap International Portfolio(5)

   0.64%

DFA International Value Portfolio(6)

   0.79%

International Core Equity Portfolio(3)

   0.76%

International Small Company Portfolio(7)

   0.76%

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio(4)

   0.89%

Emerging Markets Portfolio(8)

   0.95%

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio(1)

   0.96%

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio(4)

   1.02%

One-Year Portfolio(1)

   0.53%

Two-Year Global Portfolio(1)

   0.54%

Five-Year Government Portfolio(5)

   0.58%

Five-Year Global Portfolio(5)

   0.64%

Intermediate Government Portfolio(5)

   0.48%

Inflation-Protected Portfolio(4)

   0.55%

Global Equity Portfolio(9)

   See below

Global 60/40 Portfolio(9)

   See below

Global 25/75 Portfolio(9)

   See below

 

(1)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to assume the Portfolio’s direct expenses (excluding management fees and custodian fees) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for such Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets as listed above.

(2)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its administration fee for the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio and to assume the Portfolio’s direct and indirect expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rate listed above for such Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares’ annualized expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

(3)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its advisory fee for the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio and assume the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for such Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to

 

161


Table of Contents
 

recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares’ annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

(4)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its advisory fee for the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio and assume the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for such Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares’ annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

(5)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to assume certain ordinary operating expenses of the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio (excluding management fees, custodian fees and the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) to the extent necessary to limit the ordinary operating expenses of the Class R2 shares of a Portfolio (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of each Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for such Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares’ annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

(6)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to assume the Portfolio’s direct expenses (excluding management fees and custodian fees) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio to the rate listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized expenses of the Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares’ annualized expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets as listed above.

(7)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its administration fee for the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio and to assume the Portfolio’s other direct expenses (not including expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies) to the extent necessary to limit the direct expenses of the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement does not include the indirect expenses the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of the International Master Funds. At any time that the direct expenses of the Portfolio are less than the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares’ direct expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

(8)

The Advisor has contractually agreed to assume the Portfolio’s direct expenses (excluding management fees and custodian fees) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for such Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s Class R2 annualized expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets as listed above.

(9)

In order to limit the total administration and management fees received by the Advisor, the Advisor has agreed to waive the administration fee each Portfolio pays to the Advisor to the extent necessary to limit the proportionate share of the total combined administration fee paid by each Portfolio and management fees paid by each Portfolio’s Underlying Funds to the Advisor to 0.27% for the Global Equity Portfolio, to 0.25% for the 60/40 Portfolio and to 0.22% for the 25/75 Portfolio. The maximum amount waived under

 

162


Table of Contents
 

this waiver is the full amount of a Portfolio’s administration fee to the Advisor. At any time that the rate of the fees and annualized expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for the Portfolio on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares’ fees or expenses to exceed the fee or expense limitations listed above. The Portfolios are not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees waived or expenses assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

Performance

Prior to March 30, 2002, reimbursement fees were charged to purchasers of shares of certain Portfolios and paid to the Portfolios to offset costs incurred by a Portfolio when investing the proceeds from the sale of its shares. These reimbursement fees are reflected in the historical performance for these Portfolios presented in the performance tables but not in the bar charts. The reimbursement fees (as a percentage of offering price) for each applicable Portfolio were as follows: 0.50% for the Emerging Markets Portfolio; 0.50% for the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio; and 0.675% for the International Small Company Portfolio.

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions. Each Portfolio intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code. As a regulated investment company, a Portfolio generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to you. Dividends from net investment income of the Domestic Equity Securities, the International Equity Securities (excluding the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio), the Fixed Income Securities (excluding the One-Year Portfolio), and the Allocation Portfolios are distributed quarterly (on a calendar basis) and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for capital loss carryforwards) are distributed annually, typically in December. The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio makes distributions from net investment income and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for capital loss carryforwards) annually, typically in December. Dividends from net investment income of the One-Year Portfolio are distributed monthly and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for capital loss carryforwards) are distributed annually, typically in December. The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, Two-Year Global Portfolio, Five-Year Global Portfolio, and Inflation-Protected Portfolio may also make an additional dividend distribution from net investment income in October of each year. A Portfolio may distribute such income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year as a result of a Portfolio’s normal investment activities and cash flows. During a time of economic downturn, a Portfolio may experience capital losses and unrealized depreciation in value of investments, the effect of which may be to reduce or eliminate capital gains distributions for a period of time. Even though a Portfolio may experience a current year loss, it may nonetheless distribute prior year capital gains.

You will automatically receive all income dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the Portfolio whose shares you hold at net asset value (as of the business date following the dividend record date), unless, upon written notice to the Advisor and completion of account information, you select one of the options listed below:

Income Option—to receive income dividends in cash and capital gains distributions in additional shares at net asset value.

Capital Gains Option—to receive capital gains distributions in cash and income dividends in additional shares at net asset value.

Cash Option—to receive both income dividends and capital gains distributions in cash.

 

163


Table of Contents
     Net Investment Income
Distribution

Portfolio/Master Fund

   Annually    Quarterly    Monthly

Domestic Equity

        

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

      X   

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio

      X   

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

      X   

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

      X   

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

      X   

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

      X   

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

      X   

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

      X   

 

     Net Investment Income
Distribution

Portfolio/Master Fund

   Annually    Quarterly    Monthly

International Equity

        

Large Cap International Portfolio

      X   

DFA International Value Portfolio

      X   

International Core Equity Portfolio

      X   

International Small Company Portfolio

      X   

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   X      

Emerging Markets Portfolio

      X   

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

      X   

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

      X   

 

     Net Investment
Income Distribution

Portfolio/Master Fund

   Quarterly    Monthly

Fixed Income

     

One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

      X

Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   X   

Five-Year Government Portfolio

   X   

Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   X   

Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

   X   

Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

   X   

 

     Net Investment
Income Distribution

Portfolio/Master Fund

   Quarterly    Monthly

Allocation Portfolios

     

Global Equity Portfolio

   X   

Global 60/40 Portfolio

   X   

Global 25/75 Portfolio

   X   

 

* Any net investment income will be distributed each month, except January.

Annual Statements. Every January, you will receive a statement that shows the tax status of distributions you received the previous calendar year. Distributions declared in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

Avoid “Buying A Dividend.” At the time you purchase your Portfolio shares, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation in value of portfolio

 

164


Table of Contents

securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable. This is sometimes referred to as “buying a dividend.”

Tax Considerations. This discussion of “Tax Considerations” should be read in conjunction with the remaining subsections below containing additional information. Dividends and distributions paid to a qualified, tax-deferred retirement plan, such as a 401 (k) plan, accumulate free of federal income taxes. In addition, the sale or redemption by a tax-deferred retirement plan of a Portfolio’s shares will not be subject to federal income taxes. Also, unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to a Portfolio includes in the case of a Feeder Portfolio its pro rata share of its corresponding Master Fund’s income and in the case of a Portfolio invested in the Underlying Funds, its pro rata share of the income of such Underlying Funds.

In general, if you are a taxable investor, Portfolio distributions (other than exempt-interest dividends) are taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. This is true whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Portfolio shares or receive them in cash.

For federal income tax purposes, Portfolio distributions of short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income. Portfolio distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains no matter how long you have owned your shares. A Portfolio with a high portfolio turnover rate (a measure of how frequently assets within a Portfolio are bought and sold) is more likely to generate short-term capital gains than a Portfolio with a low portfolio turnover rate. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2011, unless such provision is extended or made permanent, a portion of income dividends designated by a Portfolio may be qualified dividend income eligible for taxation by individual shareholders at long-term capital gain rates provided certain holding period requirements are met.

Certain Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from foreign securities. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of a Portfolio (or, in the case of a Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is classified as a partnership, more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Master Fund) is invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Master Fund). If this election is made, shareholders will be required to include in their gross income their pro rata share of these foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio and will be entitled either to deduct (as an itemized deduction in the case of individuals) their share of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income or to claim a credit for such taxes against their U.S. federal income tax, subject to certain limitations under the Code.

The Board of Trustees of a Master Fund reserves the right to change the entity classification of a Master Fund for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time, as may be permitted or required under the Code. For instance, the Board might cause a Master Fund that is classified as a partnership to elect to be classified as a corporation and taxable as a regulated investment company or disregarded entity (if it has one shareholder) or vice versa. Such a change in entity classification may be prompted by, among other things, changes in law, the investment strategy of a Master Fund, or the nature and number of shareholders of a Master Fund or other factors or events adversely affecting the ability of a Master Fund to comply with the Code. A change in entity classification of a Master Fund may be a taxable event, causing the Master Fund and shareholders of the Master Fund that are subject to tax to recognize a taxable gain or loss. Such a change in entity classification would also cause the shareholders of the Master Fund to be subject to a different taxation regime, which may adversely affect some shareholders depending upon their particular circumstances.

The sale of shares of a Portfolio is a taxable event and may result in a capital gain or loss to you. Capital gain or loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two Portfolios. Any loss incurred on the sale or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares, held for six months or less, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares.

By law, a Portfolio is required to withhold 28% of taxable dividends, capital gains distributions, and redemption proceeds paid to you if you do not provide your proper taxpayer identification number and certain

 

165


Table of Contents

required certifications. You may avoid this withholding requirement by providing and certifying on the account registration form your correct Taxpayer Identification Number and by certifying that you are not subject to backup withholding and are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). A Portfolio must also withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so.

In addition to federal taxes, you may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from a Portfolio and on gains arising on redemption or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares. Distributions of interest income and capital gains realized from certain types of U.S. government securities may be exempt from state personal income taxes.

Non-U.S. Investors. Non-U.S. investors may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% or lower treaty rate and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding and claim any treaty benefits. Exemptions from U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from long-term capital gains, if any, exempt-interest dividends, and, with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio that begin before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any such dividends and distributions of income and capital gains will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person. Non-U.S. investors should also see the discussion below under the subheading, “Special Tax Considerations for Investors that Invest in the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio and DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio— Investment in U.S. Real Property.” Non-U.S. investors also may be subject to U.S. estate tax.

Special Tax Considerations for Investors that Invest in the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio and DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio.

PFIC securities. Certain Portfolios may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that a Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by a Portfolio.

Investment in REITS. A Portfolio may invest directly or indirectly in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). Because of “noncash” expenses such as property depreciation, the cash flow of a REIT that owns properties will exceed its taxable income. The REIT, and in turn a Portfolio may distribute this excess cash to shareholders. Such a distribution is classified as a return of capital. Return of capital distributions generally are not taxable to you. Your cost basis in your fund shares will be decreased by the amount of any return of capital. Any return of capital distributions in excess of your cost basis will be treated as capital gains. Dividends paid to shareholders from the Portfolio’s investment in U.S. REITs will not generally qualify for taxation at long-term capital gain rates applicable to qualified dividend income.

Receipt of Excess Inclusion Income by a Portfolio. A Portfolio may derive “excess inclusion income” from certain equity interests in mortgage pooling vehicles either directly or through an investment in a U.S.-qualified REIT. If, contrary to expectations, a Portfolio were to receive excess inclusion income in excess of certain threshold amounts, such income would be allocated to fund shareholders with special tax consequences.

Investment in U.S. Real Property. The sale of a U.S. real property interest by a REIT in which a Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to the Portfolio’s foreign shareholders. For a more detailed discussion on investment in U.S. real property, including the circumstances under which a sale or redemption of

 

166


Table of Contents

Portfolio shares may result in FIRPTA gain to you, see the section, “Taxation of the Portfolios—Non-U.S. investors—Investment in U.S. real property” in the Statement of Additional Information.

This discussion of “DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. Because everyone’s tax situation is unique, you should consult your tax professional about federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences before making an investment in a Portfolio. Prospective investors should also consult the statement of additional information.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

Cash Purchases

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolios are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolios are available to a Retirement Plan, if the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan has entered into an agreement with the Funds to provide shareholder services to the Retirement Plan and Retirement Plan Participants in connection with their investments in the Class R1 shares or Class R2 shares of the Portfolios. Provided that the Portfolios are available under an employer’s Retirement Plan, shares may be purchased by following the procedures adopted by the respective employer or Shareholder Services Agent and approved by the Funds’ management for making investments. Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolios should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares and Portfolios that are available for purchase. The Funds do not impose a minimum purchase requirement, but investors who wish to purchase shares of the Portfolios should determine whether their employer’s Retirement Plan or Shareholder Services Agent imposes a minimum transaction requirement. Purchases of shares will be made in full and fractional shares calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued. The Funds reserve the right to reject any initial or additional investment and to suspend the offering of shares of any Portfolio or class of any Portfolio.

In-Kind Purchases

If accepted by the Funds, shares of the Portfolios may be purchased in exchange for securities which are eligible for acquisition by the Portfolios (or their corresponding Master Funds) or otherwise represented in their portfolios as described in this Prospectus or as otherwise consistent with the Funds’ policies or procedures or in exchange for local currencies in which such securities of the International Equity Portfolios, the International Value Series, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Portfolio and Five-Year Global Portfolio are denominated. Securities and local currencies accepted by the Funds for exchange and Fund shares to be issued in the exchange will be valued as set forth under “VALUATION OF SHARES” at the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such securities shall become the property of the Portfolio whose shares are being acquired and must be delivered to the Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. Investors who desire to purchase shares of the International Equity Portfolios, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, Two-Year Global Portfolio or Five-Year Global Portfolio with local currencies should first contact the Advisor.

The Funds will not accept securities in exchange for shares of a Portfolio unless: (1) such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be included, or otherwise represented, in the Portfolio whose shares are to be issued (or in its corresponding Master Fund) and current market quotations are readily available for such securities; (2) the investor represents and agrees that all securities offered to be exchanged are not subject to any restrictions upon their sale by the Portfolio under the Securities Act of 1933 or under the laws of the country in which the principal market for such securities exists, or otherwise; and (3) at the discretion of the respective Fund, the value of any such security (except U.S. government securities) being exchanged, together with other

 

167


Table of Contents

securities of the same issuer owned by the Portfolio or Master Fund, may not exceed 5% of the net assets of the Portfolio or Master Fund immediately after the transaction, however, this last limitation does not apply to Five-Year Global Portfolio or the International Small Company Portfolio.

A gain or loss for federal income tax purposes will generally be realized by investors who are subject to federal taxation upon the exchange depending upon the cost of the securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should contact the Advisor.

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

The Portfolios are designed for long-term investors (except as described below) and are not intended for investors that engage in excessive short-term trading activity that may be harmful to the Portfolios, including but not limited to market timing. Short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Portfolios can disrupt portfolio management strategies, harm performance and increase Portfolio expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.

In addition, certain Portfolios and Master Funds may be more susceptible to the risks of short-term trading than other Portfolios and Master Funds. The nature of the holdings of the International Portfolios and International Master Funds may present opportunities for a shareholder to engage in a short-term trading strategy that exploits possible delays between changes in the price of a Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s holdings and the reflection of those changes in the Portfolio’s net asset value (called “arbitrage market timing”). Such delays may occur because an International Portfolio or its Master Fund, if applicable, has significant investments in foreign securities where, due to time zone differences, the values of those securities are established some time before the Portfolio and/or the Master Fund calculate their net asset values. In such circumstances, the available market prices for such foreign securities may not accurately reflect the latest indications of value at the time the International Portfolio calculates its net asset value. The U.S. Small Cap Portfolio also may be subject to arbitrage market timing because the Portfolio has significant holdings in small cap securities, which may have prices that do not accurately reflect the latest indications of value of these securities at the time the Portfolio calculates its net asset value due to, among other reasons, infrequent trading or illiquidity. There is a possibility that arbitrage market timing may dilute the value of a Portfolio’s shares if redeeming shareholders receive proceeds (and purchasing shareholders receive shares) based upon a net asset value that does not reflect appropriate fair value prices.

The Boards of Directors of the Funds (collectively, the “Board”) have adopted a policy (the “Trading Policy”) and the Advisor and DFA Securities LLC (collectively, “Dimensional”) and Dimensional’s agents have implemented the following procedures, which are designed to discourage and prevent market timing or excessive short-term trading in the Funds: (i) trade activity monitoring and purchase blocking procedures; and (ii) use of fair value pricing.

The Funds, Dimensional and their agents monitor trades and flows of money in and out of the Portfolios from time to time in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities, and for consistent enforcement of the Trading Policy. The Funds reserve the right to take the actions necessary to stop excessive or disruptive trading activities, including refusing or canceling purchase or exchange orders for any reason, without prior notice, particularly purchase or exchange orders that the Funds believe are made on behalf of market timers. The Funds, Dimensional and their agents reserve the right to restrict, refuse or cancel any purchase or exchange request made by an investor indefinitely if the Funds or Dimensional believe that any combination of trading activity in the accounts is potentially disruptive to a Portfolio. In making such judgments, the Fund and Dimensional seek to act in a manner that is consistent with the interests of shareholders. For purposes of applying these procedures, Dimensional may consider an investor’s trading history in the Portfolios, and accounts under common ownership, influence or control.

 

168


Table of Contents

In addition to the Funds’ general ability to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity as described above, the Funds also have adopted purchase blocking procedures. Under the Funds’ purchase blocking procedures, where an investor has engaged in any two purchases and two redemptions (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) in a Portfolio in any rolling 30 calendar day monitoring period (i.e., two “round trips”), the Funds and Dimensional intend to block the investor from making any additional purchases in that Portfolio for 90 calendar days (a “purchase block”). If implemented, a purchase block will begin at some point after the transaction that caused the investor to have engaged in the prohibited two round-trips is detected by the Funds, Dimensional, or their agents. The Funds and Dimensional are permitted to implement a longer purchase block, or permanently bar future purchases by an investor, if they determine that it is appropriate.

Under the Funds’ purchase blocking procedures, the following purchases and redemptions will not trigger a purchase block: (i) purchases and redemptions of shares having a value in each transaction of less than $5,000; (ii) purchases and redemptions by U.S. registered investment companies that operate as fund of funds and non-U.S. investment companies that operate as fund of funds that the Funds or Dimensional, in their sole discretion, have determined are not designed and/or are not serving as vehicles for excessive short-term or other disruptive trading (in each case, the fund of funds shall agree to be subject to monitoring by Dimensional); (iii) purchases and redemptions by a feeder portfolio of a master fund’s shares; (iv) systematic or automated transactions where the shareholder, financial advisor or investment fiduciary does not exercise direct control over the investment decision; (v) retirement plan contributions, loans, loan repayments and distributions (including hardship withdrawals) identified as such in the retirement plan recordkeeper’s system; (vi) purchase transactions involving transfers of assets, rollovers, Roth IRA conversions and IRA recharacterizations; (vii) purchases of shares with Portfolio dividends or capital gain distributions; (viii) transfers and reregistrations of shares within the same Portfolio; and (ix) transactions by 529 Plans. Notwithstanding the Funds’ purchase blocking procedures, all transactions in Portfolio shares are subject to the right of the Funds and Dimensional to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity (including purchases and redemptions described above that will not be subject to the purchase blocking procedures).

The Funds, Dimensional or their designees will have the ability, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), to request information from financial intermediaries, such as 401(k) plan administrators, trust companies and broker dealers (together, “Intermediaries”), concerning trades placed in omnibus and other multi-investor accounts (together, “Omnibus Accounts”), in order to attempt to monitor trades that are placed by the underlying shareholders of these Omnibus Accounts. The Funds, Dimensional and their designees will use the information obtained from the Intermediaries to monitor trading in the Funds and to attempt to identify shareholders in Omnibus Accounts engaged in trading that is inconsistent with the Trading Policy or otherwise not in the best interests of the Funds. The Funds, Dimensional or their designees, when they detect trading patterns in shares of the Funds that may constitute short-term or excessive trading, will provide written instructions to the Intermediary to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of shares of the Portfolios by a shareholder that has been identified as having engaged in excessive or short-term transactions in the Portfolios’ shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate the Trading Policy.

The ability of the Funds and Dimensional to impose these limitations, including the purchase blocking procedures, on investors investing through Intermediaries is dependent on the receipt of information necessary to identify transactions by the underlying investors and the Intermediary’s cooperation in implementing the Trading Policy. Investors seeking to engage in excessive short-term trading practices may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection, and despite the efforts of the Funds and Dimensional to prevent excessive short-term trading, there is no assurance that the Funds, Dimensional or their agents will be able to identify those shareholders or curtail their trading practices. The ability of the Funds, Dimensional and their agents to detect and limit excessive short-term trading also may be restricted by operational systems and technological limitations.

The purchase blocking procedures of the Trading Policy may not apply to redemptions by shareholders whose shares are held on the books of Intermediaries if the Intermediaries have not adopted procedures to

 

169


Table of Contents

implement this Policy. The Funds and Dimensional will work with Intermediaries to develop such policies to institute the purchase blocking procedures or other procedures that the Funds and Dimensional determine are reasonably designed to achieve the objective of this Trading Policy. At the time the Intermediaries adopt these procedures, shareholders whose accounts are on the books of such Intermediaries will be subject to the Trading Policy’s purchase blocking procedures or another frequent trading policy that achieves the objective of the purchase blocking procedures. Investors that invest in the Portfolios through an Intermediary should contact the Intermediary for information concerning the policies and procedures that apply to the investor.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the ability of the Funds and Dimensional to apply the purchase blocking procedures on purchases by all investors and the ability of the Funds and Dimensional to monitor trades through Omnibus Accounts maintained by Intermediaries may be restricted due to systems limitations of both the Funds’ service providers and the Intermediaries. The Funds expect that the application of the Trading Policy as described above, including the purchase blocking procedures (subject to the limitations described above), will be able to be implemented by Intermediaries in compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

One-Year Portfolio is managed for both long-term investors and investors who may invest in the One-Year Portfolio on a short-term basis. Dimensional and DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. do not apply the purchase blocking procedures and may allow more frequent purchases and sales of shares by an investor in the One-Year Portfolio than in the shares of other Portfolios, in circumstances where the investor’s trading activity is not excessive and overly disruptive to the Portfolio and portfolio management strategies, or undertaken for prohibited purposes (including market timing). In monitoring this activity, Dimensional, in its discretion, may determine that an investor’s frequent purchases and sales of shares of the One-Year Portfolio are excessive and overly disruptive, or undertaken for prohibited purposes (including market timing), and therefore, inconsistent with the interests of the Portfolio’s other shareholders. In those instances, Dimensional may refuse to process additional purchases or exchanges of shares of the One-Year Portfolio by the investor. Permitting investors to purchase shares of the One-Year Portfolio for short-term purposes may increase the costs of the Portfolio and negatively impact the performance of the Portfolio.

In addition, the purchase blocking procedures will not apply to a redemption transaction in which a Portfolio distributes portfolio securities to a shareholder in-kind, where the redemption will not disrupt the efficient portfolio management of the Portfolio/Master Fund and the redemption is consistent with the interests of the remaining shareholders of the Portfolio/Master Fund.

In addition to monitoring trade activity, the Board has adopted fair value pricing procedures that govern the pricing of the securities of the Portfolios and Master Funds. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the prices at which Portfolio shares are purchased and redeemed are fair, and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders. See the discussion under “VALUATION OF SHARES—Net Asset Value” for additional details regarding fair value pricing of the Portfolio’s securities.

Although the procedures are designed to discourage excessive short-term trading, none of the procedures individually nor all of the procedures taken together can completely eliminate the possibility that excessive short-term trading activity in a Portfolio may occur. The Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds do not knowingly accommodate excessive or disruptive trading activities, including market timing.

VALUATION OF SHARES

Net Asset Value

The net asset value per share of each class of each Portfolio and the net asset value per share of each Master Fund and Underlying Fund is calculated after the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) by dividing the total value of the investments and other assets of the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund less any liabilities, by the total outstanding shares of the stock of the respective class of the Portfolio, Master Fund or

 

170


Table of Contents

Underlying Fund. Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes at a time other than 1:00 p.m. PT.

The value of the shares of each Non-Feeder Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to its own investment experience. The value of the shares of the Feeder Portfolios, International Small Company Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios will fluctuate in relation to the investment experience of the Master Funds or Underlying Fund in which such Portfolios invest. Securities held by the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds will be valued in accordance with applicable laws and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors or Trustees, and generally, as described below.

Securities held by the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds (including over-the-counter securities) are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day. Securities held by the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds that are listed on Nasdaq are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there is no last reported sale price or NOCP of the day, the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds value the securities at the mean of the most recent quoted bid and asked prices. Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the security is primarily traded. Generally, securities issued by open-end investment companies, such as the Master Funds and Underlying Funds, are valued using their respective net asset values or public offering prices, as appropriate, for purchase orders placed at the close of the NYSE.

The value of the shares of the Non-Feeder Fixed Income Portfolios, One-Year Portfolio and Two-Year Global Portfolio will tend to fluctuate with interest rates because, unlike money market funds, these Portfolios and the Series do not seek to stabilize the value of their respective shares by use of the “amortized cost” method of asset valuation. Net asset value includes interest on fixed income securities which is accrued daily. Debt securities will be valued on the basis of prices provided by one or more pricing services or other reasonably reliable sources including broker/dealers that typically handle the purchase and sale of such securities. Securities which are traded over-the-counter and on a stock exchange generally will be valued according to the broadest and most representative market, and it is expected that for bonds and other fixed income securities, this ordinarily will be the over-the-counter market.

The value of the securities and other assets of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds for which no market quotations are readily available (including restricted securities), or for which market quotations have become unreliable, are determined in good faith at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Directors or Trustees, as the case may be. Fair value pricing may also be used if events that have a significant effect on the value of an investment (as determined in the discretion of the Investment Committee of the Advisor) occur before the net asset value is calculated. When fair value pricing is used, the prices of securities used by the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may differ from the quoted or published prices for the same securities on their primary markets or exchanges.

To the extent that a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund holds large numbers of securities, it is likely that it will have a larger number of securities that may be deemed illiquid and therefore must be valued pursuant to special procedures adopted by the Board of Directors or Trustees, than would a fund that holds a smaller number of securities. Portfolios that invest in small capitalization companies are more likely to hold illiquid securities than would a fund that invests in larger capitalization companies.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds holding foreign equity securities (the “Foreign Equity Funds”) will also fair value price in the circumstances described below. Generally, trading in foreign securities markets is completed each day at various times before the close of the NYSE. For example, trading in the Japanese securities markets is completed each day at the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange (normally, 11:00 p.m. PT), which is fourteen hours before the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) and the time that the net asset values of the Foreign Equity Funds are computed. Due to the time differences between the closings of the relevant foreign securities exchanges and the time the Foreign Equity Funds price their shares at the close of the NYSE, the Foreign Equity Funds will fair value their foreign

 

171


Table of Contents

investments when it is determined that the market quotations for the foreign investments are either unreliable or not readily available. The fair value prices will attempt to reflect the impact of the U.S. financial markets’ perceptions and trading activities on the Foreign Equity Funds’ foreign investments since the last closing prices of the foreign investments were calculated on their primary foreign securities markets or exchanges. For these purposes, the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the Foreign Equity Funds have determined that movements in relevant indices or other appropriate market indicators, after the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange or the London Stock Exchange, demonstrate that market quotations may be unreliable, and may trigger fair value pricing. Consequently, fair valuation of portfolio securities may occur on a daily basis. The fair value pricing by the Foreign Equity Funds utilizes data furnished by an independent pricing service (and that data draws upon, among other information, the market values of foreign investments). When a Foreign Equity Fund uses fair value pricing, the values assigned to the Foreign Equity Fund’s foreign investments may not be the quoted or published prices of the investments on their primary markets or exchanges. The Boards of Directors/Trustees of the Foreign Equity Funds monitor the operation of the method used to fair value price the Foreign Equity Funds’ foreign investments.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund determines its net asset value per share. As a result, the sale or redemption by a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

The net asset values per share of the International Equity Portfolios (in respect to those Portfolios that are Feeder Portfolios and International Small Company Portfolio, the Master Funds), the International Equity Underlying Funds, Two-Year Global Portfolio and Five-Year Global Portfolio are expressed in U.S. dollars by translating the net assets of each Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund using the mean of the most recent bid and asked prices for the dollar as quoted by generally recognized reliable sources. Since the International Equity Portfolios and Master Funds and the International Equity Underlying Funds own securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges which may trade on days when the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds do not price their shares, the net asset values of the International Equity Portfolios and such Master Funds and Underlying Funds may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.

Most Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds generally calculate their net asset values per share and accept purchase and redemption orders on days that the NYSE is open for trading. The Japanese Small Company Series, United Kingdom Small Company Series and Continental Small Company Series are each closed on days that the foreign securities exchange(s) on which their portfolio securities are principally traded are closed. Purchase and redemption orders for shares of such series will not be accepted on those days.

Certain of the securities holdings of the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, Emerging Markets Series, the Emerging Markets Value Fund and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio in Approved Markets may be subject to tax, investment and currency repatriation regulations of the Approved Markets that could have a material effect on the values of the securities. For example, such funds might be subject to different levels of taxation on current income and realized gains depending upon the holding period of the securities. In general, a longer holding period (e.g., 5 years) may result in the imposition of lower tax rates than a shorter holding period (e.g., 1 year). The Emerging Markets Master Funds and the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may also be subject to certain contractual arrangements with investment authorities in an Approved Market which require a Master Fund or Portfolio to maintain minimum holding periods or to limit the extent of repatriation of income and realized gains.

 

172


Table of Contents

Futures contracts are valued using the settlement price established each day on the exchange on which they are traded. The value of such futures contracts held by a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund is determined each day as of such close.

Public Offering Price

Provided that the Shareholder Services Agent designated by a Retirement Plan has received the investor’s investment instructions in good order and the custodian has received the investor’s payment, shares of the Portfolio selected will be priced at the public offering price, which is the net asset value of the shares next determined after receipt of the investor’s funds by the custodian. The transfer agent or the Funds may, from time to time, appoint sub-transfer agents (such as Shareholder Services Agents) or various financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for the receipt of purchase orders, redemption orders and funds from certain investors. Intermediaries, in turn, are authorized to designate other financial intermediaries (“Sub-designees”) to receive purchase and redemption orders for the Portfolios’ shares from investors. With respect to such investors, the shares of the Portfolio selected will be priced at the public offering price calculated after receipt of the purchase order by the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, that is authorized to receive purchase orders. If the investor buys shares through an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, the purchase price will be the public offering price next calculated after the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, receives the order, rather than on the day the custodian receives the investor’s payment (provided that the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, has received the investor’s purchase order in good order, and the investor has complied with the Intermediary’s or Sub-designee’s payment procedures). No reimbursement fee or sales charge is imposed on purchases. If an order to purchase shares must be canceled due to non-payment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by a Portfolio arising out of such cancellation. The Funds reserve the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled to recover any resulting loss to a Portfolio and may prohibit or restrict the manner in which such purchaser may place further orders.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

Investors may exchange Class R1 shares or Class R2 shares of one Portfolio described in this Prospectus for the same class of shares of another Portfolio described in this Prospectus. The minimum amount for an exchange is $100,000.

Retirement Plan participants may be able to exchange shares. Please contact your employer or the Shareholder Services Agent to determine if an exchange of shares is available and the documentation required.

The exchange privilege is not intended to afford shareholders a way to speculate on short-term movements in the markets. Accordingly, in order to prevent excessive use of the exchange privilege that may potentially disrupt the management of any Portfolio or otherwise adversely affect the Funds, the exchange privilege may be terminated, and any proposed exchange is subject to the approval of the Advisor. Such approval will depend on: (i) the size of the proposed exchange; (ii) the prior number of exchanges by that shareholder; (iii) the nature of the underlying securities and the cash position of the Portfolios involved in the proposed exchange; (iv) the transaction costs involved in processing the exchange; and (v) the total number of redemptions by exchange already made out of the Portfolio. Excessive use of the exchange privilege is defined as any pattern of exchanges among portfolios by an investor that evidences market timing.

For Retirement Plan participants exchanging shares, the redemption and purchase prices of shares redeemed and purchased by exchange, respectively, are the net asset values next determined after the Shareholder Services Agent has received appropriate instructions in the form required by such Shareholder Services Agent.

There is no fee imposed on an exchange. However, the Funds reserve the right to impose an administrative fee in order to cover the costs incurred in processing an exchange. Any such fee will be disclosed in the

 

173


Table of Contents

Prospectus. The Funds reserve the right to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, waive the minimum amount requirement, limit the amount of or reject any exchange, as deemed necessary, at any time.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Redemption Procedure for Retirement Plan Participants

A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem shares of a Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution in the form required by such Shareholder Services Agent. The Shareholder Services Agent will adopt procedures approved by management of the Funds for transmitting redemption orders.

Redemption Procedure for Retirement Plans

A Retirement Plan that desires to redeem shares of a Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Funds. Each Portfolio will redeem shares at the net asset value of such class of shares next determined after receipt of a request for redemption in good order by the Portfolio’s transfer agent. “Good order” means that the request to redeem shares must include all necessary documentation, to be received in writing by the Advisor no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT), including but not limited to: the stock certificate(s), if issued; a letter of instruction or a stock assignment specifying the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and, if a Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority. A Retirement Plan that has authorized redemption payment on redemption request to the Funds may request that redemption proceeds be paid in federal funds wired to the bank they have designated on the redemption request. The Funds reserve the right to send redemption proceeds by check in their discretion; a shareholder may request overnight delivery of such check at the shareholder’s own expense. If the proceeds are wired to the shareholder’s account at a bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, there could be a delay in crediting the funds to the bank account. The Funds reserve the right at any time to suspend or terminate the redemption by wire procedure after notification to the Retirement Plan. No charge is made by the Funds for redemptions. The redemption of all shares in an account will result in the account being closed. A new Account Registration Form will be required for future investments.

Although the redemption payments will ordinarily be made within seven days after receipt, payment to investors redeeming shares which were purchased by check will not be made until a Fund can verify that the payments for the purchase have been, or will be, collected, which may take up to ten days or more. Investors may avoid this delay by submitting a certified check along with the purchase order.

Redemption of Small Accounts

With respect to each Portfolio, the Funds reserve the right to redeem an account if the value of the shares in a specific Portfolio is $500 or less because of redemptions. Before a Fund involuntarily redeems shares from such an account and sends the proceeds to the stockholder, the Fund will give written notice of the redemption to the stockholder at least sixty days before the redemption date. The stockholder will then have sixty days from the date of the notice to make an additional investment in order to bring the value of the shares in the account for a specific Portfolio to more than $500 and avoid such involuntary redemption. The redemption price to be paid to a stockholder for shares redeemed by a Fund under this right will be the aggregate net asset value of the shares in the account at the close of business on the redemption date. The right to redeem small accounts applies to accounts established with the Funds’ transfer agent.

In-Kind Redemptions

A Portfolio that is not a Feeder Portfolio may also make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities in lieu of cash, when in the best interests of the Portfolio. When in the best

 

174


Table of Contents

interests of a Feeder Portfolio or International Small Company Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolio or International Small Company Portfolio may make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities that the Feeder Portfolio receives from the Master Fund in lieu of cash. Such distributions will be made in accordance with the federal securities laws and regulations governing mutual funds. Investors may incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs selling securities that were received in payment of redemptions. The International Equity, DFA Two-Year Global and DFA Five-Year Global Portfolios reserve the right to redeem their shares in the currencies in which their investments (and, in respect of the Feeder Portfolios, International Small Company Portfolio, the currencies in which the corresponding Master Funds’ or Underlying Funds investments) are denominated. Investors may incur charges in converting such securities to dollars and the value of the securities may be affected by currency exchange fluctuations.

THE FEEDER PORTFOLIOS

Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in each Master Fund. Accordingly, the expenses of such other funds and, correspondingly, their returns may differ from those of the Feeder Portfolios. Please contact The DFA Investment Trust Company and the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746, (512) 306-7400 for information about the availability of investing in a Master Fund other than through a Feeder Portfolio.

The aggregate amount of expenses for a Feeder Portfolio and the corresponding Master Fund may be greater than it would be if the Portfolio were to invest directly in the securities held by the corresponding Master Fund. However, the total expense ratios for the Feeder Portfolios and the Master Funds are expected to be less over time than such ratios would be if the Portfolios were to invest directly in the underlying securities. This arrangement enables various institutional investors, including the Feeder Portfolios, to pool their assets, which may be expected to result in economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base. Each shareholder in a Master Fund, including a Feeder Portfolio, will pay its proportionate share of the expenses of that Master Fund. By investing in shares of the International Master Funds, International Small Company Portfolio will indirectly bear its pro rata share of the operating expenses, management expenses and brokerage costs of such Master Funds, as well as the expense of operating the Portfolio.

The shares of the Master Funds will be offered to institutional investors for the purpose of increasing the funds available for investment, to reduce expenses as a percentage of total assets and to achieve other economies that might be available at higher asset levels. Investment in a Master Fund by other institutional investors offers potential benefits to the Master Funds, and through their investment in the Master Funds, the Feeder Portfolios also. However, such economies and expense reductions might not be achieved, and additional investment opportunities, such as increased diversification, might not be available if other institutions do not invest in the Master Funds. Also, if an institutional investor were to redeem its interest in a Master Fund, the remaining investors in that Master Fund could experience higher pro rata operating expenses, thereby producing lower returns, and the Master Fund’s security holdings may become less diverse, resulting in increased risk. Institutional investors that have a greater pro rata ownership interest in a Master Fund than the corresponding Feeder Portfolio could have effective voting control over the operation of the Master Fund.

If the Board of Directors of the relevant Fund determines that it is in the best interest of a Feeder Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolio may withdraw its investment in a Master Fund at any time. Upon any such withdrawal, the Board would consider what action the Portfolio might take, including either seeking to invest its assets in another registered investment company with the same investment objective as the Portfolio, which might not be possible, or retaining an investment advisor to manage the Portfolio’s assets in accordance with its own investment objective, possibly at increased cost. Shareholders of a Feeder Portfolio will receive written notice thirty days before the effective date of any change in the investment objective of its corresponding Master Fund. A withdrawal by a Feeder Portfolio of its investment in the corresponding Master Fund could result in a distribution in kind of portfolio securities (as opposed to a cash distribution) to the Portfolio. Should such a distribution

 

175


Table of Contents

occur, the Portfolio could incur brokerage fees or other transaction costs in converting such securities to cash in order to pay redemptions. In addition, a distribution in kind to the Portfolio could result in a less diversified portfolio of investments and could affect adversely the liquidity of the Portfolio. Moreover, a distribution in kind by the Master Fund corresponding to the One-Year Portfolio, Two-Year Global Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value, DFA International Value and Emerging Markets Value Portfolios may constitute a taxable exchange for federal income tax purposes, resulting in gain or loss to such Portfolios. Any net capital gains so realized will be distributed to such a Portfolio’s shareholders as described in “DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES.”

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

Each Portfolio Master Fund and Underlying Fund generally will disclose up to its 25 largest portfolio holdings (or with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the holdings of its Master Fund) (other than cash and cash equivalents) and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund, as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within 20 days after the end of each month. Each Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund also generally will disclose its complete portfolio holdings (or with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the holdings of its Master Fund) (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, two months following the month-end or more frequently and at different periods when authorized in accordance with the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds’ policies and procedures. Please consult the SAI for a description of the other policies and procedures that govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings by the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The Financial Highlights table is meant to help you understand each Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years or, if shorter, the period of that Portfolio’s operations, as indicated by the table. The total returns in the table represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. This information for each of the fiscal years has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with the Portfolios’ financial statements, is included in the annual reports. Further information about the Portfolios’ performance is contained in the annual reports, which are available upon request. Class R1 shares of the Portfolios (except U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio) and Class R2 shares of the Portfolios (except the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, DFA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, Global Equity Portfolio, Global 60/40 Portfolio and Global 25/75 Portfolio) have not commenced operations as of the date of this Prospectus and financial highlights are not yet available.

Financial highlights for the Institutional Class shares of each Portfolio (except the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, DFA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, Global Equity Portfolio, Global 60/40 Portfolio and Global 25/75 Portfolio) are shown to provide investors with financial information about the Portfolio. The returns would have been substantially similar because Institutional Class shares, Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are invested in the same investment portfolio. However, Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares pay shareholder servicing fees and Institutional Class shares do not. Had the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares been operational during the periods shown, dividend distributions (if any) and investment performance would have been lower than the Institutional Class shares.

 

176


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 6.47      $ 10.91      $ 10.95      $ 9.82      $ 9.35      $ 8.42   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.05     0.39     0.30     0.12     0.29        0.09   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.61        (3.74     0.45        1.19        0.37        0.94   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.66        (3.35     0.75        1.31        0.66        1.03   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.59     (0.36     (0.36     (0.18     (0.19     (0.10

Net Realized Gains

     (0.06     (0.73     (0.43     —          —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.65     (1.09     (0.79     (0.18     (0.19     (0.10
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 6.48      $ 6.47      $ 10.91      $ 10.95      $ 9.82      $ 9.35   
                                                

Total Return

     12.23     (33.89 )%†      7.13     13.52     7.08     12.28
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 165,231      $ 200,331      $ 337,050      $ 347,216      $ 313,543      $ 221,744   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.29 %(B)      0.25 %^*      0.25 %*      0.26 %*      0.34 %*      0.37 %* 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.29 %(B)      0.25 %*      0.25 %*      0.26 %*      0.34 %*      0.37 %* 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     0.86     4.74 %^      2.67     1.19     3.11     0.95

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     46 %(A)      N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
(A) For the period February 28, 2009 through October 31, 2009. Effective February 28, 2009, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio invests directly in securities rather than through the Series.
(B) Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and for the period November 1, 2008 through February 27, 2009, its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.

 

177


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 14.58      $ 24.44      $ 25.40      $ 21.93      $ 19.37      $ 16.14   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.31     0.36     0.33     0.38     0.30        0.16   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     1.28        (8.83     (0.43     3.50        2.49        3.28   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     1.59        (8.47     (0.10     3.88        2.79        3.44   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.34     (0.35     (0.32     (0.35     (0.23     (0.21

Net Realized Gains

     (0.02     (1.04     (0.54     (0.06     —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.36     (1.39     (0.86     (0.41     (0.23     (0.21
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 15.81      $ 14.58      $ 24.44      $ 25.40      $ 21.93      $ 19.37   
                                                

Total Return

     11.76     (36.63 )%†      (0.49 )%      17.97     14.49     21.48
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 5,863,652      $ 5,330,448      $ 7,535,552      $ 6,410,086      $ 4,046,083      $ 2,630,361   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.30     0.28 %^      0.27     0.28     0.30     0.32

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.26     1.86 %^      1.28     1.64     1.48     0.89

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

178


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

Class R1 Shares

 

     U.S. Targeted
Value Portfolio
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,

2009
    For the Period
January 31, 2008***
to
Oct. 31, 2008**
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 7.43      $ 10.00   
                

Income From Investment Operations

    

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.08     0.09

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.59        (2.56
                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.67        (2.47
                

Less Distributions

    

Net Investment Income

     (0.12     (0.10

Net Realized Gains

            —     
                

Total Distributions

     (0.12     (0.10
                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 7.98      $ 7.43   
                

Total Return

     9.36     (24.96 )%† 
                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 31,393      $ 25,599   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.52     0.50 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.12     1.24 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     17     20 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from the commencement of operations through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

179


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

Class R2 Shares

 

     U.S. Targeted
Value Portfolio
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,

2009
    For the Period
June 30, 2008***
to
Oct. 31, 2008**
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 7.83      $ 10.00   
                

Income From Investment Operations

    

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.07     0.04

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.63        (2.17
                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.70        (2.13
                

Less Distributions

    

Net Investment Income

     (0.11     (0.04

Net Realized Gains

            —     
                

Total Distributions

     (0.11     (0.04
                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 8.42      $ 7.83   
                

Total Return

     9.23     (21.40 )%† 
                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 2,930      $ 1,715   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.67     0.66 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.67     0.66 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     0.91     1.35 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     17     20 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from the commencement of operations through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

180


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    For the Period
Sept. 15, 2005***
to
Nov. 30, 2005
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 7.81      $ 11.83      $ 11.50      $ 10.22      $ 10.00   
                                        

Income From Investment Operations

          

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.15     0.17     0.19     0.17     0.03   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.73        (4.03     0.35        1.28        0.19   
                                        

Total From Investment Operations

     0.88        (3.86     0.54        1.45        0.22   
                                        

Less Distributions

          

Net Investment Income

     (0.15     (0.16     (0.18     (0.17     —     

Net Realized Gains

            —          (0.03     —          —     
                                        

Total Distributions

     (0.15     (0.16     (0.21     (0.17     —     
                                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 8.54      $ 7.81      $ 11.83      $ 11.50      $ 10.22   
                                        

Total Return

     11.64     (32.85 )%†      4.68     14.35     2.20 %† 
                                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,989,583      $ 1,320,562      $ 1,210,031      $ 652,270      $ 123,591   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.22     0.20 %^      0.20     0.23     0.23 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.22     0.20 %^      0.20     0.23     0.37 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.02     1.78 %^      1.53     1.52     1.85 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     7     5 %†      10     6     0 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-Annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of Operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

181


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    For the Period
Sept. 15, 2005***
to
Nov. 30, 2005
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 7.73      $ 11.77      $ 11.65      $ 10.24      $ 10.00   
                                        

Income From Investment Operations

          

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.14     0.17     0.19     0.17     0.03   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.66        (4.04     0.13        1.40        0.21   
                                        

Total From Investment Operations

     0.80        (3.87     0.32        1.57        0.24   
                                        

Less Distributions

          

Net Investment Income

     (0.14     (0.17     (0.17     (0.16     —     

Net Realized Gains

            —          (0.03     —          —     
                                        

Total Distributions

     (0.14     (0.17     (0.20     (0.16     —     
                                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 8.39      $ 7.73      $ 11.77      $ 11.65      $ 10.24   
                                        

Total Return

     10.66     (33.16 )%†      2.78     15.50     2.40 %† 
                                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 3,804,325      $ 2,501,028      $ 2,939,420      $ 1,216,310      $ 182,078   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.24     0.23 %^      0.23     0.26     0.26 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.24     0.23 %^      0.23     0.26     0.38 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.89     1.77 %^      1.55     1.55     1.92 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     4     8 %†      7     5     0 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-Annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of Operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

182


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout the period)

 

     U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    For the Period
Dec. 30, 2005***
to
Nov. 30, 2006
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 7.48      $ 11.38      $ 11.79      $ 10.00   
                                

Income From Investment Operations

        

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.11     0.15     0.16     0.13

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.57        (3.89     (0.25     1.73   
                                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.68        (3.74     (0.09     1.86   
                                

Less Distributions

        

Net Investment Income

     (0.13     (0.16     (0.14     (0.07

Net Realized Gains

            —          (0.18     —     
                                

Total Distributions

     (0.13     (0.16     (0.32     (0.07
                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 8.03      $ 7.48      $ 11.38      $ 11.79   
                                

Total Return

     9.47     (33.29 )%†      (0.87 )%      18.65 %† 
                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,178,114      $ 850,623      $ 959,742      $ 403,312   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.35     0.34 %^      0.34     0.36 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.35     0.34 %^      0.33     0.39 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.60     1.66 %^      1.29     1.24 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     11     11 %†      14     24 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

183


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     U.S. Small Cap Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 13.35      $ 20.64      $ 22.46      $ 20.75      $ 19.13      $ 16.52   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.06     0.14     0.21     0.17     0.15        0.05   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     1.65        (6.08     (0.66     2.84        1.75        2.67   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     1.71        (5.94     (0.45     3.01        1.90        2.72   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.17     (0.17     (0.21     (0.13     (0.13     (0.10

Net Realized Gains

            (1.18     (1.16     (1.17     (0.15     —     

Tax Return of Capital

            —          —          —          —          (0.01
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.17     (1.35     (1.37     (1.30     (0.28     (0.11
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 14.89      $ 13.35      $ 20.64      $ 22.46      $ 20.75      $ 19.13   
                                                

Total Return

     13.08     (30.67 )%†      (2.17 )%      15.49     10.04     16.59
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 2,522,001      $ 2,066,849      $ 3,285,093      $ 3,297,199      $ 2,641,670      $ 2,137,970   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.40 %(B)      0.38 %^*      0.38 %*      0.38 %*      0.40 %*      0.41 %* 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     0.50     0.86 %^      0.95     0.82     0.78     0.22

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     17 %(A)      N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
(A) For the period February 28, 2009 through October 31, 2009. Effective February 28, 2009, the Portfolios invest directly in securities rather than through the Series.
(B) Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and for the period November 1, 2008 through February 27, 2009, its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.

 

184


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 16.16      $ 27.20      $ 33.80      $ 25.75      $ 23.02      $ 18.80   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.58     0.64     0.62     0.64     0.82        0.62   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    (0.62     (9.28     (5.64     8.84        3.33        4.47   
                                               

Total From Investment Operations

    (0.04     (8.64     (5.02     9.48        4.15        5.09   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.83     (0.30     (0.70     (1.02     (0.86     (0.71

Net Realized Gains

           (2.10     (0.88     (0.41     (0.56     (0.16
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.83     (2.40     (1.58     (1.43     (1.42     (0.87
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 15.29      $ 16.16      $ 27.20      $ 33.80      $ 25.75      $ 23.02   
                                               

Total Return

    0.98     (34.46 )%†      (15.45 )%      38.23     18.81     29.44
                                               

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 2,018,559      $ 1,746,961      $ 2,671,457      $ 2,837,026      $ 1,836,650      $ 1,308,898   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.36     0.33 %^      0.33     0.33     0.37     0.39

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    4.54     3.01 %^      1.99     2.25     3.11     3.61

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    2     13 %†      17     10     3     6

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

185


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Large Cap International Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 14.81      $ 27.18      $ 23.60      $ 19.00      $ 17.31      $ 14.65   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.48     0.68     0.68     0.55     0.44        0.31   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     3.16        (12.06     3.57        4.68        1.72        2.86   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     3.64        (11.38     4.25        5.23        2.16        3.17   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.43     (0.64     (0.67     (0.63     (0.47     (0.51

Net Realized Gains

            (0.35     —          —          —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.43     (0.99     (0.67     (0.63     (0.47     (0.51
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 18.02      $ 14.81      $ 27.18      $ 23.60      $ 19.00      $ 17.31   
                                                

Total Return

     25.20     (43.14 )%†      18.18     28.00     12.73     22.09
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,364,351      $ 1,206,860      $ 2,224,180      $ 1,673,239      $ 1,125,455      $ 844,883   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.32     0.29 %^      0.29     0.29     0.37     0.41

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     3.14     3.18 %^      2.62     2.56     2.41     2.07

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     12     12 %†      5     4     4     1

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

186


Table of Contents

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

Class R2 Shares

 

     DFA International
Value Portfolio
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,

2009
    For the Period
April 30, 2008***
to
Oct. 31, 2008**
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 5.16      $ 10.00   
                

Income From Investment Operations

    

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.16     0.25

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     1.56        (4.46
                

Total from Investment Operations

     1.72        (4.21
                

Less Distributions

    

Net Investment Income

     (0.37     (0.63

Net Realized Gains

     —          —     
                

Total Distributions

     (0.37     (0.63
                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 6.51      $ 5.16   
                

Total Return

     34.86     (44.63 )%† 
                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 3,443      $ 3,372   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.74     0.73 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.96     7.47 %^@ 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from the commencement of operations through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

187


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     International Core Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    For the Period
Sept. 15, 2005***
to
Nov. 30, 2005
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 7.46      $ 14.35      $ 12.82      $ 10.07      $ 10.00   
                                        

Income From Investment Operations

          

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.23     0.37     0.35     0.28     0.04

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     2.32        (6.76     1.54        2.71        0.03   
                                        

Total From Investment Operations

     2.55        (6.39     1.89        2.99        0.07   
                                        

Less Distributions

          

Net Investment Income

     (0.22     (0.35     (0.32     (0.24     —     

Net Realized Gains

            (0.15     (0.04     —          —     
                                        

Total Distributions

     (0.22     (0.50     (0.36     (0.24     —     
                                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 9.79      $ 7.46      $ 14.35      $ 12.82      $ 10.07   
                                        

Total Return

     34.81     (45.76 )%†      14.83     30.06     0.70 %† 
                                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 3,699,842      $ 1,981,049      $ 2,342,187      $ 851,077      $ 121,249   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.41     0.41 %^      0.41     0.48     0.49 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.41     0.41 %^      0.41     0.46     0.90 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.84     3.39 %^      2.49     2.35     1.89 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     5     4 %†      4     2     0 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-Annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of Operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

188


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     International Small Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 10.07      $ 20.80      $ 19.43      $ 16.19      $ 14.12      $ 11.00   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.28     0.44     0.43     0.36     0.31     0.22   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     3.91        (9.55     2.07        4.02        2.38        3.24   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     4.19        (9.11     2.50        4.38        2.69        3.46   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.27     (0.45     (0.46     (0.36     (0.29     (0.34

Net Realized Gains

            (1.17     (0.67     (0.78     (0.33       
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.27     (1.62     (1.13     (1.14     (0.62     (0.34
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 13.99      $ 10.07      $ 20.80      $ 19.43      $ 16.19      $ 14.12   
                                                

Total Return

     42.34     (47.13 )%†      13.29     28.51     19.74     32.10
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  

$

4,269,864

  

  $ 3,084,373      $ 5,597,209      $ 4,546,071      $ 2,725,231      $ 1,658,184   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.57     0.55 %^      0.55     0.56     0.64     0.69

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

  

 

0.57

    0.55 %^      0.55     0.56     0.64     0.69

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.48     2.90 %^      2.03     2.04     2.05     1.82

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

189


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA International
Real Estate

Securities Portfolio
Institutional

Class Shares
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    For the Period
March 1, 2007***
to
Nov. 30, 2007
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 4.18      $ 9.35      $ 10.00   
                        

Income From Investment Operations

      

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.26     0.34     0.23

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.91        (5.08     (0.76
                        

Total From Investment Operations

     1.17        (4.74     (0.53
                        

Less Distributions

      

Net Investment Income

     (0.11     (0.43     (0.12

Net Realized Gains

            —          —     

Return of Capital

            —          —     
                        

Total Distributions

     (0.11     (0.43     (0.12
                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 5.24      $ 4.18      $ 9.35   
                        

Total Return

     29.25     (52.85 )%†      (5.38 )%† 
                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 742,329      $ 394,480      $ 336,840   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.43     0.44 %^      0.48 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.43     0.44 %^      0.48 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     6.40     5.20 %^      3.50 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     5     1 %†      2 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-Annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

190


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Emerging Markets Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 17.05      $ 35.23      $ 25.40      $ 19.89      $ 15.61      $ 11.87   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.42     0.70     0.64     0.48     0.58     0.27   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     8.42        (16.85     9.88        5.61        4.13        3.80   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     8.84        (16.15     10.52        6.09        4.71        4.07   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.41     (0.69     (0.53     (0.58     (0.43     (0.33

Net Realized Gains

     (0.25     (1.34     (0.16     —          —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.66     (2.03     (0.69     (0.58     (0.43     (0.33
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 25.23      $ 17.05      $ 35.23      $ 25.40      $ 19.89      $ 15.61   
                                                

Total Return

     53.39     (48.37 )%†      42.08     31.31     30.65     34.95
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,966,288      $ 1,508,260      $ 3,388,442      $ 2,344,990      $ 1,805,186      $ 1,131,778   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.62     0.60 %^      0.60     0.61     0.69     0.74

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.15     2.59 %^      2.12     2.13     3.28     2.20

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

191


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

Class R2 Shares

 

     Emerging Markets
Value Portfolio
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,

2009
    For the Period
January 29, 2008***
to
Oct. 31, 2008**
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 4.56      $ 10.00   
                

Income From Investment Operations

    

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.03     0.21

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     1.14        (4.93
                

Total from Investment Operations

     1.17        (4.72
                

Less Distributions

    

Net Investment Income

     (0.32     (0.72

Net Realized Gains

     (2.91     —     
                

Total Distributions

     (3.23     (0.72
                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 2.50      $ 4.56   
                

Total Return

     78.29     (50.51 )%† 
                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 5,082      $ 1,799   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.90     0.92 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.39     3.35 %^@ 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from the commencement of operations through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

192


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended

Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    For the Period
April 5, 2005***
to
Nov. 30, 2005
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 9.88      $ 21.20      $ 15.13      $ 11.54      $ 10.00   
                                        

Income From Investment Operations

          

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.25     0.43     0.35     0.27     0.10   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     6.56        (11.27     6.10        3.54        1.51   
                                        

Total From Investment Operations

     6.81        (10.84     6.45        3.81        1.61   
                                        

Less Distributions

          

Net Investment Income

     (0.20     (0.40     (0.32     (0.22     (0.07

Net Realized Gains

     —          (0.08     (0.06     —          —     
                                        

Total Distributions

     (0.20     (0.48     (0.38     (0.22     (0.07
                                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 16.49      $ 9.88      $ 21.20      $ 15.13      $ 11.54   
                                        

Total Return

     69.47     (51.93 )%†      43.20     33.39     16.12 %† 
                                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 2,455,035      $ 1,155,526      $ 1,829,466      $ 822,136      $ 218,563   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.67     0.65 %^      0.65     0.74     1.00 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.67     0.65 %^      0.65     0.72     1.09 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.03     2.62 %^      1.87     2.02     1.79 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     6     3 %†      2     6     2 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

193


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 10.17      $ 10.21      $ 10.20      $ 10.14      $ 10.20      $ 10.30   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.13     0.31     0.51     0.40     0.28        0.25   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    0.25        (0.04     0.01        0.06        (0.05     (0.10
                                               

Total From Investment Operations

    0.38        0.27        0.52        0.46        0.23        0.15   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.22     (0.31     (0.51     (0.40     (0.29     (0.25

Net Realized Gains

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.22     (0.31     (0.51     (0.40     (0.29     (0.25
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 10.33      $ 10.17      $ 10.21      $ 10.20      $ 10.14      $ 10.20   
                                               

Total Return

    3.80     2.68 %†      5.20     4.58     2.24     1.08
                                               

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 4,269,615      $ 3,194,420      $ 3,229,577      $ 2,418,551      $ 1,953,884      $ 1,738,574   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.20 %***      0.18 %^*      0.18 %*      0.18 %*      0.19 %*      0.20 %* 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    1.26     3.30 %^      4.96     3.89     2.78     1.40

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    2 %@      N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Represents the combined ratios for the portfolio and for the period November 1, 2008 through October 22, 2009, its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
@ For the period October 23, 2009 through October 31, 2009. Effective October 23, 2009, the Portfolio directly invests in securities rather than through the series.

 

194


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

    DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 10.36      $ 10.39      $ 10.17      $ 9.88      $ 9.92      $ 10.08   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.19     0.39     0.27     0.07     0.31        0.25   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    0.18        (0.09     0.24        0.36        (0.14     (0.14
                                               

Total From Investment Operations

    0.37        0.30        0.51        0.43        0.17        0.11   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.46     (0.33     (0.29     (0.14     (0.21     (0.27

Net Realized Gains

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.46     (0.33     (0.29     (0.14     (0.21     (0.27
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 10.27      $ 10.36      $ 10.39      $ 10.17      $ 9.88      $ 9.92   
                                               

Total Return

    3.71     2.93 %†      5.06     4.41     1.77     1.08
                                               

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 3,846,029      $ 3,124,985      $ 3,097,898      $ 2,423,622      $ 1,992,869      $ 1,674,972   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.20 %***      0.18 %^*      0.18 %*      0.19 %*      0.21 %*      0.23 %* 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    1.89     4.12 %^      2.59     0.72     3.25     1.35

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    1 %@      N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratio for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Represents the combined ratios for the Portfolio and for the period November 1, 2008 through October 22, 2009, its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
@ For the period October 23, 2009 through October 31, 2009. Effective October 23, 2009, the Portfolio directly invests in securities rather than through the series.

 

195


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $
10.44
  
  $ 10.44      $ 10.43      $ 10.41      $ 10.64      $ 11.11   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.26     0.26     0.50     0.46     0.35        0.33   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.49        0.07        0.01        (0.02     (0.24     (0.01
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.75        0.33        0.51        0.44        0.11        0.32   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.27     (0.33     (0.50     (0.42     (0.34     (0.41

Net Realized Gains

     —          —          —          —          —          (0.38

Return of Capital

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.27     (0.33     (0.50     (0.42     (0.34     (0.79
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 10.92      $ 10.44      $ 10.44      $ 10.43      $ 10.41      $ 10.64   
                                                

Total Return

     7.27     3.25 %†      4.98     4.36     1.02     3.02
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,008,237      $ 1,115,037      $ 1,216,609      $ 932,121      $ 748,847      $ 542,634   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.25     0.23 %^      0.23     0.23     0.25     0.27

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.44     2.77 %^      4.81     4.45     3.47     3.21

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     72     79 %†      0     86     36     45

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

196


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
    2009    
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 10.68      $ 10.84      $ 10.53      $ 10.48      $ 10.50      $ 10.92   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.27     0.25     0.32     0.28     0.34     0.26   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.55        (0.10     0.20        0.12        (0.11     0.06   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.82        0.15        0.52        0.40        0.23        0.32   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.23     (0.30     (0.21     (0.33     (0.25     (0.32

Net Realized Gains

     —          —          —          —          —          (0.42

Return of Capital

     —          (0.01     —          (0.02     —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.23     (0.31     (0.21     (0.35     (0.25     (0.74
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 11.27      $ 10.68      $ 10.84      $ 10.53      $ 10.48      $ 10.50   
                                                

Total Return

     7.74     1.40 %†      5.00     3.89     2.15     3.04
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 3,220,787      $ 3,319,257      $ 3,484,919      $ 2,387,784      $ 1,699,793      $ 1,205,578   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.30     0.28 %^      0.28     0.29     0.33     0.34

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.48     2.53 %^      3.01     2.72     3.22     3.12

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     70     55 %†      108     92     69     90

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

197


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio
 Institutional Class Shares
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
    2009    
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 11.66      $ 11.86      $ 11.48      $ 11.45      $ 11.79      $ 12.14   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.51     0.49     0.54     0.53     0.52        0.55   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.72        (0.17     0.35        0.05        (0.29     (0.05
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     1.23        0.32        0.89        0.58        0.23        0.50   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.52     (0.52     (0.51     (0.49     (0.53     (0.56

Net Realized Gains

     (0.06     —          —          (0.06     (0.04     (0.29

Return of Capital

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.58     (0.52     (0.51     (0.55     (0.57     (0.85
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 12.31      $ 11.66      $ 11.86      $ 11.48      $ 11.45      $ 11.79   
                                                

Total Return

     10.71     2.73 %†      8.06     5.31     1.87     4.21
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,484,155      $ 1,248,514      $ 1,314,853      $ 871,392      $ 463,538      $ 373,108   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.15     0.13 %^      0.13     0.14     0.15     0.17

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     4.18     4.44 %^      4.72     4.72     4.61     4.72

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     8     14 %†      0     3     16     6

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

198


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout the period)

 

     DFA Inflation-Protected
Securities Portfolio
Institutional Class Shares
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
    2009    
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    For the period
Sept. 18, 2006***

to
Nov. 30, 2006
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 9.41      $ 10.80      $ 10.19      $ 10.00   
                                

Income From Investment Operations

        

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.12     0.70     0.45     0.02

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     1.53        (1.48     0.50        0.17   
                                

Total From Investment Operations

     1.65        (0.78     0.95        0.19   
                                

Less Distributions

        

Net Investment Income

     (0.10     (0.61     (0.34     —     

Net Realized Gains

     (0.01     —          —          —     
                                

Total Distributions

     (0.11     (0.61     (0.34     —     
                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 10.95      $ 9.41      $ 10.80      $ 10.19   
                                

Total Return

     17.70     (7.90 )%†      9.59     1.90 %† 
                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 774,110      $ 371,747      $ 240,403      $ 34,299   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.16     0.15 %^      0.20     0.20 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.16     0.14 %^      0.21     0.60 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.20     7.01 %^      4.58     0.94 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     6     3 %†      0     0 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

199


Table of Contents

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

Class R2 Shares

(formerly Class R Shares)

 

    Global Equity Portfolio  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
    2009    
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    For the period
Dec. 24, 2003***
to
Nov. 30, 2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 9.17      $ 15.49      $ 14.76      $ 12.90      $ 11.54      $ 10.00   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income

    0.17     0.24     0.22     0.19     0.19     0.07   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    1.64        (6.06     0.86        2.29        1.33        1.54   
                                               

Total from Investment Operations

    1.81        (5.82     1.08        2.48        1.52        1.61   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.16     (0.18     (0.18     (0.18     (0.14     (0.07

Net Realized Gains

    —          (0.32     (0.17     (0.44     (0.02     —     
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.16     (0.50     (0.35     (0.62     (0.16     (0.07
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 10.82      $ 9.17      $ 15.49      $ 14.76      $ 12.90      $ 11.54   
                                               

Total Return

    20.06     (38.72 )%†      7.42     20.04     13.25     16.18 %† 

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 6,782      $ 6,819      $ 27,904      $ 32,717      $ 16,092      $ 14,684   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

    0.62     0.60 %^      0.58     0.62     0.71     0.90 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

    0.91     0.87 %^      0.84     0.85     0.80     0.94 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    1.83     1.99 %^      1.38     1.38     1.32     0.82 %^@ 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

200


Table of Contents

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

Class R2 Shares

(formerly Class R Shares)

 

    Global 60/40 Portfolio  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
    2009    
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    For the period
Dec. 24, 2003***
to
Nov. 30, 2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 9.55      $ 13.16      $ 12.65      $ 11.58      $ 10.83      $ 10.00   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income

    0.14     0.30     0.22     0.11     0.19     0.08   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    1.60        (3.60     0.60        1.40        0.73        0.84   
                                               

Total from Investment Operations

    1.74        (3.30     0.82        1.51        0.92        0.92   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.12     (0.18     (0.22     (0.18     (0.16     (0.09

Net Realized Gains

    (0.04     (0.13     (0.09     (0.26     (0.01     —     
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.16     (0.31     (0.31     (0.44     (0.17     (0.09
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 11.13      $ 9.55      $ 13.16      $ 12.65      $ 11.58      $ 10.83   
                                               

Total Return

    18.46     (25.63 )%†      6.50     13.49     8.57     9.29 %† 

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 5,187      $ 5,081      $ 7,631      $ 7,379      $ 1,857      $ 1,912   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

    0.60     0.59 %^      0.57     0.65     0.70     0.95 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

    0.83     0.80 %^      0.76     0.77     0.80     1.28 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    1.42     2.78 %^      1.67     0.89     1.73     0.94 %^@ 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

201


Table of Contents

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

Class R2 Shares

(formerly Class R Shares)

 

    Global 25/75 Portfolio  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
    2009    
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    For the period
Dec. 24, 2003***
to
Nov. 30, 2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 10.04      $ 11.42      $ 11.11      $ 10.62      $ 10.33      $ 10.00   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income

    0.15     0.30     0.19     0.03     0.20     0.07   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    1.06        (1.39     0.41        0.77        0.25        0.37   
                                               

Total from Investment Operations

    1.21        (1.09     0.60        0.80        0.45        0.44   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.14     (0.21     (0.20     (0.20     (0.16     (0.11

Net Realized Gains

    (0.16     (0.08     (0.09     (0.11     —          —     
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.30     (0.29     (0.29     (0.31     (0.16     (0.11
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 10.95      $ 10.04      $ 11.42      $ 11.11      $ 10.62      $ 10.33   
                                               

Total Return

    12.19     (9.72 )%†      5.47     7.75     4.47     4.44 %† 

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 1,701      $ 1,342      $ 1,564      $ 2,701      $ 46      $ 65   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

    0.62     0.62 %^      0.62     0.62     0.79     0.95 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

    0.77     0.78 %^      0.71     0.74     0.95     6.00 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    1.49     3.00 %^      1.66     0.28     2.00     1.03 %^@ 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

202


Table of Contents

SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

Investment Advisor

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Tel. No. (512) 306-7400

  

Custodian—Domestic

 

PFPC TRUST COMPANY

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

Sub-Advisors

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LTD.

7 Down Street

London W1J7AJ

United Kingdom

Tel. No. (20) 7016-4500

  

Accounting Services, Dividend Disbursing

and Transfer Agent

 

PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT

SERVICING (U.S.) INC.

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DFA AUSTRALIA LIMITED

Level 43 Gateway

1 MacQuarie Place

Sydney, New South Wales 2000

Australia

Tel. No. (612) 8 336-7100

  

Legal Counsel

 

STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP

2600 One Commerce Square

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098

Custodian—International

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

111 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

  

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Two Commerce Square

Suite 1700

2001 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042

 

203


Table of Contents

Other Available Information

You can find more information about the Funds and their Portfolios in the Funds’ SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

Statement of Additional Information. The SAI supplements, and is technically part of, this Prospectus. It includes an expanded discussion of investment practices, risks, and fund operations.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders. These reports focus on Portfolio holdings and performance. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolios in their last fiscal year.

Request free copies from:

 

   

Your Shareholder Services Agent—if you are a participant in a Retirement Plan offering the Portfolios.

 

   

The Funds—if you represent a Retirement Plan sponsor. Call collect at (512) 306-7400.

 

   

Access them on our web site at http://www.dimensional.com.

 

   

Access them on the EDGAR Database in the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

   

Review and copy them at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington D.C. (phone 1-800-SEC-0330).

 

   

Request copies from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or at publicinfo@sec.gov (you will be charged a copying fee). Information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room is available by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

(512) 306-7400

Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (DFA International Value Portfolio, Global Equity Portfolio, Global 60/40 Portfolio and Global 25/75 Portfolio)—Registration No. 811-6067

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (all other Portfolios)—Registration No. 811-3258

 

LOGO   LOGO    RRD022810-016


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

February 28, 2010

Please carefully read the important information it contains before investing.

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

 

 

DFA ONE-YEAR FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFIHX

DFA TWO-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFGFX

DFA SELECTIVELY HEDGED GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFSHX

DFA FIVE-YEAR GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFFGX

DFA FIVE-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFGBX

DFA INTERMEDIATE GOVERNMENT FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFIGX

DFA SHORT-TERM EXTENDED QUALITY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFEQX

DFA INFLATION-PROTECTED SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DIPSX

DFA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFSMX

DFA CALIFORNIA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFCMX

INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES

This Prospectus describes the Institutional Class shares of each Portfolio which:

Are generally available only to institutional investors and clients of registered investment advisors.

Do not charge sales commissions or loads.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

DFA ONE-YEAR FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

   1

Investment Objective

   1

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   1

Principal Investment Strategies

   1

Principal Risks

   2

Performance

   3

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   4

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   4

Tax Information

   4

DFA TWO-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

   5

Investment Objective

   5

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   5

Principal Investment Strategies

   5

Principal Risks

   6

Performance

   7

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   8

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   8

Tax Information

   8

DFA SELECTIVELY HEDGED GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

   9

Investment Objective

   9

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   9

Principal Investment Strategies

   9

Principal Risks

   10

Performance

   11

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   12

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   12

Tax Information

   12

DFA FIVE-YEAR GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO

   13

Investment Objective

   13

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   13

Principal Investment Strategies

   13

Principal Risks

   14

Performance

   14

 

i


Table of Contents

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   15

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   16

Tax Information

   16

DFA FIVE-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

   17

Investment Objective

   17

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   17

Principal Investment Strategies

   17

Principal Risks

   18

Performance

   19

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   20

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   20

Tax Information

   20

DFA INTERMEDIATE GOVERNMENT FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

   21

Investment Objective

   21

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   21

Principal Investment Strategies

   21

Principal Risks

   22

Performance

   23

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   24

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   24

Tax Information

   24

DFA SHORT-TERM EXTENDED QUALITY PORTFOLIO

   25

Investment Objective

   25

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   25

Principal Investment Strategies

   26

Principal Risks

   27

Performance

   28

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   28

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   28

Tax Information

   28

DFA INFLATION-PROTECTED SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

   29

Investment Objective

   29

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   29

Principal Investment Strategies

   29

Principal Risks

   30

 

ii


Table of Contents

Performance

   31

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   32

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   32

Tax Information

   32

DFA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

   33

Investment Objective

   33

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   33

Principal Investment Strategies

   34

Principal Risks

   35

Performance

   35

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   36

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   36

Tax Information

   37

DFA CALIFORNIA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

   38

Investment Objective

   38

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   38

Principal Investment Strategies

   38

Principal Risks

   40

Performance

   41

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   42

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   42

Tax Information

   43

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

   44

Description of Investments of the Portfolios Other than the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and California Municipal Bond Portfolio

   44

Investments in the Banking Industry

   45

Portfolio Strategies of the Portfolios

   46

Other Information

   47

SECURITIES LOANS

   47

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

   48

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

   48

Management Fees

   49

Investment Services—the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio

   49

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements—the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio, Extended Quality Portfolio, Inflation-Protected Portfolio, Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and California Municipal Bond Portfolio

   50

 

iii


Table of Contents

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

   51

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   55

Cash Purchases

   55

In-Kind Purchases

   55

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

   56

VALUATION OF SHARES

   58

Net Asset Value

   58

Public Offering Price

   59

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

   60

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

   60

Redemption Procedure

   60

Redemption of Small Accounts

   61

In-Kind Redemptions

   61

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   62

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

   62

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

   62

SERVICE PROVIDERS

   73

 

iv


Table of Contents

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio (the “One-Year Portfolio”) is to achieve a stable real return in excess of the rate of inflation with a minimum of risk.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the One-Year Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.15

Other Expenses

   0.05

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.20

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the One-Year Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 20    $ 64    $ 113    $ 255

Portfolio Turnover

The One-Year Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 2% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

 

1


Table of Contents

The One-Year Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by generally investing in a universe of high quality fixed income securities that typically mature in one year or less. The Portfolio may, however, take a large position in securities maturing within two years of the date of settlement when higher yields are available. The One-Year Portfolio invests in U.S. government obligations, U.S. government agency obligations, dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S., foreign government and agency obligations, bank obligations, including U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, corporate obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and obligations of supranational organizations. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities and maintain a weighted average portfolio maturity that will not exceed one year. The Portfolio principally invests in certificates of deposit, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, notes and bonds.

The One-Year Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry” in the Portfolio’s prospectus for additional information.

The One-Year Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities owned by the One-Year Portfolio to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the One-Year Portfolio’s performance.

Risks of Banking Concentration: Focus on the banking industry would link the performance of the One-Year Portfolio to changes in the performance of the banking industry generally. Banks are very sensitive to changes in money market and general economic conditions. The profitability of the banking industry is dependent upon banks being able to obtain funds at reasonable costs and upon liquidity in the capital and credit markets to finance their lending operations. Adverse general economic conditions can cause financial difficulties for a bank’s borrowers and the borrowers’ failure to repay their loans can adversely affect the bank’s financial situation. Banks are subject to extensive regulation and decisions by regulators may limit the loans banks make and the interest rates and fees they charge, which could reduce bank profitability.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the One-Year Portfolio’s income to decline.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the One-Year Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

 

2


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the One-Year Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the One-Year Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

2.46 (10/08-12/08)

   -0.53 (4/04-6/04)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   1.92   3.63   3.69

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   1.35   2.43   2.39

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   1.25   2.40   2.37

BofA Merrill Lynch Six-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index* (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   0.58   3.52   3.39

BofA Merrill Lynch One-Year U.S. Treasury Note Index* (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   0.80   3.62   3.82

 

* Source Merrill Lynch, used with permission. MERRILL LYNCH IS LICENSING THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES “AS IS,” MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING SAME, DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND OR COMPLETENESS OF THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN OR DERIVED THEREFROM, AND ASSUMES NO LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR USE.

 

3


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the One-Year Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the One-Year Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the One-Year Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the One-Year Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

4


Table of Contents

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Two-Year Global Portfolio”) is to maximize total returns consistent with preservation of capital. Total return is comprised of income and capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Two-Year Global Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.15

Other Expenses

   0.05

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.20

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Two-Year Global Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 20    $ 64    $ 113    $ 255

Portfolio Turnover

The Two-Year Global Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 1% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these

 

5


Table of Contents

purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Two-Year Global Portfolio seeks to maximize risk-adjusted total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in two years or less. The Two-Year Global Portfolio invests in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers, securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States, and obligations of supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers which are in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”). However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. The fixed income securities in which the Two-Year Global Portfolio invests are considered investment grade at the time of purchase. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities that mature within two years from the date of settlement.

It is the policy of the Two-Year Global Portfolio that the weighted average length of maturity of investments will not exceed two years. However, investments may be made in obligations maturing in a shorter time period (from overnight, to up to two years from the date of settlement). Because many of the Portfolio’s investments will be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio will also enter into forward foreign currency contracts to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Two-Year Global Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry” in the Portfolio’s prospectus for additional information.

The Two-Year Global Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Two-Year Global Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Two-Year Global Portfolio hedges foreign currency risk.

 

6


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Two-Year Global Portfolio’s performance.

Risks of Banking Concentration: Focus on the banking industry would link the performance of the Two-Year Global Portfolio to changes in the performance of the banking industry generally. Banks are very sensitive to changes in money market and general economic conditions. The profitability of the banking industry is dependent upon banks being able to obtain funds at reasonable costs and upon liquidity in the capital and credit markets to finance their lending operations. Adverse general economic conditions can cause financial difficulties for a bank’s borrowers and the borrowers’ failure to repay their loans can adversely affect the bank’s financial situation. Banks are subject to extensive regulation and decisions by regulators may limit the loans banks make and the interest rates and fees they charge, which could reduce bank profitability.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Two-Year Global Portfolio’s income to decline.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Two-Year Global Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Two-Year Global Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Two-Year Global Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Two-Year Global Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

7


Table of Contents

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

2.44 (7/01-9/01)

   -1.21 (4/04-6/04)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   2.08   3.55   3.81

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   1.19   2.48   2.52

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   1.37   2.41   2.48

Citigroup World Government Bond Index 1-3 Year Currency Hedged U.S. Dollar (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   2.06   4.17   4.27

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Two-Year Global Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Two-Year Global Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Two-Year Global Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Two-Year Global Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

8


Table of Contents

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio”) is to maximize total returns within the universe of domestic and foreign debt securities that the Portfolio invests. Total return is comprised of income and capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.15

Other Expenses

   0.09

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.24

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$25

   $ 77    $ 135    $ 306

Portfolio Turnover

The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 28% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible

 

9


Table of Contents

maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio seeks to maximize total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in two years or less. The Portfolio may selectively hedge its foreign currency risks depending on market conditions. The debt securities in which the Portfolio may invest include obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers, securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States, and obligations of supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers that are located in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”). However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. The fixed income securities in which the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio invests are considered investment grade at the time of purchase. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities. It is the policy of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio that the weighted average length of maturity of its investments will not exceed two years. However, investments may be made in obligations maturing in a shorter time period (from overnight, to up to two years from the date of settlement).

Because many of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio’s investments may be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio may hedge the currency exposure of the foreign securities by entering into foreign forward currency contracts, or leave some or all of the currency exposure unhedged, to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The decision to hedge the Portfolio’s currency exposure with respect to a foreign market will be based on, among other things, a comparison of the respective foreign and U.S. short-term interest rates and the Portfolio’s existing exposure to a given foreign currency. The Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry” in the Portfolio’s prospectus for additional information.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency

 

10


Table of Contents

will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio may hedge the currency exposure of its foreign securities or leave some or all of the currency exposed unhedged.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio’s performance.

Risks of Banking Concentration: Focus on the banking industry would link the performance of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio to changes in the performance of the banking industry generally. Banks are very sensitive to changes in money market and general economic conditions. The profitability of the banking industry is dependent upon banks being able to obtain funds at reasonable costs and upon liquidity in the capital and credit markets to finance their lending operations. Adverse general economic conditions can cause financial difficulties for a bank’s borrowers and the borrowers’ failure to repay their loans can adversely affect the bank’s financial situation. Banks are subject to extensive regulation and decisions by regulators may limit the loans banks make and the interest rates and fees they charge, which could reduce bank profitability.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio’s income to decline.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

11


Table of Contents

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2009-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

5.62 (4/09-6/09)

   -0.11 (1/09-3/09)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009

Annualized Returns (%)

   One Year      Since 1/9/08
Inception

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

       

Return Before Taxes

   10.21%      0.22%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   10.20%      0.21%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   6.65%      0.19%

Citigroup World Government Bond Index 1-3 Years (unhedged) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   3.22%      5.33%

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

12


Table of Contents

DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio (the “Five-Year Government Portfolio”) is to maximize total returns from the universe of debt obligations of the U.S. government and U.S. government agencies. Total return is comprised of income and capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Five-Year Government Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.20

Other Expenses

   0.05

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.25

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Five-Year Government Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

  

5 Years

  

10 Years

$26    $80    $141    $318

Portfolio Turnover

The Five-Year Government Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 72% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these

 

13


Table of Contents

purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Five-Year Government Portfolio seeks to maximize risk-adjusted total returns from a universe of obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies maturing in five years or less. The credit quality of the securities purchased by the Portfolio will be that of the U.S. government or its agency. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in government securities that mature within five years from the date of settlement. It is the policy of the Portfolio that the maximum length of maturity of investments will not exceed five years from the date of settlement. However, investments may be made in obligations maturing in a shorter time period (from overnight, to up to five years from the date of settlement). The Advisor expects that the Portfolio’s average portfolio duration will be three years or less. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a fixed income security that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. The longer a security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to interest rates. The Portfolio will also acquire repurchase agreements backed by U.S. government securities. The Portfolio is authorized to invest more than 25% of its total assets in U.S. Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Five-Year Government Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Five-Year Government Portfolio’s performance. Government agency obligations have different levels of credit support and, therefore, different degrees of credit risk. Securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, present little credit risk. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government, that are supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limitations, and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government that are sponsored by the credit of the issuing agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, are subject to a greater degree of credit risk. U.S. government agency securities issued or guaranteed by the credit of the agency may still involve a risk of non-payment of principal and/or interest.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Five-Year Government Portfolio’s income to decline.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Five-Year Government Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized

 

14


Table of Contents

one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Five-Year Government Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

6.59 (10/08-12/08)

   -3.22 (4/04-6/04)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   1.46   3.97   5.06

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   0.33   2.66   3.53

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   0.95   2.62   3.43

BofA Merrill Lynch 1-5 Year Treasuries/Agencies Index* (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   0.91   4.49   5.09

 

* Source Merrill Lynch, used with permission. MERRILL LYNCH IS LICENSING THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES “AS IS,” MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING SAME, DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND OR COMPLETENESS OF THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN OR DERIVED THEREFROM, AND ASSUMES NO LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR USE.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Five-Year Government Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Five-Year Government Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

 

15


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Five-Year Government Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Five-Year Government Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

16


Table of Contents

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Five-Year Global Portfolio”) is to provide a market rate of return for a fixed income portfolio with low relative volatility of returns. The Five-Year Global Portfolio seeks to focus the eligible universe on securities with relatively less expected upward or downward movement in market value.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Five-Year Global Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.25

Other Expenses

   0.05

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.30

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Five-Year Global Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

  

5 Years

  

10 Years

$31    $97    $169    $381

Portfolio Turnover

The Five-Year Global Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 70% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to

 

17


Table of Contents

purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Five-Year Global Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by generally investing in a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in five years or less. The Five-Year Global Portfolio primarily invests in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, obligations of other foreign issuers rated AA or better, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, and supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers which are in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”). However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities that mature within five years from the date of settlement.

It is the policy of the Five-Year Global Portfolio that the weighted average length of maturity of investments will not exceed five years. However, investments may be made in obligations maturing in a shorter time period (from overnight, to up to five years from the date of settlement). The Portfolio is authorized to invest more than 25% of its total assets in U.S. Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities. Because many of the Portfolio’s investments will be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio will also enter into forward foreign currency contracts to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Five-Year Global Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Five-Year Global Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Five-Year Global Portfolio hedges foreign currency risk.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Five-Year Global Portfolio’s performance.

 

18


Table of Contents

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Five-Year Global Portfolio’s income to decline.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Five-Year Global Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Five-Year Global Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Five-Year Global Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Five-Year Global Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

19


Table of Contents

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

5.34 (7/02-9/02)

   -3.26 (4/04-6/04)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   4.19   3.80   4.76

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   2.94   2.81   3.37

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   2.72   2.67   3.26

Citigroup World Government Bond Index 1-5 Year Currency Hedged U.S. Dollar (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   2.29   4.46   4.66

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Five-Year Global Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Five-Year Global Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Five-Year Global Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Five-Year Global Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

20


Table of Contents

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Intermediate Government Portfolio”) is to earn current income consistent with preservation of capital.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Intermediate Government Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.10

Other Expenses

   0.05

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.15

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Intermediate Government Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

  

5 Years

  

10 Years

$15    $48    $85    $192

Portfolio Turnover

The Intermediate Government Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 8% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad portfolio of securities that result in the Portfolio maintaining similar characteristics to the whole universe of eligible securities. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

 

21


Table of Contents

The Intermediate Government Portfolio primarily invests in high quality, low-risk obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies with maturities of between five and fifteen years. The Intermediate Government Portfolio normally invests in non-callable obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and U.S. government agencies, AAA-rated, dollar-denominated obligations of foreign governments, obligations of supranational organizations, and futures contracts on U.S. Treasury securities. Since government guaranteed mortgage-backed securities are considered callable, such securities will not be included in the Portfolio.

Generally, the Intermediate Government Portfolio will purchase securities with maturities of between five and fifteen years from the date of settlement. The Portfolio will not shift the maturity of its investments in anticipation of interest rate movements and ordinarily will have an average weighted maturity, based upon market values, of between three to ten years. In any event, as a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income government securities and maintain a weighted average portfolio maturity of between three and ten years.

The Intermediate Government Portfolio may invest more than 5% of its assets in the obligations of foreign governments. Those obligations at the time of purchase must be either rated in the highest rating category of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, in the case of any obligation that is unrated, of comparable quality. The Portfolio is authorized to invest more than 25% of its total assets in Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities. The Portfolio also may invest in futures contracts on U.S. Treasury securities or options on such contracts for the purposes of remaining fully invested and maintaining liquidity to pay redemptions. However, the Portfolio will not purchase futures contracts or options thereon if as a result more than 5% of its net assets would then consist of initial margin deposits and premiums required to establish such positions.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Intermediate Government Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Intermediate Government Portfolio’s performance. Government agency obligations have different levels of credit support and, therefore, different degrees of credit risk. Securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, present little credit risk. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government, that are supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limitations, and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government that are sponsored by the credit of the issuing agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, are subject to a greater degree of credit risk. U.S. government agency securities issued or guaranteed by the credit of the agency may still involve a risk of non-payment of principal and/or interest.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Intermediate Government Portfolio’s income to decline.

 

22


Table of Contents

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Intermediate Government Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Intermediate Government Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Intermediate Government Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

9.29 (10/08-12/08)

   -3.93 (4/04-6/04)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
   Five
Years
   Ten
Years

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

        

Return Before Taxes

   -0.72%    5.26%    6.91%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   -2.19%    3.64%    4.95%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   -0.40%    3.56%    4.80%

Barclays Capital U.S. Government Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   -2.20%    4.87%    6.17%

 

23


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Intermediate Government Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Intermediate Government Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Intermediate Government Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Intermediate Government Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

24


Table of Contents

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio (the “Extended Quality Portfolio”) is to maximize total returns from the universe of debt securities in which the Portfolio invests. Total return is comprised of income and capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Extended Quality Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.20

Other Expenses

   0.08

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.28

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)*

   0.06

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.22

 

* The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Extended Quality Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Extended Quality Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Extended Quality Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Extended Quality Portfolio reflect the net expenses of the Portfolio that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 23    $ 84    $ 151    $ 350

Portfolio Turnover

The Extended Quality Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 2% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

 

25


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Extended Quality Portfolio seeks to maximize total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign corporate debt securities with an investment grade credit rating. The Extended Quality Portfolio invests with an emphasis on a universe of U.S. and foreign corporate debt securities the Advisor considers to be of extended quality as they are rated in the lower half of the investment grade spectrum (i.e., rated BBB- to A+ by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) or Baa3 to A1 by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”)). The Portfolio will not emphasize investments in the lower half of the investment grade spectrum, however, when the Advisor believes the credit risk premium does not warrant the investment. The Portfolio will also invest in higher-rated corporate debt securities, obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers having investment grade ratings, securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States, and obligations of supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers that are located in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”). However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well.

The Extended Quality Portfolio primarily invests in securities that mature within five years from the date of settlement and maintains an average portfolio duration of three years or less. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a fixed income security that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. The longer a security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities considered to be investment grade quality.

The Extended Quality Portfolio’s investments may include foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies. The Portfolio intends to hedge any foreign currency exposure to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The Portfolio may hedge such currency exposure by entering into foreign forward currency contracts. The Portfolio also may enter into credit default swaps on issuers or indices to buy or sell credit protection to hedge its credit exposure; gain market or issuer exposure without owning the underlying securities; or increase the Portfolio’s total return. The Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, for non-hedging purposes as a substitute for direct investment or to allow the Portfolio to remain fully invested while maintaining the liquidity required to pay redemptions.

The Extended Quality Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive

 

26


Table of Contents

days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry” in the Portfolio’s prospectus for additional information.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Extended Quality Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Extended Quality Portfolio hedges foreign currency risk.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Extended Quality Portfolio’s performance. Credit risk is greater for fixed income securities with ratings below investment grade (BB or below by S&P or Ba or below by Moody’s). Fixed income securities that are below investment grade involve high credit risk and are considered speculative. Below investment grade fixed income securities may also fluctuate in value more than higher quality fixed income securities and, during periods of market volatility, may be more difficult to sell at the time and price the Portfolio desires.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Extended Quality Portfolio’s income to decline.

Call Risk: Call risk is the risk that during periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer will call or repay a higher-yielding bond before its maturity date, forcing the Extended Quality Portfolio to reinvest in bonds with lower interest rates than the original obligations.

Risks of Banking Concentration: Focus on the banking industry would link the performance of the Extended Quality Portfolio to changes in the performance of the banking industry generally. Banks are very sensitive to changes in money market and general economic conditions. The profitability of the banking industry is dependent upon banks being able to obtain funds at reasonable costs and upon liquidity in the capital and credit markets to finance their lending operations. Adverse general economic conditions can cause financial difficulties for a bank’s borrowers and the borrowers’ failure to repay their loans can adversely affect the bank’s financial situation. Banks are subject to extensive regulation and decisions by regulators may limit the loans banks make and the interest rates and fees they charge, which could reduce bank profitability.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Extended Quality Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of those derivatives. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of

 

27


Table of Contents

improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested. Additional risks are associated with the use of credit default swaps including counterparty and credit risk (the risk that the other party to a swap agreement will not fulfill its contractual obligations, whether because of bankruptcy or other default) and liquidity risk (the possible lack of a secondary market for the swap agreement).

PERFORMANCE

Performance information is not available for the Extended Quality Portfolio because it has less than one calendar year of performance.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Extended Quality Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Extended Quality Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Extended Quality Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Extended Quality Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

28


Table of Contents

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio (the “Inflation-Protected Portfolio”) is to provide inflation protection and earn current income consistent with inflation-protected securities.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Inflation-Protected Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.10

Other Expenses

   0.06

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.16

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Inflation-Protected Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

  

5 Years

  

10 Years

$16    $52    $90    $205

Portfolio Turnover

The Inflation-Protected Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 6% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible

 

29


Table of Contents

maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Inflation-Protected Portfolio seeks its investment objective by investing in a universe of inflation-protected securities that are structured to provide returns that at least keep up with the rate of inflation over the long-term. The Inflation-Protected Portfolio ordinarily invests in inflation-protected securities issued by the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities and the credit quality such inflation-protected securities will be that of such applicable U.S. government, agency or instrumentality issuer.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in inflation-protected securities. Inflation-protected securities (also known as inflation-indexed securities) are securities whose principal and/or interest payments are adjusted for inflation, unlike conventional debt securities that make fixed principal and interest payments. Inflation-protected securities include Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”), which are securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. The principal value of TIPS is adjusted for inflation (payable at maturity) and the semi-annual interest payments by TIPS equal a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. These inflation adjustments are based upon the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (CPI-U). The original principal value of TIPS is guaranteed, even during periods of deflation. At maturity, TIPS are redeemed at the greater of their inflation-adjusted principal or par amount at original issue. Other types of inflation-protected securities may use other methods to adjust for inflation and other measures of inflation. In addition, inflation-protected securities issued by entities other than the U.S. Treasury may not provide a guarantee of principal value at maturity.

Generally, the Inflation-Protected Portfolio will purchase inflation-protected securities with maturities of between five and twenty years from the date of settlement, although it is anticipated that, at times, the Portfolio will purchase securities outside of this range. The Portfolio ordinarily will have an average weighted maturity, based upon market values, of between three to twelve years.

The Inflation-Protected Portfolio is authorized to invest more than 25% of its total assets in Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities. The Portfolio will not shift the maturity of its investments in anticipation of interest rate movements.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Inflation-Protected Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Inflation-Protected Securities Interest Rate Risk: Inflation-protected securities may react differently from other fixed income securities to changes in interest rates. Because interest rates on inflation-protected securities are adjusted for inflation, the values of these securities are not materially affected by inflation expectations. Therefore, the value of inflation-protected securities are anticipated to change in response to changes in “real” interest rates, which represent nominal (stated) interest rates reduced by the expected impact of inflation. Generally, the value of an inflation-protected security will fall when real interest rates rise and will rise when real interest rates fall.

 

30


Table of Contents

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Inflation-Protected Portfolio’s performance. Government agency obligations have different levels of credit support and, therefore, different degrees of credit risk. Securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, present little credit risk. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government, that are supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limitations, and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government that are sponsored by the credit of the issuing agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, are subject to a greater degree of credit risk. U.S. government agency securities issued or guaranteed by the credit of the agency may still involve a risk of non-payment of principal and/or interest.

Risks of Investing for Inflation Protection: Because the interest and/or principal payments on an inflation-protected security are adjusted periodically for changes in inflation, the income distributed by the Inflation-Protected Portfolio may be irregular. Although the U.S. Treasury guarantees to pay at least the original face value of any inflation-protected securities the Treasury issues, other issuers may not offer the same guarantee. Also, inflation-protected securities, including those issued by the U.S. Treasury, are not protected against deflation. As a result, in a period of deflation, the inflation-protected securities held by the Portfolio may not pay any income and the Portfolio may suffer a loss during such periods. While inflation-protected securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in the Portfolio’s value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation, the Portfolio’s investment in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the securities’ inflation measures. In addition, positive adjustments to principal generally will result in taxable income to the Portfolio at the time of such adjustments (which generally would be distributed by the Portfolio as part of its taxable dividends), even though the principal amount is not paid until maturity. The current market value of inflation-protected securities is not guaranteed and will fluctuate.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Inflation-Protected Portfolio’s income to decline.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Inflation-Protected Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Inflation-Protected Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

31


Table of Contents

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2007-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

6.32 (1/08-3/08)

   -4.00 (7/08-9/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 9/18/06
Inception
 

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   11.01   6.17

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   10.55   4.92

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   7.16   4.55

Barclays Capital US TIPS Index (Series-L) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   11.41   6.04

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Inflation-Protected Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Inflation-Protected Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Inflation-Protected Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Inflation-Protected Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

32


Table of Contents

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio (the “Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio”) is to provide current income that is exempt from federal personal income taxes and to preserve investors’ principal.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.20

Other Expenses

   0.05

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses*

   0.01

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.26

 

* Since the “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses” are not directly borne by the Portfolio, they are not reflected in the Portfolio’s financial statements, and therefore, the amounts listed in “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” will differ from those presented in the Financial Highlights.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

  

5 Years

  

10 Years

$27    $84    $146    $331

Portfolio Turnover

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 0% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

 

33


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio seeks its investment objective by investing primarily in a universe of investment grade municipal securities, the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax. Municipal securities include bonds, notes, commercial paper and other instruments (including participation interests in such securities) issued by or on behalf of the states, territories and possessions of the United States (including the District of Columbia) and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities. The interest on the municipal securities purchased by the Portfolio, in the opinion of bond counsel for the issuers, is exempt from federal income tax (i.e., excludable from gross income for individuals for federal income tax purposes but not necessarily exempt from state or local taxes). As a fundamental investment policy, under normal market conditions, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax. The Portfolio does not currently intend to invest its assets in securities whose interest is subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

Generally, the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio will acquire obligations that mature within three years from the date of settlement, but substantial investments may be made in obligations maturing up to ten years from the date of settlement when greater returns are available, and in variable rate demand notes with longer maturities. Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of three years or less. If a security has been redeemed by the issuer at a date prior to the stated final maturity date for the purposes of the above maturity restriction, the early redemption date shall be considered the maturity date regardless of the stated final maturity.

At least 75% of the assets of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio will be invested in municipal securities that, at the time of purchase, are rated in the top three credit-rating categories (Aaa, Aa and A for Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or AAA, AA and A for Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) or AAA, AA and A for Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”)) with regard to investments in bonds, and rated P1, MIG1, MIG2 or MIG3 by Moody’s or A1 or better, SP-1 or better or SP-2 by S&P or F1 or better or F2 by Fitch with regard to investments in notes. No more than 20% of the Portfolio’s assets will be invested in municipal securities that, at the time of purchase, for bonds, are rated Baa or lower (by Moody’s) or BBB or lower (by S&P or Fitch), and for notes, are rated MIG4 by Moody’s or SP-3 by S&P or F3 by Fitch. The remaining 5% of the Portfolio’s assets may be invested in securities with lower credit ratings or that are unrated.

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio may (1) purchase certain municipal securities that are insured, (2) invest in municipal securities secured by mortgages on single-family homes and multi-family projects, (3) invest in pre-refunded municipal securities, (4) purchase tax-exempt municipal securities on a “when-issued” basis, and (5) use bond (interest rate) futures and options contracts, credit swaps, interest rate swaps and other types of derivatives to hedge against changes in interest rates. The Portfolio may also use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

 

34


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio’s performance. Credit risk is greater for fixed income securities with ratings below investment grade (BB or below by S&P or Ba or below by Moody’s). Fixed income securities that are below investment grade involve high credit risk and are considered speculative. Below investment grade fixed income securities may also fluctuate in value more than higher quality fixed income securities and, during periods of market volatility, may be more difficult to sell at the time and price the Portfolio desires.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio’s income to decline.

Tax Liability Risk: Tax liability risk is the risk that distributions by the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio become taxable to shareholders as ordinary income due to noncompliant conduct by a municipal bond issuer, unfavorable changes in federal or state tax laws, or adverse interpretations of tax laws by the Internal Revenue Service or state tax authorities. Such adverse interpretations or actions could cause interest from a security to become taxable, possibly retroactively, subjecting, shareholders to increased tax liability. In addition, such adverse interpretations or actions could cause the value of a security, and therefore, the value of the Portfolio’s shares, to decline.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

35


Table of Contents

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2003-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

1.93 (10/08-12/08)

   -1.36 (4/04-6/04)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Since 8/20/02
Inception
 

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   3.69   2.80   2.55

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   3.69   2.80   2.55

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   3.10   2.74   2.49

Barclays Capital Municipal Bond Index 3 Years
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   5.78   4.03   3.60

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

 

36


Table of Contents

TAX INFORMATION

Most distributions you receive from the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio will consist of exempt-interest dividends (dividends paid from interest earned on municipal securities). In general, exempt-interest dividends are exempt from regular federal income tax. Exempt-interest dividends from interest earned on municipal securities of a state, or its political subdivisions, generally are exempt from that state’s personal income tax. Most states, however, do not grant tax-free treatment to interest from municipal securities of other states.

 

37


Table of Contents

DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio (the “California Municipal Bond Portfolio”) is to seek to provide current income that is expected to be exempt from federal personal income taxes and California state personal income taxes.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the California Municipal Bond Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.20

Other Expenses

   0.06

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses*

   0.01

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.27

 

  * Since the “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses” are not directly borne by the Portfolio, they are not reflected in the Portfolio’s financial statements, and therefore, the amounts listed in “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” will differ from those presented in the Financial Highlights.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the California Municipal Bond Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 28    $ 87    $ 152    $ 343

Portfolio Turnover

The California Municipal Bond Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 4% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

 

38


Table of Contents

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The California Municipal Bond Portfolio seeks its investment objective by investing primarily in a universe of municipal securities issued by or on behalf of California state or local governments and their agencies, instrumentalities and regional governmental authorities, the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax and the state personal income tax of California. The California Municipal Bond Portfolio invests primarily in municipal securities issued by or on behalf of California state or local governments and their agencies, instrumentalities and regional governmental authorities. The Portfolio may also invest a portion of its assets in municipal securities issued by U.S. territories that are exempt from state taxation under federal law. Municipal securities in which the Portfolio may invest include, among others, revenue bonds, general obligation bonds, industrial development bonds, municipal lease obligations, commercial paper variable rate demand obligations and other instruments (including participation interests in such securities). The Portfolio intends to invest in municipal securities that in the opinion of bond counsel for the issuers and under current tax law provide interest that is exempt from California and federal personal income taxes. As a fundamental investment policy, under normal market conditions, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal personal income tax and the California state personal income taxes. The Portfolio does not currently intend to invest its assets in securities whose interest is subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

Generally, the Portfolio will acquire obligations that mature within three years from the date of settlement, but substantial investments may be made in obligations maturing up to ten years from the date of settlement when greater returns are available, and in variable rate demand notes with longer maturities. Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of three years or less. The Portfolio intends to maintain a dollar-weighted average credit quality equal to or better than the lower of: (i) a credit quality rating of AA by S&P or Aa2 by Moody’s or AA by Fitch or (ii) the credit quality of general obligation bonds issued by the state of California. For purposes of the above policy on dollar-weighted average credit quality, unrated securities may be included if such securities have been determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality. The Portfolio may invest in individual municipal securities of any credit quality rating, including securities considered to be below investment grade. If a security has been redeemed by the issuer at a date prior to the stated final maturity date for the purposes of the above maturity restriction, the early redemption date shall be considered the maturity date regardless of the stated final maturity.

Municipal securities are often issued to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities, such as bridges, highways, housing, hospitals, mass transportation facilities, schools, streets and public utilities, such as water and sewer works. Municipal securities include municipal leases, certificates of participation, municipal obligation components and municipal custody receipts. The Portfolio may invest more than 25% of its assets in municipal securities issued to finance projects in a particular segment of the bond market including, but not limited to, health care, housing, education, utilities, and transportation. The Portfolio also may invest more than 25% of its assets in industrial development bonds.

The California Municipal Bond Portfolio may (1) purchase certain municipal securities that are insured, (2) invest in municipal securities secured by mortgages on single-family homes and multi-family projects, (3) invest in pre-refunded municipal securities, (4) purchase tax-exempt municipal securities on a “when-issued” basis and (5) use bond (interest rate) futures and options contracts, credit swaps, interest rate swaps and other types of derivatives to hedge against changes in interest rates. The Portfolio may also use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

 

39


Table of Contents

Although the Portfolio attempts to invest all of its assets in tax-exempt securities, it is possible, although not anticipated, that a portion of its assets may be invested in securities that pay taxable interest, including interest that may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax. These investments could generate taxable income for shareholders.

The California Municipal Bond Portfolio is primarily designed for investment by California taxpayers.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the California Municipal Bond Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the California Municipal Bond Portfolio’s performance. Credit risk is greater for fixed income securities with ratings below investment grade (BB or below by S&P or Ba or below by Moody’s). Fixed income securities that are below investment grade involve high credit risk and are considered speculative. Below investment grade fixed income securities may also fluctuate in value more than higher quality fixed income securities and, during periods of market volatility, may be more difficult to sell at the time and price the Portfolio desires.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the California Municipal Bond Portfolio’s income to decline.

Tax Liability Risk: Tax liability risk is the risk that distributions by the California Municipal Bond Portfolio become taxable to shareholders as ordinary income due to noncompliant conduct by a municipal bond issuer, unfavorable changes in federal or state tax laws, or adverse interpretations of tax laws by the Internal Revenue Service or state tax authorities. Such adverse interpretations or actions could cause interest from a security to become taxable, possibly retroactively, subjecting shareholders to increased tax liability. In addition, such adverse interpretations or actions could cause the value of a security, and therefore, the value of the Portfolio’s shares, to decline.

State-Specific Risk: Because the California Municipal Bond Portfolio focuses its investments primarily in California municipal securities, the value of the Portfolio’s investments will be highly sensitive to events affecting the fiscal stability of the State of California and its agencies, municipalities, authorities and other instrumentalities that issue securities. These events may include state or local legislation or policy changes, state constitutional limits on tax increases, erosion of the tax base of the state or one or more particular localities, the effects of possible terrorist acts or natural disasters, budget deficits, or other economic or credit problems affecting the state generally or any individual locality (which may directly or indirectly affect the state as a whole). Having a significant percentage of its assets invested in the securities of fewer issuers, particularly obligations of government issuers of a single state, could result in greater credit risk exposure to a smaller number of issuers due to economic, regulatory or political problems in California. Also, to the extent that the Portfolio makes significant investments in securities issued to finance projects in a particular segment of the California municipal securities market such focused investment may cause the value of the Portfolio’s shares to

 

40


Table of Contents

change more than the value of shares of funds that invest more broadly. These risks are disclosed in more detail in the Portfolio’s Statement of Additional Information.

Non-Diversification Risk: The risk that the California Municipal Bond Portfolio may be more volatile than a diversified fund because it invests its assets in a smaller number of issuers. The gains or losses on a single security may, therefore, have a greater impact on the Portfolio’s net asset value.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the California Municipal Bond Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the California Municipal Bond Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the California Municipal Bond Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

41


Table of Contents

DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

LOGO

 

January 2008-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

2.20 (10/08-12/08)

   0.00 (4/08-6/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 4/2/07
Inception
 

DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   3.92   3.49

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   3.92   3.49

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   3.30   3.32

BofA Merrill Lynch 1-3 Year California Municipal Bond Index* (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   4.55   4.69

 

* Source Merrill Lynch, used with permission. MERRILL LYNCH IS LICENSING THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES “AS IS,” MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING SAME, DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND OR COMPLETENESS OF THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN OR DERIVED THEREFROM, AND ASSUMES NO LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR USE.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the California Municipal Bond Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the California Municipal Bond Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the California Municipal Bond Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

 

42


Table of Contents

TAX INFORMATION

Most distributions you receive from the California Municipal Bond Portfolio will consist of exempt-interest dividends (dividends paid from interest earned on municipal securities). In general, exempt-interest dividends are exempt from regular federal income tax. Exempt-interest dividends from interest earned on municipal securities of a state, or its political subdivisions, generally are exempt from that state’s personal income tax. Most states, however, do not grant tax-free treatment to interest from municipal securities of other states.

 

43


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The investment company described in this Prospectus offers a variety of investment portfolios. Each of the investment company’s Portfolios has its own investment objective and policies, and is the equivalent of a separate mutual fund. The Portfolios, except the One-Year Portfolio, described in this Prospectus are designed for long-term investors. Each Portfolio (except the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio, Extended Quality Portfolio, Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and California Municipal Bond Portfolio) also offers two additional classes of shares, Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares, which are offered to qualified investors in a separate prospectus.

Description of Investments of the Portfolios Other than the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and California Municipal Bond Portfolio

The following is a description of the categories of investments that may be acquired by the Portfolios (other than the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and California Municipal Bond Portfolio):

 

     Permissible Categories:

One-Year Portfolio

   1-8,11

Two-Year Global Portfolio

   1-11

Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio

   1-11

Five-Year Government Portfolio

   1,2,6,11

Five-Year Global Portfolio

   1-11

Intermediate Government Portfolio

   1,2,6,7,8,11

Extended Quality Portfolio

   1,2,4,6-8,10-14

Inflation-Protected Portfolio

   1,2,6,11

1. U.S. Government Obligations—Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury which are direct obligations of the U.S. government, including bills, notes and bonds.

2. U.S. Government Agency Obligations—Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities and federal agencies, which have different levels of credit support. The U.S. government agency obligations include, but are not limited to, securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, including Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government may be supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limits, such as securities issued by Federal Home Loan Banks, or are supported only by the credit of such agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.

3. Corporate Debt Obligations—Nonconvertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures), which are issued by companies whose commercial paper is rated Prime1 by Moody’s or A1 or better by S&P or F1 or better by Fitch and dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S. If the issuer’s commercial paper is unrated, then the debt security would have to be rated at least AA by S&P or Aa2 by Moody’s or AA by Fitch. If there is neither a commercial paper rating nor a rating of the debt security, then the Advisor must determine that the debt security is of comparable quality to equivalent issues of the same issuer rated at least AA or Aa2.

4. Bank Obligations—Obligations of U.S. banks and savings and loan associations and dollar-denominated obligations of U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, such as certificates of deposit (including marketable variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits and bankers’ acceptances. Bank certificates of deposit will only be acquired from banks having assets in excess of $1,000,000,000.

5. Commercial Paper—Rated, at the time of purchase, A1 or better by S&P or Prime1 by Moody’s, or F1 or better by Fitch or, if unrated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated Aaa by Moody’s or AAA by S&P or AAA by Fitch.

 

44


Table of Contents

6. Repurchase Agreements—Instruments through which the Portfolios purchase securities (“underlying securities”) from a bank or a registered U.S. government securities dealer, with an agreement by the seller to repurchase the securities at an agreed price, plus interest at a specified rate. The underlying securities will be limited to U.S. government and agency obligations described in (1) and (2) above. The Portfolios will not enter into a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days if, as a result, more than 10% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be so invested. In addition, a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days will be subject to a Portfolio’s illiquid securities policy. The Portfolios also will only invest in repurchase agreements with a bank if the bank has at least $1,000,000,000 in assets and is approved by the Investment Committee of the Advisor. The Advisor will monitor the market value of the securities plus any accrued interest thereon so that they will at least equal the repurchase price.

7. Foreign Government and Agency Obligations—Bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, or their agencies and instrumentalities.

8. Supranational Organization Obligations—Debt securities of supranational organizations such as the European Coal and Steel Community, the European Economic Community and the World Bank, which are chartered to promote economic development.

9. Foreign Issuer Obligations—Debt securities of non-U.S. issuers rated AA or better by S&P or Aa2 or better by Moody’s or AA or better by Fitch.

10. Eurodollar Obligations—Debt securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States.

11. Money Market Funds—The Portfolios may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

12. Corporate Debt ObligationsExtended Quality Portfolio—Nonconvertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures), which have received an investment grade rating by Moody’s, Fitch or S&P or, if unrated, have been determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality.

13. Commercial Paper—Extended Quality Portfolio—Rated, at the time of purchase, A3 or better by S&P or Prime3 or better by Moody’s, or F3 or better by Fitch or, if unrated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated at least Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by S&P or Fitch.

14. Foreign Issuer Obligations—Extended Quality Portfolio—Debt securities of non-U.S. issuers that have received a rating of BBB- or better by S&P or Fitch or Baa3 or better by Moody’s, or, if unrated, have been determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality.

The categories of investments that may be acquired by each of the Portfolios (other than Intermediate Government Portfolio) may include both fixed and floating rate securities. Floating rate securities bear interest at rates that vary with prevailing market rates. Interest rate adjustments are made periodically (e.g., every six months), usually based on a money market index such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the Treasury bill rate.

Investments in the Banking Industry

The One-Year Portfolio, Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio will invest more than 25% of their total respective assets in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all

 

45


Table of Contents

other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for trading. For purposes of this policy, the Advisor considers eligible portfolio investments to be those securities that are on the Advisor’s then current buy list that are available for purchase. This policy can only be changed by a vote of shareholders. When investment in such obligations exceeds 25% of the total net assets of any of these Portfolios such Portfolio will be considered to be concentrating its investments in the banking industry. Once a Portfolio concentrates its investments in the banking industry, the Portfolio may remain concentrated in the banking industry until the purchase of new investments in the normal course of executing the Portfolio’s investment strategy result in less than 25% of the Portfolio’s total assets consisting of banking industry securities.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the One-Year Portfolio is concentrating its investments in the banking industry.

The types of bank and bank holding company obligations in which the Portfolios may invest include: dollar-denominated certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and other debt obligations issued in the United States provided such obligations meet each Portfolio’s established credit rating criteria as stated under “Description of Investments of the Portfolios Other than the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and California Municipal Bond Portfolio.” In addition, the Portfolios are authorized to invest more than 25% of their total assets in Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities. The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio may also invest in non-dollar denominated certificates.

Portfolio Strategies of the Portfolios

The One-Year Portfolio, Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio, Five-Year Government Portfolio, Intermediate Government Portfolio, Extended Quality Portfolio and Inflation-Protected Portfolio will be managed with a view to capturing credit risk premiums and term or maturity premiums. The term “credit risk premium” means the anticipated incremental return on investment for holding obligations considered to have greater credit risk than direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, and “maturity risk premium” means the anticipated incremental return on investment for holding securities having maturities of longer than one month compared to securities having a maturity of one month. The Advisor believes that credit risk premiums are available largely through investment in commercial paper, certificates of deposit and corporate obligations. The holding period for assets of the Portfolios will be chosen with a view to maximizing anticipated returns, net of trading costs.

The One-Year Portfolio, Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio, Five-Year Government Portfolio, Five-Year Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio may engage in frequent trading of portfolio securities and, therefore, are expected to have a high portfolio turnover rate. The rate of portfolio turnover will depend upon market and other conditions; it will not be a limiting factor when management believes that portfolio changes are appropriate. While the Portfolios acquire securities in principal transactions and, therefore, do not pay brokerage commissions, the spread between the bid and asked prices of a security may be considered to be a “cost” of trading. Such costs ordinarily increase with trading activity. However, securities ordinarily will be sold when, in the Advisor’s judgment, the monthly return of a Portfolio will be increased as a result of portfolio transactions after taking into account the cost of trading. It is anticipated that short-term instruments will be acquired in the primary and secondary markets. A high portfolio turnover rate may have negative tax consequences to shareholders and may result in increased trading costs.

The Five-Year Global Portfolio will be managed with a view to capturing credit risk premiums and maturity risk premiums. Ordinarily, the Portfolio will invest primarily in obligations issued or guaranteed by foreign governments and their agencies and instrumentalities, obligations of other foreign issuers rated AA or better and supranational organizations. The Portfolio will own obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities also. At times when, in the Advisor’s judgement, eligible foreign securities do

 

46


Table of Contents

not offer maturity risk premiums that compare favorably with those offered by eligible U.S. securities, the Portfolio will be invested primarily in the latter securities.

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio will be managed with a view to capturing credit risk premiums and term or maturity premiums. The Advisor believes that credit risk premiums for a municipal securities portfolio are available largely through investment in high grade municipal securities. The holding period for assets of the Short-Term Municipal Portfolio will be chosen with a view to maximizing anticipated returns, net of trading costs, and the Advisor may consider potential realized and unrealized capital gains.

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio may also invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments to gain exposure to the municipal bond market pending investment in municipal bonds. The Portfolio may also invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

The California Municipal Bond Portfolio will be managed with a view to capturing credit risk premiums and term or maturity premiums. The Advisor believes that credit risk premiums for a California municipal securities portfolio are available through investment in municipal securities that may include certain securities that are below investment grade. The holding period for assets of the Portfolio will be chosen with a view to maximizing anticipated returns, net of trading costs.

The California Municipal Bond Portfolio may also invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments, as well as affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, to gain exposure to the California municipal bond market pending investment in municipal bonds.

Other Information

Commodity Pool Operator Exemption:

Each Portfolio is operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

SECURITIES LOANS

Each Portfolio is authorized to lend securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions for the purpose of earning additional income. While a Portfolio may earn additional income from lending securities, such activity is incidental to the investment objective of the Portfolio. For information concerning the revenue from securities lending, see “SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE.” The value of securities loaned may not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of a Portfolio’s total assets, which includes the value of collateral received. To the extent a Portfolio loans a portion of its securities, the Portfolio will receive collateral consisting generally of cash or U.S. government securities, which will be maintained by marking to market daily in an amount equal to at least (i) 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, (ii) 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to U.S. securities, and (iii) 105% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to foreign securities. Subject to their stated investment policies, the Portfolios will generally invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in the DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Money Market Series”), an affiliated registered money market fund advised by the Advisor for which the Advisor receives a management fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Money Market Series. The Portfolios may also invest such collateral in securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, repurchase agreements collateralized by securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. For purposes of this paragraph, agencies include both agency debentures and agency mortgage backed securities.

 

47


Table of Contents

In addition, the Portfolios will be able to terminate the loan at any time and will receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as amounts equal to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities. However, dividend income received from loaned securities may not be eligible to be taxed at qualified dividend income rates. See the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) for a further discussion of the tax consequences related to securities lending. A Portfolio will be entitled to recall a loaned security in time to vote proxies or otherwise obtain rights to vote proxies of loaned securities if the Portfolio knows a material event will occur. In the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower, DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (the “Fund”) could experience delay in recovering the loaned securities or only recover cash or a security of equivalent value. See “PRINCIPAL RISKS—Securities Lending” for a discussion of the risks related to securities lending.

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the following Portfolios received net revenues from a securities lending program (see “SECURITIES LOANS”):

 

Portfolio

   Net Revenue    Percentage
of Net Assets
 

One-Year Portfolio*

   $ 183,000    0.01

Two-Year Global Portfolio*

   $ 67,000    0.00

Five-Year Global Portfolio

   $ 160,000    0.01

 

* Prior to October 23, 2009, the One-Year Portfolio and the Two-Year Global Portfolio each operated as a Feeder Portfolio in a master/feeder structure. The One-Year Portfolio invested all of its assets in The DFA One-Year Fixed Income Series and the Two-Year Global Portfolio invested all of its assets in The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Series prior to October 23, 2009. For the One-Year Portfolio, the “Net Revenue” reflects the total securities lending revenue generated by the One-Year Portfolio and the proportional share of securities lending revenue generated by The DFA One-Year Fixed Income Series that was received by the One-Year Portfolio. For the Two-Year Global Portfolio, the “Net Revenue” reflects the total securities lending revenue generated by the Two-Year Global Portfolio and the proportional share of securities lending revenue generated by The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Series that was received by the Two-Year Global Portfolio.

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

The Advisor serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios. As such, the Advisor is responsible for the management of their respective assets. Each of the portfolios is managed using a team approach. The investment team includes the Investment Committee of the Advisor, portfolio managers and trading personnel.

The Investment Committee is composed primarily of certain officers and directors of the Advisor who are appointed annually. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Investment Committee has seven members. Investment strategies for the Portfolios are set by the Investment Committee, which meets on a regular basis and also as needed to consider investment issues. The Investment Committee also sets and reviews all investment related policies and procedures and approves any changes in regards to approved countries, security types and brokers.

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the portfolios including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. Stephen A. Clark and David A. Plecha coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day to day management of the Portfolios.

Mr. Clark is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and chairman of the Investment Committee. Mr. Clark received his MBA from the University of Chicago and his BS from Bradley University.

 

48


Table of Contents

Mr. Clark joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2001 and has been responsible for the portfolio management group since January 2006.

Mr. Plecha is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and a member of the Investment Committee. Mr. Plecha received his BS from the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor in 1983 and his MBA from the University of California at Los Angeles in 1987. Mr. Plecha has been a portfolio manager since 1989 and responsible for the fixed income portfolios since the end of 1991.

The Portfolios’ SAI provides information about the portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, and the portfolio manager’s ownership of Fund shares.

The Advisor provides the Portfolios with a trading department and selects brokers and dealers to effect securities transactions. Securities transactions are placed with a view to obtaining best price and execution. A discussion regarding the basis for the Boards of Trustees/Directors approving the investment management agreements with respect to the Portfolios is available in the semi-annual reports for the Portfolios for the fiscal period ending April 30, 2009. The Advisor’s address is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. The Advisor has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. The Advisor is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. The Advisor controls Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”). As of January 31, 2010, assets under management for all Dimensional affiliated advisors totaled approximately $161 billion.

The Fund bears all of its own costs and expenses, including: services of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, brokerage fees, commissions and transfer taxes in connection with the acquisition and disposition of portfolio securities, taxes, insurance premiums, costs incidental to meetings of shareholders and directors, the cost of filing its registration statements under the federal securities laws and the cost of any filings required under state securities laws, reports to shareholders, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency, administrative services and custodian fees, except as provided in the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for certain classes of the Portfolios. Expenses allocable to a particular Portfolio or class of a Portfolio are so allocated. The expenses of the Fund which are not allocable to a particular Portfolio or class of a Portfolio are to be borne by each Portfolio or class of a Portfolio of the Fund on the basis of its relative net assets.

Management Fees

The “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table describes the fees incurred by a Portfolio for the services provided by the Advisor for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for each of the One-Year Portfolio and Two-Year Global Portfolio includes both an investment advisory fee and administrative fee that was payable by the Portfolio to the Advisor. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for the remaining Portfolios provides the investment advisory fee that was payable by the respective Portfolio to the Advisor.

Investment Services—the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio

Pursuant to Sub-Advisory Agreements with the Advisor, DFA Australia, Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia, has the authority and responsibility to select brokers and dealers to execute securities transactions for the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio. DFA Australia’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk for each Portfolio and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews each Portfolio’s holdings and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by a Portfolio and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFA Australia. DFA Australia maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on Japanese and Asia Pacific Rim small companies, including its recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase

 

49


Table of Contents

by each Portfolio as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. The Advisor pays DFA Australia for the services it provides to the Portfolio.

Pursuant to Sub-Advisory Agreements with the Advisor, DFAL, 7 Down Street, London, W1J7AJ, United Kingdom, a company that is organized under the laws of England, has the authority and responsibility to select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions for the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio. DFAL’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk for each Portfolio and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the holdings of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by a Portfolio and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFAL. DFAL maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on United Kingdom and European small companies, including its recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by each Portfolio as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. DFAL is a member of the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”), a self-regulatory organization for investment managers operating under the laws of England.

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements—the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio, Extended Quality Portfolio, Inflation-Protected Portfolio, Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and California Municipal Bond Portfolio

Pursuant to Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio, Extended Quality Portfolio, Inflation-Protected Portfolio, Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and California Municipal Bond Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Portfolios, as described below. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements described below will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio (excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to 0.25% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, described in the prior sentence, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of the Extended Quality Portfolio (not including expenses incurred through an investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses to 0.22% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (“Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the Inflation-Protected Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary

 

50


Table of Contents

to limit the Portfolio Expenses to 0.20% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, described in the prior sentence, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee to the extent necessary to reduce the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (not including expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) up to the amount of its total management fee when its Portfolio Expenses exceed 0.30% of its average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than 0.30% of its average net assets on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed 0.30% of its average net assets. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the California Municipal Bond Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses to 0.30% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, described in the prior sentence, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions. Each Portfolio intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code. As a regulated investment company, a Portfolio generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to you. Net investment income, which is accrued daily, will be distributed monthly (except for January) by the One-Year Portfolio, Extended Quality Portfolio, Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and California Municipal Bond Portfolio; distributed quarterly by the Two-Year Global Portfolio, Five-Year Government Portfolio, Five-Year Global Portfolio, Intermediate Government Portfolio and Inflation-Protected Portfolio; and distributed annually by the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio. The Two-Year Global Portfolio, Five-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Inflation-Protected Portfolio may make an additional dividend distribution from net investment income in October of each year. Any net realized capital gains of the Portfolios will be distributed annually after the end of the fiscal year. A Portfolio may distribute such income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year as a result of a Portfolio’s normal investment activities and cash flows. During a time of economic downturn, a Portfolio may experience capital losses and unrealized depreciation in value of investments, the effect of which may be to reduce or eliminate capital gains distributions for a period of time. Even though a Portfolio may experience a current year loss, it may nonetheless distribute prior year capital gains.

You will automatically receive all income dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the Portfolio whose shares you hold at net asset value (as of the business date following the dividend record

 

51


Table of Contents

date), unless, upon written notice to the Advisor and completion of account information, you select one of the options listed below:

Income Option—to receive income dividends in cash and capital gains distributions in additional shares at net asset value.

Capital Gains Option—to receive capital gains distributions in cash and income dividends in additional shares at net asset value.

Cash Option—to receive both income dividends and capital gains distributions in cash.

 

     Net Investment Income
Distribution

Portfolio

  

Annually

  

Quarterly

  

Monthly

One-Year Portfolio*

         X

Two-Year Global Portfolio

      X   

Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio

   X      

Five-Year Government Portfolio

      X   

Five-Year Global Portfolio

      X   

Intermediate Government Portfolio

      X   

Extended Quality Portfolio*

         X

Inflation-Protected Portfolio

      X   

Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio*

         X

California Municipal Bond Portfolio*

         X

 

* Any net investment income will be distributed each month, except January.

Annual Statements. Every January, you will receive a statement that shows the tax status of distributions you received the previous calendar year. Distributions declared in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

Avoid “Buying A Dividend.” At the time you purchase your Portfolio shares, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation in value of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable. This is sometimes referred to as “buying a dividend.”

Tax Considerations. This discussion of “Tax Considerations” should be read in conjunction with the remaining subsections below containing additional information. Dividends and distributions paid to a qualified, tax-deferred retirement plan, such as a 401(k) plan, accumulate free of federal income taxes. In addition, the sale or redemption by a tax-deferred retirement plan of the Portfolio’s shares will not be subject to federal income taxes.

In general, if you are a taxable investor, Portfolio distributions (other than exempt-interest dividends) are taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. This is true whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Portfolio shares or receive them in cash.

For federal income tax purposes, Portfolio distributions of short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income. Portfolio distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains no matter how long you have owned your shares. A Portfolio with a high portfolio turnover rate (a measure of how frequently assets within a Portfolio are bought and sold) is more likely to generate short-term capital gains than a Portfolio with a low portfolio turnover rate. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2011, unless such provision is extended or made permanent, a portion of income dividends designated by a Portfolio may be qualified dividend income eligible for taxation by individual shareholders at long-term capital gain rates provided certain holding period requirements are met. In the case of a Portfolio that invests

 

52


Table of Contents

primarily in debt securities, either none or only a nominal portion of the dividends paid by the Portfolio will be eligible for taxation at these reduced rates.

Certain Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from foreign securities. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of a Portfolio is invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. If this election is made, shareholders will be required to include in their gross income their pro rata share of these foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio and will be entitled either to deduct (as an itemized deduction in the case of individuals) their share of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income or to claim a credit for such taxes against their U.S. federal income tax, subject to certain limitations under the Code.

The sale of shares of a Portfolio is a taxable event and may result in a capital gain or loss to you. Capital gain or loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two Portfolios. Any loss incurred on the sale or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares, held for six months or less, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares.

By law, a Portfolio is required to withhold 28% of taxable dividends, capital gains distributions, and redemption proceeds paid to you if you do not provide your proper taxpayer identification number and certain required certifications. You may avoid this withholding requirement by providing and certifying on the account registration form your correct Taxpayer Identification Number and by certifying that you are not subject to backup withholding and are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). A Portfolio must also withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so.

In addition to federal taxes, you may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from a Portfolio and on gains arising on redemption or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares. Distributions of interest income and capital gains realized from certain types of U.S. government securities may be exempt from state personal income taxes.

Special Tax Considerations for Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and California Municipal Bond Portfolio. In the case of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and the California Municipal Bond Portfolio (the “Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios”), most portfolio distributions will consist of exempt-interest dividends (dividends paid from interest earned on municipal securities). In general, exempt-interest dividends are exempt from regular federal income tax. Exempt-interest dividends from interest earned on municipal securities of a state, or its political subdivisions, generally are exempt from that state’s personal income tax. Most states, however, do not grant tax-free treatment to interest from municipal securities of other states.

Exempt-interest dividends are taken into account when determining the taxable portion of your social security or railroad retirement benefits. In addition, the Portfolios do not currently intend to invest their assets in securities whose interest is subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

Because of these tax exemptions, the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may not be suitable investments for retirement plans and other tax-exempt investors. Corporate shareholders should note that these dividends may be fully taxable in states that impose corporate franchise taxes, and they should consult with their tax advisors about the taxability of this income before investing in either of the Portfolios.

While each Portfolio endeavors to purchase only bona fide tax-exempt securities, there are risks that: (a) a security issued as tax-exempt may be reclassified by the Internal Revenue Service, or a state tax authority, as taxable and/or (b) future legislative, administrative or court actions could adversely impact the qualification of income from a tax-exempt security as tax-free. Such reclassifications or actions could cause interest from a security to become taxable, possibly retroactively, subjecting you to increased tax liability. In addition, such reclassifications or actions could cause the value of a security, and therefore, the value of a Portfolio’s shares, to decline.

 

53


Table of Contents

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest a portion of their assets in securities that pay income that is not tax-exempt. The Portfolios may also distribute to you any market discount and net short-term capital gains from the sale of its portfolio securities. If you are a taxable investor, Portfolio distributions from this income are taxable to you as ordinary income, and generally will not be treated as qualified dividend income subject to reduced rates of taxation for individuals. Distributions of ordinary income are taxable whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Portfolio shares or receive them in cash.

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may also realize net long-term capital gains from the sale of portfolio securities. Portfolio distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains no matter how long you have owned your shares.

Any loss incurred on the sale or exchange of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios’ shares held for six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends paid to you with respect to your Portfolio shares, and any remaining loss will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

You may exclude any exempt-interest dividends paid to you by the California Municipal Bond Portfolio from their California taxable income for purposes of the California personal income tax if:

 

   

the dividends are derived from interest on obligations of the State of California and its political subdivisions or qualifying obligations of U.S. territories and possessions that are exempt from state taxation under federal law;

 

   

the dividends paid do not exceed the amount of interest (minus certain non-deductible expenses) the Portfolio receives, during its taxable year, on obligations that, when held by an individual, pay interest exempt from taxation by California; and

 

   

the Portfolio properly identifies the dividends as California exempt-interest dividends in a written notice mailed to the investor not later than 60 days after the close of the Portfolio’s taxable year.

The California Municipal Bond Portfolio may designate dividends as exempt from California income tax, only if:

 

   

it qualifies as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

   

at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50 percent of the value of its total assets consists of obligations the interest on which is exempt from taxation by the State of California when held by an individual.

Distributions from the California Municipal Bond Portfolio, including exempt-interest dividends, are taxable to shareholders that are subject to certain provisions of the California Corporation Tax Law, including the corporation franchise tax.

Non-U.S. Investors. Non-U.S. investors may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% or lower treaty rate and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding and claim any treaty benefits. Exemptions from U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from long-term capital gains, if any, exempt-interest dividends, and, with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio that begin before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any such dividends and distributions of income and capital gains will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person. Non-U.S. investors also may be subject to U.S. estate tax.

This discussion of “Dividends, Capital Gains Distributions and Taxes” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. Because everyone’s tax situation is unique, you should consult your tax professional

 

54


Table of Contents

about federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences before making an investment in a Portfolio. Prospective investors should also consult the statement of additional information.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

Cash Purchases

Investors may purchase Institutional Class shares of any Portfolio by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment. The Portfolios generally are available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions, and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor (“Eligible Investors”). Eligible Investors include employees, former employees, shareholders and directors of the Advisor and the Fund and friends and family members of such persons. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor, and all investors must complete and submit the necessary account registration forms in good order. The Fund reserves the right to reject any initial or additional investment and to suspend the offering of shares of any Portfolio.

“Good order” with respect to the purchase of shares means that (1) a fully completed and properly signed Account Registration Form and any additional supporting legal documentation required by the Advisor have been received in legible form, and (2) the Advisor has been notified of the purchase by telephone and, if the Advisor so requests, also in writing, no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PST) on the day of the purchase. If an order to purchase shares must be canceled due to nonpayment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by the Fund arising out of such cancellation. To recover any such loss, the Fund reserves the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled, and such purchaser may be prohibited or restricted in the manner of placing further orders.

Investors having an account with a bank that is a member or a correspondent of a member of the Federal Reserve System may purchase shares by first calling the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment, then requesting the bank to transmit immediately available funds (federal funds) by wire to PNC Bank, N.A. for the account of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (specify Portfolio). Additional investments also may be made through the wire procedure by first notifying the Advisor. Investors who wish to purchase shares of any Portfolio by check should send their check to Dimensional Funds, c/o PNC Global Investment Servicing, Attn: Mail Stop F4-F760-1A-J, 760 Moore Road, King of Prussia, PA, 19406.

Payment of the total amount due should be made in U.S. dollars. However, subject to approval by the Advisor, payment may be made in any freely convertible currency and the necessary foreign exchange transactions will be arranged on behalf of, and at the expense of, the applicant. Applicants settling in any currency other than U.S. dollars are advised that a delay in processing a purchase or redemption may occur to allow for currency conversion.

Shares also may be purchased and sold by individuals through securities firms that may charge a service fee or commission for such transactions. No such fee or commission is charged on shares that are purchased or redeemed directly from the Fund. Investors who are clients of investment advisory organizations may also be subject to investment advisory fees under their own arrangements with such organizations.

In-Kind Purchases

If accepted by the Fund, shares of the Portfolios may be purchased in exchange for securities which are eligible for acquisition by the Portfolios or otherwise represented in their portfolios as described in this Prospectus or as otherwise consistent with the Fund’s policies or procedures or in exchange for local currencies in which such securities of the Two-Year Global Portfolio, Five-Year Global Portfolio and Extended Quality

 

55


Table of Contents

Portfolio are denominated. Securities and local currencies accepted by the Fund for exchange and Fund shares to be issued in the exchange will be valued as set forth under “VALUATION OF SHARES” at the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such securities shall become the property of the Portfolio whose shares are being acquired and must be delivered to the Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. Investors who desire to purchase shares of the Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio, Five-Year Global Portfolio or Extended Quality Portfolio with local currencies should first contact the Advisor.

The Fund will not accept securities in exchange for shares of a Portfolio unless: (1) such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be included, or otherwise represented, in the Portfolio whose shares are to be issued and current market quotations are readily available for such securities; (2) the investor represents and agrees that all securities offered to be exchanged are not subject to any restrictions upon their sale by the Portfolio under the Securities Act of 1933 or under the laws of the country in which the principal market for such securities exists, or otherwise; and (3) at the discretion of the Fund, the value of any such security (except U.S. government securities) being exchanged, together with other securities of the same issuer owned by the Portfolio may not exceed 5% of the net assets of the Portfolio immediately after the transaction, however, this last limitation does not apply to the Five-Year Global Portfolio. The Fund will accept such securities for investment and not resale.

A gain or loss for federal income tax purposes will generally be realized by investors who are subject to federal taxation upon the exchange depending upon the cost of the securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should contact the Advisor. Purchases of shares will be made in full and fractional shares calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued.

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

The Portfolios are designed for long-term investors (except as described below) and are not intended for investors that engage in excessive short-term trading activity that may be harmful to the Portfolios, including but not limited to market timing. Short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Portfolios can disrupt portfolio management strategies, harm performance and increase Portfolio expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.

The Board of Directors of the Fund (the “Board”) has adopted a policy (the “Trading Policy”) and the Advisor and DFA Securities LLC (collectively, “Dimensional”) and Dimensional’s agents have implemented the following procedures, which are designed to discourage and prevent market timing or excessive short-term trading in the Fund: (i) trade activity monitoring and purchase blocking procedures; and (ii) use of fair value pricing.

The Fund, Dimensional and their agents monitor trades and flows of money in and out of the Portfolios from time to time in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities, and for consistent enforcement of the Trading Policy. The Fund reserves the right to take the actions necessary to stop excessive or disruptive trading activities, including refusing or canceling purchase or exchange orders for any reason, without prior notice, particularly purchase or exchange orders that the Fund believes are made on behalf of market timers. The Fund, Dimensional and their agents reserve the right to restrict, refuse or cancel any purchase or exchange request made by an investor indefinitely if the Fund or Dimensional believe that any combination of trading activity in the accounts is potentially disruptive to a Portfolio. In making such judgments, the Fund and Dimensional seek to act in a manner that is consistent with the interests of shareholders. For purposes of applying these procedures, Dimensional may consider an investor’s trading history in the Portfolios, and accounts under common ownership, influence or control.

In addition to the Fund’s general ability to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity as described above, the Fund also has adopted purchase blocking procedures. Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, where

 

56


Table of Contents

an investor has engaged in any two purchases and two redemptions (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) in a Portfolio in any rolling 30 calendar day monitoring period (i.e., two “round trips”), the Fund and Dimensional intend to block the investor from making any additional purchases in that Portfolio for 90 calendar days (a “purchase block”). If implemented, a purchase block will begin at some point after the transaction that caused the investor to have engaged in the prohibited two round-trips is detected by the Fund, Dimensional, or their agents. The Fund and Dimensional are permitted to implement a longer purchase block, or permanently bar future purchases by an investor, if they determine that it is appropriate.

Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, the following purchases and redemptions will not trigger a purchase block: (i) purchases and redemptions of shares having a value in each transaction of less than $5,000; (ii) purchases and redemptions by U.S. registered investment companies that operate as fund of funds and non-U.S. investment companies that operate as fund of funds that the Fund or Dimensional, in their sole discretion, have determined are not designed and/or are not serving as vehicles for excessive short-term or other disruptive trading (in each case, the fund of funds shall agree to be subject to monitoring by Dimensional); (iii) purchases and redemptions by a feeder portfolio of a master fund’s shares; (iv) systematic or automated transactions where the shareholder, financial advisor or investment fiduciary does not exercise direct control over the investment decision; (v) retirement plan contributions, loans, loan repayments and distributions (including hardship withdrawals) identified as such in the retirement plan recordkeeper’s system; (vi) purchase transactions involving transfers of assets, rollovers, Roth IRA conversions and IRA recharacterizations; (vii) purchases of shares with Portfolio dividends or capital gain distributions; (viii) transfers and reregistrations of shares within the same Portfolio; and (ix) transactions by 529 Plans. Notwithstanding the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, all transactions in Portfolio shares are subject to the right of the Fund and Dimensional to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity (including purchases and redemptions described above that will not be subject to the purchase blocking procedures).

The Fund, Dimensional or their designees will have the ability, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), to request information from financial intermediaries, such as 401(k) plan administrators, trust companies and broker dealers (together, “Intermediaries”), concerning trades placed in omnibus and other multi-investor accounts (together, “Omnibus Accounts”), in order to attempt to monitor trades that are placed by the underlying shareholders of these Omnibus Accounts. The Fund, Dimensional and their designees will use the information obtained from the Intermediaries to monitor trading in the Fund and to attempt to identify shareholders in Omnibus Accounts engaged in trading that is inconsistent with the Trading Policy or otherwise not in the best interests of the Fund. The Fund, Dimensional or their designees, when they detect trading patterns in shares of the Fund that may constitute short-term or excessive trading, will provide written instructions to the Intermediary to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of shares of the Portfolios by a shareholder that has been identified as having engaged in excessive or short-term transactions in the Portfolios’ shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate the Trading Policy.

The ability of the Fund and Dimensional to impose these limitations, including the purchase blocking procedures, on investors investing through Intermediaries is dependent on the receipt of information necessary to identify transactions by the underlying investors and the Intermediary’s cooperation in implementing the Trading Policy. Investors seeking to engage in excessive short-term trading practices may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection, and despite the efforts of the Fund and Dimensional to prevent excessive short-term trading, there is no assurance that the Fund, Dimensional or their agents will be able to identify those shareholders or curtail their trading practices. The ability of the Fund, Dimensional and their agents to detect and limit excessive short-term trading also may be restricted by operational systems and technological limitations.

The purchase blocking procedures of the Trading Policy may not apply to redemptions by shareholders whose shares are held on the books of Intermediaries if the Intermediaries have not adopted procedures to implement this Policy. The Fund and Dimensional will work with Intermediaries to develop such policies to institute the purchase blocking procedures or other procedures that the Fund and Dimensional determine are reasonably designed to achieve the objective of this Trading Policy. At the time the Intermediaries adopt these procedures, shareholders whose accounts are on the books of such Intermediaries will be subject to the Trading Policy’s purchase blocking procedures or another frequent trading policy that achieves the objective of the

 

57


Table of Contents

purchase blocking procedures. Investors that invest in the Portfolios through an Intermediary should contact the Intermediary for information concerning the policies and procedures that apply to the investor.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to apply the purchase blocking procedures on purchases by all investors and the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to monitor trades through Omnibus Accounts maintained by Intermediaries may be restricted due to systems limitations of both the Fund’s service providers and the Intermediaries. The Fund expect that the application of the Trading Policy as described above, including the purchase blocking procedures (subject to the limitations described above), will be able to be implemented by Intermediaries in compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

The One-Year Portfolio is managed for both long-term investors and investors who may invest in the One-Year Portfolio on a short-term basis. Dimensional and DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. do not apply the purchase blocking procedures and may allow more frequent purchases and sales of shares by an investor in the One-Year Portfolio than in the shares of other Portfolios, in circumstances where the investor’s trading activity is not excessive and overly disruptive to the Portfolio and portfolio management strategies, or undertaken for prohibited purposes (including market timing). In monitoring this activity, Dimensional, in its discretion, may determine that an investor’s frequent purchases and sales of shares of the One-Year Portfolio are excessive and overly disruptive, or undertaken for prohibited purposes (including market timing), and therefore, inconsistent with the interests of the Portfolio’s other shareholders. In those instances, Dimensional may refuse to process additional purchases or exchanges of shares of the One-Year Portfolio by the investor. Permitting investors to purchase shares of the One-Year Portfolio for short-term purposes may increase the costs of the Portfolio and negatively impact the performance of the Portfolio.

In addition, the purchase blocking procedures will not apply to a redemption transaction in which a Portfolio distributes portfolio securities to a shareholder in-kind, where the redemption will not disrupt the efficient portfolio management of the Portfolio and the redemption is consistent with the interests of the remaining shareholders of the Portfolio.

In addition to monitoring trade activity, the Board has adopted fair value pricing procedures that govern the pricing of the securities of the Portfolios. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the prices at which Portfolio shares are purchased and redeemed are fair, and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders. See the discussion under “VALUATION OF SHARES—Net Asset Value” for additional details regarding fair value pricing of the Portfolio’s securities.

Although the procedures are designed to discourage excessive short-term trading, none of the procedures individually nor all of the procedures taken together can completely eliminate the possibility that excessive short-term trading activity in a Portfolio may occur. The Portfolios do not knowingly accommodate excessive or disruptive trading activities, including market timing.

VALUATION OF SHARES

Net Asset Value

The net asset value per share of each Portfolio is calculated on days that the NYSE is open for trading. The net asset value per share of each Portfolio is calculated after the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) by dividing the total value of the Portfolio’s investments and other assets, less any liabilities, by the total outstanding shares of the stock of the Portfolio. Each Portfolio generally calculates its net asset value per share and accepts purchase and redemption orders on days that the NYSE is open for trading. Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes at a time other than 1:00 p.m. PT.

The value of shares of each Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to its investment experience. The value of the shares of a Portfolio will tend to fluctuate with interest rates because, unlike money market funds, the Portfolio

 

58


Table of Contents

does not seek to stabilize the value of its shares by use of the “amortized cost” method of asset valuation. Securities held by a Portfolio will be valued in accordance with applicable laws and procedures adopted by the Board, and generally, as described below.

Debt securities will be valued on the basis of prices provided by one or more pricing services or other reasonably reliable sources including broker/dealers that typically handle the purchase and sale of such securities using data reflecting the earlier closing of the principal markets for those securities. Securities which are traded over-the-counter and on a stock exchange generally will be valued according to the broadest and most representative market, and it is expected that for bonds and other fixed income securities, this ordinarily will be the over-the-counter market. Net asset value includes interest on fixed income securities which is accrued daily. Generally, securities issued by open-end investment companies are valued using their respective net asset values or public offering prices, as appropriate, for purchase orders placed at the close of the NYSE.

The value of the securities and other assets of a Portfolio for which no market quotations are readily available (including restricted securities), or for which market quotations have become unreliable, are determined in good faith at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of the Fund. Fair value pricing also may be used if events that have a significant effect on the value of an investment (as determined in the discretion of the Investment Committee of the Advisor) occur before the net asset value is calculated. When fair value pricing is used, the prices of securities used by a Portfolio may differ from the quoted or published prices for the same securities on their primary markets or exchanges.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Portfolio determines its net asset value per share. As a result, the sale or redemption by a Portfolio of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

The net asset values per share of the Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio, Five-Year Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio are expressed in U.S. dollars by translating the net assets of each Portfolio using the mean of the most recent bid and asked prices for the dollar as quoted by generally recognized reliable sources. Since these Portfolios own securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges which may trade on days when the Portfolio does not price its shares, the net asset values of these Portfolios may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.

Futures contracts are valued using the settlement price established each day on the exchange on which they are traded. The value of such futures contracts held by the Portfolio is determined each day as of such close.

Public Offering Price

Provided that the transfer agent has received the investor’s Account Registration Form in good order and the custodian has received the investor’s payment, shares of the Portfolio selected will be priced at the public offering price, which is the net asset value of the shares next determined after receipt of the investor’s funds by the custodian. The transfer agent or the Fund may, from time to time, appoint sub-transfer agents or various financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for the receipt of purchase orders, redemption orders and funds from certain investors. Intermediaries, in turn, are authorized to designate other financial intermediaries (“Sub-designees”) to receive purchase and redemption orders for the Portfolios’ shares from investors. With respect to such investors, the shares of the Portfolio selected will be priced at the public offering price calculated after receipt of the purchase order by the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, that is authorized to receive purchase orders. If the investor buys shares through an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, the purchase price will be the public offering price next calculated after the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, receives the order, rather than on the day the custodian receives the investor’s payment (provided that the Intermediary or

 

59


Table of Contents

Sub-designee, as applicable, has received the investor’s purchase order in good order, and the investor has complied with the Intermediary’s or Sub-designee’s payment procedures). No reimbursement fee or sales charge is imposed on purchases. If an order to purchase shares must be canceled due to non-payment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by a Portfolio arising out of such cancellation. The Fund reserves the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled to recover any resulting loss to a Portfolio and may prohibit or restrict the manner in which such purchaser may place further orders.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

Investors may exchange Institutional Class shares of one Portfolio for Institutional Class shares of another Portfolio by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed exchange, and then sending a letter of instruction to: DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. A letter of instruction for an exchange of shares may be sent by mail to the following: Attn: Client Operations, 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolios through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary for information regarding exchanges.

The minimum amount for an exchange is $100,000. Exchanges are accepted into or from any of the Portfolios offered in this Prospectus. There is no fee imposed on an exchange. However, the Fund reserves the right to impose an administrative fee in order to cover the costs incurred in processing an exchange. Any such fee will be disclosed in the Prospectus. An exchange is treated as a redemption and a purchase. Therefore, an investor could realize a taxable gain or a loss on the transaction. The Fund reserves the right to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, waive the minimum amount requirement, limit the amount of or reject any exchange, as deemed necessary, at any time.

Investors in any Portfolio eligible for the exchange privilege also may exchange all or part of their Portfolio shares into certain other portfolios of the Fund and Dimensional Investment Group Inc., subject to the minimum purchase requirement set forth in the applicable portfolio’s prospectus. Investors may contact the Advisor at the above-listed phone number for more information on such exchanges and to request a copy of the prospectuses of other portfolios of the Fund and Dimensional Investment Group Inc.

The exchange privilege is not intended to afford shareholders a way to speculate on short-term movements in the markets. Accordingly, in order to prevent excessive use of the exchange privilege that may potentially disrupt the management of the Portfolios or otherwise adversely affect the Fund, any proposed exchange will be subject to the approval of the Advisor. Such approval will depend on: (i) the size of the proposed exchange; (ii) the prior number of exchanges by that shareholder; (iii) the nature of the underlying securities and the cash position of the Portfolios involved in the proposed exchange; (iv) the transaction costs involved in processing the exchange; and (v) the total number of redemptions by exchange already made out of a Portfolio. Excessive use of the exchange privilege is defined as any pattern of exchanges among portfolios by an investor that evidences market timing.

The redemption and purchase prices of shares redeemed and purchased by exchange, respectively, are the net asset values next determined after the Advisor has received a letter of instruction in good order. “Good order” means a completed letter of instruction specifying the dollar amount to be exchanged, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority. Exchanges will be accepted only if stock certificates have not been issued and the shares of the Portfolio being acquired are registered in the investor’s state of residence.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Redemption Procedure

Investors who desire to redeem shares of a Portfolio must first contact the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400. Shareholders who invest in the Portfolios through a financial intermediary should contact their

 

60


Table of Contents

financial intermediary regarding redemption procedures. Each Portfolio will redeem shares at the net asset value of such shares next determined, either: (1) where stock certificates have not been issued, after receipt of a written request for redemption in good order, by the transfer agent (or by an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, if applicable), or (2) if stock certificates have been issued, after receipt of the stock certificates in good order at the office of the transfer agent. “Good order” means that the request to redeem shares must include all necessary documentation, to be received in writing by the Advisor no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT), including but not limited to: the stock certificate(s), if issued; a letter of instruction or a stock assignment specifying the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and, if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority.

Shareholders redeeming shares for which certificates have not been issued, who have authorized redemption payment by wire in writing, may request that redemption proceeds be paid in federal funds wired to the bank they have designated in writing. The Fund reserves the right to send redemption proceeds by check in their discretion; a shareholder may request overnight delivery of such check at the shareholder’s own expense. If the proceeds are wired to the shareholder’s account at a bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, there could be a delay in crediting the funds to the shareholder’s bank account. The Fund reserves the right at any time to suspend or terminate the redemption by wire procedure after prior notification to shareholders. No fee is charged for redemptions. The redemption of all shares in an account will result in the account being closed. A new Account Registration Form will be required for future investments. See “PURCHASE OF SHARES.” In the interests of economy and convenience, certificates for shares are not issued.

Although the redemption payments will ordinarily be made within seven days after receipt, payment to investors redeeming shares which were purchased by check will not be made until the Fund can verify that the payments for the purchase have been, or will be, collected, which may take up to ten days or more. Investors may avoid this delay by submitting a certified check along with the purchase order.

Redemption of Small Accounts

With respect to each Portfolio, the Fund reserves the right to redeem an account if the value of the shares in a specific Portfolio is $500 or less because of redemptions. Before the Fund involuntarily redeems shares from such an account and sends the proceeds to the stockholder, the Fund will give written notice of the redemption to the stockholder at least sixty days before the redemption date. The stockholder will then have sixty days from the date of the notice to make an additional investment in order to bring the value of the shares in the account for a specific Portfolio to more than $500 and avoid such involuntary redemption. The redemption price to be paid to a stockholder for shares redeemed by the Fund under this right will be the aggregate net asset value of the shares in the account at the close of business on the redemption date. The right to redeem small accounts applies to accounts established with the Fund’s transfer agent.

In-Kind Redemptions

A Portfolio may make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities in lieu of cash, when in the best interests of the Portfolio. Such distributions will be made in accordance with the federal securities laws and regulations governing mutual funds. Investors may incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs selling securities that were received in payment of redemptions. The Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio, Five-Year Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio reserve the right to redeem their shares in the currencies in which their investments are denominated. Investors may incur charges in converting such securities to dollars and the value of the securities may be affected by currency exchange fluctuations.

 

61


Table of Contents

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

Each Portfolio generally will disclose up to its 25 largest portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents) and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Portfolio as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public Web site, http://www.dimensional.com, within 20 days after the end of each month. Each Portfolio also generally will disclose its complete portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public Web site, two months following the month-end or more frequently and at different periods when authorized in accordance with the Portfolios policies and procedures. Please consult the SAI for a description of the other policies and procedures that govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings by the Portfolios.

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

To eliminate duplicate mailings and reduce expenses, the Portfolios may deliver a single copy of certain shareholder documents, such as this Prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports, to related shareholders at the same address, even if accounts are registered in different names. This practice is known as “householding.” The Portfolios will not household personal information documents, such as account statements. If you do not want the mailings of these documents to be combined with other members of your household, please call us collect at (512) 306-7400. We will begin sending individual copies of the shareholder documents to you within 30 days of receiving your request.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The Financial Highlights table is meant to help you understand each Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years or, if shorter, the period of that Portfolio’s operations, as indicated by the table. The total returns in the table represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. This information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with the Portfolios’ financial statements, is included in the annual reports. Further information about the Portfolios’ performance is contained in the annual reports, which are available upon request.

 

62


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 10.17      $ 10.21      $ 10.20      $ 10.14      $ 10.20      $ 10.30   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.13     0.31     0.51     0.40     0.28        0.25   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.25        (0.04     0.01        0.06        (0.05     (0.10
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.38        0.27        0.52        0.46        0.23        0.15   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.22     (0.31     (0.51     (0.40     (0.29     (0.25

Net Realized Gains

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.22     (0.31     (0.51     (0.40     (0.29     (0.25
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 10.33      $ 10.17      $ 10.21      $ 10.20      $ 10.14      $ 10.20   
                                                

Total Return

     3.80     2.68 %†      5.20     4.58     2.24     1.08
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 4,269,615      $ 3,194,420      $ 3,229,577      $ 2,418,551      $ 1,953,884      $ 1,738,574   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.20 %***      0.18 %^*      0.18 %*      0.18 %*      0.19 %*      0.20 %* 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.26     3.30 %^      4.96     3.89     2.78     1.40

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     2 %@      N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and for the period November 1, 2008 through October 22, 2009, its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
@ For the period October 23, 2009 through October 31, 2009. Effective October 23, 2009, the Portfolio directly invests in securities rather than through the Series.

 

63


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 10.36      $ 10.39      $ 10.17      $ 9.88      $ 9.92      $ 10.08   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.19     0.39     0.27     0.07     0.31        0.25   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.18        (0.09     0.24        0.36        (0.14     (0.14
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.37        0.30        0.51        0.43        0.17        0.11   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.46     (0.33     (0.29     (0.14     (0.21     (0.27

Net Realized Gains

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.46     (0.33     (0.29     (0.14     (0.21     (0.27
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 10.27      $ 10.36      $ 10.39      $ 10.17      $ 9.88      $ 9.92   
                                                

Total Return

     3.71     2.93 %†      5.06     4.41     1.77     1.08
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 3,846,029      $ 3,124,985      $ 3,097,898      $ 2,423,622      $ 1,992,869      $ 1,674,972   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.20 %***      0.18 %^*      0.18 %*      0.19 %*      0.21 %*      0.23 %* 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.89     4.12 %^      2.59     0.72     3.25     1.35

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     1 %@      N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratio for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Represents the combined ratio for the respective portfolio and for the period November 1, 2008 through October 22, 2009, its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
@ For the period October 23, 2009 through October 31, 2009. Effective October 23, 2009, the Portfolio directly invests in securities rather than through the Series.

 

64


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio
Institutional Class Shares
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    For the Period
Jan. 9, 2008***
to
Oct. 31, 2008**
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 8.91      $ 10.00   
                

Income From Investment Operations

    

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.26     0.33

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.83        (1.39
                

Total From Investment Operations

     1.09        (1.06
                

Less Distributions

    

Net Investment Income

     —          —     

Net Realized Gains

     —          —     

Return of Capital

     —          (0.03
                

Total Distributions

     —          (0.03
                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 10.00      $ 8.91   
                

Total Return

     12.23     (10.67 )%† 
                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 303,440      $ 198,165   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.24     0.24 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.81     4.32 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     28     21 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from the commencement of operations through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

65


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 10.44      $ 10.44      $ 10.43      $ 10.41      $ 10.64      $ 11.11   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.26     0.26     0.50     0.46     0.35        0.33   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.49        0.07        0.01        (0.02     (0.24     (0.01
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.75        0.33        0.51        0.44        0.11        0.32   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.27     (0.33     (0.50     (0.42     (0.34     (0.41

Net Realized Gains

     —          —          —          —          —          (0.38

Return of Capital

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.27     (0.33     (0.50     (0.42     (0.34     (0.79
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 10.92      $ 10.44      $ 10.44      $ 10.43      $ 10.41      $ 10.64   
                                                

Total Return

     7.27     3.25 %†      4.98     4.36     1.02     3.02
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,008,237      $ 1,115,037      $ 1,216,609      $ 932,121      $ 748,847      $ 542,634   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.25     0.23 %^      0.23     0.23     0.25     0.27

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.44     2.77 %^      4.81     4.45     3.47     3.21

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     72     79 %†      0     86     36     45

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

66


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 10.68      $ 10.84      $ 10.53      $ 10.48      $ 10.50      $ 10.92   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.27     0.25     0.32     0.28     0.34     0.26   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.55        (0.10     0.20        0.12        (0.11     0.06   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.82        0.15        0.52        0.40        0.23        0.32   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.23     (0.30     (0.21     (0.33     (0.25     (0.32

Net Realized Gains

     —          —          —          —          —          (0.42

Return of Capital

     —          (0.01     —          (0.02     —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.23     (0.31     (0.21     (0.35     (0.25     (0.74
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 11.27      $ 10.68      $ 10.84      $ 10.53      $ 10.48      $ 10.50   
                                                

Total Return

     7.74     1.40 %†      5.00     3.89     2.15     3.04
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 3,220,787      $ 3,319,257      $ 3,484,919      $ 2,387,784      $ 1,699,793      $ 1,205,578   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.30     0.28 %^      0.28     0.29     0.33     0.34

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.48     2.53 %^      3.01     2.72     3.22     3.12

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     70     55 %†      108     92     69     90

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

67


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio
Institutional Class Shares
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 11.66      $ 11.86      $ 11.48      $ 11.45      $ 11.79      $ 12.14   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.51     0.49     0.54     0.53     0.52        0.55   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.72        (0.17     0.35        0.05        (0.29     (0.05
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     1.23        0.32        0.89        0.58        0.23        0.50   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.52     (0.52     (0.51     (0.49     (0.53     (0.56

Net Realized Gains

     (0.06     —          —          (0.06     (0.04     (0.29

Return of Capital

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.58     (0.52     (0.51     (0.55     (0.57     (0.85
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 12.31      $ 11.66      $ 11.86      $ 11.48      $ 11.45      $ 11.79   
                                                

Total Return

     10.71     2.73 %†      8.06     5.31     1.87     4.21
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,484,155      $ 1,248,514      $ 1,314,853      $ 871,392      $ 463,538      $ 373,108   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.15     0.13 %^      0.13     0.14     0.15     0.17

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     4.18     4.44 %^      4.72     4.72     4.61     4.72

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     8     14 %†      0     3     16     6

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

68


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA Short-Term Extended
Quality Portfolio
Institutional Class Shares
 
     For the Period
March 4, 2009**
to
Oct. 31, 2009
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 10.00   
        

Income From Investment Operations

  

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.24

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.50   
        

Total From Investment Operations

     0.74   
        

Less Distributions

  

Net Investment Income

     (0.18

Net Realized Gains

     —     
        

Total Distributions

     (0.18
        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 10.56   
        

Total Return

     7.49 %† 
        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 378,475   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.22 %^* 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.28 %^* 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     3.54 %^* 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     2 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.
** Commencement of operations.

 

69


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio
Institutional Class Shares
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    For the Period
Sept. 18, 2006***
to
Nov. 30, 2006
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 9.41      $ 10.80      $ 10.19      $ 10.00   
                                

Income From Investment Operations

        

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.12     0.70     0.45     0.02

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     1.53        (1.48     0.50        0.17   
                                

Total From Investment Operations

     1.65        (0.78     0.95        0.19   
                                

Less Distributions

        

Net Investment Income

     (0.10     (0.61     (0.34     —     

Net Realized Gains

     (0.01     —          —          —     
                                

Total Distributions

     (0.11     (0.61     (0.34     —     
                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 10.95      $ 9.41      $ 10.80      $ 10.19   
                                

Total Return

     17.70     (7.90 )%†      9.59     1.90 %† 
                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 774,110      $ 371,747      $ 240,403      $ 34,299   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.16     0.15 %^      0.20     0.20 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.16     0.14 %^      0.21     0.60 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.20     7.01 %^      4.58     0.94 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     6     3 %†      0     0 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

70


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio Institutional Class Shares

 
    

Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009

   Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $10.02    $ 10.05      $ 10.02      $ 9.99      $ 10.09      $ 10.13   
                                             

Income From Investment Operations

             

Net Investment Income (Loss)

   0.20#      0.19     0.31     0.28     0.22        0.17   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

   0.23      (0.03     0.02        0.02        (0.11     (0.04
                                             

Total From Investment Operations

   0.43      0.16        0.33        0.30        0.11        0.13   
                                             

Less Distributions

             

Net Investment Income

   (0.21)      (0.19     (0.30     (0.27     (0.21     (0.17
                                             

Total Distributions

   (0.21)      (0.19     (0.30     (0.27     (0.21     (0.17
                                             

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $10.24    $ 10.02      $ 10.05      $ 10.02      $ 9.99      $ 10.09   
                                             

Total Return

   4.32%      1.63 %†      3.38     3.01     1.11     1.27
                                             

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $1,168,259    $ 991,918      $ 948,426      $ 697,942      $ 511,543      $ 381,709   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

   0.25%      0.23 %^      0.23     0.26     0.30     0.30

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

   0.25%      0.23 %^      0.23     0.24     0.29     0.33

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

   1.99%      2.04 %^      3.07     2.77     2.22     1.73

Portfolio Turnover Rate

   0%      1 %†      0     0     2     6

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

71


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     DFA California Short-Term
Municipal Bond Portfolio
Institutional Class Shares
 
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    For the Period
April 2, 2007***
to
Nov. 30, 2007
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 10.00      $ 10.07      $ 10.00   
                        

Income From Investment Operations

      

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.22     0.21     0.20

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.27        (0.06     0.02   
                        

Total From Investment Operations

     0.49        0.15        0.22   
                        

Less Distributions

      

Net Investment Income

     (0.23     (0.22     (0.15
                        

Total Distributions

     (0.23     (0.22     (0.15
                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 10.26      $ 10.00      $ 10.07   
                        

Total Return

     4.91     1.45 %†      2.23 %† 
                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 210,774      $ 180,915      $ 128,983   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.26     0.27 %^      0.30 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.26     0.26 %^      0.33 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.17     2.27 %^      3.22 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     4     17 %†      7 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

72


Table of Contents

SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

Investment Advisor

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Tel. No. (512) 306-7400

  

Custodian—Domestic

 

PFPC TRUST COMPANY

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

Sub-Advisors

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LTD.

7 Down Street

London W1J7AJ

United Kingdom

Tel. No. (20) 7016-4500

  

Accounting Services, Dividend Disbursing

and Transfer Agent

PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING

(U.S.) INC.

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DFA AUSTRALIA LIMITED

Level 43 Gateway

1 Macquarie Place

Sydney, New South Wales 2000

Australia

Tel. No. (612) 8 336-7100

  

Legal Counsel

STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP

2600 One Commerce Square

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098

Custodian—International

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

111 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

  

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Two Commerce Square

Suite 1700

2001 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042

 

73


Table of Contents

Other Available Information

You can find more information about the Fund and its Portfolios in the Fund’s SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

Statement of Additional Information. The SAI supplements, and is technically part of, this Prospectus. It includes an expanded discussion of investment practices, risks, and fund operations.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders. These reports focus on Portfolio holdings and performance. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolios in their last fiscal year.

Request free copies from:

 

   

Your investment advisor—you are a client of an investment advisor who has invested in the Portfolios on your behalf.

 

   

The Fund—you represent an institutional investor, registered investment advisor or other qualifying investor. Call collect at (512) 306-7400.

 

   

Access them on our Web site at http://www.dimensional.com.

 

   

Access them on the EDGAR Database in the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

   

Review and copy them at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington D.C. (phone 1-800-SEC-0330).

 

   

Request copies from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or at publicinfo@sec.gov (you will be charged a copying fee). Information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room is available by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

(512) 306-7400

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.—Registration No. 811-3258

 

LOGO   LOGO    RRD022810-024


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

February 28, 2010

Please carefully read the important information it contains before investing.

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

 

 

PORTFOLIOS FOR LONG-TERM INVESTORS SEEKING TO INVEST IN:

DOMESTIC EQUITY SECURITIES

TAX-MANAGED U.S. MARKETWIDE VALUE PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DTMMX

TAX-MANAGED U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DTMVX

TAX-MANAGED U.S. EQUITY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DTMEX

TAX-MANAGED U.S. SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFTSX

T.A. U.S. CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFTCX

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY SECURITIES

TAX-MANAGED DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DTMIX

T.A. WORLD EX U.S. CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFTWX

This Prospectus describes the shares of each Portfolio which:

Are generally available only to institutional investors and clients of registered investment advisors.

Do not charge sales commissions or loads.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this

Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

TAX-MANAGED U.S. MARKETWIDE VALUE PORTFOLIO    1

Investment Objective

   1

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   1

Principal Investment Strategies

   2

Principal Risks

   2

Performance

   3

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   4

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   4

Tax Information

   4
TAX-MANAGED U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO    5

Investment Objective

   5

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   5

Principal Investment Strategies

   5

Principal Risks

   6

Performance

   7

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   8

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   8

Tax Information

   8
TAX-MANAGED U.S. EQUITY PORTFOLIO    9

Investment Objective

   9

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   9

Principal Investment Strategies

   10

Principal Risks

   11

Performance

   11

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   12

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   12

Tax Information

   13
TAX-MANAGED U.S. SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO    14

Investment Objective

   14

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   14

Principal Investment Strategies

   14

Principal Risks

   15

Performance

   16

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   17

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   17

Tax Information

   17
T.A. U.S. CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO    18

Investment Objective

   18

 

i


Table of Contents

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   18

Principal Investment Strategies

   18

Principal Risks

   19

Performance

   20

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   21

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   21

Tax Information

   21
TAX-MANAGED DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO    22

Investment Objective

   22

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   22

Principal Investment Strategies

   22

Principal Risks

   23

Performance

   24

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   25

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   25

Tax Information

   25
T.A. WORLD EX U.S. CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO    26

Investment Objective

   26

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   26

Principal Investment Strategies

   27

Principal Risks

   28

Performance

  

28

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   29

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   30

Tax Information

   30
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES    31

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio and Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   31

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio

   32

Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   32

T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   33

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

   33

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   34

Approved Markets

   36

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach

   36

Portfolio Transactions

   37

Tax Management Strategies—Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

   38

 

ii


Table of Contents

Consideration of Tax Implications—T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   38

Other Information

   39
SECURITIES LOANS    39
SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE    40
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND    40

Management Fees

   42

Sub-Advisors—International Portfolios

   42

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement—Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio, T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   42
DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES    43
PURCHASE OF SHARES    45

Cash Purchases

   45

In-Kind Purchases

   46
POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING    47
VALUATION OF SHARES    49

Net Asset Value

   49

Public Offering Price

   51
EXCHANGE OF SHARES    51
REDEMPTION OF SHARES    52

Redemption Procedure

   52

Redemption of Small Accounts

  

53

In-Kind Redemptions

   53
THE FEEDER PORTFOLIOS    53
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS    54
DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS    54
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS    54
SERVICE PROVIDERS    62

 

iii


Table of Contents

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income taxes on returns. The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series (the “Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.35

Other Expenses

   0.05

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.40

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and an administration fee payable by the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$41    $ 128    $ 224    $ 505

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio and the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series.

Portfolio Turnover

The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are

 

1


Table of Contents

not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 28% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Advisor’s tax management strategies for the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series are designed to maximize the after tax value of a shareholder’s investment. Generally, the Advisor buys and sells securities for the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series with the goals of: (i) delaying and minimizing the realization of net capital gains (e.g., selling stocks with capital losses to offset gains, realized or anticipated); and (ii) maximizing the extent to which any realized net capital gains are long-term in nature (i.e., taxable at lower capital gains tax rates).

The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series. The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series, using a market capitalization weighted approach, generally purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. company, the greater its representation in the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Advisor considers for purchase by Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series common stocks of companies whose market capitalizations generally fall within the range of total market capitalization. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series that owns them, and, in turn, the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

 

2


Table of Contents

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Tax-Management Strategy Risk: The tax-management strategies may alter investment decisions and affect portfolio holdings, when compared to those of non-tax managed mutual funds. The Advisor anticipates that performance of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio may deviate from that of non-tax managed mutual funds.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio use derivatives, each will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

3


Table of Contents

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

  Lowest Quarter

24.40 (4/09-6/09)

  -27.72 (10/08-12/08)

 

    

 Periods ending December 31, 2009 

 

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   31.07   0.27   3.01

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   30.68   -0.04   2.72

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   20.52   0.24   2.53

Russell 3000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   19.74   -0.25   2.87

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio and the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio and the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

4


Table of Contents

Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income taxes on returns.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

     0.42%

Other Expenses

     0.05%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

     0.47%

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$48    $ 151    $ 263    $ 591

Portfolio Turnover

The Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 34% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

5


Table of Contents

The Advisor’s tax management strategies for the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio are designed to maximize the after tax value of a shareholder’s investment. Generally, the Advisor buys and sells securities for the Portfolio with the goals of: (i) delaying and minimizing the realization of net capital gains (e.g., selling stocks with capital losses to offset gains, realized or anticipated); and (ii) maximizing the extent to which any realized net capital gains are long-term in nature (i.e., taxable at lower capital gains tax rates).

        The Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, generally purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of U.S. small and mid cap companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the eligible company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Advisor considers for investment companies whose market capitalizations are generally smaller than the 500th largest U.S. company. As of December 31, 2009, companies smaller than the 500th largest U.S. company fall in the lowest 15% of total market capitalization. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. As of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a company smaller than the 500th largest U.S. company was approximately $3,981 million or below. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Tax-Management Strategy Risk: The tax-management strategies may alter investment decisions and affect portfolio holdings, when compared to those of non-tax managed mutual funds. The Advisor anticipates that performance of the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may deviate from that of non-tax managed mutual funds.

 

6


Table of Contents

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

27.69 (4/03-6/03)

   -28.06 (10/08-12/08)

 

      Periods ending December 31, 2009   

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   27.64   -1.35   6.99

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   27.47   -2.19   6.45

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   18.14   -1.00   6.22

Russell 2000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   20.56   -0.01   8.27

 

7


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

8


Table of Contents

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income taxes on returns. The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series (the “Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

     0.20%

Other Expenses

     0.06%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

     0.26%

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)**

     0.04%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

     0.22%

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series and an administration fee payable by the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series.
** The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio reflect the net expenses of the Portfolio that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$23    $ 80    $ 142    $ 327

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio and the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series.

 

9


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover

The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 27% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The Advisor’s tax management strategies for the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series are designed to maximize the after tax value of a shareholder’s investment. Generally, the Advisor buys and sells securities for the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series with the goals of: (i) delaying and minimizing the realization of net capital gains (e.g., selling stocks with capital losses to offset gains, realized or anticipated); and (ii) maximizing the extent to which any realized net capital gains are long-term in nature (i.e., taxable at lower capital gains tax rates).

The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series. The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series, using a market capitalization weighted approach, generally purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. company, the greater its representation in the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Advisor considers for purchase by Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series common stocks of companies whose market capitalizations generally fall within the range of total market capitalization. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series and the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

 

10


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series that owns them, and, in turn, the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Tax-Management Strategy Risk: The tax-management strategies may alter investment decisions and affect portfolio holdings, when compared to those of non-tax managed mutual funds. The Advisor anticipates that performance of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio may deviate from that of non-tax managed mutual funds.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series and the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio use derivatives, each will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

11


Table of Contents

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2002-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

15.73 (4/03-6/03)

   -21.50 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Since 9/25/01
Inception
 

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   24.16   0.48   3.41

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   23.75   0.21   3.18

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   16.07   0.40   2.92

Dow Jones US Total Stock Market Index (Full Cap)(1) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   29.35   1.09   4.43

Russell 3000 Index(2) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   28.34   0.76   3.91

 

(1)

As of March 31, 2009, the Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Index has been discontinued and the Dow Jones US Total Stock Market Index (Full Cap) has been selected to take its place as an appropriate index. According to the index provider, Dow Jones Indexes, the Dow Jones US Total Stock Market Index (Full Cap) uses the same methodology, composition and historical data as the Portfolio’s previous benchmark.

 

(2)

As of the date of this Prospectus, the Portfolio changed its benchmark to the Russell 3000 Index, which contains securities that are closely aligned with the Portfolio’s investment strategies and is widely recognized.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio and the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio and the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

 

12


Table of Contents

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

13


Table of Contents

Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income taxes on returns.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

     0.50%

Other Expenses

     0.05%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

     0.55%

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$56    $ 176    $ 307    $ 689

Portfolio Turnover

The Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 28% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

14


Table of Contents

The Advisor’s tax management strategies for the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio are designed to maximize the after tax value of a shareholder’s investment. Generally, the Advisor buys and sells securities for the Portfolio with the goals of: (i) delaying and minimizing the realization of net capital gains (e.g., selling stocks with capital losses to offset gains, realized or anticipated); and (ii) maximizing the extent to which any realized net capital gains are long-term in nature (i.e., taxable at lower capital gains tax rates).

        The Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, generally purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of U.S. small cap companies. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. small cap company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small cap U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, for purposes of the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, the Advisor considers small cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the lowest 10% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are smaller than the 1,000th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. Under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines described above, as of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a small cap company was $2,210 million, or below. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small cap U.S. companies.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Tax-Management Strategy Risk: The tax-management strategies may alter investment decisions and affect portfolio holdings, when compared to those of non-tax managed mutual funds. The Advisor anticipates that performance of the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio may deviate from that of non-tax managed mutual funds.

 

15


Table of Contents

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

26.05 (4/03-6/03)

   -28.03 (10/08-12/08)

 

      Periods ending December 31, 2009   

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   26.26   -1.01   4.18

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   26.12   -1.37   3.95

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   17.21   -0.80   3.64

Russell 2000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   27.17   0.51   3.51

 

16


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

17


Table of Contents

T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while considering federal income tax implications of investment decisions.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

     0.22%

Other Expenses

     0.06%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

     0.28%

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$29    $ 90    $ 157    $ 356

Portfolio Turnover

The T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 5% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

18


Table of Contents

When constructing the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s investment portfolio, the Advisor intends to consider federal tax implications when making investment decisions with respect to individual securities to seek to provide a tax advantage. When consistent with the Portfolio’s investment policies, the Advisor will buy and sell securities for the Portfolio considering the goals of: (i) delaying and minimizing the realization of net capital gains (e.g., selling stocks with capital losses to offset gains, realized or anticipated); and (ii) maximizing the extent to which any realized net capital gains are long-term in nature (i.e., taxable at lower capital gains tax rates).

The T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of U.S. companies. The percentage allocation of the assets of the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies will generally be reduced from between 5% and 35% of their percentage weight in the U.S. Universe. For example, as of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest U.S. growth companies comprised 21% of the U.S. Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 6% of the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies. The percentage by which the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements. Additionally, the range by which the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced as compared to the U.S. Universe will change from time to time.

The T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

 

19


Table of Contents

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Tax Advantage Strategy Risk: An investment strategy that considers the tax implications of investment decisions may alter the construction of the T.A. U.S. Core Equity Portfolio and affect the portfolio holdings, when compared to those of non-tax managed mutual funds. The Advisor anticipates that performance of the Portfolio may deviate from that of non-tax managed mutual funds.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

 

20


Table of Contents

T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2008-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter  

18.98 (7/09-9/09)

   -24.21 (10/08-12/08)

 

      Periods ending December 31, 2009   

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 10/4/07
Inception
 

T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   28.68   -10.96

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   28.36   -11.18

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   18.96   -9.23

Russell® 3000 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   28.34   -11.11

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

21


Table of Contents

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income taxes on returns.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

     0.50%

Other Expenses

     0.06%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

     0.56%

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

l Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$57    $ 179    $ 313    $ 701

Portfolio Turnover

The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 24% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

22


Table of Contents

The Advisor’s tax management strategies for the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio are designed to maximize the after tax value of a shareholder’s investment. Generally, the Advisor buys and sells securities for the Portfolio with the goals of: (i) delaying and minimizing the realization of net capital gains (e.g., selling stocks with capital losses to offset gains, realized or anticipated); and (ii) maximizing the extent to which any realized net capital gains are long-term in nature (i.e., taxable at lower capital gains tax rates).

The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, generally purchases stocks of large non-U.S. companies in countries with developed markets that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a large company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value.

The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of large companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. The Advisor determines the minimum market capitalization of a large company with respect to each country or region in which the Portfolio invests. As of December 31, 2009, for the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the Portfolio invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions.

The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio also may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Tax-Management Strategy Risk: The tax-management strategies may alter investment decisions and affect portfolio holdings, when compared to those of non-tax managed mutual funds. The Advisor anticipates that performance of the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio may deviate from that of non-tax managed mutual funds.

 

23


Table of Contents

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

33.74 (4/09-6/09)

  

-22.66 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   37.79   5.71   6.65

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   37.60   4.98   6.10

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   25.42   5.19   5.88

MSCI World ex USA Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   33.67   4.07   1.62

 

24


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

25


Table of Contents

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the T.A. World ex U.S Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while considering federal tax implications of investment decisions.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.40%

Other Expenses

   0.11%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.51%

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)*

   (0.03)%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.54%

 

* The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

l Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$55

   $ 167    $ 288    $ 643

Portfolio Turnover

The T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 5% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

 

26


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

When constructing the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio’s investment portfolio, the Advisor intends to consider federal tax implications when making investment decisions with respect to individual securities to seek to provide a tax advantage. When consistent with the Portfolio’s investment policies, the Advisor will buy and sell securities for the Portfolio considering the goals of: (i) delaying and minimizing the realization of net capital gains (e.g., selling stocks with capital losses to offset gains, realized or anticipated); and (ii) maximizing the extent to which any realized net capital gains are long-term in nature (i.e., taxable at lower capital gains tax rates).

The Advisor purchases for the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio a broad and diverse group of common stocks of non-U.S. companies in countries with developed and emerging markets with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the Non-U.S. Universe. For purposes of this Portfolio, the Advisor defines the Non-U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies in developed and emerging markets that have been authorized for investment as approved markets by the Advisor’s Investment Committee. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio’s assets to the largest growth companies relative to their weight in the Non-U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

The T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of companies associated with developed market and emerging market countries, including frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development), that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in non-U.S. equity securities and/or investments that provide expose to non-U.S. securities. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. The percentage allocation of the assets of the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies will generally be reduced from between 5% and 35% of their percentage weight in the Non-U.S. Universe. As of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest growth companies in the Non-U.S. Universe comprised approximately 17% of the Non-U.S. Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 4% of the Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies in the Non-U.S. Universe. The percentage by which the Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements and other factors. Additionally, the range by which the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest growth companies is reduced as compared to the Non-U.S. Universe will change from time to time.

The T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. The Portfolio may engage in spot foreign currency transactions for the purposes of settling the Portfolio’s purchases and sales of foreign securities.

The T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

 

27


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.

Tax Advantage Strategy Risk: An investment strategy that considers the tax implications of investment decisions may alter the construction of the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio and affect portfolio holdings, when compared to those of non-tax managed mutual funds. The Advisor anticipates that performance of the Portfolio may deviate from that of non-tax managed mutual funds.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The

 

28


Table of Contents

bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2009-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

33.22 (4/09-6/09)

   -11.17 (1/09-3/09)

 

          Periods ending December 31, 2009    

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
   Since 3/6/08
Inception

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

     

Return Before Taxes

   48.36%    -6.06%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   48.15%    -6.30%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   32.12%    -5.08%

MSCI All Country World ex USA Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   41.45%    -8.95%

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

 

29


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

30


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The investment company described in this Prospectus offers a variety of investment portfolios. Each of the investment company’s Portfolios has its own investment objective and policies, and is the equivalent of a separate mutual fund. The Portfolios described in this Prospectus are designed for long-term investors.

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio and Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

The investment objective of each of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio and Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income taxes on returns. The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series of the Trust, which has the same investment objective and policies as the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio. The Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio generally invests directly in portfolio securities of U.S. companies.

Ordinarily, each of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio will invest its assets in the a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of purchase. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because the shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”). In assessing value, however, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as a company’s price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the company’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio will purchase securities that are listed on the U.S. national securities exchanges or traded on the over-the-counter market. Each of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio uses a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach” in this Prospectus.

On not less than a semi-annual basis, for each of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the Advisor will calculate book to market ratios and review total market capitalization to determine those companies whose stock may be eligible for investment.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio do not intend to purchase or sell securities based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The total market capitalization ranges, and the value criteria used by the Advisor for The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, as described above, generally apply at the time of purchase by either The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series or the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio. The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio are not required to dispose of a security if the security’s issuer is no longer within the total market capitalization range or does not meet current value criteria. Similarly, the Advisor is not required to sell a security even if the decline in the market capitalization reflects a serious financial difficulty or potential or actual insolvency of the company. Securities that do meet the market capitalization and/or value criteria nevertheless may be sold at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgement, circumstances warrant their sale. See “Portfolio Transactions” in this Prospectus.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may each invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments

 

31


Table of Contents

and other short-term investments, the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may each invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income taxes on returns. The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series of the Trust, which has the same investment objective and policies as the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series generally will invest its assets in a broad and diverse group of the common stocks of companies listed on the U.S. national securities exchanges or traded on the over-the-counter market. The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series uses a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach” in this Prospectus.

The total market capitalization range used by the Advisor for The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series, as described above, generally applies at the time of purchase by The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series. The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series is not required to dispose of a security if the security’s issuer is no longer within this total market capitalization range. Similarly, the Advisor is not required to dispose of a security even if the decline in the market capitalization reflects a serious financial difficulty or potential or actual insolvency of the company. Securities that do meet the market capitalization range nevertheless may be sold at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgement, circumstances warrant their sale. See “Portfolio Transactions” in this Prospectus.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

The investment objective of the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income taxes on returns. The Portfolio provides investors with access to a securities portfolio generally consisting of small U.S. companies traded on a U.S. national securities exchange or on an over-the-counter market. Company size will be determined for purposes of the Portfolio solely on the basis of a company’s market capitalization, which will be calculated by multiplying the price of a company’s stock by the number of its shares of outstanding common stock. As of the date of this Prospectus, for this Portfolio, the Advisor considers small cap companies to be all companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the lowest 10% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are smaller than the 1,000th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio intends to invest in the securities of eligible companies using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.”

The Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio may purchase securities of foreign issuers that are traded in the U.S. securities markets, but such investments may not exceed 5% of the gross assets of the Portfolio. In addition,

 

32


Table of Contents

the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio is authorized to invest in privately placed convertible debentures. Such investments are considered illiquid and the value thereof, together with the value of all other illiquid investments, may not exceed 15% of the value of the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio’s net assets at the time of purchase.

The Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

The investment objective of the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income tax implications of investment decisions. The Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies relative to the U.S. Universe, while excluding securities of companies based upon the Portfolio’s social issue screens. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC (“NYSE Alternext”), Nasdaq Global Market® (“Nasdaq”) and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor from time to time (U.S. Universe). The increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization. In assessing growth and value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry.

The T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

The investment objective of the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income taxes on returns. The Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing the stocks of large non-U.S. companies which the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of the purchase. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”). In assessing value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Portfolio may invest in the stocks of large companies associated with Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom (collectively, the “Approved Markets”). The Advisor will determine, in its discretion, when and whether to invest in countries that have been authorized as Approved

 

33


Table of Contents

Markets, depending on a number of factors, such as asset growth in the Portfolio and the characteristics of each country’s markets. The Investment Committee of the Advisor may designate other countries as Approved Markets for investment in the future, in addition to the countries identified above, or the Investment Committee may remove one or more countries from the list of Approved Markets. In addition, the Portfolio may continue to hold investments in countries that are not currently designated as Approved Markets, but had been authorized for investment in the past, and may reinvest distributions received in connection with such existing investments in such previously Approved Markets. (For a description of the securities approved for investment, see “Approved Markets”).

Under normal market conditions, the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries.

In the countries or regions authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the minimum market capitalization of a large company that may be purchased by the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio with respect to each country or region. As of December 31, 2009, for the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions. For example, as of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered a large company in the European Monetary Union (EMU) to have a market capitalization of at least $3,769 million, a large company in Australia to have a market capitalization of at least $2,010 million, and a large company in Japan to have a market capitalization of at least $1,405 million. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions.

The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio intends to purchase securities within each applicable country using a market capitalization weighted approach. The Advisor, using this approach and its judgment, will seek to set country weights based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible large companies within each country. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.” As a result, the weightings of certain countries in the Portfolio may vary from their weighting in international indices, such as those published by FTSE International, Morgan Stanley Capital International or Citigroup.

The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio does not seek current income as an investment objective. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Portfolio will receive dividend income.

The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while considering federal tax implications of investment decisions. The Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of stocks of non-U.S. companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies relative to the Non-U.S. Universe. For purposes of this Portfolio, the Advisor defines the “Non-U.S. Universe” as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies in developed and emerging markets, including frontier markets, that have been authorized

 

34


Table of Contents

for investment as Approved Markets by the Advisor’s Investment Committee. As of the date of this Prospectus, the following markets have been authorized for investment as Approved Markets for the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio and comprise the Non-U.S. Universe: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, Brazil, Chile, China, Columbia, Czech Republic, Egypt, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Russia, South Africa, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, and Turkey. As of the date of this Prospectus, Israel is a market that is not authorized for new purchases, other than reinvestment of distributions of existing investments, but may be authorized for new purchases in the future. The Advisor will determine in its discretion when and whether to invest in markets that have been authorized as Approved Markets, depending on a number of factors, such as asset growth in the Portfolio and characteristics of each such market. The Investment Committee of the Advisor also may authorize other markets for investment in the future, in addition to the Approved Markets identified above, or may remove one or more markets from the list of Approved Markets. Also, the Portfolio may continue to hold investments in countries that are not currently designated as Approved Markets, but had been authorized for investment in the past, and may reinvest distributions received in connection with such existing investments in such previously Approved Markets. (For a description of the securities approved for investment, see “Approved Markets”).

Under normal market conditions, the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries.

The increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies for the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest growth companies relative to their weight in the Non-U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization. In assessing growth and value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry.

The Portfolio may not invest in all companies of an Approved Market or all Approved Markets as described above, for reasons which include constraints imposed within Approved Markets (e.g., restrictions on purchases by foreigners), and the Portfolio’s policy not to invest more than 25% of its assets in any one industry.

In determining which emerging market countries are eligible markets for the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio, the Advisor may consider various factors, including, without limitation, the data, analysis, and classification of countries published or disseminated by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (commonly known as the World Bank), the International Finance Corporation, FTSE International, Morgan Stanley Capital International, Citigroup, and the Heritage Foundation. Approved emerging markets may not include all such emerging markets. In determining whether to approve emerging markets for investment, the Advisor will take into account, among other things, market liquidity, relative availability of investor information, government regulation, including fiscal and foreign exchange repatriation rules and the availability of other access to these markets for the Portfolio.

Even though a company’s stock may meet the criteria for investment, a company’s stock may not be included in the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio for one or more of a number of reasons. For example, in the Advisor’s judgment, the issuer may be considered in extreme financial difficulty or a material portion of its securities may be closely held and not likely available to support market liquidity. There will be the exercise of discretion and consideration by the Advisor in purchasing securities in an Approved Market and in determining the allocation of investments among Approved Markets.

The T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining

 

35


Table of Contents

liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Approved Markets

The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio (each a “International Portfolio” and collectively, the “International Portfolios”) each invests in securities of Approved Markets as identified above for each International Portfolio. The Approved Markets securities invested in by each International Portfolio will be listed on bona fide securities exchanges or traded on the over-the-counter markets. These exchanges or over-the-counter markets may be either within or outside the issuer’s domicile country. For example, the securities may be listed or traded in the form of European Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts, American Depositary Receipts, or other types of depositary receipts (including non-voting depositary receipts) or may be listed on bona fide securities exchanges in more than one country. Approved Market securities are defined as securities that are associated with an Approved Market, and include, among others: (a) securities of companies that are organized under the laws of, or maintain their principal place of business in, an Approved Market; (b) securities for which the principal trading market is in an Approved Market; (c) securities issued or guaranteed by the government of an Approved Market country, its agencies or instrumentalities, or the central bank of such country; (d) securities denominated in an Approved Market currency issued by companies to finance operations in Approved Markets; (e) securities of companies that derive at least 50% of their revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in Approved Markets or have at least 50% of their assets in Approved Markets; (f) Approved Markets equity securities in the form of depositary shares; (g) securities of pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in Approved Markets securities or derivative instruments that derive their value from Approved Markets securities; or (h) securities included in the International Portfolio’s benchmark index. Securities of Approved Markets may include securities of companies that have characteristics and business relationships common to companies in other countries. As a result, the value of the securities of such companies may reflect economic and market forces in such other countries as well as in the Approved Markets. The Advisor, however, will select only those companies that, in its view, have sufficiently strong exposure to economic and market forces in Approved Markets. For example, the Advisor may invest in companies organized and located in the United States or other countries outside of Approved Markets, including companies having their entire production facilities outside of Approved Markets, when such companies meet the criteria discussed above to be considered associated with Approved Markets.

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach

The portfolio structures of Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series, Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series, Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio each involve market capitalization weighting in determining individual security weights and, where applicable, country or region weights. Market capitalization weighting means each security is generally purchased based on the issuer’s relative market capitalization. Market capitalization weighting will be adjusted by the Advisor for a variety of factors. The Advisor may consider such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors determined to be appropriate by the Advisor given market conditions. The Advisor may deviate from market capitalization weighting to limit or fix the exposure of the Portfolio to a particular issuer to a maximum proportion of the assets of the Portfolio. The Advisor may exclude the stock of a company that meets applicable market capitalization criterion if the Advisor determines, in its best judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate in light of other conditions. These adjustments will result in a deviation from traditional market capitalization weighting.

Adjustment for free float adjusts market capitalization weighting to exclude the share capital of a company that is not freely available for trading in the public equity markets by international investors. For example, the

 

36


Table of Contents

following types of shares may be excluded: (i) those held by strategic investors (such as governments, controlling shareholders and management), (ii) treasury shares, or (iii) shares subject to foreign ownership restrictions.

Deviation from market capitalization weighting also will occur because the Advisor generally intends to purchase in round lots. Furthermore, the Advisor may reduce the relative amount of any security held in order to retain sufficient portfolio liquidity. A portion, but generally not in excess of 20% of assets, may be invested in interest bearing obligations, such as money market instruments, thereby causing further deviation from market capitalization weighting. A further deviation may occur due to investments in privately placed convertible debentures.

The Portfolios and the Master Funds should not be expected to adhere to their market capitalization weighted approach to the same extent as non-tax-managed portfolios advised by the Advisor. The tax management strategies used by the Advisor to defer the realization of net capital gains or minimize dividend income, from time to time, may cause deviation from the market capitalization weighted approach.

Block purchases of eligible securities may be made at opportune prices, even though such purchases exceed the number of shares that, at the time of purchase, adherence to a market capitalization weighted approach would otherwise require. In addition, securities eligible for purchase or otherwise represented in a Portfolio or Master Fund may be acquired in exchange for the issuance of shares. See “PURCHASE OF SHARES—In-Kind Purchases.” While such transactions might cause a deviation from market capitalization weighting, they would ordinarily be made in anticipation of further growth of assets.

Changes in the composition and relative ranking (in terms of market capitalization) of the stocks that are eligible for purchase take place with every trade when the securities markets are open for trading due, primarily, to price fluctuations of such securities. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor will identify companies whose stock is eligible for investment by a Portfolio or Master Fund. Additional investments generally will not be made in securities that have changed in value sufficiently to be excluded from the Advisor’s then current market capitalization requirement for eligible portfolio securities. This may result in further deviation from market capitalization weighting. Such deviation could be substantial if a significant amount of holdings of a Portfolio or Master Fund change in value sufficiently to be excluded from the requirement for eligible securities, but not by a sufficient amount to warrant their sale.

Country weights may be based on the total market capitalization of companies within each country. The calculation of country market capitalization may take into consideration the free float of companies within a country or whether these companies are eligible to be purchased for the particular strategy. In addition, to maintain a satisfactory level of diversification, the Investment Committee may limit or fix the exposure to a particular country or region to a maximum proportion of the assets of that vehicle. Country weights may also deviate from target weights due to general day-to-day trading patterns and price movements. As a result, the weighting of certain countries may vary from their weighting in published international indices.

Portfolio Transactions

Securities will not be purchased or sold based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase. Securities which have depreciated in value since their acquisition will not be sold solely because prospects for the issuer are not considered attractive or due to an expected or realized decline in securities prices in general. Securities will not be sold to realize short-term profits, but when circumstances warrant, they may be sold without regard to the length of time held. Securities, including those eligible for purchase, may be disposed of, however, at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale, including but not limited to tender offers, mergers and similar transactions, or bids made for block purchases at opportune prices. Generally, securities will be purchased with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year and will be held until such time as they are no longer considered an appropriate holding in light of the investment policy of each Portfolio or its respective Master Fund.

 

37


Table of Contents

Tax Management Strategies—Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio each seek to maximize the after tax value of an investment by managing its portfolio in a manner that will defer the realization of net capital gains where possible and may attempt to reduce dividend income.

When selling securities, a Portfolio or Master Fund typically will select the highest cost shares of the specific security in order to minimize the realization of capital gains. In certain cases, the highest cost shares may produce a short-term capital gain. Since short-term capital gains generally are taxed at higher tax rates than long-term capital gains, the highest cost shares with a long-term holding period may be disposed of instead. Each Portfolio or Master Fund, when possible, will refrain from disposing of a security until the long-term holding period for capital gains for tax purposes has been satisfied. Additionally, each Portfolio or Master Fund, when consistent with all other tax management policies, may sell securities in order to realize capital losses. Realized capital losses can be used to offset realized capital gains, thus reducing capital gains distributions.

The Advisor may attempt to time the purchases and sales of securities to reduce the receipt of dividends when possible. With respect to dividends that are received, the Portfolios and the Master Funds may not be eligible to flow through the dividends received deduction attributable to holdings in U.S. equity securities to corporate shareholders if, because of certain timing rules, hedging activities, or debt financing activities at the Portfolio or Master Fund level, the requisite holding period of the dividend paying stock is not met.

The Portfolios and the Master Funds are expected to deviate from their market capitalization weightings to a greater extent than non-tax-managed portfolios. For example, the Advisor may determine to hold shares of a company in a small cap portfolio despite changes to that company’s market capitalization as part of the portfolio’s tax management strategy. For that reason, in this example, under normal conditions shareholders should expect a tax managed small cap portfolio to have a different overall market capitalization exposure than a non-tax managed small cap portfolio. In addition, the Advisor may delay buying the stock of a company that meets applicable market capitalization criteria in order to avoid dividend income, and may sell stock of a company that meets applicable market capitalization criteria in order to realize a capital loss. Also, the Portfolios and Master Funds may dispose of securities whenever the Advisor determines that disposition is consistent with their tax management strategies or is otherwise in the best interest of a Portfolio or Master Fund.

Although the Advisor intends to manage each Portfolio or Master Fund in a manner which considers the effects of the realization of capital gains and taxable dividend income each year, the Portfolios may nonetheless distribute taxable gains and dividends to shareholders. Of course, realization of capital gains is not entirely within the Advisor’s control. Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year; there will be no capital gains distributions in years when a Portfolio or Master Fund realizes a net capital loss. Furthermore, the redeeming shareholders will be required to pay taxes on their capital gains, if any, on a redemption of a Portfolio’s shares, whether paid in cash or in kind, if the amount received on redemption is greater than the amount of the shareholder’s tax basis in the shares redeemed.

Consideration of Tax Implications—T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

When constructing its investment portfolio, the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio each intends to consider federal tax implications when making investment decisions with respect to individual securities to seek to provide a tax advantage. When selling securities, each Portfolio typically will select the highest cost shares of the specific security in order to minimize the realization of capital gains. In certain cases, the highest cost shares may produce a short-term capital gain. Since short-term capital

 

38


Table of Contents

gains generally are taxed at higher tax rates than long-term capital gains, the highest cost shares with a long-term holding period may be disposed of instead. Each Portfolio, when possible, will generally refrain from disposing of a security until the long-term holding period for capital gains for tax purposes has been satisfied. Additionally, each Portfolio, when consistent with its investment and tax policies, may sell securities in order to realize capital losses. Realized capital losses can be used to offset realized capital gains, thus reducing capital gains distributions. The Advisor may delay buying the stock of a company that meets applicable investment criteria in order to avoid dividend income, and may sell the stock of a company that meets applicable investment criteria in order to realize a capital loss. Also, each Portfolio may dispose of securities whenever the Advisor determines that disposition is consistent with the Portfolio’s tax and investment management strategies or is otherwise in the best interest of the Portfolio. As part of its investment decisions, the Advisor may also consider the effects of holding periods and securities lending, among other factors, that may affect the tax characteristics of the income received.

Although the Advisor intends to manage each Portfolio in a manner that considers the effects of the realization of capital gains and taxable dividend income each year, the Portfolio may nonetheless distribute taxable gains and dividends to shareholders. Of course, realization of capital gains is not entirely within the Advisor’s control. Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year; there will be no capital gains distributions in years when the Portfolio realizes a net capital loss. Furthermore, the redeeming shareholders will be required to pay taxes on their capital gains, if any, on a redemption of the Portfolio’s shares, whether paid in cash or in kind, if the amount received on redemption is greater than the amount of the shareholder’s tax basis in the shares redeemed.

Other Information

Commodity Pool Operator Exemption:

The Master Funds and Portfolios are operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

SECURITIES LOANS

All of the Portfolios and the Master Funds are authorized to lend securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions for the purpose of earning additional income, although inasmuch as a Feeder Portfolio will only hold shares of its corresponding Master Fund, the Portfolio does not intend to lend those shares. While a Portfolio or Master Fund may earn additional income from lending securities, such activity is incidental to the investment objective of a Portfolio or Master Fund. For information concerning the revenue from securities lending, see SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE.” The value of securities loaned may not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of a Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s total assets, which includes the value of collateral received. To the extent a Portfolio or Master Fund loans a portion of its securities, a Portfolio or Master Fund will receive collateral consisting generally of cash or U.S. government securities, which will be maintained by marking to market daily in an amount equal to at least (i) 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, (ii) 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to U.S. securities, and (iii) 105% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to foreign securities. Subject to their stated investment policies, the Portfolios and Master Funds will generally invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in the DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Money Market Series”), an affiliated registered money market fund advised by the Advisor for which the Advisor receives a management fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Money Market Series. The Portfolios and Master Funds may also invest such collateral in securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, repurchase agreements collateralized by securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. For purposes of this paragraph, agencies include both agency debentures and agency mortgage backed securities.

 

39


Table of Contents

In addition, the Portfolios and Master Funds will be able to terminate the loan at any time and will receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as amounts equal to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities. However, dividend income received from loaned securities may not be eligible to be taxed at qualified dividend income rates. As a result, the Portfolios and Master Funds may limit the use of securities lending to limit the impact of these tax consequences. See the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) for a further discussion of the tax consequences related to securities lending. A Portfolio or Master Fund will be entitled to recall a loaned security in time to vote proxies or otherwise obtain rights to vote proxies of loaned securities if the Portfolio or Master Fund knows a material event will occur. In the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower, the Fund or the Trust could experience delay in recovering the loaned securities or only recover cash or a security of equivalent value. See “PRINCIPAL RISKSSecurities Lending” for a discussion of the risks related to securities lending.

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

For the fiscal year October 31, 2009, the following Portfolios received the following net revenues from a securities lending program, which constituted a percentage of the average daily net assets of each Portfolio (see “SECURITIES LOANS”):

 

Portfolio/Master Fund

   Net Revenue    Percentage
of Net
Assets
 

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value*

   $ 4,081,000    0.29

Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value

   $ 2,890,000    0.20

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity*

   $ 1,534,000    0.15

Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap

   $ 3,275,000    0.38

T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 1,782,000    0.16

Tax-Managed DFA International Value

   $ 1,377,000    0.10

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 488,000    0.10

 

* A Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is taxed as a partnership. “Net Revenue” reflects the proportional share of the securities lending revenue generated by the Master Fund that was received by the Feeder Portfolio.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

The Advisor serves as investment advisor to the Portfolios and the Master Funds. Pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement with each Non-Feeder Portfolio and Master Fund, the Advisor is responsible for the management of their respective assets. Additionally, pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement with each Feeder Portfolio, the Advisor, for no additional compensation, manages the portion of each Feeder Portfolio’s assets that are retained by the Feeder Portfolio for cash management purposes and, at its discretion, may make a determination to withdraw a Feeder Portfolio’s investment from its corresponding the Master Fund to invest in another Master Fund if the Advisor believes it is in the best interests of the Feeder Portfolio and its shareholders to do so. The Portfolios and the Master Funds are managed using a team approach. The investment team includes the Investment Committee of the Advisor, portfolio managers and trading personnel.

The Investment Committee is composed primarily of certain officers and directors of the Advisor who are appointed annually. As of the date of this Prospectus the Investment Committee has seven members. Investment strategies for the Portfolios and Master Funds are set by the Investment Committee, which meets on a regular basis and also as needed to consider investment issues. The Investment Committee also sets and reviews all investment related policies and procedures and approves any changes in regards to approved countries, security types and brokers.

 

40


Table of Contents

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios and Master Funds, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios and Master Funds including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolios and Master Funds indicated below.

 

Domestic Equity portfolios    Stephen A. Clark
International Equity portfolios    Stephen A. Clark, Karen E. Umland, Joseph H. Chi and Jed S. Fogdall

Mr. Clark is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and chairman of the Investment Committee. Mr. Clark received his MBA from the University of Chicago and his BS from Bradley University. Mr. Clark joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2001 and has been responsible for the portfolio management group since January 2006.

Ms. Umland is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and a member of the Investment Committee. She received her BA from Yale University in 1988 and her MBA from the University of California at Los Angeles in 1993. Ms. Umland joined the Advisor in 1993 and has been a portfolio manager and responsible for the international equity portfolios since 1998.

Mr. Chi is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Chi has an MBA and BS from the University of California, Los Angeles and also a JD from the University of Southern California. Mr. Chi joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2005 and has been responsible for the international portfolios since 2010.

Mr. Fogdall is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Fogdall has an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles and a BS from Purdue University. Mr. Fogdall joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2004 and has been responsible for the international portfolios since 2010.

The Statement of Additional Information provides information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, and the portfolio manager’s ownership of each Portfolio’s shares.

The Advisor provides the Portfolios and the Master Funds with a trading department and selects brokers and dealers to effect securities transactions. Securities transactions are placed with a view to obtaining best price and execution. A discussion regarding the basis for the Boards of Trustees/Directors approving the investment management agreements with respect to the Non-Feeder Portfolios and Master Funds is available in the semi-annual report for the Portfolios for the fiscal period ending April 30, 2009. The Advisor’s address is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. The Advisor has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. The Advisor is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. The Advisor controls Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”). As of January 31, 2010, assets under management for all Dimensional affiliated advisors totaled approximately $161 billion.

The Fund and the Trust bear all of their own costs and expenses, including: services of their independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, brokerage fees, commissions and transfer taxes in connection with the acquisition and disposition of portfolio securities, taxes, insurance premiums, costs incidental to meetings of their shareholders and directors or trustees, the cost of filing their registration statements under the federal securities laws and the cost of any filings required under state securities laws, reports to shareholders, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency, administrative services and custodian fees. Expenses allocable to a particular Portfolio or Master Fund are so allocated. The expenses of the Fund which are not allocable to a

 

41


Table of Contents

particular Portfolio are to be borne by each Portfolio of the Fund on the basis of its relative net assets. Similarly, the expenses of the Trust which are not allocable to a particular Master Fund are to be borne by each Master Fund on the basis of its relative net assets.

Management Fees

The “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table describes the fees incurred by a Portfolio for the services provided by the Advisor for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for each Feeder Portfolio includes the investment management fee that was payable by the Portfolio’s Master Fund to the Advisor and the administrative fee that was payable by the Portfolio to the Advisor. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for the Non-Feeder Portfolios provides the investment advisory fee that was payable by the respective Portfolio to the Advisor.

Sub-Advisors—International Portfolios

The Advisor has entered into Sub-Advisory Agreements with Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”), respectively, with respect to the International Portfolios. Pursuant to the terms of each Sub-Advisory Agreement, DFAL and DFA Australia each have the authority and responsibility to select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions for the International Portfolios. Each Sub-Advisor’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor will review the holdings of each International Portfolio and review the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by an International Portfolio and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFAL and DFA Australia. DFAL and DFA Australia maintain and furnish to the Advisor information and reports on companies in certain markets, including recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by each International Portfolio, as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. The Advisor controls DFAL and DFA Australia. DFA Australia is a U.S. federally registered investment advisor located at Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia. DFAL is a U.S. federally registered investment advisor located at 7 Down Street, London W1J7AJ, United Kingdom. DFAL is a member of the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”), a self-regulatory organization for investment managers operating under the laws of England.

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement—Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio, T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

Pursuant to Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio, T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Portfolios, as described below. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for the Portfolios will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its administration fee and assume the expenses of the Portfolio (up to the amount of fees paid to the Advisor based on the Portfolio’s assets invested in its Master Fund) to the extent necessary to reduce the Portfolio’s expenses when its total operating expenses exceed 0.22% of the average net assets of the Portfolio on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized expenses of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio are less than 0.22% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or any expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed 0.22% of its average net assets. The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees waived or expenses assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

 

42


Table of Contents

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses to 0.30% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, described in the prior sentence, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

The Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio’s management fee to the extent necessary to limit the total management fees paid by the Portfolio to the Advisor directly and indirectly (the proportionate share of the management fees paid by the Portfolio through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor) to 0.40% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis. Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the expenses of the Portfolio (including the expenses that the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of other funds managed by the Advisor but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in unaffiliated investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to 0.60% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions. Each Portfolio intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code. As a regulated investment company, a Portfolio generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to you. Dividends from net investment income of each Portfolio are distributed quarterly (on a calendar basis) and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for capital loss carryforwards) are distributed annually, typically in December. A Portfolio may distribute such income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year as a result of a Portfolio’s normal investment activities and cash flows. During a time of economic downturn, a Portfolio may experience capital losses and unrealized depreciation in value of investments, the effect of which may be to reduce or eliminate capital gains distributions for a period of time. Even though a Portfolio may experience a current year loss, it may nonetheless distribute prior year capital gains.

 

43


Table of Contents

You will automatically receive all income dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the Portfolio whose shares you hold at net asset value (as of the business date following the dividend record date), unless, upon written notice to the Advisor and completion of account information, you select one of the options listed below:

Income Option—to receive income dividends in cash and capital gains distributions in additional shares at net asset value.

Capital Gains Option—to receive capital gains distributions in cash and income dividends in additional shares at net asset value.

Cash Option—to receive both income dividends and capital gains distributions in cash.

Annual Statements. Every January, you will receive a statement that shows the tax status of distributions you received the previous calendar year. Distributions declared in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

Avoid “Buying A Dividend. At the time you purchase your Portfolio shares, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation in value of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable. This is sometimes referred to as “buying a dividend.”

Tax Considerations. This discussion of “Tax Considerations” should be read in conjunction with the remaining subsections below containing additional information. Dividends and distributions paid to a qualified, tax-deferred retirement plan, such as a 401(k) plan, accumulate free of federal income taxes. In addition, the sale or redemption by a tax-deferred retirement plan of the Portfolio’s shares will not be subject to federal income taxes. Also, unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to a Portfolio includes in the case of a Feeder Portfolio its pro rata share of its corresponding Master Fund’s income.

In general, if you are a taxable investor, Portfolio distributions (other than exempt-interest dividends) are taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. This is true whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Portfolio shares or receive them in cash.

For federal income tax purposes, Portfolio distributions of short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income. Portfolio distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains no matter how long you have owned your shares. A Portfolio with a high portfolio turnover rate (a measure of how frequently assets within a Portfolio are bought and sold) is more likely to generate short-term capital gains than a Portfolio with a low portfolio turnover rate. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2011, unless such provision is extended or made permanent, a portion of income dividends designated by a Portfolio may be qualified dividend income eligible for taxation by individual shareholders at long-term capital gain rates provided certain holding period requirements are met.

Certain Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from foreign securities. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of a Portfolio (or, in the case of a Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is classified as a partnership, more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Master Fund) is invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Master Fund). If this election is made, shareholders will be required to include in their gross income their pro rata share of these foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio and will be entitled either to deduct (as an itemized deduction in the case of individuals) their share of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income or to claim a credit for such taxes against their U.S. federal income tax, subject to certain limitations under the Code.

The Board of Trustees of a Master Fund reserves the right to change the entity classification of a Master Fund for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time, as may be permitted or required under the Code. For

 

44


Table of Contents

instance, the Board might cause a Master Fund that is classified as a partnership to elect to be classified as a corporation and taxable as a regulated investment company or disregarded entity (if it has one shareholder) or vice versa. Such a change in entity classification may be prompted by, among other things, changes in law, the investment strategy of a Master Fund, or the nature and number of shareholders of a Master Fund or other factors or events adversely affecting the ability of a Master Fund to comply with the Code. A change in entity classification of a Master Fund may be a taxable event, causing the Master Fund and shareholders of the Master Fund that are subject to tax to recognize a taxable gain or loss. Such a change in entity classification would also cause the shareholders of the Master Fund to be subject to a different taxation regime, which may adversely affect some shareholders depending upon their particular circumstances.

The sale of shares of a Portfolio is a taxable event and may result in a capital gain or loss to you. Capital gain or loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two Portfolios. Any loss incurred on the sale or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares, held for six months or less, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares.

By law, a Portfolio is required to withhold 28% of taxable dividends, capital gains distributions, and redemption proceeds paid to you if you do not provide your proper taxpayer identification number and certain required certifications. You may avoid this withholding requirement by providing and certifying on the account registration form your correct Taxpayer Identification Number and by certifying that you are not subject to backup withholding and are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). A Portfolio must also withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so.

In addition to federal taxes, you may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from a Portfolio and on gains arising on redemption or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares. Distributions of interest income and capital gains realized from certain types of U.S. government securities may be exempt from state personal income taxes.

Non-U.S. Investors. Non-U.S. investors may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% or lower treaty rate and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding and claim any treaty benefits. Exemptions from U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from long-term capital gains, if any, exempt-interest dividends, and, with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio that begin before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any such dividends and distributions of income and capital gains will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person. Non-U.S. investors also may be subject to U.S. estate tax.

This discussion of “Dividends, Capital Gains Distributions and Taxes” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. Because everyone’s tax situation is unique, you should consult your tax professional about federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences before making an investment in a Portfolio. Prospective investors should also consult the statement of additional information.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

Cash Purchases

Investors may purchase shares of any Portfolio by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment. The Portfolios generally are available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor (“Eligible Investors”). Eligible Investors include employees, former employees, shareholders and directors of the Advisor and the Funds and friends and family members of such persons. All investments are subject to approval of the

 

45


Table of Contents

Advisor, and all investors must complete and submit the necessary account registration forms in good order. The Fund reserves the right to reject any initial or additional investment and to suspend the offering of shares of any Portfolio.

“Good order” with respect to the purchase of shares means that (1) a fully completed and properly signed Account Registration Form and any additional supporting legal documentation required by the Advisor have been received in legible form and (2) the Advisor has been notified of the purchase by telephone and, if the Advisor so requests, also in writing, no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) on the day of the purchase. If an order to purchase shares must be canceled due to nonpayment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by the Fund arising out of such cancellation. To recover any such loss, the Fund reserves the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled, and such purchaser may be prohibited or restricted in the manner of placing further orders.

Investors having an account with a bank that is a member or a correspondent of a member of the Federal Reserve System may purchase shares by first calling the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment, then requesting the bank to transmit immediately available funds (Federal Funds) by wire to PNC Bank, N.A. for the account of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (specify Portfolio). Additional investments also may be made through the wire procedure by first notifying the Advisor. Investors who wish to purchase shares of any Portfolio by check should send their check to DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., c/o PNC Global Investment Servicing, Attn: Mail Stop F4-F760-1A-J, 760 Moore Road, King of Prussia, PA.

Payment of the total amount due should be made in U.S. dollars. However, subject to approval by the Advisor, payment may be made in any freely convertible currency and the necessary foreign exchange transactions will be arranged on behalf of, and at the expense of, the applicant. Applicants settling in any currency other than U.S. dollars are advised that a delay in processing a purchase or redemption may occur to allow for currency conversion.

Shares also may be purchased and sold by individuals through securities firms that may charge a service fee or commission for such transactions. No such fee or commission is charged on shares that are purchased or redeemed directly from the Fund. Investors who are clients of investment advisory organizations may also be subject to investment advisory fees under their own arrangements with such organizations.

In-Kind Purchases

If accepted by the Fund, shares of the Portfolios may be purchased in exchange for securities which are eligible for acquisition by the Portfolios (or the Master Funds) or otherwise represented in their portfolios as described in this Prospectus or as otherwise consistent with the Fund’s policies or procedures or in exchange for local currencies in which such securities of an International Portfolio are denominated. Securities and local currencies accepted by the Fund for exchange and Fund shares to be issued in the exchange will be valued as set forth under “VALUATION OF SHARES” at the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such securities shall become the property of the Portfolio whose shares are being acquired and must be delivered to the Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. Investors who desire to purchase shares of an International Portfolio with local currencies should first contact the Advisor.

The Fund will not accept securities in exchange for shares of a Portfolio unless: (1) such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be included, or otherwise represented, in the Portfolio whose shares are to be issued (or in its Master Fund) and current market quotations are readily available for such securities; (2) the investor represents and agrees that all securities offered to be exchanged are not subject to any restrictions upon their sale by the Portfolio or Master Fund under the Securities Act of 1933 or under the laws of the country in which the principal market for such securities exists, or otherwise; and (3) at the discretion of the Fund, the value

 

46


Table of Contents

of any such security (except U.S. Government securities) being exchanged together with other securities of the same issuer owned by the Portfolio or Master Fund may not exceed 5% of the net assets of the Portfolio or Master Fund immediately after the transaction.

A gain or loss for federal income tax purposes will generally be realized by investors who are subject to federal taxation upon the exchange depending upon the cost of the securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should contact the Advisor. Purchases of shares will be made in full and fractional shares calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued.

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

The Portfolios are designed for long-term investors and are not intended for investors that engage in excessive short-term trading activity that may be harmful to the Portfolios, including but not limited to market timing. Short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Portfolios can disrupt portfolio management strategies, harm performance and increase Portfolio expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.

In addition, certain Portfolios may be more susceptible to the risks of short-term trading than other Portfolios. The nature of an International Portfolio’s holdings may present opportunities for a shareholder to engage in a short-term trading strategy that exploits possible delays between changes in the price of a Portfolio’s holdings and the reflection of those changes in the Portfolio’s net asset value (called “arbitrage market timing”). Such delays may occur because an International Portfolio has significant investments in foreign securities where, due to time zone differences, the values of those securities are established some time before the Portfolio calculates its net asset value. In such circumstances, the available market prices for such foreign securities may not accurately reflect the latest indications of value at the time an International Portfolio calculates its net asset value. Each International Portfolio and the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio also may be subject to arbitrage market timing because they have significant holdings in small cap securities, which may have prices that do not accurately reflect the latest indications of value of these securities at the time these Portfolios calculate their net asset values due to, among other reasons, infrequent trading or illiquidity. There is a possibility that arbitrage market timing may dilute the value of a Portfolio’s shares if redeeming shareholders receive proceeds (and purchasing shareholders receive shares) based upon a net asset value that does not reflect appropriate fair value prices.

The Board of Directors of the Fund and Board of Trustees of the Trust (collectively, the “Board”) have adopted a policy (the “Trading Policy”) and the Advisor and DFA Securities LLC (collectively, “Dimensional”) and Dimensional’s agents have implemented the following procedures, which are designed to discourage and prevent market timing or excessive short-term trading in the Fund and Trust: (i) trade activity monitoring and purchase blocking procedures; and (ii) use of fair value pricing.

The Fund, Dimensional and their agents monitor trades and flows of money in and out of the Portfolios from time to time in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities, and for consistent enforcement of the Trading Policy. The Fund reserves the right to take the actions necessary to stop excessive or disruptive trading activities, including refusing or canceling purchase or exchange orders for any reason, without prior notice, particularly purchase or exchange orders that the Fund believes are made on behalf of market timers. The Fund, Dimensional and their agents reserve the right to restrict, refuse or cancel any purchase or exchange request made by an investor indefinitely if the Fund or Dimensional believe that any combination of trading activity in the accounts is potentially disruptive to a Portfolio. In making such judgments, the Fund and Dimensional seek to act in a manner that is consistent with the interests of shareholders. For purposes of applying these procedures, Dimensional may consider an investor’s trading history in the Portfolios, and accounts under common ownership, influence or control.

 

47


Table of Contents

In addition to the Fund’s general ability to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity as described above, the Fund also has adopted purchase blocking procedures. Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, where an investor has engaged in any two purchases and two redemptions (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) in a Portfolio in any rolling 30 calendar day monitoring period (i.e., two “round trips”), the Fund and Dimensional intend to block the investor from making any additional purchases in that Portfolio for 90 calendar days (a “purchase block”). If implemented, a purchase block will begin at some point after the transaction that caused the investor to have engaged in the prohibited two round-trips is detected by the Fund, Dimensional, or their agents. The Fund and Dimensional are permitted to implement a longer purchase block, or permanently bar future purchases by an investor, if they determine that it is appropriate.

Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, the following purchases and redemptions will not trigger a purchase block: (i) purchases and redemptions of shares having a value in each transaction of less than $5,000; (ii) purchases and redemptions by U.S. registered investment companies that operate as fund of funds and non-U.S. investment companies that operate as fund of funds that the Funds or Dimensional, in their sole discretion, have determined are not designed and/or are not serving as vehicles for excessive short-term or other disruptive trading (in each case, the fund of funds shall agree to be subject to monitoring by Dimensional); (iii) purchases and redemptions by a feeder portfolio of a master fund’s shares; (iv) systematic or automated transactions where the shareholder, financial advisor or investment fiduciary does not exercise direct control over the investment decision; (v) retirement plan contributions, loans, loan repayments and distributions (including hardship withdrawals) identified as such in the retirement plan recordkeeper’s system; (vi) purchase transactions involving transfers of assets, rollovers, Roth IRA conversions and IRA recharacterizations; (vii) purchases of shares with Portfolio dividends or capital gain distributions; (viii) transfers and reregistrations of shares within the same Portfolio; and (ix) transactions by 529 Plans. Notwithstanding the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, all transactions in Portfolio shares are subject to the right of the Fund and Dimensional to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity (including purchases and redemptions described above that will not be subject to the purchase blocking procedures).

In addition, the purchase blocking procedures will not apply to a redemption transaction in which a Portfolio distributes portfolio securities to a shareholder in-kind, where the redemption will not disrupt the efficient portfolio management of the Portfolio/Master Fund and the redemption is consistent with the interests of the remaining shareholders of the Portfolio/Master Fund.

The Fund, Dimensional or their designees will have the ability, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), to request information from financial intermediaries, such as 401(k) plan administrators, trust companies and broker dealers (together, “Intermediaries”), concerning trades placed in omnibus and other multi-investor accounts (together, “Omnibus Accounts”), in order to attempt to monitor trades that are placed by the underlying shareholders of these Omnibus Accounts. The Fund, Dimensional and their designees will use the information obtained from the Intermediaries to monitor trading in the Fund and to attempt to identify shareholders in Omnibus Accounts engaged in trading that is inconsistent with the Trading Policy or otherwise not in the best interests of the Fund. The Fund, Dimensional or their designees, when they detect trading patterns in shares of the Fund that may constitute short-term or excessive trading, will provide written instructions to the Intermediary to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of shares of the Portfolios by a shareholder that has been identified as having engaged in excessive or short-term transactions in the Portfolio’s shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate the Trading Policy.

The ability of the Fund and Dimensional to impose these limitations, including the purchase blocking procedures, on investors investing through Intermediaries is dependent on the receipt of information necessary to identify transactions by the underlying investors and the Intermediary’s cooperation in implementing the Trading Policy. Investors seeking to engage in excessive short-term trading practices may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection, and despite the efforts of the Fund and Dimensional to prevent excessive short-term trading, there is no assurance that the Fund, Dimensional or their agents will be able to identify those shareholders or curtail their trading practices. The ability of the Fund, Dimensional and their agents to detect and limit excessive short-term trading also may be restricted by operational systems and technological limitations.

 

48


Table of Contents

The purchasing blocking procedures of the Trading Policy may not apply to redemptions by shareholders whose shares are held on the books of Intermediaries if the Intermediaries have not adopted procedures to implement this Policy. The Fund and Dimensional will work with Intermediaries to develop such policies to institute the purchase blocking procedures or other procedures that the Fund and Dimensional determine are reasonably designed to achieve the objective of this Trading Policy. At the time the Intermediaries adopt these procedures, shareholders whose accounts are on the books of such Intermediaries will be subject to the Trading Policy’s purchase blocking procedures or another frequent trading policy that achieves the objective of the purchase blocking procedures. Investors that invest in the Portfolios through an Intermediary should contact the Intermediary for information concerning the policies and procedures that apply to the investor.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to apply the purchase blocking procedures on purchases by all investors and the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to monitor trades through Omnibus Accounts maintained by Intermediaries may be restricted due to systems limitations of both the Fund’s service providers and the Intermediaries. The Fund expects that the application of the Trading Policy as described above, including the purchase blocking procedures (subject to the limitations described above), will be able to be implemented by Intermediaries in compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

In addition to monitoring trade activity, the Board has adopted fair value pricing procedures that govern the pricing of the securities of the Portfolios and Master Funds. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the prices at which Portfolio shares are purchased and redeemed are fair, and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders. See the discussion under “VALUATION OF SHARES—Net Asset Value” for additional details regarding fair value pricing of the Portfolio’s securities.

Although the procedures are designed to discourage excessive short-term trading, none of the procedures individually nor all of the procedures taken together can completely eliminate the possibility that excessive short-term trading activity in a Portfolio may occur. The Portfolios and Master Funds do not knowingly accommodate excessive or disruptive trading activities, including market timing.

VALUATION OF SHARES

Net Asset Value

        The net asset value per share of each Portfolio and Master Fund is generally calculated on days that the NYSE is open for trading. The net asset value per share of each Portfolio and each Master Fund is calculated after the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) by dividing the total value of the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s investments and other assets, less any liabilities, by the total outstanding shares of the stock of the respective Portfolio or Master Fund. Each Portfolio and Master Fund generally accepts purchase and redemption orders on days that the NYSE is open for trading. Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes at a time other than 1:00 p.m. PT.

The value of the shares of each Non-Feeder Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to its own investment experience. The value of the shares of each Feeder Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to the investment experience of the Master Fund in which such Portfolio invests. Securities held by the Portfolios and Master Funds will be valued in accordance with applicable laws and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors or Trustees, and generally, as described below.

Securities held by the Portfolios and Master Funds (including over-the-counter securities) are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day. Securities held by the Portfolios and Master Funds that are listed on Nasdaq are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there is no last reported sale price or NOCP of the day, the Portfolios and Master Funds value the securities at the mean of the most recent quoted bid and asked prices. Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the security is primarily traded.

 

49


Table of Contents

Generally, securities issued by open-end investment companies, such as the Master Funds, are valued using their respective net asset values or public offering prices, as appropriate, for purchase orders placed at the close of the NYSE.

The value of the securities and other assets of the Portfolios and Master Funds for which no market quotations are readily available (including restricted securities), or for which market quotations have become unreliable, are determined in good faith at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Directors or Trustees, as the case may be. Fair value pricing may also be used if events that have a significant effect on the value of an investment (as determined in the discretion of the Investment Committee of the Advisor) occur before the net asset value is calculated. When fair value pricing is used, the prices of securities used by the Portfolios and the Master Funds may differ from the quoted or published prices for the same securities on their primary markets or exchanges.

As of the date of this Prospectus, each International Portfolio will also fair value price in the circumstances described below. Generally, trading in foreign securities markets is completed each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE. For example, trading in the Japanese securities markets is completed each day at the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange (normally, 11:00 p.m. PT), which is fourteen hours prior to the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) and the time that the net asset value of each International Portfolio is computed. Due to the time differences between the closings of the relevant foreign securities exchanges and the time the International Portfolio prices its shares at the close of the NYSE, each International Portfolio will fair value its foreign investments when it is determined that the market quotations for the foreign investments are either unreliable or not readily available. The fair value prices will attempt to reflect the impact of the U.S. financial markets’ perceptions and trading activities on each International Portfolio’s foreign investments since the last closing prices of the foreign investments were calculated on their primary foreign securities markets or exchanges. For these purposes, the Board of Directors of the Fund has determined that movements in relevant indices or other appropriate market indicators, after the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange or the London Stock Exchange, demonstrate that market quotations may be unreliable, and may trigger fair value pricing. Consequently, fair valuation of portfolio securities may occur on a daily basis. The fair value pricing by each International Portfolio utilizes data furnished by an independent pricing service (and that data draws upon, among other information, the market values of foreign investments). When an International Portfolio uses fair value pricing, the values assigned to the International Portfolio’s foreign investments may not be the quoted or published prices of the investments on their primary markets or exchanges. The Board of Directors of the Fund monitors the operation of the method used to fair value price each International Portfolio’s foreign investments.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio or Master Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Portfolio or Master Fund determines its net asset value per share. As a result, the sale or redemption by a Portfolio or Master Fund of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

The net asset value per share of the International Portfolio is expressed in U.S. dollars by translating the net assets of the International Portfolio using the mean of the most recent bid and asked prices for the dollar as quoted by generally recognized reliable sources. Because the International Portfolio owns securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges which may trade on days when the International Portfolio does not price its shares, the net asset value of the International Portfolio may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.

Certain of the securities holdings of the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio in Approved Markets may be subject to tax, investment and currency repatriation regulations of the Approved Markets that could have a material effect on the values of the securities. For example, such fund might be subject to different levels of taxation on current income and realized gains depending upon the holding period of the securities. In general, a

 

50


Table of Contents

longer holding period (e.g., 5 years) may result in the imposition of lower tax rates than a shorter holding period (e.g., 1 year). The T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio may also be subject to certain contractual arrangements with investment authorities in an Approved Market which require the Portfolio to maintain minimum holding periods or to limit the extent of repatriation of income and realized gains.

Futures contracts are valued using the settlement price established each day on the exchange on which they are traded. The value of such futures contracts held by a Portfolio or Master Fund is determined each day as of such close.

Public Offering Price

Provided that the transfer agent has received the investor’s Account Registration Form in good order and the custodian has received the investor’s payment, shares of the Portfolio selected will be priced at the public offering price, which is the net asset value of the shares next determined after receipt of the investor’s funds by the custodian. The transfer agent or the Fund may, from time to time, appoint sub-transfer agents or various financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for the receipt of purchase orders, redemption orders and funds from certain investors. Intermediaries, in turn, are authorized to designate other financial intermediaries (“Sub-designees”) to receive purchase and redemption orders for the Portfolios’ shares from investors. With respect to such investors, the shares of the Portfolio selected will be priced at the public offering price calculated after receipt of the purchase order by the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, that is authorized to receive purchase orders. If the investor buys shares through an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, the purchase price will be the public offering price next calculated after the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, receives the order, rather than on the day the custodian receives the investor’s payment (provided that the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, has received the investor’s purchase order in good order, and the investor has complied with the Intermediary’s or Sub-designee’s payment procedures). No reimbursement fee or sales charge is imposed on purchases. If an order to purchase shares must be canceled due to non-payment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by a Portfolio arising out of such cancellation. The Portfolios reserve the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled to recover any resulting loss to a Portfolio and may prohibit or restrict the manner in which such purchaser may place further orders.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

Investors may exchange shares of one Portfolio for those of another Portfolio by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed exchange and then sending a letter of instruction. A letter of instruction for an exchange of shares may be sent by mail to:

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.

Attn: Client Operations

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

The minimum amount for an exchange is $100,000. Exchanges are accepted into or from any of the Portfolios offered in this Prospectus. Contact the Advisor for information regarding the other portfolios of the Fund available for exchanges and to request a copy of the prospectus(es) of such portfolios. Investors in any Portfolio eligible for the exchange privilege also may exchange all or part of their Portfolio shares into portfolios of Dimensional Investment Group Inc., subject to the minimum purchase requirement set forth in the applicable portfolio’s prospectus. Investors may contact the Advisor at the above-listed phone number for more information on such exchanges and to request a copy of the prospectuses of the portfolios of Dimensional Investment Group Inc.

The exchange privilege is not intended to afford shareholders a way to speculate on short-term movements in the markets. Accordingly, in order to prevent excessive use of the exchange privilege that may potentially

 

51


Table of Contents

disrupt the management of the Portfolios or otherwise adversely affect the Fund, any proposed exchange will be subject to the approval of the Advisor. Such approval will depend on: (i) the size of the proposed exchange; (ii) the prior number of exchanges by that shareholder; (iii) the nature of the underlying securities and the cash position of the Portfolios involved in the proposed exchange; (iv) the transaction costs involved in processing the exchange; and (v) the total number of redemptions by exchange already made out of a Portfolio. Excessive use of the exchange privilege is defined as any pattern of exchanges among portfolios by an investor that evidences market timing.

The redemption and purchase prices of shares redeemed and purchased by exchange, respectively, are the net asset values next determined after the Advisor has received a letter of instruction in good order. “Good order” means a completed letter of instruction specifying the dollar amount to be exchanged, signed by all registered owners of the shares (or representatives thereof); and if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority. Exchanges will be accepted only if stock certificates have not been issued and the shares of the Portfolio being acquired are registered in the investor’s state of residence.

There is no fee imposed on an exchange. However, the Fund reserves the right to impose an administrative fee in order to cover the costs incurred in processing an exchange. Any such fee will be disclosed in the prospectus. An exchange is treated as a redemption and a purchase. Therefore, an investor could realize a taxable gain or a loss on the transaction. The Fund reserves the right to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, waive the minimum amount requirement, limit the amount of or reject any exchange, as deemed necessary, at any time.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Redemption Procedure

Investors who desire to redeem shares of a Portfolio must first contact the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400. Each Portfolio will redeem shares at the net asset value of such shares next determined, either: (1) where stock certificates have not been issued, after receipt of a written request for redemption in good order, by the transfer agent (or Intermediary or Sub-designee, if applicable) or (2) if stock certificates have been issued, after receipt of the stock certificates in good order at the office of the transfer agent (or Intermediary or Sub-designee, if applicable). “Good order” means that the request to redeem shares must include all necessary documentation, to be received in writing by the Advisor no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT), including but not limited to: the stock certificate(s), if issued; a letter of instruction or a stock assignment specifying the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners (or authorized representatives thereof) of the shares; and, if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority.

Shareholders redeeming shares for which certificates have not been issued, who have authorized redemption payment by wire in writing, may request that redemption proceeds be paid in federal funds wired to the bank they have designated in writing. The Fund reserves the right to send redemption proceeds by check in their discretion; a shareholder may request overnight delivery of such check at the shareholder’s own expense. If the proceeds are wired to the shareholder’s account at a bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, there could be a delay in crediting the funds to the shareholder’s bank account. The Fund reserves the right at any time to suspend or terminate the redemption by wire procedure after prior notification to shareholders. No fee is charged for redemptions. The redemption of all shares in an account will result in the account being closed. A new Account Registration Form will be required for future investments. (See “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”) In the interests of economy and convenience, certificates for shares are not issued.

Although the redemption payments will ordinarily be made within seven days after receipt, payment to investors redeeming shares which were purchased by check will not be made until the Fund can verify that the payments for the purchase have been, or will be, collected, which may take up to ten days or more. Investors may avoid this delay by submitting a certified check along with the purchase order.

 

52


Table of Contents

Redemption of Small Accounts

With respect to each Portfolio, the Fund reserves the right to redeem an account if the value of the shares in a specific Portfolio is $500 or less because of redemptions. Before the Fund involuntarily redeems shares from such an account and sends the proceeds to the stockholder, the Fund will give written notice of the redemption to the stockholder at least sixty days before the redemption date. The stockholder will then have sixty days from the date of the notice to make an additional investment in order to bring the value of the shares in the account for a specific Portfolio to more than $500 and avoid such involuntary redemption. The redemption price to be paid to a stockholder for shares redeemed by the Fund under this right will be the aggregate net asset value of the shares in the account at the close of business on the redemption date. The right to redeem small accounts applies to accounts established with the Fund’s transfer agent.

In-Kind Redemptions

When in the best interests of a Feeder Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolio may make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities that the Feeder Portfolio receives from the Master Fund in lieu of cash. A Portfolio that is not a Feeder Portfolio may also make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities in lieu of cash, when in the best interests of the Portfolio. The Portfolios and the Master Funds are also authorized to make redemption payments solely by a distribution of portfolio securities (or a combination of securities and cash) when it is determined by the Advisor to be consistent with the tax management strategies described in this Prospectus. Such distributions will be made in accordance with the federal securities laws and regulations governing mutual funds. Investors may incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs when selling securities that were received in payment of redemptions. The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio each reserve the right to redeem its shares in the currencies in which its investments are denominated. Investors may incur charges in converting such securities to dollars and the value of the securities may be affected by currency exchange fluctuations.

THE FEEDER PORTFOLIOS

The Master Feeder structure is relatively complex. While this structure is designed to reduce costs, it may not do so. As a result, the Feeder Portfolios may encounter operational or other complications. Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in each Master Fund. Accordingly, the expenses of such other funds and, correspondingly, their returns may differ from those of the Feeder Portfolios. Please contact The DFA Investment Trust Company at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746, (512) 306-7400 for information about the availability of investing in a Master Fund other than through a Feeder Portfolio.

The aggregate amount of expenses for a Feeder Portfolio and the corresponding Master Fund may be greater than it would be if the Portfolio were to invest directly in the securities held by the corresponding Master Fund. However, the total expense ratios for the Feeder Portfolios and the Master Funds are expected to be less over time than such ratios would be if the Portfolios were to invest directly in the underlying securities. This arrangement enables various institutional investors, including the Feeder Portfolios, to pool their assets, which may be expected to result in economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base. Each shareholder in a Master Fund, including a Feeder Portfolio, will pay its proportionate share of the expenses of that Master Fund.

The shares of the Master Funds will be offered to institutional investors for the purpose of increasing the funds available for investment, to reduce expenses as a percentage of total assets and to achieve other economies that might be available at higher asset levels. Investment in a Master Fund by other institutional investors offers potential benefits to a Master Fund, and through its investment in a Master Fund, a Feeder Portfolio also. However, such economies and expense reductions might not be achieved, and additional investment opportunities, such as increased diversification, might not be available if other institutions do not invest in the

 

53


Table of Contents

Master Funds. Also, if an institutional investor were to redeem its interest in a Master Fund, the remaining investors in that Master Fund could experience higher pro rata operating expenses, thereby producing lower returns, and the Master Fund’s security holdings may become less diverse, resulting in increased risk. Institutional investors that have a greater pro rata ownership interest in a Master Fund than the corresponding Feeder Portfolio could have effective voting control over the operation of the Master Fund.

If the Board of Directors of the Fund determines that it is in the best interest of a Feeder Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolio may withdraw its investment in the Master Fund at any time. Upon any such withdrawal, the Board would consider what action the Portfolio might take, including either seeking to invest its assets in another registered investment company with the same investment objective as the Portfolio, which might not be possible, or retaining an investment advisor to manage the Portfolio’s assets in accordance with its own investment objective, possibly at increased cost. Shareholders of a Feeder Portfolio will receive written notice thirty days before the effective date of any change in the investment objective of its corresponding Master Fund. A withdrawal by the Feeder Portfolio of its investment in its corresponding Master Fund could result in a distribution in kind of portfolio securities (as opposed to a cash distribution) to the Portfolio. Should such a distribution occur, the Portfolio could incur brokerage fees or other transaction costs in converting such securities to cash in order to pay redemptions. In addition, a distribution in kind to a Portfolio could result in a less diversified portfolio of investments and could affect adversely the liquidity of the Portfolio.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

Each Portfolio generally will disclose up to its 25 largest portfolio holdings (or with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the holdings of its Master Fund) (other than cash and cash equivalents) and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Portfolio or Master Fund, as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public Web site, http://www.dimensional.com, within 20 days after the end of each month. Each Portfolio also generally will disclose its complete portfolio holdings (or with respect to a feeder portfolio, the holdings of its Master Fund) (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public Web site, two months following the month-end or more frequently and at different periods when authorized in accordance with the Portfolios and Master Funds’ policies and procedures. Please consult the SAI for a description of the other policies and procedures that govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings by the Portfolios and Master Funds.

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

To eliminate duplicate mailings and reduce expenses, the Portfolios may deliver a single copy of certain shareholder documents, such as this Prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports, to related shareholders at the same address, even if accounts are registered in different names. This practice is known as “householding.” The Portfolios will not household personal information documents, such as account statements. If you do not want the mailings of these documents to be combined with other members of your household, please call us collect at (512) 306-7400. We will begin sending individual copies of the shareholder documents to you within 30 days of receiving your request.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The Financial Highlights table is meant to help you understand each Portfolio’s financial performance for the past five years or, if shorter, the period of that Portfolio’s operations, as indicated by the table. The total returns in the table represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with the Portfolios’ annual financial statements, are included in the annual report. Further information about each Portfolio’s performance is contained in the annual report which is available upon request.

 

54


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008^
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 10.59      $ 17.51      $ 17.67      $ 15.26      $ 13.27      $ 11.12   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.21     0.27     0.27     0.24     0.18        0.11   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    1.06        (6.66     (0.16     2.39        1.96        2.13   
                                               

Total From Investment Operations

    1.27        (6.39     0.11        2.63        2.14        2.24   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.25     (0.29     (0.27     (0.22     (0.15     (0.09

Net Realized Gains

    —          (0.24     —          —          —          —     
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.25     (0.53     (0.27     (0.22     (0.15     (0.09
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 11.61      $ 10.59      $ 17.51      $ 17.67      $ 15.26      $ 13.27   
                                               

Total Return

    12.54     (37.53 )%**      0.54     17.45     16.27     20.24
                                               

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 1,618,256      $ 1,576,757      $ 2,747,843      $ 2,505,779      $ 1,754,320      $ 1,197,227   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

    0.40     0.38 %@      0.37     0.38     0.40     0.42

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

    0.40     0.38 %@      0.37     0.38     0.40     0.42

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    2.07     1.93 %@      1.45     1.47     1.35     0.97

 

^ The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** Non-Annualized
@ Annualized

 

55


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008^
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 14.41      $ 23.09      $ 27.39      $ 25.60      $ 23.32      $ 19.22   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.14     0.20     0.25     0.22     0.09        0.09   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    0.60        (7.29     (1.87     3.90        2.68        4.09   
                                               

Total From Investment Operations

    0.74        (7.09     (1.62     4.12        2.77        4.18   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.19     (0.18     (0.24     (0.19     (0.10     (0.08

Net Realized Gains

    —          (1.41     (2.44     (2.14     (0.39     —     
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.19     (1.59     (2.68     (2.33     (0.49     (0.08
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 14.96      $ 14.41      $ 23.09      $ 27.39      $ 25.60      $ 23.32   
                                               

Total Return

    5.41     (32.85 )%**      (6.58 )%      17.70     12.09     21.84
                                               

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 1,700,343      $ 1,662,774      $ 2,905,694      $ 3,203,763      $ 2,634,891      $ 2,078,718   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.47     0.45 %@      0.47     0.53     0.55     0.56

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    1.04     1.07 %@      0.98     0.85     0.39     0.45

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    34     40 %**      28     35     21     21

 

^ The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
** Non-Annualized
@ Annualized

 

56


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio  
     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008^
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 10.36      $ 15.57      $ 14.75      $ 13.26      $ 12.23      $ 11.05   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.22     0.23     0.25     0.21     0.16        0.14   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.60        (5.19     0.81        1.47        1.05        1.18   
                                                

Total From Investment Operations

     0.82        (4.96     1.06        1.68        1.21        1.32   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.24     (0.25     (0.24     (0.19     (0.18     (0.14

Net Realized Gains

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.24     (0.25     (0.24     (0.19     (0.18     (0.14
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 10.94      $ 10.36      $ 15.57      $ 14.75      $ 13.26      $ 12.23   
                                                

Total Return

     8.30     (32.30 )%**      7.23     12.84     9.97     12.03
                                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,141,449      $ 1,268,330      $ 1,823,812      $ 1,487,611      $ 999,215      $ 618,888   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

     0.22     0.22 %@      0.22     0.23     0.25     0.25

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

     0.26     0.23 %@      0.23     0.24     0.26     0.29

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.24     1.76 %@      1.59     1.55     1.35     1.37

 

^ The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** Non-Annualized
@ Annualized

 

57


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended

Oct. 31,
2008^
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 15.83      $ 25.86      $ 26.27      $ 22.95      $ 20.53      $ 17.84   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.13     0.19     0.18     0.10     0.04        0.01   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    0.47        (7.87     (0.42     3.30        2.42        2.69   
                                               

Total From Investment Operations

    0.60        (7.68     (0.24     3.40        2.46        2.70   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.17     (0.18     (0.17     (0.08     (0.04     (0.01

Net Realized Gains

    —          (2.17     —          —          —          —     
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.17     (2.35     (0.17     (0.08     (0.04     (0.01
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 16.26      $ 15.83      $ 25.86      $ 26.27      $ 22.95      $ 20.53   
                                               

Total Return

    3.98     (32.53 )%**      (0.94 )%      14.88     11.98     15.17
                                               

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 957,145      $ 1,077,395      $ 1,779,245      $ 1,653,038      $ 1,242,288      $ 958,233   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.55     0.53 %@      0.53     0.53     0.55     0.56

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    0.88     0.98 %@      0.65     0.41     0.21     0.08

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    28     39 %**      31     22     15     7

 

^ The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
** Non-Annualized
@ Annualized

 

58


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

      T.A. U.S. Core
Equity 2 Portfolio
 
      Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    For the Period
Oct. 4, 2007***
to
Nov. 30, 2007
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 6.31      $ 9.40      $ 10.00   
                        

Income From Investment Operations

      

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.11     0.13     0.02

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.52        (3.12     (0.62
                        

Total From Investment Operations

     0.63        (2.99     (0.60
                        

Less Distributions

      

Net Investment Income

     (0.11     (0.10     —     

Net Realized Gains

     —          —          —     
                        

Total Distributions

     (0.11     (0.10     —     
                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 6.83      $ 6.31      $ 9.40   
                        

Total Return

     10.28     (32.16 )%†      (6.00 )%† 
                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 1,444,886      $ 585,165      $ 106,507   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.28     0.29 %^      0.30 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.28     0.29 %^      0.60 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.82     1.75 %^      2.09 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     5     9 %†      0 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized
Non-annualized
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

59


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended

Oct. 31,
2008^
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 10.55      $ 21.91      $ 19.96      $ 15.51      $ 13.63      $ 10.84   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.32     0.59     0.59     0.54     0.33     0.22   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    3.00        (9.60     2.76        4.71        1.90        2.93   
                                               

Total From Investment Operations

    3.32        (9.01     3.35        5.25        2.23        3.15   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.38     (0.64     (0.48     (0.59     (0.35     (0.36

Net Realized Gains

    —          (1.71     (0.92     (0.21     —          —     
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.38     (2.35     (1.40     (0.80     (0.35     (0.36
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 13.49      $ 10.55      $ 21.91      $ 19.96      $ 15.51      $ 13.63   
                                               

Total Return

    32.27     (45.58 )%**      17.51     35.01     16.63     29.69
                                               

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 1,637,834      $ 1,393,229      $ 2,859,270      $ 2,370,683      $ 1,571,217      $ 1,082,275   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.56     0.54 %@      0.54     0.54     0.60     0.65

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    2.92     3.76 %@      2.77     3.04     2.23     1.91

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    24     24 %**      20     13     11     7

 

^ The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
** Non-Annualized
@ Annualized

 

60


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

      T.A. World ex U.S. Core
Equity Portfolio
 
      Year
Ended

Oct. 31,
2009
    For the Period
Mar. 6, 2008***
to
Oct. 31, 2008
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 5.85      $ 10.00   
                

Income From Investment Operations

    

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.16     0.15

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     2.27        (4.15
                

Total From Investment Operations

     2.43        (4.00
                

Less Distributions

    

Net Investment Income

     (0.15     (0.15

Net Realized Gains

     —          —     
                

Total Distributions

     (0.15     (0.15
                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 8.13      $ 5.85   
                

Total Return

     42.13     (40.61 )%† 
                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 668,728      $ 228,318   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.54     0.60 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.51     0.85 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.38     3.27 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     5     2 %† 

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized
Non-annualized
*** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

61


Table of Contents

SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

Investment Advisor

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Tel. No. (512) 306-7400

  

Custodian—Domestic

 

PFPC TRUST COMPANY

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

Sub-Advisors

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LTD.

7 Down Street

London W1J7AJ

United Kingdom

Tel. No. (20) 7016-4500

  

Accounting Services, Dividend Disbursing

and Transfer Agent

PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING

(U.S.) INC.

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DFA AUSTRALIA LIMITED

Level 43 Gateway

1 Macquarie Place

Sydney, New South Wales 2000

Australia

Tel. No. (612) 8 336-7100

  

Legal Counsel

STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP

2600 One Commerce Square

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098

Custodian—International

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

111 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

  

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Two Commerce Square

Suite 1700

2001 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042

 

62


Table of Contents

Other Available Information

You can find more information about the Fund and the Portfolios in the Fund’s SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

Statement of Additional Information. The SAI supplements, and is technically part of, this Prospectus. It includes an expanded discussion of investment practices, risks, and fund operations.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders. These reports focus on Portfolio holdings and performance. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolios in their last fiscal year.

Request free copies from:

 

 

Your investment advisor—you are a client of an investment advisor who has invested in the Portfolios on your behalf.

 

 

The Fund—you represent an institutional investor, registered investment advisor or other qualifying investor. Call collect at (512) 306-7400.

 

 

Access them on our Web site at http://www.dimensional.com.

 

 

Access them on the EDGAR Database in the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

 

Review and copy them at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington D.C. (phone 1-800-SEC-0330).

 

 

Request copies from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or at publicinfo@sec.gov (you will be charged a copying fee). Information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room is available by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

(512) 306-7400

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.—Registration No. 811-3258

 

LOGO   LOGO    RRD022810-002


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

February 28, 2010

Please carefully read the important information it contains before investing.

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

 

 

PORTFOLIOS FOR INVESTORS SEEKING TO INVEST IN:

DOMESTIC EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio

VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

VA International Value Portfolio

VA International Small Portfolio

FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIOS

VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio

VA Global Bond Portfolio

This Prospectus describes the shares of each Portfolio which:

Are available to insurance company separate accounts funding variable life and variable annuity contracts.

Do not charge sales commissions or loads.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

VA U.S. LARGE VALUE PORTFOLIO

  

1

Investment Objective

   1

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   1

Principal Investment Strategies

   1

Principal Risks

   2

Performance

   2

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   3

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   3

Tax Information

   4

VA U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO

  

5

Investment Objective

   5

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   5

Principal Investment Strategies

   5

Principal Risks

   6

Performance

   7

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   7

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   8

Tax Information

   8

VA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO

  

9

Investment Objective

   9

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   9

Principal Investment Strategies

   9

Principal Risks

   10

Performance

   11

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   11

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   12

Tax Information

   12

VA INTERNATIONAL SMALL PORTFOLIO

  

13

Investment Objective

   13

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   13

Principal Investment Strategies

   13

Principal Risks

   14

Performance

   15

 

i


Table of Contents

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   15

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   16

Tax Information

   16

VA SHORT-TERM FIXED PORTFOLIO

  

17

Investment Objective

   17

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   17

Principal Investment Strategies

   17

Principal Risks

   18

Performance

   19

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   20

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   20

Tax Information

   20

VA GLOBAL BOND PORTFOLIO

  

21

Investment Objective

   21

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   21

Principal Investment Strategies

   21

Principal Risks

   22

Performance

   23

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   24

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   24

Tax Information

   24

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES FOR THE PORTFOLIOS

  

25

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio and VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   25

VA International Value Portfolio

   25

VA International Small Portfolio

   26

Approved Markets

   28

Portfolio Transactions—Domestic and International Equity Portfolios

   29

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach—Domestic and International Equity Portfolios

   29

Description of Investments—Fixed Income Portfolios

   30

Investments in the Banking Industry—VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio

   32

Portfolio Strategy—Fixed Income Portfolios

   32

Other Information

   33

SECURITIES LOANS

  

33

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

  

33

 

ii


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

  

34

Management Fees

   35

Sub-Advisors—VA International Value Portfolio and VA International Small Portfolio

   35

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

  

35

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

  

36

Redemption of Small Accounts

   36

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

  

37

VALUATION OF SHARES

  

39

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

  

41

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

  

41

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

  

41

SERVICE PROVIDERS

  

48

 

iii


Table of Contents

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio. The expenses in the table do not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. If such fees and charges were included, the expenses would be higher.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.25

Other Expenses

   0.08

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.33

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example does not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 34    $ 106    $ 185    $ 418

Portfolio Turnover

The VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 38% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of large U.S. companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share.

 

1


Table of Contents

In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. large cap company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of large cap U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, for purposes of the Portfolio, the Advisor considers large cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the highest 90% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are larger than the 1,000th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. Under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines described above, as of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a large cap company was $2,210 million, or above. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

The VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The performance reflected in the bar

 

2


Table of Contents

chart for the Portfolio does not reflect any insurance company separate account charges, which if reflected would lower returns. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

24.33 (4/09-6/09)

  

-27.59 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   29.93   -0.08   3.12

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   29.53   -0.65   2.41

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   19.82   -0.02   2.49

Russell 1000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   19.69   -0.26   2.47

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Shares of the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio are sold only to insurance company separate accounts or to other investment companies funded by insurance company separate accounts. Purchases and redemptions of shares of the Portfolio by a separate account will be effected at the net asset value per share. Contract owners do not deal directly with the Portfolio with respect to the acquisition or redemption of shares of the Portfolio. Please

 

3


Table of Contents

see the prospectus of the insurance company separate account for information regarding the purchase and redemption of shares of the Portfolio.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions paid from the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio to the insurance company separate accounts will consist of ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. Because shares of the Portfolio must be purchased through separate accounts, such distributions will be exempt from current taxation by contract holders if left to accumulate within the separate account.

 

4


Table of Contents

VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the V.A. U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio. The expenses in the table do not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. If such fees and charges were included, the expenses would be higher.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.35

Other Expenses

   0.10

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.45

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example does not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 46    $ 144    $ 252    $ 567

Portfolio Turnover

The VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 19% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

5


Table of Contents

The VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of the readily marketable common stocks of U.S. small and mid cap companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the eligible company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Advisor considers for investment companies whose market capitalizations are generally smaller than the 500th largest U.S. company. As of December 31, 2009, companies smaller than the 500th largest U.S. company fall in the lowest 20% of total U.S. market capitalization. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. As of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a company smaller than the 500th largest U.S. company was $3,981 million, or below. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

The VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

 

6


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The performance reflected in the bar chart for the Portfolio does not reflect any insurance company separate account charges, which if reflected would lower returns. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

31.89 (4/03-6/03)

  

-27.68 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   26.62   -2.51   8.16

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   26.39   -3.83   6.15

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   17.49   -2.05   6.62

Russell 2000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   20.56   -0.01   8.27

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

7


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Shares of the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio are sold only to insurance company separate accounts or to other investment companies funded by insurance company separate accounts. Purchases and redemptions of shares of the Portfolio by a separate account will be effected at the net asset value per share. Contract owners do not deal directly with the Portfolio with respect to the acquisition or redemption of shares of the Portfolio. Please see the prospectus of the insurance company separate account for information regarding the purchase and redemption of shares of the Portfolio.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions paid from the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio to the insurance company separate accounts will consist of ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. Because shares of the Portfolio must be purchased through separate accounts, such distributions will be exempt from current taxation by contract holders if left to accumulate within the separate account.

 

8


Table of Contents

VA International Value Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the VA International Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the VA International Value Portfolio. The expenses in the table do not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. If such fees and charges were included, the expenses would be higher.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.40

Other Expenses

   0.12

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.52

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the VA International Value Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example does not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 53    $ 167    $ 291    $ 653

Portfolio Turnover

The VA International Value Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 20% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The VA International Value Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases stocks of large non-U.S. companies in countries with developed markets that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A

 

9


Table of Contents

company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a large company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

The VA International Value Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of large companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. The Advisor determines the minimum market capitalization of a large company with respect to each country or region in which the Portfolio invests. As of December 31, 2009, for the Portfolio, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the Portfolio invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions.

The VA International Value Portfolio also may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The VA International Value Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The VA International Value Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the VA International Value Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The VA International Value Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the VA International Value Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the VA International Value Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

 

10


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the VA International Value Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The performance reflected in the bar chart for the Portfolio does not reflect any insurance company separate account charges, which if reflected would lower returns. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the VA International Value Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

VA International Value Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

34.09 (4/09-6/09)

  

-24.61 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

VA International Value Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   37.94   5.33   6.47

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   37.42   3.88   5.26

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   25.34   4.62   5.42

MSCI World ex USA Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   33.67   4.07   1.62

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for VA International Value Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the VA International Value Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

11


Table of Contents
   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Shares of the VA International Value Portfolio are sold only to insurance company separate accounts or to other investment companies funded by insurance company separate accounts. Purchases and redemptions of shares of the Portfolio by a separate account will be effected at the net asset value per share. Contract owners do not deal directly with the Portfolio with respect to the acquisition or redemption of shares of the Portfolio. Please see the prospectus of the insurance company separate account for information regarding the purchase and redemption of shares of the Portfolio.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions paid from the VA International Value Portfolio to the insurance company separate accounts will consist of ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. Because shares of the Portfolio must be purchased through separate accounts, such distributions will be exempt from current taxation by contract holders if left to accumulate within the separate account.

 

12


Table of Contents

VA International Small Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the VA International Small Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the VA International Small Portfolio. The expenses in the table do not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. If such fees and charges were included, the expenses would be higher.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.50

Other Expenses

   0.16

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.66

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the VA International Small Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example does not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$67

   $ 211    $ 368    $ 822

Portfolio Turnover

The VA International Small Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the VA International Small Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the VA International Small Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 14% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

13


Table of Contents

The VA International Small Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases securities of (1) Japanese small companies; (2) United Kingdom small companies; (3) small companies organized under the laws of certain European countries; (4) small companies associated with Australia, New Zealand and Pacific Rim Asian countries; and (5) Canadian small companies. The VA International Small Portfolio also may have some exposure to small cap equity securities associated with other countries or regions. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a small company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. The Advisor will determine the allocation of assets among the five segments and will periodically review and adjust such allocation, all in its sole discretion. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small companies. As of December 31, 2009, the highest maximum market capitalization of a small company in any country in which the VA International Small Portfolio invests was $3,769 million.

The VA International Small Portfolio also may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The VA International Small Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The VA International Small Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the VA International Small Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The VA International Small Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the VA International Small Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the VA International Small Portfolio may lose money and there may be a

 

14


Table of Contents

delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the VA International Small Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The performance reflected in the bar chart for the Portfolio does not reflect any insurance company separate account charges, which if reflected would lower returns. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the VA International Small Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

VA International Small Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

31.25 (4/09-6/09)

  

-22.08 (7/08-9/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

VA International Small Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   39.87   5.30   8.83

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   39.41   3.80   7.37

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   26.38   4.44   7.33

MSCI World ex USA Small Cap Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   50.82   3.87   6.87

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the VA International Small Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the VA International Small Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

15


Table of Contents
   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Shares of the VA International Small Portfolio are sold only to insurance company separate accounts or to other investment companies funded by insurance company separate accounts. Purchases and redemptions of shares of the Portfolio by a separate account will be effected at the net asset value per share. Contract owners do not deal directly with the Portfolio with respect to the acquisition or redemption of shares of the Portfolio. Please see the prospectus of the insurance company separate account for information regarding the purchase and redemption of shares of the Portfolio.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions paid from the VA International Small Portfolio to the insurance company separate accounts will consist of ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. Because shares of the Portfolio must be purchased through separate accounts, such distributions will be exempt from current taxation by contract holders if left to accumulate within the separate account.

 

16


Table of Contents

VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio is to achieve a stable real return in excess of the rate of inflation with a minimum of risk.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio. The expenses in the table do not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. If such fees and charges were included, the expenses would be higher.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.25

Other Expenses

   0.09

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.34

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example does not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

$35

   $ 109    $ 191    $ 431

Portfolio Turnover

The VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 68% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these

 

17


Table of Contents

purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by generally investing in a universe of high quality fixed income securities that typically mature in one year or less. The Portfolio may, however, take a large position in securities maturing within two years from the date of settlement when higher yields are available. The Portfolio purchases U.S. government obligations, U.S. government agency obligations, dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S., foreign government and agency obligations, bank obligations, including U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, corporate obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of supranational organizations and affiliated and unaffiliated unregistered money market funds. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities and maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity that will not exceed one year. The Portfolio principally invests in certificates of deposit, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, notes and bonds.

The VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry—VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio” in the Portfolio’s prospectus for additional information.

The VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio’s performance.

Income Risk: Income Risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio’s income to decline.

Risks of Banking Concentration: Focus on the banking industry would link the performance of the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio to changes in performance of the banking industry generally. For example, a change in the market’s perception of the riskiness of banks compared to non-banks would cause the value of the Portfolio’s securities to fluctuate. Banks are very sensitive to changes in money market and general economic conditions. The profitability of the banking industry is dependent upon banks being able to obtain funds at reasonable costs and upon liquidity in the capital and credit markets to finance their lending operations. Adverse general

 

18


Table of Contents

economic conditions can cause financial difficulties for a bank’s borrowers and the borrowers’ failure to repay their loans can adversely affect the bank’s financial situation. Banks are subject to extensive regulation and decisions by regulators may limit the loans banks make and the interest rates and fees they charge, which could reduce bank profitability.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The performance reflected in the bar chart for the Portfolio does not reflect any insurance company separate account charges, which if reflected would lower returns. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

2.34 (10/08-12/08)

  

-0.59 (4/04-6/04)

 

19


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   1.86   3.51   3.55

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   1.23   2.39   2.33

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   1.34   2.36   2.31

BofA Merrill Lynch Six-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index* (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   0.58   3.52   3.39

BofA Merrill Lynch One-Year U.S. Treasury Note Index* (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   0.80   3.62   3.82

 

* Source Merrill Lynch, used with permission. MERRILL LYNCH IS LICENSING THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES “AS IS,” MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING SAME, DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE QUALITY, ACCURACY AND/OR COMPLETENESS OF THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN OR DERIVED THEREFROM, AND ASSUMES NO LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR USE.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Shares of the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio are sold only to insurance company separate accounts or to other investment companies funded by insurance company separate accounts. Purchases and redemptions of shares of the Portfolio by a separate account will be effected at the net asset value per share. Contract owners do not deal directly with the Portfolio with respect to the acquisition or redemption of shares of the Portfolio. Please see the prospectus of the insurance company separate account for information regarding the purchase and redemption of shares of the Portfolio.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions paid from the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio to the insurance company separate accounts will consist primarily of ordinary income. Because shares of the Portfolio must be purchased through separate accounts, such distributions will be exempt from current taxation by contract holders if left to accumulate within the separate account.

 

20


Table of Contents

VA Global Bond Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the VA Global Bond Portfolio is to provide a market rate of return for a fixed income portfolio with low relative volatility of returns.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the VA Global Bond Portfolio. The expenses in the table do not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. If such fees and charges were included, the expenses would be higher.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.25

Other Expenses

   0.09

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.34

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the VA Global Bond Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example does not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

  

5 Years

  

10 Years

$35    $109    $191    $431

Portfolio Turnover

The VA Global Bond Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the VA Global Bond Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the VA Global Bond Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 65% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

 

21


Table of Contents

The VA Global Bond Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by generally investing in a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in five years or less. The Portfolio primarily purchases obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, obligations of other foreign issuers rated AA or better, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper and supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers which are developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. The fixed income securities in which the VA Global Bond Portfolio invests are considered investment grade at the time of purchase. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities. The Portfolio will generally invest its assets in obligations which mature within five years from the date of settlement. Because many of the Portfolio’s investments will be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio will also enter into forward foreign currency contracts solely for the purpose of hedging against fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

The VA Global Bond Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the VA Global Bond Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The VA Global Bond Portfolio hedges foreign currency risk.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the VA Global Bond Portfolio’s performance.

Income Risk: Income Risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Portfolio’s income to decline.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the VA Global Bond Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

 

22


Table of Contents

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the VA Global Bond Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the VA Global Bond Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The performance reflected in the bar chart for the Portfolio does not reflect any insurance company separate account charges, which if reflected would lower returns. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the VA Global Bond Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

VA Global Bond Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

5.15 (7/02-9/02)

  

-3.30 (4/04-6/04)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

VA Global Bond Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   4.81   4.01   4.77

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   3.35   2.97   3.37

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   3.14   2.82   3.27

Citigroup World Government Bond Index 1-5 Year Currency Hedged U.S. Dollar (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   2.29   4.46   4.66

 

23


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the VA Global Bond Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the VA Global Bond Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Shares of the VA Global Bond Portfolio are sold only to insurance company separate accounts or to other investment companies funded by insurance company separate accounts. Purchases and redemptions of shares of the Portfolio by a separate account will be effected at the net asset value per share. Contract owners do not deal directly with the Portfolio with respect to the acquisition or redemption of shares of the Portfolio. Please see the prospectus of the insurance company separate account for information regarding the purchase and redemption of shares of the Portfolio.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions paid from the VA Global Bond Portfolio to the insurance company separate accounts will consist primarily of ordinary income. Because shares of the Portfolio must be purchased through separate accounts, such distributions will be exempt from current taxation by contract holders if left to accumulate within the separate account.

 

24


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES FOR THE PORTFOLIOS

The investment company described in this Prospectus offers a variety of investment portfolios. Each of the investment company’s Portfolios has its own investment objective and policies, and is the equivalent of a separate mutual fund. The Portfolios described in this Prospectus are designed for long-term investors.

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio and VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

The investment objective of each of the Domestic Equity Portfolios is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio and VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio will invest in a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of U.S. companies which the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of purchase. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”). In assessing value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

The VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio and VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio will purchase securities that are listed on the U.S. national securities exchanges or traded on the over-the-counter market. Each of the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio and VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio uses a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach—Domestic and International Equity Portfolios” in this Prospectus.

The total market capitalization ranges, and the value criteria used by the Advisor for the VA U.S. Large Value and VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolios, as described above, generally apply at the time of purchase by the VA U.S. Large Value and VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolios. The VA U.S. Large Value and VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolios are not required to dispose of a security if the security’s issuer is no longer within the total market capitalization range or does not meet current value criteria. Similarly, the Advisor is not required to sell a security even if the decline in the market capitalization reflects a serious financial difficulty or potential or actual insolvency of the company. Securities which do meet the market capitalization and/or value criteria nevertheless may be sold at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale. See “Portfolio Transactions—Domestic and International Equity Portfolios” in this Prospectus.

The VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Portfolios may each invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

VA International Value Portfolio

The investment objective of the VA International Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing the stocks of large non-U.S. companies which the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of the purchase. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”). In assessing value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Portfolio may invest in the stocks of large companies associated with Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the

 

25


Table of Contents

Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom (collectively, the “Approved Markets”). The Advisor will determine, in its discretion, when and whether to invest in countries that have been authorized as Approved Markets, depending on a number of factors, such as asset growth in the Portfolio and the characteristics of each country’s markets. The Investment Committee of the Advisor may designate other countries as Approved Markets for investment in the future, in addition to the countries identified above, or the Investment Committee may remove one or more countries from the list of Approved Markets. In addition, the Portfolio may continue to hold investments in countries that are not currently designated as Approved Markets, but had been authorized for investment in the past, and may reinvest distributions received in connection with such existing investments in such previously Approved Markets. (For a description of the securities approved for investment, see “Approved Markets”).

Under normal market conditions, the VA International Value Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries.

In the countries or regions authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the minimum market capitalization of a large company that may be purchased by the VA International Value Portfolio with respect to each country or region. As of December 31, 2009, for the Portfolio, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the Portfolio invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions. For example, as of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered a large company in the European Monetary Union (EMU) to have a market capitalization of at least $3,769 million, a large company in Australia to have a market capitalization of at least $2,010 million, and a large company in Japan to have a market capitalization of at least $1,405 million. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions.

The VA International Value Portfolio intends to purchase securities within each applicable country using a market capitalization weighted approach. The Advisor, using this approach and its judgment, will seek to set country weights based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible large companies within each country. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach—Domestic and International Equity Portfolios.” As a result, the weightings of certain countries in the Portfolio may vary from their weighting in international indices, such as those published by FTSE International, Morgan Stanley Capital International or Citigroup. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor will review total market capitalization to prepare lists of non-U.S. large companies whose stocks are eligible for investment by the VA International Value Portfolio.

The VA International Value Portfolio does not seek current income as an investment objective and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Portfolio will receive dividend income.

The VA International Value Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

VA International Small Portfolio

The investment objective of the VA International Small Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. It provides investors with access to securities portfolios consisting of small Japanese, United Kingdom, Continental, Asia Pacific and Canadian companies. It generally will invest its assets in a broad and diverse group of readily marketable securities of (1) Japanese small companies; (2) United Kingdom small

 

26


Table of Contents

companies; (3) small companies organized under the laws of certain European countries; (4) small companies associated with Australia, New Zealand and Pacific Rim Asian countries; and (5) Canadian small companies (collectively, the “Approved Markets”). The VA International Small Portfolio also may have some exposure to small cap equity securities associated with other countries and regions. The Advisor will determine, in its discretion, when and whether to invest in countries that have been authorized as Approved Markets, depending on a number of factors, such as asset growth in the Portfolio and the characteristics of each country’s markets. The Investment Committee of the Advisor may designate other countries as Approved Markets for investment in the future, in addition to the Approved Markets identified above, or may remove one or more countries from the list of Approved Markets. In addition, the Portfolio may continue to hold investments in countries that are not currently designated as Approved Markets, but had been authorized for investment in the past, and may reinvest distributions received in connection with such existing investments in such previously Approved Markets. The Advisor will determine the allocation of assets among the five segments of VA International Small Portfolio and will periodically review and adjust such allocation, all in its sole discretion. (For a description of the securities approved for investment, see “Approved Markets”).

The VA International Small Portfolio intends to invest in the stock of eligible companies on a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach—Domestic and International Equity Portfolios.” The decision to include or exclude the shares of an issuer will be made on the basis of such issuer’s relative market capitalization determined by reference to other companies located in the same country or region. Company size is measured in terms of local currencies in order to eliminate the effect of variations in currency exchange rates. On a periodic basis, the Advisor will review each Portfolio’s holdings and determine which, at the time of such review, are no longer considered Japanese, United Kingdom, Continental, Asia Pacific or Canadian small companies or otherwise in an eligible country.

The VA International Small Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Japanese Small Company Segment

The Portfolio is authorized to purchase readily marketable stocks of a broad and diverse group of Japanese small companies. The Advisor measures company size based primarily on market capitalization. With respect to this segment of the Portfolio, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies by market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company in Japan. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered Japanese small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization below $1,405 million. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

United Kingdom Small Company Segment

The Portfolio is authorized to purchase readily marketable stocks of a broad and diverse group of United Kingdom small companies. The Advisor measures company size based primarily on market capitalization. With respect to this segment of the Portfolio, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges in the United Kingdom. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company in the United Kingdom. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered United Kingdom small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization below $3,330 million. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

 

27


Table of Contents

Continental Small Company Segment

The Portfolio is authorized to purchase readily marketable stocks of a broad and diverse group of small companies organized under the laws of certain European countries. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Portfolio may invest in small companies associated with Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and Switzerland. With respect to this segment of the Portfolio, the Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. In the countries or regions authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company that may be purchased with respect to each country or region. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered small companies in the continental small company segment to be those companies with a market capitalization below $3,769 million. This threshold will vary by country or region. For example, as of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered a small company in the EMU to have a market capitalization below $3,769 million, a small company in Denmark to have a market capitalization below $2,309 million, and a small company in Sweden to have a market capitalization below $3,448 million. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions.

Asia Pacific Small Company Segment

The Portfolio is authorized to purchase stocks of small companies associated with Australia, New Zealand and Pacific Rim Asian countries. With respect to this segment of the Portfolio, the Advisor measures company size on a country specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. In the countries authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies based on the companies’ market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company that may be purchased by the Portfolio with respect to each country authorized for investment. This threshold will vary by country. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered Asia Pacific small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization below $2,010 million in Australia, $2,001 million in Hong Kong, $1,633 million in New Zealand and $1,895 million in Singapore. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Portfolio is authorized to invest in Asia Pacific small companies associated with Australia, Hong Kong, New Zealand and Singapore. In the future, the Advisor may add small companies associated with other Asian countries as securities markets in these countries become accessible.

Canadian Small Company Segment

The Portfolio is authorized to purchase readily marketable stocks of a broad and diverse group of Canadian small companies. The Advisor measures company size based primarily on market capitalization. The Advisor first ranks eligible companies by market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the maximum market capitalization of a small company in Canada. As of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered Canadian small companies to be those companies with a market capitalization below $2,489 million. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

Approved Markets

The VA International Value Portfolio and VA International Small Portfolio (each an “International Equity Portfolio” and collectively, the “International Equity Portfolios”) each invests in securities of Approved Markets as identified above for each International Equity Portfolio. The Approved Markets securities invested in by each International Equity Portfolio will be listed on bona fide securities exchanges or traded on the over-the-counter markets. These exchanges or over-the-counter markets may be either within or outside the issuer’s domicile country. For example, the securities may be listed or traded in the form of European Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts, American Depositary Receipts, or other types of depositary receipts (including non-voting depositary receipts) or may be listed on bona fide securities exchanges in more than one country. Approved Market securities are defined as securities that are associated with an Approved Market, and include, among

 

28


Table of Contents

others: (a) securities of companies that are organized under the laws of, or maintain their principal place of business in, an Approved Market; (b) securities for which the principal trading market is in an Approved Market; (c) securities issued or guaranteed by the government of an Approved Market country, its agencies or instrumentalities, or the central bank of such country; (d) securities denominated in an Approved Market currency issued by companies to finance operations in Approved Markets; (e) securities of companies that derive at least 50% of their revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in Approved Markets or have at least 50% of their assets in Approved Markets; (f) Approved Markets equity securities in the form of depositary shares; (g) securities of pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in Approved Markets securities or derivative instruments that derive their value from Approved Markets securities; or (h) securities included in the International Equity Portfolio’s benchmark index. Securities of Approved Markets may include securities of companies that have characteristics and business relationships common to companies in other countries. As a result, the value of the securities of such companies may reflect economic and market forces in such other countries as well as in the Approved Markets. The Advisor, however, will select only those companies that, in its view, have sufficiently strong exposure to economic and market forces in Approved Markets. For example, the Advisor may invest in companies organized and located in the United States or other countries outside of Approved Markets, including companies having their entire production facilities outside of Approved Markets, when such companies meet the criteria discussed above to be considered associated with Approved Markets.

Portfolio Transactions—Domestic and International Equity Portfolios

The Domestic and International Equity Portfolios do not intend to purchase or sell securities based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase. Generally, securities will be purchased with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year.

VA U.S. Large Value and VA International Value Portfolios may sell portfolio securities when the issuer’s market capitalization falls substantially below that of the issuer with the minimum market capitalization which is then eligible for purchase by the Portfolio. VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may sell portfolio securities when the issuer’s market capitalization increases to a level that exceeds that of the issuer with the largest market capitalization which is then eligible for investment by the Portfolio. However, securities, including those eligible for purchase, may be sold at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale.

In addition, VA U.S. Large Value and VA International Value Portfolios may sell portfolio securities when their book to market ratio falls substantially below that of the security with the lowest such ratio that is then eligible for purchase by the Portfolio. VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may also sell portfolio securities in the same circumstances; however, that Portfolio may to retain securities of issuers with relatively smaller market capitalizations for longer periods, despite a decrease in the issuer’s book to market ratio. VA International Small Portfolio will not sell securities which have depreciated in value solely because prospects for the issuer are not considered attractive or due to an expected or realized decline in securities prices in general.

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach—Domestic and International Equity Portfolios

The portfolio structures of the Domestic and International Equity Portfolios involve market capitalization weighting in determining individual security weights and, where applicable, country or region weights. Market capitalization weighting means each security is generally purchased based on the issuer’s relative market capitalization. Market capitalization weighting will be adjusted by the Advisor for a variety of factors. The Advisor may consider such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors determined to be appropriate by the Advisor given market conditions. The Advisor may deviate from market capitalization weighting to limit or fix the exposure of a Portfolio to a particular issuer to a maximum proportion of the assets of the Portfolio. The Advisor may exclude the stock of a company that meets applicable market capitalization criterion if the Advisor determines, in its judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate in light of other conditions. These adjustments will result in a deviation from traditional market capitalization weighting.

 

29


Table of Contents

Adjustment for free float adjusts market capitalization weighting to exclude the share capital of a company that is not freely available for trading in the public equity markets by international investors. For example, the following types of shares may be excluded: (i) those held by strategic investors (such as governments, controlling shareholders and management), (ii) treasury shares, or (iii) shares subject to foreign ownership restrictions.

Deviation from market capitalization weighting also will occur because the Advisor generally intends to purchase in round lots. Furthermore, the Advisor may reduce the relative amount of any security held in order to retain sufficient portfolio liquidity. A portion, but generally not in excess of 20% of assets, may be invested in interest bearing obligations, such as money market instruments, thereby causing further deviation from market capitalization weighting. A further deviation may occur due to investments in privately placed convertible debentures.

Block purchases of eligible securities may be made at opportune prices, even though such purchases exceed the number of shares that, at the time of purchase, adherence to a market capitalization weighted approach would otherwise require. In addition, securities eligible for purchase or otherwise represented in a Portfolio may be acquired in exchange for the issuance of shares. While such transactions might cause a deviation from market capitalization weighting, they would ordinarily be made in anticipation of further growth of assets.

Changes in the composition and relative ranking (in terms of market capitalization) of the stocks that are eligible for purchase take place with every trade when the securities markets are open for trading due, primarily, to price fluctuations of such securities. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor will identify companies whose stock is eligible for investment by a Portfolio. Additional investments generally will not be made in securities that have changed in value sufficiently to be excluded from the Advisor’s then current market capitalization requirement for eligible portfolio securities. This may result in further deviation from market capitalization weighting. Such deviation could be substantial if a significant amount of holdings of a Portfolio change in value sufficiently to be excluded from the requirement for eligible securities, but not by a sufficient amount to warrant their sale.

Country weights may be based on the total market capitalization of companies within each country. The calculation of country market capitalization may take into consideration the free float of companies within a country or whether these companies are eligible to be purchased for the particular strategy. In addition, to maintain a satisfactory level of diversification, the Investment Committee may limit or fix the exposure to a particular country or region to a maximum proportion of the assets of that vehicle. Country weights may also deviate from target weights due to general day-to-day trading patterns and price movements. As a result, the weighting of certain countries may vary from their weighting in published international indices.

Description of Investments—Fixed Income Portfolios

The following is a description of the categories of investments which may be acquired by the Fixed Income Portfolios. VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio may invest in all of the securities and obligations listed in categories 1-8 and 11, and VA Global Bond Portfolio may invest in the securities and obligations listed in categories 1-11.

1. U.S. Government Obligations—Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury which are direct obligations of the U.S. government, including bills, notes and bonds.

2. U.S. Government Agency Obligations—Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities and federal agencies, which have different levels of credit support. The U.S. government agency obligations include, but are not limited to, securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, including Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government may be supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limits, such as securities issued by Federal Home Loan Banks, or are supported only by the credit of such agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.

 

30


Table of Contents

3. Corporate Debt Obligations—Non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) which are issued by companies whose commercial paper is rated Prime-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or A-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies (“S&P”) or F1 better by Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) and dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S. If the issuer’s commercial paper is unrated, then the debt security would have to be rated at least AA by S&P or Aa2 by Moody’s or AA by Fitch. If there is neither a commercial paper rating nor a rating of the debt security, then the Advisor must determine that the debt security is of comparable quality to equivalent issues of the same issuer rated at least AA or Aa2.

4. Bank Obligations—Obligations of U.S. banks and savings and loan associations and dollar-denominated obligations of U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, such as certificates of deposit (including marketable variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits and bankers’ acceptances. Bank certificates of deposit will only be acquired from banks with assets in excess of $1,000,000,000.

5. Commercial Paper—Rated, at the time of purchase, A-1 or better by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s or F1 or better by Fitch, or, if unrated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated Aaa by Moody’s or AAA by S&P or AAA by Fitch.

6. Repurchase Agreements—Instruments through which the Portfolios purchase securities (“underlying securities”) from a bank or a registered U.S. government securities dealer, with an agreement by the seller to repurchase the securities at an agreed price, plus interest at a specified rate. The underlying securities will be limited to U.S. government and agency obligations described in (1) and (2) above. The Portfolios will not enter into a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days if, as a result, more than 10% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be so invested. In addition, a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days will be subject to a Portfolio’s illiquid securities policy. The Portfolios also will only invest in repurchase agreements with a bank if the bank has at least $1,000,000,000 in assets and is approved by the Investment Committee of the Advisor. The Advisor will monitor the market value of the securities plus any accrued interest thereon so that they will at least equal the repurchase price.

7. Foreign Government and Agency Obligations—Bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, or their agencies and instrumentalities.

8. Supranational Organization Obligations—Debt securities of supranational organizations such as the European Coal and Steel Community, the European Economic Community and the World Bank, which are chartered to promote economic development.

9. Foreign Issuer Obligations—Debt securities of non-U.S. issuers rated AA or better by S&P or Aa2 or better by Moody’s or AA or better by Fitch.

10. Eurodollar Obligations—Debt securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States.

11. Money Market Funds—The Portfolios may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated unregistered money market funds. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Investors should be aware that the net asset values of the Fixed Income Portfolios may change as general levels of interest rates fluctuate. When interest rates increase, the value of a portfolio of fixed-income securities can be expected to decline. Conversely, when interest rates decline, the value of a portfolio of fixed-income securities can be expected to increase.

The categories of investments that may be acquired by the Fixed Income Portfolios may include both fixed and floating rate securities. Floating rate securities bear interest at rates that vary with prevailing market rates. Interest rate adjustments are made periodically (e.g., every six months), usually based on a money market index such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the Treasury bill rate.

 

31


Table of Contents

Investments in the Banking Industry—VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio

VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio will invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the NYSE is open for trading. For purposes of this policy, the Advisor considers eligible portfolio investments to be those securities that are on the Advisor’s then current buy list that are available for purchase. This policy can only be changed by a vote of shareholders of the Portfolio. Banks and bank holding companies are considered to constitute a single industry, the banking industry. When investment in such obligations exceeds 25% of the total net assets of the Portfolio, the Portfolio will be considered to be concentrating its investments in the banking industry. Once the Portfolio concentrates its investments in the banking industry, the Portfolio may remain concentrated in the banking industry until the purchase of new investments in the normal course of executing the Portfolio’s investment strategy result in less than 25% of the Portfolio’s total assets consisting of banking industry securities.

The types of bank and bank holding company obligations in which VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio may invest include: dollar-denominated certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and other debt obligations issued in the United States and which mature within two years of the date of settlement, provided such obligations meet the Portfolio’s established credit rating criteria as stated under Description of Investments—Fixed Income Portfolios.” In addition, the Portfolio is authorized to invest more than 25% of its total assets in U.S. Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities.

Portfolio Strategy—Fixed Income Portfolios

VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio will be managed with a view to capturing credit risk premiums and term or maturity premiums. The term “credit risk premium” means the anticipated incremental return on investment for holding obligations considered to have greater credit risk than direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, and “maturity risk premium” means the anticipated incremental return on investment for holding securities having maturities of longer than one month compared to securities having a maturity of one month. The Advisor believes that credit risk premiums are available largely through investment in commercial paper, certificates of deposit and corporate obligations. The holding period for assets of the Portfolio will be chosen with a view to maximizing anticipated returns, net of trading costs.

VA Global Bond Portfolio will be managed with a view to capturing credit risk premiums and maturity risk premiums. Ordinarily, the Portfolio will invest primarily in obligations issued or guaranteed by foreign governments and their agencies and instrumentalities, obligations of other foreign issuers rated AA or better and supranational organizations. The Portfolio will own obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities also. At times when, in the Advisor’s judgment, eligible foreign securities do not offer maturity risk premiums that compare favorably with those offered by eligible U.S. securities, the Portfolio will be invested primarily in the latter securities.

VA Global Bond Portfolio will not invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities issued by issuers in a single industry, or by any one foreign government or in obligations of supranational organizations. VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio and the VA Global Bond Portfolio are expected to have a high portfolio turnover rate due to the relatively short maturities of the securities to be acquired. The rate of portfolio turnover will depend upon market and other conditions; it will not be a limiting factor when management believes that portfolio changes are appropriate. While the Fixed Income Portfolios acquire securities in principal transactions and, therefore, do not pay brokerage commissions, the spread between the bid and asked prices of a security may be considered to be a “cost” of trading. Such costs ordinarily increase with trading activity. However, as stated above, securities ordinarily will be sold when, in the Advisor’s judgment, the monthly return of a Portfolio will be increased as a result of portfolio transactions after taking into account the cost of trading. It is anticipated that short-term instruments will be acquired in the primary and secondary markets.

 

32


Table of Contents

Other Information

Commodity Pool Operator Exemption:

The Portfolios are operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

SECURITIES LOANS

All of the Portfolios are authorized to lend securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions for the purpose of earning additional income. While a Portfolio may earn additional income from lending securities, such activity is incidental to the investment objective of a Portfolio. For information concerning the revenue from securities lending, see “SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE.” The value of securities loaned may not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of a Portfolio’s total assets, which includes the value of collateral received. To the extent a Portfolio loans a portion of its securities, a Portfolio will receive collateral consisting generally of cash or securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, which will be maintained by marking to market daily in an amount equal to at least (i) 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, (ii) 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to U.S. securities, and (iii) 105% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to foreign securities. Subject to their stated investment policies, the Portfolios will generally invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Money Market Series”), an affiliated registered money market fund advised by the Advisor for which the Advisor receives a management fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Money Market Series. For purposes of this paragraph, agencies include both agency debentures and agency mortgage backed securities.

In addition, the Portfolios will be able to terminate the loan at any time, will receive reasonable compensation on the loan, as well as amounts equal to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities. However, dividend income received from loaned securities may not be eligible to be taxed at qualified dividend income rates. See the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) for a further discussion of the tax consequences related to securities lending. A Portfolio will be entitled to recall a loaned security in time to vote proxies or otherwise obtain rights to vote proxies of loaned securities if the Portfolio knows a material event will occur. In the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower, DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (“the Fund”) could experience delay in recovering the loaned securities or only recover cash or a security of equivalent value. See “PRINCIPAL RISKS—Securities Lending for a discussion of the risks related to securities lending.

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Domestic Equity Portfolios and the International Equity Portfolios received the following net revenues from a securities lending program, which constituted a percentage of the average daily net assets of each Portfolio (see “SECURITIES LOANS”):

 

Portfolio

   Net Revenue    Percentage
of Net
Assets
 

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio

   $ 171,000    0.20

VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 115,000    0.19

VA International Value Portfolio

   $ 124,000    0.19

VA International Small Portfolio

   $ 176,000    0.36

VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio

   $ 4,000    0.00

VA Global Bond Portfolio

   $ 3,000    0.00

 

33


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

The Advisor serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios. As such, the Advisor is responsible for the management of their respective assets. Each Portfolio is managed using a team approach. The investment team includes the Investment Committee of the Advisor, portfolio managers and trading personnel.

The Investment Committee is composed primarily of certain officers and directors of the Advisor who are appointed annually. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Investment Committee has seven members. Investment strategies for all Portfolios are set by the Investment Committee, which meets on a regular basis and also as needed to consider investment issues. The Investment Committee also sets and reviews all investment related policies and procedures and approves any changes in regards to approved countries, security types and brokers.

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolios indicated.

 

Domestic Equity Portfolios

   Stephen A. Clark

International Equity Portfolios

   Stephen A. Clark, Karen E. Umland, Joseph H. Chi and Jed S. Fogdall

Fixed Income Portfolios

   Stephen A. Clark and David A. Plecha

Mr. Clark is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and chairman of the Investment Committee. Mr. Clark received his MBA from the University of Chicago and his BS from Bradely University. Mr. Clark joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2001 and has been responsible for the portfolio management group since January 2006.

Ms. Umland is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and a member of the Investment Committee. She received her BA from Yale University in 1988 and her MBA from the University of California at Los Angeles in 1993. Ms. Umland joined the Advisor in 1993 and has been a portfolio manager and responsible for the international equity portfolios since 1998.

Mr. Chi is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Chi has an MBA and BS from the University of California, Los Angeles and also a JD from the University of Southern California. Mr. Chi joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2005 and has been responsible for the international equity portfolios since 2010.

Mr. Fogdall is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Fogdall has an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles and a BS from Purdue University. Mr. Fogdall joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2004 and has been responsible for the international equity portfolios since 2010.

Mr. Plecha is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and a member of the Investment Committee. Mr. Plecha received his BS from the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor in 1983 and his MBA from the University of California at Los Angeles in 1987. Mr. Plecha has been a portfolio manager since 1989 and responsible for the fixed income portfolios since the end of 1991.

The Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, and the portfolio manager’s ownership of each Portfolio’s shares.

 

34


Table of Contents

The Advisor provides the Portfolios with a trading department and selects brokers and dealers to effect securities transactions. Securities transactions are placed with a view to obtaining best price and execution. A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Directors approving the investment management agreement with respect to the Portfolios is available in the semi-annual report for the Portfolios for the fiscal period ending April 30, 2009. The Advisor has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. The Advisor is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Delaware Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. As of January 31, 2010, assets under management for all Dimensional affiliated advisors totaled approximately $161 billion.

The Fund bears all of its own costs and expenses, including: services of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, brokerage fees, commissions and transfer taxes in connection with the acquisition and disposition of portfolio securities, taxes, insurance premiums, costs incidental to meetings of its shareholders and directors, the cost of filing its registration statements under federal and state securities laws, reports to shareholders, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency, administrative services and custodian fees. Expenses allocable to a particular Portfolio are so allocated. Expenses which are not allocable to a particular Portfolio are borne by each Portfolio on the basis of its relative net assets.

Management Fees

The “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table describes the fees incurred by a Portfolio for the services provided by the Advisor for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for the Portfolios provides the investment advisory fee that was payable by the respective Portfolio to the Advisor. The VA Global Bond Portfolio’s investment advisory fees are based on an effective annual rate of 0.25% of the first $100 million of average daily net assets and 0.20% of average daily net assets exceeding $100 million.

Sub-Advisors—VA International Value Portfolio and VA International Small Portfolio

The Advisor has entered into Sub-Advisory Agreements with Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”), respectively, with respect to the International Equity Portfolios. Pursuant to the terms of each Sub-Advisory Agreement, DFAL and DFA Australia each have the authority and responsibility to select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions for the International Equity Portfolios. Each Sub-Advisor’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor will review the holdings of each International Equity Portfolio and review the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by an International Equity Portfolio and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFAL and DFA Australia. DFAL and DFA Australia maintain and furnish to the Advisor information and reports on companies in certain markets, including recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by each International Equity Portfolio, as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. The Advisor controls DFAL and DFA Australia. DFA Australia is a U.S. federally registered investment advisor located at Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia. DFAL is a U.S. federally registered investment advisor located at 7 Down Street, London W1J7AJ, United Kingdom. DFAL is a member of the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”), a self-regulatory organization for investment managers operating under the laws of England.

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Each Portfolio intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code. As a regulated investment company, a Portfolio generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends from net investment income of the Portfolios are distributed annually and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for capital loss carryforwards) are distributed annually, typically in December. A Portfolio may distribute such income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

 

35


Table of Contents

Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year as a result of a Portfolio’s normal investment activities and cash flows. During a time of economic downturn, a Portfolio may experience capital losses and unrealized depreciation in value of investments, the effect of which may be to reduce or eliminate capital gains distributions for a period of time. Even though a Portfolio may experience a current year loss, it may nonetheless distribute prior year capital gains.

Shareholders of the Portfolios will automatically receive all income dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the Portfolio whose shares they hold at net asset value (as of the business date following the dividend record date).

Shares of a Portfolio must be purchased through insurance company separate accounts used to fund variable life and variable annuity insurance contracts. As a result, it is anticipated that any dividend or capital gains distributions from a Portfolio will be exempt from current taxation by contract holders if left to accumulate within a variable insurance contract. Withdrawals from such contracts may be subject to ordinary income tax plus a 10% penalty tax if made before age 59 1/2.

The tax status of your investment in a Portfolio depends upon the features of your variable life or variable annuity insurance contract. For further information, please refer to the prospectus of the insurance company separate account.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Shares of the Portfolios are sold only to insurance company separate accounts or to other investment companies funded by insurance company separate accounts. Purchases and redemptions of shares of each Portfolio by a separate account will be effected at the net asset value per share. (See “VALUATION OF SHARES.”) Contract owners do not deal directly with the Fund with respect to the acquisition or redemption of shares of the Portfolios. Please see the prospectus of the insurance company separate account for information regarding the purchase and redemption of shares of the Portfolios. When in the best interests of a Portfolio, the Portfolio may make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities in lieu of cash in accordance with Rule 18f-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). Investors may incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs selling securities that were received in payment of redemptions. The International Equity Portfolios and the VA Global Bond Portfolio reserve the right to redeem their shares in the currencies in which their investments are denominated. Investors may incur charges in converting such securities to dollars and the value of the securities may be affected by currency exchange fluctuations.

Redemption of Small Accounts

With respect to each Portfolio, the Fund reserves the right to redeem a shareholder’s account if the value of the shares in the Portfolio is $500 or less because of redemption by the shareholder. Before the Fund involuntarily redeems shares from such an account and sends the proceeds to the shareholder, the Fund will give written notice of the redemption to the shareholder at least sixty days before the redemption date. The shareholder will then have sixty days from the date of the notice to make an additional investment in the Fund in order to bring the value of the shares in the account for the Portfolio to more than $500 and avoid such involuntary redemption. The redemption price to be paid to a shareholder for shares redeemed by the Fund under this right will be the aggregate net asset value of the shares in the account at the close of business on the redemption date. The right to redeem small accounts applies to accounts established with the Fund’s transfer agent.

 

36


Table of Contents

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

The Portfolios are designed for long-term investors and are not intended for investors that engage in excessive short-term trading activity that may be harmful to the Portfolios, including but not limited to market timing. Short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Portfolios can disrupt portfolio management strategies, harm performance and increase Portfolio expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.

In addition, certain Portfolios may be more susceptible to the risks of short-term trading than other Portfolios. The nature of the International Equity Portfolios’ holdings may present opportunities for a shareholder to engage in a short-term trading strategy that exploits possible delays between changes in the price of an International Equity Portfolio’s holdings and the reflection of those changes in the Portfolio’s net asset value (called “arbitrage market timing”). Such delays may occur because the International Equity Portfolios have significant investments in foreign securities where, due to time zone differences, the values of those securities are established some time before these Portfolios calculate their net asset values. In such circumstances, the available market prices for such foreign securities may not accurately reflect the latest indications of value at the time the International Equity Portfolios calculate their net asset value. The VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio also may be subject to arbitrage market timing because the Portfolio has significant holdings in small cap securities, which may have prices that do not accurately reflect the latest indications of value of these securities at the time the Portfolio calculates its net asset value due to, among other reasons, infrequent trading or illiquidity. There is a possibility that arbitrage market timing may dilute the value of a Portfolio’s shares if redeeming shareholders receive proceeds (and purchasing shareholders receive shares) based upon a net asset value that does not reflect appropriate fair value prices.

The Board of Directors of the Fund (the “Board”) has adopted a policy (the “Trading Policy”) and the Advisor and DFA Securities LLC (collectively, “Dimensional”) and Dimensional’s agents have implemented the following procedures, which are designed to discourage and prevent market timing or excessive short-term trading in the Fund: (i) trade activity monitoring and purchase blocking procedures; and (ii) use of fair value pricing.

The Fund, Dimensional and their agents monitor trades and flows of money in and out of the Portfolios from time to time in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities, and for consistent enforcement of the Trading Policy. The Fund reserves the right to take the actions necessary to stop excessive or disruptive trading activities, including refusing or canceling purchase or exchange orders for any reason, without prior notice, particularly purchase or exchange orders that the Fund believes are made on behalf of market timers. The Fund, Dimensional and their agents reserve the right to restrict, refuse or cancel any purchase or exchange request made by an investor indefinitely if the Fund or Dimensional believe that any combination of trading activity in the accounts is potentially disruptive to a Portfolio. In making such judgments, the Fund and Dimensional seek to act in a manner that is consistent with the interests of shareholders. For purposes of applying these procedures, Dimensional may consider an investor’s trading history in the Portfolios, and accounts under common ownership, influence or control.

In addition to the Fund’s general ability to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity as described above, the Fund also has adopted purchase blocking procedures. Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, where an investor has engaged in any two purchases and two redemptions (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) in a Portfolio in any rolling 30 calendar day monitoring period (i.e., two “round trips”), the Fund and Dimensional intend to block the investor from making any additional purchases in that Portfolio for 90 calendar days (a “purchase block”). If implemented, a purchase block will begin at some point after the transaction that caused the investor to have engaged in the prohibited two round-trips is detected by the Fund, Dimensional, or their agents. The Fund and Dimensional are permitted to implement a longer purchase block, or permanently bar future purchases by an investor, if they determine that it is appropriate.

 

37


Table of Contents

Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, the following purchases and redemptions will not trigger a purchase block: (i) purchases and redemptions of shares having a value in each transaction of less than $5,000; (ii) purchases and redemptions by U.S. registered investment companies that operate as fund of funds and non-U.S. investment companies that operate as fund of funds that the Funds or Dimensional, in their sole discretion, have determined are not designed and/or are not serving as vehicles for excessive short-term or other disruptive trading (in each case, the fund of funds shall agree to be subject to monitoring by Dimensional); (iii) purchases and redemptions by a feeder portfolio of a master fund’s shares; (iv) systematic or automated transactions where the shareholder, financial advisor or investment fiduciary does not exercise direct control over the investment decision; (v) retirement plan contributions, loans, loan repayments and distributions (including hardship withdrawals) identified as such in the retirement plan recordkeeper’s system; (vi) purchase transactions involving transfers of assets, rollovers, Roth IRA conversions and IRA recharacterizations; (vii) purchases of shares with Portfolio dividends or capital gain distributions; (viii) transfers and reregistrations of shares within the same Portfolio; and (ix) transactions by 529 Plans. Notwithstanding the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, all transactions in Portfolio shares are subject to the right of the Fund and Dimensional to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity (including purchases and redemptions described above that will not be subject to the purchase blocking procedures).

In addition, the purchase blocking procedures will not apply to a redemption transaction in which a Portfolio distributes portfolio securities to a shareholder in-kind, where the redemption will not disrupt the efficient portfolio management of the Portfolio and the redemption is consistent with the interests of the remaining shareholders of the Portfolio.

The Fund, Dimensional or their designees have the ability, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act, to request information from financial intermediaries, such as 401(k) plan administrators, trust companies and broker dealers (together, “Intermediaries”), concerning trades placed in omnibus and other multi-investor accounts (together, “Omnibus Accounts”), in order to attempt to monitor trades that are placed by the underlying shareholders of these Omnibus Accounts. The Fund, Dimensional and their designees will use the information obtained from the Intermediaries to monitor trading in the Fund and to attempt to identify shareholders in Omnibus Accounts engaged in trading that is inconsistent with the Trading Policy or otherwise not in the best interests of the Fund. The Fund, Dimensional or their designees, when they detect trading patterns in shares of the Fund that may constitute short-term or excessive trading, will provide written instructions to the Intermediary to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of shares of the Portfolios by a shareholder that has been identified as having engaged in excessive or short-term transactions in the Portfolio’s shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate the Trading Policy.

The ability of the Fund and Dimensional to impose these limitations, including the purchase blocking procedures, on investors investing through Intermediaries is dependent on the receipt of information necessary to identify transactions by the underlying investors and the Intermediary’s cooperation in implementing the Trading Policy. Investors seeking to engage in excessive short-term trading practices may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection, and despite the efforts of the Fund and Dimensional to prevent excessive short-term trading, there is no assurance that the Fund, Dimensional or their agents will be able to identify those shareholders or curtail their trading practices. The ability of the Fund, Dimensional and their agents to detect and limit excessive short-term trading also may be restricted by operational systems and technological limitations.

The purchasing blocking procedures of the Trading Policy may not apply to redemptions by shareholders whose shares are held on the books of Intermediaries if the Intermediaries have not adopted procedures to implement this Policy. The Fund and Dimensional will work with Intermediaries to develop such policies to institute the purchase blocking procedures or other procedures that the Fund and Dimensional determine are reasonably designed to achieve the objective of this Trading Policy. At the time the Intermediaries adopt these procedures, shareholders whose accounts are on the books of such Intermediaries will be subject to the Trading Policy’s purchase blocking procedures or another frequent trading policy that achieves the objective of the purchase blocking procedures. Investors that invest in the Portfolios through an Intermediary should contact the Intermediary for information concerning the policies and procedures that apply to the investor.

 

38


Table of Contents

As of the date of this Prospectus, the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to apply the purchase blocking procedures on purchases by all investors and the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to monitor trades through Omnibus Accounts maintained by Intermediaries may be restricted due to systems limitations of both the Fund’s service providers and the Intermediaries. The Fund expects that the application of the Trading Policy as described above, including the purchase blocking procedures (subject to the limitations described above), will be able to be implemented by Intermediaries in compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

In addition to monitoring trade activity, the Board has adopted fair value pricing procedures that govern the pricing of the securities of the Portfolios. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the prices at which Portfolio shares are purchased and redeemed are fair, and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders. See the discussion under “VALUATION OF SHARES” for additional details regarding fair value pricing of the Portfolio’s securities.

Although the procedures are designed to discourage excessive short-term trading, none of the procedures individually nor all of the procedures taken together can completely eliminate the possibility that excessive short-term trading activity in a Portfolio may occur. The Portfolios do not knowingly accommodate excessive or disruptive trading activities, including market timing.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The net asset value per share of each Portfolio is generally calculated on days that the NYSE is open for trading. The net asset value per share of each Portfolio is calculated after the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) by dividing the total value of the Portfolio’s investments and other assets, less any liabilities, by the total outstanding shares of the stock of the Portfolio. Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes at a time other than 1:00 p.m. PT.

The value of the shares of each Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to its own investment experience. Securities held by the Portfolios will be valued in accordance with applicable laws and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors, and generally, as described below.

Securities held by the Portfolios (including over-the-counter securities) are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day. Securities held by the Portfolios that are listed on Nasdaq are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there is no last reported sale price or NOCP of the day, the Portfolios value the securities at the mean of the most recent quoted bid and asked prices. Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the security is primarily traded. Generally, securities issued by open-end investment companies are valued using their respective net asset values or public offering prices, as appropriate, for purchase orders placed at the close of the NYSE.

The value of the shares of the Fixed Income Portfolios will tend to fluctuate with interest rates because, unlike money market funds, these Portfolios do not seek to stabilize the value of their respective shares by use of the “amortized cost” method of asset valuation. Net asset value includes interest on fixed income securities which is accrued daily. Debt securities will be valued on the basis of prices provided by one or more pricing services or other reasonably reliable sources including broker/dealers that typically handle the purchase and sale of such securities. Securities which are traded over-the-counter and on a stock exchange generally will be valued according to the broadest and most representative market, and it is expected that for bonds and other fixed income securities, this ordinarily will be the over-the-counter market.

The value of the securities and other assets of the Portfolios for which no market quotations are readily available (including restricted securities), or for which market quotations have become unreliable, are determined in good faith at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Directors. Fair value pricing may also be used if events that have a significant effect on the value of an investment (as determined in the

 

39


Table of Contents

discretion of the Investment Committee of the Advisor) occur before the net asset value is calculated. When fair value pricing is used, the prices of securities used by the Portfolios may differ from the quoted or published prices for the same securities on their primary markets or exchanges.

To the extent that a Portfolio holds large numbers of securities, it is likely that it will have a larger number of securities that may be deemed illiquid and therefore must be valued pursuant to special procedures adopted by the Board of Directors, than would a fund that holds a smaller number of securities. The VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio is more likely to hold illiquid securities than would a fund that invests in larger capitalization companies.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the Portfolios holding foreign equity securities (the “Foreign Equity Funds”) will also fair value price in the circumstances described below. Generally, trading in foreign securities markets is completed each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE. For example, trading in the Japanese securities markets is completed each day at the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange (normally, 11:00 p.m. PT), which is fourteen hours prior to the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) and the time that the net asset values of the Foreign Equity Funds are computed. Due to the time differences between the closings of the relevant foreign securities exchanges and the time the Foreign Equity Funds price their shares at the close of the NYSE, the Foreign Equity Funds will fair value their foreign investments when it is determined that the market quotations for the foreign investments are either unreliable or not readily available. The fair value prices will attempt to reflect the impact of the U.S. financial markets’ perceptions and trading activities on the Foreign Equity Funds’ foreign investments since the last closing prices of the foreign investments were calculated on their primary foreign securities markets or exchanges. For these purposes, the Board of Directors of the Portfolios have determined that movements in relevant indices or other appropriate market indicators, after the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange or the London Stock Exchange, demonstrate that market quotations may be unreliable, and may trigger fair value pricing. Consequently, fair valuation of portfolio securities may occur on a daily basis. The fair value pricing by the Portfolios utilizes data furnished by an independent pricing service (and that data draws upon, among other information, the market values of foreign investments). When a Foreign Equity Fund uses fair value pricing, the values assigned to the Foreign Equity Fund’s foreign investments may not be the quoted or published prices of the investments on their primary markets or exchanges. The Board of Directors of the Portfolios monitor the operation of the method used to fair value price the Foreign Equity Funds’ foreign investments.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Portfolio determines its net asset value per share. As a result, the sale or redemption by a Portfolio of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

The net asset values per share of the International Equity Portfolios and VA Global Bond Portfolio are expressed in U.S. dollars by translating the net assets of each Portfolio using the mean of the most recent bid and asked prices for the dollar as quoted by generally recognized reliable sources. Since the International Equity Portfolios own securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges which may trade on days when the Portfolios do not price their shares, the net asset values of the International Equity Portfolios may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.

Futures contracts are valued using the settlement price established each day on the exchange on which they are traded. The value of such futures contracts held by a Portfolio is determined each day as of such close.

 

40


Table of Contents

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

Each Portfolio generally will disclose up to 25 of its largest portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents) and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Portfolio, as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public Web site, http://www.dimensional.com, within 20 days after the end of each month. Each Portfolio also generally will disclose its complete portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public Web site, two months following the month-end or more frequently and at different periods when authorized in accordance with the Portfolios’ policies and procedures. Please consult the SAI for a description of the other policies and procedures that govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings by the Portfolios.

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

To eliminate duplicate mailings and reduce expenses, the Portfolios may deliver a single copy of certain shareholder documents, such as this Prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports, to related shareholders at the same address, even if accounts are registered in different names. This practice is known as “householding.” The Portfolios will not household personal information documents, such as account statements. If you do not want the mailings of these documents to be combined with other members of your household, please call us collect at (512) 306-7400. We will begin sending individual copies of the shareholder documents to you within 30 days of receiving your request.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The Financial Highlights table is meant to help you understand each Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years as indicated by the table. The total returns in the table represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. This information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with the Portfolios’ annual financial statements, are included in the annual report which is available upon request. The total return information shown in the Financial Highlights tables does not reflect the expenses that apply to a separate account or the related insurance policies. If these charges were included, the total return figures for all periods shown would be reduced.

 

41


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 11.10      $ 17.45      $ 18.89      $ 16.93      $ 15.01      $ 12.59   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.23     0.27     0.24     0.25     0.19        0.15   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    0.92        (6.40     (0.30     2.60        1.88        2.42   
                                               

Total from Investment Operations

    1.15        (6.13     (0.06     2.85        2.07        2.57   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.31     (0.22     (0.22     (0.20     (0.15     (0.15

Net Realized Gains

    —          —          (1.16     (0.69     —          —     
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.31     (0.22     (1.38     (0.89     (0.15     (0.15
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 11.94      $ 11.10      $ 17.45      $ 18.89      $ 16.93      $ 15.01   
                                               

Total Return

    11.01     (35.56 )%^      (0.47 )%      17.74     13.91     20.55

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 99,834      $ 89,009      $ 140,825      $ 120,776      $ 86,031      $ 69,571   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.33     0.31 %#      0.28     0.32     0.38     0.40

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    2.24     1.86 %#      1.28     1.44     1.27     1.13

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    38     21 %^      9     14     13     8

 

* Computed using average shares outstanding.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
^ Non-Annualized
# Annualized

 

42


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 8.13      $ 13.25      $ 17.23      $ 16.57      $ 16.95      $ 15.02   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.08     0.12     0.15     0.15     0.05        0.05   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    0.24        (3.98     (1.85     2.63        1.42        3.34   
                                               

Total from Investment Operations

    0.32        (3.86     (1.70     2.78        1.47        3.39   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.14     (0.14     (0.14     (0.05     (0.06     (0.02

Net Realized Gains

    (0.04     (1.12     (2.14     (2.07     (1.79     (1.44
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.18     (1.26     (2.28     (2.12     (1.85     (1.46
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 8.27      $ 8.13      $ 13.25      $ 17.23      $ 16.57      $ 16.95   
                                               

Total Return

    4.32     (32.03 )%^      (11.45 )%      19.33     9.61     24.62

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 67,307      $ 69,829      $ 101,695      $ 100,337      $ 77,914      $ 64,567   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.45     0.50 %#      0.56     0.57     0.63     0.63

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    1.11     1.24 %#      1.01     0.93     0.33     0.31

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    19     23 %^      32     38     35     30

 

* Computed using average shares outstanding.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
^ Non-Annualized
# Annualized

 

43


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    VA International Value Portfolio  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 10.20      $ 21.98      $ 20.37      $ 16.08      $ 14.25      $ 11.53   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.27     0.57     0.67     0.55     0.32        0.25   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    2.47        (9.89     2.68        4.91        1.96        3.04   
                                               

Total from Investment Operations

    2.74        (9.32     3.35        5.46        2.28        3.29   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.54     (0.66     (0.56     (0.38     (0.27     (0.18

Net Realized Gains

    (1.18     (1.80     (1.18     (0.79     (0.18     (0.39
                                               

Total Distributions

    (1.72     (2.46     (1.74     (1.17     (0.45     (0.57
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 11.22      $ 10.20      $ 21.98      $ 20.37      $ 16.08      $ 14.25   
                                               

Total Return

    33.92     (47.39 )%^      17.66     36.16     16.42     29.80

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 75,350      $ 60,973      $ 114,279      $ 91,603      $ 61,613      $ 48,946   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.52     0.49 %#      0.47     0.49     0.59     0.61

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    3.03     3.73 %#      3.18     3.09     2.21     1.98

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    20     18 %^      19     13     12     8

 

* Computed using average shares outstanding.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
^ Non-Annualized
# Annualized

 

44


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    VA International Small Portfolio  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 7.33      $ 15.41      $ 14.76      $ 12.93      $ 11.22      $ 9.19   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.18     0.32     0.28     0.26     0.22        0.20   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    2.46        (6.75     1.63        3.10        1.92        2.42   
                                               

Total from Investment Operations

    2.64        (6.43     1.91        3.36        2.14        2.62   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.28     (0.27     (0.28     (0.22     (0.21     (0.17

Net Realized Gains

    (0.49     (1.38     (0.98     (1.31     (0.22     (0.42
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.77     (1.65     (1.26     (1.53     (0.43     (0.59
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 9.20      $ 7.33      $ 15.41      $ 14.76      $ 12.93      $ 11.22   
                                               

Total Return

    41.04     (46.30 )%^      13.94     28.59     19.72     30.17

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 58,954      $ 44,770      $ 79,720      $ 60,106      $ 43,662      $ 33,819   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.66     0.62 %#      0.62     0.64     0.73     0.77

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    2.41     2.90 %#      1.84     1.91     1.86     1.70

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    14     18 %^      20     14     21     9

 

* Computed using average shares outstanding.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
^ Non-Annualized
# Annualized

 

45


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 10.34      $ 10.56      $ 10.44      $ 10.26      $ 10.20      $ 10.31   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.19     0.29     0.51     0.41     0.26        0.14   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    0.20        (0.04     (0.01     0.04        (0.06     (0.04
                                               

Total from Investment Operations

    0.39        0.25        0.50        0.45        0.20        0.10   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.31     (0.47     (0.38     (0.27     (0.14     (0.12

Net Realized Gains

    —          —          —          —          —          (0.09
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.31     (0.47     (0.38     (0.27     (0.14     (0.21
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 10.42      $ 10.34      $ 10.56      $ 10.44      $ 10.26      $ 10.20   
                                               

Total Return

    3.84     2.48 %^      4.99     4.49     1.98     1.01

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 82,248      $ 86,805      $ 83,736      $ 65,937      $ 52,364      $ 41,576   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.34     0.31 %#      0.31     0.32     0.34     0.35

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    1.85     3.03 %#      4.93     3.98     2.77     1.38

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    68     20 %^      22     29     31     141

 

* Computed using average shares outstanding.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
^ Non-Annualized
# Annualized

 

46


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    VA Global Bond Portfolio  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 10.97      $ 10.95      $ 10.46      $ 10.55      $ 10.55      $ 10.95   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.28     0.24     0.32     0.27     0.33     0.22   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    0.57        —          0.21        0.12        (0.12     0.09   
                                               

Total from Investment Operations

    0.85        0.24        0.53        0.39        0.21        0.31   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.38     (0.22     (0.04     (0.48     (0.21     (0.30

Net Realized Gains

    —          —          —          —          —          (0.41
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.38     (0.22     (0.04     (0.48     (0.21     (0.71
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 11.44      $ 10.97      $ 10.95      $ 10.46      $ 10.55      $ 10.55   
                                               

Total Return

    7.93     2.18 %^      5.06     3.90     1.98     2.97

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 89,641      $ 92,313      $ 96,146      $ 77,418      $ 61,828      $ 44,555   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

    0.34     0.32 %#      0.31     0.33     0.41     0.42

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    2.51     2.42 %#      3.02     2.59     3.12     3.01

Portfolio Turnover Rate

    65     61 %^      85     97     75     86

 

* Computed using average shares outstanding.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
^ Non-Annualized
# Annualized

 

47


Table of Contents

SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

Investment Advisor

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Tel. No. (512) 306-7400

 

Custodian—Domestic

 

PFPC TRUST COMPANY

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

Sub-Advisors

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LTD.

7 Down Street

London W1J 7AJ

United Kingdom

Tel. No. (20) 7016-4500

 

Accounting Services, Dividend Disbursing

and Transfer Agent

PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING
(U.S.) INC.

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DFA AUSTRALIA LIMITED

Level 43 Gateway

1 Macquarie Place

Sydney, New South Wales 2000

Australia

Tel. No. (612) 8 336-7100

 

Legal Counsel

STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP

2600 One Commerce Square

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098

Custodians—International

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

111 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Two Commerce Square

Suite 1700

2001 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042

 

48


Table of Contents

Other Available Information

You can find more information about the Fund and its Portfolios in the Fund’s SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

Statement of Additional Information. The SAI supplements, and is technically part of, this Prospectus. It includes an expanded discussion of investment practices, risks, and fund operations.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders. These reports focus on Portfolio holdings and performance. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolios in their last fiscal year.

Request free copies from:

 

   

Your investment advisor—you are a client of an investment advisor who has invested in the Portfolios on your behalf.

 

   

The Fund—you represent an institutional investor, registered investment advisor or other qualifying investor. Call collect at (512) 306-7400.

 

   

Access them on our Web site at http://www.dimensional.com.

 

   

Access them on the EDGAR Database in the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

   

Review and copy them at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington D.C. (phone 1-800-SEC-0330).

 

   

Request copies from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or at publicinfo@sec.gov (you will be charged a copying fee). Information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room is available by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

(512) 306-7400

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (all other Portfolios)—Registration No. 811-3258

 

     RRD022810-004


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

February 28, 2010

Please carefully read the important information it contains before investing.

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

 

 

U.S. SOCIAL CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFUEX

U.S. SUSTAINABILITY CORE 1 PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFSIX

INTERNATIONAL SUSTAINABILITY CORE 1 PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFSPX

DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE EX TOBACCO PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFVLX

EMERGING MARKETS SOCIAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFESX

This Prospectus describes shares of each Portfolio which:

Are generally available only to institutional investors and clients of registered investment advisors.

Do not charge sales commissions or loads.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the

adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

U.S. SOCIAL CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO    1

Investment Objective

   1

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   1

Principal Investment Strategies

   1

Principal Risks

   2

Performance

   3

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   4

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   4

Tax Information

   4
U.S. SUSTAINABILITY CORE 1 PORTFOLIO    5

Investment Objective

   5

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   5

Principal Investment Strategies

   6

Principal Risks

   7

Performance

   8

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   8

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   9

Tax Information

   9
INTERNATIONAL SUSTAINABILITY CORE 1 PORTFOLIO    10

Investment Objective

   10

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   10

Principal Investment Strategies

   11

Principal Risks

   12

Performance

   13

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   14

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   14

Tax Information

   14
DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE EX TOBACCO PORTFOLIO    15

Investment Objective

   15

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   15

Principal Investment Strategies

   16

Principal Risks

   17

Performance

   17

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   18

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   18

Tax Information

   19
EMERGING MARKETS SOCIAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO    20

Investment Objective

   20

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   20

 

i


Table of Contents

Principal Investment Strategies

   20

Principal Risks

   21

Performance

   22

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   23

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   23

Tax Information

   24
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES    25

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   25

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   25

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   26

DFA International Value Ex Tobacco Portfolio

   27

Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

   29

Approved Markets

   30

Applying the Social Screen Portfolios’ Social Criteria

   31

Applying the Sustainability Portfolios’ Environmental Impact Considerations

   32

Portfolio Transactions

   34

Other Information

   34
SECURITIES LOANS    34
SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE    35
MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS    35

Management Fees

   36

Sub-Advisors—International Portfolios

   36

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements

   37

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

   38

ELECTRONIC SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

   39

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   40

Cash Purchases

   40

In-Kind Purchases

   40

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

   41

VALUATION OF SHARES

   43

Net Asset Value

   43

Public Offering Price

   45

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

   45

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

   46

Redemption Procedure

   46

Redemption of Small Accounts

   46

In-Kind Redemptions

   47

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   47

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

   47

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

   47

SERVICE PROVIDERS

   53

 

ii


Table of Contents

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio is long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.25%

Other Expenses

   0.16%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.41%

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

  

5 Years

  

10 Years

$42    $ 132    $ 230    $ 518

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 8% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their

 

1


Table of Contents

representation in the U.S. Universe, while excluding companies based on the Portfolio’s social issue screens. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The percentage allocation of the assets of the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 5% and 35% of their percentage weight in the U.S. Universe. For example, as of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest U.S. growth companies comprised 21% of the U.S. Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 5% of the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies. The percentage by which the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements. Additionally, the range by which the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced as compared to the U.S. Universe will change from time to time.

The U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, though they may incorporate, the Portfolio’s social criteria.

The U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

The U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio seeks to purchase securities that are consistent with the Portfolio’s social issue screens, which are monitored by an independent third party. The Portfolio seeks to exclude from its investment portfolio those companies that are identified by the Portfolio’s social issue screens, as further discussed below. The Portfolio’s social issue screens are designed to identify companies that: (1) earn at least 20% of their total business revenue through the production and/or sale of military weapons and/or weapons of mass destruction; (2) are engaged in certain for profit business activities in or with the Republic of the Sudan; (3) earn at least 15% of their total business revenue through the production and/or sale of tobacco or alcohol products; (4) earn at least 20% of their total business revenue from gambling activities; (5) directly participate in abortions; (6) manufacture pharmaceuticals, abortive agents or contraceptives; (7) earn at least 15% of their total business revenue from publishing or selling pornographic materials; (8) are for-profit health care providers; and (9) have had major recent controversies relating to child labor infractions in the U.S. or abroad.

The Portfolio may modify this list of social issue screens, at any time, without prior shareholder approval or notice.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

 

2


Table of Contents

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Social Investment Risk: The U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s social issue screens may limit the number of investment opportunities available to the Portfolio, and as a result, at times the Portfolio may produce different returns than funds that are not subject to such special investment conditions. For example, the Portfolio may decline to purchase certain securities when it is otherwise advantageous to do so, or the Portfolio may sell certain securities for social reasons when it is otherwise disadvantageous to do so.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

 

3


Table of Contents

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2008-December 2009

Highest Quarter

  Lowest Quarter

19.44 (7/09-9/09)

  -25.97 (10/08-12/08)

 

      Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 10/1/07
Inception
 

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   29.67   -12.48

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   29.34

  -12.74

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   19.52

  -10.52

Russell 3000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   28.34

  -11.13

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

4


Table of Contents

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio is long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.29%

Other Expenses

   0.18%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.47%

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)*

   0.10%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.37%

 

* The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio reflect the net expenses of the Portfolio that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$38    $ 141    $ 253    $ 582

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 18% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

 

5


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe, while adjusting the composition of the Portfolio based on environmental impact considerations. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The percentage allocation of the assets of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 2.5% and 25% of their percentage weight in the U.S. Universe. For example, as of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest U.S. growth companies comprised 21% of the U.S. Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 15% of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies. The percentage by which the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements, environmental impact considerations and other factors. Additionally, the range by which the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced as compared to the U.S. Universe will change from time to time and may be impacted by the Portfolio’s investment strategies with respect to environmental impact considerations.

The U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, although they may incorporate, the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations.

The U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

The Advisor intends to take into account the impact that companies have on the environment when making investment decisions for the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio by adjusting the composition of the Portfolio based on environmental impact considerations. Relative to a portfolio without environmental impact considerations, the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio will exclude or underweight securities of companies that, according to the Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations, may have a relatively negative impact on the environment as compared either to other companies in the Portfolio’s entire investment universe or other companies with similar business lines. Similarly, relative to a portfolio without environmental impact considerations, the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio will overweight securities of companies that, according to

 

6


Table of Contents

the Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations, may have a relatively positive impact on the environment as compared either to other companies in the Portfolio’s entire investment universe or other companies with similar business lines. Negative factors include issues relating to agricultural chemicals, climate change, hazardous waste, ozone depleting chemicals, regulatory problems, substantial emissions, negative economic impact, and other environmental concerns. Positive factors include issues relating to beneficial products and services, clean energy, environmental management systems, pollution prevention, recycling and other strengths. The Advisor has engaged a third party service provider to provide research and ratings information relating to the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations with respect to securities in the portfolio, where information is available from such provider.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Environmental Impact Consideration Investment Risk: The U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations may limit the number of investment opportunities available to the Portfolio, and as a result, at times, the Portfolio may produce more modest gains than funds that are not subject to such special investment considerations. For example, the Portfolio may decline to purchase, or underweight its investment in, certain securities due to environmental impact considerations when other investment considerations would suggest that a more significant investment in such securities would be advantageous. In addition, the Portfolio may sell certain securities due to environmental impact considerations when it is otherwise disadvantageous to do so. The environmental impact considerations may cause the Portfolio’s industry allocation to deviate from that of funds without these considerations and of conventional benchmarks.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

 

7


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2009-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter
18.89 (4/09-6/09)    -11.40 (1/09-3/09)

 

      Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 3/12/08
Inception
 

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   31.36   -4.88

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   30.90   -5.19

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   20.62   -4.22

Russell 3000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   28.34   -5.64

The implementation and management of the Advisor’s “Sustainability” portfolios, including without limitation, the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio is protected by U.S. Patent Nos. 7,596,525 B1 and 7,599,874 B1.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

8


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

9


Table of Contents

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio is long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.42%

Other Expenses

   0.24%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.66%

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)*

   0.09%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.57%

 

* The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Portfolio reflect the net expenses of the Portfolio that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

l Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$58    $ 202    $ 359    $ 814

Portfolio Turnover

The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 7% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

 

10


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of stocks of non-U.S. companies in developed markets with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the International Universe, while adjusting the composition of the Portfolio based on environmental impact considerations. For purposes of this Portfolio, the Advisor defines the International Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies in developed markets that have been authorized as approved markets for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s assets to the largest growth companies relative to their weight in the International Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. The percentage allocation of the assets of the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 5% and 35% of their percentage weight in the International Universe. As of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe comprised approximately 20% of the International Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 10% of the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe. The percentage by which the Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements, environmental impact considerations and other factors. Additionally, the range by which the Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest growth companies is reduced as compared to the International Universe will change from time to time and may be impacted by the Portfolio’s investment strategies with respect to environmental impact considerations.

The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, although they may incorporate, the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations.

The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

The Advisor intends to take into account the impact that companies have on the environment when making investment decisions for the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio by adjusting the composition of the

 

11


Table of Contents

Portfolio based on environmental impact considerations. Relative to a portfolio without environmental impact considerations, the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio intends to exclude or underweight securities of companies that, according to the Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations, may have a relatively negative impact on the environment as compared either to other companies in the Portfolio’s entire investment universe or other companies with similar business lines. Similarly, relative to a portfolio without environmental impact considerations, the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio intends to overweight securities of companies that, according to the Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations, may have a relatively positive impact on the environment as compared either to other companies in the Portfolio’s entire investment universe or other companies with similar business lines. Negative factors include issues relating to agricultural chemicals, climate change, hazardous waste, ozone depleting chemicals, regulatory problems, substantial emissions, negative economic impact, and other environmental concerns. Positive factors include issues relating to beneficial products and services, clean energy, environmental management systems, pollution prevention, recycling and other strengths. The Advisor has engaged a third party service provider to provide research and ratings information relating to the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations with respect to securities in the portfolio, where information is available from such provider.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Environmental Impact Consideration Investment Risk: The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations may limit the number of investment opportunities available to the Portfolio, and as a result, at times, the Portfolio may produce different results than funds that are not subject to such special investment considerations. For example, the Portfolio may decline to purchase, or underweight its investment in, certain securities due to environmental impact considerations when other investment considerations would suggest that a more significant investment in such securities would be advantageous. In addition, the Portfolio may sell certain securities due to environmental impact considerations when it is otherwise disadvantageous to do so. The environmental impact considerations may cause the Portfolio’s industry allocation to deviate from that of funds without these considerations and of conventional benchmarks.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks

 

12


Table of Contents

including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2009-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter
28.71 (4/09-6/09)    -14.03 (1/09-3/09)

 

      Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 3/12/08
Inception
 

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   34.95   -9.55

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   34.55   -9.77

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   23.26   -7.97

MSCI World ex USA Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   33.67   -9.96

 

13


Table of Contents

The implementation and management of the Advisor’s “Sustainability” portfolios, including without limitation, the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, is protected by U.S. Patent Nos. 7,596,525 B1 and 7,599,874 B1.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

14


Table of Contents

DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio is long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.45%   

Other Expenses

   0.25

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.70

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)*

   0.10

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.60

 

* The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Portfolio reflect the net expenses of the Portfolio that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$61    $ 214    $ 380    $ 861

Portfolio Turnover

The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 32% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

 

15


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases stocks of large non-U.S. companies in countries with developed markets that the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of purchase, while excluding securities of companies based on the Portfolio’s social issue screen to exclude tobacco companies. The Portfolio defines tobacco companies as companies that derive more than 10% of their total business revenue, or more than 10% of total sales, from the production and/or manufacturing of tobacco and/or tobacco related products. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a large company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of large companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. The Advisor determines the minimum market capitalization of a large company with respect to each country or region in which the Portfolio invests. As of December 31, 2009, for the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions.

The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio may gain exposure to companies associated with Approved Markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, though they may incorporate, the Portfolio’s social criteria.

The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio seeks to purchase securities that are consistent with the Portfolio’s social issue screen, which is monitored by an independent third party. The Portfolio seeks to exclude from its investment portfolio those companies that are identified by the Portfolio’s social issue screen, which is designed to identify companies that derive more than 10% of their total business revenue, or more than 10% of total sales, from the production and/or manufacturing of tobacco and/or tobacco related products. The Portfolio may add or remove other social issue screens at any time, without prior shareholder approval or notice.

 

16


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Social Investment Risk: The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio’s social issue screen may limit the number of investment opportunities available to the Portfolio, and as a result, at times the Portfolio may produce different returns than funds that are not subject to such special investment conditions. For example, the Portfolio may decline to purchase certain securities when it is otherwise advantageous to do so, or the Portfolio may sell certain securities for social reasons when it is otherwise disadvantageous to do so.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact

 

17


Table of Contents

of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

DFA International Value ex Tabacco Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2009-December 2009

Highest Quarter

 

Lowest Quarter

33.89 (4/09-6/09)  

-17.45 (1/09-3/09)

 

      Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 6/30/08
Inception
 

DFA International Value ex Tabacco Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   36.13   -8.08

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   35.59   -8.38

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   24.08   -6.85

MSCI World ex USA Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   33.67   -11.22

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the DFA International Value ex Tobacco

 

18


Table of Contents

Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

19


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio is long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.55%

Other Expenses

   0.15%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.70%

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

l Year

  

3 Years

  

5 Years

  

10 Years

$72    $ 224    $ 390    $ 871

Portfolio Turnover

The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 4% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

20


Table of Contents

The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of securities associated with emerging markets, including frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development), authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (“Approved Markets”), with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies while excluding securities of certain emerging markets companies based upon the Portfolio’s social issue screens. In assessing value, the Advisor may consider factors such as the issuer’s securities having a high book value in relation to their market value, as well as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in emerging markets equity securities that are defined in the prospectus as Approved Markets securities.

The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio may gain exposure to companies in Approved Markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for Approved Market or other equity market securities and indices, including those of the United States, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, though they may incorporate, the Portfolio’s social criteria.

The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio seeks to purchase securities that are consistent with the Portfolio’s social issue screens, which are monitored by an independent third party. The Portfolio seeks to exclude from its investment portfolio those companies that are identified by the Portfolio’s social issue screens, as further discussed below. The Portfolio’s social issue screens are designed to identify companies that: (1) earn at least 20% of their total business revenue through the production and/or sale of military weapons and/or weapons of mass destruction; (2) are engaged in certain for profit business activities in or with the Republic of the Sudan; (3) earn at least 15% of their total business revenue through the production and/or sale of tobacco or alcohol products; (4) earn at least 20% of their total business revenue from gambling activities; (5) directly participate in abortions; (6) manufacture pharmaceuticals, abortive agents or contraceptives; (7) earn at least 15% of their total business revenue from publishing or selling pornographic materials; (8) are for-profit health care providers; and (9) have had major recent controversies relating to child labor infractions in the U.S. or abroad.

The Portfolio may modify this list of social issue screens, at any time, without prior shareholder approval or notice.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

 

21


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Social Investment Risk: The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio’s social issue screen may limit the number of investment opportunities available to the Portfolio, and as a result, at times the Portfolio may produce different returns than funds that are not subject to such special investment conditions. For example, the Portfolio may decline to purchase certain securities when it is otherwise advantageous to do so, or the Portfolio may sell certain securities for social reasons when it is otherwise disadvantageous to do so.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact

 

22


Table of Contents

of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2007-December 2009

Highest Quarter

  Lowest Quarter

40.60 (4/09-6/09)

  -27.29 (10/08-12/08)

 

      Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 8/31/06
Inception
 

Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   83.84

  11.86

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   83.36

  11.10

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   54.95

  10.14

MSCI Emerging Markets Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   78.51

  10.07

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and

 

23


Table of Contents

redemption procedures. The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

24


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The investment company described in this Prospectus offers a variety of investment portfolios. Each of the investment company’s Portfolios has its own investment objective and policies, and is the equivalent of a separate mutual fund. The Portfolios described in this Prospectus are designed for long-term investors.

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

The investment objective of the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies relative to the U.S. Universe, while excluding securities of companies based upon the Portfolio’s social issue screens. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC (“NYSE Alternext”), Nasdaq Global Market® (“Nasdaq”) and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor from time to time (U.S. Universe). The increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization. In assessing growth and value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry.

The U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, though they may incorporate, the Portfolio’s social criteria.

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

The investment objective of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies relative to the U.S. Universe, while, relative to a portfolio without the environmental impact considerations, excluding or underweighting securities of companies that, according to the Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations, may have a relatively negative impact on the environment and overweighting securities of companies that may have a relatively positive impact on the environment. (See “Applying the Sustainability Portfolios’ Environmental Impact Considerations in this Prospectus). The Advisor generally defines the “U.S. Universe” as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the NYSE, NYSE Alternext, Nasdaq and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization. In assessing growth and value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments

 

25


Table of Contents

in the issuer’s industry. The implementation and management of the Advisor’s “Sustainability” portfolios, including without limitation, the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio is protected by U.S. Patent Nos. 7,596,525 B1 and 7,599,874 B1.

The U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, although they may incorporate, the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations.

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

        The investment objective of the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of stocks of non-U.S. companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies relative to the International Universe, while, relative to a portfolio without environmental impact considerations, excluding or underweighting securities of companies that, according to the Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations, may have a relatively negative impact on the environment and overweighting securities of companies that may have a relatively positive impact on the environment. (See “Applying the Sustainability Portfolios’ Environmental Impact Considerations” in this Prospectus). For purposes of this Portfolio, the Advisor defines the “International Universe” as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies in developed markets that have been authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee. As of the date of this Prospectus, the following markets have been authorized for investment for the Portfolio and comprise the International Universe: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom (collectively, the “Approved Markets”). The Advisor will determine in its discretion when and whether to invest in markets that have been authorized as Approved Markets, depending on a number of factors, such as asset growth in the Portfolio and characteristics of each such market. The Investment Committee of the Advisor also may authorize other markets for investment in the future, in addition to the Approved Markets identified above, or may remove one or more markets from the list of Approved Markets. Also, the Portfolio may continue to hold investments in countries that are not currently designated as Approved Markets, but had been authorized for investment in the past, and may reinvest distributions received in connection with such existing investments in such previously Approved Markets. (For a description of the securities approved for investment, see “Approved Markets”). The implementation and management of the Advisor’s “Sustainability” portfolios, including without limitation, the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio is protected by U.S. Patent Nos. 7,596,525 B1 and 7,599,874 B1.

Under normal market conditions, the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries.

The increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies for the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest growth companies relative to their weight in the International Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization. In assessing growth and value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry.

 

26


Table of Contents

The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, although they may incorporate, the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio’s environmental impact considerations.

DFA International Value Ex Tobacco Portfolio

The investment objective of the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing the stocks of large non-U.S. companies which the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of the purchase, while excluding securities of tobacco companies based upon the Portfolio’s social issue screen. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”). In assessing value, the Advisor may consider additional factors such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Portfolio may invest in the stocks of large companies associated with Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom (collectively, the “Approved Markets”). The Advisor will determine, in its discretion, when and whether to invest in countries that have been authorized as Approved Markets, depending on a number of factors, such as asset growth in the Portfolio and the characteristics of each country’s markets. The Investment Committee of the Advisor may designate other countries as Approved Markets for investment in the future, in addition to the countries identified above, or the Investment Committee may remove one or more countries from the list of Approved Markets. In addition, the Portfolio may continue to hold investments in countries that are not currently designated as Approved Markets, but had been authorized for investment in the past, and may reinvest distributions received in connection with such existing investments in such previously Approved Markets. (For a description of the securities approved for investment, see “Approved Markets”).

Under normal market conditions, the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries.

In the countries or regions authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the minimum market capitalization of a large company that may be purchased by the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio with respect to each country or region. As of December 31, 2009, for the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions. For example, as of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered a large company in the European Monetary Union (EMU) to have a market capitalization of at least $3,769 million, a large company in Australia to have a market capitalization of at least $2,010 million, and a large company in Japan to have a market capitalization of at least $1,405 million. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions.

The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio intends to purchase securities within each applicable country using a market capitalization weighted approach. The Advisor, using this approach and its judgment, will seek to set country weights based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible large companies within each country. The portfolio structure of the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio also involves market

 

27


Table of Contents

capitalization weighting in determining individual security weights. Market capitalization weighting means each security is generally purchased based on the issuer’s relative market capitalization. Market capitalization weighting will be adjusted by the Advisor for a variety of factors. The Advisor may consider such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors determined to be appropriate by the Advisor given market conditions. The Advisor may deviate from market capitalization weighing to limit or fix the exposure of the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio to a particular issuer to a maximum proportion of the assets of the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio. The Advisor will exclude the stock of a company that meets applicable market capitalization criteria if the company does not meet the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio’s social criteria. The Advisor also may exclude the stock of a company that meets applicable market capitalization criteria if the Advisor determines, in its judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate in light of other conditions. These adjustments will result in a deviation from traditional market capitalization weighting.

Adjustment for free float adjusts market capitalization weighting to exclude the share capital of a company that is not freely available for trading in the public equity markets by international investors. For example, the following types of shares may be excluded: (i) those held by strategic investors (such as governments, controlling shareholders and management), (ii) treasury shares, or (iii) shares subject to foreign ownership restrictions.

Deviation from market capitalization weighting also will occur because the Advisor generally intends to purchase securities in round lots. Furthermore, the Advisor may reduce the relative amount of any security held in order to retain sufficient portfolio liquidity. A portion, but generally not in excess of 20% of the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio’s net assets, may be invested in interest bearing obligations, such as money market instruments, thereby causing further deviation from market capitalization weighting. A further deviation may occur due to investments in privately placed convertible debentures and money market funds.

Block purchases of eligible securities may be made at opportune prices, even though such purchases exceed the number of shares that, at the time of purchase, adherence to a market capitalization weighted approach would otherwise require.

Changes in the composition and relative ranking (in terms of market capitalization) of the stocks that are eligible for purchase take place with every trade when the securities markets are open for trading due, primarily, to price fluctuations of such securities. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor will identify companies whose stock is eligible for investment by the Portfolio. Additional investments generally will not be made in securities that have changed in value sufficiently to be excluded from the Advisor’s then-current market capitalization requirement for eligible portfolio securities. This may result in further deviation from market capitalization weighting. Such deviation could be substantial if a significant amount of holdings of the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio change in value sufficiently to be excluded from the requirement for eligible securities, but not by a sufficient amount to warrant their sale.

Country weights may be based on the total market capitalization of companies within each country. The calculation of country market capitalization may take into consideration the free float of companies within a country or whether these companies are eligible to be purchased by the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio. In addition, to maintain a satisfactory level of diversification, the Investment Committee may limit or fix the exposure to a particular country or region to a maximum proportion of the assets of the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio. Country weights may also deviate from target weights due to general day-to-day trading patterns and price movements. As a result, the weighting of certain countries may vary from their weighting in published international indices, such as those published by FTSE International, Morgan Stanley Capital International or Citigroup.

The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio does not seek current income as an investment objective and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Portfolio will receive dividend income.

 

28


Table of Contents

The DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, though they may incorporate, the Portfolio’s social criteria.

Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in companies associated with emerging markets designated by the Investment Committee of the Advisor (“Approved Markets”). Emerging Markets approved for investment may include countries in an earlier stage of development that are sometimes referred to as frontier markets. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Portfolio invests in the following countries that are designated as Approved Markets: Brazil, Chile, China, Columbia, Czech Republic, Egypt, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Russia, South Africa, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, and Turkey. As of the date of this Prospectus, Israel is a market that is not authorized for new purchases, other than reinvestment of distributions of existing investments, but may be authorized for new purchases in the future. The Advisor will determine, in its discretion, when and whether to invest in countries that have been authorized as Approved Markets, depending on a number of factors, such as asset growth in the Portfolio and the characteristics of each country’s markets. The Investment Committee of the Advisor may designate other countries as Approved Markets for investment in the future, in addition to the countries identified above, or the Investment Committee may remove one or more countries from the list of Approved Markets. In addition, the Portfolio may continue to hold investments in countries that are not currently designated as Approved Markets, but had been authorized for investment in the past, and may reinvest distributions received in connection with such existing investments in such previously Approved Markets. (For a description of the securities approved for investment, see “Approved Markets”).

The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio seeks to purchase a broad and diverse group of equity securities, generally with an increased exposure to securities of small cap issuers and securities that the Portfolio considers to be value securities. In addition to seeking exposure to small cap issuers and value securities, the Portfolio seeks to exclude certain securities based upon the Portfolio’s social issue screens. In assessing value, the Advisor may consider factors such as the issuer’s securities having a high book value in relation to their market value, and price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio may not invest in all such companies or Approved Markets described above, for reasons which include constraints imposed within Approved Markets (e.g., restrictions on purchases by foreigners), and the Portfolio’s policy not to invest more than 25% of its assets in any one industry.

In determining which countries are eligible markets for the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio, the Advisor may consider various factors, including, without limitation, the data, analysis, and classification of countries published or disseminated by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (commonly known as the World Bank), the International Finance Corporation, FTSE International, MSCI Barra, Citigroup, and the Heritage Foundation. Approved emerging markets may not include all such emerging markets. In determining whether to approve markets for investment, the Advisor will take into account, among other things, market liquidity, relative availability of investor information, government regulation, including fiscal and foreign exchange repatriation rules and the availability of other access to these markets for the Portfolio.

Pending the investment of new capital in Approved Markets securities, the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio will typically invest in money market instruments or other highly liquid debt instruments

 

29


Table of Contents

including those denominated in U.S. dollars (including, without limitation, repurchase agreements). In addition, the Portfolio may, for liquidity, or for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market or economic or political conditions warrant, purchase highly liquid debt instruments or hold freely convertible currencies, although the Portfolio does not expect the aggregate of all such amounts to exceed 20% of its net assets under normal circumstances.

The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio also may invest up to 10% of its total assets in shares of other investment companies that invest in one or more Approved Markets, although it intends to do so only where access to those markets is otherwise significantly limited. In some Approved Markets, it may be necessary or advisable for the Portfolio to establish a wholly-owned subsidiary or a trust for the purpose of investing in the local markets.

The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio seeks broad market diversification generally with an increased exposure to securities of small cap issuers and securities that it considers to be value securities, while also purchasing securities as consistent with the Portfolio’s social issue screens. The Advisor will not utilize “fundamental” securities research techniques in identifying securities selections for the Portfolio.

Even though a company’s stock may meet the criteria for investment, a company’s stock may not be included in the Portfolio for one or more of a number of reasons. For example, in the Advisor’s judgment, the issuer may be considered in extreme financial difficulty or a material portion of its securities may be closely held and not likely available to support market liquidity. There will be the exercise of discretion and consideration by the Advisor in purchasing securities in an Approved Market and in determining the allocation of investments among Approved Markets.

The Portfolio does not seek current income as an investment objective, and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the Portfolio do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the Portfolio will receive dividend income.

The Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio may also invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to Approved Markets or other equity markets, including the United States, for the purposes of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, though they may incorporate, the Portfolio’s social criteria.

Approved Markets

The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio and Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio (each an “International Portfolio” and collectively, the “International Portfolios”) each invests in securities of Approved Markets as identified above for each International Portfolio. The Approved Markets securities invested in by each International Portfolio will be listed on bona fide securities exchanges or traded on the over-the-counter markets. These exchanges or over-the-counter markets may be either within or outside the issuer’s domicile country. For example, the securities may be listed or traded in the form of European Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts, American Depositary Receipts, or other types of depositary receipts (including non-voting depositary receipts) or may be listed on bona fide securities exchanges in more than one country. Approved Market securities are defined as securities that are associated with an Approved Market, and include, among others: (a) securities of companies that are organized under the laws of, or maintain their principal place of business in, an Approved

 

30


Table of Contents

Market; (b) securities for which the principal trading market is in an Approved Market; (c) securities issued or guaranteed by the government of an Approved Market country, its agencies or instrumentalities, or the central bank of such country; (d) securities denominated in an Approved Market currency issued by companies to finance operations in Approved Markets; (e) securities of companies that derive at least 50% of their revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in Approved Markets or have at least 50% of their assets in Approved Markets; (f) Approved Markets equity securities in the form of depositary shares; (g) securities of pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in Approved Markets securities or derivative instruments that derive their value from Approved Markets securities; or (h) securities included in the International Portfolio’s benchmark index. Securities of Approved Markets may include securities of companies that have characteristics and business relationships common to companies in other countries. As a result, the value of the securities of such companies may reflect economic and market forces in such other countries as well as in the Approved Markets. The Advisor, however, will select only those companies that, in its view, have sufficiently strong exposure to economic and market forces in Approved Markets. For example, the Advisor may invest in companies organized and located in the United States or other countries outside of Approved Markets, including companies having their entire production facilities outside of Approved Markets, when such companies meet the criteria discussed above to be considered associated with Approved Markets.

Applying the Social Screen Portfolios’ Social Criteria (For U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio, Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio and the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio)

The U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio, Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio and the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio (the “Social Screen Portfolios”) each seek to purchase securities that are consistent with the social issue screens that have been identified in this Prospectus for such Social Screen Portfolio. The Fund has engaged an independent third party Social Screen Portfolios Vendor to monitor each Social Screen Portfolio’s social issue screens. As of the date of this Prospectus, KLD Research & Analytics, Inc. has been engaged to be the Social Screen Portfolios Vendor. Each Social Screen Portfolio seeks to exclude from its investment portfolio those companies that are identified by the Social Screen Portfolio’s social issue screens.

The Social Screen Portfolios’ social issue screens are designed to meet the social investing needs of shareholders; the exclusion, purchase, or sale of specific securities in a Portfolio should not be construed as reflecting a judgment by the Advisor or the Board of Directors of the Fund relating to any social issue.

A Social Screen Portfolio and the Advisor do not determine which stocks to exclude pursuant to such Social Screen Portfolio’s social issue screens. Instead, the Social Screen Portfolios and the Advisor rely on the social investment research provided by the Social Screen Portfolios Vendor. The Social Screen Portfolios Vendor is generally in the business of providing social investment research on publicly traded companies. Through its research, the Social Screen Portfolios Vendor shall determine if and when a company’s activities are significant enough to warrant exclusion under a Portfolio’s social issue screens. The Social Screen Portfolios Vendor may periodically modify its social criteria screening process.

Each Social Screen Portfolio will endeavor not to buy any stock that fails the Portfolio’s social issue screens as indicated in the research provided by the Social Screen Portfolios Vendor. Because of this approach, a Social Screen Portfolio may not invest in certain types of companies, industries, and segments of the U.S. market. The Advisor will endeavor to ensure that each Social Screen Portfolio’s investments are consistent with the social issue screens, but there can be no guarantee that every investment will do so. Even if an investment is not excluded by the social issue screens, the Advisor has the option of excluding the investment if it is determined to be unsuitable.

At times, each Social Screen Portfolio may hold stocks that do not meet the Social Screen Portfolio’s social criteria, because for instance the stocks ceased meeting the social criteria after the Social Screen Portfolio bought them or the Social Screen Portfolio obtained the stocks despite the Portfolio’s social criteria due to inadvertent error, corporate action or otherwise. The Advisor will seek to sell these stocks in an orderly manner. Although the Advisor will seek to minimize any adverse effect of holding or selling these stocks on the value of a Social

 

31


Table of Contents

Screen Portfolio’s investments, to the extent that costs or losses are realized no remuneration will be due the Social Screen Portfolio. Ordinarily, a Social Screen Portfolio will sell the stocks within 90 days of determining that the stocks do not meet the social criteria. However, a Social Screen Portfolio will sell the stocks after a longer period if the Advisor believes that doing so will avoid a loss to the overall value of the Social Screen Portfolio’s investments.

Applying the Sustainability Portfolios’ Environmental Impact Considerations (For U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio and the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio)

The Advisor intends to take into account the impact that companies have on the environment when making investment decisions for the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio and the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio (the “Sustainability Portfolios”) by adjusting the composition of the Sustainability Portfolios based on environmental impact considerations. Relative to a portfolio without environmental impact considerations, a Sustainability Portfolio intends to exclude or underweight securities of companies that, according to the Sustainability Portfolios’ environmental impact considerations, may have a relatively negative impact on the environment as compared either to other companies in the Sustainability Portfolios’ entire investment universe or other companies with similar business lines. Similarly, relative to a portfolio without environmental impact considerations, the Sustainability Portfolios intend to overweight securities of companies that, according to the Sustainability Portfolios’ environmental impact considerations, may have a relatively positive impact on the environment as compared either to other companies in the Sustainability Portfolios’ entire investment universe or other companies with similar business lines. The Advisor has engaged a third party service provider to provide research and ratings information relating to the Sustainability Portfolios’ environmental impact considerations with respect to securities in the portfolios, where information is available from such providers.

Examples of the types of considerations that are expected to be used to evaluate companies’ impact on the environment are as follows:

Negative Factors:

 

   

Agricultural chemicals: The company produces substantial amounts of agricultural chemicals, including pesticides.

 

   

Climate change: A substantial percentage of the company’s revenues relate, directly or indirectly, to the sale of coal or oil and their derivative fuel products.

 

   

Hazardous waste: The company has incurred substantial liabilities, such as significant fines or civil penalties, for hazardous waste or waste management violations.

 

   

Ozone depleting chemicals: The company is a manufacturer of ozone depleting chemicals such as HCFCs, methyl chloroform, methylene, chloride, or bromines.

 

   

Regulatory problems: The company recently has incurred substantial fines or civil penalties for, or demonstrated a pattern of issues regarding, violations of air, water, or other environmental regulations.

 

   

Substantial emissions: The company exhibits markedly high emissions of toxic chemicals into the air and water from individual plants.

 

   

Negative economic impact: The company’s actions have incited major controversies regarding the quality of life, or property values in the community.

 

   

Other environmental concerns: The company has had material involvement in an environmental controversy not covered by other factors.

Positive Factors:

 

   

Beneficial products and services: The company earns substantial revenues through the development of innovative products with environmental benefits, including remediation products, environmental services, or products that promote the efficient use of energy.

 

32


Table of Contents
   

Clean energy: The company has taken notable steps to reduce the impact of its operations on global climate change and air pollution through the use of renewable energy or other clean fuels, or through the introduction of energy efficient programs or sale of products promoting energy efficiency.

 

   

Environmental management systems: The company has exhibited a strong commitment to environmental management systems through ISO 14001 certification and other voluntary programs.

 

   

Pollution prevention: The company has established strong pollution prevention programs, including those designed to cut both emissions and toxic uses.

 

   

Recycling: The company either uses a significant percentage of recycled materials in its manufacturing process, or is a major firm in the recycling industry.

 

   

Other strengths: The company has undertaken noteworthy environmental initiatives not covered by other factors.

The environmental impact considerations listed above seek to identify factors that the Advisor believes indicate whether or not a company, as compared to other companies with similar business lines, promotes sustainability by pursuing economic growth and development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the needs of future generations. The Sustainability Portfolios may periodically modify their environmental impact considerations.

Based on the research and ratings information provided by the third party service providers on a company with respect to both the positive and negative environmental factors, the Advisor will determine an overall environmental impact score for the company. The Advisor will use the overall environmental impact score of a company to determine whether the securities of the company should be: (i) excluded from a Portfolio’s securities holdings; (ii) underweighted within the Sustainability Portfolios; or (iii) overweighted within the Sustainability Portfolios.

As described above, the Advisor will endeavor to consider the environmental impact of each company when constructing a Sustainability Portfolio’s investment portfolio. However, the Advisor may not be able to assess the environmental impact of each company eligible for purchase by a Portfolio. For example, the Advisor may not be able to determine an overall environmental impact score for each company based on the environmental considerations described above because the third party service providers may not have data on the entire universe of companies considered by the Advisor for the Sustainability Portfolios, or may not have information with respect to each factor listed above as an environmental impact consideration. The environmental impact of a company may change while the Sustainability Portfolios are holding the company’s securities due to actions taken by the company or new information that becomes available concerning the company, and such information may impact the Sustainability Portfolios’ decision to buy shares in the future of such company but will not necessarily result in changes to current holdings of such shares. For instance, if negative information about a company becomes available, while future investment decisions should reflect that information, the Sustainability Portfolios may continue to hold the securities it already owns in the short or long term, so that the composition of the Sustainability Portfolios may not, at all times, reflect the most current environmental impact considerations. The Sustainability Portfolios’ exposure to companies, industries and sectors of the market may be affected by environmental impact data obtained that may not be completely accurate with respect to any company or by a given environmental factor that may not be as relevant as assumed in the overall score.

Because the Advisor takes into account environmental impact considerations when constructing the investment portfolio for a Portfolio, the Portfolio may not invest in, or may deviate in its exposure to, certain types of companies, industries, and segments of the designated markets in which similar Sustainability Portfolios without environmental impact considerations invest.

Each Sustainability Portfolios’ environmental impact considerations are designed to meet the investing needs of shareholders; the exclusion, purchase, or sale of specific securities in a Portfolio should not be construed as reflecting a judgment by the Advisor or the Board of the Fund relating to any environmental issue.

 

33


Table of Contents

Portfolio Transactions

Securities will not be purchased or sold based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets, or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase. Securities that have depreciated in value since their acquisition will not be sold solely because prospects for the issuer are not considered attractive or due to an expected or realized decline in securities prices in general. Securities will not be sold to realize short-term profits, but when circumstances warrant, they may be sold without regard to the length of time held. Securities, including those eligible for purchase, may be disposed of, however, at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale, including, but not limited to, tender offers, mergers, and similar transactions, or bids made for block purchases at opportune prices. Generally, securities will be purchased with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year and will be held until such time as they are no longer an appropriate holding in light of the investment policies of each Portfolio.

Other Information

Commodity Pool Operator Exemption:

Each Portfolio is operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

SECURITIES LOANS

Each Portfolio is authorized to lend securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks, and other financial institutions for the purpose of earning additional income. While each Portfolio may earn additional income from lending securities, such activity is incidental to the investment objective of the Portfolio. The value of securities loaned may not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets, which includes the value of collateral received. To the extent a Portfolio loans a portion of its securities, the Portfolio will receive collateral consisting generally of cash or U.S. government securities, which will be maintained by marking to market daily in an amount equal to at least (i) 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, (ii) 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to U.S. securities, and (iii) 105% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to foreign securities. Subject to its stated investment policies, each Portfolio will generally invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Money Market Series”), an affiliated registered money market fund advised by the Advisor for which the Advisor receives a management fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Money Market Series. Each Portfolio also may invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, repurchase agreements collateralized by securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. For purposes of this paragraph, agencies include both agency debentures and agency mortgage backed securities.

In addition, a Portfolio will be able to terminate the loan at any time and will receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as amounts equal to any dividends, interest, or other distributions on the loaned securities. However, dividend income received from loaned securities may not be eligible to be taxed at qualified dividend income rates. See the Portfolios’ Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) for a further discussion of the tax consequences related to securities lending. Each Portfolio will be entitled to recall a loaned security to vote proxies or otherwise obtain rights to vote proxies of loaned securities if the Portfolio knows that a material event will occur. In the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower, the Fund could experience delay in recovering the loaned securities or only recover cash or a security of equivalent value. See “PRINCIPAL RISKS—Securities Lending for a discussion of the risks related to securities lending.

 

34


Table of Contents

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the following Portfolios received the following net revenues from a securities lending program, which constituted a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio (see “SECURITIES LOANS”):

 

Portfolio

   Net Revenue    Percentage
of Net
Assets
 

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 88,000    0.19

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   $ 122,000    0.19

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

     86,000    0.16

DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio

   $ 79,000    0.18

Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 608,000    0.18

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

The Advisor serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios. As such, the Advisor is responsible for the management of their respective assets. Each of the Portfolios is managed using a team approach. The investment team includes the Investment Committee of the Advisor, portfolio managers, and trading personnel.

The Investment Committee is composed primarily of certain officers and directors of the Advisor who are appointed annually. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Investment Committee has seven members. Investment strategies for the Portfolios are set by the Investment Committee, which meets on a regular basis and also as needed to consider investment issues. The Investment Committee also sets and reviews all investment related policies and procedures and approves any changes in regards to approved countries, security types, and brokers.

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios, including running buy and sell programs, based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolios.

 

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio      Stephen A. Clark
U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio     
International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio     

Stephen A. Clark,

Karen E. Umland,

Joseph H. Chi and

Jed S. Fogdall

DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio     
Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio     
    

Mr. Clark is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and chairman of the Investment Committee. Mr. Clark received his MBA from the University of Chicago and his BS from Bradley University. Mr. Clark joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2001 and has been responsible for the portfolio management group since January 2006.

Ms. Umland is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and a member of the Investment Committee. She received her BA from Yale University in 1988 and her MBA from the University of California at Los Angeles in 1993. Ms. Umland joined the Advisor in 1993 and has been a portfolio manager and responsible for the international equity portfolios since 1998.

 

35


Table of Contents

Mr. Chi is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Chi has an MBA and BS from the University of California, Los Angeles and also a JD from the University of Southern California. Mr. Chi joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2005 and has been responsible for the international equity portfolios since 2010.

Mr. Fogdall is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Fogdall has an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles and a BS from Purdue University. Mr. Fogdall joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2004 and has been responsible for the international equity portfolios since 2010.

The SAI for the Fund provides information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, and the portfolio manager’s ownership of Fund shares.

The Advisor provides each Portfolio with a trading department and selects brokers and dealers to effect securities transactions. Securities transactions are placed with a view to obtaining best price and execution. A discussion regarding the basis for the Board approving the investment management agreements with respect to each Portfolio is available in the semi-annual report for the Portfolios for the fiscal period ending April 30, 2009. The Advisor’s address is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX, 78746. The Advisor has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. The Advisor is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. As of January 31, 2010, assets under management for all Dimensional affiliated advisors totaled approximately $161 billion.

The Fund bears all of its own costs and expenses, including: services of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, Social Screen Portfolios Vendor, brokerage fees, commissions, and transfer taxes in connection with the acquisition and disposition of portfolio securities, taxes, insurance premiums, costs incidental to meetings of its shareholders and directors, the cost of filing its registration statements under the federal securities laws and the cost of any filings required under state securities laws, reports to shareholders, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency, administrative services, and custodian fees. Expenses allocable to a particular portfolio of the Fund are so allocated. The expenses of the Fund that are not allocable to a particular portfolio are borne by each portfolio on the basis of its relative net assets or equally.

Management Fees

The “Annual Fund Operating Expenses table describes the fees incurred by a Portfolio for the services provided by the Advisor for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for the Portfolios provides the investment advisory fee that was payable by the respective Portfolio to the Advisor.

Sub-Advisors—International Portfolios

The Advisor has entered into Sub-Advisory Agreements with Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”), respectively, with respect to the International Portfolios. Pursuant to the terms of each Sub-Advisory Agreement, DFAL and DFA Australia each have the authority and responsibility to select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions for the International Portfolios. Each Sub-Advisor’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor will review the holdings of each International Portfolio and review the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by an International Portfolio and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFAL and DFA Australia. DFAL and DFA Australia maintain and furnish to the Advisor information and reports on companies in certain markets, including recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by each International Portfolio, as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. The Advisor controls DFAL and DFA Australia. DFA Australia is a U.S. federally registered investment advisor located at Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia. DFAL is a U.S. federally

 

36


Table of Contents

registered investment advisor located at 7 Down Street, London W1J7AJ, United Kingdom. DFAL is a member of the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”), a self-regulatory organization for investment managers operating under the laws of England.

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements

Pursuant to Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive certain fees, including management fees, and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Portfolios, as described in the notes below. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for the Portfolios below will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by a Fund or the Advisor.

 

Portfolio

   Expense
Limits
 

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio (1)

   0.60

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio (2)

   0.37

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio (2)

   0.57

DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio (2)

   0.60

Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio (3)

   0.85

 

(1) The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee to the extent necessary to reduce the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (not including expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) up to the amount of its total management fee when the Portfolio Expenses exceed the rate listed above as percentage of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized expenses of a Portfolio are less than the rate listed above for the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.
(2) The Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio and DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio (excluding the expenses that a Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio and DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio to the rates listed above as a percentage of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount. A Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.
(3) The Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio’s expenses to the extent necessary to limit the expenses to the rate listed above as a percentage of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio’s annualized expenses are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, described in the prior sentence, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Advisor also has voluntarily agreed to assume the costs of the Portfolio’s engagement of its Social Screen Portfolios Vendor but may terminate the assumption of this expense at any time.

 

37


Table of Contents

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions. Each Portfolio intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). As a regulated investment company, a Portfolio generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to you. Dividends from net investment income of the Portfolios are distributed quarterly (on a calendar basis) and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for capital loss carryforwards) are distributed annually, typically in December. A Portfolio may distribute such income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year as a result of a Portfolio’s normal investment activities and cash flows. During a time of economic downturn, a Portfolio may experience capital losses and unrealized depreciation in value of investments, the effect of which may be to reduce or eliminate capital gains distributions for a period of time. Even though a Portfolio may experience a current year loss, it may nonetheless distribute prior year capital gains.

You will automatically receive all income dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the Portfolio whose shares you hold at net asset value (as of the business date following the dividend record date), unless, upon written notice to the Advisor and completion of account information, you select one of the options listed below:

Income Option—to receive income dividends in cash and capital gains distributions in additional shares at net asset value.

Capital Gains Option—to receive capital gains distributions in cash and income dividends in additional shares at net asset value.

Cash Option—to receive both income dividends and capital gains distributions in cash.

Annual Statements. Every January, you will receive a statement that shows the tax status of distributions you received the previous calendar year. Distributions declared in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

Avoid “Buying A Dividend.” At the time you purchase your Portfolio shares, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation in value of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable. This is sometimes referred to as “buying a dividend.”

Tax Considerations. This discussion of “Tax Considerations” should be read in conjunction with the remaining subsections below containing additional information. Dividends and distributions paid to a qualified, tax-deferred retirement plan, such as a 401(k) plan, accumulate free of federal income taxes. In addition, the sale or redemption by a tax-deferred retirement plan of the Portfolio’s shares will not be subject to federal income taxes.

In general, if you are a taxable investor, Portfolio distributions (other than exempt-interest dividends) are taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. This is true whether you reinvest distributions in additional Portfolio shares or receive them in cash.

For federal income tax purposes, Portfolio distributions of short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income. Portfolio distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains no matter how long you have owned your shares. A Portfolio with a high portfolio turnover rate (a measure of how frequently assets within a Portfolio are bought and sold) is more likely to generate short-term capital gains than a Portfolio with a low portfolio turnover rate. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2011, unless such provision is extended or made permanent, a portion of income dividends designated by a Portfolio may be qualified dividend income eligible for taxation by individual shareholders at long-term capital gain rates provided certain holding period requirements are met.

 

38


Table of Contents

Certain Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from foreign securities. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% of the value of the total assets of a Portfolio is invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. If this election is made, shareholders will be required to include in their gross income their pro rata share of these foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio and will be entitled either to deduct (as an itemized deduction in the case of individuals) their share of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income or to claim a credit for such taxes against their U.S. federal income tax, subject to certain limitations under the Code.

The sale of shares of a Portfolio is a taxable event and may result in a capital gain or loss to you. Capital gain or loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two Portfolios. Any loss incurred on sale or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares, held for six months or less, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares.

By law, a Portfolio is required to withhold 28% of taxable dividends, capital gains distributions, and redemption proceeds paid to you if you do not provide your proper taxpayer identification number and certain required certifications. You may avoid this withholding requirement by providing and certifying on the account registration form your correct Taxpayer Identification Number and by certifying that you are not subject to backup withholding and are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). A Portfolio must also withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so.

In addition to federal taxes, you may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from a Portfolio and on gains arising on redemption or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares. Distributions of interest income and capital gains realized from certain types of U.S. government securities may be exempt from state personal income taxes.

Non-U.S. Investors. Non-U.S. investors may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% or lower treaty rate and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding and claim any treaty benefits. Exemptions from U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from long-term capital gains, if any, exempt-interest dividends, and, with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio that begin before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any such dividends and distributions of income and capital gains will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person. Non-U.S. investors also may be subject to U.S. estate tax.

This discussion of “Dividends, Capital Gains Distributions and Taxes” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. Because everyone’s tax situation is unique, you should consult your tax professional about federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences before making an investment in a Portfolio. Prospective investors should also consult the SAI.

ELECTRONIC SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

In order to conserve natural resources, which the Advisor understands is an important consideration of the shareholders of the Portfolios, shareholders, when opening an account through a financial intermediary that provides electronic delivery, are encouraged to consent to the acceptance of all shareholder information about the Portfolio(s) in which the shareholders invest, through electronic delivery. Shareholder information includes prospectuses, statements of additional information, annual and semi-annual reports, confirmations and statements. Additionally, the Portfolios’ website address is www.dimensional.com. The current Prospectus of the Portfolios is available for viewing and printing on the website. An interruption in transmissions over the Internet generally or a problem in the transmission of the Portfolios’ website in particular could result in a delay or interruption in the ability of shareholders to access the website.

 

39


Table of Contents

PURCHASE OF SHARES

Cash Purchases

Investors may purchase shares of each Portfolio by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment. Each Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions, and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor (“Eligible Investors”). Eligible Investors include employees, former employees, shareholders and directors of the Advisor and the Fund, and friends and family members of such persons. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor, and all investors must complete and submit the necessary account registration forms in good order. The Fund reserves the right to reject any initial or additional investment and to suspend the offering of shares of a Portfolio.

“Good order” with respect to the purchases of shares means that (1) a fully completed and properly signed Account Registration Form and any additional supporting legal documentation required by the Advisor have been received in legible form, and (2) the Advisor has been notified of the purchase by telephone and, if the Advisor so requests, also in writing, no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 1:00 p.m. PT) on the day of the purchase. If an order to purchase shares must be cancelled due to nonpayment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by the Fund arising out of such cancellation. To recover any such loss, the Fund reserves the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is cancelled, and such purchaser may be prohibited or restricted in the manner of placing further orders.

Investors having an account with a bank that is a member or a correspondent of a member of the Federal Reserve System may purchase shares by first calling the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment, then requesting the bank to transmit immediately available funds (federal funds) by wire to PNC Bank, N.A. for the account of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (specify Portfolio). Additional investments also may be made through the wire procedure by first notifying the Advisor. Investors who wish to purchase shares of the Portfolio by check should send their check to DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., c/o PNC Global Investment Servicing, Attn: Mail Stop F4-F760-1A-J, 760 Moore Road, King of Prussia, PA 19406.

Payment of the total amount due should be made in U.S. dollars. However, subject to approval by the Advisor, payment may be made in any freely convertible currency and the necessary foreign exchange transactions will be arranged on behalf of, and at the expense of, the applicant. Applicants settling in any currency other than U.S. dollars are advised that a delay in processing a purchase or redemption may occur to allow for currency conversion.

Shares also may be purchased and sold by individuals through securities firms that may charge a service fee or commission for such transactions. No such fee or commission is charged on shares that are purchased or redeemed directly from the Fund. Investors who are clients of investment advisory organizations may also be subject to investment advisory fees under their own arrangements with such organizations.

In-Kind Purchases

        If accepted by the Fund, shares of a Portfolio may be purchased in exchange for securities that are eligible for acquisition by the Portfolio or otherwise represented in its portfolio as described in this Prospectus or as otherwise consistent with the Fund’s policies and procedures or, in the case of the International Portfolios, in exchange for local currencies in which such securities of the International Portfolios are denominated. Securities and local currencies accepted by the Fund for exchange and Portfolio shares to be issued in the exchange will be valued as set forth under “VALUATION OF SHARES” at the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. All dividends, interests, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such securities shall

 

40


Table of Contents

become the property of the Portfolio and must be delivered to the Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. Investors who desire to purchase shares of the International Portfolios with local currencies should first contact the Advisor.

The Fund will not accept securities in exchange for shares of a Portfolio unless: (1) such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be included, or otherwise represented, in the Portfolio and current market quotations are readily available for such securities; (2) the investor represents and agrees that all securities offered to be exchanged are not subject to any restrictions upon their sale by the Portfolio under the Securities Act of 1933 or under the laws of the country in which the principal market for such securities exists, or otherwise; and (3) at the discretion of the Fund, the value of any such security (except U.S. government securities) being exchanged, together with other securities of the same issuer owned by the Portfolio, may not exceed 5% of the net assets of the Portfolio immediately after the transaction.

A gain or loss for federal income tax purposes will generally be realized by investors who are subject to federal taxation upon the exchange depending upon the cost of the securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should contact the Advisor. Purchases of shares will be made in full and fractional shares calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued.

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

Each Portfolio is designed for long-term investors and is not intended for investors that engage in excessive short-term trading activity that may be harmful to the Portfolio, including but not limited to market timing. Short-term or excessive trading into and out of a Portfolio can disrupt portfolio management strategies, harm performance, and increase Portfolio expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.

In addition, the nature of the International Portfolios’ holdings may present opportunities for a shareholder to engage in a short-term trading strategy that exploits possible delays between changes in the price of the International Portfolios’ holdings and the reflection of those changes in the International Portfolios’ net asset value (called “arbitrage market timing”). Such delays may occur because the International Portfolios have significant investments in foreign securities where, due to time zone differences, the values of those securities are established some time before the International Portfolios calculate their net asset value. In such circumstances, the available market prices for such foreign securities may not accurately reflect the latest indications of value at the time the International Portfolios calculate their net asset value. There is a possibility that arbitrage market timing may dilute the value of the International Portfolios’ shares if redeeming shareholders receive proceeds (and purchasing shareholders receive shares) based upon a net asset value that does not reflect appropriate fair value prices.

The Board of the Fund has adopted a policy (the “Trading Policy”) and the Advisor and DFA Securities LLC (collectively, “Dimensional”) and Dimensional’s agents have implemented the following procedures, which are designed to discourage and prevent market timing or excessive short-term trading in the Portfolio: (i) trade activity monitoring and purchase blocking procedures, and (ii) use of fair value pricing.

The Fund, Dimensional and their agents monitor trades and flows of money in and out of the Portfolios from time to time in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities, and for consistent enforcement of the Trading Policy. The Fund reserves the right to take the actions necessary to stop excessive or disruptive trading activities, including refusing or canceling purchase or exchange orders for any reason, without prior notice, particularly purchase or exchange orders that the Fund believes are made on behalf of market timers. The Fund, Dimensional and their agents reserve the right to restrict, refuse or cancel any purchase or exchange request made by an investor indefinitely if the Fund or Dimensional believes that any combination of trading activity in the

 

41


Table of Contents

accounts is potentially disruptive to a Portfolio. In making such judgments, the Fund and Dimensional seek to act in a manner that is consistent with the interests of shareholders. For purposes of applying these procedures, Dimensional may consider an investor’s trading history in a Portfolio, and accounts under common ownership, influence or control.

In addition to the Fund’s general ability to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity as described above, the Fund also has adopted purchase blocking procedures. Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, where an investor has engaged in any two purchases and two redemptions (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) in a Portfolio in any rolling 30 calendar day monitoring period (i.e., two “round trips”), the Fund and Dimensional intend to block the investor from making any additional purchases in the Portfolio for 90 calendar days (a “purchase block”). If implemented, a purchase block will begin at some point after the transaction that caused the investor to have engaged in the prohibited two round-trips is detected by the Fund, Dimensional, or their agents. The Fund and Dimensional are permitted to implement a longer purchase block, or permanently bar future purchases by an investor, if they determine that it is appropriate.

Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, the following purchases and redemptions will not trigger a purchase block: (i) purchases and redemptions of shares having a value in each transaction of less than $5,000; (ii) purchases and redemptions by U.S. registered investment companies that operate as funds of funds and non-U.S. investment companies that operate as fund of funds that the Funds or Dimensional, in their sole discretion, have determined are not designed and/or are not serving as vehicles for excessive short-term or other disruptive trading (in each case, the fund of funds shall agree to be subject to monitoring by Dimensional); (iii) purchases and redemptions by a feeder portfolio of a master fund’s shares; (iv) systematic or automated transactions where the shareholder, financial advisor or investment fiduciary does not exercise direct control over the investment decision; (v) retirement plan contributions, loans, loan repayments and distributions (including hardship withdrawals) identified as such in the retirement plan recordkeeper’s system; (vi) purchase transactions involving transfers of assets, rollovers, Roth IRA conversions and IRA recharacterizations; (vii) purchases of shares with Portfolio dividends or capital gain distributions; (viii) transfers and reregistrations of shares within a Portfolio; and (ix) transactions by 529 Plans. Notwithstanding the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, all transactions in Portfolio shares are subject to the right of the Fund and Dimensional to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity (including purchases and redemptions described above that will not be subject to the purchase blocking procedures).

The Fund, Dimensional or their designees will have the ability, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), to request information from financial intermediaries, such as 401(k) plan administrators, trust companies and broker-dealers (together, “Intermediaries”), concerning trades placed in omnibus and other multi-investor accounts (together, “Omnibus Accounts”), in order to attempt to monitor trades that are placed by the underlying shareholders of these Omnibus Accounts. The Fund, Dimensional and their designees will use the information obtained from the Intermediaries to monitor trading in the Fund and to attempt to identify shareholders in Omnibus Accounts engaged in trading that is inconsistent with the Trading Policy or otherwise not in the best interests of the Fund. The Fund, Dimensional or their designees, when they detect trading patterns in shares of a Portfolio (or other portfolios of the Fund) that may constitute short-term or excessive trading, will provide written instructions to the Intermediary to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of shares of the Portfolio (and other portfolios of the Fund) by a shareholder that has been identified as having engaged in excessive or short-term transactions in the Portfolio’s shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate the Trading Policy.

The ability of the Fund and Dimensional to impose these limitations, including the purchase blocking procedures, on investors investing through Intermediaries is dependent on the receipt of information necessary to identify transactions by the underlying investors and the Intermediary’s cooperation in implementing the Trading Policy. Investors seeking to engage in excessive short-term trading practices may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection, and despite the efforts of the Fund and Dimensional to prevent excessive short-term trading, there is no assurance that the Fund, Dimensional or their agents will be able to identify those shareholders or

 

42


Table of Contents

curtail their trading practices. The ability of the Fund, Dimensional and their agents to detect and limit excessive short-term trading also may be restricted by operational systems and technological limitations.

The purchase blocking procedures of the Trading Policy may not apply to redemptions by shareholders whose shares are held on the books of Intermediaries if the Intermediaries have not adopted procedures to implement this Policy. The Fund and Dimensional will work with Intermediaries to develop such policies to institute the purchase blocking procedures or other procedures that the Fund and Dimensional determine are reasonably designed to achieve the objective of this Trading Policy. At the time the Intermediaries adopt these procedures, shareholders whose accounts are on the books of such Intermediaries will be subject to the Trading Policy’s purchase blocking procedures or another frequent trading policy that achieves the objective of the purchase blocking procedures. Investors that invest in a Portfolio through an Intermediary should contact the Intermediary for information concerning the policies and procedures that apply to the investor.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to apply the purchase blocking procedures on purchases by all investors and the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to monitor trades through Omnibus Accounts maintained by Intermediaries may be restricted due to systems limitations of both the Fund’s service providers and the Intermediaries. The Fund expects that the application of the Trading Policy as described above, including the purchase blocking procedures (subject to the limitations described above), will be able to be implemented by Intermediaries in compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

In addition, the purchase blocking procedures will not apply to a redemption transaction in which a Portfolio distributes portfolio securities to a shareholder in-kind, where the redemption will not disrupt the efficient portfolio management of the Portfolio and the redemption is consistent with the interests of the remaining shareholders of the Portfolio.

In addition to monitoring trade activity, the Board has adopted fair value pricing procedures that govern the pricing of the securities of the Portfolios. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the prices at which Portfolio shares are purchased and redeemed are fair, and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders. See the discussion under “VALUATION OF SHARES—Net Asset Value” for additional details regarding fair value pricing of the Portfolios’ securities.

Although the procedures are designed to discourage excessive short-term trading, none of the procedures individually nor all of the procedures taken together can completely eliminate the possibility that excessive short-term trading activity in a Portfolio may occur. The Portfolios do not knowingly accommodate excessive or disruptive trading activities, including market timing.

VALUATION OF SHARES

Net Asset Value

The net asset value per share of each Portfolio is calculated after the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) by dividing the total value of the Portfolio’s investments and other assets, less any liabilities, by the total outstanding shares of the stock of the respective Portfolio. Each Portfolio generally calculates its net asset value per share and accepts purchase and redemption orders on days that the NYSE is open for trading. Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes at a time other than 1:00 p.m. PT.

The value of shares of each Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to its investment experience. Securities held by the Portfolios will be valued in accordance with applicable laws and procedures adopted by the Board, and generally, as described below.

Securities held by the Portfolios (including over-the-counter securities) are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day. Securities held by the Portfolios that are listed on Nasdaq are valued at the Nasdaq Official

 

43


Table of Contents

Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there is no last reported sales price or NOCP of the day, the Portfolios value the securities at the mean between the most recent quoted bid and asked prices. Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the security is primarily traded. Generally, securities issued by open-end investment companies are valued using their respective net asset values or public offering prices, as appropriate, for purchase orders placed at the close of the NYSE.

The value of the securities and other assets of the Portfolios for which no market quotations are readily available (including restricted securities), or for which market quotations have become unreliable, are determined in good faith at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of the Fund. Fair value pricing may also be used if events that have a significant effect on the value of an investment (as determined in the discretion of the Investment Committee of the Advisor) occur before the net asset value is calculated. When fair value pricing is used, the prices of securities used by the Portfolios may differ from the quoted or published prices for the same securities on their primary markets or exchanges.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the International Portfolios will also fair value price in the circumstances described below. Generally, trading in foreign securities markets is completed each day at various times before the close of the NYSE. For example, trading in the Japanese securities markets is completed each day at the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange (normally 11:00 p.m. PT), which is fourteen hours before to the close of the NYSE (normally 1:00 p.m. PT) and the time that the net asset value of the International Portfolios is computed. Due to the time differences between the closings of the relevant foreign securities exchanges and the time the International Portfolios price their shares at the close of the NYSE, the International Portfolios will fair value its foreign investments when it is determined that the market quotations for the foreign investments are either unreliable or not readily available. The fair value prices will attempt to reflect the impact of the U.S. financial markets’ perceptions and trading activities on the International Portfolios’ foreign investments since the last closing prices of the foreign investments were calculated on their primary foreign securities markets or exchanges. For these purposes, the Board of the Fund has determined that movements in relevant indices or other appropriate market indicators, after the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange or the London Stock Exchange, demonstrate that market quotations may be unreliable, and may trigger fair value pricing. Consequently, fair valuation of portfolio securities may occur on a daily basis. The fair value pricing by the International Portfolios utilizes data furnished by an independent pricing service (and that data draws upon, among other information, the market values of foreign investments). When the International Portfolios use fair value pricing, the values assigned to the International Portfolios’ foreign investments may not be the quoted or published prices of the investments on their primary markets or exchanges. The Board of the Fund monitors the operation of the method used to fair value price the International Portfolios’ foreign investments.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Portfolio determines its net asset value per share. As a result, the sale or redemption by a Portfolio of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

The net asset value per share of the International Portfolios are expressed in U.S. dollars by translating the net assets of the International Portfolios using the mean of the most recent bid and asked prices for the dollar as quoted by generally recognized reliable sources. Since the International Portfolios own securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges that may trade on days when the International Portfolios do not price its shares, the net asset value of the International Portfolios may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.

Certain of the securities holdings of the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio in Approved Markets may be subject to tax, investment, and currency repatriation regulations of the Approved Markets that could have a material effect on the values of the securities. For example, the Portfolio might be subject to different levels of taxation on current income and realized gains depending upon the holding period of the

 

44


Table of Contents

securities. In general, a longer holding period (e.g., 5 years) may result in the imposition of lower tax rates than a shorter holding period (e.g., 1 year). The Portfolio may also be subject to certain contractual arrangements with investment authorities in an Approved Market that require the Portfolio to maintain minimum holding periods or to limit the extent of repatriation of income and realized gains.

Futures contracts are valued using the settlement price established each day on the exchange on which they are traded. The value of such futures contracts held by the Portfolios is determined each day as of such close.

Public Offering Price

Provided that the transfer agent has received the investor’s Account Registration Form in good order and the custodian has received the investor’s payment, shares of the Portfolio selected will be priced at the public offering price, which is the net asset value of the shares next determined after receipt of the investor’s funds by the custodian. The transfer agent or the Fund may appoint, from time to time, sub-transfer agents or various financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for the receipt of purchase orders, redemption orders, and funds from certain investors. Intermediaries, in turn, are authorized to designate other financial intermediaries (“Sub-designees”) to receive purchase and redemption orders for the Portfolios’ shares from investors. With respect to such investors, the shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price calculated after receipt of the purchase order by the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, that is authorized to receive purchase orders. If the investor buys shares through an Intermediary or Sub-designee, the purchase price will be the public offering price next calculated after the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, receives the order, rather than on the day the custodian receives the investor’s payment (provided that the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, has received the investor’s purchase order in good order, and the investor has complied with the Intermediary’s or Sub-designee’s payment procedures). No reimbursement fee or sales charge is imposed on purchases. If an order to purchase shares must be canceled due to non-payment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by a Portfolio arising out of such cancellation. The Funds reserve the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled to recover any resulting loss to a Portfolio and may prohibit or restrict the manner in which such purchaser may place further orders.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

Investors may exchange shares of a Portfolio for shares of another portfolio by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed exchange and then sending a letter of instruction. Letters of instruction regarding exchange of shares may be mailed to the following address:

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.

Attn: Client Operations

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

The minimum amount for an exchange is $100,000. Contact the Advisor for information regarding the portfolios available for exchanges and to request a copy of the prospectus(es) of such portfolios. There is no fee imposed on an exchange. However, the Fund reserves the right to impose an administrative fee in order to cover the costs incurred in processing an exchange. Any such fee will be disclosed in the Prospectus. An exchange is treated as a redemption and a purchase. Therefore, an investor could realize a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. The Fund reserves the right to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, limit the amount of or reject any exchange, or waive the minimum amount requirement as deemed necessary, at any time.

Investors in a Portfolio also may exchange all or part of their Portfolio shares into certain portfolios of Dimensional Investment Group Inc., subject to the minimum purchase requirement set forth in the applicable portfolio’s prospectus. Investors may contact the Advisor at the above-listed phone number for more information on such exchanges and to request a copy of the prospectuses of portfolios of Dimensional Investment Group Inc.

 

45


Table of Contents

The exchange privilege is not intended to afford shareholders a way to speculate on short-term movements in the markets. Accordingly, in order to prevent excessive use of the exchange privilege that may potentially disrupt the management of the Portfolios or otherwise adversely affect the Fund, any proposed exchange is subject to the approval of the Advisor. Such approval will depend on: (i) the size of the proposed exchange; (ii) the prior number of exchanges by that shareholder; (iii) the nature of the underlying securities and the cash position of the portfolios involved in the proposed exchange; (iv) the transaction costs involved in processing the exchange; and (v) the total number of redemptions by exchange already made out of a Portfolio. Excessive use of the exchange privilege is defined as any pattern of exchanges among portfolios by an investor that evidences market timing.

The redemption and purchase prices of shares redeemed and purchased by exchange, respectively, are the net asset values next determined after the Advisor has received a letter of instruction in good order. “Good order” means a completed letter of instruction specifying the dollar amount to be exchanged, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority. Exchanges will be accepted only if stock certificates have not been issued and the shares of the portfolio being acquired are registered in the investor’s state of residence.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Redemption Procedure

Investors who desire to redeem shares of a Portfolio must first contact the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400. Each Portfolio will redeem shares at the net asset value of such shares next determined, either: (1) where stock certificates have not been issued, after receipt of a written request for redemption in good order, by the transfer agent (or by an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, if applicable), or (2) if stock certificates have been issued, after receipt of the stock certificates in good order at the office of the transfer agent. “Good order” means that the request to redeem shares must include all necessary documentation, to be received in writing by the Advisor no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 1:00 p.m. PT), including but not limited to: the stock certificate(s), if issued; a letter of instruction or a stock assignment specifying the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners (or authorized representatives thereof) of the shares; and if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority.

Shareholders redeeming shares for which certificates have not been issued, who have authorized redemption payment by wire in writing, may request that redemption proceeds be paid in federal funds wired to the bank they have designated in writing. The Fund reserves the right to send redemption proceeds by check in its discretion; a shareholder may request overnight delivery of such check at the shareholder’s own expense. If the proceeds are wired to the shareholder’s account at a bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, there could be a delay in crediting the funds to the shareholder’s bank account. The Fund reserves the right at any time to suspend or terminate the redemption by wire procedure after prior notification to shareholders. No fee is charged for redemptions. The redemption of all shares in an account will result in the account being closed. A new Account Registration Form will be required for future investments. See “PURCHASE OF SHARES.” In the interests of economy and convenience, certificates for shares are not issued.

Although the redemption payments will ordinarily be made within seven days after receipt, payment to investors redeeming shares that were purchased by check will not be made until the Fund can verify that the payments for the purchase have been, or will be, collected, which may take up to ten days or more. Investors may avoid this delay by submitting a certified check along with the purchase order.

Redemption of Small Accounts

With respect to each Portfolio, the Fund reserves the right to redeem an account if the value of the shares in a specific Portfolio is $500 or less because of redemptions. Before the Fund involuntarily redeems shares from

 

46


Table of Contents

such an account and sends the proceeds to the shareholder, the Fund will give written notice of the redemption to the shareholder at least sixty days before the redemption date. The shareholder will then have sixty days from the date of the notice to make an additional investment in order to bring the value of the shares in the account for a specific Portfolio to more than $500 and avoid such involuntary redemption. The redemption price to be paid to a shareholder for shares redeemed by the Fund under this right will be the aggregate net asset value of the shares in the account at the close of business on the redemption date. This right to redeem small accounts applies to accounts established with the Fund’s transfer agent.

In-Kind Redemptions

When in the best interests of a Portfolio, it may make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities in lieu of cash. Such distributions will be made in accordance with the federal securities laws and regulations governing mutual funds. Investors may incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs selling securities that were received in payment of redemptions. Each International Portfolio also reserves the right to redeem its shares in the currencies in which its investments are denominated. Investors may incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs in selling such securities and converting such currencies to dollars. Also, the value of foreign securities or currencies may be affected by currency exchange fluctuations.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

Each Portfolio generally will disclose up to its 25 largest portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents) and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Portfolio, as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within 20 days after the end of each month. Each Portfolio also generally will disclose its complete portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, two months following the month-end or more frequently and at different periods when authorized in accordance with the Portfolios’ policies and procedures. Please consult the SAI for a description of the other policies and procedures that govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings by the Portfolios.

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

To eliminate duplicate mailings and reduce expenses, the Portfolios may deliver a single copy of certain shareholder documents, such as this Prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports, to related shareholders at the same address, even if accounts are registered in different names. This practice is known as “householding.” The Portfolios will not household personal information documents, such as account statements. If you do not want the mailings of these documents to be combined with those of other members of your household, please call us collect at (512) 306-7400. We will begin sending individual copies of the shareholder documents to you within 30 days of receiving your request.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The Financial Highlights table is meant to help you understand each Portfolio’s financial performance for the past five years or, if shorter, the period of that Portfolio’s operations, as indicated by the table. The total returns in the table represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. This information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with the Portfolio’s annual financial statements, are included in the Fund’s annual report which is available upon request.

 

47


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

U.S. SOCIAL CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended*
Oct. 31,
2008
    For the Period
Oct. 1, 2007**
to
Nov. 30, 2007
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 6.12      $ 9.33      $ 10.00   
                        

Income From Investment Operations

      

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.10     0.12     0.02

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.46        (3.21     (0.69
                        

Total from Investment Operations

     0.56        (3.09     (0.67
                        

Less Distributions

      

Net Investment Income

     (0.11     (0.12     —     

Net Realized Gains

     —          —          —     
                        

Total Distributions

     (0.11     (0.12     —     
                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 6.57      $ 6.12      $ 9.33   
                        

Total Return

     9.49     (33.48 )%†      (6.70 )%† 
                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 76,815      $ 30,363      $ 35,489   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.41     0.49 %^      0.53 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.62     1.56 %^      1.55 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     8     7 %†      0 %† 

 

 

* The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
Non-annualized.
^ Annualized.
** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

48


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

U.S. SUSTAINABILITY CORE 1 PORTFOLIO

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    For the Period
March 12, 2008**
to
Oct. 31, 2008
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 7.39      $ 10.00   
                

Income From Investment Operations

    

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.14     0.10

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.77        (2.64
                

Total from Investment Operations

     0.91        (2.54

Less Distributions

    

Net Investment Income

     (0.15     (0.07

Net Realized Gains

     —          —     
                

Total Distributions

     (0.15     (0.07

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 8.15      $ 7.39   
                

Total Return

     12.69     (25.62 )%^ 
                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 85,299      $ 51,194   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.37     0.37 %*@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.47     0.61 %*@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.97     1.74 %*@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     18     12 %^ 

 

** Commencement of Operations.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Non-Annualized.
* Annualized.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

49


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

INTERNATIONAL SUSTAINABILITY CORE 1 PORTFOLIO

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    For the Period
March 12, 2008**
to
Oct. 31, 2008
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 6.00      $ 10.00   
                

Income From Investment Operations

    

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.16     0.17

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     1.70        (4.03
                

Total from Investment Operations

     1.86        (3.86
                

Less Distributions

    

Net Investment Income

     (0.16     (0.14

Net Realized Gains

     —          —     
                

Total Distributions

     (0.16     (0.14

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 7.70      $ 6.00   
                

Total Return

     31.56     (39.13 )%^ 
                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 74,124      $ 37,655   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.57     0.57 %*@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.66     1.00 %*@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.57     3.18 %*@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     7     2 %^ 

 

** Commencement of Operations.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Non-Annualized.
* Annualized.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

50


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE EX TOBACCO PORTFOLIO

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(For a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    For the Period
June 30, 2008*
to
Oct. 31, 2008
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 6.33      $ 10.00   
                

Income From Investment Operations

    

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.20     0.08

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     1.90        (3.72
                

Total from Investment Operations

     2.10        (3.64
                

Less Distributions

    

Net Investment Income

     (0.21     (0.03
                

Total Distributions

     (0.21     (0.03
                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 8.22      $ 6.33   
                

Total Return

     33.74     (36.47 )%† 
                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 49,627      $ 31,792   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.60     0.60 %^@ 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumptions of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)

     0.70     0.66 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.98     2.18 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     32     1 %† 

 

* Commencement of operations.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
Non-annualized.
^ Annualized.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

51


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

EMERGING MARKETS SOCIAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(For a share outstanding throughout each period))

 

     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended*
Oct. 31,
2008
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    For the Period
Aug. 31, 2006**
to
Nov. 30, 2006
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 6.92      $ 16.27      $ 11.46      $ 10.00   
                                

Income From Investment Operations

        

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.18     0.30     0.28     0.03

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     4.59        (8.28     4.74        1.43   
                                

Total from Investment Operations

     4.77        (7.98     5.02        1.46   
                                

Less Distributions

        

Net Investment Income

     (0.18     (0.32     (0.21     —     

Net Realized Gains

     —          (1.05     —          —     
                                

Total Distributions

     (0.18     (1.37     (0.21     —     
                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 11.51      $ 6.92      $ 16.27      $ 11.46   
                                

Total Return

     69.84     (53.24 )%†      44.12     14.60 %† 
                                

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 460,705      $ 215,101      $ 482,671      $ 358,924   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.70     0.66 %^      0.66     0.78 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.10     2.54 %^      2.02     1.09 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     4     13 %†      12     0 %† 

 

* The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
Non-annualized.
^ Annualized.
** Commencement of operations.
@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

52


Table of Contents

SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

Investment Advisor

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Tel. No. (512) 306-7400

 

Sub-Advisors

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LTD.

7 Down Street

London W1J7AJ

United Kingdom

Tel. No. (20) 7016-4500

 

DFA AUSTRALIA LIMITED

Level 43 Gateway

1 Macquarie Place

Sydney, New South Wales 2000

Australia

Tel. No. (612) 8 336-7100

  

Accounting Services, Dividend Disbursing,

and Transfer Agent

PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING

(U.S.) INC.

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

  

Legal Counsel

 

STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP

2600 One Commerce Square

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098

  

Custodian—International

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

111 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

 

Custodian—Domestic

 

PFPC TRUST COMPANY

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

  

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Two Commerce Square

Suite 1700

2001 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042

Social Screen Portfolios Vendor

 

KLD RESEARCH & ANALYTICS, INC.

260 Summer Street, 4th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

 

53


Table of Contents

Other Available Information

You can find more information about the Fund and the Portfolios in the Portfolios’ SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

Statement of Additional Information. The SAI supplements, and is technically part of, this Prospectus. It includes an expanded discussion of investment practices, risks, and fund operations.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders. These reports focus on Portfolio holdings and performance. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolios in its last fiscal year.

How to get these and other materials:

Request free copies from:

 

   

Your investment advisor—you are a client of an investment advisor who has invested in the Portfolios on your behalf.

 

   

The Fund—you represent an institutional investor, registered investment advisor or other qualifying investor. Call collect at (512) 306-7400.

 

   

Access them on our website at http://www.dimensional.com.

 

   

Access them on the EDGAR Database in the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

   

Review and copy them at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington D.C. (phone 1-800-SEC-0330).

 

   

Request copies from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or at publicinfo@sec.gov (you will be charged a copying fee). Information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room is available by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

(512) 306-7400

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.—Registration No. 811-3258

 

LOGO   LOGO    RRD022810-014


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

February 28, 2010

Please carefully read the important information it contains before investing.

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

 

 

CSTG&E U.S. SOCIAL CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFCUX

CSTG&E INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFCCX

The Portfolios described herein are not registered for sale in all states. Potential investors should call Dimensional Fund Advisors at (512) 306-7400 or ask their financial advisors about the availability of the Portfolios in their states. The information contained herein is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy the Portfolios mentioned, and no offers or sales will be made, in any jurisdictions in which the offer or sale of these Portfolios are not qualified or otherwise exempt from regulation.

This Prospectus describes the shares of each Portfolio which

Are generally available only to certain institutional investors.

Do not charge sales commissions or loads.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CSTG&E U.S. SOCIAL CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

   1

Investment Objective

   1

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   1

Principal Investment Strategies

   1

Principal Risks

   2

Performance

   3

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   4

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   4

Tax Information

   4

CSTG&E INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

   5

Investment Objective

   5

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   5

Principal Investment Strategies

   5

Principal Risks

   7

Performance

   7

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   8

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   9

Tax Information

   9

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

   10

CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   10

CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

   10

Applying the Portfolios’ Social Criteria

   11

Portfolio Transactions

   12

Other Information

   12

SECURITIES LOANS

   13

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

   13

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

   13

Management Fees

   15

Sub-Advisors

   15

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

   15

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

   17

VALUATION OF SHARES

   19

Net Asset Value

   19

Public Offering Price

   20

 

i


Table of Contents

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   21

Cash Purchases

   21

In-Kind Purchases

   22

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

   22

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

   23

Redemption Procedure

   23

Redemption of Small Accounts

   23

In-Kind Redemptions

   24

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   24

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

   24

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

   24

SERVICE PROVIDERS

   27

 

ii


Table of Contents

CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio (the “U.S. Social Core Portfolio”) is long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Social Core Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.27%

Other Expenses

   0.13%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.40%

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the U.S. Social Core Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$41    $ 128    $ 224    $ 505

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Social Core Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Social Core Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 12% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

 

1


Table of Contents

The U.S. Social Core Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe, while excluding companies based on the Portfolio’s social issue screens. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, U.S. Social Core Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The percentage allocation of the assets of the U.S. Social Core Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 5% and 35% of their percentage weight in the U.S. Universe. For example, as of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest U.S. growth companies comprised 21% of the U.S. Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 6% of the U.S. Social Core Portfolio to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies. The percentage by which the U.S. Social Core Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements, results of social issue screens and other factors. Additionally, the range by which the U.S. Social Core Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest U.S. growth companies is reduced as compared to the U.S. Universe will change from time to time.

The U.S. Social Core Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, though they may incorporate, the Portfolio’s social criteria.

The U.S. Social Core Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

The U.S. Social Core Portfolio seeks to purchase securities that are consistent with the Portfolio’s social issue screens, which are monitored by an independent third party. The Portfolio seeks to exclude from its investment portfolio those companies that are identified by the Portfolio’s social issue screens. The Portfolio’s social issue screens are designed to identify companies that derive 15% or more of their revenue from the following industries: Casinos and Gambling; Drug retail; Brewers; Distillers and Vintners; Tobacco; Health Care Equipment and Supplies; Health Care Distributors; Health Care Facilities; Health Care Services; Managed Health Care; Health Care Technology; Biotechnology; Life Sciences Tools and Services; Pharmaceuticals; and Adult Entertainment. The Portfolio may modify this list of social issue screens, at any time, without prior shareholder approval or notice.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Social Core Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

 

2


Table of Contents

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Social Investment Risk: The U.S. Social Core Portfolio’s social issue screens may limit the number of investment opportunities available to the Portfolio, and as a result, at times the Portfolio may produce different returns than funds that are not subject to such special investment conditions. For example, the Portfolio may decline to purchase certain securities when it is otherwise advantageous to do so, or the Portfolio may sell certain securities for social reasons when it is otherwise disadvantageous to do so.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Social Core Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Social Core Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Social Core Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Social Core Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the U.S. Social Core Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Social Core Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the U.S. Social Core Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

 

3


Table of Contents

CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2008-December 2009

Highest Quarter

  Lowest Quarter

19.58 (4/09-6/09)

  -25.41 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 8/3/07
Inception
 

CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   29.66   -8.90

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   29.28   -9.17

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   19.55   -7.52

Russell 3000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   28.34   -7.39

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Social Core Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Social Core Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the U.S. Social Core Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by certain institutional investors. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Social Core Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

4


Table of Contents

CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio (the “International Social Core Portfolio”) is long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the International Social Core Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.42%

Other Expenses

   0.18%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.60%

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the International Social Core Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$61    $ 192    $ 335    $ 750

Portfolio Turnover

The International Social Core Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the International Social Core Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 10% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The International Social Core Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of stocks of non-U.S. companies in developed markets with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as

 

5


Table of Contents

compared to their representation in the International Universe, while excluding companies based on the Portfolio’s social issue screens. For purposes of this Portfolio, the Advisor defines the International Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies in developed markets that have been authorized as approved markets for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the International Social Core Portfolio’s assets to the largest growth companies relative to their weight in the International Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

The International Social Core Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the International Social Core Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. The percentage allocation of the assets of the International Social Core Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 5% and 35% of their percentage weight in the International Universe. As of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe comprised approximately 20% of the International Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 4% of the International Social Core Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe. The percentage by which the Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements, results of social issue screens and other factors. Additionally, the range by which the Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest growth companies is reduced as compared to the International Universe will change from time to time.

The International Social Core Portfolio may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The International Social Core Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, although they may incorporate, the International Social Core Portfolio’s social criteria.

The International Social Core Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

The International Social Core Portfolio seeks to purchase securities that are consistent with the Portfolio’s social issue screens, which are monitored by an independent third party. The Portfolio seeks to exclude from its investment portfolio those companies that are identified by the Portfolio’s social issue screens. The Portfolio’s social issue screens are designed to identify companies that derive 15% or more of their revenue from the following industries: Casinos and Gambling; Drug retail; Brewers; Distillers and Vintners; Tobacco; Health Care Equipment and Supplies; Health Care Distributors; Health Care Facilities; Health Care Services; Managed Health Care; Health Care Technology; Biotechnology; Life Sciences Tools and Services; Pharmaceuticals; and Adult Entertainment. The Portfolio may modify this list of social issue screens, at any time, without prior shareholder approval or notice.

 

6


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the International Social Core Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities also are exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The International Social Core Portfolio does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Social Investment Risk: The International Social Core Portfolio’s social issue screens may limit the number of investment opportunities available to the Portfolio, and as a result, at times the Portfolio may produce different returns than funds that are not subject to such special investment conditions. For example, the Portfolio may decline to purchase certain securities when it is otherwise advantageous to do so, or the Portfolio may sell certain securities for social reasons when it is otherwise disadvantageous to do so.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the International Social Core Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the International Social Core Portfolio may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The International Social Core Portfolio could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the International Social Core Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the International Social Core Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year and since inception returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The International Social Core Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

 

7


Table of Contents

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the International Social Core Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2008-December 2009

Highest Quarter

  Lowest Quarter

30.56 (4/09-6/09)

  -21.22 (10/08-12/08)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Since 8/3/07
Inception
 

CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

    

Return Before Taxes

   36.46   -9.13

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   35.99   -9.38

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   24.22   -7.58

MSCI World ex USA Index (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   33.67   -9.57

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the International Social Core Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the International Social Core Portfolio:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

 

8


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the International Social Core Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by certain institutional investors. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the International Social Core Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

9


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The investment company described in this Prospectus offers a variety of investment portfolios. Each of the investment company’s Portfolios has its own investment objective and policies, and is the equivalent of a separate mutual fund. The Portfolios described in this Prospectus are designed for long-term investors.

CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

The investment objective of the U.S. Social Core Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The U.S. Social Core Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies relative to the U.S. Universe, while excluding securities of certain companies based upon the Portfolio’s social issue screens. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC (“NYSE Alternext”), Nasdaq Global Market® (“Nasdaq”) or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor from time to time (U.S. Universe). The increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the U.S. Social Core Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization. In assessing growth and value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry.

The U.S. Social Core Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the U.S. Social Core Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, though they may incorporate, the Portfolio’s social criteria.

CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the International Social Core Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The International Social Core Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of stocks of non-U.S. companies with an increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies relative to the International Universe, while excluding securities of certain companies based upon the Portfolio’s social issue screens. For purposes of this Portfolio, the Advisor defines the “International Universe” as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies in developed markets that have been authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee. As of the date of this Prospectus, the following countries have been authorized for investment for the Portfolio and comprise the International Universe: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom (collectively, the “Approved Markets”). The Advisor will determine in its discretion when and whether to invest in countries that have been authorized, depending on a number of factors, such as asset growth in the Portfolio and characteristics of each country’s markets. The Investment Committee of the Advisor also may authorize other countries for investment in the future, in addition to the Approved Markets identified above, or may remove one or more countries from the list of Approved Markets. Also, the Portfolio may continue to hold securities of developed market countries that are not listed above as Approved Markets, but had been authorized for investment in the past, and may reinvest distributions received in connection with such existing investments in such previously Approved Markets.

 

10


Table of Contents

Under normal market conditions, the International Social Core Portfolio intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries.

The increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies for the International Social Core Portfolio may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest growth companies relative to their weight in the International Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization. In assessing growth and value, the Advisor may consider additional factors, such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry.

The International Social Core Portfolio invests in securities of Approved Markets (as identified above). The Approved Markets securities invested in by the International Social Core Portfolio will be listed on bona fide securities exchanges or traded on the over-the-counter markets. These exchanges or over-the-counter markets may be either within or outside the issuer’s domicile country. For example, the securities may be listed or traded in the form of European Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts, American Depositary Receipts, or other types of depositary receipts (including non-voting depositary receipts) or may be listed on bona fide securities exchanges in more than one country. The International Social Core Portfolio will consider for purchase securities that are associated with an Approved Market, and include, among others: (a) securities of companies that are organized under the laws of, or maintain their principal place of business in, an Approved Market; (b) securities for which the principal trading market is in an Approved Market; (c) securities issued or guaranteed by the government of an Approved Market, its agencies or instrumentalities, or the central bank of such country; (d) securities denominated in an Approved Market currency issued by companies to finance operations in Approved Markets; (e) securities of companies that derive at least 50% of their revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in Approved Markets or have at least 50% of their assets in Approved Markets; (f) equity securities of companies in Approved Markets in the form of depositary shares; (g) securities of pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in securities of Approved Markets or derivative instruments that derive their value from securities of Approved Markets; or (h) securities included in the Portfolio’s benchmark index. Securities of Approved Markets may include securities of companies that have characteristics and business relationships common to companies in other countries. As a result, the value of the securities of such companies may reflect economic and market forces in such other countries as well as in the Approved Markets. The Advisor, however, will select only those companies which, in its view, have sufficiently strong exposure to economic and market forces in Approved Markets. For example, the Advisor may invest in companies organized and located in the United States or other countries outside of Approved Markets, including companies having their entire production facilities outside of Approved Markets, when such companies meet the criteria discussed above to be considered associated with Approved Markets.

The International Social Core Portfolio may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the International Social Core Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses. The above-referenced investments are not subject to, although they may incorporate, the International Social Core Portfolio’s social criteria.

Applying the Portfolios’ Social Criteria

Each Portfolio seeks to purchase securities that are consistent with the Portfolio’s social issue screens that have been identified in this Prospectus for the Portfolio. The Fund has engaged an independent third party Social Screen Vendor to monitor each Portfolio’s social issue screens. As of the date of this Prospectus, KLD

 

11


Table of Contents

Research & Analytics, Inc. has been engaged to be the Social Screen Vendor. Each Portfolio seeks to exclude from its investment portfolio those companies that are identified by the Portfolio’s social issue screens.

Each Portfolio’s social issue screens are designed to meet the social investing needs of shareholders; the exclusion, purchase, or sale of specific securities in a Portfolio should not be construed as reflecting a judgment by the Advisor or the Board of Directors of the Fund relating to any social issue.

The Portfolios and the Advisor do not determine which stocks to exclude pursuant to the Portfolios’ social issue screens. Instead, the Portfolios and the Advisor rely on the social investment research provided by the Social Screen Vendor. The Social Screen Vendor is generally in the business of providing social investment research on publicly traded companies. Through its research, the Social Screen Vendor shall determine if and when a company’s activities are significant enough to warrant exclusion under a Portfolio’s social issue screens. The Social Screen Vendor may periodically modify its social criteria screening process.

Each Portfolio will endeavor not to buy any stock that fails the Portfolio’s social issue screens as indicated in the research provided by the Social Screen Vendor. Because of this approach, a Portfolio may not invest in certain types of companies, industries, and segments of the designated markets in which it invests. The Advisor will endeavor to ensure that a Portfolio’s investments are consistent with the social issue screens, but there can be no guarantee that every investment will do so. Even if an investment is not excluded by the social issue screens, the Advisor has the option of excluding the investment if it is determined to be unsuitable.

At times, a Portfolio may hold stocks that do not meet the Portfolio’s social criteria, because for instance the stocks ceased meeting the social criteria after the Portfolio bought them or the Portfolio obtained the stocks despite the Portfolio’s social criteria due to inadvertent error, corporate action or otherwise. The Advisor will seek to sell these stocks in an orderly manner. Although the Advisor will seek to minimize any adverse effect of holding or selling these stocks on the value of a Portfolio’s investments, to the extent that costs or losses are realized, no remuneration will be due the Portfolio. Ordinarily, a Portfolio will sell the stocks within 90 days of determining that the stocks do not meet the social criteria. However, a Portfolio will sell the stocks after a longer period if the Advisor believes that doing so will avoid a loss to the overall value of the Portfolio’s investments.

Portfolio Transactions

Securities will not be purchased or sold based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets, or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase. Securities that have depreciated in value since their acquisition will not be sold solely because prospects for the issuer are not considered attractive or due to an expected or realized decline in securities prices in general. Securities will not be sold to realize short-term profits, but when circumstances warrant, they may be sold without regard to the length of time held. Securities, including those eligible for purchase, may be disposed of, however, at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale, including, but not limited to, tender offers, mergers, and similar transactions, or bids made for block purchases at opportune prices. Generally, securities will be purchased with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year and will be held until such time as they are no longer an appropriate holding in light of the investment policies of a Portfolio.

Other Information

Commodity Pool Operator Exemption:

Each Portfolio is operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

 

12


Table of Contents

SECURITIES LOANS

Each Portfolio is authorized to lend securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks, and other financial institutions for the purpose of earning additional income. While each Portfolio may earn additional income from lending securities, such activity is incidental to the investment objective of the Portfolio. The value of securities loaned may not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets, which includes the value of collateral received. To the extent a Portfolio loans a portion of its securities, the Portfolio will receive collateral consisting generally of cash or U.S. government securities, which will be maintained by marking to market daily in an amount equal to at least (i) 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, (ii) 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to U.S. securities, and (iii) 105% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to foreign securities. Subject to its stated investment policies, each Portfolio will generally invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Money Market Series”), an affiliated registered money market fund advised by the Advisor for which the Advisor receives a management fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Money Market Series. Each Portfolio also may invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, repurchase agreements collateralized by securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. For purposes of this paragraph, agencies include both agency debentures and agency mortgage backed securities.

In addition, a Portfolio will be able to terminate the loan at any time and will receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as amounts equal to any dividends, interest, or other distributions on the loaned securities. However, dividend income received from loaned securities may not be eligible to be taxed at qualified dividend income rates. See the Portfolios’ Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) for a further discussion of the tax consequences related to securities lending. Each Portfolio will be entitled to recall a loaned security to vote proxies or otherwise obtain rights to vote proxies of loaned securities if the Portfolio knows that a material event will occur. In the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower, the Fund could experience delay in recovering the loaned securities or only recover cash or a security of equivalent value. See “PRINCIPAL RISKSSecurities Lending” for a discussion of the risks related to securities lending.

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Portfolios received the following net revenues from a securities lending program, which constituted a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Portfolios (see “SECURITIES LOANS”):

 

     Net Revenue    Percentage
of Net Assets
 

U.S. Social Core Portfolio

   $ 117,000    0.18

International Social Core Portfolio

   $ 136,000    0.22

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

The Advisor serves as investment advisor to each Portfolio. As such, the Advisor is responsible for the management of each Portfolio’s assets. Each Portfolio is managed using a team approach. The investment team includes the Investment Committee of the Advisor, portfolio managers, and trading personnel.

The Investment Committee is composed primarily of certain officers and directors of the Advisor who are appointed annually. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Investment Committee has seven members. Investment strategies for each Portfolio are set by the Investment Committee, which meets on a regular basis and also as needed to consider investment issues. The Investment Committee also sets and reviews all investment related policies and procedures and approves any changes in regards to Approved Markets, security types, and brokers.

 

13


Table of Contents

In accordance with the team approach used to manage each Portfolio, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding each Portfolio, including running buy and sell programs, based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day to day management of each Portfolio indicated below.

 

CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio    Stephen A. Clark
CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio   

Stephen A. Clark,

Karen E. Umland,

Joseph H. Chi and

Jed S. Fogdall

Mr. Clark is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and chairman of the Investment Committee. Mr. Clark received his MBA from the University of Chicago and his BS from Bradley University. Mr. Clark joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2001 and has been responsible for the portfolio management group since January 2006.

Ms. Umland is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and a member of the Investment Committee. She received her BA from Yale University in 1988 and her MBA from the University of California at Los Angeles in 1993. Ms. Umland joined the Advisor in 1993 and has been a portfolio manager and responsible for the international equity portfolios since 1998.

Mr. Chi is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Chi has an MBA and BS from the University of California, Los Angeles and also a JD from the University of Southern California. Mr. Chi joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2005 and has been responsible for the international portfolios since 2010.

Mr. Fogdall is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Fogdall has an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles and a BS from Purdue University. Mr. Fogdall joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2004 and has been responsible for the international portfolios since 2010.

The Portfolios’ SAI provides information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by each portfolio manager, and each portfolio manager’s ownership of Portfolio shares.

The Advisor provides each Portfolio with a trading department and selects brokers and dealers to effect securities transactions. Securities transactions are placed with a view to obtaining best price and execution. A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Directors approving the investment management agreements with respect to the Portfolios is available in the semi-annual report for the Portfolios for the fiscal period ending April 30, 2009. The Advisor’s address is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. The Advisor has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. The Advisor is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. As of January 31, 2010, assets under management of all Dimensional affiliated advisors totaled approximately $161 billion.

The Fund bears all of its own costs and expenses, including: services of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, Social Screen Vendor, brokerage fees, commissions, and transfer taxes in connection with the acquisition and disposition of portfolio securities, taxes, insurance premiums, costs incidental to meetings of its shareholders and directors, the cost of filing its registration statements under the federal securities laws and the cost of any filings required under state securities laws, reports to shareholders, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency, administrative services, and custodian fees. Expenses allocable to a particular portfolio of the Fund are so allocated. The expenses of the Fund that are not allocable to a particular portfolio are borne by each portfolio on the basis of its relative net assets or equally.

 

14


Table of Contents

Management Fees

The “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table describes the fees incurred by a Portfolio for the services provided by the Advisor for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for the Portfolios provides the investment advisory fee that was payable by the respective Portfolio to the Advisor.

Sub-Advisors

The Advisor has entered into a Sub-Advisory Agreement with Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”), respectively, with respect to the International Social Core Portfolio. Pursuant to the terms of each Sub-Advisory Agreement, DFAL and DFA Australia each have the authority and responsibility to select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions for the International Social Core Portfolio. Each Sub-Advisor’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor will review the holdings of the International Social Core Portfolio and review the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by the International Social Core Portfolio and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFAL and DFA Australia. DFAL and DFA Australia maintain and furnish to the Advisor information and reports on small companies in certain markets, including recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by the International Social Core Portfolio, as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. The Advisor controls DFAL and DFA Australia. DFA Australia is a U.S. federally registered investment advisor located at Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia. DFAL is a U.S. federally registered investment advisor located at 7 Down Street, London W1J7AJ, United Kingdom.

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions. Each Portfolio intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). As a regulated investment company, a Portfolio generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to you. Dividends from net investment income of the Portfolios are distributed quarterly (on a calendar basis) and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for capital loss carryforwards) are distributed annually, typically in December. A Portfolio may distribute such income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year as a result of a Portfolio’s normal investment activities and cash flows. During a time of economic downturn, a Portfolio may experience capital losses and unrealized depreciation in value of investments, the effect of which may be to reduce or eliminate capital gains distributions for a period of time. Even though a Portfolio may experience a current year loss, it may nonetheless distribute prior year capital gains.

You will automatically receive all income dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the Portfolio whose shares you hold at net asset value (as of the business date following the dividend record date), unless, upon written notice to the Advisor and completion of account information, you select one of the options listed below:

Income Option—to receive income dividends in cash and capital gains distributions in additional shares at net asset value.

Capital Gains Option—to receive capital gains distributions in cash and income dividends in additional shares at net asset value.

Cash Option—to receive both income dividends and capital gains distributions in cash.

 

15


Table of Contents

Annual Statements. Every January, you will receive a statement that shows the tax status of distributions you received the previous calendar year. Distributions declared in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

AvoidBuying A Dividend.” At the time you purchase your Portfolio shares, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation in value of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable. This is sometimes referred to as “buying a dividend.”

Tax Considerations. This discussion of “Tax Considerations” should be read in conjunction with the remaining subsections below containing additional information. Dividends and distributions paid to a qualified, tax-deferred retirement plan, such as a 401(k) plan, accumulate free of federal income taxes. In addition, the sale or redemption by a tax-deferred retirement plan of the Portfolio’s shares will not be subject to federal income taxes.

In general, if you are a taxable investor, Portfolio distributions (other than exempt-interest dividends) are taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. This is true whether you reinvest distributions in additional Portfolio shares or receive them in cash.

For federal income tax purposes, Portfolio distributions of short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income. Portfolio distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains no matter how long you have owned your shares. A Portfolio with a high portfolio turnover rate (a measure of how frequently assets within a Portfolio are bought and sold) is more likely to generate short-term capital gains than a Portfolio with a low portfolio turnover rate. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2011, unless such provision is extended or made permanent, a portion of income dividends designated by a Portfolio may be qualified dividend income eligible for taxation by individual shareholders at long-term capital gain rates provided certain holding period requirements are met.

Certain Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from foreign securities. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% of the value of the total assets of a Portfolio is invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. If this election is made, shareholders will be required to include in their gross income their pro rata share of these foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio and will be entitled either to deduct (as an itemized deduction in the case of individuals) their share of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income or to claim a credit for such taxes against their U.S. federal income tax, subject to certain limitations under the Code.

The sale of shares of a Portfolio is a taxable event and may result in a capital gain or loss to you. Capital gain or loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two Portfolios. Any loss incurred on the sale or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares, held for six months or less, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares.

By law, a Portfolio is required to withhold 28% of taxable dividends, capital gains distributions, and redemption proceeds paid to you if you do not provide your proper taxpayer identification number and certain required certifications. You may avoid this withholding requirement by providing and certifying on the account registration form your correct Taxpayer Identification Number and by certifying that you are not subject to backup withholding and are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). A Portfolio must also withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so.

In addition to federal taxes, you may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from a Portfolio and on gains arising on redemption or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares. Distributions of interest income and capital gains realized from certain types of U.S. government securities may be exempt from state personal income taxes.

 

16


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Investors. Non-U.S. investors may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% or lower treaty rate and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding and claim any treaty benefits. Exemptions from U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from long-term capital gains, if any, exempt-interest dividends, and, with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio that begin before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any such dividends and distributions of income and capital gains will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person. Non-U.S. investors also may be subject to U.S. estate tax.

This discussion of “Dividends, Capital Gains Distributions and Taxes” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. Because everyone’s tax situation is unique, you should also consult your tax professional about federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences before making an investment in a Portfolio. Prospective investors should also consult the SAI.

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

The Portfolios are designed for long-term investors and are not intended for investors that engage in excessive short-term trading activity that may be harmful to the Portfolios, including but not limited to market timing. Short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Portfolios can disrupt portfolio management strategies, harm performance, and increase Portfolio expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.

In addition, the International Social Core Portfolio may be more susceptible to the risks of short-term trading than other Portfolios. The nature of the holdings of the International Social Core Portfolio may present opportunities for a shareholder to engage in a short-term trading strategy that exploits possible delays between changes in the price of the Portfolio’s holdings and the reflection of those changes in the Portfolio’s net asset value (called “arbitrage market timing”). Such delays may occur because the International Social Core Portfolio has significant investments in foreign securities where, due to time zone differences, the values of those securities are established some time before the Portfolio calculates its net asset value. In such circumstances, the available market prices for such foreign securities may not accurately reflect the latest indications of value at the time the International Social Core Portfolio calculates its net asset value. There is a possibility that arbitrage market timing may dilute the value of the International Social Core Portfolio’s shares if redeeming shareholders receive proceeds (and purchasing shareholders receive shares) based upon a net asset value that does not reflect appropriate fair value prices.

The Board of Directors of the Fund (the “Board”) has adopted a policy (the “Trading Policy”) and the Advisor and DFA Securities LLC (collectively, “Dimensional”) and Dimensional’s agents have implemented the following procedures, which are designed to discourage and prevent market timing or excessive short-term trading in the Portfolios: (i) trade activity monitoring and purchase blocking procedures, and (ii) use of fair value pricing.

The Fund, Dimensional and their agents monitor trades and flows of money in and out of the Portfolios from time to time in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities, and for consistent enforcement of the Trading Policy. The Fund reserves the right to take the actions necessary to stop excessive or disruptive trading activities, including refusing or canceling purchase or exchange orders for any reason, without prior notice, particularly purchase or exchange orders that the Fund believes are made on behalf of market timers. The Fund, Dimensional and their agents reserve the right to restrict, refuse or cancel any purchase or exchange request made by an investor indefinitely if the Fund or Dimensional believes that any combination of trading activity in the accounts is potentially disruptive to a Portfolio. In making such judgments, the Fund and Dimensional seek to act in a manner that is consistent with the interests of shareholders. For purposes of applying these procedures, Dimensional may consider an investor’s trading history in the Portfolios, and accounts under common ownership, influence or control.

 

17


Table of Contents

In addition to the Fund’s general ability to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity as described above, the Fund also has adopted purchase blocking procedures. Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, where an investor has engaged in any two purchases and two redemptions (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) in a Portfolio in any rolling 30 calendar day monitoring period (i.e., two “round trips”), the Fund and Dimensional intend to block the investor from making any additional purchases in that Portfolio for 90 calendar days (a “purchase block”). If implemented, a purchase block will begin at some point after the transaction that caused the investor to have engaged in the prohibited two round-trips is detected by the Fund, Dimensional, or their agents. The Fund and Dimensional are permitted to implement a longer purchase block, or permanently bar future purchases by an investor, if they determine that it is appropriate.

Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, the following purchases and redemptions will not trigger a purchase block: (i) purchases and redemptions of shares having a value in each transaction of less than $5,000; (ii) purchases and redemptions by U.S. registered investment companies that operate as funds of funds and non-U.S. investment companies that operate as fund of funds that the Funds or Dimensional, in their sole discretion, have determined are not designed and/or are not serving as vehicles for excessive short-term or other disruptive trading (in each case, the fund of funds shall agree to be subject to monitoring by Dimensional); (iii) purchases and redemptions by a feeder portfolio of a master fund’s shares; (iv) systematic or automated transactions where the shareholder, financial advisor or investment fiduciary does not exercise direct control over the investment decision; (v) retirement plan contributions, loans, loan repayments and distributions (including hardship withdrawals) identified as such in the retirement plan recordkeeper’s system; (vi) purchase transactions involving transfers of assets, rollovers, Roth IRA conversions and IRA recharacterizations; (vii) purchases of shares with Portfolio dividends or capital gain distributions; (viii) transfers and reregistrations of shares within a Portfolio; and (ix) transactions by 529 Plans. Notwithstanding the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, all transactions in Portfolio shares are subject to the right of the Fund and Dimensional to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity (including purchases and redemptions described above that will not be subject to the purchase blocking procedures).

The Fund, Dimensional or their designees have the ability, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), to request information from financial intermediaries, such as 401(k) plan administrators, trust companies and broker-dealers (together, “Intermediaries”), concerning trades placed in omnibus and other multi-investor accounts (together, “Omnibus Accounts”), in order to attempt to monitor trades that are placed by the underlying shareholders of these Omnibus Accounts. The Fund, Dimensional and their designees will use the information obtained from the Intermediaries to monitor trading in the Fund and to attempt to identify shareholders in Omnibus Accounts engaged in trading that is inconsistent with the Trading Policy or otherwise not in the best interests of the Fund. The Fund, Dimensional or their designees, when they detect trading patterns in shares of a Portfolio (or other portfolios of the Fund) that may constitute short-term or excessive trading, will provide written instructions to the Intermediary to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of shares of the Portfolio (and other portfolios of the Fund) by a shareholder that has been identified as having engaged in excessive or short-term transactions in a Portfolio’s shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate the Trading Policy.

The ability of the Fund and Dimensional to impose these limitations, including the purchase blocking procedures, on investors investing through Intermediaries is dependent on the receipt of information necessary to identify transactions by the underlying investors and the Intermediary’s cooperation in implementing the Trading Policy. Investors seeking to engage in excessive short-term trading practices may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection, and despite the efforts of the Fund and Dimensional to prevent excessive short-term trading, there is no assurance that the Fund, Dimensional or their agents will be able to identify those shareholders or curtail their trading practices. The ability of the Fund, Dimensional and their agents to detect and limit excessive short-term trading also may be restricted by operational systems and technological limitations.

The purchase blocking procedures of the Trading Policy may not apply to redemptions by shareholders whose shares are held on the books of Intermediaries if the Intermediaries have not adopted procedures to

 

18


Table of Contents

implement this Policy. The Fund and Dimensional will work with Intermediaries to develop such policies to institute the purchase blocking procedures or other procedures that the Fund and Dimensional determine are reasonably designed to achieve the objective of this Trading Policy. At the time the Intermediaries adopt these procedures, shareholders whose accounts are on the books of such Intermediaries will be subject to the Trading Policy’s purchase blocking procedures or another frequent trading policy that achieves the objective of the purchase blocking procedures. Investors that invest in the Portfolios through an Intermediary should contact the Intermediary for information concerning the policies and procedures that apply to the investor.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to apply the purchase blocking procedures on purchases by all investors and the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to monitor trades through Omnibus Accounts maintained by Intermediaries may be restricted due to systems limitations of both the Fund’s service providers and the Intermediaries. The Fund expects that the application of the Trading Policy as described above, including the purchase blocking procedures (subject to the limitations described above), will be able to be implemented by Intermediaries in compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

In addition, the purchase blocking procedures will not apply to a redemption transaction in which a Portfolio distributes portfolio securities to a shareholder in-kind, where the redemption will not disrupt the efficient portfolio management of the Portfolio and the redemption is consistent with the interests of the remaining shareholders of the Portfolio.

In addition to monitoring trade activity, the Board has adopted fair value pricing procedures that govern the pricing of the securities of the Portfolios. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the prices at which Portfolio shares are purchased and redeemed are fair, and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders. See the discussion under “VALUATION OF SHARES—Net Asset Value” for additional details regarding fair value pricing of the Portfolios’ securities.

Although the procedures are designed to discourage excessive short-term trading, none of the procedures individually nor all of the procedures taken together can completely eliminate the possibility that excessive short- term trading activity in a Portfolio may occur. The Portfolios do not knowingly accommodate excessive or disruptive trading activities, including market timing.

VALUATION OF SHARES

Net Asset Value

The net asset value per share of a Portfolio is calculated after the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) by dividing the total value of the Portfolio’s investments and other assets, less any liabilities, by the total outstanding shares of the stock of the Portfolio. A Portfolio generally calculates its net asset value per share and accepts purchase and redemption orders on days that the NYSE is open for trading. Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes at a time other than 1:00 p.m. PT.

The value of the shares of a Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to its investment experience. Securities held by a Portfolio will be valued in accordance with applicable laws and procedures adopted by the Board, and generally, as described below.

Securities held by a Portfolio (including over-the-counter securities) are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day. Securities held by a Portfolio that are listed on Nasdaq are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there is no last reported sales price or NOCP of the day, a Portfolio values the securities at the mean between the most recent quoted bid and asked prices. Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the security is primarily traded. Generally, securities issued by open-end investment companies are valued using their respective net asset values or public offering prices, as appropriate, for purchase orders placed at the close of the NYSE.

 

19


Table of Contents

The value of the securities and other assets of a Portfolio for which no market quotations are readily available (including restricted securities), or for which market quotations have become unreliable, are determined in good faith at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of the Fund. Fair value pricing may also be used if events that have a significant effect on the value of an investment (as determined in the discretion of the Investment Committee of the Advisor) occur before the net asset value is calculated. When fair value pricing is used, the prices of securities used by a Portfolio may differ from the quoted or published prices for the same securities on their primary markets or exchanges.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the International Social Core Portfolio will also fair value price in the circumstances described below. Generally, trading in foreign securities markets is completed each day at various times before the close of the NYSE. For example, trading in the Japanese securities markets is completed each day at the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange (normally, 11:00 p.m. PT), which is fourteen hours before the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) and the time that the net asset values of the International Social Core Portfolio is computed. Due to the time differences between the closings of the relevant foreign securities exchanges and the time the International Social Core Portfolio prices its shares at the close of the NYSE, the International Social Core Portfolio will fair value its foreign investments when it is determined that the market quotations for the foreign investments are either unreliable or not readily available. The fair value prices will attempt to reflect the impact of the U.S. financial markets’ perceptions and trading activities on the International Social Core Portfolio’s foreign investments since the last closing prices of the foreign investments were calculated on their primary foreign securities markets or exchanges. For these purposes, the Board of Directors of the Fund has determined that movements in relevant indices or other appropriate market indicators, after the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange or the London Stock Exchange, demonstrate that market quotations may be unreliable, and may trigger fair value pricing. Consequently, fair valuation of portfolio securities may occur on a daily basis. The fair value pricing by the International Social Core Portfolio utilizes data furnished by an independent pricing service (and that data draws upon, among other information, the market values of foreign investments). When the International Social Core Portfolio uses fair value pricing, the values assigned to the International Social Core Portfolio’s foreign investments may not be the quoted or published prices of the investments on their primary markets or exchanges. The Board of Directors of the Fund monitors the operation of the method used to fair value price the International Social Core Portfolio’s foreign investments.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Portfolio determines its net asset value per share. As a result, the sale or redemption by a Portfolio of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

The net asset value per share of the International Social Core Portfolio is expressed in U.S. dollars by translating the net assets of the Portfolio using the mean of the most recent bid and asked prices for the dollar as quoted by generally recognized reliable sources. Since the International Social Core Portfolio owns securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges that may trade on days when the Portfolio does not price its shares, the net asset value of the Portfolio may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.

Futures contracts are valued using the settlement price established each day on the exchange on which they are traded. The value of such futures contracts held by a Portfolio is determined each day as of such close.

Public Offering Price

Provided that the transfer agent has received the investor’s Account Registration Form in good order and the custodian has received the investor’s payment, shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price, which is the net asset value of the shares next determined after receipt of the investor’s funds by the custodian. The transfer agent or the Fund may appoint, from time to time, sub-transfer agents or various financial

 

20


Table of Contents

intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for the receipt of purchase orders, redemption orders, and funds from certain investors. Intermediaries, in turn, are authorized to designate other financial intermediaries (“Sub-designees”) to receive purchase and redemption orders for a Portfolio’s shares from investors. With respect to such investors, the shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price calculated after receipt of the purchase order by the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, that is authorized to receive purchase orders. If the investor buys shares through an Intermediary or Sub-designee, the purchase price will be the public offering price next calculated after the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, receives the order, rather than on the day the custodian receives the investor’s payment (provided that the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, has received the investor’s purchase order in good order, and the investor has complied with the Intermediary’s or Sub-designee’s payment procedures). No reimbursement fee or sales charge is imposed on purchases. If an order to purchase shares must be canceled due to non-payment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by a Portfolio arising out of such cancellation. The Fund reserves the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled to recover any resulting loss to a Portfolio and may prohibit or restrict the manner in which such purchaser may place further orders.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

Cash Purchases

Investors may purchase shares of a Portfolio by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment. The Portfolios generally are available for investment only by certain institutional investors. All investments are subject to approval by the Advisor and all investors must complete and submit the necessary account registration forms in good order. The Fund reserves the right to reject any initial or additional investment and to suspend the offering of shares of a Portfolio.

“Good order” with respect to the purchases of shares means that (1) a fully completed and properly signed Account Registration Form and any additional supporting legal documentation required by the Advisor have been received in legible form, and (2) the Advisor has been notified of the purchase by telephone and, if the Advisor so requests, also in writing, no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 1:00 p.m. PT) on the day of the purchase. If an order to purchase shares must be cancelled due to nonpayment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by the Fund arising out of such cancellation. To recover any such loss, the Fund reserves the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is cancelled, and such purchaser may be prohibited or restricted in the manner of placing further orders.

Investors having an account with a bank that is a member or a correspondent of a member of the Federal Reserve System may purchase shares by first calling the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment, then requesting the bank to transmit immediately available funds (federal funds) by wire to PNC Bank, N.A. for the account of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (specify Portfolio). Additional investments also may be made through the wire procedure by first notifying the Advisor. Investors who wish to purchase shares of a Portfolio by check should send their check to DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., c/o PNC Global Investment Servicing, Attn: Mail Stop F4-F760-1A-J, 760 Moore Road, King of Prussia, PA 19406.

Payment of the total amount due should be made in U.S. dollars. However, subject to approval by the Advisor, payment may be made in any freely convertible currency and the necessary foreign exchange transactions will be arranged on behalf of, and at the expense of, the applicant. Applicants settling in any currency other than U.S. dollars are advised that a delay in processing a purchase or redemption may occur to allow for currency conversion.

Shares also may be purchased and sold by individuals through securities firms that may charge a service fee or commission for such transactions. No such fee or commission is charged on shares that are purchased or redeemed directly from the Fund. Investors who are clients of investment advisory organizations may also be subject to investment advisory fees under their own arrangements with such organizations.

 

21


Table of Contents

In-Kind Purchases

If accepted by the Fund, shares of a Portfolio may be purchased in exchange for securities that are eligible for acquisition by the Portfolio or otherwise represented in its portfolio as described in this Prospectus or in exchange for local currencies in which such securities of the International Social Core Portfolio are denominated. Securities and local currencies accepted by the Fund for exchange and Portfolio shares to be issued in the exchange will be valued as set forth under “VALUATION OF SHARES” at the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. All dividends, interests, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such securities shall become the property of the Portfolio whose shares are being acquired and must be delivered to the Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. Investors who desire to purchase shares of a Portfolio with local currencies should first contact the Advisor.

The Fund will not accept securities in exchange for shares of a Portfolio unless: (1) such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be included, or otherwise represented, in the Portfolio and current market quotations are readily available for such securities; (2) the investor represents and agrees that all securities offered to be exchanged are not subject to any restrictions upon their sale by the Portfolio under the Securities Act of 1933 or under the laws of the country in which the principal market for such securities exists, or otherwise; and (3) at the discretion of the Fund, the value of any such security (except U.S. government securities) being exchanged, together with other securities of the same issuer owned by the Portfolio, may not exceed 5% of the net assets of the Portfolio immediately after the transaction.

A gain or loss for federal income tax purposes will generally be realized by investors who are subject to federal taxation upon the exchange depending upon the cost of the securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should contact the Advisor. Purchases of shares will be made in full and fractional shares calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

Investors may exchange shares of a Portfolio for shares of another portfolio by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed exchange and then sending a letter of instruction. Letters of instruction regarding an exchange of shares may be mailed to DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. as follows:

Attn: Client Operations

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

The minimum amount for an exchange is $100,000. Contact the Advisor for information regarding the portfolios available for exchanges and to request a copy of the prospectus(es) of such portfolios. There is no fee imposed on an exchange. However, the Fund reserves the right to impose an administrative fee in order to cover the costs incurred in processing an exchange. Any such fee will be disclosed in the Prospectus. An exchange is treated as a redemption and a purchase. Therefore, an investor could realize a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. The Fund reserves the right to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, limit the amount of or reject any exchange, or waive the minimum amount requirement as deemed necessary, at any time.

Investors in a Portfolio also may exchange all or part of their Portfolio shares into certain portfolios of Dimensional Investment Group Inc., subject to the minimum purchase requirement set forth in the applicable portfolio’s prospectus. Investors may contact the Advisor at the above-listed phone number for more information on such exchanges and to request a copy of the prospectuses of portfolios of Dimensional Investment Group Inc.

The exchange privilege is not intended to afford shareholders a way to speculate on short-term movements in the markets. Accordingly, in order to prevent excessive use of the exchange privilege that may potentially disrupt the management of a Portfolio or otherwise adversely affect the Fund, any proposed exchange is subject

 

22


Table of Contents

to the approval of the Advisor. Such approval will depend on: (i) the size of the proposed exchange; (ii) the prior number of exchanges by that shareholder; (iii) the nature of the underlying securities and the cash position of the portfolios involved in the proposed exchange; (iv) the transaction costs involved in processing the exchange; and (v) the total number of redemptions by exchange already made out of the Portfolio. Excessive use of the exchange privilege is defined as any pattern of exchanges among portfolios by an investor that evidences market timing.

The redemption and purchase prices of shares redeemed and purchased by exchange, respectively, are the net asset values next determined after the Advisor has received a letter of instruction in good order. “Good order” means a completed letter of instruction specifying the dollar amount to be exchanged, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority. Exchanges will be accepted only if stock certificates have not been issued and the shares of the Portfolio being acquired are registered in the investor’s state of residence.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Redemption Procedure

Investors who desire to redeem shares of a Portfolio must first contact the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400. A Portfolio will redeem shares at the net asset value of such shares next determined after receipt of a written request for redemption in good order, by the transfer agent (or by an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, if applicable). “Good order” means that the request to redeem shares must include all necessary documentation, to be received in writing by the Advisor no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 1:00 p.m. PT), including but not limited to: a letter of instruction or a stock assignment specifying the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners (or authorized representatives thereof) of the shares; and if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority.

Shareholders redeeming shares who have authorized redemption payment by wire in writing, may request that redemption proceeds be paid in federal funds wired to the bank they have designated in writing. The Fund reserves the right to send redemption proceeds by check in its discretion; a shareholder may request overnight delivery of such check at the shareholder’s own expense. If the proceeds are wired to the shareholder’s account at a bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, there could be a delay in crediting the funds to the shareholder’s bank account. The Fund reserves the right at any time to suspend or terminate the redemption by wire procedure after prior notification to shareholders. No fee is charged for redemptions. The redemption of all shares in an account will result in the account being closed. A new Account Registration Form will be required for future investments. See “PURCHASE OF SHARES.” In the interests of economy and convenience, certificates for shares are not issued.

Although the redemption payments will ordinarily be made within seven days after receipt, payment to investors redeeming shares that were purchased by check will not be made until the Fund can verify that the payments for the purchase have been, or will be, collected, which may take up to ten days or more. Investors may avoid this delay by submitting a certified check along with the purchase order.

Redemption of Small Accounts

With respect to the Portfolios, the Fund reserves the right to redeem an account if the value of the shares in a Portfolio is $500 or less because of redemptions. Before the Fund involuntarily redeems shares from such an account and sends the proceeds to the shareholder, the Fund will give written notice of the redemption to the shareholder at least sixty days before the redemption date. The shareholder will then have sixty days from the date of the notice to make an additional investment in order to bring the value of the shares in the account for the Portfolio to more than $500 and avoid such involuntary redemption. The redemption price to be paid to a shareholder for shares redeemed by the Fund under this right will be the aggregate net asset value of the shares in the account at the close of business on the redemption date. The right to redeem small accounts applies to accounts established with the Fund’s transfer agent.

 

23


Table of Contents

In-Kind Redemptions

When in the best interests of a Portfolio, it may make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities in lieu of cash. Such distributions will be made in accordance with the federal securities laws and regulations governing mutual funds. A Portfolio also reserves the right to redeem its shares in the currencies in which its investments are denominated. Investors may incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs in selling such securities and converting such currencies to dollars. Also, the value of foreign securities or currencies may be affected by currency exchange fluctuations.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

Each Portfolio generally will disclose up to its 25 largest portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents) and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Portfolio, as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within 20 days after the end of each month. Each Portfolio also generally will disclose its complete portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, two months following the month-end or more frequently and at different periods when authorized in accordance with the Portfolios’ policies and procedures. Please consult the SAI for a description of the other policies and procedures that govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings by the Portfolios.

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

To eliminate duplicate mailings and reduce expenses, the Portfolios may deliver a single copy of certain shareholder documents, such as this Prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports, to related shareholders at the same address, even if accounts are registered in different names. This practice is known as “householding.” The Portfolios will not household personal information documents, such as account statements. If you do not want the mailings of these documents to be combined with those of other members of your household, please call us collect at (512) 306-7400. We will begin sending individual copies of the shareholder documents to you within 30 days of receiving your request.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The Financial Highlights table is meant to help you understand each Portfolio’s financial performance for the past five years or, if shorter, the period of that Portfolio’s operations, as indicated by the table. The total returns in the table represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with the Portfolios’ annual financial statements are included in the Fund’s annual report which is available upon request.

 

24


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

CSTG&E U.S. SOCIAL CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Year Ended
Oct. 31, 2009
    Period Ended
Oct. 31, 2008*
    For the Period
Aug. 3, 2007**
to Nov. 30, 2007
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 6.53      $ 10.03      $ 10.00   
                        

Income from Investment Operations

      

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.12     0.14     0.05

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.53        (3.50     (0.01
                        

Total from Investment Operations

     0.65        (3.36     0.04   
                        

Less Distributions

      

Net Investment Income

     (0.13     (0.14     (0.01
                        

Total Distributions

     (0.13     (0.14     (0.01
                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 7.05      $ 6.53      $ 10.03   
                        

Total Return

     10.26     (33.87 )%†      0.42 %† 
                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 72,368      $ 68,503      $ 95,612   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.40     0.38 %^      0.46 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.89     1.68 %^      1.46 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     12     5 %†      1 %† 

 

* The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-Annualized.
**

Commencement of Operations.

@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

25


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

CSTG&E INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Year Ended
Oct. 31, 2009
    Period Ended
Oct. 31, 2008*
    For the Period
Aug. 3, 2007**
to Nov. 30, 2007
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 5.57      $ 10.42      $ 10.00   
                        

Income from Investment Operations

      

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.16     0.26     0.06

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     1.65        (4.85     0.37   
                        

Total from Investment Operations

     1.81        (4.59     0.43   
                        

Less Distributions

      

Net Investment Income

     (0.17     (0.26     (0.01
                        

Total Distributions

     (0.17     (0.26     (0.01
                        

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 7.21      $ 5.57      $ 10.42   
                        

Total Return

     33.26     (45.01 )%†      4.33 %† 
                        

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 76,201      $ 56,479      $ 95,903   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.60     0.60 %^      0.78 %^@ 

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.69     3.24 %^      1.90 %^@ 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     10     6 %†      1 %† 
                        

 

* The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-Annualized.
**

Commencement of Operations.

@ Because of commencement of operations and related preliminary transaction costs, these ratios are not necessarily indicative of future ratios.

 

26


Table of Contents

SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

Investment Advisor

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS INC.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Tel. No. (512) 306-7400

  

Custodian—Domestic

 

PFPC TRUST COMPANY

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

Sub-Advisors

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LTD.

7 Down Street
London WIJ7AJ

United Kingdom
Tel. No. (20) 7016-4500

  

Accounting Services, Dividend Disbursing

and Transfer Agent

 

PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING
(U.S.) INC.

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DFA AUSTRALIA LIMITED

Level 43 Gateway

1 Macquarie Place

Sydney, New South Wales 2000

Australia

Tel. No. (612) 8 336-7100

  

Legal Counsel

 

STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP

2600 One Commerce Square

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098

Custodian—International

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

111 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

  

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Two Commerce Square
Suite 1700

2001 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042

  

Social Screen Vendor

 

KLD RESEARCH & ANALYTICS, INC.

250 Summer Street, 4th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

 

27


Table of Contents

Other Available Information

You can find more information about the Fund and the Portfolios in the Portfolios’ SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

Statement of Additional Information. The SAI supplements, and is technically part of, this Prospectus. It includes an expanded discussion of investment practices, risks, and fund operations.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders. These reports focus on Portfolio holdings and performance. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected each Portfolio in its last fiscal year. The Portfolios are new, so these reports are not yet available for the Portfolios.

Request free copies from:

 

   

Your investment advisor—if you are a client of an investment advisor who has invested in the Portfolio on your behalf.

 

   

The Fund—if you represent an institutional investor, registered investment advisor or other qualifying investor. Call collect at (512) 306-7400.

 

   

Access them on our website at http://www.dimensional.com.

 

   

Access them on the EDGAR Database in the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

   

Review and copy them at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington D.C. (phone 1-800-SEC-0330).

 

   

Request copies from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or at publicinfo@sec.gov (you will be charged a copying fee). Information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room is available by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

(512) 306-7400

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.—Registration No. 811-3258

 

     RRD022810-015


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

February 28, 2010

Please carefully read the important information it contains before investing.

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

 

 

DFA INTERMEDIATE-TERM EXTENDED QUALITY PORTFOLIO

This Prospectus describes shares of the Portfolio which:

Is generally available only to institutional investors and clients of registered investment advisors.

Does not charge a sales commission or load.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the

adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

DFA INTERMEDIATE-TERM EXTENDED QUALITY PORTFOLIO

 

Investment Objective

  1

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

  1

Principal Investment Strategies

  2

Principal Risks

  3

Performance

  4

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

  4

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

  4

Tax Information

  4

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

  5

Description of Investments

  5

Investments in the Banking Industry

  6

Portfolio Strategy

  6

Other Information

  6

SECURITIES LOANS

  7

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO

  7

Management Fees

  8

Investment Services

  8

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement

  9

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

  9

PURCHASE OF SHARES

  11

Cash Purchases

  11

In-Kind Purchases

  12

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

  12

VALUATION OF SHARES

  14

Net Asset Value

  14

Public Offering Price

  15

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

  16

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

  17

Redemption Procedure

  17

Redemption of Small Accounts

  17

In-Kind Redemptions

  17

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

  18

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

  18

SERVICE PROVIDERS

  19

 

i


Table of Contents

DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio (the “Extended Quality Portfolio”) is to maximize total returns from the universe of debt securities in which the Portfolio invests. Total return is comprised of income and capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Extended Quality Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.25

Other Expenses

   0.12

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.37

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursements or (Recovery)**

   0.10

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.27

 

*

The Extended Quality Portfolio is a new portfolio, so the operating expenses shown are based on the anticipated fees and expenses incurred by the Extended Quality Portfolio for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

**

The Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Extended Quality Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Extended-Quality Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Extended Quality Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Portfolio reflect the net expenses of the Portfolio that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

l Year

  

3 Years

$28    $109

Because the Portfolio is new, the Example is based on the anticipated expenses for the Portfolio for the current fiscal year, and does not extend over five- and ten-year periods.

 

1


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover

The Extended Quality Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, will affect the Extended Quality Portfolio’s performance. Because the Portfolio is new, information about its portfolio turnover rate is not yet available.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Extended Quality Portfolio seeks to maximize total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign corporate debt securities with an investment grade credit rating. The Extended Quality Portfolio invests with an emphasis on a universe of U.S. and foreign corporate debt securities the Advisor considers to be of extended quality as they are rated in the lower half of the investment grade spectrum (i.e., rated BBB- to A+ by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) or Baa3 to A1 by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”)). The Portfolio will not emphasize investments in the lower half of the investment grade spectrum, however, when the Advisor believes the credit risk premium does not warrant the investment. The Portfolio will also invest in higher-rated corporate debt securities, obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers having investment grade ratings, securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States, and obligations of supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers that are located in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”). However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well.

The Extended Quality Portfolio primarily invests in securities that mature within five to ten years from the date of settlement and maintains an average dollar-weighted portfolio duration of between three and ten years. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a fixed income security that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. The longer a security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities considered to be investment grade quality.

The Extended Quality Portfolio’s investments may include foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies. The Portfolio intends to hedge any foreign currency exposure to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The Portfolio may hedge such currency exposure by entering into foreign forward currency contracts. The Portfolio also may enter into credit default swaps on issuers or indices to buy or sell credit protection to hedge its credit exposure; gain market or issuer exposure without owning the underlying securities; or increase the Portfolio’s total return. The Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures

 

2


Table of Contents

contracts and options on futures contracts, for non-hedging purposes as a substitute for direct investment or to allow the Portfolio to remain fully invested while maintaining the liquidity required to pay redemptions.

The Extended Quality Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry” in the Portfolio’s prospectus for additional information.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Extended Quality Portfolio, which own the securities, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Extended Quality Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The Extended Quality Portfolio will hedge foreign currency risk.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income securities prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income securities prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the Extended Quality Portfolio’s performance. Credit risk is greater for fixed income securities with ratings below investment grade (BB or below by S&P or Ba or below by Moody’s). Fixed income securities that are below investment grade involve high credit risk and are considered speculative. Below investment grade fixed income securities may also fluctuate in value more than higher quality fixed income securities and, during periods of market volatility, may be more difficult to sell at the time and price the Portfolio desires.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the Extended Quality Portfolio’s income to decline.

Call Risk: Call risk is the risk that during periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer will call or repay a higher-yielding bond before its maturity date, forcing the Extended Quality Portfolio to reinvest in bonds with lower interest rates than the original obligations.

Risks of Banking Concentration: Focus on the banking industry would link the performance of the Extended Quality Portfolio to changes in the performance of the banking industry generally. Banks are very sensitive to changes in money market and general economic conditions. The profitability of the banking industry is dependent upon banks being able to obtain funds at reasonable costs and upon liquidity in the capital and credit markets to finance their lending operations. Adverse general economic conditions can cause financial difficulties for a bank’s borrowers and the borrowers’ failure to repay their loans can adversely affect the bank’s financial situation. Banks are subject to extensive regulation and decisions by regulators may limit the loans banks make and the interest rates and fees they charge, which could reduce bank profitability.

 

3


Table of Contents

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Extended Quality Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of those derivatives. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested. Additional risks are associated with the use of credit default swaps including counterparty and credit risk (the risk that the other party to a swap agreement will not fulfill its contractual obligations, whether because of bankruptcy or other default) and liquidity risk (the possible lack of a secondary market for the swap agreement).

PERFORMANCE

Performance information is not available for the Extended Quality Portfolio because it has not yet commenced operations. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained in the future by visiting www.dimensional.com.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Extended Quality Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the Extended Quality Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Extended Quality Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

 

4


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

The investment company described in this Prospectus offers a variety of investment portfolios. Each of the investment company’s Portfolios has its own investment objective and policies, and is the equivalent of a separate mutual fund. The Portfolio is designed for long-term investors.

Description of Investments

The following is a description of the categories of investments that may be acquired by the Extended Quality Portfolio.

1.  U.S. Government Obligations—Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury which are direct obligations of the U.S. government, including bills, notes and bonds.

2.  U.S. Government Agency Obligations—Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities and federal agencies, which have different levels of credit support. The U.S. government agency obligations include, but are not limited to, securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, including Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government may be supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limits, such as securities issued by Federal Home Loan Banks, or are supported only by the credit of such agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.

3.  Corporate Debt Obligations—Nonconvertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures), which have received an investment grade rating by Moody’s, Fitch or S&P or, if unrated, have been determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality.

4.  Bank Obligations—Obligations of U.S. banks and savings and loan associations and dollar-denominated obligations of U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, such as certificates of deposit (including marketable variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits and bankers’ acceptances. Bank certificates of deposit will only be acquired from banks having assets in excess of $1,000,000,000.

5.  Commercial Paper—Rated, at the time of purchase, A3 or better by S&P or Prime3 or better by Moody’s, or F3 or better by Fitch, or, if unrated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated at least Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by S&P or Fitch.

6.  Repurchase Agreements—Instruments through which the Portfolio purchases securities (“underlying securities”) from a bank or a registered U.S. government securities dealer, with an agreement by the seller to repurchase the securities at an agreed price, plus interest at a specified rate. The underlying securities will be limited to U.S. government and agency obligations described in (1) and (2) above. The Portfolio will not enter into a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days if, as a result, more than 10% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be so invested. In addition, a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days will be subject to the Portfolio’s illiquid securities policy. The Portfolio also will only invest in repurchase agreements with a bank if the bank has at least $1,000,000,000 in assets and is approved by the Investment Committee of the Advisor. The Advisor will monitor the market value of the securities plus any accrued interest thereon so that they will at least equal the repurchase price.

7.  Foreign Government and Agency Obligations—Bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, or their agencies and instrumentalities.

8.  Supranational Organization Obligations—Debt securities of supranational organizations such as the European Coal and Steel Community, the European Economic Community and the World Bank, which are chartered to promote economic development.

 

5


Table of Contents

9.  Foreign Issuer Obligations—Debt securities of non-U.S. issuers that have received a rating of BBB- or better by S&P or Fitch or Baa3 or better by Moody’s, or, if unrated, have been determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality.

10.  Eurodollar Obligations—Debt securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States.

11.  Money Market Funds—The Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated unregistered and registered money market funds. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

The categories of investments that may be acquired by the Portfolio may include both fixed and floating rate securities. Floating rate securities bear interest at rates that vary with prevailing market rates. Interest rate adjustments are made periodically (e.g., every six months), usually based on a money market index such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the Treasury bill rate.

Investments in the Banking Industry

The Portfolio will invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for trading. For purposes of this policy, the Advisor considers eligible portfolio investments to be those securities that are on the Advisor’s then current buy list that are available for purchase. This policy can only be changed by a vote of shareholders. When investment in such obligations exceeds 25% of the total net assets of the Portfolio the Portfolio will be considered to be concentrating its investments in the banking industry. Once the Portfolio concentrates its investments in the banking industry, the Portfolio may remain concentrated in the banking industry until the purchase of new investments in the normal course of executing the Portfolio’s investment strategy results in less than 25% of the Portfolio’s total assets consisting of banking industry securities.

The types of bank and bank holding company obligations in which the Portfolio may invest include: dollar-denominated certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and other debt obligations issued in the United States provided such obligations meet each Portfolio’s established credit rating criteria as stated under “Description of Investments.” In addition, the Portfolio is authorized to invest more than 25% of its total assets in Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities. The Portfolio may also invest in non-dollar denominated certificates.

Portfolio Strategy

The Portfolio will be managed with a view to capturing credit risk premiums and term or maturity premiums. The term “credit risk premium” means the anticipated incremental return on investment for holding obligations considered to have greater credit risk than direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, and “maturity risk premium” means the anticipated incremental return on investment for holding securities having maturities longer than one month compared to securities having a maturity of one month. The Advisor believes that credit risk premiums are available through investment in instruments rated in ranges discussed above. The holding period for assets in the Portfolio will be chosen with a view to maximizing anticipated returns, net of trading costs.

Other Information

Commodity Pool Operator Exemption:

The Portfolio is operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

 

6


Table of Contents

SECURITIES LOANS

The Portfolio is authorized to lend securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks, and other financial institutions for the purpose of earning additional income. While the Portfolio may earn additional income from lending securities, such activity is incidental to the Portfolio’s investment objective. The value of securities loaned may not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets, which includes the value of collateral received. To the extent the Portfolio loans a portion of its securities, the Portfolio will receive collateral consisting generally of cash or U.S. government securities, which will be maintained by marking to market daily in an amount equal to at least: (i) 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to securities of the U.S. government or its agencies; (ii) 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to U.S. securities; and (iii) 105% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to foreign securities. Subject to its stated investment policies, the Portfolio will generally invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Money Market Series”), an affiliated registered money market fund advised by the Advisor for which the Advisor receives a management fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Money Market Series. The Portfolio also may invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, repurchase agreements collateralized by securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. For purposes of this paragraph, agencies include both agency debentures and agency mortgage-backed securities.

In addition, the Portfolio will be able to terminate the loan at any time and will receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as amounts equal to any dividends, interest, or other distributions on the loaned securities. However, dividend income received from loaned securities may not be eligible to be taxed at qualified dividend income rates. See the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) for a further discussion of the tax consequences related to securities lending. The Portfolio will be entitled to recall a loaned security to vote proxies or otherwise obtain rights to vote proxies of loaned securities if the Portfolio knows that a material event will occur. In the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower, the Fund could experience delay in recovering the loaned securities or only recover cash or a security of equivalent value.

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO

The Advisor serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio. As such, the Advisor is responsible for the management of the Portfolio’s assets. The Portfolio is managed using a team approach. The investment team includes the Investment Committee of the Advisor, portfolio managers and trading personnel.

The Investment Committee is composed primarily of certain officers and directors of the Advisor who are appointed annually. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Investment Committee has seven members. Investment strategies for the Portfolio are set by the Investment Committee, which meets on a regular basis and also as needed to consider investment issues. The Investment Committee also sets and reviews all investment related policies and procedures and approves any changes in regards to approved countries, security types, and brokers.

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolio, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios including running buy and sell programs, based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. Stephen A. Clark and David A. Plecha, the portfolio managers for the Portfolio, coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolio and other fixed income portfolios managed by the Advisor.

Mr. Clark is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and chairman of the Investment Committee. Mr. Clark received his MBA from the University of Chicago and his BS from Bradley University. Mr Clark joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2001 and has been responsible for the portfolio management group since January 2006.

 

7


Table of Contents

Mr. Plecha is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and a member of the Investment Committee. Mr. Plecha received his BS from the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor in 1983 and his MBA from the University of California at Los Angeles in 1987. Mr. Plecha has been a portfolio manager since 1989 and has been responsible for the fixed income portfolios since the end of 1991.

The Portfolio’s SAI provides information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by each portfolio manager, and each portfolio manager’s ownership of Portfolio shares.

The Advisor provides the Portfolio with a trading department and selects brokers and dealers to effect securities transactions. Securities transactions are placed with a view to obtaining best price and execution. The Advisor’s address is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746.

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (the “Fund”) bears all of its own costs and expenses, including: services of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, brokerage commissions, and transfer taxes in connection with the acquisition and disposition of portfolio securities, taxes, insurance premiums, costs incidental to meetings of its shareholders and directors, the cost of filing its registration statements under federal securities laws and the cost of any filings required under state securities laws, reports to shareholders, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency, administrative services, and custodian fees. Expenses allocable to a particular portfolio of the Fund, such as the Portfolio, are so allocated. The expenses of the Fund that are not allocable to a particular portfolio are borne by each portfolio on the basis of its relative net assets.

The Advisor has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. The Advisor is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. The Advisor controls Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”). As of January 31, 2010, assets under management for all affiliated advisors totaled approximately $161 billion.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approving the investment management agreement with respect to the Portfolio will be available in future annual or semi-annual reports to shareholders of the Portfolio.

Management Fees

The “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table describes the anticipated fees to be incurred by the Portfolio for the services provided by the Advisor for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for the Portfolio provides the investment advisory fee that is payable by the Portfolio to the Advisor.

Investment Services

Pursuant to a Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Advisor, DFA Australia, Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia, has the authority and responsibility to select brokers and dealers to execute securities transactions for the Portfolio. DFA Australia’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk for the Portfolio and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the Portfolio’s holdings and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities that are eligible for purchase and sale by the Portfolio and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFA Australia. DFA Australia maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on Japanese and Asia Pacific Rim fixed income securities, including its recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by the Portfolio, as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. The Advisor pays DFA Australia for the services it provides to the Portfolio.

Pursuant to a Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Advisor, DFAL, 7 Down Street, London, W1J7AJ, United Kingdom, a company that is organized under the laws of England, has the authority and responsibility to select

 

8


Table of Contents

brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions for the Portfolio. DFAL’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk for the Portfolio and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the Portfolio’s holdings and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities that are eligible for purchase and sale by the Portfolio and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFAL. DFAL maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on United Kingdom and European fixed income securities, including DFAL’s recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by the Portfolio, as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. The Advisor pays DFAL for the services it provides to the Portfolio. DFAL is a member of the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”), a self-regulatory organization for investment managers operating under the laws of England.

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of the Portfolio (not including expenses incurred through an investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses to 0.27% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (“Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver Agreement will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by a Fund or the Advisor.

 

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions. The Portfolio intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code. As a regulated investment company, the Portfolio generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to you. Dividends from net investment income of the Portfolio are distributed monthly and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for capital loss carryforwards) are distributed annually, typically in December. The Portfolio may distribute such income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year as a result of a Portfolio’s normal investment activities and cash flows. During a time of economic downturn, a Portfolio may experience capital losses and unrealized depreciation in value of investments, the effect of which may be to reduce or eliminate capital gains distributions for a period of time. Even though a Portfolio may experience a current year loss, it may nonetheless distribute prior year capital gains.

You will automatically receive all income dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the Portfolio at net asset value (as of the business date following the dividend record date), unless, upon written notice to the Advisor and completion of account information, you select one of the options listed below:

Income Option—to receive income dividends in cash and capital gains distributions in additional shares at net asset value.

Capital Gains Option—to receive capital gains distributions in cash and income dividends in additional shares at net asset value.

Cash Option—to receive both income dividends and capital gains distributions in cash.

 

9


Table of Contents

Annual Statements. Every January, you will receive a statement that shows the tax status of distributions you received the previous calendar year. Distributions declared in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

Avoid “Buying A Dividend.” At the time you purchase your Portfolio shares, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation in value of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable. This is sometimes referred to as “buying a dividend.”

Tax Considerations. This discussion of “Tax Considerations” should be read in conjunction with the remaining subsections below containing additional information. Dividends and distributions paid to a qualified, tax-deferred retirement plan, such as a 401(k) plan, accumulate free of federal income taxes. In addition, the sale or redemption by a tax-deferred retirement plan of the Portfolio’s shares will not be subject to federal income taxes.

In general, if you are a taxable investor, Portfolio distributions (other than exempt-interest dividends) are taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. This is true whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Portfolio shares or receive them in cash.

For federal income tax purposes, Portfolio distributions of short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income. Portfolio distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains no matter how long you have owned your shares. A Portfolio with a high portfolio turnover rate (a measure of how frequently assets within a Portfolio are bought and sold) is more likely to generate short-term capital gains than a Portfolio with a low portfolio turnover rate. With respect to taxable years of the Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2011, unless such provision is extended or made permanent, a portion of income dividends designated by the Portfolio may be qualified dividend income eligible for taxation by individual shareholders at long-term capital gain rates provided certain holding period requirements are met.

The Portfolio may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from foreign securities. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Portfolio is invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. If this election is made, shareholders will be required to include in their gross income their pro rata share of these foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio and will be entitled either to deduct (as an itemized deduction in the case of individuals) their share of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income or to claim a credit for such taxes against their U.S. federal income tax, subject to certain limitations under the Code.

The sale of shares of the Portfolio is a taxable event and may result in a capital gain or loss to you. Capital gain or loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two Portfolios. Any loss incurred on the sale or exchange of the Portfolio’s shares, held for six months or less, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares.

By law, the Portfolio is required to withhold 28% of taxable dividends, capital gains distributions, and redemption proceeds paid to you if you do not provide your proper taxpayer identification number and certain required certifications. You may avoid this withholding requirement by providing and certifying on the account registration form your correct Taxpayer Identification Number and by certifying that you are not subject to backup withholding and are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). The Portfolio must also withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so.

In addition to federal taxes, you may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from the Portfolio and on gains arising on redemption or exchange of the Portfolio’s shares. Distributions of interest income and capital gains realized from certain types of U.S. government securities may be exempt from state personal income taxes.

Non-U.S. Investors. Non-U.S. investors may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% or lower treaty rate and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding and claim any treaty

 

10


Table of Contents

benefits. Exemptions from U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by the Portfolio from long-term capital gains, if any, exempt-interest dividends, and, with respect to taxable years of the Portfolio that begin before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by the Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any such dividends and distributions of income and capital gains will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person. Non-U.S. investors also may be subject to U.S. estate tax.

This discussion of “Dividends, Capital Gains Distributions and Taxes” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. Because everyone’s tax situation is unique, you should consult your tax professional about federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences before making an investment in the Portfolio. Prospective investors should also consult the statement of additional information.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

Cash Purchases

Investors may purchase Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment. The Portfolio generally is available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions, and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor (“Eligible Investors”). Eligible Investors include employees, former employees, shareholders and directors of the Advisor and the Fund, and friends and family members of such persons. All investments are subject to approval by the Advisor, and all investors must complete and submit the necessary account registration forms in good order. The Fund reserves the right to reject any initial or additional investment and to suspend the offering of shares of the Portfolio.

“Good order” with respect to the purchases of shares means that (1) a fully completed and properly signed Account Registration Form and any additional supporting legal documentation required by the Advisor have been received in legible form, and (2) the Advisor has been notified of the purchase by telephone and, if the Advisor so requests, also in writing, no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 1:00 p.m. PST) on the day of the purchase. If an order to purchase shares must be cancelled due to nonpayment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by the Fund arising out of such cancellation. To recover any such loss, the Fund reserves the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is cancelled, and such purchaser may be prohibited or restricted in the manner of placing further orders.

Investors having an account with a bank that is a member or a correspondent of a member of the Federal Reserve System may purchase shares by first calling the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment, then requesting the bank to transmit immediately available funds (federal funds) by wire to PNC Bank, N.A. for the account of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (specify Portfolio). Additional investments also may be made through the wire procedure by first notifying the Advisor. Investors who wish to purchase shares of the Portfolio by check should send their check to DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (specify Portfolio), c/o PNC Global Investment Servicing, Attn: Mail Stop F4-F760-1A-J, 760 Moore Road, King of Prussia, PA 19406.

Payment of the total amount due should be made in U.S. dollars. However, subject to approval by the Advisor, payment may be made in any freely convertible currency and the necessary foreign exchange transactions will be arranged on behalf of, and at the expense of, the applicant. Applicants settling in any currency other than U.S. dollars are advised that a delay in processing a purchase or redemption may occur to allow for currency conversion.

Shares also may be purchased and sold by individuals through securities firms that may charge a service fee or commission for such transactions. No such fee or commission is charged on shares that are purchased or

 

11


Table of Contents

redeemed directly from the Fund. Investors who are clients of investment advisory organizations also may be subject to investment advisory fees under their own arrangements with such organizations.

In-Kind Purchases

If accepted by the Fund, shares of the Portfolio may be purchased in exchange for securities that are eligible for acquisition by the Portfolio or otherwise represented in its portfolio as described in this Prospectus or as otherwise consistent with the Fund’s policies and procedures or in exchange for local currencies in which such securities of the Portfolio are denominated. Securities and local currencies accepted by the Fund for exchange and Portfolio shares to be issued in the exchange will be valued as set forth under “VALUATION OF SHARES” at the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. All dividends, interests, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such securities shall become the property of the Portfolio and must be delivered to the Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. Investors that desire to purchase shares of the Portfolio with local currencies should first contact the Advisor.

The Fund will not accept securities in exchange for shares of the Portfolio unless: (1) such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be included, or otherwise represented, in the Portfolio and current market quotations are readily available for such securities; (2) the investor represents and agrees that all securities offered to be exchanged are not subject to any restrictions upon their sale by the Portfolio under the Securities Act of 1933 or under the laws of the country in which the principal market for such securities exists, or otherwise; and (3) at the discretion of the Fund, the value of any such security (except U.S. government securities) being exchanged, together with other securities of the same issuer owned by the Portfolio, may not exceed 5% of the net assets of the Portfolio immediately after the transaction. The Fund will accept such securities for investment and not for resale.

A gain or loss for federal income tax purposes will generally be realized by investors who are subject to federal taxation upon the exchange depending upon the cost of the securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should contact the Advisor. Purchases of shares will be made in full and fractional shares calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued.

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

The Portfolio is designed for long-term investors and are not intended for investors that engage in excessive short-term trading activity that may be harmful to the Portfolio, including but not limited to market timing. Short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Portfolio can disrupt portfolio management strategies, harm performance, and increase Portfolio expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.

The Board has adopted a policy (the “Trading Policy”) and the Advisor and DFA Securities LLC (collectively, “Dimensional”) and Dimensional’s agents have implemented the following procedures, which are designed to discourage and prevent market timing or excessive short-term trading in the Portfolio: (i) trade activity monitoring and purchase blocking procedures, and (ii) use of fair value pricing.

The Fund, Dimensional, and their agents monitor trades and flows of money into and out of the Portfolio from time to time in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities, and for consistent enforcement of the Trading Policy. The Fund reserves the right to take the actions necessary to stop excessive or disruptive trading activities, including refusing or canceling purchase or exchange orders for any reason, without prior notice, particularly purchase or exchange orders that the Fund believes are made on behalf of market timers. The Fund, Dimensional, and their agents reserve the right to restrict, refuse, or cancel any purchase or exchange request made by an investor indefinitely if the Fund or Dimensional believes that any combination of trading activity in the accounts is potentially disruptive to the Portfolio. In making such judgments, the Fund and Dimensional seek to act in a manner that is consistent with the interests of shareholders. For purposes of applying these procedures, Dimensional may consider an investor’s trading history in the Portfolio, and accounts under common ownership, influence, or control.

 

12


Table of Contents

In addition to the Fund’s general ability to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity as described above, the Fund also has adopted purchase blocking procedures. Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, where an investor has engaged in any two purchases and two redemptions (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) in the Portfolio in any rolling 30 calendar day monitoring period (i.e., two “round-trips”), the Fund and Dimensional intend to block the investor from making any additional purchases in the Portfolio for 90 calendar days (a “purchase block”). If implemented, a purchase block will begin at some point after the transaction that caused the investor to have engaged in the prohibited two round-trips is detected by the Fund, Dimensional, or their agents. The Fund and Dimensional are permitted to implement a longer purchase block, or permanently bar future purchases by an investor, if they determine that it is appropriate.

Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, the following purchases and redemptions will not trigger a purchase block: (i) purchases and redemptions of shares having a value in each transaction of less than $5,000; (ii) non-U.S. investment companies that operate as funds of funds that the Fund or Dimensional, in their sole discretion, have determined are not designed and/or are not serving as vehicles for excessive short-term or other disruptive trading (in each case the fund of funds shall agree to be subject to monitoring by Dimensional); (iii) purchases and redemptions by a feeder portfolio of a master fund’s shares; (iv) systematic or automated transactions where the shareholder, financial advisor, or investment fiduciary does not exercise direct control over the investment decision; (v) retirement plan contributions, loans, loan repayments, and distributions (including hardship withdrawals) identified as such in the retirement plan recordkeeper’s system; (vi) purchase transactions involving transfers of assets, rollovers, Roth IRA conversions, and IRA recharacterizations; (vii) purchases of shares with Portfolio dividends or capital gain distributions; (viii) transfers and reregistrations of shares within the same Portfolio; and (ix) transactions by 529 Plans. Notwithstanding the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, all transactions in Portfolio shares are subject to the right of the Fund and Dimensional to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity (including purchases and redemptions described above that will not be subject to the purchase blocking procedures).

The Fund, Dimensional, or their designees have the ability, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), to request information from financial intermediaries, such as 401(k) plan administrators, trust companies and broker-dealers (together, “Intermediaries”), concerning trades placed in omnibus and other multi-investor accounts (together, “Omnibus Accounts”), in order to attempt to monitor trades that are placed by the underlying shareholders of these Omnibus Accounts. The Fund, Dimensional, and their designees will use the information obtained from the Intermediaries to monitor trading in the Fund and to attempt to identify shareholders in Omnibus Accounts engaged in trading that is inconsistent with the Trading Policy or otherwise not in the best interests of the Fund. The Fund, Dimensional, or their designees, when they detect trading patterns in shares of the Portfolio (or other portfolios of the Fund) that may constitute short-term or excessive trading, will provide written instructions to the Intermediary to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of shares of the Portfolio (and other portfolios of the Fund) by a shareholder that has been identified as having engaged in excessive or short-term transactions in the Portfolio’s shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate the Trading Policy.

The ability of the Fund and Dimensional to impose these limitations, including the purchase blocking procedures, on investors investing through Intermediaries is dependent on the receipt of information necessary to identify transactions by the underlying investors and the Intermediary’s cooperation in implementing the Trading Policy. Investors seeking to engage in excessive short-term trading practices may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection, and despite the efforts of the Fund and Dimensional to prevent excessive short-term trading, there is no assurance that the Fund, Dimensional or their agents will be able to identify those shareholders or curtail their trading practices. The ability of the Fund, Dimensional and their agents to detect and limit excessive short-term trading also may be restricted by operational systems and technological limitations.

The purchase blocking procedures of the Trading Policy may not apply to redemptions by shareholders whose shares are held on the books of Intermediaries if the Intermediaries have not adopted procedures to implement this Policy. The Fund and Dimensional will work with Intermediaries to develop such policies to

 

13


Table of Contents

institute the purchase blocking procedures or other procedures that the Fund and Dimensional determine are reasonably designed to achieve the objective of this Trading Policy. At the time the Intermediaries adopt these procedures, shareholders whose accounts are on the books of such Intermediaries will be subject to the Trading Policy’s purchase blocking procedures or another frequent trading policy that achieves the objective of the purchase blocking procedures. Investors that invest in the Portfolio through an Intermediary should contact the Intermediary for information concerning the policies and procedures that apply to the investors.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to apply the purchase blocking procedures on purchases by all investors, and the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to monitor trades through Omnibus Accounts maintained by Intermediaries, may be restricted due to systems limitations of both the Fund’s service providers and the Intermediaries. The Fund expects that the application of the Trading Policy as described above, including the purchase blocking procedures (subject to the limitations described above), will be able to be implemented by Intermediaries in compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

In addition, the purchase blocking procedures will not apply to a redemption transaction in which the Portfolio distributes portfolio securities to a shareholder in-kind, where the redemption will not disrupt the efficient portfolio management of the Portfolio and the redemption is consistent with the interests of the remaining shareholders of the Portfolio.

In addition to monitoring trade activity, the Board has adopted fair value pricing procedures that govern the pricing of the securities of the Portfolio. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the prices at which Portfolio shares are purchased and redeemed are fair, and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders. See the discussion under “VALUATION OF SHARES—Net Asset Value” for additional details regarding fair value pricing of the Portfolio’s securities.

Although the procedures are designed to discourage excessive short-term trading, none of the procedures individually nor all of the procedures taken together can completely eliminate the possibility that excessive short-term trading activity in the Portfolio may occur. The Portfolio does not knowingly accommodate excessive or disruptive trading activities, including market timing.

VALUATION OF SHARES

Net Asset Value

The net asset value per share of the Portfolio is calculated on days that the NYSE is open for trading. The net asset value per share of the Portfolio is calculated after the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) by dividing the total value of the Portfolio’s investments and other assets, less any liabilities, by the total outstanding shares of the stock of the Portfolio. The Portfolio generally calculates its net asset value per share and accepts purchase and redemption orders on days that the NYSE is open for trading. Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes at a time other than 1:00 p.m. PT.

The value of shares of the Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to its investment experience. The value of the shares of the Portfolio will tend to fluctuate with interest rates because, unlike money market funds, the Portfolio does not seek to stabilize the value of its shares by use of the “amortized cost” method of asset valuation. Securities held by the Portfolio will be valued in accordance with applicable laws and procedures adopted by the Board, and generally, as described below.

Debt securities will be valued on the basis of prices provided by one or more pricing services or other reasonably reliable sources including broker/dealers that typically handle the purchase and sale of such securities using data reflecting the earlier closing of the principal markets for those securities. Securities which are traded over-the-counter and on a stock exchange generally will be valued according to the broadest and most

 

14


Table of Contents

representative market, and it is expected that for bonds and other fixed income securities, this ordinarily will be the over-the-counter market. Net asset value includes interest on fixed income securities which is accrued daily. Generally, securities issued by open-end investment companies are valued using their respective net asset values or public offering prices, as appropriate, for purchase orders placed at the close of the NYSE.

The value of the securities and other assets of the Portfolio for which no market quotations are readily available (including restricted securities), or for which market quotations have become unreliable, are determined in good faith at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of the Fund. Fair value pricing also may be used if events that have a significant effect on the value of an investment (as determined in the discretion of the Investment Committee of the Advisor) occur before the net asset value is calculated. When fair value pricing is used, the prices of securities used by the Portfolio may differ from the quoted or published prices for the same securities on their primary markets or exchanges.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Portfolio determines its net asset value per share. As a result, the sale or redemption by the Portfolio of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

The net asset value per share of the Portfolio is expressed in U.S. dollars by translating the net assets of the Portfolio using the mean of the most recent bid and asked prices for the dollar as quoted by generally recognized reliable sources. Since the Portfolio owns securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges which may trade on days when the Portfolio does not price its shares, the net asset values of the Portfolio may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.

Futures contracts are valued using the settlement price established each day on the exchange on which they are traded. The value of such futures contracts held by the Portfolio is determined each day as of such close.

Public Offering Price

Provided that the transfer agent has received the investor’s Account Registration Form in good order and the custodian has received the investor’s payment, shares of the Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price, which is the net asset value of the shares next determined after receipt of the investor’s funds by the custodian. The transfer agent or the Fund may appoint, from time to time, sub-transfer agents or various financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for the receipt of purchase orders, redemption orders, and funds from certain investors. Intermediaries, in turn, are authorized to designate other financial intermediaries (“Sub-designees”) to receive purchase and redemption orders for the Portfolio’s shares from investors. With respect to such investors, the shares of the Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price calculated after receipt of the purchase order by the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, that is authorized to receive purchase orders. If the investor buys shares through an Intermediary or Sub-designee, the purchase price will be the public offering price next calculated after the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, receives the order, rather than on the day the custodian receives the investor’s payment (provided that the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, has received the investor’s purchase order in good order, and the investor has complied with the Intermediary’s or Sub-designee’s payment procedures). No reimbursement fee or sales charge is imposed on purchases. If an order to purchase shares must be canceled due to non-payment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by the Portfolio arising out of such cancellation. The Fund reserves the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled to recover any resulting loss to the Portfolio and may prohibit or restrict the manner in which such purchaser may place further orders.

 

15


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

Investors may exchange Institutional Class shares of one Portfolio for Institutional Class shares of another portfolio by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed exchange and then completing a letter of instruction and sending it to DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. Letters of instruction regarding exchange of shares may be mailed to the following address:

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.

Attn: Client Operations

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746.

Exchanges are accepted only into those portfolios that are eligible for the exchange privilege.

The minimum amount for an exchange is $100,000. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary for information regarding exchanges. Shareholders may also contact the Advisor for information regarding the portfolios available for exchanges and to request copies of the prospectuses of such portfolios. There is no fee imposed on an exchange. However, the Fund reserves the right to impose an administrative fee in order to cover the costs incurred in processing an exchange. Any such fee will be disclosed in the Prospectus. An exchange is treated as a redemption and a purchase. Therefore, an investor could realize a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. The Fund reserves the right to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, limit the amount of or reject any exchange, or waive the minimum amount requirement as deemed necessary, at any time.

Investors in any Portfolio eligible for the exchange privilege also may exchange all or part of their Portfolio shares into certain portfolios of Dimensional Investment Group Inc., subject to the minimum purchase requirement set forth in the applicable portfolio’s prospectus. Investors may contact the Advisor at the above-listed phone number for more information on such exchanges and to request copies of the prospectuses of portfolios of Dimensional Investment Group Inc.

The exchange privilege is not intended to afford shareholders a way to speculate on short-term movements in the markets. Accordingly, in order to prevent excessive use of the exchange privilege that may potentially disrupt the management of the Portfolio or otherwise adversely affect the Fund, any proposed exchange is subject to the approval of the Advisor. Such approval will depend on: (i) the size of the proposed exchange; (ii) the prior number of exchanges by that shareholder; (iii) the nature of the underlying securities and the cash position of the portfolios involved in the proposed exchange; (iv) the transaction costs involved in processing the exchange; and (v) the total number of redemptions by exchange already made out of the Portfolio. Excessive use of the exchange privilege is defined as any pattern of exchanges among portfolios by an investor that evidences market timing.

The redemption and purchase prices of shares redeemed and purchased by exchange, respectively, are the net asset values next determined after the Advisor has received a letter of instruction in good order. “Good order” means a completed letter of instruction specifying the dollar amount to be exchanged, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority. Exchanges will be accepted only if stock certificates have not been issued and the shares of the Portfolio being acquired are registered in the investor’s state of residence.

 

16


Table of Contents

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Redemption Procedure

Investors who desire to redeem shares of the Portfolio must first contact the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400. Shareholders who invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding redemption procedures. The Portfolio will redeem shares at the net asset value of such shares next determined, after receipt of a written request for redemption in good order, by the transfer agent (or by an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, if applicable). “Good order” means that the request to redeem shares must include all necessary documentation, to be received in writing by the Advisor no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 1:00 p.m. PT), including but not limited to: a letter of instruction or a stock assignment specifying the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority.

Shareholders redeeming shares, who have authorized redemption payment by wire in writing, may request that redemption proceeds be paid in federal funds wired to the bank they have designated in writing. The Fund reserves the right to send redemption proceeds by check in its discretion; a shareholder may request overnight delivery of such check at the shareholder’s own expense. If the proceeds are wired to the shareholder’s account at a bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, there could be a delay in crediting the funds to the shareholder’s bank account. The Fund reserves the right at any time to suspend or terminate the redemption by wire procedure after prior notification to shareholders. No fee is charged for redemptions. The redemption of all shares in an account will result in the account being closed. A new Account Registration Form will be required for future investments. See “PURCHASE OF SHARES.” In the interests of economy and convenience, certificates for shares are not issued.

Although the redemption payments will ordinarily be made within seven days after receipt, payment to investors redeeming shares that were purchased by check will not be made until the Fund can verify that the payments for the purchase have been, or will be, collected, which may take up to ten days. Investors may avoid this delay by submitting a certified check along with the purchase order.

Redemption of Small Accounts

With respect to the Portfolio, the Fund reserves the right to redeem an account if the value of the shares in a specific Portfolio is $500 or less because of redemptions. Before the Fund involuntarily redeems shares from such an account and sends the proceeds to the shareholder, the Fund will give written notice of the redemption to the shareholder at least sixty days before the redemption date. The shareholder will then have sixty days from the date of the notice to make an additional investment in order to bring the value of the shares in the account for a specific Portfolio to more than $500 and avoid such involuntary redemption. The redemption price to be paid to a shareholder for shares redeemed by the Fund under this right will be the aggregate net asset value of the shares in the account at the close of business on the redemption date. The right to redeem small accounts applies to accounts established with the Fund’s transfer agent.

In-Kind Redemptions

When in the best interests of the Portfolio, it may make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities in lieu of cash. Such distributions will be made in accordance with the federal securities laws and regulations governing mutual funds in accordance with Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act. The Portfolio also reserves the right to redeem its shares in the currencies in which its investments are denominated. Investors may incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs in selling such securities and converting such currencies to dollars. Also, the value of foreign securities or currencies may be affected by currency exchange fluctuations.

 

17


Table of Contents

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Portfolio generally will disclose up to its 25 largest portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents) and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Portfolio, as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, www.dimensional.com, within 20 days after the end of each month. The Portfolio also generally will disclose its complete portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, two months following the month-end or more frequently and at different periods when authorized in accordance with the Portfolio’s policies and procedures. Please consult the SAI for a description of the other policies and procedures that govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings by the Portfolio.

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

To eliminate duplicate mailings and reduce expenses, the Portfolio may deliver a single copy of certain shareholder documents, such as this Prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports, to related shareholders at the same address, even if accounts are registered in different names. This practice is known as “householding.” The Portfolio will not household personal information documents, such as account statements. If you do not want the mailings of these documents to be combined with those of other members of your household, please call us collect at (512) 306-7400. We will begin sending individual copies of the shareholder documents to you within 30 days of receiving your request.

 

18


Table of Contents

SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

Investment Advisor

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Tel. No. (512) 306-7400

 

Investment Sub-Advisor

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LTD.

7 Down Street

London W1J7AJ

United Kingdom

Tel. No. (20) 7016-4500

  

Custodian

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

111 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

Investment Sub-Advisor

 

DFA AUSTRALIA LIMITED

Level 43 Gateway

1 Macquarie Place

Sydney, New South Wales 2000

Australia

Tel. No. (612) 8336-7100

  

Accounting Services, Dividend Disbursing,
and Transfer Agent

PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING (U.S.) INC.

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Two Commerce Square

Suite 1700

2001 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042

  

Legal Counsel

 

STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP

2600 One Commerce Square

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098

 

19


Table of Contents

Other Available Information

You can find more information about the Fund and the Portfolio in the Portfolio’s SAI and the Fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

Statement of Additional Information. The SAI supplements, and is technically part of, this Prospectus. It includes an expanded discussion of investment practices, risks, and fund operations.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders. These reports focus on Portfolio holdings and performance. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolio in its last fiscal year. The Portfolio is new so these reports are not yet available for the Portfolio.

Request free copies from:

 

   

Your investment advisor—if you are a client of an investment advisor who has invested in the Portfolio on your behalf.

 

   

The Fund—if you represent an institutional investor, registered investment advisor or other qualifying investor. Call collect at (512) 306-7400.

 

   

Access them on our website at http://www.dimensional.com.

 

   

Access them on the EDGAR Database in the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

   

Review and copy them at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington D.C. (phone 1-800-SEC-0330).

 

   

Request copies from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or at publicinfo@sec.gov (you will be charged a copying fee). Information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room is available by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

(512) 306-7400

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.—Registration No. 811-3258

RRD022810-028

LOGO                          LOGO


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

February 28, 2010

Please carefully read the important information it contains before investing.

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

 

 

The Portfolio described in this Prospectus:

Ÿ    Is exclusively available to insurance company separate accounts funding variable life and variable annuity insurance contracts.

Ÿ    Does not charge a sales commission or “load.”

Ÿ    Is designed for long-term investors.

DFA VA GLOBAL MODERATE ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

DFA VA GLOBAL MODERATE ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO

  

1

Investment Objective

   1

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   1

Principal Investment Strategies

   2

Principal Risks

   3

Performance

   4

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   4

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   5

Tax Information

   5

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   5

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

   6

Investment Objectives, Strategies and Policies of the Underlying Funds

   6

Description of Investments of the Fixed Income Underlying Funds

   11

Investments in the Banking Industry by certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds

   13

Additional Risks of the Underlying Funds

   13

Other Information

   14

SECURITIES LOANS

  

14

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO

  

14

Management Fees

   15

Shareholder Services

   15

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement

   16

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

  

16

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

  

16

Redemption of Small Accounts

   17

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

  

17

VALUATION OF SHARES

  

19

Net Asset Value

   19

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

  

21

SERVICE PROVIDERS

  

22

 

i


Table of Contents

DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio is to seek total return consisting of capital appreciation and current income. The DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio is a “fund of funds,” which means that the Portfolio uses its assets to purchase other mutual funds (the “Underlying Funds”) managed by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”).

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio. The expenses in the table do not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. If such fees and charges were included, the expenses in the table would be higher.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):        None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses(1) (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.25

Other Expenses:

  

Shareholder Services Fees

   0.10 %(2) 

Other Expenses

   0.10 % 

Total Other Expenses

   0.20

Acquired Fund Fees & Expenses

   0.05 %(3) 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.50

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)(4)

   0.05

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.45

 

(1)

The shares of the Portfolio are new, so the operating expenses shown are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the fiscal period ending October 31, 2010.

(2)

“Shareholder Services Fees” are paid to third parties that provide administrative and shareholder services to investors.

(3)

Represents the amount of fees and expenses anticipated to be incurred by the portfolio through its investments in the Underlying Funds and other investment companies for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2010.

(4)

The Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume certain expenses of the Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example does not include any fees or charges imposed by the variable insurance contract. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses

 

1


Table of Contents

remain the same. The costs for the Portfolio reflect the net expenses of the Portfolio that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

l Year    3 Years
$ 46    $ 155

Because the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio is new, the Example is based on the anticipated expenses for the Portfolio for the current fiscal year, and does not extend over five- and ten-year periods.

Portfolio Turnover

A mutual fund generally pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when mutual fund shares are held in a taxable account. The DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio does not pay transaction costs when buying and selling shares of the Underlying Funds; however, the Underlying Funds pay transaction costs when buying and selling securities for their portfolio. The transaction costs incurred by the Underlying Funds, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio’s performance. Because the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio is new, information about its portfolio turnover rate is not yet available.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

To achieve its investment objective, the Portfolio, under normal market circumstances, purchases shares of the Underlying Funds to achieve a moderate allocation to global equity securities. Generally, the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio invests its assets in domestic and international equity Underlying Funds and fixed income Underlying Funds to achieve an allocation that provides a moderate allocation to global equity securities, with an allocation of approximately 50% to 70% of the Portfolio’s assets to domestic and international equity Underlying Funds and 30% to 50% of its assets to fixed income Underlying Funds. When the Advisor determines that market forces have caused fundamental changes in the relative values of the assets of the Underlying Funds, the Advisor may modify the allocations of the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio. To maintain target allocations, adjustments may be made by purchasing or selling shares of the Underlying Funds or applying future investments and redemptions by the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio in proportions necessary to rebalance the investments in the Underlying Funds.

In addition to its allocation strategy of providing exposure to the domestic and international equity and fixed income markets through investment in the Underlying Funds, the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio further diversifies its investment portfolio by allocating its assets among Underlying Funds that represent a variety of different asset classes. As of February 28, 2010, the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio invests in: (1) domestic equity Underlying Funds that purchase a broad portfolio of stocks of U.S. operating companies of all market capitalization sizes and a domestic equity Underlying Fund that primarily invests in publicly traded REITs; (2) international equity Underlying Funds that purchase a broad portfolio of stocks of companies in developed and emerging markets of all market capitalization sizes; and (3) fixed income Underlying Funds that may purchase U.S. and foreign debt securities such as obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers having investment grade ratings, obligations of supranational organizations and inflation-protected securities. Certain fixed income Underlying Funds in which the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio invests will concentrate their assets in the banking industry under certain market conditions. The Underlying Funds in which the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio invests as of February 28, 2010 are described in the Portfolio’s Prospectus in the section entitled “Investments in Underlying Funds.” Periodically the Advisor will review the allocations for the DFA VA

 

2


Table of Contents

Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio in each Underlying Fund and may add or remove Underlying Funds without notice to shareholders.

Certain Underlying Funds may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. Certain fixed income Underlying Funds use foreign currency contracts to hedge foreign currency risks. Also the Underlying Funds may lend their portfolio securities to generate additional income.

Certain of the Underlying Funds are available for investment only by insurance company separate accounts that fund variable life and variable annuity contracts.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Fund of Funds Risk: The investment performance of the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio is affected by the investment performance of the Underlying Funds in which the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio invests. The ability of the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio to achieve its investment objective depends on the ability of the Underlying Funds to meet their investment objectives and on the Advisor’s decisions regarding the allocation of the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio’s assets among the Underlying Funds. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio or any Underlying Fund will be achieved. Through its investments in the Underlying Funds, the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio is subject to the risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments. Certain risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments are described below.

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political and issuer specific events will cause the value of securities, and the Underlying Funds that own them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio, there is a risk that you will lose money.

Foreign Securities and Currencies Risk: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar).

Small Company Risk: Securities of small companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, smaller capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Emerging Markets Risk: Numerous emerging market countries have a history of, and continue to experience serious, and potentially continuing, economic and political problems. Stock markets in many emerging market countries are relatively small, expensive to trade and risky. Foreigners are often limited in their ability to invest in, and withdraw assets from, these markets. Additional restrictions may be imposed under other conditions. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, fixed income securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

 

3


Table of Contents

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact a fixed income Underlying Funds’ performance.

Risks of Banking Concentration: Certain fixed income Underlying Funds in which the DFA VA Global Moderate Portfolio invests will concentrate their assets in the banking industry under certain market conditions. Focus on the banking industry would link the performance of the Underlying Funds to changes in the performance of the banking industry generally. Banks are very sensitive to changes in money market and general economic conditions. The profitability of the banking industry is dependent upon banks being able to obtain funds at reasonable costs and upon liquidity in the capital and credit markets to finance their lending operations. Adverse general economic conditions can cause financial difficulties for a bank’s borrowers and the borrowers’ failure to repay their loans can adversely affect the bank’s financial situation. Banks are subject to extensive regulation and decisions by regulators may limit the loans banks make and the interest rates and fees they charge, which could reduce bank profitability.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause a fixed income Underlying Fund’s income to decline.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Underlying Funds use derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the Underlying Funds may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The Underlying Funds could also lose money if they do not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

Other risks of the Underlying Funds are described in the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio’s prospectus in the section entitled “Additional Risks of the Underlying Funds.”

PERFORMANCE

Performance information is not available for the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio because it has not yet commenced operations. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained in the future by visiting www.dimensional.com.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

4


Table of Contents

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Shares of the Portfolio are sold only to insurance company separate accounts used to fund variable life and variable annuity insurance contracts. Contract owners do not deal directly with the Fund with respect to the acquisition or redemption of shares of the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio. Please see the offering material of the insurance company separate account for information regarding the purchase and redemption of shares of the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions paid from the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio to the insurance company separate accounts will consist of ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. Because shares of the Portfolio must be purchased through separate accounts, such distributions will be exempt from current taxation by contract holders if left to accumulate within the separate account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

5


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) seeks to construct a diversified portfolio the Portfolio by purchasing shares of Underlying Funds that invest in equity securities of domestic issuers (the “Domestic Equity Underlying Funds”) and international issuers (the “International Equity Underlying Funds” and together with the Domestic Equity Underlying Funds, the “Equity Underlying Funds”). The Portfolio will also purchase shares of Underlying Funds that invest in fixed income securities of domestic and international issuers (the “Fixed Income Underlying Funds”).

The investment objective of the Portfolio is to seek total return consisting of capital appreciation and current income. To achieve its investment objective, the Portfolio, under normal market circumstances, purchases shares of the Underlying Funds to achieve a moderate allocation to global equity securities. Generally, a moderate allocation to global equity securities is achieved by investing approximately 50% to 70% of the Portfolio’s assets in Equity Underlying Funds and 30% to 50% of its assets in Fixed Income Underlying Funds. With respect to investments in Equity Underlying Funds, the Portfolio may invest its assets in both Domestic Equity Underlying Funds and International Equity Underlying Funds.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the Portfolio is expected to invest mainly in the Underlying Funds listed below, each an investment portfolio of the DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (the “Fund”). While the Portfolio currently intends to invest in the Underlying Funds identified below, the Portfolio may add or eliminate Underlying Funds as may be determined from time to time by the Advisor without notice to shareholders.

Domestic Equity Underlying Funds—DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio and U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio.

International Equity Underlying Funds—International Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio and VA International Value Portfolio.

Fixed Income Underlying Funds—DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, VA Global Bond Portfolio, VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio.

Periodically, the Advisor will review the allocations for the Portfolio in each Underlying Fund. From time to time, the Advisor may add or remove Underlying Funds in the Portfolio without notice to shareholders. In addition, when the Advisor determines that market forces have caused fundamental changes in the relative values of the assets of the Underlying Funds, the Advisor may modify the allocations of the Portfolio. To maintain allocation ranges, adjustments may be made by purchasing or selling shares of the Underlying Funds or applying future investments and redemptions by the Portfolio in proportions necessary to rebalance the investments in the Underlying Funds.

In addition to other short-term investments, the Underlying Funds may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Investments in Underlying Funds

Investment Objectives, Strategies and Policies of the Underlying Funds

The Advisor believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The Advisor believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing. In constructing an investment

 

6


Table of Contents

portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined maturity and credit quality characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The following is a summary of the investment strategies, objectives and policies of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolios invest as of the date of this Prospectus. Additional information concerning the investment policies of the Underlying Funds may be found in the Portfolios’ Statement of Additional Information.

Domestic Equity Underlying Funds

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio—The investment objective of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases readily marketable equity securities of companies whose principal activities include development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial or industrial real estate. The Portfolio will principally invest in equity securities of companies in certain real estate investment trusts and companies engaged in residential construction and firms, except partnerships, whose principal business is to develop commercial property. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. real estate company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio will purchase shares of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio—The investment objective of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio—The investment objective of the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the NYSE, NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio—The investment objective of the VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of large U.S.

 

7


Table of Contents

companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. large cap company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of large cap U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, for purposes of the Portfolio, the Advisor considers large cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the highest 90% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are larger than the 1,000th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. Under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines described above, as of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a large cap company was $2,210 million, or above. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

International Equity Underlying Funds

International Core Equity Portfolio—The investment objective of the International Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The International Core Equity Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of stocks of non-U.S. companies in developed markets with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the International Universe. For purposes of this Portfolio, the Advisor defines the International Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies in developed markets that have been authorized as approved markets for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the International Core Equity Portfolio’s assets to the largest growth companies relative to their weight in the International Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

The International Core Equity Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the International Core Equity Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. The percentage allocation of the assets of the International Core Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 5% and 35% of their percentage weight in the International Universe. As of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe comprised approximately 20% of the International Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 5% of the International Core Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe. The percentage by which the Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements and other factors. Additionally, the range by which the International Core Equity Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest growth companies is reduced as compared to the International Universe will change from time to time. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization.

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio—The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio purchases a

 

8


Table of Contents

broad and diverse group of securities associated with emerging markets, including frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development), authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (“Approved Markets”) with an increased exposure to securities of small cap issuers and securities that it considers to be value securities. In assessing value, the Advisor may consider factors such as the issuer’s securities having a high book value in relation to their market value, as well as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

VA International Value Portfolio—The investment objective of the VA International Value Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The VA International Value Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases stocks of large non-U.S. companies in countries with developed markets that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a large company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

The VA International Value Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of large companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. The Advisor determines the minimum market capitalization of a large company with respect to each country or region in which the Portfolio invests. As of December 31, 2009, for the Portfolio, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the Portfolio invests was $1,405. This threshold will change due to market conditions.

Fixed Income Underlying Funds

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio—The investment objective of the DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Two-Year Global Portfolio”) is to maximize total returns consistent with preservation of capital. The Two-Year Global Portfolio seeks to maximize risk-adjusted total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in two years or less. The Two-Year Global Portfolio invests in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers, securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States, and obligations of supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers which are in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”). However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. The fixed income securities in which the Two-Year Global Portfolio invests are considered investment grade at the time of purchase. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities that mature within two years from the date of settlement.

It is the policy of the Two-Year Global Portfolio that the weighted average length of maturity of investments will not exceed two years. However, investments may be made in obligations maturing in a shorter time period (from overnight, to up to two years from the date of settlement). Because many of the Portfolio’s investments will be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio will also enter into forward foreign currency contracts to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

 

9


Table of Contents

The Two-Year Global Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry by certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds” below for additional information.

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio—The DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio”) seeks to maximize total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in two years or less. The Portfolio may selectively hedge its foreign currency risks depending on market conditions. The debt securities in which the Portfolio may invest include obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers, securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States, and obligations of supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers that are located in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the OECD. However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. The fixed income securities in which the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio invests are considered investment grade at the time of purchase. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities. It is the policy of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio that the weighted average length of maturity of its investments will not exceed two years. However, investments may be made in obligations maturing in a shorter time period (from overnight, to up to two years from the date of settlement).

Because many of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio’s investments may be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio may hedge the currency exposure of the foreign securities by entering into foreign forward currency contracts, or leave some or all of the currency exposure unhedged, to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The decision to hedge the Portfolio’s currency exposure with respect to a foreign market will be based on, among other things, a comparison of the respective foreign and U.S. short-term interest rates and the Portfolio’s existing exposure to a given foreign currency. The Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry by certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds” below for additional information.

VA Global Bond Portfolio—The investment objective of the VA Global Bond Portfolio is to provide a market rate of return for a fixed income portfolio with low relative volatility of returns. The VA Global Bond Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by generally investing in a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in five years or less. The Portfolio primarily purchases obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, obligations of other foreign issuers rated AA or better, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper and supranational organizations. At

 

10


Table of Contents

the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers which are developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). The fixed income securities in which the VA Global Bond Portfolio invests are considered investment grade at the time of purchase. However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities. The Portfolio will generally invest its assets in obligations which mature within five years from the date of settlement. Because many of the Portfolio‘s investments will be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio will also enter into forward foreign currency contracts solely for the purpose of hedging against fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio—The investment objective of the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio is to achieve a stable real return in excess of the rate of inflation with a minimum of risk. The VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by generally investing in a universe of high quality fixed income securities that typically mature in one year or less. The Portfolio may, however, take a large position in securities maturing within two years from the date of settlement when greater returns are available. The Portfolio purchases U.S. government obligations, U.S. government agency obligations, dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S., foreign government and agency obligations, bank obligations, including U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, corporate obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of supranational organizations and affiliated and unaffiliated unregistered money market funds. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities and maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity that will not exceed one year. The Portfolio principally invests in certificates of deposit, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, notes and bonds.

The VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry by certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds” below for additional information.

Description of Investments of the Fixed Income Underlying Funds

The following is a description of the categories of investments, which may be acquired by the Fixed Income Underlying Funds.

 

     Permissible Categories:

Two-Year Global Portfolio

   1-11

Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio

   1-11

VA Global Bond Fund Portfolio

   1-11

VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio

   1-8, 11

Description of Investments for Fixed Income Underlying Funds

1. U.S. Government Obligations—Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury which are direct obligations of the U.S. government, including bills, notes and bonds.

2. U.S. Government Agency Obligations—Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities and federal agencies, which have different levels of credit support. The U.S. government agency

 

11


Table of Contents

obligations include, but are not limited to, securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, including Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government may be supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limits, such as securities issued by Federal Home Loan Banks, or are supported only by the credit of such agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.

3. Corporate Debt Obligations—Nonconvertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures), which are issued by companies whose commercial paper is rated Prime1 by Moody’s or A1 or better by S&P or F1 or better by Fitch and dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S. If the issuer’s commercial paper is unrated, then the debt security would have to be rated at least AA by S&P or Aa2 by Moody’s or AA by Fitch. If there is neither a commercial paper rating nor a rating of the debt security, then the Advisor must determine that the debt security is of comparable quality to equivalent issues of the same issuer rated at least AA or Aa2.

4. Bank Obligations—Obligations of U.S. banks and savings and loan associations and dollar-denominated obligations of U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, such as certificates of deposit (including marketable variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits and bankers’ acceptances. Bank certificates of deposit will only be acquired from banks having assets in excess of $1,000,000,000.

5. Commercial Paper—Rated, at the time of purchase, A1 or better by S&P or Prime1 by Moody’s, or F1 or better by Fitch or, if unrated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated Aaa by Moody’s or AAA by S&P or AAA by Fitch.

6. Repurchase Agreements—Instruments through which the Fixed Income Underlying Funds purchase securities (“underlying securities”) from a bank or a registered U.S. government securities dealer, with an agreement by the seller to repurchase the securities at an agreed price, plus interest at a specified rate. The underlying securities will be limited to U.S. government and agency obligations described in (1) and (2) above. The Fixed Income Underlying Funds will not enter into a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days if, as a result, more than 10% of the value of the Fixed Income Underlying Fund’s total assets would be so invested. In addition, a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days will be subject to a Fixed Income Underlying Fund’s illiquid securities policy. The Fixed Income Underlying Funds also will only invest in repurchase agreements with a bank if the bank has at least $1,000,000,000 in assets and is approved by the Investment Committee of the Advisor. The Advisor will monitor the market value of the securities plus any accrued interest thereon so that they will at least equal the repurchase price.

7. Foreign Government and Agency Obligations—Bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, or their agencies and instrumentalities.

8. Supranational Organization Obligations—Debt securities of supranational organizations such as the European Coal and Steel Community, the European Economic Community and the World Bank, which are chartered to promote economic development.

9. Foreign Issuer Obligations—Debt securities of non-U.S. issuers rated AA or better by S&P or Aa2 or better by Moody’s or AA or better by Fitch.

10. Eurodollar Obligations—Debt securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States.

11. Money Market Funds—The Fixed Income Underlying Funds may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

 

12


Table of Contents

The categories of investments that may be acquired by each of the Fixed Income Underlying may include both fixed and floating rate securities. Floating rate securities bear interest at rates that vary with prevailing market rates. Interest rate adjustments are made periodically (e.g., every six months), usually based on a money market index such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the Treasury bill rate.

Investments in the Banking Industry by certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds

The Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio will invest more than 25% of their total respective assets in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the NYSE is open for trading. For purposes of this policy, the Advisor considers eligible portfolio investments to be those securities that are on the Advisor’s then current buy list that are available for purchase. This policy can only be changed by a vote of shareholders. When investment in such obligations exceeds 25% of the total net assets of any of these Portfolios such Portfolio will be considered to be concentrating its investments in the banking industry. Once the Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio or VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio concentrates its investments in the banking industry, the Portfolio may remain concentrated in the banking industry until the purchase of new investments in the normal course of executing the Portfolio’s investment strategy result in less than 25% of the Portfolio’s total assets consisting of banking industry securities.

The types of bank and bank holding company obligations in which the Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio, and VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio may invest include: dollar-denominated certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and other debt obligations issued in the United States provided such obligations meet the Portfolio’s established credit rating criteria as stated under “Description of Investments of the Fixed Income Underlying Funds.” In addition, the Two-Year Global Portfolio and Selectively Hedged Global are authorized to invest more than 25% of their total assets in Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities. The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio may also invest in non-dollar denominated certificates.

Additional Risks of the Underlying Funds

The investment performance of the Portfolio is affected by the investment performance of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests. The Portfolio also indirectly pays its proportionate share of the expenses of the Underlying Funds in which it invests. The ability of the Portfolio to achieve its investment objective depends on the ability of the Underlying Funds to meet their investment objectives and on the Advisor’s decisions regarding the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets among the Underlying Funds. Through their investments in Underlying Funds, the Portfolios are subject to the risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments. In addition to the risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments described in “PRINCIPAL RISKS” for the Portfolio, certain other risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments are described below.

Risks of Concentrating in the Real Estate Industry: The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio in which the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio invests may be concentrated in the real estate industry. The exclusive focus of DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio on the real estate industry will cause DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio to be exposed to the general risks of direct real estate ownership. The performance of an Underlying Fund concentrated in the real estate industry may be materially different from the broad equity market. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio in which the DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio invests is subject to this risk. The value of securities in the real estate industry can be affected by changes in real estate values and rental income, property taxes, interest rates, and tax and regulatory requirements. Investing in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and REIT-like entities involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. REITs and REIT-like entities are dependent upon management skill, may not be diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency and self-liquidation.

 

13


Table of Contents

REITs and REIT-like entities also are subject to the possibility of failing to qualify for tax free pass-through of income. Also, because REITs and REIT-like entities typically are invested in a limited number of projects or in a particular market segment, these entities are more susceptible to adverse developments affecting a single project or market segment than more broadly diversified investments.

Other Information

Commodity Pool Operator Exemption:

The Portfolio is operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

SECURITIES LOANS

The Underlying Funds are authorized to lend securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks, and other financial institutions for the purpose of earning additional income. While an Underlying Fund may earn additional income from lending securities, such activity is incidental to the investment objective of the Underlying Fund. The value of securities loaned may not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Underlying Fund’s total assets, which includes the value of collateral received. To the extent an Underlying Fund loans a portion of its securities, the Underlying Fund will receive collateral consisting generally of cash or U.S. government securities, which will be maintained by marking to market daily in an amount equal to at least: (i) 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to securities of the U.S. government or its agencies; (ii) 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to U.S. securities; and (iii) 105% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to foreign securities. Subject to its stated investment policies, an Underlying Fund will generally invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Money Market Series”), an affiliated registered money market fund advised by the Advisor for which the Advisor receives a management fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Money Market Series. The Underlying Funds may also invest such collateral in securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, repurchase agreements collateralized by securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. For purposes of this paragraph, agencies include both agency debentures and agency mortgage-backed securities.

In addition, an Underlying Fund will be able to terminate the loan at any time and will receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as amounts equal to any dividends, interest, or other distributions on the loaned securities. However, dividend income received from loaned securities may not be eligible to be taxed at qualified dividend income rates. An Underlying Fund will be entitled to recall a loaned security to vote proxies or otherwise obtain rights to vote proxies of loaned securities if the Underlying Fund knows that a material event will occur. In the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower, the Fund could experience delay in recovering the loaned securities or only recover cash or a security of equivalent value. See “PRINCIPAL RISKSSecurities Lending” for a discussion of the risks related to securities lending.

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO

The Advisor serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio and each of the Underlying Funds. As such, the Advisor is responsible for the management of their respective assets. The Portfolio and each Underlying Fund is managed using a team approach. The investment team includes the Investment Committee of the Advisor, portfolio managers, and trading personnel.

The Investment Committee is composed primarily of certain officers and directors of the Advisor who are appointed annually. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Investment Committee has seven members. Investment

 

14


Table of Contents

strategies for the Portfolio are set by the Investment Committee, which meets on a regular basis and also as needed to consider investment issues. The Investment Committee also sets and reviews all investment related policies and procedures and approves any changes in regards to approved countries, security types, and brokers.

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolio, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolio, including running buy and sell programs, based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. Stephen A. Clark serves as the portfolio manager for the Portfolio and coordinates the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolio.

Mr. Clark is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and chairman of the Investment Committee. Mr. Clark received his MBA from the University of Chicago and his BS from Bradley University. Mr. Clark joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2001 and has been responsible for the portfolio management group since January 2006.

The Portfolio’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides information about the portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, and the portfolio manager’s ownership of Portfolio shares.

The Advisor provides the Underlying Funds with a trading department and selects brokers and dealers to effect securities transactions. Securities transactions are placed with a view to seeking best price and execution. The Advisor’s address is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Directors’ approving the investment management agreement with respect to the Portfolio will be available in future annual or semi-annual reports to shareholders of the Portfolio.

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (the “Fund”) bears all of its own costs and expenses, including: services of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, brokerage commissions, and transfer taxes in connection with the acquisition and disposition of portfolio securities, taxes, insurance premiums, costs incidental to meetings of its shareholders and directors, the cost of filing its registration statements under the federal securities laws and the cost of any filings required under state securities laws, reports to shareholders, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency, administrative services, and custodian fees, except as provided in the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement. Expenses allocable to a particular portfolio of the Fund are so allocated. The expenses of the Fund that are not allocable to a particular portfolio are borne by each portfolio on the basis of its relative net assets or equally.

The Advisor has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. The Advisor is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. The Advisor controls Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”). As of January 31, 2010, assets under management for all Dimensional affiliated advisors totaled approximately $161 billion.

Management Fees

The “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table describes the anticipated fees to be incurred by the Portfolio for the services provided by the Advisor for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for the Portfolio provides the advisory fee that is payable by the Portfolio to the Advisor.

Shareholder Services

On behalf of the Portfolio, the Fund will enter into agreements with third parties to provide administrative services, shareholder servicing, recordkeeping, account maintenance and other services to investors. For

 

15


Table of Contents

shareholder servicing, the Fund will pay to such third parties an amount calculated at an annual rate of 0.10% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the expenses of the Portfolio (including the Shareholder Services Fees and the expenses that the Portfolio bears as a shareholder the Underlying Funds, but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in unaffiliated investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to 0.45% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect for an initial period until March 1, 2011, and then shall continue in effect from year to year for one-year periods thereafter unless terminated by the Advisor.

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES

The Portfolio intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code. As a regulated investment company, the Portfolio generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends from net investment income of the Portfolio are distributed annually and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for capital loss carryforwards) are distributed annually, typically in December. The Portfolio may distribute such income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year as a result of the Portfolio’s normal investment activities and cash flows. During a time of economic downturn, the Portfolio may experience capital losses and unrealized depreciation in value of investments, the effect of which may be to reduce or eliminate capital gains distributions for a period of time. Even though the Portfolio may experience a current year loss, it may nonetheless distribute prior year capital gains.

Shareholders of the Portfolio will automatically receive all income dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the Portfolio at net asset value (as of the business date following the dividend record date).

Shares of the Portfolio must be purchased through insurance company separate accounts used to fund variable life and variable annuity insurance contracts. As a result, it is anticipated that any dividend or capital gains distributions from the Portfolio will be exempt from current taxation by contract holders if left to accumulate within a variable insurance contract. Withdrawals from such contracts may be subject to ordinary income tax plus a 10% penalty tax if made before age 59½.

The tax status of your investment in the Portfolio depends upon the features of your variable life or variable annuity insurance contract. For further information, please refer to the prospectus of the insurance company separate account.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Shares of the Portfolio are sold only to insurance company separate accounts used to fund variable life and variable annuity insurance contracts. Purchases and redemptions of shares of the Portfolio by a separate account

 

16


Table of Contents

will be effected at the net asset value per share. (See “VALUATION OF SHARES.”) Contract owners do not deal directly with the Fund with respect to the acquisition or redemption of shares of the Portfolio. Please see the offering material of the insurance company separate account for information regarding the purchase and redemption of shares of the Portfolio. When in the best interests of the Portfolio, the Portfolio may satisfy a redemption request, in whole or in part, by an in-kind distribution of Portfolio securities in lieu of cash in accordance with Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act. Investors may incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs selling securities that are received from an in-kind distribution.

Redemption of Small Accounts

The Fund reserves the right to redeem a shareholder’s account if the value of the shares in the Portfolio is $500 or less because of redemption by the shareholder. Before the Fund involuntarily redeems shares from such an account and sends the proceeds to the shareholder, the Fund will give written notice of the redemption to the shareholder at least sixty days before the redemption date. The shareholder will then have sixty days from the date of the notice to make an additional investment in the Fund in order to bring the value of the shares in the account for the Portfolio to more than $500 and avoid such involuntary redemption. The redemption price to be paid to a shareholder for shares redeemed by the Fund under this right will be the aggregate net asset value of the shares in the account at the close of business on the redemption date. The right to redeem small accounts applies to accounts established with the Fund’s transfer agent.

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

The Portfolio is designed for long-term investors and is not intended for investors that engage in excessive short-term trading activity that may be harmful to the Portfolio and its shareholders, including but not limited to market timing. Short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Portfolio can disrupt portfolio management strategies, harm performance, and increase Portfolio expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.

In addition, the nature of the Portfolio’s holdings may present opportunities for a shareholder to engage in a short-term trading strategy that exploits possible delays between changes in the price of the Portfolio’s holdings and the reflection of those changes in the Portfolio’s net asset value (called “arbitrage market timing”). Such delays may occur because the Portfolio has significant investments in foreign securities where, due to time zone differences, the values of those securities are established some time before the Portfolio calculates its net asset value. In such circumstances, the available market prices for such foreign securities may not accurately reflect the latest indications of value at the time the Portfolio calculates its net asset value. There is a possibility that arbitrage market timing may dilute the value of the Portfolio’s shares if redeeming shareholders receive proceeds (and purchasing shareholders receive shares) based upon a net asset value that does not reflect appropriate fair value prices).

The Board of Directors of the Fund (the “Board”) has adopted a policy (the “Trading Policy”) and the Advisor and DFA Securities LLC (collectively, “Dimensional”) and Dimensional’s agents have implemented the following procedures, which are designed to discourage and prevent market timing or excessive short-term trading in the Portfolio: (i) trade activity monitoring and purchase blocking procedures, and (ii) use of fair value pricing.

The Fund, Dimensional, and their agents monitor trades and flows of money into and out of the Portfolio from time to time in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities, and for consistent enforcement of the Trading Policy. The Fund reserves the right to take the actions necessary to stop excessive or disruptive trading activities, including refusing or canceling purchase or exchange orders for any reason, without prior notice, particularly purchase or exchange orders that the Fund believes are made on behalf of market timers. The Fund, Dimensional, and their agents reserve the right to restrict, refuse, or cancel any purchase or exchange

 

17


Table of Contents

request made by an investor indefinitely if the Fund or Dimensional believes that any combination of trading activity in the accounts is potentially disruptive to the Portfolio. In making such judgments, the Fund and Dimensional seek to act in a manner that is consistent with the interests of shareholders. For purposes of applying these procedures, Dimensional may consider an investor’s trading history in the Portfolio and accounts under common ownership, influence, or control.

In addition to the Fund’s general ability to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity as described above, the Fund also has adopted purchase blocking procedures. Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, where an investor has engaged in any two purchases and two redemptions (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) in the Portfolio in any rolling 30 calendar day monitoring period (i.e., two “round-trips”), the Fund and Dimensional intend to block the investor from making any additional purchases in the Portfolio for 90 calendar days (a “purchase block”). If implemented, a purchase block will begin at some point after the transaction that caused the investor to have engaged in the prohibited two round-trips is detected by the Fund, Dimensional, or their agents. The Fund and Dimensional are permitted to implement a longer purchase block, or permanently bar future purchases by an investor, if they determine that it is appropriate.

Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, the following purchases and redemptions will not trigger a purchase block: (i) purchases and redemptions of shares having a value in each transaction of less than $5,000; (ii) purchases and redemptions by U.S.-registered investment companies that operate as funds of funds and non-U.S. investment companies that operate as fund of funds that the Funds or Dimensional, in their sole discretion, have determined are not designed and/or are not serving as vehicles for excessive short-term or other disruptive trading (in each case, the fund of funds shall agree to be subject to monitoring by Dimensional); (iii) purchases and redemptions by a feeder portfolio of a master fund’s shares; (iv) systematic or automated transactions where the shareholder, financial advisor, or investment fiduciary does not exercise direct control over the investment decision; (v) retirement plan contributions, loans, loan repayments, and distributions (including hardship withdrawals) identified as such in the retirement plan recordkeeper’s system; (vi) purchase transactions involving transfers of assets, rollovers, Roth IRA conversions, and IRA recharacterizations; (vii) purchases of shares with Portfolio dividends or capital gain distributions; (viii) transfers and reregistrations of shares within the Portfolio; and (ix) transactions by 529 Plans. Notwithstanding the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, all transactions in Portfolio shares are subject to the right of the Fund and Dimensional to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity (including purchases and redemptions described above that will not be subject to the purchase blocking procedures).

The Fund, Dimensional, or their designees have the ability, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), to request information from financial intermediaries, such as 401(k) plan administrators, trust companies, insurance companies acting on behalf of separate accounts and broker-dealers (together, “Intermediaries”), concerning trades placed in omnibus and other multi-investor accounts (together, “Omnibus Accounts”), in order to attempt to monitor trades that are placed by the underlying shareholders of these Omnibus Accounts. The Fund, Dimensional, and their designees will use the information obtained from the Intermediaries to monitor trading in the Fund and to attempt to identify shareholders in Omnibus Accounts engaged in trading that is inconsistent with the Trading Policy or otherwise not in the best interests of the Fund. The Fund, Dimensional, or their designees, when they detect trading patterns in shares of the Portfolio (or other portfolios of the Fund) that may constitute short-term or excessive trading, will provide written instructions to the Intermediary to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of shares of the Portfolio (and other portfolios of the Fund) by a shareholder that has been identified as having engaged in excessive or short-term transactions in the Portfolio’s shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate the Trading Policy.

The ability of the Fund and Dimensional to impose these limitations, including the purchase blocking procedures, on investors investing through Intermediaries is dependent on the receipt of information necessary to identify transactions by the underlying investors and the Intermediary’s cooperation in implementing the Trading Policy. Investors seeking to engage in excessive short-term trading practices may deploy a variety of strategies to

 

18


Table of Contents

avoid detection, and despite the efforts of the Fund and Dimensional to prevent excessive short-term trading, there is no assurance that the Fund, Dimensional, or their agents will be able to identify those shareholders or curtail their trading practices. The ability of the Fund, Dimensional, and their agents to detect and limit excessive short-term trading also may be restricted by operational systems and technological limitations.

The purchase blocking procedures of the Trading Policy may not apply to redemptions by shareholders whose shares are held on the books of Intermediaries if the Intermediaries have not adopted procedures to implement this Policy. The Fund and Dimensional will work with Intermediaries to develop such policies to institute the purchase blocking procedures or other procedures that the Fund and Dimensional determine are reasonably designed to achieve the objective of this Trading Policy. At the time the Intermediaries adopt these procedures, shareholders whose accounts are on the books of such Intermediaries will be subject to the Trading Policy’s purchase blocking procedures or another frequent trading policy that achieves the objective of the purchase blocking procedures. Investors that invest in the Portfolio through an Intermediary should contact the Intermediary for information concerning the policies and procedures that apply to the investors.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to apply the purchase blocking procedures on purchases by all investors, and the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to monitor trades through Omnibus Accounts maintained by Intermediaries, may be restricted due to systems limitations of both the Fund’s service providers and the Intermediaries. The Fund expects that the application of the Trading Policy as described above, including the purchase blocking procedures (subject to the limitations described above), will be able to be implemented by Intermediaries in compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

In addition, the purchase blocking procedures will not apply to a redemption transaction in which the Portfolio distributes portfolio securities to a shareholder in-kind, where the redemption will not disrupt the efficient portfolio management of the Portfolio and the redemption is consistent with the interests of the remaining shareholders of the Portfolio.

In addition to monitoring trade activity, the Board has adopted fair value pricing procedures that govern the pricing of the securities of the Portfolio. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the prices at which Portfolio shares are purchased and redeemed are fair, and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders. See the discussion under “VALUATION OF SHARES—Net Asset Value” for additional details regarding fair value pricing of the Portfolio’s securities.

Although the procedures are designed to discourage excessive short-term trading, none of the procedures individually nor all of the procedures taken together can completely eliminate the possibility that excessive short-term trading activity in the Portfolio may occur. The Portfolio and the Underlying Funds do not knowingly accommodate excessive or disruptive trading activities, including market timing.

VALUATION OF SHARES

Net Asset Value

The net asset value per share of the Portfolio and the net asset value per share of each Underlying Fund are generally calculated on days that the NYSE is open for trading. The net asset value per share of the Portfolio and the net asset value per share of each Underlying Fund is calculated after the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) by dividing the total value of the Portfolio’s or Underlying Fund’s investments and other assets, less any liabilities, by the total outstanding shares of the stock of the respective Portfolio or Underlying Fund. Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes at a time other than 1:00 p.m. PT.

The value of the shares of the Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to the investment experience of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests. Securities held by the Underlying Funds will be valued in accordance with applicable laws and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors or Trustees, and generally, as described below.

 

19


Table of Contents

Securities held by the Underlying Funds (including over-the-counter securities) are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day. Securities held by the Underlying Funds that are listed on Nasdaq are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there is no last reported sale price or NOCP of the day, the Underlying Funds value the securities at the mean of the most recent quoted bid and asked prices. Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the security is primarily traded. Generally, securities issued by open-end investment companies, such as the Underlying Funds, are valued using their respective net asset values or public offering prices, as appropriate, for purchase orders placed at the close of the NYSE.

The value of the shares of the Fixed Income Underlying Funds will tend to fluctuate with interest rates because, unlike money market funds, these Underlying Funds do not seek to stabilize the value of their respective shares by use of the “amortized cost” method of asset valuation. Net asset value includes interest on fixed income securities which is accrued daily. Debt securities will be valued on the basis of prices provided by one or more pricing services or other reasonably reliable sources including broker/dealers that typically handle the purchase and sale of such securities. Securities which are traded over-the-counter and on a stock exchange generally will be valued according to the broadest and most representative market, and it is expected that for bonds and other fixed income securities, this ordinarily will be the over-the-counter market.

The value of the securities and other assets of the Underlying Funds for which no market quotations are readily available (including restricted securities), or for which market quotations have become unreliable, are determined in good faith at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Directors or Trustees of the Underlying Funds, as the case may be. Fair value pricing may also be used if events that have a significant effect on the value of an investment (as determined in the discretion of the Investment Committee of the Advisor) occur before the net asset value is calculated. When fair value pricing is used, the prices of securities used by the Underlying Funds may differ from the quoted or published prices for the same securities on their primary markets or exchanges.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the Underlying Funds holding foreign equity securities (the “Foreign Equity Funds”) will also fair value price in the circumstances described below. Generally, trading in foreign securities markets is completed each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE. For example, trading in the Japanese securities markets is completed each day at the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange (normally, 11:00 p.m. PT), which is fourteen hours prior to the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) and the time that the net asset values of the Foreign Equity Funds are computed. Due to the time differences between the closings of the relevant foreign securities exchanges and the time the Foreign Equity Funds price their shares at the close of the NYSE, the Foreign Equity Funds will fair value their foreign investments when it is determined that the market quotations for the foreign investments are either unreliable or not readily available. The fair value prices will attempt to reflect the impact of the U.S. financial markets’ perceptions and trading activities on the Foreign Equity Funds’ foreign investments since the last closing prices of the foreign investments were calculated on their primary foreign securities markets or exchanges. For these purposes, the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the Underlying Funds have determined that movements in relevant indices or other appropriate market indicators, after the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange or the London Stock Exchange, demonstrate that market quotations may be unreliable, and may trigger fair value pricing. Consequently, fair valuation of portfolio securities may occur on a daily basis. The fair value pricing by the Underlying Funds utilizes data furnished by an independent pricing service (and that data draws upon, among other information, the market values of foreign investments). When a Foreign Equity Fund uses fair value pricing, the values assigned to the Foreign Equity Fund’s foreign investments may not be the quoted or published prices of the investments on their primary markets or exchanges. The Boards of Directors/Trustees of the Underlying Funds monitor the operation of the method used to fair value price the Foreign Equity Funds’ foreign investments.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. There can be no assurance that an Underlying Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Underlying Funds and the Portfolios determine their net asset value per share. As a result, the sale or redemption by a

 

20


Table of Contents

Portfolio of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

The net asset values per share of each of the International Equity Underlying Fund, VA Global Bond Fund, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, and DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio are expressed in U.S. dollars by translating the net assets of each Underlying Fund using the mean of the most recent bid and asked prices for the dollar as quoted by generally recognized reliable sources. Since certain Underlying Funds own securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges which may trade on days when the Portfolios and Underlying Funds do not price their shares, the net asset value of a Portfolio may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.

Certain of the securities holdings of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio in Approved Markets may be subject to tax, investment and currency repatriation regulations of the Approved Markets that could have a material effect on the values of the securities. For example, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio might be subject to different levels of taxation on current income and realized gains depending upon the holding period of the securities. In general, a longer holding period (e.g., 5 years) may result in the imposition of lower tax rates than a shorter holding period (e.g., 1 year). The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may also be subject to certain contractual arrangements with investment authorities in an Approved Market which require the Portfolio to maintain minimum holding periods or to limit the extent of repatriation of income and realized gains.

Futures contracts are valued using the settlement price established each day on the exchange on which they are traded. The value of such futures contracts held by an Underlying Fund is determined each day as of such close.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Portfolio generally will disclose its complete portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, two months following the month-end or more frequently and different periods when authorized in accordance with the Portfolio’s policies and procedures. Please consult the SAI for a description of the other policies and procedures that govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings by the Portfolio.

 

21


Table of Contents

SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

Investment Advisor

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Tel. No. (512) 306-7400

Custodian

 

PFPC TRUST COMPANY

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

  

Accounting Services, Dividend Disbursing,

and Transfer Agent

PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING

(U.S.) INC.

400 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Two Commerce Square

Suite 1700

2001 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042

  

Legal Counsel

 

STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP

2600 One Commerce Square

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098

 

22


Table of Contents

Other Available Information

You can find more information about the Fund and the Portfolio in the Fund’s SAI and the Fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders.

Statement of Additional Information. The SAI supplements, and is technically part of, this Prospectus. It includes an expanded discussion of investment practices, risks, and Fund operations.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders. These reports focus on Portfolio holdings and performance. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolio in its last fiscal year. The Portfolio is new so these reports are not yet available.

Request free copies from:

 

   

The Fund—Call collect at (512) 306-7400.

 

   

Access them on our website at www.dimensional.com.

 

   

Access them on the EDGAR Database in the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov.

 

   

Review and copy them at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington D.C. (phone 1-800-SEC-0330).

 

   

Request copies from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102, or at publicinfo@sec.gov (you will be charged a copying fee). Information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room is available by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

(512) 306-7400

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.—Registration No. 811-3258

 

LOGO

   LOGO    RRD022810-027


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

February 28, 2010

Please carefully read the important information it contains before investing.

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

 

 

The Portfolio described in this Prospectus:

 

Offers three classes of shares: Institutional Class shares, Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares; the Institutional Class shares are generally only available to institutional investors and clients of registered investment advisors and the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are generally available to retirement plans.

•    Does not charge a sales commission or “load.”

•    Is designed for long-term investors.

U.S. LARGE COMPANY PORTFOLIO

INSTITUTIONAL CLASS TICKER: DFLCX

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio described herein are not registered for sale in all states. Potential investors should call Dimensional Fund Advisors at (888) 576-1167 or ask their financial advisors about the availability of the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio in their states. The information contained herein is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy the Portfolio mentioned, and no offers or sales will be made, in any jurisdictions in which the offer or sale of this Portfolio is not qualified or otherwise exempt from regulation.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the

adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

U.S. LARGE COMPANY PORTFOLIO

  

Investment Objective

   1

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   1

Principal Investment Strategies

   2

Principal Risks

   3

Performance

   3

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   4

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   4

Tax Information

   5

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   5

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

   6

Standard & Poor’s—Information and Disclaimers

   6

Portfolio Transactions

   7

Other Information

   7

SECURITIES LOANS

   7

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

   8

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO

   8

Management Fees

   9

Shareholder Services

   9

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement—Institutional Class Shares

   10

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement—Class R1 Shares and Class R2 Shares

   10

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

   11

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   13

Institutional Class Shares

   13

Class R1 Shares and Class R2 Shares

   13

In-Kind Purchases

   14

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT -TERM TRADING

   14

VALUATION OF SHARES

   16

Net Asset Value

   16

Public Offering Price—Institutional Class Shares

   17

Public Offering Price—Class R1 Shares and Class R2 Shares

   17

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

   18

Institutional Class Shares

   18

Class R1 Shares and Class R2 Shares

   18

 

i


Table of Contents

REDEMPTION OF INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES

   19

Redemption Procedure

   19

Redemption of Small Accounts

   19

In-Kind Redemptions

   20

REDEMPTION OF CLASS R1 SHARES AND CLASS R2 SHARES

   20

Redemption Procedure for Retirement Plan Participants

   20

Redemption Procedure for Retirement Plans

   20

Redemption of Small Accounts

   20

In-Kind Redemptions

   21

THE FEEDER PORTFOLIO

   21

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   22

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

   22

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

   22

SERVICE PROVIDERS

   24

 

ii


Table of Contents

U.S. Large Company Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The U.S. Large Company Portfolio seeks, as its investment objective, to approximate the total investment return of the S&P 500® Index. The U.S. Large Company Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The U.S. Large Company Series (the “U.S. Large Company Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment):

 

Institutional Class

   None

Class R1

   None

Class R2

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

     Institutional
Class
    Class R1     Class R2  

Management Fee

   0.12   0.12   0.12

Other Expenses:

      

Shareholder Services Fees

   None      0.10 %**    0.25 %** 

Other Expenses

   0.05   0.15   0.15

Total Other Expenses

   0.05   0.25   0.40

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.17   0.37   0.52

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or
(Recovery)***

   0.02   0.02   0.02

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement or (Recovery)

   0.15   0.35   0.50

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the U.S. Large Company Series and an administration fee payable by the U.S. Large Company Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the U.S. Large Company Series.
** An amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares may be used to compensate service agents that provide shareholder servicing, record keeping, account maintenance and other services to investors in the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares (“Shareholder Services Agent”).
*** The Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its administration fee in certain circumstances. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Institutional Class shares, Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

 

1


Table of Contents

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Institutional Class shares, Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. The costs for the Institutional Class shares, Class R1 shares and the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio reflect the net expenses of the Portfolio that result from the contractual expense waiver and assumption in the first year only. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     l Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Institutional Class

   $ 15    $ 53    $ 94    $ 215

Class R1

   $ 36    $ 117    $ 206    $ 466

Class R2

   $ 51    $ 165    $ 289    $ 651

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio and the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the U.S. Large Company Series.

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Large Company Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Large Company Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 10% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The U.S. Large Company Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets in the U.S. Large Company Series, which invests in the stocks that comprise the S&P 500® Index in approximately the proportions they are represented in the S&P 500® Index. The S&P 500® Index is comprised of a broad and diverse group of stocks. Generally, these are the U.S. stocks with the largest market capitalizations and, as a group, they represent approximately 75% of the total market capitalization of all publicly traded U.S. stocks. For the U.S. Large Company Series, the Advisor considers the stocks that comprise the S&P 500® Index to be those of large companies. Under normal market conditions, at least 95% of the U.S. Large Company Series’ net assets will be invested in the stocks that comprise the S&P 500® Index. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the U.S. Large Company Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of large U.S. companies.

Ordinarily, portfolio securities will not be sold except to reflect additions or deletions of the stocks that comprise the S&P 500® Index, including as a result of mergers, reorganizations and similar transactions and, to the extent necessary, to provide cash to pay redemptions of the U.S. Large Company Series’ shares. Given the

 

2


Table of Contents

impact on prices of securities affected by the reconstitution of the S&P 500® Index around the time of a reconstitution date, the U.S. Large Company Series may purchase or sell securities that may be impacted by the reconstitution before or after the reconstitution date of the S&P 500® Index.

The U.S. Large Company Portfolio and the U.S. Large Company Series each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Large Company Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

About the S&P 500® Index: The Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index® is market capitalization weighted (adjusted for free float). Its performance is usually cyclical because it reflects periods when stock prices generally rise or fall. For information concerning Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies (“S&P”), and disclaimers of S&P with respect to the U.S. Large Company Portfolio and the U.S. Large Company Series, see “Standard & Poor’s—Information and Disclaimers.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Large Company Series that owns them, and, in turn, the U.S. Large Company Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Large Company Series and the U.S. Large Company Portfolio use derivatives, the U.S. Large Company Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Large Company Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Large Company Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares for which performance information is not available, therefore, the bar chart and table show performance information for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio.

The bar chart shows the changes in performance of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the Institutional Class shares of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not

 

3


Table of Contents

reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pre-tax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

U.S. Large Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares(1)

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

15.93 (4/09-6/09)

   -21.77 (10/08-12/08)

 

 

         Periods ending December 31, 2009      

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

U.S. Large Company Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   26.55   0.46   -1.01

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   26.03   0.09   -1.39

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   17.61   0.33   -0.99

S&P 500® Index(2)
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   26.46   0.42   -0.95

 

(1)

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio would have substantially similar annual returns as the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio securities. Returns for the Class R1 shares, Class R2 shares, and Institutional Class shares will differ to the extent that the classes will have different expenses, and returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would be expected to be lower than the returns of the Institutional Class shares to the extent that the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares have higher expenses than the Institutional Class shares.

(2)

Copyright © 2010 Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the U.S. Large Company Portfolio and the U.S. Large Company Series. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio and the U.S. Large Company Series and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Investors may purchase or redeem Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio on any business day by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment or

 

4


Table of Contents

redemption. Shareholders that invest in the Institutional Class shares of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio generally are available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Investors who are considering an investment in Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the U.S. Large Company Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio may pay financial intermediaries (such as Shareholder Services Agents) for performing certain shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your Shareholder Services Agent or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

5


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

U.S. Large Company Portfolio seeks, as its investment objective, to approximate the total investment return of the S&P 500® Index. The U.S. Large Company Portfolio is a “Feeder Portfolio,” which is a portfolio that does not generally buy individual securities directly. Instead, it invests in a corresponding fund, or “Master Fund,” that in turn purchases stocks and other securities. The U.S. Large Company Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The U.S. Large Company Series (the “U.S. Large Company Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The U.S. Large Company Series intends to invest in all of the stocks that comprise the S&P 500® Index in approximately the proportions they are represented in the S&P 500® Index.

Ordinarily, portfolio securities will not be sold except to reflect additions or deletions of the stocks that comprise the S&P 500® Index, including as a result of mergers, reorganizations and similar transactions and, to the extent necessary, to provide cash to pay redemptions of the U.S. Large Company Series’ shares. Given the impact on prices of securities affected by the reconstitution of the S&P 500® Index around the time of a reconstitution date, the U.S. Large Company Series may purchase or sell securities that may be impacted by the reconstitution before or after the reconstitution date of the S&P 500® Index. For information concerning Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies (“S&P”), and disclaimers of S&P with respect to the U.S. Large Company Portfolio and the U.S. Large Company Series, see “Standard & Poor’s—Information and Disclaimers.”

The U.S. Large Company Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the U.S. Large Company Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Standard & Poor’sInformation and Disclaimers. Neither the Portfolio nor the Master Fund is sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P. S&P makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Portfolio or the Master Fund or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Portfolio or the Master Fund particularly or the ability of the S&P 500® Index to track general stock market performance. S&P’s only relationship to the Portfolio or the Master Fund is the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500® Index which is determined, composed and calculated by S&P without regard to the Portfolio or the Master Fund. S&P has no obligation to take the needs of the Portfolio, the Master Fund or their respective owners into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500® Index. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the prices and amount of the Portfolio or the Master Fund or the issuance or sale of the Portfolio or the Master Fund or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Portfolio or the Master Fund is to be converted into cash. S&P has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Portfolio or the Master Fund.

S&P DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND S&P SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. S&P MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LICENSEE, OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. S&P MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE S&P 500® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL S&P HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY

 

6


Table of Contents

SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

Portfolio Transactions

Securities will not be purchased or sold based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase. Securities which have depreciated in value since their acquisition will not be sold solely because prospects for the issuer are not considered attractive or due to an expected or realized decline in securities prices in general. Securities will not be sold to realize short-term profits, but when circumstances warrant, they may be sold without regard to the length of time held. Securities, including those eligible for purchase, may be disposed of, however, at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale, including but not limited to tender offers, mergers and similar transactions, or bids made for block purchases at opportune prices. Generally, securities will be purchased with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year and will be held until such time as they are no longer considered an appropriate holding in light of the investment policy of the Portfolio and Master Fund.

Other Information

Commodity Pool Operator Exemption:

The Portfolio is operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

Portfolio Reorganization

On December 18, 2009, the Board of Directors of the Fund, on behalf of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio, approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the “Plan of Reorganization”), under which the U.S. Large Company Portfolio will be reorganized with and into the U.S. Large Company Institutional Index Portfolio (the “Large Company Institutional Portfolio”), a portfolio of Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (the “Reorganization”).

The U.S. Large Company Portfolio and the Large Company Institutional Portfolio have identical investment objectives and fundamental investment restrictions, and each Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets in the U.S. Large Company Series.

Upon the completion of the Reorganization, shareholders of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio will be shareholders in the Large Company Institutional Portfolio, which will have total fees that are 0.045 of 1% lower than the total fees of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2010. It is expected that, in conjunction with completing the Reorganization, the Large Company Institutional Portfolio will change its name to the “U.S. Large Company Portfolio.”

Under the Plan of Reorganization, the U.S. Large Company Portfolio will transfer substantially all of its assets to the Large Company Institutional Portfolio, in exchange solely for shares of the Large Company Institutional Portfolio, which shares will be distributed to the shareholders of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio according to the aggregate net asset value of their shares held in the U.S. Large Company Portfolio immediately prior to the Reorganization. As soon as practicable thereafter, the U.S. Large Company Portfolio will be liquidated and dissolved.

It is currently expected that the Reorganization will be completed on or about May 7, 2010.

SECURITIES LOANS

The Master Fund is authorized to lend securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions for the purpose of earning additional income. While the Master Fund may earn additional income

 

7


Table of Contents

from lending securities, such activity is incidental to the Master Fund’s investment objective. For information concerning the revenue from securities lending see “SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE.” The value of securities loaned may not exceed 33  1/3% of the value of the Master Fund’s total assets, which includes the value of collateral received. To the extent that the Master Fund loans a portion of its assets, it will receive collateral consisting generally of cash or U.S. government securities, which will be maintained by marking to market daily in an amount equal to at least (i) 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, and (ii) 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to U.S. securities, and (iii) 105% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to foreign securities. Subject to its stated investment policies, the Master Fund will generally invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Money Market Series”), an affiliated registered money market fund advised by the Advisor for which the Advisor receives a management fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Money Market Series. The Master Fund may also invest such collateral received for the loaned securities in securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, repurchase agreements collateralized by securities of the U.S. government or its agencies and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. For the purposes of this paragraph, agencies include both agency debentures and agency mortgage backed securities.

In addition, the Master Fund will be able to terminate the loan at any time and will receive reasonable compensation on the loan, as well as amounts equal to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities. However, dividend income received from loaned securities may not be eligible to be taxed at qualified dividend income rates. See the SAI for a further discussion of the tax consequences related to securities lending. The Master Fund will be entitled to recall a loaned security in time to vote proxies or otherwise obtain rights to vote proxies of loaned securities if the Master Fund knows a material event will occur. In the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower, the Master Fund could experience delay in recovering the loaned securities or only recover cash or a security of equivalent value. The Portfolio is also authorized to lend its portfolio securities. However, as long as it holds only shares of the Master Fund, it will not do so. See “PRINCIPAL RISKSSecurities Lending” for a discussion of the risks related to securities lending.

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Portfolio received the following net revenue from a securities lending program which constituted a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio (see “SECURITIES LOANS”):

 

     Net Revenue    Percentage
of Net
Assets
 

U.S. Large Company Portfolio*

   $ 2,885,000    0.12

 

* A Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is taxed as a partnership. “Net Revenue” reflects the proportional share of the securities lending revenue generated by the Master Fund that was received by the Feeder Portfolio.

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO

The Advisor serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio and the Master Fund. Pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Master Fund, the Advisor is responsible for the management of the Master Fund’s assets. Additionally, pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Portfolio, the Advisor, for no additional compensation, manages the portion of the Portfolio’s assets that are retained by the Portfolio for cash management purposes and, at its discretion, may make a determination to withdraw a Portfolio’s investment from the Master Fund to invest in another Master Fund if the Advisor believes it is in the best interests of the Portfolio and its shareholders to do so. The Master Fund and Portfolio are each managed using a team approach. The investment team includes the Investment Committee of the Advisor, portfolio managers and trading personnel.

 

8


Table of Contents

The Investment Committee is composed primarily of certain officers and directors of the Advisor who are appointed annually. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Investment Committee has seven members. Investment strategies for the Master Fund are set by the Investment Committee, which meets on a regular basis and also as needed to consider investment issues. The Investment Committee also sets and reviews all investment related policies and procedures and approves any changes in regards to security types and brokers.

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Master Fund and Portfolio, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Master Fund including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. Stephen A. Clark is the portfolio manager that coordinates the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the Master Fund and Portfolio.

Mr. Clark is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and chairman of the Investment Committee. Mr. Clark received his MBA from the University of Chicago and his BS from Bradley University. Mr. Clark joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2001 and has been responsible for the portfolio management group since January 2006.

The Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides information about the portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, and the portfolio manager’s ownership of Portfolio shares.

The Advisor provides the Master Fund with a trading department and selects brokers and dealers to effect securities transactions. Securities transactions are placed with a view to obtaining the best price and execution of such transactions. The Advisor’s address is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees approving the investment management agreement with respect to the Master Fund is available in the semi-annual report for the Portfolio for the fiscal period ending April 30, 2009. The Advisor has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. The Advisor is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. As of January 31, 2010, assets under management for all Dimensional affiliated advisors totaled approximately $161 billion.

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (the “Fund”) and the Trust each bear all of its own costs and expenses, including: services of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes in connection with the acquisition and disposition of portfolio securities, taxes, insurance premiums, costs incidental to meetings of its shareholders and directors or trustees, the cost of filing its registration statements under federal securities laws and the costs of any filings required under state securities laws, reports to shareholders, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency, administrative services and custodian fees. Expenses of the Fund or Trust allocable to the Portfolio or the Master Fund are so allocated and expenses which are not allocable to the Portfolio and the Master Fund are borne by the Portfolio and the Master Fund on the basis of their relative net assets.

Management Fees

The “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table describes the fees incurred by a Portfolio for the services provided by the Advisor for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for a Feeder Portfolio includes the investment management fee that was payable by the Portfolio’s Master Fund to the Advisor and the administrative fee that was payable by the Portfolio to the Advisor.

Shareholder Services

On behalf of the Portfolio, the Fund enters into agreements with Shareholder Services Agents to provide shareholder servicing, recordkeeping, account maintenance and other services to shareholders of the Class R1

 

9


Table of Contents

shares and Class R2 shares. For the array of services provided to Class R1 shareholders, the Fund pays such Shareholder Services Agents an amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Class R1 shares for such services. For the array of services provided to Class R2 shareholders, the Fund pays such Shareholder Services Agents an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Class R2 shares for such services.

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement—Institutional Class Shares

Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive its administration fee to the extent necessary to reduce the Portfolio’s expenses to the extent that its total direct and indirect expenses (including the expenses the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of the Master Fund) exceed 0.10% of its average daily net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the total direct and indirect expenses of the Portfolio are less than 0.10% of its average daily net assets on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s total direct and indirect expenses to exceed 0.10% of its average net assets on an annualized basis. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees waived by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by a Fund or the Advisor.

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement—Class R1 Shares and Class R2 Shares

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive certain fees, including administration/advisory fees, and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares, as described below. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares below will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

CLASS R1 SHARES

 

Portfolio

   Expense Limits  

U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   0.35

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its administration fee for the Class R1 shares of the Portfolio and to assume the Portfolio’s direct and indirect expenses (including the expenses the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of the Master Fund) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Class R1 shares of the Portfolio to the rate listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized expenses of the Portfolio are less than the rate listed above for the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

CLASS R2 SHARES

 

Portfolio

   Expense Limits  

U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   0.50

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its administration fee for the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio and to assume the Portfolio’s direct and indirect expenses (including the expenses the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of the Master Fund) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio to the rate listed above as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized expenses of the Portfolio are less than the rate listed above for the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the

 

10


Table of Contents

right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the Portfolio’s Class R2 shares’ annualized expenses to exceed the applicable percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis, as listed above.

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions. The Portfolio intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code. As a regulated investment company, the Portfolio generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to you. Dividends from net investment income of the Portfolio are distributed quarterly (on a calendar basis) and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for capital loss carryforwards) are distributed annually, typically in December. The Portfolio may distribute such income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year as a result of the Portfolio’s normal investment activities and cash flows. During a time of economic downturn, the Portfolio may experience capital losses and unrealized depreciation in value of investments, the effect of which may be to reduce or eliminate capital gains distributions for a period of time. Even though the Portfolio may experience a current year loss, it may nonetheless distribute prior year capital gains.

You will automatically receive all income dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the Portfolio at net asset value (as of the business date following the dividend record date), unless, upon written notice to the Advisor and completion of account information, you select one of the options listed below:

Income Option—to receive income dividends in cash and capital gains distributions in additional shares at net asset value.

Capital Gains Option—to receive capital gains distributions in cash and income dividends in additional shares at net asset value.

Cash Option—to receive both income dividends and capital gains distributions in cash.

Annual Statements. Every January, you will receive a statement that shows the tax status of distributions you received the previous calendar year. Distributions declared in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

Avoid “Buying A Dividend.” At the time you purchase your Portfolio shares, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation in value of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable. This is sometimes referred to as “buying a dividend.”

Tax Considerations. This discussion of “Tax Considerations” should be read in conjunction with the remaining subsections below containing additional information. Dividends and distributions paid to a qualified, tax-deferred retirement plan, such as a 401(k) plan, accumulate free of federal income taxes. In addition, the sale or redemption by a tax-deferred retirement plan of the Portfolio’s shares will not be subject to federal income taxes. Also, unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to the Portfolio includes the Portfolio’s pro rata share of its corresponding Master Fund’s income.

In general, if you are a taxable investor, Portfolio distributions (other than exempt-interest dividends) are taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. This is true whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Portfolio shares or receive them in cash.

 

11


Table of Contents

For federal income tax purposes, Portfolio distributions of short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income. Portfolio distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains no matter how long you have owned your shares. A Portfolio with a high portfolio turnover rate (a measure of how frequently assets within a Portfolio are bought and sold) is more likely to generate short-term capital gains than a Portfolio with a low portfolio turnover rate. With respect to taxable years of the Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2011, unless such provision is extended or made permanent, a portion of income dividends designated by the Portfolio may be qualified dividend income eligible for taxation by individual shareholders at long-term capital gain rates provided certain holding period requirements are met.

The Board of Trustees of the Master Fund reserves the right to change the entity classification of the Master Fund for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time, as may be permitted or required under the Code. For instance, the Board might cause the Master Fund that is classified as a partnership to elect to be classified as a corporation and taxable as a regulated investment company or disregarded entity (if it has one shareholder) or vice versa. Such a change in entity classification may be prompted by, among other things, changes in law, the investment strategy of the Master Fund, or the nature and number of shareholders of the Master Fund or other factors or events adversely affecting the ability of the Master Fund to comply with the Code. A change in entity classification of the Master Fund may be a taxable event, causing the Master Fund and shareholders of the Master Fund that are subject to tax to recognize a taxable gain or loss. Such a change in entity classification would also cause the shareholders of the Master Fund to be subject to a different taxation regime, which may adversely affect some shareholders depending upon their particular circumstances.

The sale of shares of the Portfolio is a taxable event and may result in a capital gain or loss to you. Capital gain or loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two Portfolios. Any loss incurred on the sale or exchange of the Portfolio’s shares, held for six months or less, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares.

By law, the Portfolio is required to withhold 28% of taxable dividends, capital gains distributions, and redemption proceeds paid to you if you do not provide your proper taxpayer identification number and certain required certifications. You may avoid this withholding requirement by providing and certifying on the account registration form your correct Taxpayer Identification Number and by certifying that you are not subject to backup withholding and are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). The Portfolio must also withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so.

In addition to federal taxes, you may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from the Portfolio and on gains arising on redemption or exchange of the Portfolio’s shares. Distributions of interest income and capital gains realized from certain types of U.S. government securities may be exempt from state personal income taxes.

Non-U.S. Investors. Non-U.S. investors may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% or lower treaty rate and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding and claim any treaty benefits. Exemptions from U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by the Portfolio from long-term capital gains, if any, exempt-interest dividends, and, with respect to taxable years of the Portfolio that begin before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by the Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any such dividends and distributions of income and capital gains will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person. Non-U.S. investors also may be subject to U.S. estate tax.

This discussion of “Dividends, Capital Gains Distributions and Taxes” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. Because everyone’s tax situation is unique, you should consult your tax professional about federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences before making an investment in the Portfolio. Prospective investors should also consult the statement of additional information.

 

12


Table of Contents

PURCHASE OF SHARES

Institutional Class Shares

Investors may purchase Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio by first contacting the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment. The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio are generally available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions, and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor (“Eligible Investors”). Eligible Investors include employees, former employees, shareholders and directors of the Advisor and the Fund and friends and family members of such persons. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor, and all investors must complete and submit the necessary account registration forms in good order. The Fund reserves the right to reject any initial or additional investment and to suspend the offering of shares of the Portfolio.

“Good order” with respect to the purchase of Institutional Class shares means that (1) a fully completed and properly signed Account Registration Form and any additional supporting legal documentation required by the Advisor have been received in legible form, and (2) the Advisor has been notified of the purchase by telephone and, if the Advisor so requests, also in writing, no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PST) on the day of the purchase. If an order to purchase shares must be canceled due to nonpayment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by the Fund arising out of such cancellation. To recover any such loss, the Fund reserves the right to redeem Institutional Class shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled, and such purchaser may be prohibited or restricted in the manner of placing further orders.

Investors having an account with a bank that is a member or a correspondent of a member of the Federal Reserve System may purchase Institutional Class shares by first calling the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed investment, then requesting the bank to transmit immediately available funds (Federal Funds) by wire to the custodian, for the account of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (U.S. Large Company Portfolio). Additional investments also may be made through the wire procedure by first notifying the Advisor. Investors who wish to purchase shares by check should send their check to DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., c/o PNC Global Investment Servicing , Attn: Mail Stop F4-F760-1A-J, 760 Moore Road, King of Prussia, PA 19406.

Institutional Class shares also may be purchased and sold by individuals through securities firms that may charge a service fee or commission for such transactions. No such fee or commission is charged on Institutional Class shares that are purchased or redeemed directly from the Fund. Investors who are clients of investment advisory organizations may also be subject to investment advisory fees under their own arrangements with such organizations.

Purchases of Institutional Class shares will be made in full and fractional shares calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for Institutional Class shares will not be issued.

Class R1 Shares and Class R2 Shares

Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are generally sold only to defined contribution plans and other similar group benefit plans that are exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code and employer sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans (“Retirement Plans”). Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are available to a Retirement Plan, if the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan has entered into an agreement with the Fund to provide shareholder services to the Retirement Plan and Retirement Plan Participants in connection with their investments in the Class R1 shares or Class R2 shares of the Portfolio. Provided that the Portfolio is available under an employer’s Retirement Plan, shares may be purchased by following the procedures adopted by the respective employer or Shareholder Services Agent and approved by the Fund’s management for making investments. Investors who are considering an investment in the Portfolio should contact their employer or the Shareholder Services Agent for the Retirement Plan for details

 

13


Table of Contents

about the purchase procedures and the classes of shares that are available for purchase. The Fund does not impose a minimum purchase requirement, but investors who wish to purchase shares of the Portfolio should determine whether their employer’s Retirement Plan or Shareholder Services Agent imposes a minimum transaction requirement. Purchases of shares will be made in full and fractional shares calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued. The Fund reserves the right to reject any initial or additional investment and to suspend the offering of shares of the Portfolio or class of the Portfolio.

In-Kind Purchases

If accepted by the Fund, shares of the Portfolio may be purchased in exchange for securities which are eligible for acquisition by the Master Fund or otherwise represented in its portfolio as described in this Prospectus or as otherwise consistent with the Funds’ policies and procedures. Securities accepted by the Fund for exchange and shares of the Portfolio to be issued in the exchange will be valued as set forth under “VALUATION OF SHARES” at the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such securities shall become the property of the Portfolio and must be delivered to the Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer.

The Fund will not accept securities in exchange for shares of the Portfolio unless: (1) such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be included, or otherwise represented, in the Master Fund and current market quotations are readily available for such securities; (2) the investor represents and agrees that all securities offered to be exchanged are not subject to any restrictions upon their sale by the Master Fund under the Securities Act of 1933 or otherwise; and (3) at the discretion of the Fund, the value of any such security (except U.S. government securities) being exchanged together with other securities of the same issuer owned by the Master Fund may not exceed 5% of the net assets of the Master Fund immediately after the transaction.

A gain or loss for federal income tax purposes will generally be realized by investors who are subject to federal taxation upon the exchange depending upon the cost of the securities exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should contact the Advisor.

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

The Portfolio is designed for long-term investors and is not intended for investors that engage in excessive short-term trading activity that may be harmful to the Portfolio, including but not limited to market timing. Short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Portfolio can disrupt portfolio management strategies, harm performance and increase Portfolio expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.

The Board of Directors of the Fund and Board of Trustees of the Trust (collectively, the “Board”) have adopted a policy (the “Trading Policy”) and the Advisor and DFA Securities LLC (collectively, “Dimensional”) and Dimensional’s agents have implemented the following procedures, which are designed to discourage and prevent market timing or excessive short-term trading in the Portfolio: (i) trade activity monitoring and purchase blocking procedures; and (ii) use of fair value pricing.

The Fund, Dimensional and their agents monitor trades and flows of money in and out of the Portfolio from time to time in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities, and for consistent enforcement of the Trading Policy. The Fund reserves the right to take the actions necessary to stop excessive or disruptive trading activities, including refusing or canceling purchase or exchange orders for any reason, without prior notice, particularly purchase or exchange orders that the Fund believes are made on behalf of market timers. The Fund, Dimensional and their agents reserve the right to restrict, refuse or cancel any purchase or exchange request made by an investor indefinitely if the Fund or Dimensional believe that any combination of trading activity in the accounts is potentially disruptive to the Portfolio or the Master Fund. In making such judgments, the Fund and

 

14


Table of Contents

Dimensional seek to act in a manner that is consistent with the interests of shareholders. For purposes of applying these procedures, Dimensional may consider an investor’s trading history in the Portfolio, and accounts under common ownership, influence or control.

In addition to the Fund’s general ability to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity as described above, the Fund also has adopted purchase blocking procedures. Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, where an investor has engaged in any two purchases and two redemptions (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) in the Portfolio in any rolling 30 calendar day monitoring period (i.e., two “round trips”), the Fund and Dimensional intend to block the investor from making any additional purchases in the Portfolio for 90 calendar days (a “purchase block”). If implemented, a purchase block will begin at some point after the transaction that caused the investor to have engaged in the prohibited two round-trips is detected by the Fund, Dimensional, or their agents. The Fund and Dimensional are permitted to implement a longer purchase block, or permanently bar future purchases by an investor, if they determine that it is appropriate.

Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, the following purchases and redemptions will not trigger a purchase block: (i) purchases and redemptions of shares having a value in each transaction of less than $5,000; (ii) purchases and redemptions by U.S. registered investment companies that operate as fund of funds and non-U.S. investment companies that operate as fund of funds that the Funds or Dimensional, in their sole discretion, have determined are not designed and/or are not serving as vehicles for excessive short-term or other disruptive trading (in each case, the fund of funds shall agree to be subject to monitoring by Dimensional); (iii) purchases and redemptions by a feeder portfolio of a master fund’s shares; (iv) systematic or automated transactions where the shareholder, financial advisor or investment fiduciary does not exercise direct control over the investment decision; (v) retirement plan contributions, loans, loan repayments and distributions (including hardship withdrawals) identified as such in the retirement plan recordkeeper’s system; (vi) purchase transactions involving transfers of assets, rollovers, Roth IRA conversions and IRA recharacterizations; (vii) purchases of shares with Portfolio dividends or capital gain distributions; (viii) transfers and reregistrations of shares within the Portfolio; and (ix) transactions by 529 Plans. Notwithstanding the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, all transactions in Portfolio shares are subject to the right of the Fund and Dimensional to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity (including purchases and redemptions described above that will not be subject to the purchase blocking procedures).

In addition, the purchase blocking procedures will not apply to a redemption transaction in which the Portfolio distributes portfolio securities to a shareholder in-kind, where the redemption will not disrupt the efficient portfolio management of the Portfolio/Master Fund and the redemption is consistent with the interests of the remaining shareholders of the Portfolio/Master Fund.

The Fund, Dimensional or their designees will have the ability, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), to request information from financial intermediaries, such as 401(k) plan administrators, trust companies and broker dealers (together, “Intermediaries”), concerning trades placed in omnibus and other multi-investor accounts (together, “Omnibus Accounts”), in order to attempt to monitor trades that are placed by the underlying shareholders of these Omnibus Accounts. The Fund, Dimensional and their designees will use the information obtained from the Intermediaries to monitor trading in the Portfolio and to attempt to identify shareholders in Omnibus Accounts engaged in trading that is inconsistent with the Trading Policy or otherwise not in the best interests of the Portfolio. The Fund, Dimensional or their designees, when they detect trading patterns in shares of the Portfolio that may constitute short-term or excessive trading, will provide written instructions to the Intermediary to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of shares of the Portfolio by a shareholder that has been identified as having engaged in excessive or short-term transactions in the Portfolio’s shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate the Trading Policy.

The ability of the Fund and Dimensional to impose these limitations, including the purchase blocking procedures, on investors investing through Intermediaries is dependent on the receipt of information necessary to identify transactions by the underlying investors and the Intermediary’s cooperation in implementing the Trading Policy. Investors seeking to engage in excessive short-term trading practices may deploy a variety of strategies to

 

15


Table of Contents

avoid detection, and despite the efforts of the Fund and Dimensional to prevent excessive short-term trading, there is no assurance that the Fund, Dimensional or their agents will be able to identify those shareholders or curtail their trading practices. The ability of the Fund, Dimensional and their agents to detect and limit excessive short-term trading also may be restricted by operational systems and technological limitations.

The purchasing blocking procedures of the Trading Policy may not apply to redemptions by shareholders whose shares are held on the books of Intermediaries if the Intermediaries have not adopted procedures to implement this Policy. The Fund and Dimensional will work with Intermediaries to develop such policies to institute the purchase blocking procedures or other procedures that the Fund and Dimensional determine are reasonably designed to achieve the objective of this Trading Policy. At the time the Intermediaries adopt these procedures, shareholders whose accounts are on the books of such Intermediaries will be subject to the Trading Policy’s purchase blocking procedures or another frequent trading policy that achieves the objective of the purchase blocking procedures. Investors that invest in the Portfolio through an Intermediary should contact the Intermediary for information concerning the policies and procedures that apply to the investor.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to apply the purchase blocking procedures on purchases by all investors and the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to monitor trades through Omnibus Accounts maintained by Intermediaries may be restricted due to systems limitations of both the Fund’s service providers and the Intermediaries. The Fund expects that the application of the Trading Policy as described above, including the purchase blocking procedures (subject to the limitations described above), will be able to be implemented by Intermediaries in compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

In addition to monitoring trade activity, the Board has adopted fair value pricing procedures that govern the pricing of the securities of the Master Fund. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the prices at which Portfolio shares are purchased and redeemed are fair, and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders. See the discussion under “VALUATION OF SHARES—Net Asset Value” for additional details regarding fair value pricing of the Portfolio’s securities.

Although the procedures are designed to discourage excessive short-term trading, none of the procedures individually nor all of the procedures taken together can completely eliminate the possibility that excessive short- term trading activity in the Portfolio may occur. The Portfolio and Master Fund do not knowingly accommodate excessive or disruptive trading activities, including market timing.

VALUATION OF SHARES

Net Asset Value

The net asset values per share of each class of the Portfolio and the net asset value per share of the Master Fund are calculated after the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) by dividing the total value of their respective investments and other assets, less any liabilities, by the total outstanding shares of the stock of the respective class of the Portfolio and the Master Fund, respectively. The net asset values will not be calculated on days the NYSE is closed, including national holidays. Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes at a time other than 1:00 p.m. PT.

The value of the Portfolio’s shares will fluctuate in relation to the investment experience of the Master Fund. Securities (including over-the-counter securities) held by the Master Fund are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day. Securities held by the Master Fund that are listed on Nasdaq are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there is no last reported sale price or NOCP of the day, the Master Fund values the securities at the mean of the most recent quoted bid and asked prices. Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the security is primarily traded. The value of the securities and other assets of the Master Fund for which no market quotations are readily available (including restricted securities), or for which market quotations have become unreliable, are determined in good faith at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust. Fair value pricing may also be used if events that have a significant effect on the value of an investment (as determined in the discretion of the Investment Committee of

 

16


Table of Contents

the Advisor) occur before the net asset value is calculated. When fair value pricing is used, the prices of securities used by the Master Fund may differ from the quoted or published prices for the same securities on their primary markets or exchanges.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. There can be no assurance that the Master Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Master Fund determines its net asset value per share. As a result, the sale or redemption by the Portfolio or the Master Fund of shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Public Offering Price—Institutional Class Shares

Provided that the Advisor or transfer agent has received the investor’s Account Registration form in good order and the custodian has received the investor’s payment, Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price, which is the net asset value of the shares next determined after receipt of the investor’s funds by the custodian. “Good order” with respect to the purchase of Institutional Class shares means that (1) a fully completed and properly signed Account Registration form and any additional supporting legal documentation required by the Advisor have been received in legible form and (2) the Advisor has been notified of the purchase by telephone and, if the Advisor so requests, also in writing, no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) on the day of the purchase. The transfer agent or the Fund may, from time to time, appoint sub-transfer agents or various financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for the receipt of purchase orders, redemption orders and funds from certain investors. Intermediaries, in turn, are authorized to designate other financial intermediaries (“Sub-designees”) to receive purchase and redemption orders for the Portfolio’s Institutional Class shares from investors. With respect to such investors, the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price calculated after receipt of the purchase order by the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, that is authorized to receive purchase orders. If the investor buys Institutional Class shares through an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, the purchase price will be the public offering price next calculated after the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, receives the order, rather than on the day the custodian receives the investor’s payment (provided that the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, has received the investor’s purchase order in good order, and the investor has complied with the Intermediary’s or Sub-designee’s payment procedures). If an order to purchase Institutional Class shares must be canceled due to non-payment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by the Fund arising out of such cancellation. The Fund reserves the right to redeem Institutional Class shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled to recover any resulting loss to the Fund and may prohibit or restrict the manner in which such purchaser may place further orders.

Public Offering Price—Class R1 Shares and Class R2 Shares

Provided that the Shareholder Services Agent designated by a Retirement Plan has received the investor’s investment instructions in good order and the custodian has received the investor’s payment, Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price, which is the net asset value of the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares next determined after receipt of the investor’s funds by the custodian. The transfer agent or the Fund may, from time to time, appoint sub-transfer agents (such as Shareholder Services Agents) or various financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for the receipt of purchase orders, redemption orders and funds from certain investors. Intermediaries, in turn, are authorized to designate other financial intermediaries (“Sub-designees”) to receive purchase and redemption orders for the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares from investors. With respect to such investors, the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price calculated after receipt of the purchase order by the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, that is authorized to receive purchase orders. If the investor buys Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares through an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, the purchase price will be the public offering price next calculated after the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, receives the order, rather than on the day the custodian receives the investor’s payment (provided that the Intermediary or

 

17


Table of Contents

Sub-designee, as applicable, has received the investor’s purchase order in good order, and the investor has complied with the Intermediary’s or Sub-designee’s payment procedures). No reimbursement fee or sales charge is imposed on purchases. If an order to purchase Class R1 shares or Class R2 shares must be canceled due to non-payment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by the Portfolio arising out of such cancellation. The Fund reserves the right to redeem Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled to recover any resulting loss to the Portfolio and may prohibit or restrict the manner in which such purchaser may place further orders.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

Institutional Class Shares

Investors may exchange shares of the Portfolio for those of another portfolio in the Fund or a portfolio of Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (“DIG”), an open-end, management investment company. Investors should first contact the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400 to notify the Advisor of the proposed exchange and then send a letter of instruction. Letters of instruction regarding exchanges of shares may be mailed to:

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.

Attn: Client Operations

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

The minimum amount for an exchange into a portfolio of the Fund or DIG is $100,000. Exchanges are accepted only into those portfolios of the Fund or DIG that are eligible for the exchange privilege. Investors may contact the Advisor at the above-listed phone number for a list of those portfolios of the Fund or DIG that accept exchanges.

The exchange privilege is not intended to afford shareholders a way to speculate on short-term movements in the markets. Accordingly, in order to prevent excessive use of the exchange privilege that may potentially disrupt the management of the Portfolio or otherwise adversely affect the Fund or DIG, any proposed exchange will be subject to the approval of the Advisor. Such approval will depend on: (i) the size of the proposed exchange; (ii) the prior number of exchanges by that shareholder; (iii) the nature of the underlying securities and the cash position of the Portfolio and of the portfolio of the Fund or DIG involved in the proposed exchange; (iv) the transaction costs involved in processing the exchange; and (v) the total number of redemptions by exchange already made out of the Portfolio. Excessive use of the exchange privilege is defined as any pattern of exchanges among portfolios by an investor that evidences market timing.

The redemption and purchase prices of shares redeemed and purchased by exchange, respectively are the net asset values next determined after the Advisor has received a letter of instruction in good order. “Good order” means a completed letter of instruction specifying the dollar amount to be exchanged, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and if a Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority. Exchanges will be accepted only if stock certificates have not been issued and the shares of the Portfolio being acquired are registered in the investor’s state of residence.

There is no fee imposed on an exchange. However, the Fund reserves the right to impose an administrative fee in order to cover the costs incurred in processing an exchange. Any such fee will be disclosed in the Prospectus. An exchange is treated as a redemption and a purchase. Therefore, an investor could realize a taxable gain or a loss on the transaction. The Fund reserves the right to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, waive the minimum amount requirement, limit the amount of or reject any exchange, as deemed necessary, at any time.

Class R1 Shares and Class R2 Shares

Investors may exchange Class R1 shares or Class R2 shares of the Portfolio described in this Prospectus for the same class of shares of another portfolio in the Fund or a portfolio of DIG. The minimum amount for an exchange is $100,000.

 

18


Table of Contents

Retirement Plan participants may be able to exchange shares. Please contact your employer or the Shareholder Services Agent to determine if an exchange of shares is available and the documentation required.

The exchange privilege is not intended to afford shareholders a way to speculate on short-term movements in the markets. Accordingly, in order to prevent excessive use of the exchange privilege that may potentially disrupt the management of the Portfolio or otherwise adversely affect the Fund or DIG, the exchange privilege may be terminated, and any proposed exchange is subject to the approval of the Advisor. Such approval will depend on: (i) the size of the proposed exchange; (ii) the prior number of exchanges by that shareholder; (iii) the nature of the underlying securities and the cash position of the portfolio of the Fund or DIG involved in the proposed exchange; (iv) the transaction costs involved in processing the exchange; and (v) the total number of redemptions by exchange already made out of the Portfolio. Excessive use of the exchange privilege is defined as any pattern of exchanges among portfolios by an investor that evidences market timing.

For Retirement Plan participants exchanging shares, the redemption and purchase prices of shares redeemed and purchased by exchange, respectively, are the net asset values next determined after the Shareholder Services Agent has received appropriate instructions in the form required by such Shareholder Services Agent.

There is no fee imposed on an exchange. However, the Fund reserves the right to impose an administrative fee in order to cover the costs incurred in processing an exchange. Any such fee will be disclosed in the Prospectus. The Funds reserve the right to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, waive the minimum amount requirement, limit the amount of or reject any exchange, as deemed necessary, at any time.

REDEMPTION OF INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES

Redemption Procedure

Investors who desire to redeem Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio must first contact the Advisor at (888) 576-1167 or (512) 306-7400. The Portfolio will redeem Institutional Class shares at the net asset value of such shares next determined after receipt of a written request for redemption in good order by the Portfolio’s transfer agent (or to an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, if applicable). “Good order” means that the request to redeem shares must include all necessary documentation, to be received in writing by the Advisor no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT), including but not limited to: the stock certificate(s), if issued; a letter of instruction or a stock assignment specifying the number of Institutional Class shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners (or authorized representatives thereof) of the Institutional Class shares; if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority.

Redeeming shareholders who have authorized redemption payment by wire on an authorization form filed with the Fund, may request that redemption proceeds be paid in federal funds wired to the bank they have designated on the authorization form. If the proceeds are wired to the shareholder’s account at a bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, there could be a delay in crediting the funds to the shareholder’s bank account. The Fund reserves the right at any time to suspend or terminate the redemption by wire procedure after notification to shareholders. No charge is made by the Fund for redemptions. The redemption of all Institutional Class shares in an account will result in the account being closed. A new Account Registration Form will be required for further investments. (See “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”)

Although the redemption payments will ordinarily be made within seven days after receipt, payment to investors redeeming Institutional Class shares which were purchased by check will not be made until the Fund can verify that the payments for the purchase have been, or will be, collected, which may take up to ten days or more. Investors may avoid this delay by submitting a certified check along with the purchase order.

Redemption of Small Accounts

The Fund reserves the right to redeem an account if the value of the Institutional Class shares in the account is $500 or less because of redemptions. Before the Fund involuntarily redeems Institutional Class shares from

 

19


Table of Contents

such an account and sends the proceeds to the stockholder, the Fund will give written notice of the redemption to the stockholder at least sixty days before the redemption date. The stockholder will then have sixty days from the date of the notice to make an additional investment in the Portfolio in order to bring the value of the shares in the account to more than $500 and avoid such involuntary redemption. The redemption price to be paid to a stockholder for Institutional Class shares redeemed by the Fund under this right will be the aggregate net asset value of the Institutional Class shares in the account at the close of business on the redemption date. This right to redeem small accounts applies to accounts established with the Fund’s transfer agent.

In-Kind Redemptions

When in the best interests of the Portfolio, the Portfolio may make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities that the Portfolio receives from the Master Fund in lieu of cash. Such distributions will be made in accordance with the federal securities laws and regulations governing mutual funds. Investors may incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs selling securities that were received in payment of redemptions.

REDEMPTION OF CLASS R1 SHARES AND CLASS R2 SHARES

Redemption Procedure for Retirement Plan Participants

A participant in a Retirement Plan or a client of an institution who desires to redeem Class R1 shares or Class R2 shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Shareholder Services Agent designated under the Retirement Plan or by the institution in the form required by such Shareholder Services Agent. The Shareholder Services Agent will adopt procedures approved by management of the Fund for transmitting redemption orders.

Redemption Procedure for Retirement Plans

A Retirement Plan that desires to redeem Class R1 shares or Class R2 shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to the Fund. The Portfolio will redeem Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares at the net asset value of such class of shares next determined after receipt of a request for redemption in good order by the Portfolio’s transfer agent. “Good order” means that the request to redeem shares must include all necessary documentation, to be received in writing by the Advisor no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT), including but not limited to: the stock certificate(s), if issued; a letter of instruction or a stock assignment specifying the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and, if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority. A Retirement Plan that has authorized redemption payment on redemption request to the Fund may request that redemption proceeds be paid in federal funds wired to the bank they have designated on the redemption request. The Fund reserves the right to send redemption proceeds by check in their discretion; a shareholder may request overnight delivery of such check at the shareholder’s own expense. If the proceeds are wired to the shareholder’s account at a bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, there could be a delay in crediting the funds to the bank account. The Fund reserves the right at any time to suspend or terminate the redemption by wire procedure after notification to the Retirement Plan. No charge is made by the Fund for redemptions. The redemption of all shares in an account will result in the account being closed. A new Account Registration Form will be required for future investments.

Although the redemption payments will ordinarily be made within seven days after receipt, payment to investors redeeming shares which were purchased by check will not be made until the Fund can verify that the payments for the purchase have been, or will be, collected, which may take up to ten days or more. Investors may avoid this delay by submitting a certified check along with the purchase order.

Redemption of Small Accounts

With respect to the Portfolio, the Fund reserves the right to redeem an account if the value of the Class R1 shares or Class R2 shares is $500 or less because of redemptions. Before the Fund involuntarily redeems Class R1

 

20


Table of Contents

shares or Class R2 shares from such an account and sends the proceeds to the stockholder, the Fund will give written notice of the redemption to the stockholder at least sixty days before the redemption date. The stockholder will then have sixty days from the date of the notice to make an additional investment in order to bring the value of the Class R1 shares or Class R2 shares in the account to more than $500 and avoid such involuntary redemption. The redemption price to be paid to a stockholder for shares redeemed by the Fund under this right will be the aggregate net asset value of the shares in the account at the close of business on the redemption date. The right to redeem small accounts applies to accounts established with the Fund’s transfer agent.

In-Kind Redemptions

When in the best interests of the Portfolio, the Portfolio may make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities that the Portfolio receives from the Master Fund in lieu of cash. Such distributions will be made in accordance with the federal securities laws and regulations governing mutual funds. Investors may incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs selling securities that were received in payment of redemptions.

THE FEEDER PORTFOLIO

The Master-Feeder structure is relatively complex. While this structure is designed to reduce costs, it may not do so. As a result, a Portfolio might encounter operational or other complications. Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in the Master Fund. Accordingly, the expenses of such other funds and, correspondingly, their returns may differ from those of the Portfolio. Please contact The DFA Investment Trust Company at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746, (512) 306-7400 for information about the availability of investing in the Master Fund other than through the Portfolio.

The aggregate amount of expenses for the Portfolio and the Master Fund may be greater than it would be if the Portfolio were to invest directly in the securities held by the Master Fund. However, the total expense ratios for the Portfolio and the Master Fund are expected to be less over time than such ratios would be if the Portfolio were to invest directly in the underlying securities. This arrangement enables various institutional investors, including the Portfolio, to pool their assets, which may be expected to result in economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base. Each shareholder in the Master Fund, including the Portfolio, will pay its proportionate share of the expenses of the Master Fund.

The shares of the Master Fund will be offered to institutional investors for the purpose of increasing the funds available for investment, to reduce expenses as a percentage of total assets and to achieve other economies that might be available at higher asset levels. Investment in the Master Fund by other institutional investors offers potential benefits to the Master Fund and, through its investment in the Master Fund, the Feeder Portfolio also. However, such economies and expense reductions might not be achieved, and additional investment opportunities, such as increased diversification, might not be available if other institutions do not invest in the Master Fund. Also, if an institutional investor were to redeem its interest in the Master Fund, the remaining investors in the Master Fund could experience higher pro rata operating expenses, thereby producing lower returns, and the Master Fund’s security holdings may become less diverse, resulting in increased risk. Institutional investors that have a greater pro rata ownership interest in the Master Fund than the Portfolio could have effective voting control over the operation of the Master Fund.

If the Board of Directors of the Fund determines that it is in the best interest of the Portfolio, it may withdraw its investment in the Master Fund at any time. Upon any such withdrawal, the Board would consider what action the Portfolio might take, including either seeking to invest its assets in another registered investment company with the same investment objective as the Portfolio, which might not be possible, or retaining an investment advisor to manage the Portfolio’s assets in accordance with its own investment objective, possibly at increased cost. Shareholders of the Portfolio will receive written notice thirty days before the effective date of any changes in the investment objective of the Master Fund. A withdrawal by the Portfolio of its investment in

 

21


Table of Contents

the Master Fund could result in a distribution in kind of portfolio securities (as opposed to a cash distribution) to the Portfolio. Should such a distribution occur, the Portfolio could incur brokerage fees or other transaction costs in converting such securities to cash in order to pay redemptions. In addition, a distribution in kind to a Portfolio could result in a less diversified portfolio of investments and could affect adversely the liquidity of the Portfolio. Moreover, a distribution in kind by the Master Fund to the Portfolio may constitute a taxable exchange for federal income tax purposes resulting in gain or loss to the Portfolio. Any net capital gains so realized will be distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders as described in “DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES.”

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Portfolio and Master Fund generally will disclose up to 25 of the Master Fund’s largest portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents) and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Master Fund, as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within 20 days after the end of each month. The Portfolio and Master Fund also generally will disclose the Master Fund’s complete portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, two months following the month-end or more frequently and at different periods when authorized in accordance with the Portfolio’s and Master Fund’s policies and procedures. Please consult the SAI for a description of the other policies and procedures that govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings by the Portfolio and Master Fund.

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

To eliminate duplicate mailings and reduce expenses, the Portfolio may deliver a single copy of certain shareholder documents, such as this Prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports, to related shareholders at the same address, even if accounts are registered in different names. This practice is known as “householding.” The Portfolio will not household personal information documents, such as account statements. If you do not want the mailings of these documents to be combined with other members of your household, please call us collect at (512) 306-7400. We will begin sending individual copies of the shareholder documents to you within 30 days of receiving your request.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The Financial Highlights table is meant to help you understand the Portfolio’s financial performance for the past five years or, if shorter, the period of the Portfolio’s operation. The total returns in the table represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. This information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with the Portfolio’s annual financial statements, are included in the Fund’s annual report which is available upon request. Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio have not commenced operations as of the date of this Prospectus and financial highlights are not yet available.

Financial highlights for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio are shown to provide investors with financial information about the Portfolio. The returns for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares would have been substantially similar because Institutional Class shares, Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are invested in the same investment portfolio. However, Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares pay shareholder servicing fees and Institutional Class shares do not. Had the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares been operational during the periods shown, dividend distributions (if any) and investment performance would have been lower than the Institutional Class shares.

 

22


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

U.S. LARGE COMPANY PORTFOLIO

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

    U.S. Large Company Portfolio Institutional Class Shares  
    Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,
2008**
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

  $ 28.57      $ 43.61      $ 41.24      $ 36.79      $ 34.59      $ 31.16   
                                               

Income From Investment Operations

           

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.67     0.72     0.80     0.71     0.60        0.61   
                                               

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

    2.08        (14.96     2.33        4.41        2.28        3.31   
                                               

Total From Investment Operations

    2.75        (14.24     3.13        5.12        2.88        3.92   
                                               

Less Distributions

           

Net Investment Income

    (0.72     (0.80     (0.76     (0.67     (0.68     (0.49

Net Realized Gains

                                         
                                               

Total Distributions

    (0.72     (0.80     (0.76     (0.67     (0.68     (0.49
                                               

Net Asset Value, End of Period

  $ 30.60      $ 28.57      $ 43.61      $ 41.24      $ 36.79      $ 34.59   
                                               

Total Return

    10.08     (33.14 )%†      7.66     14.12     8.41     12.68
                                               

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

  $ 2,719,418      $ 2,544,038      $ 3,415,833      $ 2,868,811      $ 2,088,128      $ 1,440,869   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets*

    0.15     0.15 %^      0.15     0.15     0.15     0.15

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (Excluding Waivers and Assumption of Expenses and/or Recovery of Previously Waived Fees)*

    0.17     0.15 %^      0.15     0.19     0.30     0.30

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

    2.48     2.05 %^      1.85     1.85     1.78     1.92

 

# Computed using average shares outstanding.
^ Annualized.
Non-annualized.
* Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
** The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.

 

23


Table of Contents

SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

Investment Advisor

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Tel. No. (512) 306-7400

  

Accounting Services, Dividend Disbursing

and Transfer Agent

PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING

(U.S.) INC.

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

Custodian

 

PFPC TRUST COMPANY

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

  

Legal Counsel

 

STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP

2600 One Commerce Square

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700

2001 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042

 

24


Table of Contents

Other Available Information

You can find more information about the Fund and Portfolio in the Fund’s SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

Statement of Additional Information. The SAI supplements, and is technically part of, this Prospectus. It includes an expanded discussion of investment practices, risks, and fund operations.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders. These reports focus on Portfolio holdings and performance. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolio in its last fiscal year.

For Institutional Class shareholders, request free copies from:

 

   

Your plan administrator—if you are a participant in a 401(k) plan offering the Portfolio.

 

   

Your account service provider—if you are a client or member of an institution offering the Portfolio.

 

   

The Fund—if you represent a 401(k) plan sponsor or qualifying institution. Call collect at (512) 306-7400.

 

   

Access them on our web site at http://www.dimensional.com.

 

   

Access them on the EDGAR Database in the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

   

Review and copy them at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington D.C. (phone 1-800-SEC-0330)

 

   

Request copies from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or at publicinfo@sec.gov (you will be charged a copying fee). Information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room is available by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

For Class R1 shareholders and Class R2 shareholders, request free copies from:

 

   

Your Shareholder Services Agent—if you are a participant in a Retirement Plan offering the Portfolios.

 

   

The Fund—if you represent a Retirement Plan sponsor. Call collect at (512) 306-7400.

 

   

Access them on our web site at http://www.dimensional.com.

 

   

Access them on the EDGAR Database in the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

   

Review and copy them at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington D.C. (phone 1-800-SEC-0330).

 

   

Request copies from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or at publicinfo@sec.gov (you will be charged a copying fee). Information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room is available by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

(512) 306-7400

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.—Registration No. 811-6067

RRD022810-026

LOGO                          LOGO


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

February 28, 2010

Please carefully read the important information it contains before investing.

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

 

 

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

LWAS/DFA U.S. HIGH BOOK TO MARKET PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFBMX

LWAS/DFA INTERNATIONAL HIGH BOOK TO MARKET PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFHBX

LWAS/DFA TWO-YEAR FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFCFX

LWAS/DFA TWO-YEAR GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFYGX

This Prospectus describes shares of each Portfolio which:

Are exclusively available to clients of LWI Financial Inc.

Do not charge sales commissions or loads.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed on the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

LWAS/DFA U.S. HIGH BOOK TO MARKET PORTFOLIO

   1

Investment Objective

   1

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   1

Principal Investment Strategies

   2

Principal Risks

   2

Performance

   3

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   4

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   4

Tax Information

   4

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   4

LWAS/DFA INTERNATIONAL HIGH BOOK TO MARKET PORTFOLIO

   5

Investment Objective

   5

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   5

Principal Investment Strategies

   6

Principal Risks

   6

Performance

   7

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   8

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   8

Tax Information

   8

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   8

LWAS/DFA TWO-YEAR FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

   9

Investment Objective

   9

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   9

Principal Investment Strategies

   9

Principal Risks

   10

Performance

   11

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   12

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   12

Tax Information

   13

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   13

LWAS/DFA TWO-YEAR GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO

   14

Investment Objective

   14

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

   14

Principal Investment Strategies

   14

Principal Risks

   15

Performance

   16

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

   17

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

   17

Tax Information

   17

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

   17

 

i


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES-EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

   18

LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio

   18

LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

   18

Equity Portfolios

   20

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach

   20

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES-FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIOS

   22

Description of Investments

   22

Investments in the Banking Industry

   23

Portfolio Strategy

   23

Other Information

   24

SECURITIES LOANS

   24

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

   25

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

   25

Management Fees

   26

Sub-Advisors—DFA International Value Series

   27

Client Service Agent—All Portfolios

   27

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

   27

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

   29

VALUATION OF SHARES

   32

Net Asset Value

   32

Public Offering Price

   33

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   34

In-Kind Purchases

   34

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

   35

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

   35

Redemption Procedure

   35

Redemption of Small Accounts

   35

In-Kind Redemptions

   36

THE FEEDER PORTFOLIOS

   36

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   37

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

   37

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

   37

SERVICE PROVIDERS

   42

 

ii


Table of Contents

LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio, is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The U.S. Large Cap Value Series (the “U.S. Large Cap Value Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.11

Other Expenses:

  

LWIF Financial Inc. Client Services Fee

   0.15

Other Expenses

   0.12

Total Other Expenses

   0.27

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.38

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the U.S. Large Cap Value Series and an administration fee payable by the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the U.S. Large Cap Value Series.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
$ 39    $ 122    $ 213    $ 480

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio and the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the U.S. Large Cap Value Series.

Portfolio Turnover

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not

 

1


Table of Contents

reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 29% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the U.S. Large Cap Value Series. The U.S. Large Cap Value Series, using a market capitalization weighted approach, generally purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of large U.S. companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. large cap company, the greater its representation in the Series. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of large cap U.S. companies. As of the date of this Prospectus, for purposes of the U.S. Large Cap Value Series, the Advisor considers large cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the highest 90% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are larger than the 1,000th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. Under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines described above, as of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a large cap company was $2,210 million, or above. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series and the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the U.S. Large Cap Value Series that owns them and in turn, the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

 

2


Table of Contents

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the U.S. Large Cap Value Series and LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio use derivatives, the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The U.S. Large Cap Value Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. A negative pretax total return translates into a higher after-tax return because this calculation assumes that an investor received a tax deduction for the loss incurred on the sale.

LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio

LOGO

 

  January 2000-December 2009  

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

23.55 (4/09-6/09)

   -27.86 (10/08-12/08)

 

3


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   30.06   -0.20   4.34

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   29.59   -0.75   3.18

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   19.83   -0.14   3.36

Russell 1000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   19.69   -0.26   2.47

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio and the U.S. Large Cap Value Series. Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, is responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio and the U.S. Large Cap Value Series and has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Shares of the Portfolio are only eligible for purchase by clients of LWI Financial Inc. (“LWIF”). Investors should first contact LWIF at (800) 366-7266, ext. 7, to notify LWIF of a proposed investment. An investor who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to LWIF in the form required by LWIF.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio pays LWIF, a financial intermediary, for performing shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s Web site for more information.

 

4


Table of Contents

LWAS/DFA International High Book To Market Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio is long-term capital appreciation. The LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding Master Fund, The DFA International Value Series (the “DFA International Value Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses* (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.21

Other Expenses:

  

LWIF Financial Inc. Client Services Fee

   0.19

Other Expenses

   0.12

Total Other Expenses

   0.31

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.52

 

* The “Management Fee” includes an investment management fee payable by the DFA International Value Series and an administration fee payable by the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio. The amounts set forth under “Other Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” reflect the direct expenses of the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio and the indirect expenses of the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the DFA International Value Series.

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

l Year

 

3 Years

 

5 Years

 

10 Years

$53

  $167   $291   $653

The Example reflects the aggregate estimated annual operating expenses of the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio and the Portfolio’s portion of the expenses of the DFA International Value Series.

Portfolio Turnover

The DFA International Value Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not

 

5


Table of Contents

reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the DFA International Value Series’ portfolio turnover rate was 18% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that equity investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on sources of expected returns, not on stock picking or market timing. In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely-defined risk and return characteristics. It then places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low. The Advisor does not intend to purchase or sell securities for the investment portfolio based on prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets in the DFA International Value Series. The DFA International Value Series, using a market capitalization weighted approach, generally purchases stocks of large non-U.S. companies in countries with developed markets that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a large company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Series. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

The DFA International Value Series intends to purchase stocks of large companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. The Advisor determines the minimum market capitalization of a large company with respect to each country or region in which the Series invests. As of December 31, 2009, for the DFA International Value Series, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the DFA International Value Series invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions.

The DFA International Value Series may gain exposure to companies associated with approved markets by purchasing equity securities in the form of depositary receipts, which may be listed or traded outside the issuer’s domicile country. The DFA International Value Series and the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio each may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts for foreign or U.S. equity securities and indices, to gain market exposure on their uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The DFA International Value Series may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the International Value Series that owns them, and in turn the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio itself, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and following a value-oriented investment strategy may cause the Portfolio to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

 

6


Table of Contents

Foreign Securities and Currencies: Foreign securities prices may decline or fluctuate because of: (a) economic or political actions of foreign governments, and/or (b) less regulated or liquid securities markets. Investors holding these securities are also exposed to foreign currency risk (the possibility that foreign currency will fluctuate in value against the U.S. dollar). The DFA International Value Series does not hedge foreign currency risk.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the DFA International Value Series and the DFA International Value Portfolio use derivatives, the DFA International Value Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, the DFA International Value Series may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. The DFA International Value Series could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain potential adverse tax consequences.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

33.91 (4/09-6/09)

   -24.54 (10/08-12/08)

 

7


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   39.37   4.93   6.62

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   38.41   2.62   4.60

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   26.08   3.73   5.03

MSCI World ex USA Index(1) (net dividends) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes on sales)

   33.67   4.07   1.62

 

(1)

The MSCI World ex U.S. Index measures the developed markets in the entire developed world less the United States.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio and the DFA International Value Series. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio and the DFA International Value Series:

 

   

Karen Umland, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1998.

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

Joseph H. Chi, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2005.

 

   

Jed S. Fogdall, Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2004.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Shares of the Portfolio are only eligible for purchase by clients of LWI Financial Inc. (“LWIF”). Investors should first contact LWIF at (800) 366-7266, ext. 7, to notify LWIF of a proposed investment. An investor who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to LWIF in the form required by LWIF.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio pays LWIF, a financial intermediary, for performing shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s Web site for more information.

 

8


Table of Contents

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio is to maximize total returns consistent with preservation of capital. Total return is comprised of income and capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.15

Other Expenses:

  

LWIF Financial Inc. Client Services Fee

   0.08

Other Expenses

   0.11

Total Other Expenses

   0.19

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.34

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

l Year

 

3 Years

 

5 Years

 

10 Years

$35

  $109   $191   $431

Portfolio Turnover

The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 77% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

 

9


Table of Contents

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio seeks to maximize risk-adjusted total returns from a universe of high quality, U.S. issued, dollar-denominated fixed income securities with maturities of no more than two years. The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio may invest in U.S. government obligations, U.S. government agency obligations, dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S., bank obligations, including U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, corporate obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and obligations of supranational organizations. The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio principally invests in certificates of deposit, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, notes and bonds. The fixed income securities in which the Portfolio invests are considered investment grade at the time of purchase.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities that mature within two years from the date of settlement.

The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry” in the Portfolio’s prospectus for additional information.

The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio may invest in futures contracts and options on futures contracts. The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio may use bond (interest rate) futures and options contracts, swaps and other types of derivatives to hedge against changes in interest rates. To the extent that it invests in futures contracts and options thereon for other than bona fide hedging purposes, it will not purchase futures contracts or options thereon, if, as a result, more than 5% of its net assets would then consist of initial margin deposits and premiums required to establish such positions. The Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio’s income to decline.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

 

10


Table of Contents

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio’s performance. Government agency obligations have different levels of credit support and, therefore, different degrees of credit risk. Securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, present little credit risk. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government, that are supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limitations, and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government that are sponsored by the credit of the issuing agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, are subject to a greater degree of credit risk. U.S. government agency securities issued or guaranteed by the credit of the agency may still involve a risk of non-payment of principal and/or interest.

Risks of Banking Concentration: Focus on the banking industry would link the performance of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio to changes in performance of the banking industry generally. Banks are very sensitive to changes in money market and general economic conditions. The profitability of the banking industry is dependent upon banks being able to obtain funds at reasonable costs and upon liquidity in the capital and credit markets to finance their lending operations. Adverse general economic conditions can cause financial difficulties for a bank’s borrowers and the borrowers’ failure to repay their loans can adversely affect the bank’s financial situation. Banks are subject to extensive regulation and decisions by regulators may limit the loans banks make and the interest rates and fees they charge, which could reduce bank profitability.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

11


Table of Contents

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

   Lowest Quarter

2.54 (10/08-12/08)

  

-1.22 (4/04-6/04)

 

     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   2.21   3.53   3.80

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   1.65   2.40   2.41

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   1.44   2.35   2.40

BofA Merrill Lynch U.S. Corporate and Government Index 1-3 years* (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   3.83   4.27   4.80

 

* Source Merrill Lynch, used with permission. MERRILL LYNCH IS LICENSING THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES “AS IS,” MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING SAME, DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE QUALITY, ACCURACY AND/OR COMPLETENESS OF THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN OR DERIVED THEREFROM, AND ASSUMES NO LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR USE.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Shares of the Portfolio are only eligible for purchase by clients of LWI Financial Inc. (“LWIF”). Investors should first contact LWIF at (800) 366-7266, ext. 7, to notify LWIF of a proposed investment. An investor who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to LWIF in the form required by LWIF.

 

12


Table of Contents

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio pays LWIF, a financial intermediary, for performing shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s Web site for more information.

 

13


Table of Contents

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the LWAS/DFA Two-year Government Portfolio is to maximize total returns available from the universe of debt obligations of the U.S. government and U.S. government agencies consistent with the preservation of capital. Total return is comprised of income and capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

Management Fee

   0.15

Other Expenses:

  

LWIF Financial Inc. Client Services Fee

   0.08

Other Expenses

   0.08

Total Other Expenses

   0.16

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.31

Example

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

l Year

 

3 Years

 

5 Years

 

10 Years

$32

 

$100

 

$174

 

$393

Portfolio Turnover

The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 112% of the average value of its investment portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) believes that fixed income investing should involve a long-term view and a systematic focus on bond market risk and return, not on interest rate forecasting or market timing.

 

14


Table of Contents

In constructing an investment portfolio, the Advisor identifies a broadly diversified universe of eligible securities with precisely defined maturity ranges and credit quality characteristics. The Advisor will then seek to purchase a broad and diverse portfolio of securities meeting these credit quality standards. In making these purchase decisions, if the anticipated maturity risk premium is greater for longer-term securities in the eligible maturity range, the Advisor will focus investment in that longer-term area, otherwise, the portfolio will focus investment in the short-term range of the eligible maturity range. The Advisor also places priority on efficiently managing portfolio turnover and keeping trading costs low.

The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio seeks to maximize risk-adjusted total returns from a universe of obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies maturing in two years or less. The credit quality of the securities purchased by the Portfolio will be that of the U.S. government or its agency. The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio generally pursues its objective by purchasing U.S. government obligations and U.S. government agency obligations that mature within two years from the date of settlement. The Portfolio also may enter into repurchase agreements backed by U.S. government securities.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in government securities that mature within two years from the date of settlement.

The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio may invest in futures contracts and options on futures contracts. The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio may use bond (interest rate) futures and options contracts, swaps and other types of derivatives to hedge against changes in interest rates. To the extent that it invests in futures contracts and options thereon for other than bona fide hedging purposes, it will not purchase futures contracts or options thereon, if, as a result, more than 5% of its net assets would then consist of initial margin deposits and premiums required to establish such positions. The Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, political, and issuer-specific events will cause the value of securities, and the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio that owns them, to rise or fall. Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money.

Income Risk: Income risk is the risk that falling interest rates will cause the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio’s income to decline.

Interest Rate Risk: Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk because the prices of fixed income securities tend to move in the opposite direction of interest rates. When interest rates rise, fixed income security prices fall. When interest rates fall, fixed income security prices rise. In general, securities with longer maturities are more sensitive to these price changes.

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security may be unable to make interest payments and/or repay principal when due. A downgrade to an issuer’s credit rating or a perceived change in an issuer’s financial strength may affect a security’s value, and thus, impact the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio’s performance. Government agency obligations have different levels of credit support and, therefore, different degrees of credit risk. Securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, present little credit risk. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government, that are supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limitations, and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government that are

 

15


Table of Contents

sponsored by the credit of the issuing agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, are subject to a greater degree of credit risk. U.S. government agency securities issued or guaranteed by the credit of the agency may still involve a risk of non-payment of principal and/or interest.

Derivatives: Derivatives are securities, such as futures contracts, whose value is derived from that of other securities or indices. Derivatives can be used for hedging (attempting to reduce risk by offsetting one investment position with another) or non-hedging purposes. Hedging with derivatives may increase expenses, and there is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will work. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered more speculative than other types of investments. When the Portfolio uses derivatives, the Portfolio will be directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Derivative securities are subject to a number of risks including liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, and the risk of improper valuation. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and the Portfolio could lose more than the principal amount invested.

PERFORMANCE

The bar chart and table immediately following illustrate the variability of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio’s returns and are meant to provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows the changes in the Portfolio’s performance from year to year. The table illustrates how annualized one year, five year and ten year returns, both before and after taxes, compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Portfolio’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained by visiting www.dimensional.com.

The after-tax returns presented in the table for the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table. In addition, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold shares of the Portfolio through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio

LOGO

 

January 2000-December 2009

Highest Quarter

  

Lowest Quarter

3.83 (10/08-12/08)

  

-1.07 (4/04-6/04)

 

16


Table of Contents
     Periods ending December 31, 2009  

Annualized Returns (%)

   One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio

      

Return Before Taxes

   1.52   3.61   3.98

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   0.65   2.48   2.52

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares

   1.14   2.43   2.52

BofA Merrill Lynch US Government Bond Index 1-3 Years* (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

   1.23   4.16   4.60

 

* Source Merrill Lynch, used with permission. MERRILL LYNCH IS LICENSING THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES “AS IS,” MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING SAME, DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE QUALITY, ACCURACY AND/OR COMPLETENESS OF THE MERRILL LYNCH INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN OR DERIVED THEREFROM, AND ASSUMES NO LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR USE.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio. The following portfolio managers are responsible for coordinating the day to day management of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio:

 

   

Stephen A. Clark, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 2001.

 

   

David A. Plecha, Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager since 1989.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Shares of the Portfolio are only eligible for purchase by clients of LWI Financial Inc. (“LWIF”). Investors should first contact LWIF at (800) 366-7266, ext. 7, to notify LWIF of a proposed investment. An investor who desires to redeem shares of the Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to LWIF in the form required by LWIF.

TAX INFORMATION

The dividends and distributions you receive from the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio pays LWIF, a financial intermediary, for performing shareholder services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s Web site for more information.

 

17


Table of Contents

The two investment companies described in this Prospectus offer a variety of investment portfolios. Each of the investment companies’ Portfolios has its own investment objective and policies, and is the equivalent of a separate mutual fund. LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio is offered by DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. The other Portfolios contained in this Prospects are offered by Dimensional Investment Group Inc. The Portfolios described in this Prospectus are designed for long-term investors.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES-EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio

The investment objective of the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the U.S. Large Cap Value Series of the Trust, which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. Ordinarily, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series will invest its assets in a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of large U.S. companies which the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of purchase. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”). In assessing value, the Advisor may consider additional factors such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series will purchase securities that are listed on the U.S. national securities exchanges or traded on the over-the-counter market. The U.S. Large Cap Value Series uses a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach” in this Prospectus.

On not less than a semi-annual basis, the Advisor will calculate book to market ratios and review total market capitalization to determine those companies whose stock may be eligible for investment for the U.S. Large Cap Value Series. The U.S. Large Cap Value Series does not intend to purchase or sell securities based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase.

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series may sell portfolio securities when the issuer’s market capitalization falls below that of the issuer with the minimum market capitalization that is then eligible for purchase by the Series. In addition, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series may sell portfolio securities when its book to market ratios fall below those of the security with the lowest such ratio that is then eligible for purchase by the Series.

The total market capitalization range and the value criteria used by the Advisor for the U.S. Large Cap Value Series, as described above, generally apply at the time of purchase. The U.S. Large Cap Value Series is not required to dispose of a security if the security’s issuer is no longer within the total market capitalization range or does not meet current value criteria. Similarly, the Advisor is not required to sell a security even if the decline in the market capitalization reflects a serious financial difficulty or potential or actual insolvency of the company. Securities that do meet the market capitalization and/or value criteria nevertheless may be sold at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale. See “Equity Portfolios” in this Prospectus.

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds.

LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

The investment objective of the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio invests

 

18


Table of Contents

substantially all of its assets in the DFA International Value Series of the Trust, which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The DFA International Value Series seeks to achieve its objective by purchasing in the stocks of large non-U.S. companies which the Advisor determines to be value stocks at the time of the purchase. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”). In assessing value, the Advisor may consider additional factors such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios, as well as economic conditions and developments in the issuer’s industry. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time. As of the date of this Prospectus, the DFA International Value Series may invest in the stocks of large companies associated with Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom (collectively, the “Approved Markets”). The Investment Committee of the Advisor also may authorize other countries for investment in the future, in addition to the Approved Markets listed above. In addition, the DFA International Value Series may continue to hold securities of developed market countries that are not listed above as Approved Markets, but had been authorized for investment in the past, and may reinvest distributions received in connection with such existing investments in such previously Approved Markets.

Under normal market conditions, the DFA International Value Series intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in three or more non-U.S. countries by investing in securities of companies associated with such countries.

In the countries or regions authorized for investment, the Advisor first ranks eligible companies listed on selected exchanges based on the companies’ market capitalization. The Advisor then determines the universe of eligible stocks by defining the minimum market capitalization of a large company that may be purchased by the DFA International Value Series with respect to each country or region. As of December 31, 2009, for the DFA International Value Series, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the DFA International Value Series invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will vary by country or region. For example, as of December 31, 2009, the Advisor considered a large company in the European Monetary Union (EMU) to have a market capitalization of at least $3,769 million, a large company in Australia to have a market capitalization of at least $2,010 million and a large company in Japan to have a market capitalization of at least $1,405 million. These dollar amounts will change due to market conditions.

The DFA International Value Series intends to purchase securities within each applicable country using a market capitalization weighted approach. The Advisor, using this approach and its judgment, will seek to set country weights based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible large companies within each country. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach” in this Prospectus. As a result, the weightings of certain countries in the DFA International Value Series may vary from their weighting in international indices, such as those published by FTSE International, Morgan Stanley Capital International or Citigroup.

The value criteria used by the Advisor for the DFA International Value Series, as described above, generally apply at the time of purchase by the DFA International Value Series. The DFA International Value Series is not required to dispose of a security if the security’s issuer does not meet current value criteria. Similarly, the Advisor is not required to sell a security even if the decline in the market capitalization reflects a serious financial difficulty or potential or actual insolvency of the company. Securities which do meet the value criteria nevertheless may be sold at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale. See “Equity Portfolios” in this Prospectus.

The DFA International Value Series does not seek current income as an investment objective and investments will not be based upon an issuer’s dividend payment policy or record. However, many of the companies whose securities will be included in the DFA International Value Series do pay dividends. It is anticipated, therefore, that the DFA International Value Series will receive dividend income.

The DFA International Value Series invests in securities of Approved Markets (as identified above) listed on bona fide securities exchanges or traded on the over-the-counter markets. These exchanges or

 

19


Table of Contents

over-the-counter markets may be either within or outside the issuer’s domicile country. For example, the securities may be listed or traded in the form of European Depository Receipts, Global Depository Receipts, American Depository Receipts, or other types of depository receipts (including non-voting depositary receipts) or may be listed on bona fide securities exchanges in more than one country. The DFA International Value Series will consider for purchase securities that are associated with an Approved Market, and include, among others: (a) securities of companies that are organized under the laws of, or maintain their principal place of business in, an Approved Market; (b) securities for which the principal trading market is in an Approved Market; (c) securities issued or guaranteed by the government of an Approved Market, its agencies or instrumentalities, or the central bank of such country or territory; (d) securities denominated in an Approved Market currency issued by companies to finance operations in Approved Markets; (e) securities of companies that derive at least 50% of their revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in Approved Markets or have at least 50% of their assets in Approved Markets; (f) equity securities of companies in Approved Markets in the form of depositary shares; (g) securities of pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in securities of Approved Markets or derivative instruments that derive their value from securities of Approved Markets; or (h) securities included in the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio’s benchmark index. Securities of Approved Markets may include securities of companies that have characteristics and business relationships common to companies in other countries or regions. As a result, the value of the securities of such companies may reflect economic and market forces in such other countries or regions as well as in the Approved Markets. The Advisor, however, will select only those companies that, in its view, have sufficiently strong exposure to economic and market forces in Approved Markets. For example, the Advisor may invest in companies organized and located in the United States or other countries or regions outside of Approved Markets, including companies having their entire production facilities outside of Approved Markets, when such companies meet the criteria discussed above to be considered associated with Approved Markets.

The DFA International Value Series may invest in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the DFA International Value Series may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

Equity Portfolios

With respect to the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio and the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio (the “Equity Portfolios”) and the U.S. Large Cap Value Series and the DFA International Value Series (each, a “Master Fund” and collectively, the “Master Funds”) in which the Equity Portfolios invest, investments will generally be made in eligible securities using a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach.” Securities will not be purchased or sold based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase. Securities which have depreciated in value since their acquisition will not be sold solely because prospects for the issuer are not considered attractive or due to an expected or realized decline in securities prices in general. Securities will not be sold to realize short-term profits, but when circumstances warrant, they may be sold without regard to the length of time held. Securities, including those eligible for purchase, may be disposed of, however, at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale, including, but not limited to, tender offers, mergers and similar transactions, or bids made for block purchases at opportune prices. Generally, securities will be purchased with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year and will be held until such time as they are no longer considered an appropriate holding in light of the investment policy of each Equity Portfolio and Master Fund.

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach

The portfolio structures of the Master Funds in which the Equity Portfolios invest involve market capitalization weighting in determining individual security weights and, where applicable, country or region

 

20


Table of Contents

weights. Market capitalization weighting means each security is generally purchased based on the issuer’s relative market capitalization. Market capitalization weighting will be adjusted by the Advisor for a variety of factors. The Advisor may consider such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors determined to be appropriate by the Advisor given market conditions. The Advisor may deviate from market capitalization weighting to limit or fix the exposure of the Master Funds to a particular issuer to a maximum proportion of the assets of the Master Funds. The Advisor may exclude the stock of a company that meets applicable market capitalization criterion if the Advisor determines, in its judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate in light of other conditions. These adjustments will result in a deviation from traditional market capitalization weighting.

Adjustment for free float adjusts market capitalization weighting to exclude the share capital of a company that is not freely available for trading in the public equity markets by international investors. For example, the following types of shares may be excluded: (i) those held by strategic investors (such as governments, controlling shareholders and management), (ii) treasury shares, or (iii) shares subject to foreign ownership restrictions.

Deviation from market capitalization weighting also will occur because the Advisor generally intends to purchase in round lots. Furthermore, the Advisor may reduce the relative amount of any security held in order to retain sufficient portfolio liquidity. A portion, but generally not in excess of 20% of assets, may be invested in interest bearing obligations, such as money market instruments, thereby causing further deviation from market capitalization weighting. A further deviation may occur due to investments in privately placed convertible debentures.

Block purchases of eligible securities may be made at opportune prices, even though such purchases exceed the number of shares that, at the time of purchase, adherence to a market capitalization weighted approach would otherwise require. In addition, securities eligible for purchase or otherwise represented in a Master Fund may be acquired in exchange for the issuance of shares. See “PURCHASE OF SHARES—In-Kind Purchases.” While such transactions might cause a deviation from market capitalization weighting, they would ordinarily be made in anticipation of further growth of assets.

Changes in the composition and relative ranking (in terms of market capitalization) of the stocks that are eligible for purchase take place with every trade when the securities markets are open for trading due, primarily, to price fluctuations of such securities. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor will identify companies whose stock is eligible for investment by a Master Fund. Additional investments generally will not be made in securities that have changed in value sufficiently to be excluded from the Advisor’s then current market capitalization requirement for eligible portfolio securities. This may result in further deviation from market capitalization weighting. Such deviation could be substantial if a significant amount of holdings of a Master Fund change in value sufficiently to be excluded from the requirement for eligible securities, but not by a sufficient amount to warrant their sale.

Country weights may be based on the total market capitalization of companies within each country. The calculation of country market capitalization may take into consideration the free float of companies within a country or whether these companies are eligible to be purchased for the particular strategy. In addition, to maintain a satisfactory level of diversification, the Investment Committee may limit or fix the exposure to a particular country or region to a maximum proportion of the assets of that vehicle. Country weights may also deviate from target weights due to general day-to-day trading patterns and price movements. As a result, the weighting of certain countries may vary from their weighting in published international indices.

 

21


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES-FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIOS

Description of Investments

The following is a description of the categories of investments which may be acquired by the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio (the “Fixed Income Portfolios”):

 

     Permissible
Categories

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

   1-9

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio

   1, 2, 6, 9

1. U.S. Government Obligations—Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury which are direct obligations of the U.S. government, including bills, notes and bonds.

2. U.S. Government Agency Obligations—Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities and federal agencies, which have different levels of credit support. The U.S. Government Agency Obligations include, but are not limited to, securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, including Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government may be supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limits, such as securities issued by Federal Home Loan Banks, or are supported only by the credit of such agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.

3. Corporate Debt Obligations—Non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) which are issued by companies whose commercial paper is rated Prime-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or A-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies (“S&P”) or F1 or better by Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) and dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S. If the issuer’s commercial paper is unrated, then the debt security would have to be rated at least AA by S&P or Aa2 by Moody’s or AA by Fitch. If there is neither a commercial paper rating nor a rating of the debt security, then the Advisor must determine that the debt security is of comparable quality to equivalent issues of the same issuer rated at least AA or Aa2.

4. Bank Obligations—Obligations of U.S. banks and savings and loan associations and dollar-denominated obligations of U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, such as certificates of deposit (including marketable variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits and bankers’ acceptances. Bank certificates of deposit will be acquired only if the bank has assets in excess of $1,000,000,000.

5. Commercial Paper—Rated, at the time of purchase, A-1 or better by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s or F1 or better by Fitch, or, if unrated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated Aaa by Moody’s or AAA by S&P or AAA by Fitch.

6. Repurchase Agreements—Instruments through which the Fixed Income Portfolios purchase securities (“underlying securities”) from a bank or a registered U.S. government securities dealer, with an agreement by the seller to repurchase the securities at an agreed price, plus interest at a specified rate. The underlying securities will be limited to U.S. government and agency obligations described in (1) and (2) above. The Fixed Income Portfolios will not enter into a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days if, as a result, more than 10% of the value of the Fixed Income Portfolio’s total assets would be so invested. In addition, a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days will be subject to a Fixed Income Portfolio’s illiquid securities policy. The Portfolios also will only invest in repurchase agreements with a bank if the bank has at least $1,000,000,000 in assets and is approved by the Investment Committee of the Advisor. The Advisor will monitor the market value of the securities plus any accrued interest thereon so that they will at least equal the repurchase price.

 

22


Table of Contents

7. Foreign Government and Agency Obligations—Bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments or their agencies or instrumentalities.

8. Supranational Organization Obligations—Debt securities of supranational organizations such as the European Coal and Steel Community, the European Economic Community and the World Bank, which are chartered to promote economic development.

9. Money Market Funds—The Fixed Income Portfolios may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

The categories of investments that may be acquired by the Fixed Income Portfolios may include both fixed and floating rate securities. Floating rate securities bear interest at rates that vary with prevailing market rates. Interest rate adjustments are made periodically (e.g., every six months), usually based on a money market index such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the Treasury bill rate.

Investments in the Banking Industry

The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio will invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the NYSE is open for trading. For purposes of this policy, the Advisor considers eligible portfolio investments to be those securities that are on the Advisor’s then current buy list that are available for purchase. This policy can only be changed by a vote of shareholders. When investment in such obligations exceeds 25% of the total net assets of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, the Portfolio will be considered to be concentrating its investments in the banking industry. Once the Portfolio concentrates its investments in the banking industry, the Portfolio may remain concentrated in the banking industry until the purchase of new investments in the normal course of executing the Portfolio’s investment strategy results in less than 25% of the Portfolio’s total assets consisting of banking industry securities. As of the date of this Prospectus, the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio is concentrating its investments in banking industry securities.

The types of bank and bank holding company obligations in which the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio may invest include: dollar-denominated certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and other debt obligations issued in the United States and which mature within two years of the date of settlement, provided such obligations meet the Portfolio’s established credit rating criteria as stated under “Description of Investments.” In addition, the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio are each authorized to invest more than 25% of its total assets in Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities.

Portfolio Strategy

The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio will be managed with a view to capturing credit risk premiums and term or maturity premiums. The term “credit risk premium” means the anticipated incremental return on investment for holding obligations considered to have greater credit risk than direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, and “maturity risk premium” means the anticipated incremental return on investment for holding securities having maturities of longer than one month compared to securities having a maturity of one month. The Advisor believes that credit risk premiums are available largely through investment in high grade commercial paper, certificates of deposit and corporate obligations. The holding period for assets of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio will be chosen with a view to maximizing anticipated returns, net of trading costs.

 

23


Table of Contents

The Fixed Income Portfolios are expected to have high portfolio turnover rates due to the relatively short maturities of the securities to be acquired. The rate of portfolio turnover will depend upon market and other conditions; it will not be a limiting factor when management believes that portfolio changes are appropriate. It is anticipated that the annual turnover rate of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio could be 0% to 200%, and the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio could be 0% to 200%. Taxable distributions ordinarily increase with trading activity. While the Fixed Income Portfolios acquire securities in principal transactions and, therefore, do not pay brokerage commissions, the spread between the bid and asked prices of a security may be considered to be a “cost” of trading. Such costs ordinarily increase with trading activity. However, as stated above, securities ordinarily will be sold when, in the Advisor’s judgment, the monthly return of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio or the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio will be increased as a result of portfolio transactions after taking into account the cost of trading. It is anticipated that short-term instruments will be acquired in the primary and secondary markets.

Other Information

Commodity Pool Operator Exemption:

The Master Funds and Portfolios are operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

SECURITIES LOANS

The Portfolios and Master Funds are authorized to lend securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions for the purpose of earning additional income, although inasmuch as the Equity Portfolios will only hold shares of a corresponding Master Fund, these Portfolios do not intend to lend those shares. While the Portfolios or Master Funds may earn additional income from lending securities, such activity is incidental to their investment objectives. For information concerning the revenue from securities lending see “SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE.” The value of securities loaned may not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of each Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s total assets. To the extent a Portfolio or Master Fund loans a portion of its securities, the Portfolio or the Master Fund will receive collateral consisting generally of cash or U.S. government securities, which will be maintained by marking to market daily in an amount equal to at least (i) 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, and (ii) 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to U.S. securities, and (iii) 105% of the current market value of the loaned securities with respect to foreign securities. Subject to their stated investment policies, the Portfolios or Master Funds will generally invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Money Market Series”), an affiliated registered money market fund advised by the Advisor for which the Advisor receives a management fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Money Market Series. The Portfolios or Master Funds also may invest the collateral received for the loaned securities in securities of the U.S. government or its agencies, repurchase agreements collateralized by securities of the U.S. government or its agencies and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. For purposes of this paragraph, agencies include both agency debentures and agency mortgage backed securities.

In addition, a Portfolio or Master Fund will be able to terminate the loan at any time, will receive reasonable compensation on the loan, as well as amounts equal to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities. However, dividend income received from loaned securities may not be eligible to be taxed at qualified dividend income rates. See the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) for a further discussion of the tax consequences related to securities lending. A Portfolio or Master Fund will be entitled to recall a loaned security in time to vote proxies or otherwise obtain rights to vote proxies of loaned securities if the Portfolio or Master Fund knows a material event will occur. In the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower, a Portfolio or Master Fund could experience delay in recovering the loaned securities or only recover cash or a security of equivalent value. See “PRINCIPAL RISKS—Securities Lending for a discussion of the risks related to securities lending. Although each Feeder Fund is authorized to lend its portfolio securities, as long as it only holds shares of its Master Fund, it will not do so.

 

24


Table of Contents

SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the following Portfolio and Master Fund received the following net revenues from a securities lending program, which constituted a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio or Master Fund (see “SECURITIES LOANS”):

 

Portfolio

   Net Revenue    Percentage
of Net Assets
 

U.S. Large Cap Value Series*

   $ 13,048,000    0.20

LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio**

   $ 196,000    0.26

 

* A Master Fund taxed as a corporation during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 in which a Feeder Portfolio invests. “Net Revenue” reflects the total securities lending revenue generated by the Master Fund.
** A Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is taxed as a partnership. “Net Revenue” reflects the proportional share of the securities lending revenue generated by the Master Fund that was received by the Feeder Portfolio.

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

The Advisor serves as investment advisor to the Portfolios and the Master Funds. Pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement with each Non-Feeder Portfolio and Master Fund, the Advisor is responsible for the management of their respective assets. Additionally, pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement with each Feeder Portfolio, the Advisor, for no additional compensation, manages the portion of each Feeder Portfolio’s assets that are retained by the Feeder Portfolio for cash management purposes and, at its discretion, may make a determination to withdraw a Feeder Portfolio’s investment from its corresponding Master Fund to invest in another Master Fund if the Advisor believes it is in the best interests of the Feeder Portfolio and its shareholders to do so. The Portfolios and the Master Funds are managed using a team approach. The investment team includes the Investment Committee of the Advisor, portfolio managers and trading personnel.

The Investment Committee is composed primarily of certain officers and directors of the Advisor who are appointed annually. As of the date of this Prospectus the Investment Committee has seven members. Investment strategies for the Portfolios and Master Funds are set by the Investment Committee, which meets on a regular basis and also as needed to consider investment issues. The Investment Committee also sets and reviews all investment related policies and procedures and approves any changes in regards to approved countries, security types and brokers.

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios and Master Funds, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios and Master Funds including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolios and Master Funds indicated below.

 

LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio

U.S. Large Cap Value Series

   Stephen A. Clark

LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

DFA International Value Series

   Stephen A. Clark,
Karen E. Umland,
Joseph H. Chi and
Jed S. Fogdall
Fixed Income Portfolios   

Stephen A. Clark and

David A. Plecha

 

25


Table of Contents

Mr. Clark is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and chairman of the Investment Committee. Mr. Clark received his MBA from the University of Chicago and his BS from Bradley University. Mr. Clark joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2001 and has been responsible for the portfolio management group since January 2006.

Ms. Umland is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and a member of the Investment Committee. She received her BA from Yale University in 1988 and her MBA from the University of California at Los Angeles in 1993. Ms. Umland joined the Advisor in 1993 and has been a portfolio manager and responsible for the international equity portfolios since 1998.

Mr. Chi is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Chi has an MBA and BS from the University of California, Los Angeles and also a JD from the University of Southern California. Mr. Chi joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2005 and has been responsible for the international portfolios since 2010.

Mr. Fogdall is a Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor. Mr. Fogdall has an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles and a BS from Purdue University. Mr. Fogdall joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2004 and has been responsible for the international portfolios since 2010.

Mr. Plecha is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Vice President of the Advisor and a member of the Investment Committee. Mr. Plecha received his BS from the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor in 1983 and his MBA from the University of California at Los Angeles in 1987. Mr. Plecha has been a portfolio manager since 1989 and responsible for the fixed income portfolios since the end of 1991.

The SAI provides information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, and the portfolio manager’s ownership of Fund shares.

The Advisor provides all Portfolios and Master Funds with a trading department and selects brokers and dealers to effect securities transactions. Securities transactions are placed with a view to obtaining the best price and execution of such transactions. A discussion regarding the basis for the Boards of Trustees/Directors approving the investment management agreements with respect to the Portfolios and Master Funds is available in the semi-annual reports for the Portfolios for the fiscal period ending April 30, 2009. The Advisor’s address is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. The Advisor has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. The Advisor is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. As of January 31, 2010, assets under management for all Dimensional affiliated advisors totaled approximately $161 billion.

The DFA Investment Dimensions Group, Inc., Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (each a “Fund,” and collectively the “Funds”) and the Trust bear all of their own costs and expenses, including: services of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes in connection with the acquisition and disposition of portfolio securities, taxes, insurance premiums, costs incidental to meetings of its shareholders and directors or trustees, the cost of filing its registration statements under federal securities laws and the cost of any filings required under state securities laws, reports to shareholders, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency, administrative services and custodian fees. Expenses allocable to a particular Portfolio or Master Fund are so allocated. Expenses of a Fund which are not allocable to a particular Portfolio are borne by each Portfolio of that Fund on the basis of its relative net assets. Similarly, the expenses of the Trust which are not allocable to a particular Master Fund are to be borne by each Master Fund of the Trust on the basis of its relative net assets.

Management Fees

The “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table describes the fees incurred by a Portfolio for the services provided by the Advisor for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for each Feeder Portfolio includes the investment management fee that was payable by the Portfolio’s Master Fund

 

26


Table of Contents

to the Advisor and the administrative fee that was payable by the Portfolio to the Advisor. The “Management Fee” listed in the table for the Non-Feeder Portfolios provides the investment advisory fee that was payable by the respective Portfolio to the Advisor.

Sub-Advisors—DFA International Value Series

The Advisor has entered into a Sub-Advisory Agreement with Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”), respectively, with respect to the DFA International Value Series. Pursuant to the terms of each Sub-Advisory Agreement, DFAL and DFA Australia (i) select brokers or dealers to execute purchases and sales of securities in the DFA Value International Series’ portfolio, and assist the Advisor in determining eligible securities available for purchase and sale in the DFA International Value Series; (ii) allocate trades among brokers or dealers; (iii) determine the best and most efficient means of purchasing and selling portfolio securities in order to receive best price and execution; and (iv) provide investment and ancillary services for the Advisor. The Advisor controls DFAL and DFA Australia. DFA Australia is a U.S. federally registered investment advisor located at Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia. DFAL is a U.S. federally registered investment advisor located at 7 Down Street, London, W1J7AJ, United Kingdom.

Client Service Agent—All Portfolios

Pursuant to a Client Service Agent Agreement with each Portfolio, LWIF (formerly, Assante Asset Management, Inc.) serves as the client service agent to each Portfolio and performs various services for the Portfolios. These services include establishment of a toll-free telephone number for shareholders of each Portfolio to use to obtain or receive up-to-date account information; providing to shareholders quarterly and other reports with respect to the performance of each Portfolio; and providing shareholders with such information regarding the operations and affairs of each Portfolio, and their investment in its shares, as the shareholders or the applicable Board of Directors may reasonably request.

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions. Each Portfolio intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). As a regulated investment company, a Portfolio generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to you. Dividends from net investment income of the Portfolios are distributed quarterly (on a calendar basis) and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for capital loss carryforwards) are distributed annually, typically in December. A Portfolio may distribute such income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year as a result of a Portfolio’s normal investment activities and cash flows. During a time of economic downturn, a Portfolio may experience capital losses and unrealized depreciation in value of investments, the effect of which may be to reduce or eliminate capital gains distributions for a period of time. Even though a Portfolio may experience a current year loss, it may nonetheless distribute prior year capital gains.

You will automatically receive all income dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the Portfolio whose shares you hold at net asset value (as of the business date following the dividend record date), unless upon written notice to the Advisor and completion of account information, you select one of the options listed below:

Income Option—to receive income dividends in cash and capital gains distributions in additional shares at net asset value.

 

27


Table of Contents

Capital Gains Option—to receive capital gains distributions in cash and income dividends in additional shares at net asset value.

Cash Option—to receive both income dividends and capital gains distributions in cash.

Annual Statements. Every January, you will receive a statement that shows the tax status of distributions you received the previous calendar year. Distributions declared in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

Avoid “Buying A Dividend.” At the time you purchase your Portfolio shares, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation in value of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable. This is sometimes referred to as “buying a dividend.”

Tax Considerations. This discussion of “Tax Considerations” should be read in conjunction with the remaining subsections below containing additional information. Dividends and distributions paid to a qualified, tax-deferred retirement plan, such as a 401(k) plan, accumulate free of federal income taxes. In addition, the sale or redemption by a tax-deferred retirement plan of the Portfolio’s shares will not be subject to federal income taxes. Also, unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to a Portfolio includes in the case of a Feeder Portfolio its pro rata share of its corresponding Master Fund’s income.

In general, if you are a taxable investor, Portfolio distributions (other than exempt-interest dividends) are taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains or some combination of both. This is true whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Portfolio shares or receive them in cash.

For federal income tax purposes, Portfolio distributions of short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income. Portfolio distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains no matter how long you have owned your shares. A Portfolio with a high portfolio turnover rate (a measure of how frequently assets within a Portfolio are bought and sold) is more likely to generate short-term capital gains than a Portfolio with a low portfolio turnover rate. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2011, unless such provision is extended or made permanent, a portion of income dividends designated by a Portfolio may be qualified dividend income eligible for taxation by individual shareholders at long-term capital gain rates provided certain holding period requirements are met.

Certain Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from foreign securities. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% of the value of the total assets of a Portfolio (or, in the case of a Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is classified as a partnership, more than 50% of the value of the total assets of the Master Fund) is invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Master Fund). If this election is made, shareholders will be required to include in their gross income their pro rata share of these foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio and will be entitled either to deduct (as an itemized deduction in the case of individuals) their share of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income or to claim a credit for such taxes against their U.S. federal income tax, subject to certain limitations under the Code.

The Board of Trustees of a Master Fund reserves the right to change the entity classification of a Master Fund for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time, as may be permitted or required under the Code. For instance, the Board might cause a Master Fund that is classified as a partnership to elect to be classified as a corporation and taxable as a regulated investment company or disregarded entity (if it has one shareholder) or vice versa. Such a change in entity classification may be prompted by, among other things, changes in law, the investment strategy of a Master Fund, or the nature and number of shareholders of a Master Fund or other factors or events adversely affecting the ability of a Master Fund to comply with the Code. A change in entity classification of a Master Fund may be a taxable event, causing the Master Fund and shareholders of the Master

 

28


Table of Contents

Fund that are subject to tax to recognize a taxable gain or loss. Such a change in entity classification would also cause the shareholders of the Master Fund to be subject to a different taxation regime, which may adversely affect some shareholders depending upon their particular circumstances.

The sale of shares of a Portfolio is a taxable event and may result in a capital gain or loss to you. Capital gain or loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two Portfolios. Any loss incurred on the sale or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares, held for six months or less, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares.

By law, a Portfolio is required to withhold 28% of taxable dividends, capital gains distributions, and redemption proceeds paid to you if you do not provide your proper taxpayer identification number and certain required certifications. You may avoid this withholding requirement by providing and certifying on the account registration form your correct Taxpayer Identification Number and by certifying that you are not subject to backup withholding and are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). A Portfolio must also withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so.

In addition to federal taxes, you may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from a Portfolio and on gains arising on redemption or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares. Distributions of interest income and capital gains realized from certain types of U.S. government securities may be exempt from state personal income taxes.

Non-U.S. Investors. Non-U.S. investors may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% or lower treaty rate and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding and claim any treaty benefits. Exemptions from U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from long-term capital gains, if any, exempt-interest dividends, and, with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio that begin before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any such dividends and distributions of income and capital gains will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person. Non-U.S. investors also may be subject to U.S. estate tax.

This discussion of “Dividends, Capital Gains Distributions and Taxes” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. Because everyone’s tax situation is unique, you should consult your tax professional about federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences before making an investment in a Portfolio. Prospective investors should also consult the SAI.

POLICY REGARDING EXCESSIVE OR SHORT-TERM TRADING

The Portfolios are designed for long-term investors and are not intended for investors that engage in excessive short-term trading activity that may be harmful to the Portfolios, including but not limited to market timing. Short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Portfolios can disrupt portfolio management strategies, harm performance and increase Portfolio expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.

In addition, the nature of the holdings of the DFA International Value Series in which the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio invests may present opportunities for a shareholder to engage in a short-term trading strategy that exploits possible delays between changes in the price the Master Fund’s holdings and the reflection of those changes in the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio’s net asset value (called “arbitrage market timing”). Such delays may occur because LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio’s Master Fund has significant investments in foreign securities where, due to time zone differences, the values of those securities are established some time before the Master Fund and Portfolio

 

29


Table of Contents

calculate their net asset values. In such circumstances, the available market prices for such foreign securities may not accurately reflect the latest indications of value at the time the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio and its Master Fund calculate their net asset values. There is a possibility that arbitrage market timing may dilute the value of the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio’s shares if redeeming shareholders receive proceeds (and purchasing shareholders receive shares) based upon a net asset value that does not reflect appropriate fair value prices.

The Boards of Directors of the Funds and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (collectively, the “Board”) have adopted a policy (the “Trading Policy”) and the Advisor and DFA Securities LLC (collectively, “Dimensional”) and Dimensional’s agents have implemented the following procedures, which are designed to discourage and prevent market timing or excessive short-term trading in the Funds: (i) trade activity monitoring and purchase blocking procedures; and (ii) use of fair value pricing.

The Funds, Dimensional and their agents monitor trades and flows of money in and out of the Portfolios from time to time in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities, and for consistent enforcement of the Trading Policy. The Funds reserve the right to take the actions necessary to stop excessive or disruptive trading activities, including refusing or canceling purchase or exchange orders for any reason, without prior notice, particularly purchase or exchange orders that the Funds believe are made on behalf of market timers. The Funds, Dimensional and their agents reserve the right to restrict, refuse or cancel any purchase or exchange request made by an investor indefinitely if the Funds or Dimensional believe that any combination of trading activity in the accounts is potentially disruptive to a Portfolio. In making such judgments, the Fund and Dimensional seek to act in a manner that is consistent with the interests of shareholders. For purposes of applying these procedures, Dimensional may consider an investor’s trading history in the Portfolios, and accounts under common ownership, influence or control.

In addition to the Funds’ general ability to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity as described above, the Funds also have adopted purchase blocking procedures. Under the Funds’ purchase blocking procedures, where an investor has engaged in any two purchases and two redemptions (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) in a Portfolio in any rolling 30 calendar day monitoring period (i.e., two “round trips”), the Funds and Dimensional intend to block the investor from making any additional purchases in that Portfolio for 90 calendar days (a “purchase block”). If implemented, a purchase block will begin at some point after the transaction that caused the investor to have engaged in the prohibited two round-trips is detected by the Funds, Dimensional, or their agents. The Funds and Dimensional are permitted to implement a longer purchase block, or permanently bar future purchases by an investor, if they determine that it is appropriate.

Under the Funds’ purchase blocking procedures, the following purchases and redemptions will not trigger a purchase block: (i) purchases and redemptions of shares having a value in each transaction of less than $5,000; (ii) purchases and redemptions by U.S. registered investment companies that operate as fund of funds and non-U.S. investment companies that operate as fund of funds that the Funds or Dimensional, in their sole discretion, have determined are not designed and/or are not serving as vehicles for excessive short-term or other disruptive trading (in each case, the fund of funds shall agree to be subject to monitoring by Dimensional); (iii) purchases and redemptions by a feeder portfolio of a master fund’s shares; (iv) systematic or automated transactions where the shareholder, financial advisor or investment fiduciary does not exercise direct control over the investment decision; (v) retirement plan contributions, loans, loan repayments and distributions (including hardship withdrawals) identified as such in the retirement plan recordkeeper’s system; (vi) purchase transactions involving transfers of assets, rollovers, Roth IRA conversions and IRA recharacterizations; (vii) purchases of shares with Portfolio dividends or capital gain distributions; (viii) transfers and reregistrations of shares within the same Portfolio; and (ix) transactions by 529 Plans. Notwithstanding the Funds’ purchase blocking procedures, all transactions in Portfolio shares are subject to the right of the Funds and Dimensional to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity (including purchases and redemptions described above that will not be subject to the purchase blocking procedures).

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, the purchase blocking procedures will not apply to a redemption transaction in which a Portfolio distributes portfolio securities to a shareholder in-kind, where the redemption will not disrupt the efficient portfolio management of the Portfolio/Master Fund and the redemption is consistent with the interests of the remaining shareholders of the Portfolio/Master Fund.

The Funds, Dimensional or their designees will have the ability, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (the “1940 Act”), to request information from financial intermediaries, such as 401(k) plan administrators, trust companies and broker dealers (together, “Intermediaries”), concerning trades placed in omnibus and other multi-investor accounts (together, “Omnibus Accounts”), in order to attempt to monitor trades that are placed by the underlying shareholders of these Omnibus Accounts. The Funds, Dimensional and their designees will use the information obtained from the Intermediaries to monitor trading in the Funds and to attempt to identify shareholders in Omnibus Accounts engaged in trading that is inconsistent with the Trading Policy or otherwise not in the best interests of the Funds. The Funds, Dimensional or their designees, when they detect trading patterns in shares of the Funds that may constitute short-term or excessive trading, will provide written instructions to the Intermediary to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of shares of the Portfolios by a shareholder that has been identified as having engaged in excessive or short-term transactions in the Portfolios’ shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate the Trading Policy.

The ability of the Funds and Dimensional to impose these limitations, including the purchase blocking procedures, on investors investing through Intermediaries is dependent on the receipt of information necessary to identify transactions by the underlying investors and the Intermediary’s cooperation in implementing the Trading Policy. Investors seeking to engage in excessive short-term trading practices may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection, and despite the efforts of the Funds and Dimensional to prevent excessive short-term trading, there is no assurance that the Funds, Dimensional or their agents will be able to identify those shareholders or curtail their trading practices. The ability of the Funds, Dimensional and their agents to detect and limit excessive short-term trading also may be restricted by operational systems and technological limitations.

The purchasing blocking procedures of the Trading Policy may not apply to redemptions by shareholders whose shares are held on the books of Intermediaries if the Intermediaries have not adopted procedures to implement this Policy. The Funds and Dimensional will work with Intermediaries to develop such policies to institute the purchase blocking procedures or other procedures that the Funds and Dimensional determine are reasonably designed to achieve the objective of this Trading Policy. At the time the Intermediaries adopt these procedures, shareholders whose accounts are on the books of such Intermediaries will be subject to the Trading Policy’s purchase blocking procedures or another frequent trading policy that achieves the objective of the purchase blocking procedures. Investors that invest in the Portfolios through an Intermediary should contact the Intermediary for information concerning the policies and procedures that apply to the investor.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the ability of the Funds and Dimensional to apply the purchase blocking procedures on purchases by all investors and the ability of the Funds and Dimensional to monitor trades through Omnibus Accounts maintained by Intermediaries may be restricted due to systems limitations of both the Funds’ service providers and the Intermediaries. The Funds expect that the application of the Trading Policy as described above, including the purchase blocking procedures (subject to the limitations described above), will be able to be implemented by Intermediaries in compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

In addition to monitoring trade activity, the Board has adopted fair value pricing procedures that govern the pricing of the securities of the Portfolios and Master Funds. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the prices at which Portfolio shares are purchased and redeemed are fair, and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders. See the discussion under “VALUATION OF SHARES—Net Asset Value” for additional details regarding fair value pricing of the Portfolio’s securities.

 

31


Table of Contents

Although the procedures are designed to discourage excessive short-term trading, none of the procedures individually nor all of the procedures taken together can completely eliminate the possibility that excessive short- term trading activity in a Portfolio may occur. The Portfolios and Master Funds do not knowingly accommodate excessive or disruptive trading activities, including market timing.

VALUATION OF SHARES

Net Asset Value

The net asset value per share of each Portfolio and Master Fund is calculated after the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) by dividing the total value of the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s investments and other assets, less any liabilities, by the total outstanding shares of the stock of the respective Portfolio or Master Fund. Each Portfolio and Master Fund generally calculates its net asset value per share and accepts purchase and redemption orders on days that the NYSE is open for trading. Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes at a time other than 1:00 p.m. PT.

The value of the shares of each non-Feeder Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to its own investment experience. The value of the shares of the Feeder Portfolios will fluctuate in relation to the investment experience of the Master Funds in which such Portfolios invest. Securities held by the Portfolios and Master Funds will be valued in accordance with applicable laws and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors or Trustees, and generally, as described below.

Securities held by a Portfolio or Master Fund (including over-the-counter securities) are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day. Securities held by a Portfolio or Master Fund that are listed on Nasdaq are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there is no last reported sale price or NOCP of the day, the Portfolio or Master Fund values the securities at the mean of the most recent quoted bid and asked prices. Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the security is primarily traded. Generally, securities issued by open-end investment companies, such as the Master Funds, are valued using their respective net asset values or public offering prices, as appropriate, for purchase orders placed at the close of the NYSE.

The value of the shares of the Fixed Income Portfolios will tend to fluctuate with interest rates because, unlike money market funds, these Portfolios do not seek to stabilize the value of their respective shares by use of the “amortized cost” method of asset valuation. Net asset value includes interest on fixed income securities which is accrued daily. Debt securities will be valued on the basis of prices provided by one or more pricing services or other reasonably reliable sources including broker/dealers that typically handle the purchase and sale of such securities. Securities which are traded over-the-counter and on a stock exchange generally will be valued according to the broadest and most representative market, and it is expected that for bonds and other fixed income securities, this ordinarily will be the over-the-counter market.

The value of the securities and other assets of the Portfolios and Master Funds for which no market quotations are readily available (including restricted securities), or for which market quotations have become unreliable, are determined in good faith at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Directors or Trustees, as the case may be. Fair value pricing may also be used if events that have a significant effect on the value of an investment (as determined in the discretion of the Investment Committee of the Advisor) occur before the net asset value is calculated. When fair value pricing is used, the prices of securities used by the Portfolios and the Master Funds may differ from the quoted or published prices for the same securities on their primary markets or exchanges.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the Portfolios and Master Funds holding foreign equity securities (the “Foreign Equity Funds”) will also fair value price in the circumstances described below. Generally, trading in foreign securities markets is completed each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE. For example, trading in the Japanese securities markets is completed each day at the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange (normally, 11:00 p.m. PT), which is fourteen hours prior to the close of the NYSE (normally, 1:00 p.m. PT) and

 

32


Table of Contents

the time that the net asset values of the Foreign Equity Funds are computed. Due to the time differences between the closings of the relevant foreign securities exchanges and the time the Foreign Equity Funds price their shares at the close of the NYSE, the Foreign Equity Funds will fair value their foreign investments when it is determined that the market quotations for the foreign investments are either unreliable or not readily available. The fair value prices will attempt to reflect the impact of the U.S. financial markets’ perceptions and trading activities on the Foreign Equity Funds’ foreign investments since the last closing prices of the foreign investments were calculated on their primary foreign securities markets or exchanges. For these purposes, the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the Portfolios and Master Funds have determined that movements in relevant indices or other appropriate market indicators, after the close of the Tokyo Stock Exchange or the London Stock Exchange, demonstrate that market quotations may be unreliable, and may trigger fair value pricing. Consequently, fair valuation of portfolio securities may occur on a daily basis. The fair value pricing by the Portfolios and Master Funds utilizes data furnished by an independent pricing service (and that data draws upon, among other information, the market values of foreign investments). When a Foreign Equity Fund uses fair value pricing, the values assigned to the Foreign Equity Fund’s foreign investments may not be the quoted or published prices of the investments on their primary markets or exchanges. The Boards of Directors/Trustees of the Portfolios and Master Funds monitor the operation of the method used to fair value price the Foreign Equity Funds’ foreign investments.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio or Master Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Portfolio or Master Fund determines its net asset value per share. As a result, the sale or redemption by a Portfolio of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

The net asset value per share of the DFA International Value Series (in which the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio invests all of its assets) is expressed in U.S. dollars by translating the net assets of the DFA International Value Series using the mean of the most recent bid and asked prices for the dollar as quoted by generally recognized reliable sources. Since the DFA International Value Series own securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges which may trade on days when the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio and DFA International Value Series do not price their shares, the net asset value of the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.

Futures contracts are valued using the settlement price established each day on the exchange on which they are traded. The value of such futures contracts held by a Portfolio or Master Fund is determined each day as of such close.

Public Offering Price

Provided that LWIF has received the investor’s investment instructions in good order and the Custodian has received the investor’s payment, shares of the Portfolio selected will be priced at the public offering price, which is the net asset value of the shares next determined after receipt of the order by PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC Global”), the Funds’ transfer agent. The transfer agent or the Funds may, from time to time, appoint sub-transfer agents or various financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for the receipt of purchase orders, redemption orders and funds from certain investors. Intermediaries, in turn, are authorized to designate other financial intermediaries (“Sub-designees”) to receive purchase and redemption orders for the Portfolios’ shares from investors. With respect to such investors, the shares of the Portfolio selected will be priced at the public offering price calculated after receipt of the purchase order by the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, that is authorized to receive purchase orders. If the investor buys shares through an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, the purchase price will be the public offering price next calculated after the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, receives the order, rather than on the day the custodian receives the investor’s

 

33


Table of Contents

payment (provided that the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, has received the investor’s purchase order in good order, and the investor has complied with the Intermediary’s or Sub-designee’s payment procedures).

Management believes that any dilutive effect of the cost of investing the proceeds of the sale of the shares of the Portfolios is minimal and, therefore, the shares of the Portfolios are currently sold at net asset value, without imposition of a fee that would be used to reimburse a Portfolio for such cost (“reimbursement fee”). Reimbursement fees may be charged prospectively from time to time based upon the future experience of the Portfolios and the corresponding Master Funds. Any such charges will be described in the Prospectus. If an order to purchase shares must be canceled due to non-payment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by a Portfolio arising out of such cancellation. The Funds reserve the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled to recover any resulting loss to a Portfolio and may prohibit or restrict the manner in which such purchaser may place further orders.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

Only clients of LWIF are eligible to purchase shares of the Portfolios. Investors should first contact LWIF at (800) 366-7266, ext. 7, to notify LWIF of the proposed investment. Most shares of the Portfolios that will be purchased or sold through omnibus accounts maintained by securities firms may be subject to a service fee or commission for such transactions. Clients of LWIF may also be subject to investment advisory fees under their own arrangements with LWIF. Purchases of shares will be made in full and fractional shares calculated to three decimal places. Requests to purchase shares are processed at the net asset value of the shares next determined after receipt of the request in good order. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued.

In-Kind Purchases

If accepted by the applicable Fund, shares of a Portfolio may be purchased in exchange for securities that are eligible for acquisition by such Portfolio (or its corresponding Master Fund) or otherwise represented in its portfolio as described in this Prospectus or otherwise consistent with the Funds’ policies and procedures. Shares of the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio may also be purchased in exchange for local currencies in which securities owned by its corresponding Master Fund are denominated. Securities and local currencies accepted by a Fund for exchange and Fund shares to be issued in the exchange will be valued as set forth under “VALUATION OF SHARES” at the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. All dividends, interests, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such securities shall become the property of the Portfolio (or its corresponding Master Fund) whose shares are being acquired and must be delivered to the applicable Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer.

The Funds will not accept securities in exchange for shares of a Portfolio unless: (1) such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be included, or otherwise represented, in the Portfolio (or its corresponding Master Fund) and current market quotations are readily available for such securities; (2) the investor represents and agrees that all securities offered to be exchanged are not subject to any restrictions upon their sale by the Portfolio (or its corresponding Master Fund) under the Securities Act of 1933 or under the laws of the country in which the principal market for such securities exists or otherwise; and (3) at the discretion of the applicable Fund, the value of any such security (except U.S. government securities) being exchanged together with other securities of the same issuer owned by the Portfolio (or Master Fund) may not exceed 5% of the net assets of the Portfolio (or Master Fund) immediately after the transaction.

A gain or loss for federal income tax purposes will generally be realized by investors who are subject to federal taxation upon the exchange depending upon the cost of the securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should contact the Advisor.

 

34


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

An investor may exchange shares of one Portfolio for those of another Portfolio described in this Prospectus or another portfolio of the Funds, by first contacting LWIF and completing the documentation required by LWIF and the Advisor. Exchanges are accepted only into those portfolios of the Funds that are eligible for the exchange privilege. Investors should contact LWIF for a list of those portfolios of the Funds that accept exchanges and the minimum amount required for exchanges into the portfolios.

The exchange privilege is not intended to afford shareholders a way to speculate on short-term movements in the markets. Accordingly, in order to prevent excessive use of the exchange privilege that may potentially disrupt the management of the Portfolios or otherwise adversely affect the Funds, any proposed exchange will be subject to the approval of the Advisor. Such approval will depend on: (i) the size of the proposed exchange; (ii) the prior number of exchanges by that shareholder; (iii) the nature of the underlying securities and the cash position of the portfolios involved in the proposed exchange; (iv) the transaction costs involved in processing the exchange; and (v) the total number of redemptions by exchange already made out of the Portfolio.

The redemption and purchase prices of shares redeemed and purchased by exchange, respectively, are the net asset values next determined after the Advisor has received a letter of instruction in good order. “Good order” means a completed letter of instruction specifying the dollar amount to be exchanged, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and if a Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority. Exchanges will be accepted only if stock certificates have not been issued and the shares of the Portfolio being acquired are registered in the investor’s state of residence.

There is no fee imposed on an exchange. However, the Funds reserve the right to impose an administrative fee in order to cover the costs incurred in processing an exchange. Any such fee will be disclosed in the Prospectus. An exchange is treated as a redemption and a purchase. Therefore, the investor could realize a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. The Funds reserve the right to revise or terminate the exchange privilege or limit the amount of or reject any exchange, as deemed necessary, at any time.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Redemption Procedure

An investor who desires to redeem shares of a Portfolio must furnish a redemption request to LWIF in the form required by LWIF. The Portfolio will redeem shares at the net asset value of such shares next determined after receipt of a request for redemption in good order by PNC Global (or an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, if applicable).

“Good order” means that the request to redeem shares must include all necessary documentation, to be received in writing by no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 4:00 p.m. ET), including but not limited to: the stock certificate(s), if issued; a letter of instruction or a stock assignment specifying the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and if a Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority.

Although the redemption payments will ordinarily be made within seven days after receipt, payment to investors redeeming shares which were purchased by check will not be made until the Funds can verify that the payments for the purchase have been, or will be, collected, which may take up to ten days or more. Investors may avoid this delay by submitting a certified check along with the purchase order.

Redemption of Small Accounts

With respect to each Portfolio, the Funds reserve the right to redeem an account if the value of the shares in a specific account is $500 or less because of redemptions. Before a Fund involuntarily redeems shares from such an account and sends the proceeds to the stockholder, the Fund will give written notice of the redemption to the

 

35


Table of Contents

stockholder at least sixty days before the redemption date. The stockholder will then have sixty days from the date of the notice to make an additional investment in the Portfolio in order to bring the value of the shares in the account for a specific Portfolio to more than $500 and avoid such involuntary redemption. The redemption price to be paid to a stockholder for shares redeemed by a Fund under this right will be the aggregate net asset value of the shares in the account at the close of business on the redemption date. The right to redeem small accounts applies to accounts established with the Fund’s transfer agent.

In-Kind Redemptions

When in the best interests of a Portfolio, it may make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities from the Portfolio being redeemed (or its corresponding Master Fund) in lieu of cash in accordance with Rule 18f-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio also reserves the right to redeem its shares in the currencies in which the DFA International Value Series’ investments are denominated. Investors may incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs selling securities that were received in payment of redemptions and the value of foreign securities or currencies may be affected by currency exchange fluctuations.

THE FEEDER PORTFOLIOS

The Master-Feeder structure is relatively complex. While this structure is designed to reduce costs, it may not do so. As a result, a Equity Portfolio might encounter operational or other complications. Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in each Master Fund. The expenses of such other funds and, correspondingly, their returns, may differ from those of the Feeder Portfolios. Please contact The DFA Investment Trust Company at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building one, Austin, TX 78746, (512) 306-7400 for information about the availability of investing in a Master Fund other than through a Feeder Portfolio.

The aggregate amount of expenses for a Feeder Portfolio and the corresponding Master Fund may be greater than it would be if the Portfolio were to invest directly in the securities held by the corresponding Master Fund. However, the total expense ratios for the Feeder Portfolios and the Master Funds are expected to be less over time than such ratios would be if the Portfolios were to invest directly in the underlying securities. This arrangement enables various institutional investors, including the Feeder Portfolios, to pool their assets, which may be expected to result in economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base. Each shareholder in a Master Fund, including a Feeder Portfolio, will pay its proportionate share of the expenses of that Master Fund.

The shares of the Master Funds will be offered to institutional investors for the purpose of increasing the funds available for investment, to reduce expenses as a percentage of total assets and to achieve other economies that might be available at higher asset levels. Investment in a Master Fund by other institutional investors offers potential benefits to the Master Funds, and through their investment in the Master Funds, the Feeder Portfolios also. However, such economies and expense reductions might not be achieved, and additional investment opportunities, such as increased diversification, might not be available if other institutions do not invest in the Master Funds. Also, if an institutional investor were to redeem its interest in a Master Fund, the remaining investors in that Master Fund could experience higher pro rata operating expenses, thereby producing lower returns, and the Master Fund’s security holdings may become less diverse, resulting in increased risk. Institutional investors that have a greater pro rata ownership interest in a Master Fund than the corresponding Feeder Portfolio could have effective voting control over the operation of the Master Fund.

If the Board of Directors of the relevant Fund determines that it is in the best interest of a Feeder Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolio may withdraw its investment in a Master Fund at any time. Upon any such withdrawal, the Board would consider what action the Portfolio might take, including either seeking to invest its assets in another registered investment company with the same investment objective as the Portfolio, which might not be possible, or retaining an investment advisor to manage the Portfolio’s assets in accordance with its own investment

 

36


Table of Contents

objective, possibly at increased cost. Shareholders of a Feeder Portfolio will receive written notice thirty days before the effective date of any changes in the investment objective of its corresponding Master Fund. A withdrawal by a Feeder Portfolio of its investment in the corresponding Master Fund could result in a distribution in kind of portfolio securities (as opposed to a cash distribution) to the Portfolio. Should such a distribution occur, the Portfolio could incur brokerage fees or other transaction costs in converting such securities to cash in order to pay redemptions. In addition, a distribution in kind to a Portfolio could result in a less diversified portfolio of investments and could affect adversely the liquidity of the Portfolio. Moreover, a distribution in kind by a Master Fund to a Feeder Portfolio may constitute a taxable exchange for federal income tax purposes resulting in gain or loss to such Portfolio. Any net capital gains so realized will be distributed to that Portfolio’s shareholders as described in “DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES.”

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

Each Portfolio and Master Fund generally will disclose up to 25 of its largest portfolio holdings (or with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the holdings of its Master Fund) (other than cash and cash equivalents) and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Portfolio or Master Fund, as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within 20 days after the end of each month. Each Portfolio and Master Fund also generally will disclose its complete portfolio holdings (or with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the holdings of its Master Fund) (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, two months following the month-end or more frequently and at different periods when authorized in accordance with the Portfolios and Master Funds’ policies and procedures. Please consult the SAI for a description of the other policies and procedures that govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings by the Portfolios and Master Funds.

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

To eliminate duplicate mailings and reduce expenses, a Portfolio may deliver a single copy of certain shareholder documents, such as this Prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports, to related shareholders at the same address, even if accounts are registered in different names. This practice is known as “householding.” A Portfolio will not household personal information documents, such as account statements. If you do not want the mailings of these documents to be combined with other members of your household, please call us collect at (512) 306-7400. We will begin sending individual copies of the shareholder documents to you within 30 days of receiving your request.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The Financial Highlights table is meant to help you understand each Portfolio’s financial performance for the past five years. The total returns in the table represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. This information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with the Portfolios’ annual financial statements, are included in the annual reports which are available upon request.

 

37


Table of Contents

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

LWAS/DFA U.S. HIGH BOOK TO MARKET PORTFOLIO

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,*
2008
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 9.04      $ 15.35      $ 16.10      $ 13.91      $ 12.28      $ 10.23   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.18     0.21     0.20     0.23     0.19        0.10   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.79        (5.48     (0.26     2.23        1.57        2.08   
                                                

Total from Investment Operations

     0.97        (5.27     (0.06     2.46        1.76        2.18   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.21     (0.21     (0.20     (0.22     (0.13     (0.13

Net Realized Gains

     —          (0.83     (0.49     (0.05     —          —     
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.21     (1.04     (0.69     (0.27     (0.13     (0.13
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 9.80      $ 9.04      $ 15.35      $ 16.10      $ 13.91      $ 12.28   
                                                

Total Return

     11.61     (36.69 )%†      (0.51 )%      17.90     14.44     21.45

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 65,927      $ 68,462      $ 119,833      $ 124,983      $ 103,311      $ 92,494   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets**

     0.38     0.33 %^      0.32     0.32     0.34     0.35

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.20     1.72 %^      1.20     1.54     1.43     0.87

 

* The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
# Computed using average shares outstanding
Non-annualized.
** Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
^ Annualized.

 

38


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

LWAS/DFA INTERNATIONAL HIGH BOOK TO MARKET PORTFOLIO

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,*
2008
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 11.40      $ 24.32      $ 21.89      $ 17.49      $ 15.93      $ 12.55   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.25     0.66     0.65     0.61     0.48        0.27   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     2.14        (11.36     2.98        5.23        1.87        3.63   
                                                

Total from Investment Operations

     2.39        (10.70     3.63        5.84        2.35        3.90   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.27     (0.70     (0.58     (0.63     (0.43     (0.51

Net Realized Gains

     (3.86     (1.52     (0.62     (0.81     (0.36     (0.01
                                                

Total Distributions

     (4.13     (2.22     (1.20     (1.44     (0.79     (0.52
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 9.66      $ 11.40      $ 24.32      $ 21.89      $ 17.49      $ 15.93   
                                                

Total Return

     34.92     (47.99 )%†      17.05     35.40     15.32     31.89

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 85,504      $ 84,319      $ 185,239      $ 179,984      $ 138,782      $ 130,397   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets**

     0.52     0.47 %^      0.46     0.47     0.50     0.52

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     2.99     3.74 %^      2.76     3.14     2.88     1.88

 

* The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
Non-annualized.
** Represents the combined ratios for the respective portfolio and its respective pro-rata share of its Master Fund Series.
^ Annualized.

 

39


Table of Contents

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

LWAS/DFA TWO-YEAR FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended
Oct. 31,*
2008
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 9.84      $ 9.95      $ 9.94      $ 9.82      $ 9.90      $ 10.17   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.19     0.28     0.49     0.35     0.27        0.16   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.23        (0.04     —          0.08        (0.11     (0.08
                                                

Total from Investment Operations

     0.42        0.24        0.49        0.43        0.16        0.08   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.23     (0.35     (0.48     (0.31     (0.24     (0.14

Net Realized Gains

     —          —          —          —          —          (0.21
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.23     (0.35     (0.48     (0.31     (0.24     (0.35
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 10.03      $ 9.84      $ 9.95      $ 9.94      $ 9.82      $ 9.90   
                                                

Total Return

     4.31     2.46 %†      5.03     4.47     1.65     0.85

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 77,398      $ 84,065      $ 96,442      $ 86,082      $ 80,199      $ 80,584   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.34     0.31 %^      0.31     0.31     0.36     0.38

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.92     3.04 %^      4.94     3.57     2.72     1.65

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     77     20 %†      22     15     48     152

 

* The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
Non-annualized.
^ Annualized.

 

40


Table of Contents

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

LWAS/DFA TWO-YEAR GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(for a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     Year
Ended
Oct. 31,
2009
    Period
Ended

Oct. 31,*
2008
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2007
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2006
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2005
    Year
Ended
Nov. 30,
2004
 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

   $ 9.80      $ 9.89      $ 9.87      $ 9.75      $ 9.83      $ 10.13   
                                                

Income From Investment Operations

            

Net Investment Income (Loss)

     0.18     0.24     0.46     0.34     0.26        0.17   

Net Gains (Losses) on Securities (Realized and Unrealized)

     0.33        (0.03     0.01        0.08        (0.10     (0.06
                                                

Total from Investment Operations

     0.51        0.21        0.47        0.42        0.16        0.11   
                                                

Less Distributions

            

Net Investment Income

     (0.21     (0.30     (0.45     (0.30     (0.24     (0.15

Net Realized Gains

     —          —          —          —          —          (0.26
                                                

Total Distributions

     (0.21     (0.30     (0.45     (0.30     (0.24     (0.41
                                                

Net Asset Value, End of Period

   $ 10.10      $ 9.80      $ 9.89      $ 9.87      $ 9.75      $ 9.83   
                                                

Total Return

     5.21     2.13 %†      4.85     4.42     1.67     1.10

Net Assets, End of Period (thousands)

   $ 136,508      $ 133,785      $ 110,338      $ 72,948      $ 68,708      $ 69,853   

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

     0.31     0.30 %^      0.31     0.32     0.37     0.36

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

     1.76     2.69 %^      4.66     3.45     2.67     1.63

Portfolio Turnover Rate

     112     7 %†      0     29     44     142

 

* The fiscal year end for the Portfolio was changed from November 30 to October 31. The information presented covers the period from December 1, 2007 through October 31, 2008.
# Computed using average shares outstanding.
Non-annualized.
^ Annualized.

 

41


Table of Contents

SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

Investment Advisor

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Tel. No. (512) 306-7400

  

Client Service Agent

 

LWI FINANCIAL INC.

3055 Olin Ave., Suite 2000

San Jose, CA 95128

Tel. No. (800) 366-7266

Custodian—Domestic

 

PFPC TRUST COMPANY

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

  

Custodian—International

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

111 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

Accounting Services, Dividend Disbursing and

Transfer Agent

PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING (U.S.) INC.

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

  

Legal Counsel

STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP

2600 One Commerce Square

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098

Sub-Advisors

 

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LTD.

7 Down Street

London W1J7AJ

United Kingdom

Tel. No. (20) 7016-4500

  

Independent Registered

Public Accounting Firm

 

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Two Commerce Square

Suite 1700

2001 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042

DFA AUSTRALIA LIMITED

Level 43 Gateway

1 Macquarie Place

Sydney, New South Wales 2000

Australia

Tel. No. (612) 8 336-7100

  

 

42


Table of Contents

Other Available Information

You can find more information about the Funds and their Portfolios in the Funds’ SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

Statement of Additional Information. The SAI supplements, and is technically part of, this Prospectus. It includes an expanded discussion of investment practices, risks, and fund operations.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders. These reports focus on Portfolio holdings and performance. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolios in their last fiscal year.

How to get these and other materials:

 

 

Clients of LWI Financial Inc. (LWIF) should call (800) 366-7266 ext. 7.

 

 

If you are an LWIF client, call that firm toll-free at (800) 366-7266 to request free copies. Additional materials describing the Funds and Portfolios, as well as the Advisor and its investment approach, are also available.

 

 

Access them on our website at http://www.dimensional.com.

 

 

Access them on the EDGAR database in the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

 

Review and copy them at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington D.C. (phone 1-800-SEC-0330).

 

 

Request copies from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or at publicinfo@sec.gov (you will be charged a copying fee). Information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room is available by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

 

  Client Service Agent:
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP   LWI Financial Inc.
6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One   3055 Olin Ave., Suite 2000
Austin, TX 78746   San Jose, CA 95128
(512) 306-7400   (800) 366-7266

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio)—Registration No. 811-3258

Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (all other Portfolios)—Registration No. 811-6067

 

LOGO                  LOGO   RRD022810-003


Table of Contents

INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2010

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (“DFAIDG”) is an open-end management investment company that offers fifty-nine series of shares. Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (“DIG”) is an open-end management investment company that offers fifteen series of shares. DFAIDG and DIG are collectively referred to as the “Funds” in this Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”). This SAI relates to twenty-six series of DFAIDG and one series of DIG (individually, a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”):

DOMESTIC EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

 

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

Ticker: DFELX

  

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

Ticker: DFQTX

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFLVX

  

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

Ticker: DFVEX

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

Ticker: DFSVX

  

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

Ticker: DFSTX

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

Ticker: DFFVX

  

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

Ticker: DFSCX

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

Ticker: DFEOX

  

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Ticker: DFREX

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

Large Cap International Portfolio

Ticker: DFALX

  

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Ticker: DFITX

DFA International Value Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFIVX

  

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Ticker: DFGEX

International Core Equity Portfolio

Ticker: DFIEX

  

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

Ticker: DISVX

International Small Company Portfolio

Ticker: DFISX

  

International Vector Equity Portfolio

Ticker: DFVQX

Japanese Small Company Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFJSX

  

Emerging Markets Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFEMX

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFRSX

  

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFEVX

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFUKX

  

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DEMSX

Continental Small Company Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFCSX

  

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

Ticker: DFCEX

This SAI is not a Prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Portfolios’ Prospectus dated February 28, 2010, as amended from time to time. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Funds are incorporated by reference from the Funds’ annual reports to shareholders. The Prospectus and annual reports can be obtained by writing to the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES    2
BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS    3
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS    6
OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES    8
SWAPS    10
FUTURES CONTRACTS    10
FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS    11
CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES    12
CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES    14
EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS    14
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES    15
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS    15
SERVICES TO THE FUNDS    24
ADVISORY FEES    27
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS    30
GENERAL INFORMATION    34
CODE OF ETHICS    35
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS    35
PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES    36
PURCHASE OF SHARES    44
REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES    45
TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS    46
PROXY VOTING POLICIES    58
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS    60
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    68
PERFORMANCE DATA    68

 

1


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

Each of the Portfolios identified as a “Feeder” (a “Feeder Portfolio”) on the cover page of this SAI seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its investable assets in a corresponding series of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”) or in the case of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, in the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”). The series of the Trust and DEM are referred to as the “Master Funds.” Each of the International Small Company Portfolio and the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio is a “fund of funds” that seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing its assets in funds managed by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor” or “Dimensional”). The series of Trust and the portfolios of DFAIDG in which the International Small Company Portfolio and the DFA Global Real Estate Portfolio invest may be referred to as the “Underlying Funds.” The Underlying Funds in which the International Small Company Portfolio invests are Master Funds that include The Canadian Small Company Series, The Japanese Small Company Series, The Asia Pacific Small Company Series, The United Kingdom Small Company Series and The Continental Small Company Series (the “International Master Funds”). The Underlying Funds in which the DFA Global Real Estate Portfolio invests include the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio and the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio. This SAI describes the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios. Each Portfolio (except the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, Japanese Small Company Portfolio, Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio, United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio, Continental Small Company Portfolio, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio and Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio also offers two additional classes of shares: Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares.

Dimensional serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios and each Master Fund, and provides administrative services to the Feeder Portfolios, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio and the International Small Company Portfolio. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the following information applies to all of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, including the Feeder Portfolios, through their investment in the Master Funds, the International Small Company Portfolio through its investment in the International Master Funds, and the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio through its investment in the Underlying Funds. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

Each of the Portfolios, the Master Funds and the Underlying Funds is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structure of the Domestic Equity and International Equity Portfolios is based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that the Portfolios might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, a Portfolio and the issuer would be deemed affiliated persons and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between mutual funds and their affiliates might become applicable.

Each of the Portfolios (except DFA International Value Portfolio) has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see each Portfolio’s “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES” section in the Prospectus.

 

2


Table of Contents

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the designated Portfolios and Master Funds. For each Feeder Portfolio, the amounts include commissions paid by the corresponding Master Fund. Neither the International Small Company Portfolio nor the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio incurs any brokerage costs in connection with their purchase or redemption of shares of the Underlying Funds.

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the Portfolios during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.

 

Master Fund/Portfolio

   FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2009
   FISCAL
PERIOD
ENDED

2008
   FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2007

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio2

   $ 34,143    $ 42,757    $ 39,089

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series

   $ 3,220,013    $ 1,904,981    $ 1,273,333

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio2

   $ 5,743,264    $ 4,431,995    $ 7,265,487

The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio1

   $ 1,527,923    $ 1,073,523    $ 401,103

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   $ 505,558    $ 436,959    $ 330,826

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 975,266    $ 657,003    $ 1,032,382

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   $ 447,615    $ 373,928    $ 485,221

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio2

   $ 1,856,558    $ 1,097,430    $ 1,573,291

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio2

   $ 1,578,226    $ 1,324,316    $ 2,583,554

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 309,412    $ 316,584    $ 478,569

Large Cap International Portfolio

   $ 158,893    $ 203,243    $ 189,620

DFA International Value Series

   $ 1,030,380    $ 1,078,752    $ 1,982,470

International Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 631,766    $ 623,738    $ 857,231

The Japanese Small Company Series

   $ 112,121    $ 102,948    $ 374,308

The Asia Pacific Small Company Series

   $ 207,564    $ 344,087    $ 678,503

The United Kingdom Small Company Series

   $ 49,068    $ 166,519    $ 223,447

The Continental Small Company Series

   $ 123,417    $ 345,580    $ 735,400

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 136,808    $ 301,745    $ 262,395

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 1,208,400    $ 1,792,512    $ 3,678,203

International Vector Equity Portfolio

   $ 82,108    $ 45,064      N/A

The Emerging Markets Series

   $ 593,461    $ 1,403,836    $ 936,030

Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (Emerging Markets Value Portfolio)

   $ 3,092,361    $ 2,577,695    $ 3,742,311

The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series

   $ 349,798    $ 754,597    $ 1,043,875

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 645,268    $ 513,703    $ 923,977

 

1

Prior to March 30, 2007 the information represents the brokerage commissions for the Master Fund into which the DFA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio invested.

2

Represents the brokerage commissions for the Master Fund into which the Portfolio invested prior to February 28, 2009. Effective February 28, 2009, the Portfolio invests directly in securities rather than through its Master Fund.

The substantial increases or decreases in the amount of brokerage commissions paid by certain Portfolios from year to year indicated in the foregoing table resulted primarily from asset changes that required increases or decreases in the amount of securities that were bought and sold by those Portfolios.

Please note that while the following discussion relates to the policies of the Portfolios with respect to brokerage commissions, it should be understood that, with respect to a Feeder Portfolio and the International Small Company Portfolio, the discussion applies to the Master Fund in which the Feeder Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets, the International Master Funds in which the International Small Company Portfolio invests and the Underlying Funds in which the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio invests.

 

3


Table of Contents

Portfolio transactions will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. The Portfolios will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of stocks being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected, and brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers which effect transactions for the Portfolios to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolios invest. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission being paid by the Portfolios to their brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services. The Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. also performs these services for The United Kingdom Small Company Series, The Continental Small Company Series, the International Core Equity Portfolio, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the International Vector Equity Portfolio, the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, the Large Cap International Portfolio, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, The DFA International Value Series, The Emerging Markets Series, The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series and DEM and DFA Australia Limited also performs these services for The Japanese Small Company Series, The Asia Pacific Small Company Series, the International Core Equity Portfolio, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the International Vector Equity Portfolio, the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, the Large Cap International Portfolio, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, The DFA International Value Series, The Emerging Markets Series, The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series and DEM.

Subject to obtaining best price and execution, transactions may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Boards of Trustees/Directors of DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and the Trust, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect a Portfolio’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

Companies eligible for purchase by U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio and DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Portfolios and Master Funds with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor or the sub-advisors with investment research, such as reports concerning individual issuers, industries and general economic and financial trends and other research services. The investment advisory agreements permit the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Portfolios.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Portfolios or, in the case of a Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund, paid commissions for securities transactions to brokers which provided market price monitoring services, market studies, brokerage services and research services to the Portfolios or Master Funds as follows:

 

     Value of
Securities
Transactions
   Brokerage
Commissions

U.S. Large Cap Value Series

   $ 4,199,446,442    $ 2,962,738

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio1

   $ 2,118,727,073    $ 3,664,533

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 639,298,577    $ 1,033,267

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio1

   $ 862,739,946    $ 1,315,846

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   $ 634,772,458    $ 469,393

 

4


Table of Contents
     Value of
Securities
Transactions
   Brokerage
Commissions

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 1,048,800,673    $ 856,216

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   $ 375,752,486    $ 403,853

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio1

   $ 617,013,259    $ 967,633

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 378,865,639    $ 304,812

Large Cap International Portfolio

   $ 212,357,903    $ 103,725

DFA International Value Series

   $ 835,215,023    $ 407,469

International Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 648,872,039    $ 378,161

Japanese Small Company Series

   $ 47,049,871    $ 23,524

Asia Pacific Small Company Series

   $ 77,824,733    $ 81,195

United Kingdom Small Company Series

   $ 59,332,491    $ 23,772

Continental Small Company Series

   $ 136,407,927    $ 56,710

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 84,850,365    $ 51,795

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 823,125,995    $ 372,955

International Vector Equity Portfolio

   $ 99,449,874    $ 48,555

Emerging Markets Series

   $ 293,863,710    $ 265,474

Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (Emerging Markets Value Portfolio)

   $ 952,419,606    $ 1,054,485

Emerging Markets Small Cap Series

   $ 102,004,445    $ 109,959

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 288,977,175    $ 287,995

 

1

Prior to February 28, 2009 the information represents the value of securities transactions and brokerage commissions for the Master Fund into which the Portfolio invested.

A Feeder Portfolio will not incur any brokerage costs in connection with its purchase or redemption of shares of its corresponding Master Fund.

Certain Portfolios or Master Funds may purchase securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act). The table below lists the regular brokers or dealers of each Portfolio, or in the case of a Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund, whose securities (or securities of the broker’s or dealer’s parent company) were acquired by the Portfolio or Master Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as well as the value of such securities held by the Portfolio or Master Fund as of October 31, 2009.

 

Master Fund/Portfolio

 

Broker or Dealer

   Value of Securities

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series

  Citigroup Inc.    $ 80,054,351

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

  Citigroup Inc.    $ 1,178,104

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

  Jeffries Group Inc.    $ 2,171,885

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

  Citigroup Inc.    $ 5,427,618

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

  Jeffries Group Inc.    $ 5,602,287

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

  Citigroup Inc.    $ 862,708

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

  Jeffries Group Inc.    $ 587,250

Large Cap International Portfolio

  ABN AMRO Group    $ 1,569,030

Large Cap International Portfolio

  Credit Suisse Group    $ 8,409,248

Large Cap International Portfolio

  Instinet, LLC    $ 2,443,217

Large Cap International Portfolio

  Macquarie Group    $ 1,990,496

Large Cap International Portfolio

  UBS AG    $ 6,831,088

DFA International Value Series

  Credit Suisse Group    $ 139,631,909

DFA International Value Series

  Macquarie Group    $ 18,475,160

DFA International Value Series

  TD Securities Inc.    $ 53,731,081

DFA International Value Series

  UBS AG    $ 58,688,451

International Core Equity Portfolio

  ABN AMRO Group    $ 1,785,557

International Core Equity Portfolio

  Credit Suisse Group    $ 22,642,326

 

5


Table of Contents

Master Fund/Portfolio

 

Broker or Dealer

   Value of Securities

International Core Equity Portfolio

  HSBC Group    $ 63,190,250

International Core Equity Portfolio

  Instinet, LLC    $ 3,455,492

International Core Equity Portfolio

  Macquarie Group    $ 6,454,223

International Core Equity Portfolio

  UBS AG    $ 2,547,786

International Vector Equity Portfolio

  ABN AMRO Group    $ 111,397

International Vector Equity Portfolio

  Credit Suisse Group    $ 737,766

International Vector Equity Portfolio

  HSBC Group    $ 1,980,580

International Vector Equity Portfolio

  Instinet, LLC    $ 54,896

International Vector Equity Portfolio

  Macquarie Group    $ 600,325

International Vector Equity Portfolio

  UBS AG    $ 1,444,809

United Kingdom Small Company Series

  Charles Stanley & Co Limited    $ 523,008

United Kingdom Small Company Series

  Collins Stewart plc    $ 129,773

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolios will not:

 

  (1) borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”);

 

  (2) make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Commission; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3) purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4) purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon; or (ii) investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

 

  (5) purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

 

  (6) engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others; or

 

  (7) issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio, DFA International Value Portfolio, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, Emerging Markets Portfolio, Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio, Japanese Small Company Portfolio, Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio, United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio and Continental Small Company Portfolio will not:

 

  (8) sell securities short.

 

6


Table of Contents

The Portfolios, except the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio and International Vector Equity Portfolio, will not:

 

  (9) acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry; except that the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio shall invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of companies in the real estate industry.

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio and International Vector Equity Portfolio, will not:

 

  (10) concentrate (invest more than 25% of its net assets) in securities of issuers in a particular industry (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or securities of other investment companies), except that the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio and the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio shall invest more than 25% of their total assets in securities of companies in the real estate industry.

The investment limitations described in (5), (9), and (10) above do not prohibit each Feeder Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio and DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio from investing all or substantially all of its assets in the shares of one or more registered, open-end investment companies, such as the Master Funds, the International Master Funds, or Underlying Funds, respectively. In applying the investment limitations, each such Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests. The investment limitations of each Master Fund are similar to those of the corresponding Feeder Portfolio. The investment limitations of the Underlying Funds are set forth in their respective statements of additional information.

For purposes of the investment limitation described in (1) above, the Emerging Markets Portfolio, Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio, and Emerging Markets Value Portfolio (indirectly through their investments in the corresponding Master Funds) may borrow in connection with a foreign currency transaction or the settlement of a portfolio trade. Additionally, with respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, each Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by such Portfolio. The Portfolios do not currently intend to borrow money for investment purposes.

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, each Portfolio is authorized to lend portfolio securities. Inasmuch as the Feeder Portfolios and International Small Company Portfolio will only hold shares of certain Master Funds, these Portfolios do not intend to lend those shares.

Each Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the Commission staff’s current position on illiquid securities, which limits investments in illiquid securities to 15% of a Portfolio’s net assets. For these purposes, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may invest in commercial paper that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), subject to the requirements regarding credit ratings stated in the Prospectus under “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES – Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio.” Further, pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, the Portfolios may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on holdings of illiquid securities. While maintaining oversight, the Boards of Directors have delegated the day-to-day function of making liquidity determinations to the Advisor. For Rule 144A securities to be considered liquid, there must be at least two dealers making a market in such securities. After purchase, the Board of Directors of DFAIDG or DIG, as applicable, and the Advisor will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

The investment limitation described in (8) above does not prohibit the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio from maintaining a short position, or purchasing, writing or selling puts, calls, straddles, spreads or combinations thereof in connection with transactions in options, futures, and options on futures and transactions arising under swap agreements or other derivative instruments.

 

7


Table of Contents

For purposes of the investment limitations described in (9) and (10) above, management does not consider securities that are issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities to be investments in an “industry.” However, management currently considers securities issued by a foreign government (but not the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities) to be subject to the 25% limitation. Thus, not more than 25% of a Portfolio’s total assets will be invested in securities issued by any one foreign government or supranational organization. A Portfolio might invest in certain securities issued by companies in a particular industry whose obligations are guaranteed by a foreign government. Management could consider such a company to be within the particular industry and, therefore, the Portfolio will invest in the securities of such a company only if the Portfolio can do so under the Portfolio’s policy of not being concentrated in any single industry.

Notwithstanding any of the above investment limitations, the Emerging Markets Series, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, and the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio may establish subsidiaries or other similar vehicles for the purpose of conducting their investment operations if such subsidiaries or vehicles are required by local laws or regulations governing foreign investors, or whose use is otherwise considered by such Master Funds and Portfolios to be advisable. Each Master Fund, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, or the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio would “look through” any such vehicle or subsidiary to determine compliance with its investment restrictions.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to the Portfolios’ and Master Funds’ investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may purchase and sell options on stock indices. With respect to the sale of call options on stock indices, pursuant to published positions of the Commission, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will either (1) maintain with its custodian liquid assets equal to the contract value (less any margin deposits); (2) hold a portfolio of stocks substantially replicating the movement of the index underlying the call option; or (3) hold a separate call on the same index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (a) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (b) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Portfolio in liquid assets in a segregated account with its custodian. With respect to the sale of put options on stock indices, pursuant to published Commission positions, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will either (1) maintain liquid assets equal to the exercise price (less any margin deposits) in a segregated account with its custodian; or (2) hold a put on the same index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (a) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (b) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided an amount equal to the difference is maintained by the Portfolio in liquid assets in a segregated account with its custodian.

Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio desires.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will realize a gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Portfolio will realize a loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying index, and the time remaining until the expiration date.

If an option written by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio expires, the Portfolio realizes a gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio expires unexercised, the Portfolio realizes a loss equal to the premium paid.

The premium paid for a put or call option purchased by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is an asset of the Portfolio. The premium received for an option written by the Portfolio is recorded as a deferred credit. The value of an option purchased or written is marked to market daily and is valued at the closing price on the exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing price is available, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.

 

8


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with Options on Indices

There are several risks associated with transactions in options on indices. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the current market price of the underlying index, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the exercise price, the term structure of interest rates, estimated price volatility of the underlying index and general market conditions. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.

Options normally have expiration dates of up to 90 days. The exercise price of the options may be below, equal to or above the current market value of the underlying index. Purchased options that expire unexercised have no value. Unless an option purchased by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is exercised or unless a closing transaction is effected with respect to that position, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will realize a loss in the amount of the premium paid and any transaction costs.

A position in an exchange-listed option may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for identical options. Although the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio intends to purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option at any specific time. Closing transactions may be effected with respect to options traded in the over the counter markets only by negotiating directly with the other party to the option contract, or in a secondary market for the option if such a market exists. There can be no assurance that the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will be able to liquidate an over the counter option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. In the event of insolvency of the counter-party, the Portfolio may be unable to liquidate an over the counter option. Accordingly, it may not be possible to effect closing transactions with respect to certain options, with the result that the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio would have to exercise those options which it has purchased in order to realize any profit. With respect to options written by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the Portfolio.

Index prices may be distorted if trading of a substantial number of securities included in the index is interrupted causing the trading of options on that index to be halted. If a trading halt occurred, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio would not be able to close out options which it had purchased and may incur losses if the underlying index moved adversely before trading resumed. If a trading halt occurred and restrictions prohibiting the exercise of options were imposed through the close of trading on the last day before expiration, exercises on that day would be settled on the basis of a closing index value that may not reflect current price information for securities representing a substantial portion of the value of the index.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s activities in the options markets may result in higher fund turnover rates and additional brokerage costs; however, the Portfolio may also save on commissions by using options as a hedge rather than buying or selling individual securities in anticipation or as a result of market movements.

Investment Limitations on Options Transactions

The ability of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio to engage in options transactions is subject to certain limitations. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will only invest in over-the-counter options to the extent consistent with the 15% limit on investments in illiquid securities.

 

9


Table of Contents

SWAPS

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may enter into equity index swap agreements for purposes of attempting to obtain a particular desired return at a lower cost to the Portfolio than if the Portfolio had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested in a group of securities representing a particular index.

The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is only a fictive basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. Most swap agreements entered into by Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Portfolio’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against amounts owed to the Portfolio) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of a segregated account consisting of liquid assets to avoid any potential leveraging of the Portfolio’s portfolio. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will not enter into a swap agreement with any single party if the net amount owed or to be received under existing contracts with that party would exceed 5% of the Portfolio’s assets.

Because they are two-party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid, and, therefore, swap agreements entered into by Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio and other illiquid securities will be limited to 15% of the net assets of the Portfolio. Moreover, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The Advisor will cause Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio to enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that the Investment Committee of the Advisor has approved. Certain restrictions imposed on Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio by the Code may limit the Portfolio’s ability to use swap agreements. The swap market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

Please note that while the following discussion relates to the policies of certain Portfolios with respect to futures contracts, it should be understood that with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the discussion applies to the Feeder Portfolio and to the Master Fund in which the Feeder Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets and, with respect to the International Small Company Portfolio and the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the International Master Funds and Underlying Funds, respectively.

All Portfolios and Underlying Funds may enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts. Such Portfolios (with the exception of Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio) may enter into futures contracts and options on future contracts to gain market exposure on the Portfolio’s uninvested cash pending investments in securities and to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may use futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against securities prices or as part of its overall investment strategy.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (an “FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and FCMs may establish margin requirements which are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the

 

10


Table of Contents

value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in a repayment of excess margin to the custodial accounts of the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund expects to earn income on its margin deposits. Each Master Fund, Underlying Fund and Portfolio intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3(z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation); or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio has entered into.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures which are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the Commission and interpretations of the staff of the Commission, a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable interpretations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund may use by entering into futures transactions.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The International Equity Master Funds and Portfolios and Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may acquire and sell forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The Portfolios and Master Funds will conduct their foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

With respect to an International Equity Portfolio or Master Fund, the Portfolio or Master Fund may enter into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of foreign equity securities, typically to “lock in” the value of the transaction with respect to a different currency. In addition, a Portfolio or Master Fund may, from time to time, enter into a forward contract to transfer balances from one currency to another currency.

 

11


Table of Contents

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may enter into forward foreign currency contracts to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another currency. A Series or Portfolio may enter into a forward contract to buy or sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it expires. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio typically hedges its foreign currency exposure.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

All non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds engage in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, in the case of the Emerging Markets Master Funds, cash investments may be made for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic or political conditions warrant.

All the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may invest cash in short-term repurchase agreements. In addition, the following cash investments are permissible:

 

Portfolios and Master Funds

  

Permissible Cash Investments*

  

Percentage

Guidelines**

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio    Short-term fixed income obligations; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    N.A.
Japanese Small Company, Asia Pacific Small Company, United Kingdom Small Company and Continental Small Company    Short-term fixed income obligations; high quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
U.S. Small Cap Portfolio    Short-term fixed income obligations; high quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio    Short-term fixed income obligations; high quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
U.S. Large Cap Value and U.S. Small Cap Value    High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio    High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%

 

12


Table of Contents

Portfolios and Master Funds

  

Permissible Cash Investments*

  

Percentage

Guidelines**

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio    High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio    Fixed income obligations, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
Large Cap International Portfolio    Fixed income obligations, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
International Small Company Portfolio    Short-term, high quality fixed income obligations; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    Small portion
DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio    Index future contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
DFA International Value Portfolio and Master Fund    Fixed income obligations, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
International Core Equity Portfolio    High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio    High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; freely convertible currencies; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; money market instruments; investment grade debt securities; freely convertible currencies, shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds ***; index futures contracts, and options thereon.    20%
International Vector Equity Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; money market instruments; investment grade debt securities; freely convertible currencies; shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***; index futures contracts, and options thereon.    20%
The Emerging Markets Master Funds    Money market instruments; highly liquid debt securities; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    10%
Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio    Money market instruments; highly liquid debt securities; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%

 

* With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor.

 

13


Table of Contents
** The percentage guidelines set forth above are not absolute limitations, but the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds do not expect to exceed these guidelines under normal circumstances.
*** Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

Each of the International Equity Portfolios, International Equity Master Funds and International Equity Underlying Funds may invest up to 5% of its assets in convertible debentures issued by non-U.S. companies located in the countries where such Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund is permitted to invest. In addition, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio are authorized to invest in private placements of interest-bearing debentures that are convertible into common stock. Convertible debentures include corporate bonds and notes that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock. These securities are generally convertible either at a stated price or a stated rate (that is, for a specific number of shares of common stock or other security). As with other fixed income securities, the price of a convertible debenture to some extent varies inversely with interest rates. While providing a fixed income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derived from a common stock but lower than that afforded by a nonconvertible debenture), a convertible debenture also affords the investor an opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the common stock into which it is convertible. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible debentures tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis and so may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the price of a convertible debenture tends to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock. To obtain such a higher yield, a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund may be required to pay for a convertible debenture an amount in excess of the value of the underlying common stock. Common stock acquired by a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund upon conversion of a convertible debenture will generally be held for as long as the Advisor anticipates such stock will provide the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund with opportunities which are consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective and policies.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

The following non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may also invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity:

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

U.S. Large Cap Value Series

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Large Cap International Portfolio

DFA International Value Portfolio

International Core Equity Portfolio

International Small Company Portfolio

The Japanese Small Company Series

The Asia Pacific Small Company Series

The United Kingdom Small Company Series

The Continental Small Company Series

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

 

14


Table of Contents

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

International Vector Equity Portfolio

The Emerging Markets Series

The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series

Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

An ETF is an investment company whose goal is to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. ETFs are passively managed, and traded similar to a publicly traded company. The risks and costs of investing in ETFs are comparable to investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When a Portfolio invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Portfolio bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES

Generally, securities will be purchased by the Equity Portfolios, Equity Master Funds and Equity Underlying Funds with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is expected to have high portfolio turnover rates due to the relatively short maturities of the securities to be acquired. In addition, variations in turnover rates occur because securities are sold when, in the Advisor’s judgment, the return will be increased as a result of portfolio transactions after taking into account the cost of trading.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

The Board of Directors of each Fund is responsible for establishing the Fund’s policies and for overseeing the management of the Fund. The Directors of the Funds, including all of the disinterested Directors, have adopted written procedures to monitor potential conflicts of interest that might develop between the Feeder Portfolios and the Master Funds.

Each Board has three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Portfolio Performance and Service Review Committee (“Performance Committee”). Each Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Audit Committee is a disinterested Director. The Audit Committee for each Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Fund’s internal controls, the Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee for each Board recommends the appointment of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings held for each Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

Each Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Nominating Committee is a disinterested Director. The Nominating Committee for each Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee of each Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. There were no Nominating Committee meetings held for either Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. Each Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of a Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Funds at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of the Fund that are owned of record and beneficially

 

15


Table of Contents

by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

Each Board’s Performance Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Abbie J. Smith, John P. Gould and Myron S. Scholes. Each member of a Fund’s Performance Committee is a disinterested Director. Each Performance Committee regularly reviews and monitors the investment performance of the Fund’s series, including the Portfolios, and reviews the performance of the Fund’s service providers. There were six Performance Committee meetings held for each Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and each interested Director of the Funds is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of the Funds and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

   Term of
Office1
and
Length of Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other
Directorships of
Public
Companies Held

George M. Constantinides University of Chicago Booth

School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 62

   Director    DFAIDG–since
1983

DIG–since
1993

   Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

John P. Gould

University of Chicago Booth

School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 71

   Director    DFAIDG–since
1986

DIG–since
1993

   Steven G. Rothmeier Distinguished Service Professor of Economics, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1965). Member of the Board of Milwaukee Insurance Company (since 1997). Member and Chair, Competitive Markets Advisory Council, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (futures trading exchange) (since 2004). Formerly, Director of UNext Inc. (1999-2006).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Trustee, Harbor Funds (registered investment company) (27 Portfolios) (since 1994).

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT 06520-8200

Age: 66

   Director    DFAIDG–since
1981

DIG–since
1993

   Professor in Practice of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Director, BIRR Portfolio Analysis, Inc. (software products) (since 1990). Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (since 2006). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Chairman, Ibbotson Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL (software, data, publishing and consulting) (1977-2006).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 68

   Director    DFAIDG–since
1981

DIG–since
1993

   Frank E. Buck Professor Emeritus of Finance, Stanford University (since 1981). Formerly, Chairman, Platinum Grove Asset Management L.P. (hedge fund) (formerly, Oak Hill Platinum Partners) (1999-2009). Formerly, Managing Partner, Oak Hill Capital Management (private equity firm) (until 2004). Formerly, Director, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (2001-2008).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (40 Portfolios) (since 1980).

 

16


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other
Directorships of
Public
Companies Held

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth

School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 56

   Director   

DFAIDG–since 2000

DIG–since 2000

   Boris and Irene Stern Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980); Co-Director Investment Research, Fundamental Investment Advisors (hedge fund) (since 2008).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director, HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture) (since 2000); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (52 portfolios) (since 2009).

Interested Directors

The following Interested Directors are described as such because they are deemed to be “interested persons,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to their positions with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other
Directorships of
Public
Companies Held

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 63

   Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer   

DFAIDG–since 1981

DIG–since 1992

   Chairman, Director/Trustee, President, Co-Chief Executive Officer and, formerly, Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (2003 to 3/30/2007) of the following companies: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFAIDG, DIG and The DFA Investment Trust Company. Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Holdings Inc. and formerly Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (until 3/30/2007). Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and formerly, Chief Investment Officer. Director of DFA Australia Limited and formerly, President and Chief Investment Officer. Formerly, Director of Dimensional Funds PLC. Limited Partner, Oak Hill Partners (since 2001) and VSC Investors, LLC (since 2007). Trustee, University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Formerly, Director, SA Funds (registered investment company). Chairman, Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Eduardo A. Repetto 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One Austin, TX 78746

Age: 43

   Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer   

DFAIDG- since 2009

DIG- since 2009

   Co-Chief Executive Officer (beginning January 2010), Chief Investment Officer (beginning March 2007) and formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, DEM, DFAIDG, DIG, The DFA Investment Trust Company and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; Director of all such entities except Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC. Chief Investment Officer, Vice President and Director of DFA Australia Limited. Subject to regulatory approval, Director, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

1

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

17


Table of Contents
2

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Funds; The DFA Investment Trust Company; and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund. Each Disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolios of the Funds in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name

  

Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned

in All Funds Overseen by Director in

Family of Investment Companies

Disinterested Directors:      
George M. Constantinides    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
John P. Gould    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds **
Roger G. Ibbotson   

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio - Over $100,000

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio – Over $100,000

International Core Equity Portfolio – Over $100,000

   Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Myron S. Scholes    U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio - $50,001-$100,000    $50,001-$100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Abbie J. Smith    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds **
Interested Directors:      
David G. Booth   

U.S. Micro Cap – Over $100,000

DFA International Small Cap Value – Over $100,000

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio – $0 - $10,000

   Over $100,000
Eduardo A. Repetto   

DFA Large Cap International – $10,001 – $50,000

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio – Over $100,000

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio – Over $100,000

International Core Equity Portfolio – $10,001-$50,000

   Over $100,000

 

** As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Funds during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same period. The table also provides the compensation paid by each Fund to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

 

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from
DFAIDG*
   Aggregate
Compensation
from DIG
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as
Part of
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual
Benefit
upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from Funds
and DFA Fund
Complex Paid
to Directors†

George M. Constantinides
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

John P. Gould
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Roger G. Ibbotson
Director

   $ 105,551    $ 14,437    N/A    N/A    $ 185,000

Robert C. Merton**
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Myron S. Scholes
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

 

18


Table of Contents

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from
DFAIDG*
   Aggregate
Compensation
from DIG
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as
Part of
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual
Benefit
upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from Funds
and DFA
Fund
Complex Paid
to Directors†

Abbie J. Smith
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Christopher S. Crossan
Chief Compliance Officer

   $ 196,702    $ 26,719    N/A    N/A      N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory or administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.
*

Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 is as follows: $185,000 (Mr. Ibbotson); $25,000 (Mr. Scholes); and $25,000 (Ms. Smith). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability; or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.

**

Mr. Merton resigned from the Board effective December 1, 2009.

Officers

Below is the name, age, and information regarding positions with the Fund and the principal occupation for each officer of the Fund. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the following entities: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (collectively, the “DFA Entities”).

 

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

April A. Aandal

Age: 47

   Vice President and Chief Learning Officer    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Learning Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2008). Formerly Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004-2008)

Darryl D. Avery

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

 

19


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Arthur H. Barlow

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Scott A. Bosworth

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since November 1997).

Valerie A. Brown

Age: 43

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary    Since 2001    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

David P. Butler

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2008). Formerly, Director US Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2005).

Patrick E. Carter

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Director of Merrill Lynch Retirement Group (December 1998 to March 2006).

Joseph H. Chi

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2005). Prior to October 2005, Corporate Counsel at Hewitt Associates (July 2002 – August 2005)

Stephen A. Clark

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Robert P. Cornell

Age: 60

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Financial Services Group of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since August 1993).

Christopher S. Crossan

Age: 44

   Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2004    Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of all the DFA Entities.

James L. Davis

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 1999    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Robert T. Deere

Age: 52

   Vice President    Since 1994    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited.

Peter F. Dillard

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP (since August 2008). Formerly, Research Assistant for DFA from April 2006 – August 2008. Prior to April 2006, Manager at Hilton Hotels Corp. (September 2004 – April 2006).

Robert W. Dintzner

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Communications Officer (since 2010).

Beth Ann Dranguet

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2007). Formerly, Associate at Vinson & Elkins LLP (September 1999 – July 2007).

Kenneth Elmgren

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Managing Principal of Beverly Capital (May 2004 to September 2006).

Richard A. Eustice

Age: 44

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary    Since 1998    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since July 2008). Formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Eugene F. Fama, Jr.

Age: 49

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Gretchen A. Flicker

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jed S. Fogdall

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2004).

Glenn S. Freed

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeremy P. Freeman

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Technology Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2006). Formerly, Principal at AIM Investments/Amvescap PLC (now Invesco) (June 1998 – June 2006).

 

20


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Mark R. Gochnour

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Henry F. Gray

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

John T. Gray

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (January 2005 to February 2007).

Darla M. Hastings

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Marketing Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Senior Vice President, Customer Experience for Benchmark Assisted Living (May 2005 to April 2006); Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of State Street Corporation (September 2001 to October 2005).

Joel H. Hefner

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 1998).

Julie C. Henderson

Age: 35

   Vice President and Fund Controller    Since 2005    Vice President and Fund Controller of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (July 1996 to April 2005).

Kevin B. Hight

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to March 2005).

Christine W. Ho

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeff J. Jeon

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Patrick M. Keating

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2003    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director, Vice President, and Chief Privacy Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of DFA Australia Limited.

David M. Kershner

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2004).

Joseph F. Kolerich

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since April 2001).

Michael F. Lane

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Kristina M. LaRusso

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Formerly, Operations Supervisor of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to December 2006).

Inmoo Lee

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Associate Professor, Department of Finance and Accounting, Business School, National University of Singapore (7/2004 - present) Associate Professor, College of Business Administration, Korea University (9/2001 - 5/2006).

Juliet H. Lee

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Human Resources Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2004).

Apollo D. Lupescu

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since February 2004).

Kenneth M. Manell

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2006). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel at Castle & Cooke (January 2004 – September 2006).

Aaron M. Marcus

Age: 39

   Vice President and Head of Global Human Resources    Since 2008    Vice President of all DFA Entities and Head of Global Human Resources of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Global Head of Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (June 2006 to January 2008); Global Co-Head of HR of the Equities & FICC Division, and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (May 2005 to May 2006); Head of Americas Campus Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (April 2003 to May 2005).

 

21


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

David R. Martin

Age: 53

   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2007    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC. Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Janus Capital Group Inc. (June 2005 to March 2007); Senior Vice President of Finance at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (March 1999 to May 2005).

Catherine L. Newell

Age: 45

  

Vice President and

Secretary

  

Vice

President

since 1997

and

Secretary

since 2000

   Vice President and Secretary of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President and Secretary of DFA Australia Limited. Director, Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since February 2002, April 1997, and May 2002, respectively). Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC (since 2002 and 2006, respectively).

Christian Newton

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Web Services Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Design Manager (2005 – 2008) and Web Developer (2002 – 2005) of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Carolyn L. O

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2007). Prior to September 2007, Associate at K&L Gates LLP (January 2004 – September 2007).

Gerard K. O’Reilly

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004 to 2006).

Daniel C. Ong

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2005). Prior to 2005, Graduate Student at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business (2003-2005).

Kyle K. Ozaki

Age: 31

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Compliance Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Compliance Officer (February 2006 – December 2007) and Compliance Analyst (August 2004 – January 2006).

Carmen Palafox

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Operations Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 1996).

Sonya K. Park

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

David A. Plecha

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Michael J. Porter

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2006). Formerly, Vice President, Client Services at Metropolitan West Asset Management (July 2001 – August 2006).

Theodore W. Randall

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2006 to 2008); Systems Developer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2001 to 2006).

L. Jacobo Rodríguez

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Institutional client service representative of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (August 2004 to July 2005)

Julie A. Saft

Age: 50

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Client Systems Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2008). Formerly, Senior Manager at Vanguard (November 1997 – July 2008).

David E. Schneider

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Institutional Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Walid A. Shinnawi

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Senior Director at Moody’s KMV (1999-March 2006).

 

22


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Bruce A. Simmons

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Investment Operations Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 2007). Formerly, Vice President Client and Fund Reporting at Mellon Financial (September 2005 – May 2007); Vice President Business Development at CUADPRO Marketing (July 2003 – September 2005).

Ted R. Simpson

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since December 2002).

Bryce D. Skaff

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (December 1999 to January 2007).

Grady M. Smith

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Carl G. Snyder

Age: 46

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Lawrence R. Spieth

Age: 62

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Bradley G. Steiman

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Director and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Robert C. Trotter

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Manager Technology for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2007). Formerly, Director of Technology at AMVESCAP (2002 – 2007).

Karen E. Umland

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Sunil Wahal

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (July 2008 – January 2009); Consultant to Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (September 2005 – July 2008); Jack D. Furst Professor of Finance at Arizona State University, WP Carey School of Business (July 2005 – July 2008); Associate Professor of Finance at Goizueta Business School, Emory University (1997 – 2005).

Brian J. Walsh

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

Carol W. Wardlaw

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Weston J. Wellington

Age: 58

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Daniel M. Wheeler

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Previously, Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since October 2003) and President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since June 2003).

Ryan J. Wiley

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Trader of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Portfolio Manager (2006 to 2007) and Trader (2001 to 2006).

Paul E. Wise

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Technology Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

 

1

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

As of January 31, 2010, Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding stock of each Portfolio described in this SAI.

 

23


Table of Contents

SERVICES TO THE FUNDS

Administrative Services—The Feeder Portfolios, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio and International Small Company Portfolio

The Funds have entered into administration agreements with the Advisor, on behalf of the Feeder Portfolios, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio and International Small Company Portfolio. Pursuant to each administration agreement, the Advisor performs various services, including: supervision of the services provided by the Portfolio’s custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent and others who provide services to the Fund for the benefit of the Portfolio; providing shareholders with information about the Portfolio and their investments as the shareholders or the Fund may request; assisting the Portfolio in conducting meetings of shareholders; furnishing information as the Board of Directors may require regarding the Master Funds or Underlying Funds (as applicable), and any other administrative services for the benefit of the Portfolio as the Board of Directors may reasonably request. For its administrative services, the Feeder Portfolios, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio and International Small Company Portfolio are obligated to pay the Advisor a monthly fee based on average net assets equal to one-twelfth of the percentages listed below:

 

Portfolio

   Administration Fee  

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   0.15

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio

   0.15

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

   0.30

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   0.25 %(a) 

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   0.32

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

   0.40

DFA International Value Portfolio

   0.20

International Small Company Portfolio

   0.40 %(b) 

Japanese Small Company Portfolio

   0.40 %(c) 

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio

   0.40 %(c) 

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio

   0.40 %(c) 

Continental Small Company Portfolio

   0.40 %(c) 

Emerging Markets Portfolio

   0.40

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

   0.40

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio

   0.45

 

(a) Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive its administration fee and to assume the Portfolio’s direct and indirect expenses to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio to 0.50% of the average net assets on an annualized basis. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by DFAIDG or the Advisor. For additional information concerning the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements, see “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” in the Prospectus.
(b) Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the International Small Company Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive its administration fee and to assume the Portfolio’s other direct expenses to the extent necessary to limit the direct expenses of the International Small Company Portfolio to 0.45% of its average net assets on an annualized basis. This fee waiver and expense assumption arrangement does not include the indirect expenses the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of the International Master Funds. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by DFAIDG or the Advisor. For additional information concerning the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement, see “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” in the Prospectus.

 

24


Table of Contents
(c) Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Japanese Small Company Portfolio, Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio, United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio and Continental Small Company Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive its administration fee and to assume each Portfolio’s other direct expenses to the extent necessary to limit the direct expenses of the Portfolio to 0.47% of its average net assets on an annualized basis. These fee waiver and expense assumption arrangements do not include the indirect expenses the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of its Master Fund. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by DFAIDG or the Advisor. For additional information concerning the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements, see “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” in the Prospectus.

Each class of each Portfolio pays its proportionate share of the fees paid by the Portfolio to Advisor based on the average net assets of the classes.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008, and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Portfolios paid administrative fees to the Advisor as set forth in the following table:

 

Portfolio

   FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2009
(000)
    FISCAL
PERIOD
ENDED
2008

(000)
    FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2007

(000)
 

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   $ 237      $ 380      $ 548   

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 7,521      $ 9,628      $ 11,232   

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 14,851      $ 21,131      $ 28,167   

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 2,823      $ 1,875      $ 865   

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   $ 6,693      $ 7,938      $ 11,208   

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

   $ 10,155      $ 14,755      $ 20,325   

DFA International Value Portfolio

   $ 7,097      $ 10,005      $ 11,144   

International Small Company Portfolio

   $ 13,452      $ 18,152      $ 21,375   

Japanese Small Company Portfolio

   $ 446      $ 650      $ 814 6 

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio

   $ 286 1    $ 446 4    $ 454 7 

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio

   $ 95 2    $ 139 5    $ 158 8 

Continental Small Company Portfolio

   $ 362 3    $ 556      $ 599 9 

Emerging Markets Portfolio

   $ 6,299      $ 10,054      $ 11,536   

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

   $ 20,346      $ 25,407      $ 23,907   

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio

   $ 3,484      $ 4,706      $ 5,248   

 

1

$ 290 after recoupment of fees previously waived

2

$ 75 after waiver

3

$ 373 after recoupment of fees previously waived

4

$ 450 after recoupment of fees previously waived

5

$ 120 after waiver

6

$ 819 after recoupment of fees previously waived

7

$ 488 after recoupment of fees previously waived

8

$ 149 after waiver

9

$ 655 after recoupment of fees previously waived

Administrative Services—All Portfolios

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC Global”), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the accounting services, dividend disbursing and transfer agent for all the Portfolios and Master Funds. The services provided by PNC Global are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Boards of Directors of the Funds, and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the

 

25


Table of Contents

offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodians, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by PNC Global, the non-Feeder Portfolios, the Feeder Portfolio’s Master Funds and the Underlying Funds pay PNC Global annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies and a group trust. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0110% of the Fund Complex’s first $50 billion of average net assets;

.0085% of the Fund Complex’s next $25 billion of average net assets; and

.0075% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $75 billion.

The fees charged to a non-Feeder Portfolio, a Master Fund or an Underlying Fund under the fee schedule are allocated to each such non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund based on the non-Feeder Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s pro-rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex.

Each Portfolio is also subject to a monthly fee. The Feeder Portfolios, International Small Company Portfolio and DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio are each subject to a monthly fee of $1,000. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio and DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio are each subject to a monthly fee of $1,666. The Large Cap International Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, are each subject to a monthly base fee of $2,083. The Master Funds in which the Feeder Portfolios invest and the Underlying Funds in which the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio and International Small Company Portfolio invest are also subject to certain monthly base fees. Each domestic equity Master Fund or Underlying Fund is subject to a monthly base fee of $1,666 and each international equity Master Fund or Underlying Fund is subject to a monthly base fee of $2,083.

The Portfolios also pay separate fees to PNC Global with respect to the services PNC Global provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodians

Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, New York, 10005, is the global custodian for the following Portfolios and Master Funds: Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio (co-custodian with PFPC Trust Co.), Large Cap International Portfolio, The DFA International Value Series, The Japanese Small Company Series, The Asia Pacific Small Company Series, The United Kingdom Small Company Series, The Continental Small Company Series, The Canadian Small Company Series, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio, The Emerging Markets Series, The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund. PFPC Trust Company, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the custodian for DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the Domestic Equity non-Feeder Portfolios and all of the Feeder Portfolios and the other Master Funds.

Distributor

Each Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 1299 Ocean Avenue, Santa Monica, California 90401.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Funds by serving as the principal underwriter of the Funds’ shares. Pursuant to each Fund’s Distribution Agreement, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Funds. No compensation is paid by the Funds to DFAS under the Distribution Agreements.

 

26


Table of Contents

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Funds. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Funds and audits the annual financial statements of the Funds. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth and Rex A. Sinquefield, as directors and/or officers of the Advisor and shareholders of the outstanding stock of the Advisor’s general partner, may be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Funds. For the services it provides as investment advisor to each non-Feeder Portfolio (or, with respect to each Feeder Portfolio, the corresponding Master Fund), the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio (or, with respect to each Feeder Portfolio, the corresponding Master Fund). The Advisor is paid no fee for the services it provides as investment adviser to each Feeder Portfolio. Each class of each Portfolio pays its proportionate share of the fees paid by the Portfolio to the Advisor based on the average net assets of the classes.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008, and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Portfolios (or their corresponding Master Funds) paid management fees (to the Advisor and any sub-advisor) as set forth in the following table (the dollar amount is shown prior to any fee waivers by the Advisor):

 

     FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2009
(000)
    FISCAL
PERIOD
ENDED
2008

(000)
    FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2007

(000)
 

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio (h)

   $ 79      $ 127      $ 183   

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio (a)

   $ 6,414      $ 8,436      $ 10,188   

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio (b)

   $ 1,129      $ 750      $ 269   

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio (h)

   $ 9,901      $ 14,090      $ 19,951   

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio (c)

   $ 2,668      $ 2,182      $ 1,662 1 

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio (c)

   $ 5,833      $ 5,405      $ 4,471 2 

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio (d)

   $ 2,766      $ 2,790      $ 2,203 3 

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio (h)

   $ 628      $ 805      $ 1,150   

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio (h)

   $ 2,539      $ 3,690      $ 5,082   

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 4,606      $ 6,845      $ 8,671   

Large Cap International Portfolio

   $ 2,880      $ 4,438      $ 4,910   

DFA International Value Portfolio (a)

   $ 9,991      $ 14,643      $ 18,039   

International Core Equity Portfolio (c)

   $ 9,575      $ 7,918      $ 5,482   

International Small Company Portfolio (e)

   $ 3,357      $ 4,530      $ 5,337   

Japanese Small Company Portfolio (a)

   $ 1,101      $ 1,220      $ 1,524   

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio (a)

   $ 488      $ 871      $ 1,016   

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio (a)

   $ 585      $ 899      $ 1,234   

Continental Small Company Portfolio (a)

   $ 1,230      $ 1,806      $ 2,231   

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio (f)

   $ 1,753      $ 1,513      $ 456   

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 35,181      $ 44,953      $ 52,077   

International Vector Equity Portfolio (j)

   $ 811 4    $ 37 5      N/A   

 

27


Table of Contents
     FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2009
(000)
    FISCAL
PERIOD
ENDED
2008

(000)
    FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2007

(000)

Emerging Markets Portfolio (a)

   $ 1,697      $ 2,774      $ 3,029

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio (a)

   $ 5,493      $ 6,904      $ 6,669

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio (a)

   $ 1,597      $ 2,174      $ 2,461

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio (g)

   $ 9,732      $ 8,838      $ 7,247

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio (i)

   $ 769 6    $ 98 7      N/A

 

1

$ 1,690 after recoupment of fees previously waived

2

$ 4,519 after recoupment of fees previously waived

3

$ 2,272 after recoupment of fees previously waived

4

$ 828 after recoupment of fees previously waived

5

$ 0 after waiver

6

$ 63 after waived

7

$ 9 after waiver

(a)

The Master Fund has more than one Feeder Portfolio and/or direct investor; the dollar amount represents the total dollar amount of management fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor.

(b)

Prior to March 30, 2007, the Portfolio was a Feeder Portfolio and the dollar amount prior to March 30, 2007 represents the amount paid by the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invested its assets.

(c)

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of these Portfolios, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the ordinary operating expenses of a Portfolio (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and International Core Equity Portfolio to 0.23%, 0.26% and 0.49%, respectively, of each Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of a Portfolio are less than that Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount described above, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed its Expense Limitation Amount. A Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for a Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by a Fund or the Advisor.

(d)

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio commenced operations on December 30, 2005. Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to 0.36% of its average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than 0.36% of its average net assets on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed 0.36% of its average net assets. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for a Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by a Fund or the Advisor.

(e)

Each of the five International Master Funds in which the Portfolio invests its assets has more than one Feeder Portfolio (which are also included elsewhere in this table). The dollar amount represents the total dollar amount of management fees attributable to this Portfolio paid by each International Master Fund to the Advisor.

(f)

The DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio commenced operations on March 1, 2007. Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses to 0.65% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses are less that the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount,

 

28


Table of Contents
 

described in the prior sentence, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expense previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for a Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by a Fund or the Advisor.

(g)

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to 0.85% of its average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than 0.85% of its average net assets on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed 0.85% of its average net assets. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for a Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by a Fund or the Advisor.

(h)

Prior to February 28, 2009, the Portfolio was a Feeder Portfolio and the dollar amount prior to February 28, 2009 represents the amount paid by the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invested its assets.

 

(i)

The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio commenced operations on June 4, 2008. Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the expenses of the Portfolio (including the expenses that the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of other funds managed by the Advisor but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in unaffiliated investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to 0.55% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect for an initial period until March 1, 2011, and then shall continue in effect from year to year for one-year periods thereafter unless terminated by the Advisor. The Advisor has voluntarily agreed to waive all or a portion of the Portfolio’s management fee to the extent necessary to limit the total management fees paid by the Portfolio to the Advisor directly and indirectly (the proportionate share of the management fees paid by the Portfolio through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor) to 0.35% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis.

 

(j)

The International Vector Equity Portfolio commenced operations on August 14, 2008. Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume expenses of the Portfolio to the extent necessary to reduce the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (not including expenses incurred through an investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to 0.60% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (“Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver Agreement will remain in effect for an initial period until March 1, 2011, and then shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter, for one-year periods, unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

29


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, Master Funds and the Underlying Funds, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the category of portfolios indicated.

 

Domestic equity portfolios    Stephen A. Clark
International equity portfolios   

Stephen A. Clark, Karen E. Umland,

Joseph H. Chi and Jed S. Fogdall

Investments in Each Portfolio

Information relating to each portfolio manager’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolios contained in this SAI that he or she manages as of October 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

Stephen A. Clark

 

Portfolio

   Dollar Range of Portfolio
Shares Owned

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   None

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio1

   None

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

   None

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   None

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   None

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $100,001-$500,000

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   None

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   None

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

   None

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $0-$10,000

Large Cap International Portfolio

   None

DFA International Value Portfolio1

   None

International Core Equity Portfolio

   $50,001-$100,000

International Small Company Portfolio

   None

Japanese Small Company Portfolio1

   None

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio1

   None

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio1

   None

Continental Small Company Portfolio1

   None

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $10,001-$50,000

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   None

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

   None

International Vector Equity Portfolio

   None

Emerging Markets Portfolio1

   None

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio1

   None

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio1

   None

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   $10,001-$50,000

 

1

Stephen A. Clark serves as the portfolio manager for the Portfolio and for the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets.

 

30


Table of Contents

Karen E. Umland

 

Portfolio

   Dollar Range of Portfolio
Shares Owned

Large Cap International Portfolio

   $0-$10,000

DFA International Value Portfolio1

   $100,001-$500,000

International Core Equity Portfolio

   None

International Small Company Portfolio

   $10,001-$50,000

Japanese Small Company Portfolio1

   $0-$10,000

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio1

   None

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio1

   None

Continental Small Company Portfolio1

   None

DFA International Real Estate Securities

   None

DFA Global Real Estate Securities

   None

DFA International Small Cap Value

   None

International Vector Equity Portfolio

   None

Emerging Markets Portfolio1

   $50,001-$100,000

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio1

   None

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio1

   None

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   None

 

1

Karen E. Umland serves as the portfolio manager for the Portfolio and for the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets.

Joseph H. Chi

 

Portfolio

   Dollar Range of Portfolio
Shares Owned

Large Cap International Portfolio

   None

DFA International Value Portfolio1

   None

International Core Equity Portfolio

   $0-$10,000

International Small Company Portfolio

   None

Japanese Small Company Portfolio1

   None

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio1

   None

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio1

   None

Continental Small Company Portfolio1

   None

DFA International Real Estate Securities

   None

DFA Global Real Estate Securities

   None

DFA International Small Cap Value

   None

International Vector Equity Portfolio

   None

Emerging Markets Portfolio1

   None

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio1

   None

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio1

   None

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   None

 

1

Joseph H. Chi serves as the portfolio manager for the Portfolio and for the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets.

Jed S. Fogdall

 

Portfolio

   Dollar Range of Portfolio
Shares Owned

Large Cap International Portfolio

   None

DFA International Value Portfolio1

   None

International Core Equity Portfolio

   $50,001-$100,000

International Small Company Portfolio

   None

Japanese Small Company Portfolio1

   None

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio1

   None

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio1

   None

 

31


Table of Contents

Continental Small Company Portfolio1

   None

DFA International Real Estate Securities

   $0-$10,000

DFA Global Real Estate Securities

   $0-$10,000

DFA International Small Cap Value

   None

International Vector Equity Portfolio

   None

Emerging Markets Portfolio1

   None

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio1

   None

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio1

   None

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   $10,001-$50,000

 

1

Jed S. Fogdall serves as the portfolio manager for the Portfolio and for the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets.

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as it deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

   

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

   

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegees. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

In addition, portfolio managers are given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolios (and with respect to the Feeder Portfolios, the Master Fund in which a Feeder Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets) and the Underlying Funds, each portfolio manager manages (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category As of October 31, 2009

Stephen A. Clark

  

•     88 U.S. registered mutual funds with $104,620 million in total assets under management.

 

•     23 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $23,160 million in total assets under management. Out of these unregistered pooled investment vehicles, one client with an investment of $211 million in an unregistered pooled investment vehicle pays a performance-based advisory fee.

 

32


Table of Contents
  

•     70 other accounts with $7,541 million in total assets under management of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Karen E. Umland

  

•     40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•     5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

•     19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Joseph H. Chi

  

•     40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•     5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

•     19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Jed S. Fogdall

  

•     40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•     5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

•     19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

   

Time Management. The management of multiple Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and/or Accounts. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds.

 

   

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund or Account, a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds and Accounts.

 

   

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to

 

33


Table of Contents
 

seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund or the Account.

 

   

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

   

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Funds have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

GENERAL INFORMATION

DFAIDG was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, DFAIDG was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc. Until September 1995, Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio was named Asia-Australia Small Company Portfolio; U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio was named U.S. Large Cap High Book to Market Portfolio; U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio was named U.S. Small Cap High Book to Market Portfolio; U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio was named The Small Company Shares; and Continental Small Company Portfolio was named The Continental European Portfolio. From September 1995 until December 1996, The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio was named DFA/AEW Real Estate Securities Portfolio. From September 1995 until August 1997, the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio was named the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and from August 1997 to April 1, 2001, it was known as the U.S. 6-10 Value Portfolio. From September 1995 until April 1, 2001, the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio was known as the U.S. 9-10 Small Company Portfolio. From April 1, 2001 to December 12, 2006, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio was known as the U.S. Small XM Value Portfolio. Prior to April 1, 2001, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio were known as the U.S. 4-10 Value Portfolio, the U.S. 6-10 Value Portfolio, the U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio and the U.S. 9-10 Small Company Portfolio, respectively. Similarly, the Master Funds in which these four Portfolios invested – The U.S. Targeted Value Series, The U.S. Small Cap Value Series, The U.S. Small Cap Series and The U.S. Micro Cap Series – were, prior to April 1, 2001, known as The U.S. 4-10 Value Series, The U.S. 6-10 Value Series, The U.S. 6-10 Small Company Series and the U.S. 9-10 Small Company Series, respectively. Effective as of March 30, 2007, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The U.S. Targeted Value Series, the Master Fund in which the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio invested. Effective February 28, 2009, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Series, the Master Fund in which the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio invested. Effective as of February 28, 2009, the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The U.S. Small Cap Value Series, the Master Fund in which the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio invested. Effective as of February 28, 2009, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The U.S. Small Cap Series, the Master Fund in which the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio invested. Effective as of February 28, 2009, the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The U.S. Micro Cap Series, the Master Fund in which the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio invested. From September 1995 until September 13, 2005, the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio was known as the Pacific Rim Small Company Portfolio.

 

34


Table of Contents

DIG was incorporated under Maryland law on March 19, 1990. DIG was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Inc. from February 1992, until it amended its Articles of Incorporation in April 1993, to change to its present name. Prior to the February 1992 amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, DIG was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Portfolio Inc.

The DFA Investment Trust Company was organized as a Delaware statutory trust (a form of entity formerly known as a business trust) on October 27, 1992. The Trust offers shares of its Master Funds only to institutional investors in private offerings. Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”) was incorporated under Maryland law on January 9, 1991 and was reorganized as a Delaware statutory trust effective October 30, 2009. DEM offers its shares only to institutional investors in private offerings. On November 21, 1997, the shareholders of DEM approved its conversion from a closed-end management investment company to an open-end management investment company.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Funds, the Trust, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, the Advisor, DFA Australia Limited, DFA Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFAS have adopted a Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds. The Code is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, and their shareholders with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolio’s Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences as each other class of the Portfolio, except that on a matter affecting a single class only shares of that class of the Portfolio are permitted to vote on the matter.

With respect to matters which require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters which affect the interest of the Portfolio or class of shares of the Portfolio which they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of a Fund should occur, the Fund’s shareholders would be entitled to receive on a per class basis the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular class. Ordinarily, the Funds do not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. Each Fund’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Funds, the latter being audited.

Whenever a Feeder Portfolio, as an investor in its corresponding Master Fund, is asked to vote on a shareholder proposal, the relevant Fund will solicit voting instructions from the Feeder Portfolio’s shareholders with respect to the proposal. The Directors of the Fund will then vote the Feeder Portfolio’s shares in the Master Fund in accordance with the voting instructions received from the Feeder Portfolio’s shareholders. The Directors of the Fund will vote shares of the Feeder Portfolio for which they receive no voting instructions in accordance with their best judgment. With regard to a Master Fund or Underlying Fund of the Trust organized as a partnership for federal tax purposes, if a majority shareholder of the Master Fund declares bankruptcy, a majority in interest of the remaining shareholders in the Master Fund or Underlying Fund must vote to approve the continuing existence of the Master Fund or Underlying Fund or the Master Fund or Underlying Fund will be liquidated.

 

35


Table of Contents

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2010, the following persons beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding stock of the Portfolios, as set forth below:

 

ENHANCED U.S. LARGE COMPANY PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  35.36%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  32.07%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  12.23%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 
U.S. LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  39.60%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  22.35%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  13.28%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 
U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  37.79%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  22.32%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  9.39%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

 

36


Table of Contents
U.S. SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  40.69%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  11.65%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  5.21%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 
U.S. CORE EQUITY 1 PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  33.63%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  15.12%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  10.60%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

DFA Global Equity Portfolio

  9.24%

1299 Ocean Avenue, 11th Floor

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

LPL

 

P.O. Box 509046

 

San Diego, CA 92150

  7.81%
U.S. CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  33.48%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  18.80%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

DFA Global Equity Portfolio

  15.36%

1299 Ocean Avenue, 11th Floor

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

Trust Company of America*

  8.97%

P.O. Box 6503

 

Englewood, CO 80155

 

 

37


Table of Contents

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  7.75%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 
U.S. VECTOR EQUITY PORTFOLIO  

National Financial Services LLC*

  31.66%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  26.92%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

Trust Company of America*

  20.10%

P.O. Box 6503

 

Englewood, CO 80155

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  10.70%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company*

 

P.O. Box 2900

 

Valley Forge, PA 19482-2900

  6.66%
U.S. SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  31.32%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  11.38%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  11.08%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

Stichting Shell Pensioenfonds

  6.56%

P.O. Box 65

 

2501 CB The Hague

 

The Netherlands

 

Utah Retirement Systems Defined Contribution Plan

  6.58%

540 E 200 S

 

Salt Lake City, UT 84102

 
U.S. MICRO CAP PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  39.39%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

 

38


Table of Contents

National Financial Services LLC*

  15.71%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  7.44%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

Board of Trustees

  5.22%

National Electrical Benefit Fund

 

1125 15th St NW Suite 401

 

Washington, DC 20005

 
DFA REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  42.73%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  17.83%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  8.96%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

  11.72%

1299 Ocean Avenue, 11th Floor

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

Trust Company of America*

  6.44%

P.O. Box 6503

 

Englewood, CO 80155

 
LARGE CAP INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  53.90%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  19.35%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  9.58%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

 

39


Table of Contents
DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  33.73%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  13.22%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  8.55%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee for

  6.32%

The Thrift Plan for Employees of the

 

Federal Reserve System

 

3 Chase Metro-Tech Center

 

5th Floor

 

Brooklyn, NY 11245

 
INTERNATIONAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  39.85%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  18.11%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

DFA Global Equity Portfolio

  10.87%

1299 Ocean Avenue, 11th Floor

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  8.94%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 
INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  38.52%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  12.90%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 
JAPANESE SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  24.33%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

 

40


Table of Contents

Wendel & Co

  30.50%

c/o The Bank of New York

 

2 Hanson Plaza, 6th Floor

 

Brooklyn, NY 11217

 

Mac & Co FBO Karlin Holdings

  12.90%

525 William Penn Place

 

P.O. Box 3198

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  6.43%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

The RBB Fund Inc. Free Market International Equity Fund

  5.48%

5955 Deerfield Blvd

 

Mason, OH 45040

 
ASIA PACIFIC SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  56.65%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  12.01%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  9.44%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

The RBB Fund Inc Free Market International Equity Fund

  5.54%

5955 Deerfield Blvd

 

Mason, OH 45040

 
UNITED KINGDOM SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  64.90%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

The RBB Fund Inc Free Market International Equity Fund

  21.71%

5955 Deerfield Blvd

 

Mason, OH 45040

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  5.67%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

 

41


Table of Contents
CONTINENTAL SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  35.01%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

Wendel & Co.

  25.51%

c/o The Bank of New York

 

2 Hanson Plaza, 6th Floor

 

Brooklyn, NY 11217

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  8.60%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

The RBB Fund Inc Free Market International Equity Fund

  10.29%

5955 Deerfield Blvd

 

Mason, OH 45040

 

LPL

  6.37%

P.O. Box 509046

 

San Diego, CA 92150

 
DFA INTERNATIONAL REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  36.42%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

  30.91%

1299 Ocean Avenue, 11th Floor

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  15.25%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  6.07%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

Trust Company of America*

  5.87%

P.O. Box 6503

 

Englewood, CO 80155

 
DFA GLOBAL REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  70.54%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  15.70%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

 

42


Table of Contents

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  6.94%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 
DFA INTERNATIONAL SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  35.60%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  12.61%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  5.51%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 
INTERNATIONAL VECTOR EQUITY PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  58.56%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  17.57%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  15.58%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 
EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  39.15%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

Ameritrade, Inc.*

  9.26%

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

 

Bellevue, NE 68005

 

National Financial Services LLC*

  15.31%

200 Liberty Street

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, NY 10281

 
EMERGING MARKETS VALUE PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

  13.23%

101 Montgomery Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

 

43


Table of Contents

National Financial Services LLC*

200 Liberty Street

One World Financial Center

New York, NY 10281

  13.86%
EMERGING MARKETS SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

  33.40%

National Financial Services LLC*

200 Liberty Street

One World Financial Center

New York, NY 10281

  10.15%

Missouri Local Government Employees

Retirement System

701 West Main Street

P.O. Box 1665

Jefferson City, MO 65102

  8.87%

Fondo de Pensiones Obligatorias Proteccion

CLL 49 N 63-100 Piso 8

Medellin, Colombia

  7.53%

Ameritrade, Inc.*

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

Bellevue, NE 68005

  6.90%
EMERGING MARKETS CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

  48.64%

National Financial Services LLC*

200 Liberty Street

One World Financial Center

New York, NY 10281

  16.05%

Ameritrade, Inc.*

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

Bellevue, NE 68005

  10.38%

 

* Owner of record only (omnibus).

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Funds will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business, regardless of whether the Federal Reserve System is closed. However, no purchases

 

44


Table of Contents

by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Funds will generally be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Funds are closed.

The Tokyo Stock Exchange (“TSE”) is closed on the following days in 2010: January 1 and 11, February 11, March 22, April 29, May 3-5, July 19, September 20 and 23, October 11, November 3 and 23, December 23 and 31. Orders for the purchase and redemption of shares of the Japanese Small Company Portfolio received on those days will be priced as of the close of the NYSE on the next day that the TSE is open for trading (provided that the NYSE is open on such day). The London Stock Exchange (“LSE”) is closed on the following days in 2010: January 1, April 2 and 5, May 3 and 31, August 30, and December 27 and 28. Orders for the purchase and redemption of shares of the United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio received on those days will be processed as of the close of the NYSE on the next day that the London Stock Exchange is open for trading. In 2010, the foreign securities exchanges on which The Continental Small Company Series’ portfolio securities are principally traded are all closed on January 1, April 2 and 5.

The Japanese Small Company Portfolio is closed on days that the TSE is closed. The United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio is closed on days that the LSE is closed. The Continental Small Company Portfolio is closed on January 1, April 2 and 5. Purchase and redemption orders for shares of such Portfolios will not be accepted on those days.

The Funds reserve the right, in their sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of any or all Portfolios or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of that Fund or a Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of a Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Funds or their transfer agent may, from time to time, appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, a Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

Reimbursement fees may be charged prospectively from time to time based upon the future experience of the Portfolios, which are currently sold at net asset value. Any such charges will be described in the Prospectus.

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

Each Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the Commission, (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for such Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets and (3) for such other periods as the Commission may permit.

Shareholders may transfer shares of any Portfolio to another person by making a written request to the Advisor who will transmit the request to the Transfer Agent. The request should clearly identify the account and number of shares to be transferred, and include the signature of all registered owners and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described in the Prospectus under “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” As with redemptions, the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

 

45


Table of Contents

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio. Unless you are invested in a Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of a Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “Taxation Of The Portfolios And Their Shareholders” section is based on the Code and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

Different tax rules may apply because, for federal income tax purposes, certain Portfolios invest substantially all of their assets in Master Funds organized as as partnerships for federal income tax purposes and to the extent a Portfolio does not invest all of its assets in a Master Fund, it may invest in Underlying Funds organized as partnerships and/or corporations for federal income tax purposes. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio invests in Underlying Funds organized as corporations for federal income tax purposes, and the International Small Company Portfolio invests in Underlying Funds organized as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. These rules could affect the amount, timing or character of the income distributed to shareholders of the Portfolios. The following Master Funds and Underlying Funds are classified as corporations: DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, US Core Equity 1 Portfolio, US Core Equity 2 Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, and International Core Equity Portfolio. The following Master Funds and Underlying Funds are classified as partnerships: US Large Cap Value Series, DFA International Value Series, Japanese Small Company Series, United Kingdom Small Company Series, Continental Small Company Series, Asia Pacific Small Company Series, Canadian Small Company Series, Emerging Markets Series, Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund.

Unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to a Portfolio includes in the case of a Feeder Portfolio its pro rata share of its corresponding Master Fund’s income and assets and in the case of a Portfolio invested in the Underlying Funds, its pro rata share of the income and assets of such Underlying Funds.

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in a Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolios

Each Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. If a Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, a Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

Distribution Requirement —the Portfolio must distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its tax year are considered distributions attributable to the previous tax year for purposes of satisfying this requirement).

 

46


Table of Contents
   

Income Requirement —the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTPs).

 

   

Asset Diversification Test —the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by a Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See, “Investment in Complex Securities” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, a Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

A Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If a Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that a Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. In addition, any such under-distribution of income might cause a Portfolio to fail to satisfy the Income Requirement and thereby not qualify as a regulated investment company for such taxable year.

If for any taxable year a Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends will be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on a Portfolio’s income and performance. It is possible that a Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate (except in a money market fund that maintains a stable net asset value) may result in higher taxes. This is because a Portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to generate more short-term and less long-term capital gain or loss than a comparable Portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance.

Capital loss carryovers. For federal income tax purposes, a Portfolio is permitted to carry forward its net realized capital losses, if any, for eight years as a short-term capital loss and use such losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset net capital gains without being required to pay taxes on, or distribute, such gains that are offset by the losses. However, the amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year may be limited if a Portfolio experiences an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. An ownership change generally results when the shareholders owning 5% or more of a fund increase their aggregate

 

47


Table of Contents

holdings by more than 50% over a three-year period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers that expire unused, thereby reducing a Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. A Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another Portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond a Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Undistributed capital gains. A Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. A Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carry forward) at the highest corporate tax rate (currently 35%). If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Master feeder and fund-of-fund corporate structures. In the case of a Portfolio that is (1) a Feeder Portfolio (“feeder fund”) that invests in a corresponding Master Fund classified as a regulated investment company or (2) a Portfolio (“fund-of-funds”) that invests in Underlying Funds classified as regulated investment companies (the Master Fund and Underlying Funds, each referred to as an “underlying fund”), distributions by the underlying funds, redemptions of shares in the underlying funds, and changes in asset allocations by a fund-of-funds may result in taxable distributions to Portfolio shareholders of ordinary income or capital gains. If shares of an underlying fund are purchased within 30 days before or after redeeming at a loss other shares of that underlying fund (whether pursuant to a rebalancing by a fund-of-funds of its portfolio or otherwise), all or a part of the loss will not be deductible by the Portfolio and instead will increase its basis for the newly purchased shares. Also, a Portfolio that is either a feeder fund or a fund-of-funds: (a) is not eligible to pass-through to shareholders foreign tax credits from an underlying fund that pays foreign income taxes (see, “Investment in Foreign Securities —Pass-through of foreign tax credits” below); (b) is not eligible to pass-through to shareholders exempt-interest dividends from an underlying fund; (c) will not be able to currently offset gains realized by one underlying fund in which a fund-of-funds invests against losses realized by another underlying fund, and (c) dividends paid by a Portfolio from interest earned by an underlying fund on U.S. government obligations is unlikely to be exempt from state and local income tax (see, “U.S. Government Securities” below). However, a Portfolio that is either a feeder fund or fund-of-funds is eligible to pass-through to shareholders qualified dividends earned by an underlying fund (see, “Qualified Dividend Income for Individuals” and “Dividends Received Deduction for Corporations” below).

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, the Code requires a Portfolio to distribute to you by December 31 of each year, at a minimum, the following amounts: 98% of its taxable ordinary income earned during the calendar year; 98% of its capital gain net income earned during the twelve-month period ending October 31; and 100% of any undistributed amounts from the prior year. Each Portfolio intends to declare and pay these distributions in December (or to pay them in January, in which case you must treat them as received in December) but can give no assurances that its distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by a Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld will generally be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle a Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of a Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, a Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders. See “Investment in Foreign Securities – Pass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

Distributions of Net Investment Income

A Portfolio receives or derives income generally in the form of dividends and interest on its investments. In the case of a Feeder Portfolio that invests in a Master Fund, the Portfolio’s income generally consists of its share

 

48


Table of Contents

of dividends and interest earned by the Master Fund. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio receives income generally in the form of dividends from those Underlying Funds classified as corporations. The International Small Company Portfolio receives income generally in the form of interest from those Underlying Funds classified as partnerships. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of a Portfolio, constitutes its net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, any distributions by a Portfolio from such income (other than qualified dividend income received by individuals) will be taxable to you at ordinary income tax rates, whether you take them in cash or in additional shares. A portion of the income dividends paid to shareholders by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of Capital Gains

A Portfolio (or a Feeder Portfolio’s corresponding Master Fund) may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio and the International Small Company Portfolio, indirectly through their investment in the Underlying Funds, may derive capital gains and losses in connection with sales or other dispositions of portfolio securities. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio may also derive capital gains through their redemption of shares of their corresponding Underlying Funds classified as corporations. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in a Portfolio. Any net capital gain of a Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of Capital

If a Portfolio’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in a Portfolio and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. Any return of capital in excess of your basis, however, is taxable as a capital gain.

Investment in Foreign Securities

Certain of the Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from certain foreign securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes on a Portfolio and/or its shareholders. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce a Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of a Portfolio (or, in the case of a Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is classified as a partnership, more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Portfolio attributable from the Master Fund) are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Master Fund). If this election is made, a Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). A Portfolio will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election. A Portfolio investing in Underlying Funds classified as corporations will not likely qualify to elect to pass through to shareholders the Portfolio’s pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Underlying Funds.

The amount of any foreign tax credits available to you (as a result of the pass-through to you of your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio) will be reduced if you receive from a Portfolio qualifying dividends from qualifying foreign corporations that are subject to tax at reduced rates. Shareholders in these circumstances should talk with their personal tax advisors about their foreign tax credits and the procedures that they should follow to claim these credits on their personal income tax returns.

 

49


Table of Contents

Effect of foreign debt investments on distributions. Most foreign exchange gains realized on the sale of debt securities are treated by a Portfolio as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. Similarly, foreign exchange losses realized on the sale of debt securities generally are treated as ordinary losses. These gains when distributed are taxable to you as ordinary income, and any losses reduce the Portfolio’s ordinary income otherwise available for distribution to you. This treatment could increase or decrease the Portfolio’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of a Portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital.

PFIC securities. Certain Portfolios may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that a Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by a Portfolio. In addition, if a Portfolio (or Underlying Fund organized as a corporation) is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund) may be subject to U.S. federal income tax (the effect of which might be mitigated by making a mark-to-market election in a year prior to the sale) on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund) in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Information on the Amount and Tax Character of Distributions

The Portfolios will inform you of the amount and character of your distributions at the time they are paid, and will advise you of the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, a Portfolio may designate and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividends, or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders a Portfolio may further designate and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by a Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable to you as if they were paid in December.

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of a Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

 

50


Table of Contents

Cost basis reporting. Under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, a Portfolio’s administrative agent will be required to provide you with cost basis information on the sale of any of your shares in a Portfolio, subject to certain exceptions. This cost basis reporting requirement is effective for shares purchased in a Portfolio on or after January 1, 2012.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to a Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886.

U.S. Government Securities

To the extent a Portfolio (or in the case of a Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is classified as a partnership, the Master Fund or an Underlying Fund classified as a partnership) invests in certain U.S. government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio to shareholders that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolio’s corresponding Master Fund or the Underlying Fund. To the extent an Underlying Fund organized as a corporation invests in U.S. government obligations, dividends derived from interest on these obligations and paid to the corresponding Feeder Portfolio and, in turn, to you are unlikely to be exempt from state and local income tax. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Qualified Dividend Income for Individuals

For individual shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible for taxation at long-term capital gain rates. This reduced rate generally is available for dividends paid by a Portfolio out of dividends earned on the Portfolio’s investment in stocks of domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations.

Both a Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, a Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. The ex-dividend date is the first date following the declaration of a dividend on which the purchaser of stock is not entitled to receive the dividend payment. When counting the number of days you held your Portfolio shares, include the day you sold your shares but not the day you acquired these shares.

While the income received in the form of a qualified dividend is taxed at the same rates as long-term capital gains, such income will not be considered as a long-term capital gain for other federal income tax purposes. For example, you will not be allowed to offset your long-term capital losses against qualified dividend income on your federal income tax return. Any qualified dividend income that you elect to be taxed at these reduced rates also cannot be used as investment income in determining your allowable investment interest expense. For other limitations on the amount of or use of qualified dividend income on your income tax return, please contact your personal tax advisor.

After the close of its fiscal year, each Portfolio will designate the portion of its ordinary dividend income that meets the definition of qualified dividend income taxable at reduced rates. If 95% or more of a Portfolio’s income is from qualified sources, it will be allowed to designate 100% of its ordinary income distributions as qualified dividend income.

This favorable taxation of qualified dividend income at long-term capital gain tax rates expires and will no longer apply to dividends paid by the Portfolios with respect to its taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 (sunset date), unless such provision is extended or made permanent.

 

51


Table of Contents

Dividends-Received Deduction for Corporations

For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may qualify for the dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by a Portfolio that so qualifies will be designated each year in a notice mailed to the Portfolio’s shareholders, and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations that would have qualified for the dividends-received deduction in the hands of a Portfolio if the Portfolio was a regular corporation. Dividends paid by certain Portfolios from interest on debt securities or dividends earned on portfolio securities of non-U.S. issuers are not expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction. Because the income of each International Equity Portfolio is derived primarily from foreign issuers, none or only a small amount of their distributions are expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions imposed under the Code on the corporation claiming the deduction. The amount that a Portfolio may designate as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Even if designated as dividends eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation.

Limitation on Deductibility of Losses

Losses incurred on the sale of securities by the Portfolio (or corresponding Master Fund) to another Portfolio or Master Fund will be disallowed if, as of the date of sale, the selling and purchasing funds are considered related parties. If the selling and purchasing funds are both Portfolios (i.e., both corporations), they are treated as related parties if five or fewer persons, who are individuals, estates or trusts, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. If the selling and purchasing funds are both Master Funds (i.e., both partnerships) or a Master Fund and a Portfolio (i.e., a corporation and a partnership), they are treated as related parties if the same persons own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. Under attribution rules, the shareholders of a Feeder Portfolio would be considered to own the shares of the corresponding Master Fund on a pro rata basis for purposes of applying the loss disallowance rule. Other attribution rules may apply.

Investment in Complex Securities

A Portfolio may invest in complex securities and such investments may be subject to numerous special and complicated tax rules. These rules could affect whether gains or losses recognized by a Portfolio are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Portfolio, defer the Portfolio’s ability to recognize losses, and subject the Portfolio to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of the Portfolio’s, foreign investments. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing and/or tax character of a Portfolio’s income and, in turn, of the income distributed to you.

Derivatives. Certain Portfolios are permitted to invest in certain options, futures and foreign currency contracts. If a Portfolio makes these investments, it could be required to mark-to-market these contracts and recognize for federal income tax purposes any unrealized gains and losses at its fiscal year end even though it continues to hold the contracts. Under these rules, gains or losses on the contracts generally would be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term gains or losses, but gains or losses on certain foreign currency contracts would be treated as ordinary income or losses. In determining its net income for excise tax purposes, a Portfolio also would be required to mark-to-market these contracts annually as of October 31 (for capital gain net income and ordinary income arising from certain foreign currency contracts), and to realize and distribute any resulting income and gains.

 

52


Table of Contents

Securities Lending. While securities are loaned out by a Portfolio, the Portfolio will generally receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 70% dividends received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

Short sales. A Portfolio’s entry into a short sale transaction or an option or other contract could be treated as the “constructive sale” of an “appreciated financial position,” causing it to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.

Tax straddles. A Portfolio’s investment in options, futures and foreign currency contracts in connection with certain hedging transactions could cause a Portfolio to hold offsetting positions in securities. If a Portfolio’s risk of loss with respect to specific securities in its portfolio is substantially diminished by the fact that it holds other securities, the Portfolio could be deemed to have entered into a tax “straddle” or to hold a “successor position” that would require any loss realized by it to be deferred for tax purposes.

Convertible debt. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a Portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount which accrued during the period of time the Portfolio held the debt obligation unless the Portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a Portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the Portfolio is generally required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount which accrues during such year. Therefore, a Portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the Portfolio to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a Portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of Portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a Portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a Portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when the Portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent the Portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a Portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Credit default swap agreements. A Portfolio may be permitted to enter into credit default swap agreements. The rules governing the tax aspects of swap agreements that provide for contingent nonperiodic payments of this type are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain aspects. Accordingly, while the Portfolio intends to account for such transactions in a manner deemed to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. The Portfolio intends to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Portfolio to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Portfolio will be able to engage in credit default swap agreements.

Investment in U.S. REITs. A U.S. REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to a Portfolio will be treated as long term capital gains by the Portfolio and, in turn, may be distributed by the Portfolio to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Such Portfolio’s investment in a

 

53


Table of Contents

U.S. REIT may require a Portfolio to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a Portfolio may be required to sell securities in its portfolio that it otherwise would have continued to hold (including when it is not advantageous to do so). A Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may at other times result in the Portfolio’s receipt of cash in excess of the U.S. REIT’s earnings; if the Portfolio distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to Portfolio shareholders for federal income tax purposes. If a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a U.S. REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see “Investment in Complex Securities — Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income)” and “Non U.S. Investors —Investment in U.S. real property” below with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in Non-U.S. REITs. While non-U.S. REITs often use complex acquisition structures that seek to minimize taxation in the source country, an investment by a Portfolio in a non-U.S. REIT may subject the Portfolio, directly or indirectly, to corporate taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes and other indirect taxes in the country in which the real estate acquired by the non-U.S. REIT is located. The Portfolio’s pro rata share of any such taxes will reduce the Portfolio’s return on its investment. A Portfolio’s investment in a non U.S. REIT may be considered an investment in a PFIC, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities—PFIC securities.” Additionally, foreign withholding taxes on distributions from the non-U.S. REIT may be reduced or eliminated under certain tax treaties, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities.” Also, the Portfolio in certain limited circumstances may be required to file an income tax return in the source country and pay tax on any gain realized from its investment in the non-U.S. REIT under rules similar to those in the United States which tax foreign persons on gain realized from dispositions of interests in U.S. real estate.

Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income). Certain Portfolios may be permitted to invest in U.S.-REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) or which are, or have certain wholly-owned subsidiaries that are, “taxable mortgage pools.” Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of a Portfolio’s income from a U.S.-REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or equity interests in a taxable mortgage pool (referred to in the Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as a Portfolio, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities and tax-exempt organizations that are not subject to tax on UBTI) is a record holder of a share in a Portfolio, then the Portfolio will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. While the Portfolios do not intend to invest in U.S.-REITs, a substantial portion of the assets of which generates excess inclusion income, there can be no assurance that a Portfolio will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

These rules are potentially applicable to any Portfolio that receives income from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S.-REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a Portfolio with a non-REIT strategy. Shareholders should talk to their tax advisors about the potential tax consequences of a Portfolio’s receipt and distribution of excess inclusion income.

 

54


Table of Contents

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. A Portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a Portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Portfolio, requiring the Portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, a Portfolio must withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 

   

provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

 

   

certify that this number is correct,

 

   

certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

 

   

certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

A Portfolio also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 28% of any dividends or proceeds paid. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a flat 30% withholding tax (or a withholding tax at a lower treaty rate) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by a Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for exempt-interest dividends, capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, and with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), a short-term capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below) are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), dividends designated by a Portfolio as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which a Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is designated by a Portfolio as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the designation is based on an estimate of a Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year end. As a

 

55


Table of Contents

consequence, a Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding, or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for a Portfolio to designate, and each Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not designate, small amounts of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, a Portfolio’s designation of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; effectively connected income. Ordinary dividends paid by a Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. If you hold your Portfolio shares in connection with a U.S. trade or business, your income and gains will be considered effectively connected income and taxed in the U.S. on a net basis, in which case you may be required to file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, and DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio will invest and certain other Portfolios may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in U.S. real property, including U.S. Real Estate Investment Trusts (U.S. REIT). The sale of a U.S. real property interest (USRPI) by a Portfolio or by a U.S. REIT or U.S. real property holding corporation in which a Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to a Portfolio’s non-U.S. shareholders.

The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (FIRPTA) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a USRPI as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a regulated investment company (RIC) received from a U.S. REIT or another RIC classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation or realized by the RIC on a sale of a USRPI (other than a domestically controlled U.S. REIT or RIC that is classified as a qualified investment entity) if all of the following requirements are met:

 

   

The RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC is classified as a “qualified investment entity” with respect to a distribution to a non-U.S. person which is attributable directly or indirectly to a distribution from a U.S. REIT if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consists of interests in U.S. REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations, and

 

   

You are a non-U.S. shareholder that owns more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

 

   

If these conditions are met, such Portfolio distributions to you are treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 35%, and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

 

   

In addition, even if you do not own more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares, but the Portfolio is a qualified investment entity, such Portfolio distributions to you will be taxable as ordinary dividends rather than as a capital gain dividend (a distribution of long-term capital gains) or a short-term capital gain dividend subject to withholding at the 30% or lower treaty withholding rate.

These rules apply to dividends paid by a Portfolio before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), except that after this date, a Portfolio’s distributions from a U.S. REIT (whether or not domestically controlled) attributable to FIRPTA gain will continue to be subject to the withholding rules described above provided the Portfolio would otherwise be classified as a qualified investment entity.

FIRPTA “wash sale” rule. If a non-U.S. shareholder of the Portfolio disposes of their Portfolio shares during the 30- day period preceding a Portfolio distribution that would have been treated as a distribution from the disposition of a U.S. real property interest by a U.S. REIT in which the Portfolio invests, acquires an identical stock interest during the 61 day period beginning the first day of such 30-day period preceding the distribution, and does

 

56


Table of Contents

not in fact receive the distribution in a manner that subjects the non-U.S. shareholder to tax under FIRPTA, then the non-U.S. shareholder is required to pay U.S. tax on an amount equal to the amount of the distribution that was not taxed under FIRPTA as a result of the disposition. These rules also apply to substitute dividend payments and other similar arrangements; the portion of the substitute dividend or similar payment treated as FIRPTA gain equals the portion of the RIC distribution such payment is in lieu of that otherwise would have been treated as FIRPTA gain.

Gain on sale of Portfolio shares as FIRPTA gain. In addition, a sale or redemption of Portfolio shares will be FIRPTA gain only if –

 

   

As a non-U.S. shareholder, you own more than 5% of a class of shares in the Portfolio; and

 

   

50% or more of the Portfolio’s assets consist of:

 

   

more-than 5% interests in publicly traded companies that are United States Real Property Holding Corporations (USRPHC),

 

   

interests in non-publicly traded companies that are USRPHCs, and

 

   

interests in U.S. REITs that are not controlled by U.S. shareholders where the REIT shares are either not publicly traded or are publicly traded and the Portfolio owns more than 5%.

In the unlikely event a sale of Portfolio shares results in FIRPTA gain, the gain will be taxed as income “effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.” As a result, the non-U.S. shareholder will be required to pay U.S. income tax on such gain and file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Because each Portfolio expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, a Portfolio expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Portfolio shares nor Portfolio dividends and distributions would be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax. As of the date of this Registration Statement, the U.S. federal estate tax is repealed for one year for decedents dying on or after January 1, 2010 and before January 1, 2011, unless reinstated earlier, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010. On and after the date the U.S. federal estate tax is reinstated, an individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, a Portfolio may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount. In addition, a partial exemption from U.S estate tax may apply to Portfolio shares held by the estate of a nonresident decedent. The amount treated as exempt is based upon the proportion of the assets held by a Portfolio at the end of the quarter immediately preceding the decedent’s death that are debt obligations, deposits, or other property that would generally be treated as situated outside the United States if held directly by the estate. This provision applies to decedents dying after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2010, unless such provision is extended or made permanent. Transfers by gift of shares of a Portfolio by a non-U.S. shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. back up withholding imposed at a rate of 28% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, a non-U.S. shareholder must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors

 

57


Table of Contents

with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in a Portfolio.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Boards of Directors of DIG, DFAIDG and DEM, and the Board of Trustees of the Trust have delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Risk Metrics Group, Inc. (“RMG”), an independent third party, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds as understood by the Advisor at the time of the vote. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Most proxies that the Advisor receives will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies are voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, it normally will not be necessary for the Advisor to make an actual determination of how to vote a particular proxy, thereby largely eliminating conflicts of interest for the Advisor during the proxy voting process. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, or Underlying Funds, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of RMG), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, or Underlying Funds. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund, or Underlying Fund in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the applicable Fund or the Board of Trustees of the Trust, as applicable.

 

58


Table of Contents

The Advisor will usually vote proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to vote counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund and which seeks to maximize the value of that non-Feeder Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s investments. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the non-Feeder Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s investment and that it is in the non-Feeder Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund associated with voting. The Advisor determines whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally implements uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio by portfolio and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Funds have retained Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc., (ISS) which was acquired by RMG, to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. RMG provides information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translates proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provides research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effects votes on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds; and provides reports concerning the proxies voted. In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor may consider the recommendations of ISS on proxy issues, the Advisor remains ultimately responsible for all proxy voting decisions.

Information regarding how each of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) upon request, by calling collect: (512) 306-7400 or (ii) on the Advisor’s website at http://www.dimensional.com and (iii) on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

59


Table of Contents

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Boards of Directors of DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and Board of Trustees of the Trust (collectively, the “Boards”) have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules and regulations.

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. Each Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund generally discloses up to its twenty-five largest portfolio holdings and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund (“largest holdings”), as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within twenty days after the end of each month. This online disclosure may also include information regarding the industry allocations of the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund. Each Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund generally discloses its complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, two months following the month-end, or more frequently and at different periods when authorized by a Designated Person (as defined below).

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. Each of the Advisor’s Chairmen, Director of Institutional Services, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading and General Counsel (together, the “Designated Persons”) may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about a Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement, unless indicated otherwise, is not subject to a time delay before dissemination. Designated Persons may also approve the distribution of Holdings Information for a Portfolio more frequently or at a period other than as described above.

As of January 31, 2010, the Advisor and the Portfolios and Master Funds had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

Recipient

 

Master Funds/Portfolios

 

Business Purpose

 

Frequency

PFPC Trust Company   All Feeder Portfolios, Domestic Portfolios, Domestic Master Funds and DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio   Fund Custodian   Daily
Citibank, N.A.   All International Equity Master Funds and Portfolios   Fund Custodian   Daily
Citibank, N.A.   All Portfolios and Master Funds   Middle office operational support service provider to the Advisor   Daily

 

60


Table of Contents

Recipient

 

Master Funds/Portfolios

 

Business Purpose

 

Frequency

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.   All Portfolios and Master Funds   Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent and Transfer Agent   Daily
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP   All Portfolios and Master Funds   Independent registered public accounting firm   Upon request
Pricing Service Vendor   International Equity Portfolios and International Equity Master Funds   Fair value information services   Daily
Cambridge Associates Limited   U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, DFA International Value Series, Japanese Small Company Series, Emerging Markets Series, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Lockheed Martin   DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon request
Marquette Associates, Inc.   U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series, International Small Company Portfolio, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, DFA International Value Series and Emerging Markets Small Cap Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon request
Minnesota Mutual Life Insurance   U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series, DFA International Value Series, International Small Company Portfolio, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon request
Omaha Fire & Police   DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon request
Rocaton Investment Advisors   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Steward Capital Management   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, DFA International Value Series and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon request

 

61


Table of Contents

Recipient

 

Master Funds/Portfolios

 

Business Purpose

 

Frequency

Stratford Advisory Group   DFA International Value Series and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
U.S. Institutional Investment Consultants   DFA International Value Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
Watershed Investment Consultants   DFA International Value Series and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
AP3-Tredje AP Fondon   U.S. Small Cap Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request
California Institute of Technology   Emerging Markets Series and International Small Company Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon request
InterMountain Healthcare   International Small Company Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request
Merck & Co., Inc.   DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Ontario Municipal Retirement System   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Stichting Shell Pensioenfonds   U.S. Small Cap Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon request
Victorian Fund Management Corporation   All Portfolios and Master Funds   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon request
Texas Mutual Insurance Company   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Verizon Investment Management Corp   U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio and U.S. Small Cap Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Bank of New York   All Portfolios and Master Funds   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon request
State Street Bank and Trust   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series and DFA International Value Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Thomson Financial (Vestek)   U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly

 

62


Table of Contents

Recipient

 

Master Funds/Portfolios

 

Business Purpose

 

Frequency

Callan Associates   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series and U.S. Small Cap Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Colonial Consulting Co.   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio , DFA International Value Series, Emerging Markets Series and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Ennis, Knupp & Associates   U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio and DFA International Value Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
Evaluation Associates LLC   All Portfolios and Master Funds   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request
Fund Evaluation Group, LLC   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
Hammond Associates LLC   U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio and Emerging Markets Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Hewitt Associates   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Series, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon request
Independent Fiduciary Services, Inc   U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
Jeffrey Slocum & Associates   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and International Small Company Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon request
Madison Portfolio Consultants   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and DFA International Value Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
Marco Consulting Group   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio and U.S. Small Cap Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly

 

63


Table of Contents

Recipient

 

Master Funds/Portfolios

 

Business Purpose

 

Frequency

Mercer Investment Consulting, Inc.   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio and DFA International Value Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
New England Pension   U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
Russell Mellon Analytical Service   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, DFA International Value Series, Emerging Markets Small Cap Series and U.S. Large Cap Value Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Sparinvest   U.S. Large Cap Value Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request
Strategic Investment Solutions   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Summitt Strategies, Inc.   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund and DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
Watson Wyatt Investment Consulting   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund and DFA International Value Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Wilshire Associates   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, DFA International Value Series and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
Wurts & Associates   All Portfolios and Master Funds   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Yanni Partners, Inc.   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
Vermogens Adries Administratie (VAA) BV   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request

 

64


Table of Contents

Recipient

 

Master Funds/Portfolios

 

Business Purpose

 

Frequency

Complementa   Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request
Meketa Investment Group, Inc.   Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, Emerging Markets Small Cap Series and DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Harbor Capital Advsiors, Inc.   U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
CTC Consulting, Inc.   All Portfolios and Master Funds   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
Tamarac (Savant)   U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, US. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series, DFA International Small Company Portfolio, Canadian Small Company Series, Japanese Small Company Series, Asia Pacific Small Company Series, Continental Small Company Series and United Kingdom Small Company Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Rachor Investment Advisory   U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Continental Small Company Series, Asia Pacific Small Company Series, Japanese Small Company Series, United Kingdom Small Company Series, Emerging Markets Series, Emerging Markets Small Cap Series and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Edelman Financial   U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, US. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio, DFA International Value Series, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Series, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly

 

65


Table of Contents

Recipient

 

Master Funds/Portfolios

 

Business Purpose

 

Frequency

Cuprum AFP   Asia Pacific Small Company Series, Continental Small Company Series, Large Cap International Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Value Series, International Small Company Portfolio, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Series, Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series and DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
R.V. Kuhns   International Small Company Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Series, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund and DFA International Value Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
     
Montana Board of Investments   International Small Company Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
The Charles Stewart Mott Foundation   Emerging Markets Series and International Small Company Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Morningstar, Inc.   DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Canton of Zurich   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio and DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request
Integrys Energy Group Inc.   U.S. Large Cap Value Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request
Deloitte & Touche LLD   U.S. Large Cap Value Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request
Regence Group Retirement Plan Trust   Emerging Markets Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request
University of Pittsburgh Medical Center   DFA International Value Series   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request
First Energy Corporation   U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc.   International Small Company Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request

 

66


Table of Contents

Recipient

 

Master Funds/Portfolios

 

Business Purpose

 

Frequency

Demvest Equities   Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request
Lynx Investment Advisory   Emerging Markets Series, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFA International Value Series, U.S. Large Cap Value Series and U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
Rogerscasey, Inc.   Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon Request
Citizens Bank Wealth Management, N.A.   U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Quarterly
Richards and Tierney   U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
Rock Creek Group, LP   Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly
University of California   Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. None of the Portfolios, the Master Funds, the Underlying Funds, the Advisor or any other party receives any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS or any affiliated person of the Funds, the Trust, the Advisor or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders, the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders, in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable judgment that (1) the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund, as applicable, has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer is also responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Funds and

 

67


Table of Contents

Trust; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://www.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits a Portfolio, a Master Fund, an Underlying Fund, the Advisor or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. PwC audits the Funds’ annual financial statements. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios for their fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Funds’ annual reports to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

The audited financial statements of the Master Funds (which are series of the Trust) and the audited financial statements of Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Trust’s and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund’s annual reports to shareholders, including the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

A shareholder may obtain a copy of the annual reports, upon request and without charge, by contacting the Funds at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI.

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolios may compare their investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations which track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolios may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolios or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of a Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

68


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

Concise Summary of 2010 U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.1 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

 

1. Routine/Miscellaneous:

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

   

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

   

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

   

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

   

Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

 

2. Board of Directors:

Votes on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

   

Board Accountability

 

   

Board Responsiveness

 

   

Director Independence

 

   

Director Competence

Board Accountability

Problematic Takeover Defenses

 

1

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST2 the entire board of directors (except new nominees3, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election — any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;

 

   

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote withhold/against every year until this feature is removed;

 

   

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly-adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually-elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill. This policy applies to all companies adopting or renewing pills after the announcement of this policy (Nov 19, 2009);

 

   

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-By-CASE on all nominees if the board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

   

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders- i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

   

The issuer’s rationale;

 

   

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

   

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

   

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

   

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

   

There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if:

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

   

There is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance (see Pay for Performance Policy);

 

   

The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash, or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in the firm’s equity plan;

 

   

The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

 

   

The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment made to shareholders;

 

   

The company has problematic pay practices. Problematic pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.

Other Problematic Governance Practices

 

2

In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the valid contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

3

A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If RMG cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75 percent of the aggregate board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the director(s) involved. If this information cannot be obtained, withhold from all incumbent directors;

 

   

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

   

A classified board structure;

 

   

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

   

Majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to call special meetings;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to act by written consent;

 

   

A dual-class structure; and/or

 

   

A non-shareholder approved poison pill.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Board Responsiveness

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares; or

 

   

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Director Independence

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors in the Summary Guidelines) when:

 

   

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

   

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

   

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

   

The full board is less than majority independent.

Director Competence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;

 

   

Pattern of absenteeism; and

 

   

Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;

 

A-3


Table of Contents
   

Sit on more than six public company boards;4

 

   

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards.

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections5

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

   

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

   

Management’s track record;

 

   

Background to the proxy contest;

 

   

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

 

   

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

 

   

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

 

   

Stock ownership positions.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:

The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:

 

   

Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

   

serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;

 

   

approves information sent to the board;

 

   

approves meeting agendas for the board;

 

   

approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;

 

   

has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

   

if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;

 

   

Two-thirds independent board;

 

   

All independent key committees;

 

   

Established governance guidelines;

 

   

A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;

 

   

The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Egregious compensation practices;

 

   

Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;

 

   

Corporate and/or management scandals;

 

   

Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or

 

   

Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.

 

3.

Shareholder Rights & Defenses:6

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

For management proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

 

4

Dimensional will screen votes otherwise subject to this policy based on the qualifications and circumstances of the directors involved.

5

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

6

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-4


Table of Contents
   

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing five-percent holder);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills- Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

   

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

   

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote FOR the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

   

No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

   

A term of no more than three years;

 

   

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

   

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to ratify a Pill to preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification. For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

The term;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote FOR management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

   

Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10% preferred);

 

   

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

   

Investor ownership structure; and

 

   

Shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

Vote FOR management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account:

 

   

Ownership structure;

 

   

Quorum requirements; and

 

   

Supermajority vote requirements.

 

4.

Capital/Restructuring:7

Common Stock Authorization

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and its three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class that has superior voting rights.

Preferred Stock

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares, and whether they are declawed.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series that has superior voting rights.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE –BY- CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

7

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-6


Table of Contents
   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The change-in-control figure presented in the “RMG Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

 

5.

Compensation:8

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Equity Compensation Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

 

   

The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;

 

   

The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;

 

   

The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards (see Pay-for-Performance);

 

   

The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% or the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;

 

   

Liberal Change of Control Definition: The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or

 

   

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices.

Other Compensation Proposals and Policies

 

8

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation- Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

In general, the management say on pay (MSOP) ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices- dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against the MSOP rather than withholding or voting against the compensation committee. However, if there is no MSOP on which to express the dissatisfaction, then the secondary target will be members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior MSOP proposal; then vote withhold or against compensation committee member (or, if the full board is deemed accountable, to all directors). If the negative factors impact equity-based plans, then vote AGAINST an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval.

Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST management say on pay (MSOP) proposals, AGAINST/WITHHOLD on compensation committee members (or, in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO), and/or AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if:

 

   

There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

   

The company maintains problematic pay practices;

 

   

The board exhibits poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Additional CASE-BY-CASE considerations for the management say on pay (MSOP) proposals:

 

   

Evaluation of performance metrics in short-term and long-term plans, as discussed and explained in the Compensation Discussion & Analysis (CD&A). Consider the measures, goals, and target awards reported by the company for executives’ short- and long-term incentive awards: disclosure, explanation of their alignment with the company’s business strategy, and whether goals appear to be sufficiently challenging in relation to resulting payouts;

 

   

Evaluation of peer group benchmarking used to set target pay or award opportunities. Consider the rationale stated by the company for constituents in its pay benchmarking peer group, as well as the benchmark targets it uses to set or validate executives’ pay (e.g., median, 75th percentile, etc.,) to ascertain whether the benchmarking process is sound or may result in pay “ratcheting” due to inappropriate peer group constituents (e.g., much larger companies) or targeting (e.g., above median); and

 

   

Balance of performance-based versus non-performance-based pay. Consider the ratio of performance-based (not including plain vanilla stock options) vs. non-performance-based pay elements reported for the CEO’s latest reported fiscal year compensation, especially in conjunction with concerns about other factors such as performance metrics/goals, benchmarking practices, and pay-for-performance disconnects.

Pay for Performance

Evaluate the alignment of the CEO’s pay with performance over time, focusing particularly on companies that have underperformed their peers over a sustained period. From a shareholders’ perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s stock performance over time. Even when financial or operational measures are utilized in incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures should ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long-term.

Focus on companies with sustained underperformance relative to peers, considering the following key factors:

 

   

Whether a company’s one-year and three-year total shareholder returns (“TSR”) are in the bottom half of its industry group (i.e., four-digit GICS – Global Industry Classification Group); and

 

   

Whether the total compensation of a CEO who has served at least two consecutive fiscal years is aligned with the company’s total shareholder return over time, including both recent and long-term periods.

If a company falls in the bottom half of its four-digit GICS, further analysis of the CD&A is required to better understand the various pay elements and whether they create or reinforce shareholder alignment. Also assess the CEO’s pay relative to the company’s TSR over a time horizon of at least five years. The most recent year-over-year increase or decrease in pay remains a key consideration, but there will be additional emphasis on the long term trend of CEO total compensation relative to shareholder return. Also consider the mix of performance-based compensation relative to total compensation. In general, standard stock options or time-vested restricted stock are not considered to be performance-based. If a company provides performance-based incentives to its executives, the company is highly encouraged to provide the complete disclosure of the performance measure and goals (hurdle rate) so that shareholders can assess the rigor of the performance program. The use of non-GAAP financial metrics also makes it very challenging for shareholders to ascertain the rigor of the program as shareholders often cannot tell the type of adjustments being made and if the adjustments were made consistently. Complete and transparent disclosure helps shareholders to better understand the company’s pay for performance linkage.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

   

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

   

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

   

Options Backdating.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

Non-Performance based Compensation Elements

Companies adopt a variety of pay arrangements that may be acceptable in their particular industries, or unique for a particular situation, and all companies are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. However, there are certain adverse practices that are particularly contrary to a performance-based pay philosophy, including guaranteed pay and excessive or inappropriate non-performance-based pay elements.

While not exhaustive, this is the list of practices that carry greatest weight in this consideration and may result in negative vote recommendations on a stand-alone basis. For more details, please refer to RMG’s Compensation FAQ document: http://www.riskmetrics.com/policy/2010_compensation_FAQ:

 

   

Multi-year guarantees for salary increases, non-performance based bonuses, and equity compensation;

 

   

Including additional years of unworked service that result in significant additional benefits, without sufficient justification, or including long-term equity awards in the pension calculation;

 

   

Perquisites for former and/or retired executives, and extraordinary relocation benefits (including home buyouts) for current executives;

 

   

Change-in-control payments exceeding 3 times base salary and target bonus; change-in-control payments without job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“Single Triggers”); new or materially amended agreements that provide for “modified single triggers” (under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package); new or materially amended agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up (including “modified gross-ups”);

 

   

Tax Reimbursements related to executive perquisites or other payments such as personal use of corporate aircraft, executive life insurance, bonus, etc; (see also excise tax gross-ups above)

 

   

Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;

 

   

Executives using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps or other similar arrangements; or

 

   

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender/subsequent regrant of underwater options).

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

Assess company policies and disclosure related to compensation that could incentivize excessive risk-taking, for example:

 

   

Guaranteed bonuses;

 

   

A single performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

   

Lucrative severance packages;

 

   

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

   

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

   

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

Vote CASE-by-CASE on options backdating issues. Generally, when a company has recently practiced options backdating, WITHHOLD from or vote AGAINST the compensation committee, depending on the severity of the practices and the subsequent corrective actions on the part of the board. When deciding on votes on compensation committee members who oversaw questionable options grant practices or current compensation committee members who fail to respond to the issue proactively, consider several factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

   

Duration of options backdating;

 

   

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

   

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

   

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

A CASE-by-CASE analysis approach allows distinctions to be made between companies that had “sloppy” plan administration versus those that acted deliberately and/or committed fraud, as well as those companies that subsequently took corrective action. Cases where companies have committed fraud are considered most egregious.

Board Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay:

 

   

Poor disclosure practices, including:

 

   

Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;

 

   

Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;

 

A-9


Table of Contents
   

Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained.

 

   

Board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues, for example:

 

   

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

   

Failure to respond to concerns raised in connection with significant opposition to MSOP proposals.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:

 

   

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

   

Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

   

Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

   

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

   

Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

   

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

   

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

   

Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Recoup Bonuses

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned later turn out to have been in error. This is line with the clawback provision in the Trouble Asset Relief Program. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. RMG will take into consideration:

 

   

If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy;

 

   

If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems; or

 

   

If the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent.

Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While RMG favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

   

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:

 

A-10


Table of Contents
   

Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or

 

   

A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or

 

   

A meaningful retention ratio,

 

   

Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.

 

   

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.

A rigorous stock ownership guideline should be at least 10x base salary for the CEO, with the multiple declining for other executives. A meaningful retention ratio should constitute at least 50 percent of the stock received from equity awards (on a net proceeds basis) held on a long-term basis, such as the executive’s tenure with the company or even a few years past the executive’s termination with the company.

 

6. Social/Environmental Issues:

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value

 

A-11


Table of Contents

2010 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Election of Labor Representatives, Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers/Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Related Party Transactions; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.9 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

   

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

   

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

   

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

   

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

   

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

   

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

 

9

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-12


Table of Contents

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

2. Board of Directors

Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

   

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

   

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

   

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

   

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

   

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors,10 e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives11 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees.

Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives12 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company; or

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about

 

   

his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

[Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.]

 

10

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

11

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

12

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

RMG Classification of Directors – International Policy 2010

Executive Director

 

   

Employee or executive of the company;

 

   

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

   

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

   

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder, unless there is a clear lack of material[5] connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;

 

   

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

   

Government representative;

 

   

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

   

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

   

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

   

Relative[1] of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

Relative[1] of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

   

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

   

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

   

Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.[4]

 

   

Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate best practice guidance.

Independent NED

 

   

No material[5] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company (other than a board seat) or the dissenting significant shareholder.

Employee Representative

 

   

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Footnotes:

 

[1]

“Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

[2]

Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3]

If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction). For Central and Eastern European countries: A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated. OR, A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) compared to the company’s total assets is more than 5 percent.

[4]

For example, in continental Europe, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In the United Kingdom and Ireland, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure.

[5]

For purposes of RMG director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal or otherwise that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Discharge of Directors

Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:

 

   

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or

 

   

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

   

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director Compensation13

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

13 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-15


Table of Contents

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. Capital Structure14

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances:

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

   

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet RMG guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

   

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

 

14 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-16


Table of Contents

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market repurchase authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

   

Maximum volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”);

 

   

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

For markets that either generally do not specify the maximum duration of the authority or seek a duration beyond 18 months that is allowable under market specific legislation, RMG will assess the company’s historic practice. If there is evidence that a company has sought shareholder approval for the authority to repurchase shares on an annual basis, RMG will support the proposed authority.

In addition, vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

   

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

   

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

   

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;

 

   

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

RMG may support share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume under exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring). Such proposals will be assessed case-by-case based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

   

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

   

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. Other Items

Reorganizations/Restructurings15

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions16

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, RMG reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable?

 

   

While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, RMG places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause RMG to scrutinize a deal more closely.

 

15 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.
16

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-17


Table of Contents
   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable.

 

   

Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? RMG will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers17

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions18

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

In evaluating resolutions that seek shareholder approval on related party transactions (RPTs), vote on a case-by-case basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following: -

 

   

the parties on either side of the transaction;

 

   

the nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

   

the pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

   

the views of independent directors (where provided);

 

   

the views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

   

whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

   

the stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that RMG deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, RMG may recommend against the election of the director involved in the related-party transaction or the full board.

Compensation Plans19

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms20

 

17 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.
18 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.
19 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.
20 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

A-19


Table of Contents

CLASS R1 SHARES

CLASS R2 SHARES

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2010

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (“DFAIDG”) is an open-end management investment company that offers fifty-nine series of shares. Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (“DIG”) is an open-end management investment company that offers fifteen series of shares. DFAIDG and DIG are collectively referred to as the “Funds” in this Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”). This SAI relates to Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of twenty-two series of DFAIDG and four series of DIG (individually, a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”):

DOMESTIC EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

 

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio    U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio
U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio (Feeder)    U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

Class R1 Ticker: DFTVX

Class R2 Ticker: DFTPX

   U.S. Small Cap Portfolio
U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio    DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio
INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIOS
Large Cap International Portfolio    DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

DFA International Value Portfolio (Feeder)

Class R2 Ticker: DFIPX

   Emerging Markets Portfolio (Feeder)
International Core Equity Portfolio   

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio (Feeder)

Class R2 Ticker: DFEPX

International Small Company Portfolio    Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio
FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIOS
DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio    DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio
DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio
DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio    DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio
ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS

Global Equity Portfolio

Class R2 Ticker: DGERX

  

Global 25/75 Portfolio

Class R2 Ticker: DFGPX

Global 60/40 Portfolio

Class R2 Ticker: DFPRX

  

This SAI is not a Prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Portfolios’ Prospectus dated February 28, 2010, as amended from time to time. The Class R1 shares of each Portfolio (except U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio) and the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio (except the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, DFA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios) are new classes of shares. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios (except the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, DFA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios), the Class R1 Shares of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and the Class R2 shares of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, DFA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios (formerly, Class R shares of the Allocation Portfolios) are incorporated by reference from the Funds’ annual reports to shareholders. The Prospectus and annual reports can be obtained by writing to the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

   1

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

   2

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

   4

OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES

   7

SWAPS

   8

FUTURES CONTRACTS

   9

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

   10

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

   10

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

   12

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

   13

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES

   13

ADDITIONAL POLICIES OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS OF THE ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS

   13

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

   17

SERVICES TO THE FUNDS

   26

ADVISORY FEES

   30

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

   32

GENERAL INFORMATION

   37

CODE OF ETHICS

   37

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

   37

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

   38

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   40

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

   41

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

   41

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

   54

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   55

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   62

PERFORMANCE DATA

   62


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

Each of the Portfolios identified as a “Feeder” (a “Feeder Portfolio”) on the cover page of this SAI seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its investable assets in a corresponding series of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”) or in the case of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, in the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”). The series of the Trust and DEM are referred to as the “Master Funds.” Each of the Allocation Portfolios and the International Small Company Portfolio is a “fund of funds” that seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing its assets in funds managed by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor” or “Dimensional”). DEM, the series of Trust and the portfolios of DFAIDG in which the Allocation Portfolios and the International Small Company Portfolio invest may be referred to as the “Underlying Funds.” The Underlying Funds in which the International Small Company Portfolio invests are Master Funds that include The Canadian Small Company Series, The Japanese Small Company Series, The Asia Pacific Small Company Series, The United Kingdom Small Company Series and The Continental Small Company Series (the “International Master Funds”). The Underlying Funds in which the Allocation Portfolios invest include, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, each a series of DFAIDG. Each Portfolio currently offers three classes of shares: Institutional Class shares, Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares. This SAI describes the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolios.

Dimensional serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios and each Master Fund, and provides administrative services to the Feeder Portfolios, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Small Company Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio and the Allocation Portfolios. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the following information applies to all of the Portfolios (except the DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio and DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, which are offered through a separate Prospectus), Master Funds and Underlying Funds, including the Feeder Portfolios, through their investment in the Master Funds, the International Small Company Portfolio through its investment in the International Master Funds, and the Allocation Portfolios through their investment in the Underlying Funds. For additional information about the DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio and the DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, see the “ADDITIONAL POLICIES OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS OF THE ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS—DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio and DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio” section of this SAI.

Each of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structure of the Domestic Equity and International Equity Portfolios is based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that the Portfolios might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, a Portfolio and the issuer would be deemed affiliated persons and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between mutual funds and their affiliates might become applicable.

Each of the Portfolios (except DFA International Value Portfolio, Global 60/40 Portfolio and Global 25/75 Portfolio), or in the case of a Feeder Portfolio, its Master Fund, has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see each Portfolio’s “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES” section in the Prospectus.

 

1


Table of Contents

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the designated Portfolios and Master Funds. For each Feeder Portfolio, the amounts include commissions paid by the corresponding Master Fund. Neither the International Small Company Portfolio nor the Allocation Portfolios incurs any brokerage costs in connection with their purchase or redemption of shares of the Underlying Funds.

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the Portfolios during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.

 

Master Fund/Portfolio

   FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2009
   FISCAL
PERIOD
ENDED

2008
   FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2007

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio1

   $ 34,143    $ 42,757    $ 39,089

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series

   $ 3,220,013    $ 1,904,981    $ 1,273,333

The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio2

   $ 1,527,923    $ 1,073,523    $ 401,103

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   $ 505,558    $ 436,959    $ 330,826

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 975,266    $ 657,003    $ 1,032,382

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   $ 447,615    $ 373,928    $ 485,221

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio1

   $ 1,856,558    $ 1,097,430    $ 1,573,291

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 309,412    $ 316,584    $ 478,569

Large Cap International Portfolio

   $ 158,893    $ 203,243    $ 189,620

DFA International Value Series

   $ 1,030,080    $ 1,078,752    $ 1,982,470

The International Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 631,776    $ 623,738    $ 857,231

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 136,808    $ 301,745      NA

The Emerging Markets Series

   $ 593,461    $ 1,403,836    $ 936,030

Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (Emerging Markets Value Portfolio)

   $ 3,092,361    $ 2,577,695    $ 3,742,311

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 645,268    $ 513,703    $ 923,977

 

1

Represents the brokerage commissions for the Master Fund into which the Portfolio invested prior to February 28, 2009. Effective February 28, 2009, the Portfolio invests directly in securities rather than through its Master Fund.

2

Prior to March 30, 2007, the information represents the brokerage commissions for the Master Fund into which the DFA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio invested.

The substantial increases or decreases in the amount of brokerage commissions paid by certain Portfolios from year to year indicated in the foregoing table resulted primarily from asset changes that required increases or decreases in the amount of securities that were bought and sold by those Portfolios.

Please note that while the following discussion relates to the policies of the Portfolios with respect to brokerage commissions, it should be understood that, with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the International Small Company Portfolio, and an Allocation Portfolio, the discussion applies to the Master Fund in which the Feeder Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets, the International Master Funds in which the International Small Company Portfolio invests and the Underlying Funds in which an Allocation Portfolio invests.

The Fixed Income Portfolios acquire and sell securities on a net basis with dealers which are major market makers in such securities. The Investment Committee of the Advisor selects dealers on the basis of their size and market making and credit analysis ability. When executing portfolio transactions, the Advisor seeks to obtain the most favorable price for the securities being traded among the dealers with whom the Fixed Income Portfolios effect transactions.

 

2


Table of Contents

Portfolio transactions will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. The Portfolios will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of stocks being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected, and brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers which effect transactions for the Portfolios to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolios invest. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission being paid by the Portfolios to their brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services. Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. also performs these services for The United Kingdom Small Company Series, The Continental Small Company Series, the International Core Equity Portfolio, the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio the Large Cap International Portfolio, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, The DFA International Value Series, The Emerging Markets Series, and DEM and DFA Australia Limited also performs these services for The Japanese Small Company Series, The Asia Pacific Small Company Series, the International Core Equity Portfolio the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the Large Cap International Portfolio, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, The DFA International Value Series, The Emerging Markets Series, and DEM.

Subject to obtaining best price and execution, transactions may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Boards of Trustees/Directors of DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and the Trust, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect a Portfolio’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

Companies eligible for purchase by U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio and the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Portfolios and Master Funds with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor or the sub-advisors with investment research, such as reports concerning individual issuers, industries and general economic and financial trends and other research services. The investment advisory agreements permit the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Portfolios.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Portfolios or, in the case of a Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund, paid commissions for securities transactions to brokers which provided market price monitoring services, market studies, brokerage services and research services to the Portfolios or Master Funds as follows:

 

     Value of
Securities
Transactions
   Brokerage
Commissions

U.S. Large Cap Value Series

   $ 4,199,446,442    $ 2,962,738

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 639,298,577    $ 1,033,267

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio1

   $ 862,739,946    $ 1,315,846

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   $ 634,772,458    $ 469,393

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 1,048,800,673    $ 856,216

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   $ 375,752,486    $ 403,853

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 378,865,639    $ 304,812

Large Cap International Portfolio

   $ 212,357,903    $ 103,725

 

3


Table of Contents
     Value of
Securities
Transactions
   Brokerage
Commissions

International Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 648,872,039    $ 378,161

DFA International Value Series

   $ 835,215,023    $ 407,469

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 84,850,365    $ 51,795

Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (Emerging Markets Value Portfolio)

   $ 952,419,606    $ 1,054,485

Emerging Markets Series

   $ 293,863,710    $ 265,474

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 288,997,175    $ 287,995

 

1

Prior to February 28, 2009 the information represents the value of securities transactions and brokerage commissions for the Master Fund into which the Portfolio invested.

A Feeder Portfolio will not incur any brokerage costs in connection with its purchase or redemption of shares of its corresponding Master Fund.

Certain Portfolios or Master Funds may purchase securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act). The table below lists the regular brokers or dealers of each Portfolio, or in the case of a Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund, whose securities (or securities of the broker’s or dealer’s parent company) were acquired by the Portfolio or Master Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as well as the value of such securities held by the Portfolio or Master Fund as of October 31, 2009.

 

Master Fund/Portfolio

  

Broker or Dealer

   Value of Securities

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series

   Citigroup Inc.    $ 80,054,351

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   Citigroup Inc.    $ 1,178,104

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   Jeffries Group Inc.    $ 2,171,885

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   Citigroup Inc.    $ 5,427,618

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   Jeffries Group Inc.    $ 5,602,287

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   Citigroup Inc.    $ 862,708

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   Jeffries Group Inc.    $ 587,250

Large Cap International Portfolio

   ABN AMRO Group    $ 1,569,030

Large Cap International Portfolio

   Credit Suisse Group    $ 8,409,248

Large Cap International Portfolio

   Instinet, LLC    $ 2,443,217

Large Cap International Portfolio

   Macquarie Group    $ 1,990,496

Large Cap International Portfolio

   UBS AG    $ 6,831,088

DFA International Value Series

   Credit Suisse Group    $ 139,631,909

DFA International Value Series

   Macquarie Group    $ 18,475,160

DFA International Value Series

   TD Securities Inc.    $ 53,731,081

DFA International Value Series

   UBS AG    $ 58,688,451

International Core Equity Portfolio

   ABN AMRO Group    $ 1,785,557

International Core Equity Portfolio

   Credit Suisse Group    $ 22,642,326

International Core Equity Portfolio

   HSBC Group    $ 63,190,250

International Core Equity Portfolio

   Instinet, LLC    $ 3,455,492

International Core Equity Portfolio

   Macquarie Group    $ 6,454,223

International Core Equity Portfolio

   UBS AG    $ 2,547,786

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

 

4


Table of Contents

The Portfolios will not:

 

  (1) borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

 

  (2) make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3) purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4) purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon; or (ii) investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

 

  (5) purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

 

  (6) engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others; or

 

  (7) issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

The Portfolios, except the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, and DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, will not:

 

  (8) sell securities short; provided that the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, Global Equity Portfolio, Global 60/40 Portfolio, and Global 25/75 Portfolio are not subject to this limitation; or

 

  (9) acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry; except that (a) each of the DFA One-Year Fixed Income and DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolios shall invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of banks and bank holding companies in the circumstances described in the Prospectus under “Investments in the Banking Industry” and as otherwise described under “Principal Investment Strategy;” and (b) the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio shall invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of companies in the real estate industry.

The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, and DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio will not:

 

  (10) concentrate (invest more than 25% of its net assets) in securities of issuers in a particular industry (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or securities of other investment companies), except that the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio shall invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of companies in the real estate industry.

The investment limitations described in (5), (9), and (10) above do not prohibit each Feeder Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, and each Allocation Portfolio from investing all or substantially all of its assets in the shares of one or more registered, open-end investment companies, such as the Master Funds, the International Master Funds, or Underlying Funds, respectively. In applying the investment limitations, each such Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests. The

 

5


Table of Contents

investment limitations of each Master Fund are similar to those of the corresponding Feeder Portfolio. The Underlying Funds may have investment limitations that are more or less restrictive than those of the Allocation Portfolios. The investment limitations of the Underlying Funds are set forth in their respective statements of additional information.

For purposes of the investment limitation described in (1) above, the Emerging Markets Portfolio and Emerging Markets Value Portfolio (indirectly through their investments in the corresponding Master Funds) may borrow in connection with a foreign currency transaction or the settlement of a portfolio trade. Additionally, with respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, each Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by such Portfolio.

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, each Portfolio is authorized to lend portfolio securities. Inasmuch as the Feeder Portfolios and International Small Company Portfolio will only hold shares of certain Master Funds, these Portfolios do not intend to lend those shares.

Each Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid securities, which limits investments in illiquid securities to 15% of a Portfolio’s net assets. For these purposes, each of the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio (indirectly through their investment in the corresponding Master Funds), DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, and Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may invest in commercial paper that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), subject to the requirements regarding credit ratings stated in the Prospectus under “Description of Investments of the Fixed Income Portfolios.” Further, pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, the Portfolios may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on holdings of illiquid securities. While maintaining oversight, the Boards of Directors have delegated the day-to-day function of making liquidity determinations to the Advisor. For Rule 144A securities to be considered liquid, there must be at least two dealers making a market in such securities. After purchase, the Board of Directors of DFAIDG or DIG, as applicable, and the Advisor will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

The investment limitation described in (8) above does not prohibit the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio from maintaining a short position, or purchasing, writing or selling puts, calls, straddles, spreads or combinations thereof in connection with transactions in options, futures, and options on futures and transactions arising under swap agreements or other derivative instruments.

For purposes of the investment limitations described in (9) and (10) above, management does not consider securities that are issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities to be investments in an “industry.” However, management currently considers securities issued by a foreign government (but not the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities) to be subject to the 25% limitation. Thus, not more than 25% of a Portfolio’s total assets will be invested in securities issued by any one foreign government or supranational organization. A Portfolio might invest in certain securities issued by companies in a particular industry whose obligations are guaranteed by a foreign government. Management could consider such a company to be within the particular industry and, therefore, the Portfolio will invest in the securities of such a company only if the Portfolio can do so under the Portfolio’s policy of not being concentrated in any single industry.

For purposes of the investment limitations described in (9) and (10) above, each of the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, as disclosed in the Prospectus under “Investments in the Banking Industry,” will invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the NYSE is open for trading.

Notwithstanding any of the above investment limitations, the Emerging Markets Series, the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio and the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio may establish subsidiaries or other similar vehicles for the purpose of conducting their investment operations if such subsidiaries or vehicles are required by local laws or regulations governing foreign investors or whose use is otherwise considered by such Funds to be advisable. Each Master Fund, the Emerging

 

6


Table of Contents

Markets Core Equity Portfolio, or the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio would “look through” any such vehicle or subsidiary to determine compliance with its investment restrictions.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to the Portfolios’ and Master Funds’ investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may purchase and sell options on stock indices. With respect to the sale of call options on stock indices, pursuant to published positions of the SEC, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will either (1) maintain with its custodian liquid assets equal to the contract value (less any margin deposits); (2) hold a portfolio of stocks substantially replicating the movement of the index underlying the call option; or (3) hold a separate call on the same index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (a) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (b) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Portfolio in liquid assets in a segregated account with its custodian. With respect to the sale of put options on stock indices, pursuant to published Commission positions, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will either (1) maintain liquid assets equal to the exercise price (less any margin deposits) in a segregated account with its custodian; or (2) hold a put on the same index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (a) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (b) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided an amount equal to the difference is maintained by the Portfolio in liquid assets in a segregated account with its custodian.

Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio desires.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will realize a gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Portfolio will realize a loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying index, and the time remaining until the expiration date.

If an option written by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio expires, the Portfolio realizes a gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio expires unexercised, the Portfolio realizes a loss equal to the premium paid.

The premium paid for a put or call option purchased by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is an asset of the Portfolio. The premium received for an option written by the Portfolio is recorded as a deferred credit. The value of an option purchased or written is marked to market daily and is valued at the closing price on the exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing price is available, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.

Risks Associated with Options on Indices

There are several risks associated with transactions in options on indices. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the current market price of the underlying index, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the exercise price, the term structure of interest rates, estimated price volatility of the underlying index and general market conditions. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.

Options normally have expiration dates of up to 90 days. The exercise price of the options may be below, equal to or above the current market value of the underlying index. Purchased options that expire unexercised have

 

7


Table of Contents

no value. Unless an option purchased by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is exercised or unless a closing transaction is effected with respect to that position, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will realize a loss in the amount of the premium paid and any transaction costs.

A position in an exchange-listed option may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for identical options. Although the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio intends to purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option at any specific time. Closing transactions may be effected with respect to options traded in the over the counter markets only by negotiating directly with the other party to the option contract, or in a secondary market for the option if such a market exists. There can be no assurance that the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will be able to liquidate an over the counter option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. In the event of insolvency of the counter-party, the Portfolio may be unable to liquidate an over the counter option. Accordingly, it may not be possible to effect closing transactions with respect to certain options, with the result that the Enhanced U.S. Large Portfolio would have to exercise those options which it has purchased in order to realize any profit. With respect to options written by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the Portfolio.

Index prices may be distorted if trading of a substantial number of securities included in the index is interrupted causing the trading of options on that index to be halted. If a trading halt occurred, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio would not be able to close out options which it had purchased and may incur losses if the underlying index moved adversely before trading resumed. If a trading halt occurred and restrictions prohibiting the exercise of options were imposed through the close of trading on the last day before expiration, exercises on that day would be settled on the basis of a closing index value that may not reflect current price information for securities representing a substantial portion of the value of the index.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s activities in the options markets may result in higher fund turnover rates and additional brokerage costs; however, the Series may also save on commissions by using options as a hedge rather than buying or selling individual securities in anticipation or as a result of market movements.

Investment Limitations on Options Transactions

The ability of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio to engage in options transactions is subject to certain limitations. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will only invest in over-the-counter options to the extent consistent with the 15% limit on investments in illiquid securities.

SWAPS

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may enter into equity index swap agreements for purposes of attempting to obtain a particular desired return at a lower cost to the Portfolio than if the Portfolio had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested in a group of securities representing a particular index.

The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is only a fictive basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. Most swap agreements entered into by Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Portfolio’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against amounts owed to the Portfolio) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of a segregated account consisting of liquid assets to avoid any potential leveraging of the Portfolio’s portfolio. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company

 

8


Table of Contents

Portfolio will not enter into a swap agreement with any single party if the net amount owed or to be received under existing contracts with that party would exceed 5% of the Portfolio’s assets.

Because they are two-party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid, and, therefore, swap agreements entered into by Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio and other illiquid securities will be limited to 15% of the net assets of the Portfolio. Moreover, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The Advisor will cause Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio to enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that the Investment Committee of the Advisor has approved. Certain restrictions imposed on Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio by the Code may limit the Portfolio’s ability to use swap agreements. The swap market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

Please note that while the following discussion relates to the policies of certain Portfolios with respect to futures contracts, it should be understood that with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the discussion applies to the Feeder Portfolio and to the Master Fund in which the Feeder Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets and, with respect to the International Small Company Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios, the International Master Funds and Underlying Funds, respectively.

All Portfolios and Underlying Funds, except the Global Equity Portfolio, Global 60/40 Portfolio, Global 25/75 Portfolio, DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio and DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, may enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts. Such Portfolios (with the exception of Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio) may enter into futures contracts and options on future contracts to gain market exposure on the Portfolio’s uninvested cash pending investments in securities and to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may use futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against securities prices or as part of its overall investment strategy.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (an “FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and FCMs may establish margin requirements which are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in a repayment of excess margin to the custodial accounts of the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund expects to earn income on its margin deposits. Each Master Fund, Underlying Fund and Portfolio intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3(z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation); or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio,

 

9


Table of Contents

after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio has entered into.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures which are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable interpretations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund may use by entering into futures transactions.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The International Equity Master Funds and Portfolios, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio and DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio may acquire and sell forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The Portfolios and Master Funds will conduct their foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

With respect to an International Equity Portfolio or Master Fund, the Portfolio or Master Fund may enter into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of foreign equity securities, typically to “lock in” the value of the transaction with respect to a different currency. In addition, a Portfolio or Master Fund may, from time to time, enter into a forward contract to transfer balances from one currency to another currency.

The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio and DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio may enter into forward foreign currency contracts to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another currency. A Series or Portfolio may enter into a forward contract to buy or sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it expires. The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio and DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio typically hedge their foreign currency exposure.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

All non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds engage in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or

 

10


Table of Contents

desirable. For example, in the case of the Emerging Markets Master Funds, cash investments may be made for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic or political conditions warrant.

All the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may invest cash in short-term repurchase agreements. In addition, the following cash investments are permissible:

 

Portfolios and Master Funds

  

Permissible Cash Investments*

   Percentage
Guidelines**
Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio    Short-term fixed income obligations same as Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and registered and unregistered money market funds***    N.A.
Japanese Small Company, Asia Pacific Small Company, United Kingdom Small Company and Continental Small Company    Short-term fixed income obligations; high quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
U.S. Small Cap Portfolio    Short-term fixed income obligations; high quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
U.S. Large Cap Value    High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio    High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio    High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio    Fixed income obligations, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
Large Cap International Portfolio    Fixed income obligations, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
International Small Company Portfolio    Short-term, high quality fixed income obligations; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    Small
portion
DFA International Value Portfolio and Master Fund    Fixed income obligations, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
International Core Equity Portfolio    High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%

 

11


Table of Contents

Portfolios and Master Funds

  

Permissible Cash Investments*

   Percentage
Guidelines**
DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio    High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; freely convertible currencies; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%

Emerging Markets Series and

Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund

   Money market instruments; highly liquid debt securities; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    10%
Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio    Money market instruments; highly liquid debt securities; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds***    N.A.
DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds***    N.A.
DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio    Futures contracts on U.S. Treasury securities or options on such contracts; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds***    N.A.
DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; short-term government fixed income obligations; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, including government money market funds***    N.A.

Global Equity Portfolio

Global 60/40 Portfolio

Global 25/75 Portfolio

   U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and short-term paper; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    5%

 

* With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor.
** The percentage guidelines set forth above are not absolute limitations, but the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds do not expect to exceed these guidelines under normal circumstances.
*** Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

Each of the International Equity Portfolios, International Equity Master Funds and International Equity Underlying Funds may invest up to 5% of its assets in convertible debentures issued by non-U.S. companies located in the countries where such Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund is permitted to invest. In addition, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio is authorized to invest in private placements of interest-bearing debentures that are convertible into common stock. Convertible debentures include corporate bonds and notes that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock. These securities are generally convertible either at a stated price or a stated rate (that is, for a specific number of shares of common stock or other security). As with other fixed income securities, the price of a convertible debenture to some extent varies inversely with interest rates. While providing a fixed income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derived from a common stock but lower than that afforded by a nonconvertible debenture), a convertible debenture also affords the investor an opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the common stock into which it is convertible. As the market

 

12


Table of Contents

price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible debentures tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis and so may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the price of a convertible debenture tends to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock. To obtain such a higher yield, a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund may be required to pay for a convertible debenture an amount in excess of the value of the underlying common stock. Common stock acquired by a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund upon conversion of a convertible debenture will generally be held for as long as the Advisor anticipates such stock will provide the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund with opportunities which are consistent with its investment objective and policies.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

The following non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may also invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity:

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

U.S. Large Cap Value Series

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Large Cap International Portfolio

DFA International Value Portfolio

International Core Equity Portfolio

International Small Company Portfolio

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

The Emerging Markets Series

Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

An ETF is an investment company whose goal is to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. ETFs are passively managed, and traded similar to a publicly traded company. The risks and costs of investing in ETFs are comparable to investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When a Portfolio invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Portfolio bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES

Generally, securities will be purchased by the Equity Portfolios, Equity Master Funds and Equity Underlying Funds with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year. The One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, the Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, the DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio, the DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio are expected to have high portfolio turnover rates due to the relatively short maturities of the securities to be acquired. The portfolio turnover rate for the DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio has varied from year to year due to market and other conditions. In addition, variations in turnover rates occur because securities are sold when, in the Advisor’s judgment, the return will be increased as a result of portfolio transactions after taking into account the cost of trading.

ADDITIONAL POLICIES OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS OF THE ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

The DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio”) seeks to maximize total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in two years or less.

 

13


Table of Contents

The Portfolio may selectively hedge its foreign currency risks depending on market conditions. The debt securities in which the Portfolio may invest include obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers having quality ratings meeting the minimum standards described in “Description of Investments of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and the Extended Quality Portfolio” below, securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States, and obligations of supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers that are located in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”). However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities. It is the policy of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio that the weighted average length of maturity of its investments will not exceed two years. However, investments may be made in obligations maturing in a shorter time period (from overnight, to up to two years from the date of settlement).

Because many of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio’s investments may be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio may hedge the currency exposure of the foreign securities by entering into foreign forward currency contracts, or leave some or all of the currency exposure unhedged, to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The decision to hedge the Portfolio’s currency exposure with respect to a foreign market will be based on, among other things, a comparison of the respective foreign and U.S. short-term interest rates and the Portfolio’s existing exposure to a given foreign currency. The Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry by certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds” below for additional information.

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

The DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio (the “Extended Quality Portfolio”) seeks to maximize total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign corporate debt securities with an investment grade credit rating. The Extended Quality Portfolio invests with an emphasis on a universe of U.S. and foreign corporate debt securities the Advisor considers to be of extended quality as they are rated in the lower half of the investment grade spectrum (i.e., rated BBB- to A+ by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) or Baa3 to A1 by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”)). The Portfolio will not emphasize investments in the lower half of the investment grade spectrum, however, when the Advisor believes the credit risk premium does not warrant the investment. The Portfolio will also invest in higher-rated corporate debt securities, obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers having investment grade ratings, securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States, and obligations of supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers that are located in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the OECD. However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well.

The Extended Quality Portfolio primarily invests in securities that mature within five years from the date of settlement and maintains an average portfolio duration of three years or less. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a fixed income security that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest

 

14


Table of Contents

rates. The longer a security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities considered to be investment grade quality.

The Extended Quality Portfolio’s investments may include foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies. The Portfolio intends to hedge any foreign currency exposure to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The Portfolio may hedge such currency exposure by entering into foreign forward currency contracts. The Portfolio also may enter into credit default swaps on issuers or indices to buy or sell credit protection to hedge its credit exposure; gain market or issuer exposure without owning the underlying securities; or increase the Portfolio’s total return. The Portfolio also may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, for non-hedging purposes as a substitute for direct investment or to allow the Portfolio to remain fully invested while maintaining the liquidity required to pay redemptions.

The Extended Quality Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry by certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds” below for additional information.

Description of Investments of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and the Extended Quality Portfolio

The following is a description of the categories of investments, which may be acquired by the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and the Extended Quality Portfolio.

 

     Permissible Categories:

Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio

   1-11

Extended Quality Portfolio

   1,2,4,6-8,10-14

1. U.S. Government Obligations—Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury which are direct obligations of the U.S. government, including bills, notes and bonds.

2. U.S. Government Agency Obligations—Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities and federal agencies, which have different levels of credit support. The U.S. government agency obligations include, but are not limited to, securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, including Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government may be supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limits, such as securities issued by Federal Home Loan Banks, or are supported only by the credit of such agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.

3. Corporate Debt Obligations—Nonconvertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures), which are issued by companies whose commercial paper is rated Prime1 by Moody’s or A1 or better by S&P or F1 or better by Fitch and dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S. If the issuer’s commercial paper is unrated, then the debt security would have to be rated at least AA by S&P or Aa2 by Moody’s or AA by Fitch. If there is neither a commercial paper rating nor a rating of the debt security, then the Advisor must determine that the debt security is of comparable quality to equivalent issues of the same issuer rated at least AA or Aa2.

 

15


Table of Contents

4. Bank Obligations—Obligations of U.S. banks and savings and loan associations and dollar-denominated obligations of U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, such as certificates of deposit (including marketable variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits and bankers’ acceptances. Bank certificates of deposit will only be acquired from banks having assets in excess of $1,000,000,000.

5. Commercial Paper—Rated, at the time of purchase, A1 or better by S&P or Prime1 by Moody’s, or F1 or better by Fitch or, if unrated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated Aaa by Moody’s or AAA by S&P or AAA by Fitch.

6. Repurchase Agreements—Instruments through which the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and the Extended Quality Portfolio purchase securities (“underlying securities”) from a bank or a registered U.S. government securities dealer, with an agreement by the seller to repurchase the securities at an agreed price, plus interest at a specified rate. The underlying securities will be limited to U.S. government and agency obligations described in (1) and (2) above. The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and the Extended Quality Portfolio will not enter into a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days if, as a result, more than 10% of the value of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio’s and the Extended Quality Portfolio’s total assets would be so invested. In addition, a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days will be subject to Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio’s and the Extended Quality Portfolio’s illiquid securities policy. Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and the Extended Quality Portfolio also will only invest in repurchase agreements with a bank if the bank has at least $1,000,000,000 in assets and is approved by the Investment Committee of the Advisor. The Advisor will monitor the market value of the securities plus any accrued interest thereon so that they will at least equal the repurchase price.

7. Foreign Government and Agency Obligations—Bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, or their agencies and instrumentalities.

8. Supranational Organization Obligations—Debt securities of supranational organizations such as the European Coal and Steel Community, the European Economic Community and the World Bank, which are chartered to promote economic development.

9. Foreign Issuer Obligations—Debt securities of non-U.S. issuers rated AA or better by S&P or Aa2 or better by Moody’s or AA or better by Fitch.

10. Eurodollar Obligations—Debt securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States.

11. Money Market Funds— Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and the Extended Quality Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

12. Corporate Debt ObligationsExtended Quality Portfolio— Nonconvertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures), which have received an investment grade rating by Moody’s, Fitch, S&P or, if unrated, have been determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality.

13. Commercial Paper— Extended Quality Portfolio—Rated, at the time of purchase, A3 or better by S&P or Prime3 or better by Moody’s, or F3 or better by Fitch or, if unrated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated at least Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by S&P or Fitch.

14. Foreign Issuer Obligations— Extended Quality Portfolio—Debt securities of non-U.S. issuers that have received a rating of BBB- or better by S&P or Fitch or Baa3 or better by Moody’s, or, if unrated, have been determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality.

 

16


Table of Contents

The categories of investments that may be acquired by each of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and the Extended Quality Portfolio may include both fixed and floating rate securities. Floating rate securities bear interest at rates that vary with prevailing market rates. Interest rate adjustments are made periodically (e.g., every six months), usually based on a money market index such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the Treasury bill rate.

Investments in the Banking Industry by certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds

The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and the Extended Quality Portfolio will invest more than 25% of their total respective assets in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the NYSE is open for trading. For purposes of this policy, the Advisor considers eligible portfolio investments to be those securities that are on the Advisor’s then current buy list that are available for purchase. This policy can only be changed by a vote of shareholders. When investment in such obligations exceeds 25% of the total net assets of any of these Portfolios such Portfolio will be considered to be concentrating its investments in the banking industry. Once the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio or the Extended Quality Portfolio concentrates its investments in the banking industry, the Portfolio may remain concentrated in the banking industry until the purchase of new investments in the normal course of executing the Portfolio’s investment strategy result in less than 25% of the Portfolio’s total assets consisting of banking industry securities.

The types of bank and bank holding company obligations in which the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and the Extended Quality Portfolio may invest include: dollar-denominated certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and other debt obligations issued in the United States provided such obligations meet each Portfolio’s established credit rating criteria as stated under “Description of Investments of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and the Extended Quality Portfolio.” In addition, the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio are authorized to invest more than 25% of their total assets in Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities. The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and Extended Quality Portfolio may also invest in non-dollar denominated certificates.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

The Board of Directors of each Fund is responsible for establishing the Fund’s policies and for overseeing the management of the Fund. The Directors of the Funds, including all of the disinterested Directors, have adopted written procedures to monitor potential conflicts of interest that might develop between the Feeder Portfolios and the Master Funds.

Each Board has three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Portfolio Performance and Service Review Committee (“Performance Committee”). Each Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Audit Committee is a disinterested Director. The Audit Committee for each Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Fund’s internal controls, the Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee for each Board recommends the appointment of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings held for each Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

Each Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Nominating Committee is a disinterested Director. The Nominating Committee for each Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee of each Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such

 

17


Table of Contents

candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. There were no Nominating Committee meetings held for either Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. Each Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of a Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Funds at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of the Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

Each Board’s Performance Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Abbie J. Smith, John P. Gould and Myron S. Scholes. Each member of a Fund’s Performance Committee is a disinterested Director. Each Performance Committee regularly reviews and monitors the investment performance of the Fund’s series, including the Portfolios, and reviews the performance of the Fund’s service providers. There were six Performance Committee meetings held for each Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and each interested Director of the Funds is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of the Funds and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1
and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other
Directorships of
Public
Companies Held

George M. Constantinides

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 62

   Director   

DFAIDG–since 1983

DIG–since 1993

   Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

John P. Gould

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 71

   Director   

DFAIDG–since 1986

DIG–since 1993

   Steven G. Rothmeier Distinguished Service Professor of Economics, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1965). Member of the Board of Milwaukee Insurance Company (since 1997). Member and Chair, Competitive Markets Advisory Council, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (futures trading exchange) (since 2004). Formerly, Director of UNext Inc. (1999-2006).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Trustee, Harbor Funds (registered investment company) (27 Portfolios) (since 1994).

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT 06520-8200

Age: 66

   Director   

DFAIDG–since 1981

DIG–since 1993

   Professor in Practice of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Director, BIRR Portfolio Analysis, Inc. (software products) (since 1990). Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (since 2006). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Chairman, Ibbotson Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL (software, data, publishing and consulting) (1977-2006).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

18


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1
and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other
Directorships of
Public
Companies Held

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 68

   Director   

DFAIDG–since 1981

DIG–since 1993

   Frank E. Buck Professor Emeritus of Finance, Stanford University (since 1981). Formerly, Chairman, Platinum Grove Asset Management L.P. (hedge fund) (formerly, Oak Hill Platinum Partners) (1999-2009). Formerly, Managing Partner, Oak Hill Capital Management (private equity firm) (until 2004). Formerly, Director, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (2001-2008).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (40 Portfolios) (since 1980).

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 56

   Director   

DFAIDG–since 2000

DIG–since 2000

   Boris and Irene Stern Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980); Co-Director Investment Research, Fundamental Investment Advisors (hedge fund) (since 2008).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director, HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture) (since 2000); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (52 portfolios) (since 2009).

Interested Directors

The following Interested Directors are described as such because they are deemed to be “interested persons,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to their positions with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1
and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other

Directorships of
Public
Companies Held

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One Austin, TX 78746

Age: 63

   Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer   

DFAIDG–since 1981

DIG–since 1992

   Chairman, Director/Trustee, President, Co-Chief Executive Officer and, formerly, Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (2003 to 3/30/2007) of the following companies: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFAIDG, DIG and The DFA Investment Trust Company. Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Holdings Inc. and formerly Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (until 3/30/2007). Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and formerly, Chief Investment Officer. Director of DFA Australia Limited and formerly, President and Chief Investment Officer. Formerly, Director of Dimensional Funds PLC. Limited Partner, Oak Hill Partners (since 2001) and VSC Investors, LLC (since 2007). Trustee, University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Formerly, Director, SA Funds (registered investment company). Chairman, Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

19


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1
and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
O
verseen

  

Other

Directorships of
Public
Companies Held

Eduardo A. Repetto

6300 Bee Cave Road,

Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 43

   Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer   

DFAIDG- since 2009

DIG- since 2009

   Co-Chief Executive Officer (beginning January 2010), Chief Investment Officer (beginning March 2007) and formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, DEM, DFAIDG, DIG, The DFA Investment Trust Company, and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; Director of all such entities except Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC, Chief Investment Officer, Vice President and Director of DFA Australia Limited, subject to regulatory approval, Director Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

1

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

2

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Funds; The DFA Investment Trust Company; and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund. Each Disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolios of the Funds in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name

  

Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares
Owned in All Funds Overseen by
Director in Family of Investment
Companies

Disinterested Directors:      
George M. Constantinides    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
John P. Gould    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds **
Roger G. Ibbotson   

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio – Over $100,000

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio – Over $100,000

International Core Equity Portfolio – Over $100,000

   Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Myron S. Scholes    None    $50,001-$100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Abbie J. Smith    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds **
Interested Directors:      
David G. Booth   

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income – Over $100,000

Global Equity Portfolio – Over $100,000

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio – Over $100,000

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio – $0 - $10,000

Global 25/75 Portfolio – Over $100,000

   Over $100,000
Eduardo A. Repetto   

DFA Large Cap International – $10,001 – $50,000

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio – Over $100,000

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio – Over $100,000

International Core Equity Portfolio – $10,001-$50,000

   Over $100,000

 

** As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Funds during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same period. The table also provides the compensation paid by each Fund to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

 

20


Table of Contents

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from
DFAIDG*
   Aggregate
Compensation
from DIG
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as
Part of
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual
Benefit
upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from Funds
and DFA
Fund
Complex Paid
to Directors†

George M. Constantinides
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

John P. Gould
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Roger G. Ibbotson
Director

   $ 105,551    $ 14,437    N/A    N/A    $ 185,000

Robert C. Merton**
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Myron S. Scholes
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Abbie J. Smith
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Christopher S. Crossan
Chief Compliance Officer

   $ 196,702    $ 26,719    N/A    N/A      N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory or administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.
* Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 is as follows: $185,000 (Mr. Ibbotson); $25,000 (Mr. Scholes); and $25,000 (Ms. Smith). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability; or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.
** Mr. Merton resigned from the Board effective December 1, 2009.

Officers

Below is the name, age, information regarding positions with the Fund and the principal occupation for each officer of the Fund. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the following entities: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (collectively, the “DFA Entities”).

 

21


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

April A. Aandal

Age: 47

   Vice President
and Chief
Learning
Officer
   Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Learning Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2008). Formerly Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004-2008).

Darryl D. Avery

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Arthur H. Barlow

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Scott A. Bosworth

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since November 1997).

Valerie A. Brown

Age: 43

   Vice President
and Assistant
Secretary
   Since 2001    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

David P. Butler

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2008). Formerly, Director US Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2005).

Patrick E. Carter

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Director of Merrill Lynch Retirement Group (December 1998 to March 2006).

Joseph H. Chi

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2005). Prior to October 2005, Corporate Counsel at Hewitt Associates (July 2002 – August 2005).

Stephen A. Clark

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Robert P. Cornell

Age: 60

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Financial Services Group of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since August 1993).

Christopher S. Crossan

Age: 44

   Vice President
and Chief
Compliance
Officer
   Since 2004    Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of all the DFA Entities.

James L. Davis

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 1999    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Robert T. Deere

Age: 52

   Vice President    Since 1994    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited.

Peter F. Dillard

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP (since August 2008). Formerly, Research Assistant for DFA from April 2006 – August 2008. Prior to April 2006, Manager at Hilton Hotels Corp. (September 2004 – April 2006).

Robert W. Dintzner

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Communications Officer (since 2010).

Beth Ann Dranguet

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2007). Formerly, Associate at Vinson & Elkins LLP (September 1999 – July 2007).

Kenneth Elmgren

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Managing Principal of Beverly Capital (May 2004 to September 2006).

Richard A. Eustice

Age: 44

   Vice President
and Assistant
Secretary
   Since 1998    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since July 2008). Formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Eugene F. Fama, Jr.

Age: 49

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Gretchen A. Flicker

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jed S. Fogdall

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2004).

 

22


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Glenn S. Freed

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeremy P. Freeman

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Technology Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2006). Formerly, Principal at AIM Investments/Amvescap PLC (now Invesco) (June 1998 – June 2006).

Mark R. Gochnour

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Henry F. Gray

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

John T. Gray

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (January 2005 to February 2007).

Darla M. Hastings

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Marketing Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Senior Vice President, Customer Experience for Benchmark Assisted Living (May 2005 to April 2006); Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of State Street Corporation (September 2001 to October 2005).

Joel H. Hefner

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 1998).

Julie C. Henderson

Age: 35

   Vice President
and Fund
Controller
   Since 2005    Vice President and Fund Controller of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (July 1996 to April 2005).

Kevin B. Hight

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to March 2005).

Christine W. Ho

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeff J. Jeon

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Patrick M. Keating

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2003    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director, Vice President, and Chief Privacy Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of DFA Australia Limited.

David M. Kershner

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2004).

Joseph F. Kolerich

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since April 2001).

Michael F. Lane

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Kristina M. LaRusso

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Formerly, Operations Supervisor of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to December 2006).

Inmoo Lee

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Associate Professor, Department of Finance and Accounting, Business School, National University of Singapore (7/2004 - present) Associate Professor, College of Business Administration, Korea University (9/2001 - 5/2006).

Juliet H. Lee

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Human Resources Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2004).

Apollo D. Lupescu

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since February 2004).

Kenneth M. Manell

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2006). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel at Castle & Cooke (January 2004 – September 2006).

 

23


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Aaron M. Marcus

Age: 39

   Vice President
and Head of
Global
Human
Resources
   Since 2008    Vice President of all DFA Entities and Head of Global Human Resources of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Global Head of Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (June 2006 to January 2008); Global Co-Head of HR of the Equities & FICC Division, and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (May 2005 to May 2006); Head of Americas Campus Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (April 2003 to May 2005).

David R. Martin

Age: 53

   Vice
President,
Chief
Financial
Officer and
Treasurer
   Since 2007    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC. Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Janus Capital Group Inc. (June 2005 to March 2007); Senior Vice President of Finance at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (March 1999 to May 2005).

Catherine L. Newell

Age: 45

   Vice President
and Secretary
   Vice
President
since 1997
and
Secretary
since 2000
   Vice President and Secretary of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President and Secretary of DFA Australia Limited. Director, Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since February 2002, April 1997, and May 2002, respectively). Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC (since 2002 and 2006, respectively).

Christian Newton

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Web Services Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Design Manager (2005 – 2008) and Web Developer (2002 – 2005) of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Carolyn L. O

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2007). Prior to September 2007, Associate at K&L Gates LLP (January 2004 – September 2007).

Gerard K. O’Reilly

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004 to 2006).

Daniel C. Ong

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2005). Prior to 2005, Graduate Student at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business (2003-2005).

Kyle K. Ozaki

Age: 31

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Compliance Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Compliance Officer (February 2006 – December 2007) and Compliance Analyst (August 2004 – January 2006).

Carmen Palafox

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Operations Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 1996).

Sonya K. Park

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

David A. Plecha

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Michael J. Porter

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2006). Formerly, Vice President, Client Services at Metropolitan West Asset Management (July 2001 – August 2006).

Theodore W. Randall

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2006 to 2008); Systems Developer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2001 to 2006).

L. Jacobo Rodríguez

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Institutional client service representative of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (August 2004 to July 2005)

 

24


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Julie A. Saft

Age: 50

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Client Systems Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2008). Formerly, Senior Manager at Vanguard (November 1997 – July 2008).

David E. Schneider

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Institutional Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Walid A. Shinnawi

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Senior Director at Moody’s KMV (1999-March 2006).

Bruce A. Simmons

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Investment Operations Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 2007). Formerly, Vice President Client and Fund Reporting at Mellon Financial (September 2005 – May 2007); Vice President Business Development at CUADPRO Marketing (July 2003 – September 2005).

Ted R. Simpson

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since December 2002).

Bryce D. Skaff

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (December 1999 to January 2007).

Grady M. Smith

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Carl G. Snyder

Age: 46

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Lawrence R. Spieth

Age: 62

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Bradley G. Steiman

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Director and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Robert C. Trotter

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Manager Technology for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2007). Formerly, Director of Technology at AMVESCAP (2002 – 2007).

Karen E. Umland

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Sunil Wahal

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (July 2008 – January 2009); Consultant to Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (September 2005 – July 2008); Jack D. Furst Professor of Finance at Arizona State University, WP Carey School of Business (July 2005 – July 2008); Associate Professor of Finance at Goizueta Business School, Emory University (1997 – 2005).

Brian J. Walsh

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

Carol W. Wardlaw

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Weston J. Wellington

Age: 58

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Daniel M. Wheeler

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Previously, Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since October 2003) and President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since June 2003).

Ryan J. Wiley

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Trader of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Portfolio Manager (2006 to 2007) and Trader (2001 to 2006).

Paul E. Wise

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Technology Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

 

1

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

25


Table of Contents

As of January 31, 2010, Directors and officers as a group own less than 1% of the outstanding stock of each class of each Portfolio described in this SAI, except that Directors and officers, as a group, owned 36.6% of the Global 25/75 Portfolio, 1.53% of the Global 60/40 Portfolio, and 1.61% of the Global Equity Portfolio.

SERVICES TO THE FUNDS

Administrative Services—The Feeder Portfolios, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios

The Funds have entered into administration agreements with the Advisor, on behalf of the Feeder Portfolios, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and each Allocation Portfolio. Pursuant to each administration agreement, the Advisor performs various services, including: supervision of the services provided by the Portfolio’s custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent and others who provide services to the Fund for the benefit of the Portfolio; providing shareholders with information about the Portfolio and their investments as the shareholders or the Fund may request; assisting the Portfolio in conducting meetings of shareholders; furnishing information as the Board of Directors may require regarding the Master Funds or Underlying Funds (as applicable), and any other administrative services for the benefit of the Portfolio as the Board of Directors may reasonably request. For its administrative services, the Feeder Portfolios, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, Global Equity Portfolio, Global 60/40 Portfolio and Global 25/75 Portfolio are obligated to pay the Advisor a monthly fee based on average net assets equal to one-twelfth of the percentages listed below:

 

Portfolio

   Administration Fee  

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   0.15 %(a) 

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio

   0.15 %(a) 

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   0.25 %(b) 

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   0.32 %(a) 

DFA International Value Portfolio

   0.20 %(a) 

International Small Company Portfolio

   0.40 %(c) 

Emerging Markets Portfolio

   0.40 %(a) 

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

   0.40 %(a) 

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

   0.10 %(a) 

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   0.10 %(a) 

Global Equity Portfolio

   0.30 %(d) 

Global 60/40 Portfolio

   0.25 %(d) 

Global 25/75 Portfolio

   0.20 %(d) 

 

(a)

Pursuant to the Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R1 shares of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, DFA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to assume the Portfolio’s direct expenses (excluding management fees and custodian fees) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Class R1 shares of each Portfolio to the following rates as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis: 0.45% for the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, 0.48% for the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio, 0.58% for the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, 0.64% for the DFA International Value Portfolio, 0.80% for the Emerging Markets Portfolio, 0.81% for the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, 0.38% for the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and 0.39% for the DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio. Pursuant to the Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R2 shares of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, DFA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to assume the Portfolio’s direct expenses (excluding management fees and custodian fees) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio to the following rates as a percentage of average net assets on an

 

26


Table of Contents
 

annualized basis: 0.60% for the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, 0.63% for the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio, 0.73% for the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, 0.79% for the DFA International Value Portfolio, 0.95% for the Emerging Markets Portfolio, 0.96% for the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, 0.53% for the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and 0.54% for the DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of each Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by DIG, DFAIDG or the Advisor. For additional information concerning the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements, see “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” in the Prospectus.

 

(b) Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R1 shares of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive its administration fee and to assume the Portfolio’s direct and indirect expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit Portfolio Expenses of the Class R1 shares of the Portfolio to 0.62% of the Class R1 shares’ average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R2 shares of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive its administration fee and to assume the Portfolio’s direct and indirect expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit Portfolio Expenses of the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio to 0.77% of the Class R2 shares’ average net assets on an annualized basis. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by DFAIDG or the Advisor. For additional information concerning the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements, see “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” in the Prospectus.

 

(c) Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the International Small Company Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive its administration fee and to assume the other direct expenses of the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares (not including expenses incurred though the Portfolio’s investment in other investment companies) to the extent necessary to limit the direct expenses of the Class R1 shares of the International Small Company Portfolio to 0.61% of the average net assets of the Class R1 shares on an annualized basis. This fee waiver and expense assumption arrangement does not include the indirect expenses the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of the International Master Funds. Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the International Small Company Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive its administration fee and to assume the other direct expenses of Portfolio’s Class R2 shares (not including expenses incurred through the Portfolio’s investment in other investment companies) to the extent necessary to limit the direct expenses (not including expenses incurred through the Portfolio’s investment in other investment companies) of the Class R2 shares of the International Small Company Portfolio to 0.76% of its average net assets on an annualized basis. This fee waiver and expense assumption arrangement does not include the indirect expenses the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of the International Master Funds. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by DFAIDG or the Advisor. For additional information concerning the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements, see “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” in the Prospectus.

 

(d) Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Global Equity Portfolio, Global 60/40 Portfolio and the Global 25/75 Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Portfolios, as described below. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolios will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement, in order to limit the total administration and management fees received by the Advisor, the Advisor has agreed to waive the administration fee each Allocation Portfolio pays to the Advisor to the extent necessary to limit the proportionate share of the total combined administration fee paid by each Allocation Portfolio and management fees paid by each Allocation Portfolio’s Underlying Funds to the Advisor to 0.27% for the Global Equity Portfolio, to 0.25% for the Global 60/40 Portfolio and to 0.22% for the Global 25/75 Portfolio. The maximum amount waived under this waiver is the full amount of a Portfolio’s administration fee to the Advisor. At any time that the rate of the fees and annualized expenses of an Allocation Portfolio are less than the rates listed above for the Portfolio on an annualized basis, the

 

27


Table of Contents

Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s Class R1 shares’ and Class R2 shares’ fees or expenses to exceed the fee or expense limitations listed above. The Allocation Portfolios are not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees waived or expenses assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

Each class of each Portfolio pays its proportionate share of the fees paid by the Portfolio to Advisor based on the average net assets of the classes.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Portfolios paid administrative fees to the Advisor as set forth in the following table:

 

Portfolio

   FISCAL YEAR
ENDED 2009
(000)
    FISCAL PERIOD
ENDED 2008

(000)
    FISCAL YEAR
ENDED 2007

(000)
 

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   $ 237      $ 380      $ 548   

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 7,521      $ 9,628      $ 11,232   

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 2,823      $ 1,875      $ 865   

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   $ 6,693      $ 7,938      $ 11,208   

DFA International Value Portfolio

   $ 7,097      $ 10,005      $ 11,144   

International Small Company Portfolio

   $ 13,452      $ 18,152      $ 21,375   

Emerging Markets Portfolio

   $ 6,299      $ 10,054      $ 11,536   

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

   $ 20,346      $ 25,407      $ 23,907   

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 3,448      $ 3,110      $ 3,019   

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 3,169      $ 2,920      $ 2,761   

Global Equity Portfolio

   $ 3,107 1    $ 3,346 4    $ 3,395 6 

Global 60/40 Portfolio

   $ 1,493 2    $ 1,735 5    $ 1,627 7 

Global 25/75 Portfolio

   $ 279 3    $ 289 8    $ 243 8 

 

1

$ 93 after waiver

2

$ 133 after waiver

3

$ 78 after waiver

4

$ 282 after waiver

5

$ 276 after waiver

6

$ 61 after waiver

7

$ 548 after waiver

8

$ 347 after waiver

9

$ 64 after waiver

Administrative Services—All Portfolios

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC Global”), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the accounting services, dividend disbursing and transfer agent for all the Portfolios and Master Funds. The services provided by PNC Global are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Boards of Directors of the Funds, and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodians, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by PNC Global, the non-Feeder Portfolios, the Feeder Portfolio’s Master Funds and the Underlying Funds pay PNC Global annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies and a group trust. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

 

28


Table of Contents

.0110% of the Fund Complex’s first $50 billion of average net assets;

.0085% of the Fund Complex’s next $25 billion of average net assets; and

.0075% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $75 billion.

The fees charged to a non-Feeder Portfolio, a Master Fund or an Underlying Fund under the fee schedule are allocated to each such non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund based on the non-Feeder Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s, or Underlying Fund’s pro-rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex.

Each Portfolio is also subject to a monthly fee. The Feeder Portfolios, International Small Company Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios are each subject to a monthly fee of $1,000. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio are each subject to a monthly fee of $1,666. The Large Cap International Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio are each subject to a monthly base fee of $2,083. The Master Funds in which the Feeder Portfolios invest and the Underlying Funds in which the Allocation Portfolios invest are also subject to certain monthly base fees. Each domestic equity or domestic fixed income Master Fund or Underlying Fund is subject to a monthly base fee of $1,666 and each international equity or international fixed income Master Fund or Underlying Fund is subject to a monthly base fee of $2,083. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolios each pay a shareholder servicing administrative fee of $83.33 per month ($1,000 per year) to PNC Global for administrative and accounting services in connection with the assessment of shareholder services fees by the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares.

The Portfolios also pay separate fees to PNC Global with respect to the services PNC Global provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Shareholder Services

On behalf of the Portfolios, the Funds enter into agreements with Shareholder Services Agents to provide shareholder servicing, recordkeeping, account maintenance and other services to shareholders of the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares. For the array of services provided to Class R1 shareholders, the Funds pay such Shareholder Services Agents an amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Class R1 shares for such services. For the array of services provided to Class R2 shareholders, the Funds pay such Shareholder Services Agents an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Class R2 shares for such services.

Custodians

Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, New York, 10005, is the global custodian for the following Portfolios and Master Funds: The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio (co-custodian with PFPC Trust Co.), Large Cap International Portfolio, The DFA International Value Series, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, The Emerging Markets Series, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio. PFPC Trust Company, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the custodian for the Domestic Equity non-Feeder Portfolios, the Fixed Income Portfolios (other than the DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and the DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio), the Allocation Portfolios and all of the Feeder Portfolios and the other Master Funds.

Distributor

Each Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 1299 Ocean Avenue, Santa Monica, California 90401.

 

29


Table of Contents

DFAS acts as an agent of the Funds by serving as the principal underwriter of the Funds’ shares. Pursuant to each Fund’s Distribution Agreement, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Funds. No compensation is paid by the Funds to DFAS under the Distribution Agreements.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Funds. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Funds and audits the annual financial statements of the Funds. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth and Rex A. Sinquefield, as directors and/or officers of the Advisor and shareholders of the outstanding stock of the Advisor’s general partner, may be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Funds. For the services it provides as investment advisor to each non-feeder Portfolio (or, with respect to each Feeder Portfolio, the corresponding Master Fund), the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio (or, with respect to each Feeder Portfolio the corresponding Master Fund). The Advisor is paid no fee for the services it provides as investment advisor to each Allocation Portfolio and Feeder Portfolio. As shareholders of the Underlying Funds, the Allocation Portfolios pay their proportionate shares of the management fees paid to the Advisor by the Underlying Funds. Each class of each Portfolio pays its proportionate share of the fees paid by the Portfolio to Advisor based on the average net assets of the classes.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Portfolios (or their corresponding Master Funds) paid management fees (to the Advisor and any sub-advisor) as set forth in the following table:

 

     FISCAL YEAR
ENDED 2009

(000)
   FISCAL PERIOD
ENDED 2008

(000)
   FISCAL YEAR
ENDED 2007

(000)
 

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio(c)

   $ 79    $ 127    $ 183   

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio (a)

   $ 6,414    $ 8,436    $ 10,188   

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio (b)

   $ 1,129    $ 750    $ 269   

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   $ 2,668    $ 2,182    $ 1,662 2 

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 5,833    $ 5,405    $ 4,471 3 

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   $ 2,766    $ 2,790    $ 2,203 4 

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio (c)

   $ 628    $ 805    $ 1,150   

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 4,606    $ 6,845    $ 8,671   

Large Cap International Portfolio

   $ 2,880    $ 4,438    $ 4,910   

DFA International Value Portfolio (a)

   $ 9,991    $ 14,643    $ 18,039   

International Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 9,575    $ 7,918    $ 5,482   

International Small Company Portfolio (d)

   $ 3,357    $ 4,530    $ 5,337   

DFA International Real Estate Portfolio

   $ 1,753    $ 1,513    $ 456   

Emerging Markets Portfolio (a)

   $ 1,697    $ 2,774    $ 3,029   

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio (a)

   $ 5,493    $ 6,904    $ 6,669   

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 9,732    $ 8,838    $ 7,247   

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio (e)

   $ 1,735    $ 1,563    $ 1,510   

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio (e)

   $ 1,627    $ 1,546    $ 1,468   

 

30


Table of Contents
     FISCAL YEAR
ENDED 2009

(000)
   FISCAL PERIOD
ENDED 2008

(000)
    FISCAL YEAR
ENDED 2007

(000)
 

DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio

   $ 2,022    $ 2,205      $ 2,146   

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 7,617    $ 8,193      $ 7,265   

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 1,333    $ 1,254      $ 1,086   

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

   $ 536    $ 316 1    $ 92 5 

 

1

$ 347 after recoupment of fees previously waived

2

$ 1,690 after recoupment of fees previously waived

3

$ 4,519 after recoupment of fees previously waived

4

$ 2,272 after recoupment of fees previously waived

5

$ 81 after waiver

(a)

The Master Fund has more than one Feeder Portfolio and/or direct investor; the dollar amount represents the total dollar amount of management fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor.

(b)

Prior to March 30, 2007, the Portfolio was a Feeder Portfolio and the dollar amount prior to March 30, 2007 represents the amount paid by the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invested its assets.

(c)

Prior to February 28, 2009 the Portfolio was a Feeder Portfolio and the dollar amount prior to February 28, 2009 represents the amount paid by the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invested its assets.

(d)

The dollar amount represents the total dollar amount of management fees attributable to this Portfolio paid by each International Master Fund to the Advisor.

(e)

Prior to October 23, 2009, the Portfolio was a Feeder Portfolio and the dollar amount prior to October 23, 2009 represents the amount paid by the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invested its assets. Prior to October 23, 2009, the Master Fund had more than one Feeder Portfolio and/or direct investor and, therefore, the dollar amount represents the total dollar amount of management fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor.

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R1 shares of each of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and International Core Equity Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the ordinary operating expenses of the Class R1 shares of a Portfolio (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Class R1 shares of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and International Core Equity Portfolio to 0.41%, 0.44% and 0.61%, respectively, of each Portfolio’s Class R1 shares’ average net assets on an annualized basis. Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R2 shares of each of these Portfolios, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the ordinary operating expenses of the Class R2 shares of a Portfolio (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Class R2 shares of the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and International Core Equity Portfolio to 0.56%, 0.59% and 0.76%, respectively, of each Portfolio’s Class R2 shares’ average net assets on an annualized basis. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of each Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by DFAIDG or the Advisor. For additional information concerning the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements, see “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” in the Prospectus.

Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R1 shares of the U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio and DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the ordinary operating expenses of a Portfolio (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Class R1 shares of each Portfolio to the following rates as a percentage of average net

 

31


Table of Contents

assets on an annualized basis: 0.56% for U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, 0.74% for the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, 0.87% for the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio and 0.40% for the DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio. Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R2 shares of these Portfolios, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the ordinary operating expenses of a Portfolio (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio to the following rates as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis: 0.71% for U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, 0.89% for the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, 1.02% for the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio and 0.55% for the DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of each Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by DFAIDG or the Advisor. For additional information concerning the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements, see “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” in the Prospectus.

Pursuant to the Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R1 shares of the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to assume certain ordinary operating expenses of a Portfolio (excluding management fees, custodian fees and the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) to the extent necessary to limit the ordinary operating expenses of a Portfolio (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) of the Class R1 shares of each Portfolio to the following rates as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis: 0.53% for the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, 0.49% for the Large Cap International Portfolio, 0.43% for the DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio, 0.49% for the DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and 0.33% for the DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio. Pursuant to the Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R2 shares of these Portfolios, the Advisor has agreed to assume certain ordinary operating expenses of a Portfolio (excluding management fees, custodian fees and the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) to the extent necessary to limit the ordinary operating expenses of a Portfolio (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) of the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio to the following rates as a percentage of average net assets on an annualized basis: 0.68% for the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, 0.64% for the Large Cap International Portfolio, 0.58% for the DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio, 0.64% for the DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and 0.48% for the DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of each Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by DFAIDG or the Advisor. For additional information concerning the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements, see “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” in the Prospectus.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, Master Funds and the Underlying Funds, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the category of portfolios indicated.

 

Domestic equity portfolios and Allocation Portfolios    Stephen A. Clark
International equity portfolios    Stephen A. Clark, Karen E. Umland,
   Joseph H. Chi, and Jed S. Fogdall
Fixed income portfolios    Stephen A. Clark and David A. Plecha

 

32


Table of Contents

Investments in Each Portfolio

Information relating to each portfolio manager’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolios contained in this SAI that he or she manages as of October 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

Stephen A. Clark

 

Portfolio

   Dollar Range of Portfolio
Shares Owned

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   None

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio1

   None

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   None

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   None

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $100,001-$500,000

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   None

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   None

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $10,001-$50,000

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   None

Large Cap International Portfolio

   None

DFA International Value Portfolio1

   None

International Core Equity Portfolio

   $50,001-$100,000

International Small Company Portfolio

   None

Emerging Markets Portfolio1

   None

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio1

   None

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   $10,001-$50,000

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

   $100,001-$500,000

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   None

DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio

   None

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   $10,001-$50,000

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

   None

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

   $100,001-$500,000

Global Equity Allocation Portfolio

   None

Global 25/75 Portfolio

   None

Global 60/40 Portfolio

   $50,001-$100,000

 

1

Stephen A. Clark serves as the portfolio manager for the Portfolio and for the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets.

Karen E. Umland

 

Portfolio

   Dollar Range of Portfolio
Shares Owned

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   None

Large Cap International Portfolio

   $0-$10,000

DFA International Value Portfolio1

   $100,001-$500,000

International Core Equity Portfolio

   None

International Small Company Portfolio

   $10,001-$50,000

Emerging Markets Portfolio

   $50,001-$100,000

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

   None

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   None

 

1

Karen E. Umland serves as the portfolio manager for the Portfolio and for the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets.

David A. Plecha

 

Portfolio

   Dollar Range of Portfolio
Shares Owned

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

   None

 

33


Table of Contents

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   None

DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio

   None

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   None

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

   None

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

   None

Joseph H. Chi

 

Portfolio

   Dollar Range of Portfolio
Shares Owned

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   None

Large Cap International Portfolio

   None

DFA International Value Portfolio1

   None

International Core Equity Portfolio

   $0-$10,000

International Small Company Portfolio

   None

Emerging Markets Portfolio

   None

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

   None

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   None

 

1 Joseph H. Chi serves as the portfolio manager for the Portfolio and for the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets.

Jed S. Fogdall

 

Portfolio

   Dollar Range of Portfolio
Shares Owned

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $0-$10,000

Large Cap International Portfolio

   None

DFA International Value Portfolio1

   None

International Core Equity Portfolio

   $50,001-$100,000

International Small Company Portfolio

   None

Emerging Markets Portfolio

   None

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

   None

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   $10,001-$50,000

 

1

Jed S. Fogdall serves as the portfolio manager for the Portfolio and for the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets.

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as it deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

   

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

   

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegees. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

 

34


Table of Contents

In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolios (and with respect to the Feeder Portfolios, the Master Fund in which a Feeder Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets) and the Underlying Funds, each portfolio manager manages (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category As of October 31, 2009

Stephen A. Clark   

•   88 U.S. registered mutual funds with $104,620 million in total assets under management.

 

•   23 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $23,160 million in total assets under management. Out of these unregistered pooled investment vehicles, one client with an investment of $211 million in an unregistered pooled investment vehicle pays a performance-based advisory fee.

 

•   70 other accounts with $7,541 million in total assets under management of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Karen E. Umland   

•   40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•   5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

•   19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

David A. Plecha   

•   17 U.S. registered mutual funds with $17,835 million in total assets under management.

 

•   10 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $16,629 million in total assets under management.

 

•   6 other accounts with $149 million in total assets under management.

Joseph H. Chi   

•   40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•   5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

•   19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Jed S. Fodgall   

•   40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•   5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

•   19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

 

35


Table of Contents

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

   

Time Management. The management of multiple Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and/or Accounts. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds.

 

   

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund or Account, a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds and Accounts.

 

   

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund or the Account.

 

   

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

   

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Funds have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

 

36


Table of Contents

GENERAL INFORMATION

DFAIDG was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, DFAIDG was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc. Until September 1995, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio was named DFA Intermediate Government Bond Portfolio; DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio was named DFA Global Bond Portfolio; U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio was named U.S. Large Cap High Book to Market Portfolio and DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio was named DFA Fixed Income Shares. From September 1995 until December 1996, The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio was named DFA/AEW Real Estate Securities Portfolio. From April 1, 2001 to December 12, 2006, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio was known as the U.S. Small XM Value Portfolio. Prior to April 1, 2001, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio were known as the U.S. 4-10 Value Portfolio and the U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio, respectively. Similarly, the Master Funds in which these four Portfolios invest – The U.S. Targeted Value Series and The U.S. Small Cap Series– were, prior to April 1, 2001, known as The U.S. 4-10 Value Series and The U.S. 6-10 Small Company Series, respectively. Effective as of March 30, 2007, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The U.S. Targeted Value Series, the Master Fund in which the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio invested. Effective as of February 28, 2009, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Series, the Master Fund in which the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio invested. Effective as of February 28, 2009, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The U.S. Small Cap Series, the Master Fund in which the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio invested. Effective as of October 23, 2009, the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio were no longer feeder portfolios and now hold the portfolio securities previously held by The DFA One-Year Fixed Income Series and The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Series, respectively, the Master Funds in which the Portfolios invested.

DIG was incorporated under Maryland law on March 19, 1990. DIG was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Inc. from February 1992, until it amended its Articles of Incorporation in April 1993, to change to its present name. Prior to the February 1992 amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, DIG was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Portfolio Inc.

The DFA Investment Trust Company was organized as a Delaware statutory trust (a form of entity formerly known as a business trust) on October 27, 1992. The Trust offers shares of its Master Funds only to institutional investors in private offerings. Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund was incorporated under Maryland law on January 9, 1991 and was reorganized as a Delaware statutory trust effective October 30, 2009. DEM offers its shares only to institutional investors in private offerings. On November 21, 1997, the shareholders of DEM approved its conversion from a closed-end management investment company to an open-end management investment company.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Funds, the Trust, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, the Advisor, DFA Australia Limited, DFA Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFAS have adopted a Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds. The Code is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, and their shareholders with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolio’s Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock of a class of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend,

 

37


Table of Contents

redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences as each other class of the Portfolio, except that on a matter affecting a single class only shares of that class of the Portfolio are permitted to vote on the matter.

With respect to matters which require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters which affect the interest of the Portfolio or class of shares of the Portfolio which they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of a Fund should occur, the Fund’s shareholders would be entitled to receive on a per class basis the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular class. Ordinarily, the Funds do not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. Each Fund’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Funds, the latter being audited.

Whenever a Feeder Portfolio, as an investor in its corresponding Master Fund, is asked to vote on a shareholder proposal, the relevant Fund will solicit voting instructions from the Feeder Portfolio’s shareholders with respect to the proposal. The Directors of the Fund will then vote the Feeder Portfolio’s shares in the Master Fund in accordance with the voting instructions received from the Feeder Portfolio’s shareholders. The Directors of the Fund will vote shares of the Feeder Portfolio for which they receive no voting instructions in accordance with their best judgment. With regard to a Master Fund or Underlying Fund of the Trust organized as a partnership for federal tax purposes, if a majority shareholder of the Master Fund or Underlying Fund declares bankruptcy, a majority in interest of the remaining shareholders in the Master Fund or Underlying Fund must vote to approve the continuing existence of the Master Fund or Underlying Fund or the Master Fund or Underlying Fund will be liquidated.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2010, the following persons beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding stock of the Class R1 and Class R2 shares of the Portfolios, as set forth below:

U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO – CLASS R1 SHARES

 

Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company

P.O. Box 2900

Valley Forge, PA 19482-2900

   96.06

U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO – CLASS R2 SHARES

 

Wilmington Trust Retirement and Institutional Services Corporation

P.O. Box 52129

Phoenix, AZ 85072

   81.21

TD Ameritrade Trust Company*

P.O. Box 17748

Denver, CO 80217

   12.33

National Financial Services LLC*

200 Liberty Street

One World Financial Center

New York, NY 10281

   5.53

 

38


Table of Contents

DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO – CLASS R2 SHARES

 

Wells Fargo Bank NA

FBO City of Wichita Employees Deferred Compensation Plan

8515 E Orchard Road

Greenwood, CO 80111

   62.98

VantageTrust

c/o ICMA-RC Services LLC

777 North Capitol St, NE

Washington, D.C. 20002

   11.54

National Financial Services LLC*

200 Liberty Street

One World Financial Center

New York, NY 10281

   10.40

Orchard Trust Company ttee/custodian

FBO Employee Benefits Clients

8515 E Orchard Road

Greenwood Village, CO 80111

   8.37

Wells Fargo Bank NA ttee

FBO Clean Water Services 457

733 Marquette 5th Floor

Minneapolis, MN 55479

   5.87

EMERGING MARKETS VALUE PORTFOLIO – CLASS R2 SHARES

 

Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company

P.O. Box 2900

Valley Forge, PA 19482-2900

   31.14

National Financial Services LLC

200 Liberty Street

One World Financial Center

New York, NY 10281

   29.27

TD Ameritrade Trust Company*1

P.O. Box 17748

Denver, CO 80217

   26.84

Wilmington Trust Retirement and Institutional Services Corporation1

P.O. Box 52129

Phoenix, AZ 85072

   10.14

GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO – CLASS R2 SHARES

 

Northern Trust Company Custodian

FBO Lear Corp Salaried Retirement Savings Plan

P.O. Box 92994

Chicago, IL 60675

   58.43

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

   25.25

 

39


Table of Contents

Northern Trust Company Custodian

FBO Lear Corp Hourly Retirement Savings Plan

P.O. Box 92994

Chicago, IL 60675

   12.86

GLOBAL 60/40 PORTFOLIO – CLASS R2 SHARES

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

   50.98

Northern Trust Company Custodian1

FBO Lear Corp Salaried Retirement Savings Plan

P.O. Box 92994

Chicago, IL 60675

   28.99

State Street Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee and Custodian

FBO Various Diversified Investment Advisors Retirement Plans

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

   11.84

Northern Trust Company Custodian1

FBO Lear Corp Hourly Retirement Savings Plan

P.O. Box 92994

Chicago, IL 60675

   7.81

GLOBAL 25/75 PORTFOLIO – CLASS R2 SHARES

 

Northern Trust Company Custodian1

FBO Lear Corp Salaried Retirement Savings Plan

P.O. Box 92994

Chicago, IL 60675

   69.51

Northern Trust Company Custodian1

FBO Lear Corp Hourly Retirement Savings Plan

P.O. Box 92994

Chicago, IL 60675

   11.04

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

   18.38

 

* Owner of record only (omnibus).

 

1

See address for shareholder previously noted above in list

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Funds at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

 

40


Table of Contents

The Funds will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business, regardless of whether the Federal Reserve System is closed. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Funds will generally be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Funds are closed.

The Funds reserve the right, in their sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of any or all Portfolios or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of that Fund or a Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of a Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Funds or their transfer agent may, from time to time, appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, a Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

Reimbursement fees may be charged prospectively from time to time based upon the future experience of the Portfolios, which are currently sold at net asset value. Any such charges will be described in the Prospectus.

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

Each Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC, (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for such Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

Shareholders may transfer shares of any Portfolio to another person by making a written request to the Advisor who will transmit the request to the Transfer Agent. The request should clearly identify the account and number of shares to be transferred, and include the signature of all registered owners and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described in the Prospectus under “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” As with redemptions, the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio. Unless you are invested in a Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of a Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “Taxation Of The Portfolios And Their Shareholders” section is based on the Code and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

 

41


Table of Contents

Different tax rules may apply because, for federal income tax purposes, certain Portfolios invest substantially all of their assets in Master Funds organized as partnerships for federal income tax purposes, the International Small Company Portfolio invests in Underlying Funds organized as partnerships for federal income tax purposes, the Allocation Portfolios invest in Underlying Funds organized as corporations, partnerships, and/or disregarded entities for federal income tax purposes, and to the extent a Portfolio does not invest all of its assets in a Master Fund, it may invest in Underlying Funds organized as partnerships and/or corporations for federal income tax purposes. These rules could affect the amount, timing or character of the income distributed to shareholders of the Portfolios. The following Master Funds and Underlying Funds are classified as corporations: DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, US Core Equity 1 Portfolio, US Core Equity 2 Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, and International Core Equity Portfolio. The following Master Funds and Underlying Funds are classified as partnerships: US Large Cap Value Series, DFA International Value Series, Japanese Small Company Series, United Kingdom Small Company Series, Continental Small Company Series, Asia Pacific Small Company Series, Canadian Small Company Series, Emerging Markets Series, Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund.

Unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to a Portfolio includes in the case of a Feeder Portfolio its pro rata share of its corresponding Master Fund’s income and assets and in the case of a Portfolio invested in the Underlying Funds, its pro rata share of the income and assets of such Underlying Funds.

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in a Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolios

Each Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. If a Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, a Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

Distribution Requirement — the Portfolio must distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its tax year are considered distributions attributable to the previous tax year for purposes of satisfying this requirement).

 

   

Income Requirement — the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTPs).

 

   

Asset Diversification Test — the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of QPTPs.

 

42


Table of Contents

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by a Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See, “Investment in Complex Securities” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, a Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

A Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If a Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that a Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. In addition, any such under-distribution of income might cause a Portfolio to fail to satisfy the Income Requirement and thereby not qualify as a regulated investment company for such taxable year.

If for any taxable year a Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends will be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on a Portfolio’s income and performance. It is possible that a Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate (except in a money market fund that maintains a stable net asset value) may result in higher taxes. This is because a Portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to generate more short-term and less long-term capital gain or loss than a comparable Portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance.

Capital loss carryovers. For federal income tax purposes, a Portfolio is permitted to carry forward its net realized capital losses, if any, for eight years as a short-term capital loss and use such losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset net capital gains without being required to pay taxes on, or distribute, such gains that are offset by the losses. However, the amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year may be limited if a Portfolio experiences an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. An ownership change generally results when the shareholders owning 5% or more of a fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers that expire unused, thereby reducing a Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. A Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another Portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond a Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Undistributed capital gains. A Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. A Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carry forward) at the highest corporate tax rate (currently 35%). If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

 

43


Table of Contents

Master feeder and fund-of-fund corporate structures. In the case of a Portfolio that is (1) a Feeder Portfolio (“feeder fund”) that invests in a corresponding Master Fund classified as a regulated investment company or (2) a Portfolio (“fund-of-funds”) that invests in Underlying Funds classified as regulated investment companies (the Master Fund and Underlying Funds, each referred to as an “underlying fund”), distributions by the underlying funds, redemptions of shares in the underlying funds, and changes in asset allocations by a fund-of-funds may result in taxable distributions to Portfolio shareholders of ordinary income or capital gains. If shares of an underlying fund are purchased within 30 days before or after redeeming at a loss other shares of that underlying fund (whether pursuant to a rebalancing by a fund-of-funds of its portfolio or otherwise), all or a part of the loss will not be deductible by the Portfolio and instead will increase its basis for the newly purchased shares. Also, a Portfolio that is either a feeder fund or a fund-of-funds: (a) is not eligible to pass-through to shareholders foreign tax credits from an underlying fund that pays foreign income taxes (see, “Investment in Foreign Securities—Pass-through of foreign tax credits” below); (b) is not eligible to pass-through to shareholders exempt-interest dividends from an underlying fund; (c) will not be able to currently offset gains realized by one underlying fund in which a fund-of-funds invests against losses realized by another underlying fund, and (c) dividends paid by a Portfolio from interest earned by an underlying fund on U.S. government obligations is unlikely to be exempt from state and local income tax (see, “U.S. Government Securities” below). However, a Portfolio that is either a feeder fund or fund-of-funds is eligible to pass-through to shareholders qualified dividends earned by an underlying fund (see, “Qualified Dividend Income for Individuals” and “Dividends Received Deduction for Corporations” below).

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, the Code requires a Portfolio to distribute to you by December 31 of each year, at a minimum, the following amounts: 98% of its taxable ordinary income earned during the calendar year; 98% of its capital gain net income earned during the twelve-month period ending October 31; and 100% of any undistributed amounts from the prior year. Each Portfolio intends to declare and pay these distributions in December (or to pay them in January, in which case you must treat them as received in December) but can give no assurances that its distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by a Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld will generally be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle a Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of a Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, a Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders. See “Investment in Foreign Securities—Pass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

Distributions of Net Investment Income

A Portfolio receives or derives income generally in the form of dividends and interest on its investments. In the case of a Feeder Portfolio that invests in a Master Fund, the Portfolio’s income generally consists of its share of dividends and interest earned by the Master Fund. A Portfolio investing in Underlying Funds classified as corporations receives income generally in the form of dividends. A Portfolio investing in Underlying Funds classified as partnerships receives income generally in the form of interest. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of a Portfolio, constitutes its net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, any distributions by a Portfolio from such income (other than qualified dividend income received by individuals) will be taxable to you at ordinary income tax rates, whether you take them in cash or in additional shares. A portion of the income dividends paid to shareholders by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of Capital Gains

A Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. The Feeder Portfolios and Portfolios investing in Underlying Funds classified as corporations may also derive capital gains through their redemption of shares of their corresponding Master Funds or Underlying Funds classified as corporations (see, “Taxation of the Portfolios—Master feeder and fund-of-fund corporate structures” above). Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital

 

44


Table of Contents

loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in a Portfolio. Any net capital gain of a Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of Capital

If a Portfolio’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in a Portfolio and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. Any return of capital in excess of a shareholder’s basis, however, is taxable as a capital gain.

Investment in Foreign Securities

Certain of the Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from certain foreign securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes on a Portfolio and/or its shareholders. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce a Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of a Portfolio (or, in the case of a Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is classified as a partnership, more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Portfolio attributable from the Master Fund) are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Master Fund). If this election is made, a Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). A Portfolio will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election. A Portfolio investing in Underlying Funds classified as corporations will not likely qualify to elect to pass through to shareholders the Portfolio’s pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Underlying Funds.

The amount of any foreign tax credits available to you (as a result of the pass-through to you of your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio) will be reduced if you receive from a Portfolio qualifying dividends from qualifying foreign corporations that are subject to tax at reduced rates. Shareholders in these circumstances should talk with their personal tax advisors about their foreign tax credits and the procedures that they should follow to claim these credits on their personal income tax returns.

Effect of foreign debt investments on distributions. Most foreign exchange gains realized on the sale of debt securities are treated by a Portfolio as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. Similarly, foreign exchange losses realized on the sale of debt securities generally are treated as ordinary losses. These gains when distributed are taxable to you as ordinary income, and any losses reduce the Portfolio’s ordinary income otherwise available for distribution to you. This treatment could increase or decrease the Portfolio’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of a Portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital.

PFIC securities. Certain Portfolios may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that a Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified

 

45


Table of Contents

dividends when distributed to you by a Portfolio. In addition, if a Portfolio (or Underlying Fund organized as a corporation) is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund) may be subject to U.S. federal income tax (the effect of which might be mitigated by making a mark-to-market election in a year prior to the sale) on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund) in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Information on the Amount and Tax Character of Distributions.

The Portfolios will inform you of the amount and character of your distributions at the time they are paid, and will advise you of the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, a Portfolio may designate and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividends, or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders a Portfolio may further designate and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by a Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable to you as if they were paid in December.

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of a Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Cost basis reporting. Under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, a Portfolio’s administrative agent will be required to provide you with cost basis information on the sale of any of your shares in a Portfolio, subject to certain exceptions. This cost basis reporting requirement is effective for shares purchased in a Portfolio on or after January 1, 2012.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to a Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886.

U.S. Government Securities

To the extent a Portfolio (or in the case of a Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is classified as a partnership, the Master Fund or an Underlying Fund classified as a partnership) invests in certain U.S. government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio to shareholders that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolio’s corresponding Master Fund or the Underlying Fund. To the extent an Underlying Fund organized as a corporation invests in U.S. government obligations, dividends derived from interest on these obligations and paid to the corresponding Feeder

 

46


Table of Contents

Portfolio and, in turn, to you are unlikely to be exempt from state and local income tax. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Qualified Dividend Income for Individuals

For individual shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible for taxation at long-term capital gain rates. This reduced rate generally is available for dividends paid by a Portfolio out of dividends earned on the Portfolio’s investment in stocks of domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations. Because the income of the Fixed Income Portfolios is derived primarily from interest on debt securities, none or only a small amount of their dividends will be qualified dividend income. Income dividends from interest earned by a Portfolio on debt securities will continue to be taxed at the higher ordinary income tax rate.

Both a Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, a Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. The ex-dividend date is the first date following the declaration of a dividend on which the purchaser of stock is not entitled to receive the dividend payment. When counting the number of days you held your Portfolio shares, include the day you sold your shares but not the day you acquired these shares.

While the income received in the form of a qualified dividend is taxed at the same rates as long-term capital gains, such income will not be considered as a long-term capital gain for other federal income tax purposes. For example, you will not be allowed to offset your long-term capital losses against qualified dividend income on your federal income tax return. Any qualified dividend income that you elect to be taxed at these reduced rates also cannot be used as investment income in determining your allowable investment interest expense. For other limitations on the amount of or use of qualified dividend income on your income tax return, please contact your personal tax advisor.

After the close of its fiscal year, each Portfolio will designate the portion of its ordinary dividend income that meets the definition of qualified dividend income taxable at reduced rates. If 95% or more of a Portfolio’s income is from qualified sources, it will be allowed to designate 100% of its ordinary income distributions as qualified dividend income.

This favorable taxation of qualified dividend income at long-term capital gain tax rates expires and will no longer apply to dividends paid by the Portfolios with respect to its taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 (sunset date), unless such provision is extended or made permanent.

Dividends-Received Deduction for Corporations

For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may qualify for the dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by a Portfolio that so qualifies will be designated each year in a notice mailed to the Portfolio’s shareholders, and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations that would have qualified for the dividends-received deduction in the hands of a Portfolio if the Portfolio was a regular corporation. Dividends paid by certain Portfolios from interest on debt securities or dividends earned on portfolio securities of non-U.S. issuers are not expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction. Because the income of the Fixed Income Portfolios is derived primarily from interest on debt securities and because the income of the International Equity Portfolios is derived primarily from foreign issuers, none or only a small amount of their distributions are expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions imposed under the Code on the corporation claiming the deduction. The amount that a Portfolio may

 

47


Table of Contents

designate as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Even if designated as dividends eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation.

Limitation on Deductibility of Losses

Losses incurred on the sale of securities by the Portfolio (or corresponding Master Fund) to another Portfolio or Master Fund will be disallowed if, as of the date of sale, the selling and purchasing funds are considered related parties. If the selling and purchasing funds are both Portfolios (i.e., both corporations), they are treated as related parties if five or fewer persons, who are individuals, estates or trusts, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. If the selling and purchasing funds are both Master Funds (i.e., both partnerships) or a Master Fund and a Portfolio (i.e., a corporation and a partnership), they are treated as related parties if the same persons own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. Under attribution rules, the shareholders of a Feeder Portfolio would be considered to own the shares of the corresponding Master Fund on a pro rata basis for purposes of applying the loss disallowance rule. Other attribution rules may apply.

Investment in Complex Securities

A Portfolio may invest in complex securities and such investments may be subject to numerous special and complicated tax rules. These rules could affect whether gains or losses recognized by a Portfolio are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Portfolio, defer the Portfolio’s ability to recognize losses, and subject the Portfolio to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of the Portfolio’s foreign investments. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing and/or tax character of a Portfolio’s income and, in turn, of the income distributed to you.

Derivatives. Certain Portfolios are permitted to invest in certain options, futures and foreign currency contracts. If a Portfolio makes these investments, it could be required to mark-to-market these contracts and recognize for federal income tax purposes any unrealized gains and losses at its fiscal year end even though it continues to hold the contracts. Under these rules, gains or losses on the contracts generally would be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term gains or losses, but gains or losses on certain foreign currency contracts would be treated as ordinary income or losses. In determining its net income for excise tax purposes, a Portfolio also would be required to mark-to-market these contracts annually as of October 31 (for capital gain net income and ordinary income arising from certain foreign currency contracts), and to realize and distribute any resulting income and gains.

Securities Lending. While securities are loaned out by a Portfolio, the Portfolio will generally receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 70% dividends received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

Short sales. A Portfolio’s entry into a short sale transaction or an option or other contract could be treated as the “constructive sale” of an “appreciated financial position,” causing it to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.

Tax straddles. A Portfolio’s investment in options, futures and foreign currency contracts in connection with certain hedging transactions could cause a Portfolio to hold offsetting positions in securities. If a Portfolio’s risk of loss with respect to specific securities in its portfolio is substantially diminished by the fact that it holds other securities, the Portfolio could be deemed to have entered into a tax “straddle” or to hold a “successor position” that would require any loss realized by it to be deferred for tax purposes.

 

48


Table of Contents

Convertible debt. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a Portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount which accrued during the period of time the Portfolio held the debt obligation unless the Portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a Portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the Portfolio is generally required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount which accrues during such year. Therefore, a Portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the Portfolio to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a Portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of Portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a Portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a Portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when the Portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent the Portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a Portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Credit default swap agreements. A Portfolio may be permitted to enter into credit default swap agreements. The rules governing the tax aspects of swap agreements that provide for contingent nonperiodic payments of this type are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain aspects. Accordingly, while the Portfolio intends to account for such transactions in a manner deemed to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. The Portfolio intends to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Portfolio to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Portfolio will be able to engage in credit default swap agreements.

Investment in U.S. REITs. A U.S. REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to a Portfolio will be treated as long term capital gains by the Portfolio and, in turn, may be distributed by the Portfolio to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Such Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may require a Portfolio to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a Portfolio may be required to sell securities in its portfolio that it otherwise would have continued to hold (including when it is not advantageous to do so). A Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may at other times result in the Portfolio’s receipt of cash in excess of the U.S. REIT’s earnings; if the Portfolio distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to Portfolio shareholders for federal income tax purposes. If a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a U.S. REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see “Investment in Complex Securities—Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income)” and “Non-U.S. Investors—Investment in U.S. real property” below with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in Non-U.S. REITs. While non-U.S. REITs often use complex acquisition structures that seek to minimize taxation in the source country, an investment by a Portfolio in a non-U.S. REIT may subject the Portfolio,

 

49


Table of Contents

directly or indirectly, to corporate taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes and other indirect taxes in the country in which the real estate acquired by the non-U.S. REIT is located. The Portfolio’s pro rata share of any such taxes will reduce the Portfolio’s return on its investment. A Portfolio’s investment in a non U.S. REIT may be considered an investment in a PFIC, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities-PFIC securities.” Additionally, foreign withholding taxes on distributions from the non-U.S. REIT may be reduced or eliminated under certain tax treaties, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities.” Also, the Portfolio in certain limited circumstances may be required to file an income tax return in the source country and pay tax on any gain realized from its investment in the non-U.S. REIT under rules similar to those in the United States which tax foreign persons on gain realized from dispositions of interests in U.S. real estate.

Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income). Certain Portfolios may be permitted to invest in U.S. REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) or which are, or have certain wholly-owned subsidiaries that are, “taxable mortgage pools.” Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of a Portfolio’s income from a U.S. REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or equity interests in a taxable mortgage pool (referred to in the Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as a Portfolio, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities and tax-exempt organizations that are not subject to tax on UBTI) is a record holder of a share in a Portfolio, then the Portfolio will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. While the Portfolios do not intend to invest in U.S. REITs, a substantial portion of the assets of which generates excess inclusion income, there can be no assurance that a Portfolio will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

These rules are potentially applicable to any Portfolio that receives income from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S. REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a Portfolio with a non-REIT strategy. Shareholders should talk to their tax advisors about the potential tax consequences of a Portfolio’s receipt and distribution of excess inclusion income.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. A Portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a Portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Portfolio, requiring the Portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, a Portfolio must withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 

   

provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

 

   

certify that this number is correct,

 

   

certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

 

   

certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

 

50


Table of Contents

A Portfolio also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 28% of any dividends or proceeds paid. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a flat 30% withholding tax (or a withholding tax at a lower treaty rate) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by a Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for exempt-interest dividends, capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, and with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), a short-term capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below) are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), dividends designated by a Portfolio as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which a Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is designated by a Portfolio as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the designation is based on an estimate of a Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year end. As a consequence, a Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding, or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for a Portfolio to designate, and each Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not designate, small amounts of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, a Portfolio’s designation of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; effectively connected income. Ordinary dividends paid by a Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. If you hold your Portfolio shares in connection with a

 

51


Table of Contents

U.S. trade or business, your income and gains will be considered effectively connected income and taxed in the U.S. on a net basis, in which case you may be required to file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio and the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio will invest and certain other Portfolios may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in U.S. real property, including U.S. Real Estate Investment Trusts (U.S. REIT). The sale of a U.S. real property interest (USRPI) by a Portfolio or by a U.S. REIT or U.S. real property holding corporation in which a Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to a Portfolio’s non-U.S. shareholders.

The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (FIRPTA) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a USRPI as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a regulated investment company (RIC) received from a U.S. REIT or another RIC classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation or realized by the RIC on a sale of a USRPI (other than a domestically controlled U.S. REIT or RIC that is classified as a qualified investment entity) if all of the following requirements are met:

 

   

The RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC is classified as a “qualified investment entity” with respect to a distribution to a non-U.S. person which is attributable directly or indirectly to a distribution from a U.S. REIT if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consists of interests in U.S. REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations, and

 

   

You are a non-U.S. shareholder that owns more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

 

   

If these conditions are met, such Portfolio distributions to you are treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 35%, and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

 

   

In addition, even if you do not own more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares, but the Portfolio is a qualified investment entity, such Portfolio distributions to you will be taxable as ordinary dividends rather than as a capital gain dividend (a distribution of long-term capital gains) or a short-term capital gain dividend subject to withholding at the 30% or lower treaty withholding rate.

These rules apply to dividends paid by a Portfolio before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), except that after this date, a Portfolio’s distributions from a U.S. REIT (whether or not domestically controlled) attributable to FIRPTA gain will continue to be subject to the withholding rules described above provided the Portfolio would otherwise be classified as a qualified investment entity.

FIRPTA “wash sale” rule. If a non-U.S. shareholder of the Portfolio disposes of their Portfolio shares during the 30- day period preceding a Portfolio distribution that would have been treated as a distribution from the disposition of a U.S. real property interest by a U.S. REIT in which the Portfolio invests, acquires an identical stock interest during the 61 day period beginning the first day of such 30-day period preceding the distribution, and does not in fact receive the distribution in a manner that subjects the non-U.S. shareholder to tax under FIRPTA, then the non-U.S. shareholder is required to pay U.S. tax on an amount equal to the amount of the distribution that was not taxed under FIRPTA as a result of the disposition. These rules also apply to substitute dividend payments and other similar arrangements; the portion of the substitute dividend or similar payment treated as FIRPTA gain equals the portion of the RIC distribution such payment is in lieu of that otherwise would have been treated as FIRPTA gain.

Gain on sale of Portfolio shares as FIRPTA gain. In addition, a sale or redemption of Portfolio shares will be FIRPTA gain only if –

 

   

As a non-U.S. shareholder, you own more than 5% of a class of shares in the Portfolio; and

 

   

50% or more of the Portfolio’s assets consist of:

 

   

more-than 5% interests in publicly traded companies that are United States Real Property Holding Corporations (USRPHC),

 

   

interests in non-publicly traded companies that are USRPHCs, and

 

   

interests in U.S. REITs that are not controlled by U.S. shareholders where the REIT shares are either not publicly traded or are publicly traded and the Portfolio owns more than 5%.

 

52


Table of Contents

In the unlikely event a sale of Portfolio shares results in FIRPTA gain, the gain will be taxed as income “effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.” As a result, the non-U.S. shareholder will be required to pay U.S. income tax on such gain and file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Because each Portfolio expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, a Portfolio expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Portfolio shares nor Portfolio dividends and distributions would be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax. As of the date of this Registration Statement, the U.S. federal estate tax is repealed for one year for decedents dying on or after January 1, 2010 and before January 1, 2011, unless reinstated earlier, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010. On and after the date the U.S. federal estate tax is reinstated, an individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, a Portfolio may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount. In addition, a partial exemption from U.S estate tax may apply to Portfolio shares held by the estate of a nonresident decedent. The amount treated as exempt is based upon the proportion of the assets held by a Portfolio at the end of the quarter immediately preceding the decedent’s death that are debt obligations, deposits, or other property that would generally be treated as situated outside the United States if held directly by the estate. This provision applies to decedents dying after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2010, unless such provision is extended or made permanent. Transfers by gift of shares of a Portfolio by a non-U.S. shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. back up withholding imposed at a rate of 28% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, a non-U.S. shareholder must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in a Portfolio.

 

53


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Boards of Directors of DIG, DFAIDG and DEM, and the Board of Trustees of the Trust have delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Risk Metrics Group, Inc. (“RMG”), an independent third party, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds as understood by the Advisor at the time of the vote. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Most proxies that the Advisor receives will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies are voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, it normally will not be necessary for the Advisor to make an actual determination of how to vote a particular proxy, thereby largely eliminating conflicts of interest for the Advisor during the proxy voting process. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, or Underlying Funds, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of RMG), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, or Underlying Funds. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund, or Underlying Fund in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the applicable Fund or the Board of Trustees of the Trust, as applicable.

The Advisor will usually vote proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to vote counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund and which seeks to maximize the value of that that fund’s investments. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed

 

54


Table of Contents

the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the investment of the non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund and that it is in that fund’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund associated with voting. The Advisor determines whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally implements uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio-by-portfolio and country-by-country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Funds have retained Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc.(ISS), which was acquired by RMG, to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. RMG provides information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translates proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provides research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effects votes on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds; and provides reports concerning the proxies voted. In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor may consider the recommendations of ISS on proxy issues, the Advisor remains ultimately responsible for all proxy voting decisions.

Information regarding how each of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) upon request, by calling collect: (512) 306-7400 or (ii) on the Advisor’s website at http://www.dimensional.com and (iii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Boards of Directors of DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and Board of Trustees of the Trust (collectively, the “Boards”) have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules and regulations.

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. Each Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund generally discloses up to its twenty-five largest portfolio holdings and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund (“largest holdings”), as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com,

 

55


Table of Contents

within twenty days after the end of each month. This online disclosure may also include information regarding the industry allocations of the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund. Each Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund generally discloses its complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, two months following the month-end, or more frequently and at different periods when authorized by a Designated Person (as defined below).

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. Each of the Advisor’s Chairmen, Director of Institutional Services, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading and General Counsel (together, the “Designated Persons”) may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about the trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions of a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement, unless indicated otherwise, is not subject to a time delay before dissemination. Designated Persons may also approve the distribution of Holdings Information for a Portfolio more frequently or at a period other than as described above.

As of January 31, 2010, the Advisor and the Portfolios and Master Funds had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

Recipient

  

Master Funds/Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

PFPC Trust Company    All Feeder Portfolios, Allocation Portfolios, Domestic Portfolios and Domestic Master Funds    Fund Custodian    Daily
Citibank, N.A.    All International Equity Master Funds and Portfolios and Global Fixed Income Portfolios and Master Funds    Fund Custodian    Daily
Citibank, N.A.    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Middle office operational support service provider to the Advisor    Daily
PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent and Transfer Agent    Daily
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Independent registered public accounting firm    Upon request
Pricing Service Vendor    International Equity Portfolios and International Equity Master Funds    Fair value information services    Daily
American Medical Association    DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly

 

56


Table of Contents

Recipient

  

Master Funds/Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

Cambridge Associates Limited    U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, DFA International Value Series, Emerging Markets Series, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Lockheed Martin    Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Marquette Associates, Inc.    U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series, International Small Company Portfolio, DFA International Value Series and DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Minnesota Mutual Life Insurance    U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series, DFA International Value Series, International Small Company Portfolio, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Steward Capital Management    U.S. Large Cap Value Series, DFA International Value Series and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Stratford Advisory Group    DFA International Value Series and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
U.S. Institutional Investment Consultants    DFA International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Watershed Investment Consultants    DFA International Value Series, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund and U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
AP3-Tredje AP Fondon    U.S. Small Cap Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon Request
California Institute of Technology    Emerging Markets Series and International Small Company Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
InterMountain Healthcare    International Small Company Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon Request
Stichting Shell Pensioenfonds    U.S. Small Cap Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request

 

57


Table of Contents

Recipient

  

Master Funds/Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

Victorian Fund

Management Corporation

   All Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Bank of New York    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
State Street Bank and Trust    U.S. Large Cap Value Series and DFA International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Thomson Financial (Vestek)    U.S. Small Cap Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Callan Associates    U.S. Large Cap Value Series and DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Colonial Consulting Co.    U.S. Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Ennis, Knupp & Associates    International Small Company Portfolio and DFA International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Evaluation Associates LLC    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon Request
Hammond Associates LLC    U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio and Emerging Markets Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Madison Portfolio Consultants    U.S. Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and DFA International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Marco Consulting Group    U.S. Small Cap Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Mercer Investment Consulting, Inc.    Large Cap International Portfolio and DFA International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Russell Mellon Analytical Service    U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, DFA International Value Series and U.S. Large Cap Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Sparinvest    U.S. Large Cap Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon Request

 

58


Table of Contents

Recipient

  

Master Funds/Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

Strategic Investment Solutions    U.S. Large Cap Value Series, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund and U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Summitt Strategies, Inc.    U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon Request
Watson Wyatt Investment Consulting    U.S. Small Cap Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Wilshire Associates    U.S. Small Cap Series, DFA International Value Series, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Wurts & Associates    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Yanni Partners, Inc.    U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Complementa    Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon Request
Meketa Investment Group, Inc.    Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
CTC Consulting, Inc.    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Tamarac (Savant)    U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Rachor Investment Advisory    U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, Emerging Markets Series and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Edelman Financial    U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Series, Large Cap International Series, DFA International Value Series, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Series, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly

 

59


Table of Contents

Recipient

  

Master Funds/Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

Cuprum AFP    Large Cap International Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Value Series, International Small Company Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Series, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio and DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
R.V. Kuhns    International Small Company Portfolio and other Portfolios    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Montana Board of Investments    International Small Company Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
The Charles Stewart Mott Foundation    Emerging Markets Series and International Small Company Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Integrys Energy Group Inc.    U.S. Large Cap Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon Request
Deloitte & Touche LLD    U.S. Large Cap Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon Request
Regence Group Retirement Plan Trust    Emerging Markets Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon Request
Demvest Equities    Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon Request
Rogerscasey, Inc.    Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon Request
Rock Creek Group, LP    Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
University of California    Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Lynx Investment Advisory    Emerging Markets Series, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFA International Value Series, U.S. Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly

 

60


Table of Contents

Recipient

  

Master Funds/Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

University of Pittsburgh Medical Center    DFA International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon Request

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. None of the Portfolios, the Master Funds, the Underlying Funds, the Advisor or any other party receives any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS or any affiliated person of the Funds, the Trust, the Advisor or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders, the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders, in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable business judgment that (1) the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund, as applicable, has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer is also responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Funds and Trust; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://www.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits a Portfolio, a Master Fund, an Underlying Fund, the Advisor or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings

 

61


Table of Contents

Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. PwC audits the Funds’ annual financial statements. The Class R1 shares of each Portfolio (except U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio) and the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio (except the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, DFA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios) had not been offered as of October 31, 2009. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios (except the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, DFA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios), the Class R1 Shares of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and the Class R2 shares of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, DFA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios (formerly Class R shares of the Allocation Portfolios) for their fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Funds’ annual reports to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

The audited financial statements of the Master Funds (which are series of the Trust) and the audited financial statements of Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Trust’s and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund’s annual reports to shareholders, including the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

A shareholder may obtain a copy of the annual reports and semi-annual reports, upon request and without charge, by contacting the Funds at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI.

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolios may compare their investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations which track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolios may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolios or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of a Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

62


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

Concise Summary of 2010 U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.1 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Routine/Miscellaneous:

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

   

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

   

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

   

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

   

Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

2. Board of Directors:

Votes on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

   

Board Accountability

 

   

Board Responsiveness

 

   

Director Independence

 

   

Director Competence

Board Accountability

Problematic Takeover Defenses

 

1

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST2 the entire board of directors (except new nominees3, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election — any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;

 

   

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote withhold/against every year until this feature is removed;

 

   

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly-adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually-elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill. This policy applies to all companies adopting or renewing pills after the announcement of this policy (Nov 19, 2009);

 

   

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-By-CASE on all nominees if the board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

   

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders- i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

   

The issuer’s rationale;

 

   

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

   

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

   

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

   

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

   

There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if:

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

   

There is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance (see Pay for Performance Policy);

 

   

The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash, or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in the firm’s equity plan;

 

   

The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

 

   

The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment made to shareholders;

 

   

The company has problematic pay practices. Problematic pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.

Other Problematic Governance Practices

 

2

In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the valid contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

3

A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If RMG cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75 percent of the aggregate board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the director(s) involved. If this information cannot be obtained, withhold from all incumbent directors;

 

   

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

   

A classified board structure;

 

   

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

   

Majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to call special meetings;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to act by written consent;

 

   

A dual-class structure; and/or

 

   

A non-shareholder approved poison pill.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Board Responsiveness

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares; or

 

   

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Director Independence

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors in the Summary Guidelines) when:

 

   

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

   

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

   

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

   

The full board is less than majority independent.

Director Competence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;

 

   

Pattern of absenteeism; and

 

   

Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;

 

A-3


Table of Contents
   

Sit on more than six public company boards;4

 

   

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards.

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections5

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

   

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

   

Management’s track record;

 

   

Background to the proxy contest;

 

   

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

 

   

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

 

   

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

 

   

Stock ownership positions.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:

The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:

 

   

Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

   

serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;

 

   

approves information sent to the board;

 

   

approves meeting agendas for the board;

 

   

approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;

 

   

has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

   

if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;

 

   

Two-thirds independent board;

 

   

All independent key committees;

 

   

Established governance guidelines;

 

   

A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;

 

   

The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Egregious compensation practices;

 

   

Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;

 

   

Corporate and/or management scandals;

 

   

Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or

 

   

Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.

3. Shareholder Rights & Defenses:6

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

For management proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

4

Dimensional will screen votes otherwise subject to this policy based on the qualifications and circumstances of the directors involved.

5

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

6

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-4


Table of Contents
   

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing five-percent holder);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills- Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

   

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

   

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote FOR the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

   

No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

   

A term of no more than three years;

 

   

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

   

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to ratify a Pill to preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification. For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

The term;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote FOR management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

   

Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10% preferred);

 

   

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

   

Investor ownership structure; and

 

   

Shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

Vote FOR management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account:

 

   

Ownership structure;

 

   

Quorum requirements; and

 

   

Supermajority vote requirements.

4. Capital/Restructuring:7

Common Stock Authorization

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and its three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class that has superior voting rights.

Preferred Stock

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares, and whether they are declawed.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series that has superior voting rights.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE –BY- CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins“ can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

7

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-6


Table of Contents
   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The change-in-control figure presented in the “RMG Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

5. Compensation:8

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Equity Compensation Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

 

   

The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;

 

   

The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;

 

   

The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards (see Pay-for-Performance);

 

   

The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% or the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;

 

   

Liberal Change of Control Definition: The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or

 

   

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices.

Other Compensation Proposals and Policies

 

8

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation- Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

In general, the management say on pay (MSOP) ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices- dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against the MSOP rather than withholding or voting against the compensation committee. However, if there is no MSOP on which to express the dissatisfaction, then the secondary target will be members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior MSOP proposal; then vote withhold or against compensation committee member (or, if the full board is deemed accountable, to all directors). If the negative factors impact equity-based plans, then vote AGAINST an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval.

Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST management say on pay (MSOP) proposals, AGAINST/WITHHOLD on compensation committee members (or, in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO), and/or AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if:

 

   

There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

   

The company maintains problematic pay practices;

 

   

The board exhibits poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Additional CASE-BY-CASE considerations for the management say on pay (MSOP) proposals:

 

   

Evaluation of performance metrics in short-term and long-term plans, as discussed and explained in the Compensation Discussion & Analysis (CD&A). Consider the measures, goals, and target awards reported by the company for executives’ short- and long-term incentive awards: disclosure, explanation of their alignment with the company’s business strategy, and whether goals appear to be sufficiently challenging in relation to resulting payouts;

 

   

Evaluation of peer group benchmarking used to set target pay or award opportunities. Consider the rationale stated by the company for constituents in its pay benchmarking peer group, as well as the benchmark targets it uses to set or validate executives’ pay (e.g., median, 75th percentile, etc.,) to ascertain whether the benchmarking process is sound or may result in pay “ratcheting” due to inappropriate peer group constituents (e.g., much larger companies) or targeting (e.g., above median); and

 

   

Balance of performance-based versus non-performance-based pay. Consider the ratio of performance-based (not including plain vanilla stock options) vs. non-performance-based pay elements reported for the CEO’s latest reported fiscal year compensation, especially in conjunction with concerns about other factors such as performance metrics/goals, benchmarking practices, and pay-for-performance disconnects.

Pay for Performance

Evaluate the alignment of the CEO’s pay with performance over time, focusing particularly on companies that have underperformed their peers over a sustained period. From a shareholders’ perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s stock performance over time. Even when financial or operational measures are utilized in incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures should ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long-term.

Focus on companies with sustained underperformance relative to peers, considering the following key factors:

 

   

Whether a company’s one-year and three-year total shareholder returns (“TSR”) are in the bottom half of its industry group (i.e., four-digit GICS – Global Industry Classification Group); and

 

   

Whether the total compensation of a CEO who has served at least two consecutive fiscal years is aligned with the company’s total shareholder return over time, including both recent and long-term periods.

If a company falls in the bottom half of its four-digit GICS, further analysis of the CD&A is required to better understand the various pay elements and whether they create or reinforce shareholder alignment. Also assess the CEO’s pay relative to the company’s TSR over a time horizon of at least five years. The most recent year-over-year increase or decrease in pay remains a key consideration, but there will be additional emphasis on the long term trend of CEO total compensation relative to shareholder return. Also consider the mix of performance-based compensation relative to total compensation. In general, standard stock options or time-vested restricted stock are not considered to be performance-based. If a company provides performance-based incentives to its executives, the company is highly encouraged to provide the complete disclosure of the performance measure and goals (hurdle rate) so that shareholders can assess the rigor of the performance program. The use of non-GAAP financial metrics also makes it very challenging for shareholders to ascertain the rigor of the program as shareholders often cannot tell the type of adjustments being made and if the adjustments were made consistently. Complete and transparent disclosure helps shareholders to better understand the company’s pay for performance linkage.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

   

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

   

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

   

Options Backdating.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

Non-Performance based Compensation Elements

Companies adopt a variety of pay arrangements that may be acceptable in their particular industries, or unique for a particular situation, and all companies are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. However, there are certain adverse practices that are particularly contrary to a performance-based pay philosophy, including guaranteed pay and excessive or inappropriate non-performance-based pay elements.

While not exhaustive, this is the list of practices that carry greatest weight in this consideration and may result in negative vote recommendations on a stand-alone basis. For more details, please refer to RMG’s Compensation FAQ document: http://www.riskmetrics.com/policy/2010_compensation_FAQ:

 

   

Multi-year guarantees for salary increases, non-performance based bonuses, and equity compensation;

 

   

Including additional years of unworked service that result in significant additional benefits, without sufficient justification, or including long-term equity awards in the pension calculation;

 

   

Perquisites for former and/or retired executives, and extraordinary relocation benefits (including home buyouts) for current executives;

 

   

Change-in-control payments exceeding 3 times base salary and target bonus; change-in-control payments without job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“Single Triggers”); new or materially amended agreements that provide for “modified single triggers“ (under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package); new or materially amended agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up (including “modified gross-ups”);

 

   

Tax Reimbursements related to executive perquisites or other payments such as personal use of corporate aircraft, executive life insurance, bonus, etc; (see also excise tax gross-ups above)

 

   

Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;

 

   

Executives using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps or other similar arrangements; or

 

   

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender/subsequent regrant of underwater options).

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

Assess company policies and disclosure related to compensation that could incentivize excessive risk-taking, for example:

 

   

Guaranteed bonuses;

 

   

A single performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

   

Lucrative severance packages;

 

   

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

   

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

   

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

Vote CASE-by-CASE on options backdating issues. Generally, when a company has recently practiced options backdating, WITHHOLD from or vote AGAINST the compensation committee, depending on the severity of the practices and the subsequent corrective actions on the part of the board. When deciding on votes on compensation committee members who oversaw questionable options grant practices or current compensation committee members who fail to respond to the issue proactively, consider several factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

   

Duration of options backdating;

 

   

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

   

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

   

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

A CASE-by-CASE analysis approach allows distinctions to be made between companies that had “sloppy” plan administration versus those that acted deliberately and/or committed fraud, as well as those companies that subsequently took corrective action. Cases where companies have committed fraud are considered most egregious.

Board Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay:

 

   

Poor disclosure practices, including:

 

   

Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;

 

   

Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;

 

A-9


Table of Contents
   

Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained.

 

   

Board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues, for example:

 

   

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

   

Failure to respond to concerns raised in connection with significant opposition to MSOP proposals.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:

 

   

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

   

Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

   

Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

   

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

   

Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

   

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

   

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

   

Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Recoup Bonuses

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned later turn out to have been in error. This is line with the clawback provision in the Trouble Asset Relief Program. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. RMG will take into consideration:

 

   

If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy;

 

   

If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems; or

 

   

If the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent.

Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While RMG favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

   

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:

 

A-10


Table of Contents
   

Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or

 

   

A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or

 

   

A meaningful retention ratio,

 

   

Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.

 

   

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.

A rigorous stock ownership guideline should be at least 10x base salary for the CEO, with the multiple declining for other executives. A meaningful retention ratio should constitute at least 50 percent of the stock received from equity awards (on a net proceeds basis) held on a long-term basis, such as the executive’s tenure with the company or even a few years past the executive’s termination with the company.

6. Social/Environmental Issues:

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

2010 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Election of Labor Representatives, Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers/Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Related Party Transactions; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.9 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

   

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

   

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

   

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

   

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

   

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

   

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

 

9

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-12


Table of Contents

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

2. Board of Directors

Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

   

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

   

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

   

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

   

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

   

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors,10 e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives11 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees.

Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives12 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company; or

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s) service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about

 

   

his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

[Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.]

 

10

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

11

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

12

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

RMG Classification of Directors – International Policy 2010

Executive Director

 

   

Employee or executive of the company;

 

   

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

   

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

   

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder, unless there is a clear lack of material[5] connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;

 

   

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

   

Government representative;

 

   

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

   

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

   

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

   

Relative[1] of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

Relative[1] of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

   

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

   

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

   

Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.[4]

 

   

Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate best practice guidance.

Independent NED

 

   

No material[5] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company (other than a board seat) or the dissenting significant shareholder.

Employee Representative

 

   

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

 

A-14


Table of Contents

 

Footnotes:

 

[1]

“Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

[2]

Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3]

If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction). For Central and Eastern European countries: A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated. OR, A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) compared to the company’s total assets is more than 5 percent.

[4]

For example, in continental Europe, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In the United Kingdom and Ireland, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure.

[5]

For purposes of RMG director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal or otherwise that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Discharge of Directors

Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:

 

   

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or

 

   

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

   

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director Compensation13

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-

 

13

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-15


Table of Contents

CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. Capital Structure14

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances:

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

   

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet RMG guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

   

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

 

14

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-16


Table of Contents

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market repurchase authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

   

Maximum volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”);

 

   

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

For markets that either generally do not specify the maximum duration of the authority or seek a duration beyond 18 months that is allowable under market specific legislation, RMG will assess the company’s historic practice. If there is evidence that a company has sought shareholder approval for the authority to repurchase shares on an annual basis, RMG will support the proposed authority.

In addition, vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

   

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

   

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

   

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;

 

   

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

RMG may support share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume under exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring). Such proposals will be assessed case-by-case based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

   

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

   

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. Other Items

Reorganizations/Restructurings15

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions16

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, RMG reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable?

 

   

While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, RMG places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause RMG to scrutinize a deal more closely.

 

15

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

16

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-17


Table of Contents
   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable.

 

   

Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? RMG will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers17

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions18

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

In evaluating resolutions that seek shareholder approval on related party transactions (RPTs), vote on a case-by-case basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following: -

 

   

the parties on either side of the transaction;

 

   

the nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

   

the pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

   

the views of independent directors (where provided);

 

   

the views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

   

whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

   

the stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that RMG deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, RMG may recommend against the election of the director involved in the related-party transaction or the full board.

Compensation Plans19

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms20

 

17

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

18

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

19

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

20

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

A-19


Table of Contents

INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2010

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (“DFAIDG”) is an open-end management investment company that offers fifty-nine series of shares. DFAIDG is referred to as the “Fund” in this Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”). This SAI relates to ten series of DFAIDG (individually, a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”):

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DFIHX

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DFGFX

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DFSHX

DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio

Ticker: DFFGX

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DFGBX

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DFIGX

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

Ticker: DFEQX

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

Ticker: DIPSX

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

Ticker: DFSMX

DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

Ticker: DFCMX

This SAI is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Portfolios’ prospectus dated February 28, 2010, as amended from time to time. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Fund are incorporated by reference from the Fund’s annual report to shareholders. The prospectus and annual reports can be obtained by writing to the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

   2

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

   2

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

   3

FUTURES CONTRACTS

   5

CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS

   6

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

   7

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

   7

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

   8

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES

   8

DFA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO AND DFA CALIFORNIA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

   9

CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL SECURITIES RISKS

   12

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

   15

SERVICES TO THE PORTFOLIOS

   24

ADVISORY FEES

   25

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

   27

GENERAL INFORMATION

   30

CODE OF ETHICS

   30

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

   30

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

   31

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   33

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

   34

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

   34

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

   46

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   48

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   51

PERFORMANCE DATA

   51

 

1


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

This SAI describes the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios. Each Portfolio (except the DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio) also offers two additional classes of shares: Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor” or “Dimensional”) serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

The following information supplements the information set forth in the prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the following information applies to all of the Portfolios. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

Each of the Portfolios (except DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio) is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations. The DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio is non-diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Each of the Portfolios has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see each Portfolio’s “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES” section in the Prospectus.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The Portfolios acquire and sell securities on a net basis with dealers which are major market makers in such securities. The Investment Committee of the Advisor selects dealers on the basis of their size, market making, and credit analysis ability. When executing portfolio transactions, the Advisor seeks to obtain the most favorable price for the securities being traded among the dealers with whom the Portfolios effect transactions.

Portfolio transactions will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. The Portfolios will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of securities being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected, and brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers which effect transactions for the Portfolios to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolios invest. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission being paid by the Portfolios to their brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services.

Subject to obtaining best price and execution, transactions may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Directors of DFAIDG, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect a Portfolio’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Portfolio with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

 

2


Table of Contents

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor or the sub-advisors with investment research, such as reports concerning individual issuers, industries and general economic and financial trends and other research services. The investment advisory agreements permit the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Portfolios.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Portfolios did not pay commissions for securities transactions to brokers which provided market price monitoring services, market studies and research services. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Portfolios did not purchase securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act).

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolios will not:

 

  (1) borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”);

 

  (2) make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3) purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4) purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon; or (ii) investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

 

  (5) purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time, provided that, the DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio is not subject to this limitation;

 

  (6) engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others; or

 

  (7) issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

The DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio, and DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio will not:

 

  (8) sell securities short.

 

3


Table of Contents

The Portfolios, except the DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, and DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, will not:

 

  (9) acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry; except that each of the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio shall invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of banks and bank holding companies in the circumstances described in the prospectus under “Investments in the Banking Industry” and as otherwise described under “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES.”

The DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, and DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio will not:

 

  (10) concentrate (invest more than 25% of its net assets) in securities of issuers in a particular industry (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or securities of other investment companies), except that the DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio shall invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of banks and bank holding companies in the circumstances described in the prospectus under “Investments in the Banking Industry” and as otherwise described under “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES.”

With respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, each Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by such Portfolio. The Portfolios do not currently intend to borrow money for investment purposes.

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, each Portfolio is authorized to lend portfolio securities.

Each Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid securities, which limits investments in illiquid securities to 15% of a Portfolio’s net assets. For these purposes, each of the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio and DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio may invest in commercial paper that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), subject to the requirements regarding credit ratings stated in the prospectus under “Description of Investments of the Portfolios Other than the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and California Municipal Bond Portfolio.” Further, pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, the Portfolios may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on holdings of illiquid securities. While maintaining oversight, the Board of Director has delegated the day-to-day function of making liquidity determinations to the Advisor. For Rule 144A securities to be considered liquid, there must be at least two dealers making a market in such securities. After purchase, the Board of Directors of DFAIDG, and the Advisor will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

The investment limitation described in (8) above does not prohibit the DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio from maintaining a short position, or purchasing, writing or selling puts, calls, straddles, spreads or combinations thereof in connection with transactions in options, futures, and options on futures and transactions arising under swap agreements or other derivative instruments.

For purposes of the investment limitations described in (9) and (10) above, each of the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio , DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio , as disclosed in the prospectus under “Investments in the Banking Industry,” will invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the NYSE is open for trading.

For purposes of the investment limitations described in (9) and (10) above, management does not consider securities that are issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities to be investments in an

 

4


Table of Contents

“industry.” However, management currently considers securities issued by a foreign government (but not the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities) to be subject to the 25% limitation. Thus, not more than 25% of a Portfolio’s total assets will be invested in securities issued by any one foreign government or supranational organization. A Portfolio might invest in certain securities issued by companies in a particular industry whose obligations are guaranteed by a foreign government. Management could consider such a company to be within the particular industry and, therefore, the Portfolio will invest in the securities of such a company only if the Portfolio can do so under the Portfolio’s policy of not being concentrated in any single industry.

For purposes of the investment limitations described above, in regards to the DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, the identification of the issuer of a municipal security depends on the terms and conditions of the security. When assets and revenues of a political subdivision are separate from those of the government that created the subdivision and the security is backed only by the assets and revenues of the subdivision, the subdivision is deemed to be the sole issuer. Similarly, in the case of an industrial development bond, if only the assets and revenues of a nongovernmental user back the bond, then the nongovernmental user would be deemed to be the sole issuer. If, however, in either case, the creating government or some other entity guarantees the security, the guarantee would be considered a separate entity that would be treated as an issue of the guaranteeing entity.

Additionally, for the DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and the DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, for purposes of the investment limitations above, tax-exempt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S., state or local governments or political subdivisions of governments are not considered to be a part of any industry.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to the Portfolios’ investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

All Portfolios, except the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio and DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, may enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts to gain market exposure on the Portfolio’s uninvested cash pending investments in securities and to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (an “FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and FCMs may establish margin requirements which are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in a repayment of excess margin to the custodial accounts of the Portfolio. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio expects to earn income on its margin deposits. Each Portfolio intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3(z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation); or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that the Portfolio has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Portfolio has entered into.

 

5


Table of Contents

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Portfolio would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if the Portfolio has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures which are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, a Portfolio (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable interpretations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that a Portfolio may use by entering into futures transactions.

CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS

The DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio also may enter into credit default swap agreements. The DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio may enter into a credit default swap on a single security or instrument (sometimes referred to as a “CDS” transaction) or on a basket or index of securities (sometimes referred to as a “CDX” transaction). The “buyer” in a credit default contract typically is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided that no credit event with respect to any underlying reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller typically must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. The DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio may be either the buyer or the seller in the transaction. If the Portfolio is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Portfolio may lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer typically receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, the DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio typically receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided a credit event does not occur. If a credit event occurs, the seller typically must pay the buyer the full notional amount of the reference obligation.

Credit default swaps involve greater risks than if the DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio had invested in the reference obligation directly, since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A buyer also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the up-front or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value the seller pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Portfolio. When the DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio acts as a seller of a credit default swap, the Portfolio is exposed to many of the same risks of leverage since, if a credit event occurs, the seller may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the contract net of any amounts owed by the buyer related to its delivery of deliverable obligations.

The Advisor and the Fund do not believe that the DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio’s obligations under swap contracts are senior securities and, accordingly, the Portfolio will not treat them as being subject to the Portfolio’s borrowing or senior securities restrictions. However, with respect to swap contracts that provide for the netting of payments, the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Portfolio’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap contract will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of segregated assets having an aggregate market value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained to cover the transactions in accordance with SEC positions. With respect to swap contracts that do not provide for the netting of payments by the counterparties, the full notional amount for which the Portfolio is obligated under the swap contract with respect to each swap contract will be accrued on a daily basis and assets having an aggregate market value at least equal to the accrued full notional value will be segregated and maintained to cover the transactions in accordance with SEC positions. To the extent that the DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio cannot dispose of a swap in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Portfolio has valued the swap, the Portfolio will treat the swap as illiquid and subject to its overall limit on illiquid investments of 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets.

 

6


Table of Contents

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio may acquire and sell forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The Portfolios will conduct their foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio may enter into forward foreign currency contracts to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another currency. A Portfolio may enter into a forward contract to buy or sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it expires. The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio typically hedge their foreign currency exposure. DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio may hedge the currency exposure of its foreign securities or leave some or all of the currency exposure unhedged.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

The Portfolios engage in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, a Portfolio may make cash investments for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic or political conditions warrant.

The Portfolios may invest cash in short-term repurchase agreements. In addition, the following cash investments are permissible:

 

Portfolios

  

Permissible Cash Investments*

   Percentage
Guidelines**
DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds***    N.A.
DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds***    N.A.
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds***    N.A.
DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio    Futures contracts on U.S. Treasury securities or options on such contracts; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds***    N.A.

 

7


Table of Contents

Portfolios

  

Permissible Cash Investments*

   Percentage
Guidelines**
DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; short-term government fixed income obligations; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, including government money market funds***    N.A.
DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio    Short-term fixed income obligations same as One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio; highly liquid debt securities; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, including tax-exempt money market funds***    20%
DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio    Short-term fixed income obligations; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds ***    20%
DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Money market instruments, debt, freely convertible currencies, shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, index futures contracts, and options thereon.    20%

 

* With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the Portfolios will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor.
** The percentage guidelines set forth above are not absolute limitations, but the Portfolios do not expect to exceed these guidelines under normal circumstances.
*** Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

The DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio may invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the municipal bond market pending investment in municipal bonds.

An ETF is an investment company whose goal is to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. ETFs are passively managed, and traded similar to a publicly traded company. The risks and costs of investing in ETFs are comparable to investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When a Portfolio invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Portfolio bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES

The One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio and DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio are expected to have high portfolio turnover rates due to the relatively short maturities of the securities to be acquired. The portfolio turnover rate for the DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio has varied from year to year due to market and other conditions. In addition, variations in turnover rates occur because securities are sold when, in the Advisor’s judgment, the return will be increased as a result of portfolio transactions after taking into account the cost of trading.

 

8


Table of Contents

DFA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO AND

DFA CALIFORNIA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

The DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio (the “Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios”) each may invest in certain types of securities and engage in certain investment practices that the other Portfolios do not. In addition to the securities and investment practices described in the prospectus, set forth below is a description of certain types of securities that the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may purchase and certain investment techniques that each Portfolio may use to attempt to achieve its investment objective.

Variable Rate Obligations and Demand Notes

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest in variable rate obligations. Variable rate obligations have a yield that is adjusted periodically based on changes in the level of prevailing interest rates. Floating rate obligations have an interest rate fixed to a known lending rate, such as the prime rate, and are automatically adjusted when the known rate changes. Variable rate obligations lessen the capital fluctuations usually inherent in fixed income investments. This diminishes the risk of capital depreciation of investment securities in a Portfolio and, consequently, of Portfolio shares. However, if interest rates decline, the yield of the Portfolio will decline, causing a Portfolio and its shareholders to forego the opportunity for capital appreciation of that Portfolio’s investments and of their shares.

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest in floating rate and variable rate demand notes. Demand notes provide that the holder may demand payment of the note at its par value plus accrued interest by giving notice to the issuer. To ensure the ability of the issuer to make payment on demand, a bank letter of credit or other liquidity facility may support the note.

Pre-refunded Municipal Securities

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest in pre-refunded municipal securities. Pre-refunded municipal securities are tax-exempt bonds that have been refunded to a call date prior to the final maturity of principal, or “escrowed-to-maturity bonds,” that have been refunded prior to the final maturity of principal and remain outstanding in the municipal market. The payment of principal and interest of the pre-refunded municipal securities held by a Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio is funded from securities in a designated escrow account that holds U.S. Treasury securities or other obligations of the U.S. Government (including its agencies and instrumentalities (“Agency Securities”). While still tax-exempt, pre-refunded municipal securities usually will bear a Aaa rating (if a re-rating has been requested and paid for) because they are backed by U.S. Treasury or Agency Securities held in an escrow account established by the municipality and an independent escrow agent. While a secondary market exists for pre-refunded municipal securities, if a Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio sells pre-refunded municipal bonds prior to maturity, the price received may be more or less than the original cost, depending on market conditions at the time of sale. Investment in pre-refunded municipal securities held by a Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio may subject the Portfolio to interest rate risk and market risk. To the extent permitted by the SEC and the Internal Revenue Service, a Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio’s investment in pre-refunded municipal bonds backed by U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities in the manner described above, will, for purposes of diversification tests applicable to the Portfolio, be considered an investment in the respective U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities.

Standby Commitments

These instruments, which are similar to a put, give each Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio the option to obligate a broker, dealer or bank to repurchase a security held by the Portfolio at a specified price.

 

9


Table of Contents

Tender Option Bonds

Tender option bonds are relatively long-term bonds that are coupled with the option to tender the securities to a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution at periodic intervals and receive the face value of the bond. This investment structure is commonly used as a means of enhancing a security’s liquidity.

Structured or Indexed Securities

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest in structured or indexed securities. The value of the principal of and/or interest on such securities is determined by reference to changes in the value of specific currencies, interest rates, commodities, indices or other financial indicators (the “Reference”) or the relative change in the two or more References. The interest rate or the principal amount payable upon maturity or redemption may be increased or decreased depending upon changes in the applicable Reference. The terms of the structured or indexed securities may provide that, in certain circumstances, no principal is due at maturity and, therefore, may result in a loss of a Portfolio’s investment. Structured or indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the Reference may produce an increase or a decrease in the interest rate or value of the security at maturity. In addition, changes in interest rates or the value of the security at maturity may be some multiple of the change in the value of the Reference. Consequently, structured or indexed securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt securities because the Portfolio bears the risk of the Reference. Structured or indexed securities may also be more volatile, less liquid and more difficult to accurately price than less complex securities.

Zero Coupon Bonds

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest in zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds generally pay no cash interest (or dividends, in the case of preferred stock) to their holders prior to maturity. Accordingly, such securities usually are issued and traded at a deep discount from their face or par value and generally are subject to greater fluctuations of market value in response to changing interest rates than securities of comparable maturities and credit quality that pay cash interest (or dividends, in the case of preferred stock) on a current basis. Although a Portfolio will receive no payments on its zero coupon bonds prior to their maturity or disposition, a Portfolio would be required, for federal income tax purposes, generally to include in its dividends each year an amount equal to the annual income that accrues on its zero coupon securities. Such dividends will be paid from the cash assets of a Portfolio, from borrowings or by liquidation of portfolio securities, if necessary, at a time that a Portfolio otherwise would not have done so. To the extent a Portfolio is required to liquidate thinly traded securities, it may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely traded. The risks associated with holding securities that are not readily marketable may be accentuated at such time. To the extent the proceeds from any such dispositions are used by a Portfolio to pay distributions that Portfolio will not be able to purchase additional income-producing securities with such proceeds, and as a result, its current income ultimately may be reduced.

Municipal Lease Obligations

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest in municipal lease obligations. These securities are sometimes considered illiquid because of the thinness of the market in which they are traded. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors, the Advisor may determine to treat certain municipal lease obligations as liquid, and therefore not subject to a Portfolio’s 15% limit on illiquid securities. The factors that the Advisor may consider in making these liquidity determinations include: (1) the frequency of trades and quotations for the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential buyers; (3) the willingness of dealers to underwrite and make a market in the security; (4) the nature of the marketplace trades, including the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and the mechanics of transfer; and (5) factors unique to a particular security, including general creditworthiness of the issuer, the importance to the issuer of the property covered by the lease and the likelihood that the marketability of the securities will be maintained throughout the time the security is held by a Portfolio.

 

10


Table of Contents

When-Issued Securities

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may purchase tax-exempt securities on a “when-issued” basis. In buying “when-issued” securities, a Portfolio commits to buy securities at a certain price even though the securities may not normally be delivered for up to 45 days. A Portfolio pays for the securities and begins earning interest when the securities are actually delivered. As a consequence, it is possible that the market price of the securities at the time of delivery may be higher or lower than the purchase price. It is also possible that the securities will never be issued and the commitment cancelled.

Municipal Bond Insurance

The Advisor anticipates that a portion of each Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio’s investment portfolio will be invested in municipal securities whose principal and interest payments are guaranteed by a private insurance company at the time of purchase. Each Portfolio’s insurance coverage may take one of several forms. A primary insurance policy is purchased by a municipal securities issuer at the time the securities are issued. This insurance is likely to increase the credit rating of the securities, as well as their purchase price and resale value. A mutual fund insurance policy is purchased by a Portfolio and used to guarantee specific securities only while the securities are held by the Portfolio. Finally, a secondary market insurance policy is purchased by a bond investor (such as a Portfolio) or a broker after the bond has been issued and insures the bond until its maturity date. Both primary insurance and secondary market insurance are non-cancelable and continue in force so long as the insured security is outstanding and the respective insurer remains in business. Premiums for portfolio insurance, if any, would be paid from a Portfolio’s assets and would reduce the current yield on its investment portfolio by the amount of such premiums.

Portfolio insurance coverage that terminates upon the sale of an insured security by a Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, may not improve the resale value of the security. Therefore, unless a Portfolio elects to purchase secondary market insurance with respect to such securities or such securities are already covered by primary insurance, the Portfolio generally will retain any such securities insured by portfolio insurance that are in default or in significant risk of default, and will place a value on the insurance equal to the difference between the market value of the defaulted security and the market value of similar securities that are not in default.

Each Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio is authorized to obtain portfolio insurance from insurers that have obtained a claims-paying ability rating of AAA from S&P or Aaa (or a short-term rating of MIG-1) from Moody’s, including AMBAC Indemnity Corporation, Municipal Bond Investors Assurance Corporation and Financial Guaranty Insurance Company.

A Moody’s insurance claims-paying ability rating is an opinion of the ability of an insurance company to repay punctually senior policyholder obligations and claims. An insurer with an insurance claims-paying ability rating of Aaa is adjudged by Moody’s to be of the best quality. In the opinion of Moody’s, the policy obligations of an insurance company with an insurance claims-paying ability rating of Aaa carry the smallest degree of credit risk and, while the financial strength of these companies is likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the company’s fundamentally strong position. An S&P insurance claims-paying ability rating is an assessment of an operating insurance company’s financial capacity to meet obligations under an insurance policy in accordance with its terms. An insurer with an insurance claims-paying ability rating of AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The capacity of an insurer so rated to honor insurance contracts is adjudged by S&P to be extremely strong and highly likely to remain so over a long period of time.

An insurance claims-paying ability rating by Moody’s or S&P does not constitute an opinion on any specific insurance contract in that such an opinion can only be rendered upon the review of the specific insurance contract. Furthermore, an insurance claims-paying ability rating does not take into account deductibles, surrender or cancellation penalties or the timeliness of payment; nor does it address the ability of a company to meet non-policy obligations (i.e., debt contracts).

The assignment of ratings by Moody’s or S&P to debt issues that are fully or partially supported by insurance policies, contracts or guarantees is a separate process from the determination of insurance claims-paying

 

11


Table of Contents

ability ratings. The likelihood of a timely flow of funds from the insurer to the trustee for the bondholders is a likely element in the rating determination for such debt issues.

Participation Interests

A participation interest in a municipal security gives the purchaser an undivided interest in the municipal obligation in the proportion that a Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio’s participation interest bears to the total principal amount of the municipal obligation. These instruments may have fixed, floating or variable rates of interest. If the participation interest is unrated, or has been given a rating below one that is otherwise permissible for purchase by a Portfolio, the participation interest will be backed by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee of a bank that the Board of Directors has determined meets certain quality standards, or the payment obligation otherwise will be collateralized by government securities. Each Portfolio will have the right, with respect to certain participation interests, to demand payment, on a specified number of days’ notice, for all or any part of the Portfolio’s participation interest in the municipal obligation, plus accrued interest. Each Portfolio intends to exercise its right to demand payment only upon a default under the terms of the municipal obligation, or to maintain or improve the quality of its investment portfolio.

Municipal Custody Receipts

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios also may acquire custodial receipts or certificates underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments, or both, on certain municipal securities. The underwriter of these certificates or receipts typically purchases municipal securities and deposits the securities in an irrevocable trust or custody account with a custodian bank, which then issues receipts or certificates that evidence ownership of the periodic unmatured coupon payments and the final principal payment on the securities. Custody receipts evidencing specific coupon or principal payments have the same general attributes as zero coupon municipal securities described above. Although under the terms of a custody receipt a Portfolio would be typically authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, a Portfolio could be required to assert through the custodian bank those rights as may exist against the underlying issuers. Thus, in the event the underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, a Portfolio may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Portfolio had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custody account in which the underlying security has been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying security would be reduced in recognition of any taxes paid.

CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL SECURITIES RISKS

The DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio invests primarily in California municipal securities and, therefore, its performance is closely tied to the ability of California municipal issuers to continue to make principal and interest payments. Below is a brief discussion of certain factors that may affect California municipal issuers and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors. These factors only apply to the DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio. The financial condition of California, its public authorities and local governments could affect the market values of, and therefore the net asset value per share and the interest income of the DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, or result in the default of existing obligations, including obligations that may be held by the Portfolio.

The information contained below is based primarily upon information derived from state official statements, Certified Annual Financial Reports, state and industry trade publications, newspaper articles, other public documents relating to securities offerings of California municipal issuers, and other historically reliable sources. It is only a brief summary of the complex factors affecting the financial situation in California. It has not been independently verified by the DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio. The DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio makes no representation or warranty regarding the completeness or accuracy of such information.

 

12


Table of Contents

Economic Outlook

The California economy is the largest among the states and one of the largest in the world. Major components of the State’s economy are high technology, trade, entertainment, agriculture, manufacturing, tourism, construction, and services. In 2009, California, along with the rest of the United States, confronted the worst recession in recent history. The recession resulted in a sharp increase in California’s unemployment and a drop in baseline revenues of more than 20 percent from their peak. The key factors involved in the California economic downturn are the same as that for the nation; that is, declining real estate markets, decreasing availability of credit, shrinking equity values and growing unemployment.

California personal income fell by an estimated 2.8% in 2009, but is projected to grow 2.4% in 2010. Statewide taxable sales have been weak over the last few years and in the third quarter of 2009, taxable sales were down 16.8% as compared to one year earlier. California’s unemployment rate was 7.2% in 2008, increased to an estimated 11.6% in 2009 and is projected to reach 12% in 2010. The non-farm payroll employment decreased by 5.6% in 2009 and is projected to decrease by 0.7% in 2010. As the state struggles to recover from the recession, the current outlook for California’s economy is for modest growth in 2010.

Revenues and Expenditures

The California Legislative Analyst’s Office, in its November 2009 California’s Fiscal Outlook, estimated that the state will end the 2009-10 budget year with a deficit of $6.3 billion if no actions are taken and projected an operating shortfall of $14.4 billion for 2010-11. This projected shortfall is the result of the overall economic downturn, lower projected tax revenue and higher projected net spending, combined with the fact that certain one-time and temporary budget solutions will no longer be available to help balance the 2010-11 budget.

Limitation on Taxes

Certain California municipal obligations may be obligations of issuers that rely in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, on ad valorem property taxes as a source of revenue. The taxing powers of California local governments and districts are limited by Article XIII A of the California Constitution, enacted by the voters in 1978 and commonly known as “Proposition 13.” Proposition 13 reduced and limited the future growth of property taxes and limited the ability of local governments to impose special taxes devoted to a specific purpose without two-thirds voter approval. Proposition 218, another constitutional amendment initiative enacted in 1996 further limited the ability of local governments to raise taxes and fees. Counties, in particular have had fewer revenue raising options than many other local government entities, while having to maintain many services.

Appropriations Limits

California and its local governments are subject to an annual “appropriations limit” imposed by Article XIII B of the California Constitution, enacted by the voters in 1979 and significantly amended by Propositions 98 and 111 in 1988 and 1990, respectively. Proposition 98, as modified by Proposition 111, changed State funding of public education below the university level and the operation of the appropriations limit, primarily by guaranteeing K–14 schools a minimum amount of funding. The Proposition 98 guarantee is funded by local property taxes and the General Fund. Article XIII B prohibits the State or any covered local government from spending “appropriations subject to limitation” in excess of the appropriations limit imposed. “Appropriations subject to limitation” are authorizations to spend “proceeds of taxes,” which consist of tax revenues, and certain other funds, including proceeds from regulatory licenses, user charges or other fees, to the extent that such proceeds exceed the cost of providing the product or service, but “proceeds of taxes” exclude most State subventions to local governments. No limit is imposed on appropriations of funds that are not “proceeds of taxes,” such as reasonable user charges or fees, and certain other non-tax funds.

 

13


Table of Contents

Among the expenditures not included in the Article XIII B appropriations limit are (1) the debt service cost of bonds issued or authorized prior to January 1, 1979 or subsequently authorized by the voters, (2) appropriations required to comply with mandates of courts or the federal government, (3) appropriations for certain capital outlay projects, (4) appropriations for tax refunds, (4) appropriations of revenues derived from any increase in gasoline taxes and vehicle weight fees above January 1, 1990 levels, (5) appropriations of certain taxes imposed by initiative, and 6) appropriations made in certain cases of emergency. The appropriations limit for each year is based on the appropriations limit for the prior year, adjusted annually to reflect changes in per capita income and population, and any transfers of service responsibilities between government units.

Obligations of the State of California

Under the California Constitution, debt service on outstanding general obligation bonds is the second charge to the General Fund after support of the public school system and public institutions of higher education. The State had approximately $64 billion aggregate principal amount of non-self liquidating general obligation bonds outstanding and approximately $9 billion of self liquidating general obligation bonds outstanding as of January 1, 2010. As of December 1, 2009, the State had approximately $47 billion of authorized and unissued non-self liquidating bonds and $1.3 billion of authorized and unissued self-liquidating bonds.

On March 2, 2004, California voters approved two measures designed to address the cumulative budget deficit and to implement structural reform. Under the California Economic Recovery Bond Act (Proposition 57), the State is authorized to issue up to $15 billion of economic recovery bonds (“ERBs”), of which approximately $8 billion remain outstanding as of January 1, 2010 after California issued $10.9 billion in ERBs in fiscal year 2004 and $3.2 billion in fiscal year 2008 to finance the negative General Fund reserve as of June 30, 2004, and other General Fund obligations undertaken prior to June 30, 2004. The Balanced Budget Amendment (Proposition 58) restricts future long-term deficit financing and requires the State to adopt and maintain a balanced budget and to establish a reserve fund.

Other Issuers of California Municipal Obligations

There are a number of State agencies, instrumentalities and political subdivisions of the State that issue municipal obligations, some of which may be conduit revenue obligations payable from payments from private borrowers. These entities are subject to various economic risks and uncertainties, and the credit quality of the securities issued may vary considerably from the credit quality of the obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the State. The State of California has no obligation with respect to any obligations or securities of a county or any of the other participating entities, although under existing legal precedents, the State may be obligated to ensure that school districts have sufficient funds to operate.

Bond Ratings

In January 2010, Standard and Poor’s lowered its rating on California’s general obligation bonds from “A” to “A-”. In doing so, it cited California’s severe fiscal imbalance and impending recurrence of a cash deficiency as factors in reaching its decision. In March of 2009, Moody’s lowered the State’s general obligation bond rating from “A1” to A2” and further lowered its rating to “Baa1” in July of 2009 citing the State’s use of IOUs for non-priority payments, the deadlock on the $26 billion budget gap, and the risk of priority payments. In July 2009, Fitch lowered the State’s general obligation bond rating from “A-” to “BBB” citing California’s continued inability to achieve timely agreement on budgetary cash flow solutions to its severe fiscal crisis. There can be no assurance that such ratings will be maintained in the future. It should be noted that the creditworthiness of obligations issued by local California issuers may be unrelated to the creditworthiness of obligations issued by the State of California, and that there is no obligation on the part of the State to make payment on such local obligations in the event of default.

Legal Proceedings

There are numerous civil actions pending against the State, which could, if decided against the State, require the State to make significant future expenditures and may substantially impair revenues and cash flow. It is not possible to predict what impact, if any, such proceedings may have on the DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio.

Other Considerations

 

14


Table of Contents

Substantially all of California is within an active geologic region subject to major seismic activity. Northern California, in 1989, and southern California, in 1994, experienced major earthquakes causing billions of dollars in damages. Any California municipal obligation in the DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio could be affected by an interruption of revenues because of damaged facilities, or, consequently, income tax deductions for casualty losses or property tax assessment reductions. Compensatory financial assistance could be constrained by the inability of (i) an issuer to have obtained earthquake insurance coverage at reasonable rates; (ii) an insurer to perform on its contracts of insurance in the event of widespread losses; or (iii) the Federal or State government to appropriate sufficient funds within their respective budget limitations.

The DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio is susceptible to political, economic, or regulatory factors affecting issuers of California municipal obligations. These include the possible adverse effects of certain California constitutional amendments, legislative measures, voter initiatives and other matters. The information provided is only a brief summary of the complex factors affecting the financial situation in California and is derived from sources that are generally available to investors and are believed to be accurate. It is based in part on information obtained from various State and local agencies in California or contained in Official Statements for various California municipal obligations. No independent verification has been made of the accuracy or completeness of any of the preceding information.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

The Board of Directors of the Fund is responsible for establishing the Fund’s policies and for overseeing the management of the Fund.

The Board has three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Portfolio Performance and Service Review Committee (“Performance Committee”). The Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Audit Committee is a disinterested Director. The Audit Committee oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Fund’s internal controls, the Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee recommends the appointment of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

The Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Nominating Committee is a disinterested Director. The Nominating Committee makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. There were no Nominating Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of the Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of the Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the

 

15


Table of Contents

nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Board’s Performance Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Abbie J. Smith, John P. Gould and Myron S. Scholes. Each member of a Fund’s Performance Committee is a disinterested Director. The Performance Committee regularly reviews and monitors the investment performance of the Fund’s series, including the Portfolios, and reviews the performance of the Fund’s service providers. There were six Performance Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and each interested Director of the Fund is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of the Fund and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

 

Term of

Office1

and

Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios

within the

DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other
Directorships of
Public
Companies Held

George M. Constantinides University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 62

   Director   Since 1983    Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

John P. Gould

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 71

   Director   Since 1986    Steven G. Rothmeier Distinguished Service Professor of Economics, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1965). Member of the Board of Milwaukee Insurance Company (since 1997). Member and Chair, Competitive Markets Advisory Council, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (futures trading exchange) (since 2004). Formerly, Director of UNext Inc. (1999-2006).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Trustee, Harbor Funds (registered investment company) (27 Portfolios) (since 1994).

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT 06520-8200

Age: 66

   Director   Since 1981    Professor in Practice of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Director, BIRR Portfolio Analysis, Inc. (software products) (since 1990). Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (since 2006). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Chairman, Ibbotson Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL (software, data, publishing and consulting) (1977-2006).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 68

   Director   Since 1981    Frank E. Buck Professor Emeritus of Finance, Stanford University (since 1981). Formerly, Chairman, Platinum Grove Asset Management L.P. (hedge fund) (formerly, Oak Hill Platinum Partners) (1999-2009). Formerly, Managing Partner, Oak Hill Capital Management (private equity firm) (until 2004). Formerly, Director, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (2001-2008).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies   

Director, American Century Fund

Complex (registered investment companies) (40 Portfolios) (since 1980).

 

16


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

 

Term of

Office1

and

Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios

within the

DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other
Directorships of
Public
Companies Held

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 56

   Director   Since 2000    Boris and Irene Stern Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980); Co-Director Investment Research, Fundamental Investment Advisors (hedge fund) (since 2008).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director, HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture) (since 2000); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (52 portfolios) (since 2009).

Interested Directors

The following Interested Directors are described as such because they are deemed to be “interested persons,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to their positions with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

 

Term of

Office1

and

Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios

within the

DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other
Directorships of
Public
Companies Held

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 63

   Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer   Since 1981    Chairman, Director/Trustee, President, Co-Chief Executive Officer and, formerly, Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (2003 to 3/30/2007) of the following companies: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFAIDG, Dimensional Investment Group Inc. and The DFA Investment Trust Company. Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Holdings Inc. and formerly Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (until 3/30/2007). Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and formerly, Chief Investment Officer. Director of DFA Australia Limited and formerly, President and Chief Investment Officer. Formerly, Director of Dimensional Funds PLC. Limited Partner, Oak Hill Partners (since 2001) and VSC Investors, LLC (since 2007). Trustee, University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Formerly, Director, SA Funds (registered investment company). Chairman, Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Eduardo A. Repetto

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 43

   Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer   Since 2009    Co-Chief Executive Officer (beginning January 2010), Chief Investment Officer (beginning March 2007) and formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFAIDG, Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; Director of all such entities except Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC. Chief Investment Officer, Vice President and Director of DFA Australia Limited. Subject to regulatory approval, Director, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

1

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

17


Table of Contents
2

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Fund; Dimensional Investment Group Inc.; The DFA Investment Trust Company; and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund. Each Disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolios of the Fund in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name

  

Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned

in All Funds Overseen by Director in

Family of Investment Companies

Disinterested Directors:

     
George M. Constantinides    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
John P. Gould    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Roger G. Ibbotson    None    Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Myron S. Scholes    None   

$50,001-$100,000;

Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Abbie J. Smith    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Interested Directors:      
David G. Booth   

DFA One-Year Fixed Income-Over $100,000

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond-Over $100,000

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income -Over $100,000

   Over $100,000
Eduardo A. Repetto   

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio-Over $100,000

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio – Over $100,000

   Over $100,000

 

** As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Fund during fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same period. The table also provides the compensation paid by the Fund to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal period year ended October 31, 2009.

 

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from
DFAIDG*
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as
Part of
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual
Benefit upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from Funds
and DFA Fund Complex
Paid to Directors†

George M. Constantinides
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

John P. Gould
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Roger G. Ibbotson
Director

   $ 105,551    N/A    N/A    $ 185,000

Robert C. Merton**
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Myron S. Scholes
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Abbie J. Smith
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

 

18


Table of Contents

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from
DFAIDG*
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as
Part of
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual
Benefit upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from Funds
and DFA Fund Complex
Paid to Directors†

Christopher S. Crossan
Chief Compliance Officer

   $ 196,702    N/A    N/A    N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory or administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.
* Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 is as follows: $185,000 (Mr. Ibbotson); $25,000 (Mr. Scholes); and $25,000 (Ms. Smith). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability; or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.
**

Mr. Merton resigned from the Board effective December 1, 2009.

Officers

Below is the name, age, information regarding positions with the Fund and the principal occupation for each officer of the Fund. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the following entities: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (collectively, the “DFA Entities”).

 

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

April A. Aandal

Age: 47

   Vice President and Chief Learning Officer    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Learning Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2008). Formerly Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004-2008)

Darryl D. Avery

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Arthur H. Barlow

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Scott A. Bosworth

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since November 1997).

 

19


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Valerie A. Brown

Age: 43

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary    Since 2001    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

David P. Butler

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2008). Formerly, Director US Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2005).

Patrick E. Carter

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Director of Merrill Lynch Retirement Group (December 1998 to March 2006).

Joseph H. Chi

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2005). Prior to October 2005, Corporate Counsel at Hewitt Associates (July 2002 – August 2005)

Stephen A. Clark

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Robert P. Cornell

Age: 60

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Financial Services Group of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since August 1993).

Christopher S. Crossan

Age: 44

   Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2004    Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of all the DFA Entities.

James L. Davis

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 1999    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Robert T. Deere

Age: 52

   Vice President    Since 1994    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited.

Peter F. Dillard

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP (since August 2008). Formerly, Research Assistant for DFA from April 2006 – August 2008. Prior to April 2006, Manager at Hilton Hotels Corp. (September 2004 – April 2006).

Robert W. Dintzner

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Communications Officer (since 2010).

Beth Ann Dranguet

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2007). Formerly, Associate at Vinson & Elkins LLP (September 1999 – July 2007).

Kenneth Elmgren

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Managing Principal of Beverly Capital (May 2004 to September 2006).

Richard A. Eustice

Age: 44

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary    Since 1998    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since July 2008). Formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Eugene F. Fama, Jr.

Age: 49

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Gretchen A. Flicker

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jed S. Fogdall

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2004).

Glenn S. Freed

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeremy P. Freeman

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Technology Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2006). Formerly, Principal at AIM Investments/Amvescap PLC (now Invesco) (June 1998 – June 2006).

Mark R. Gochnour

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Henry F. Gray

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

 

20


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

John T. Gray

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (January 2005 to February 2007).

Darla M. Hastings

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Marketing Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Senior Vice President, Customer Experience for Benchmark Assisted Living (May 2005 to April 2006); Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of State Street Corporation (September 2001 to October 2005).

Joel H. Hefner

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 1998).

Julie C. Henderson

Age: 35

   Vice President and Fund Controller    Since 2005    Vice President and Fund Controller of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (July 1996 to April 2005).

Kevin B. Hight

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to March 2005).

Christine W. Ho

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeff J. Jeon

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Patrick M. Keating

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2003    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director, Vice President, and Chief Privacy Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of DFA Australia Limited.

David M. Kershner

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2004).

Joseph F. Kolerich

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since April 2001).

Michael F. Lane

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Kristina M. LaRusso

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Formerly, Operations Supervisor of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to December 2006).

Inmoo Lee

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Associate Professor, Department of Finance and Accounting, Business School, National University of Singapore (7/2004 - present) Associate Professor, College of Business Administration, Korea University (9/2001 - 5/2006).

Juliet H. Lee

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Human Resources Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2004).

Apollo D. Lupescu

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since February 2004).

Kenneth M. Manell

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2006). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel at Castle & Cooke (January 2004 – September 2006).

Aaron M. Marcus

Age: 39

   Vice President and Head of Global Human Resources    Since 2008    Vice President of all DFA Entities and Head of Global Human Resources of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Global Head of Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (June 2006 to January 2008); Global Co-Head of HR of the Equities & FICC Division, and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (May 2005 to May 2006); Head of Americas Campus Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (April 2003 to May 2005).

 

21


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

David R. Martin

Age: 53

   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2007    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC. Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Janus Capital Group Inc. (June 2005 to March 2007); Senior Vice President of Finance at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (March 1999 to May 2005).

Catherine L. Newell

Age: 45

   Vice President and Secretary    Vice President since 1997 and Secretary since 2000    Vice President and Secretary of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President and Secretary of DFA Australia Limited. Director, Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since February 2002, April 1997, and May 2002, respectively). Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC (since 2002 and 2006, respectively).

Christian Newton

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Web Services Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Design Manager (2005 – 2008) and Web Developer (2002 – 2005) of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Carolyn L. O

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2007). Prior to September 2007, Associate at K&L Gates LLP (January 2004 – September 2007).

Gerard K. O’Reilly

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004 to 2006).

Daniel C. Ong

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2005). Prior to 2005, Graduate Student at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business (2003-2005).

Kyle K. Ozaki

Age: 31

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Compliance Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Compliance Officer (February 2006 – December 2007) and Compliance Analyst (August 2004 – January 2006).

Carmen Palafox

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Operations Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 1996).

Sonya K. Park

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

David A. Plecha

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Michael J. Porter

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2006). Formerly, Vice President, Client Services at Metropolitan West Asset Management (July 2001 – August 2006).

Theodore W. Randall

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2006 to 2008); Systems Developer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2001 to 2006).

L. Jacobo Rodríguez

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Institutional client service representative of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (August 2004 to July 2005)

Julie A. Saft

Age: 50

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Client Systems Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2008). Formerly, Senior Manager at Vanguard (November 1997 – July 2008).

David E. Schneider

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Institutional Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Walid A. Shinnawi

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Senior Director at Moody’s KMV (1999-March 2006).

 

22


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Bruce A. Simmons

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Investment Operations Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 2007). Formerly, Vice President Client and Fund Reporting at Mellon Financial (September 2005 – May 2007); Vice President Business Development at CUADPRO Marketing (July 2003 – September 2005).

Ted R. Simpson

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since December 2002).

Bryce D. Skaff

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (December 1999 to January 2007).

Grady M. Smith

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Carl G. Snyder

Age: 46

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Lawrence R. Spieth

Age: 62

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Bradley G. Steiman

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Director and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Robert C. Trotter

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Manager Technology for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2007). Formerly, Director of Technology at AMVESCAP (2002 – 2007).

Karen E. Umland

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Sunil Wahal

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (July 2008 – January 2009); Consultant to Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (September 2005 – July 2008); Jack D. Furst Professor of Finance at Arizona State University, WP Carey School of Business (July 2005 – July 2008); Associate Professor of Finance at Goizueta Business School, Emory University (1997 – 2005).

Brian J. Walsh

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

Carol W. Wardlaw

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Weston J. Wellington

Age: 58

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Daniel M. Wheeler

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Previously, Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since October 2003) and President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since June 2003).

Ryan J. Wiley

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Trader of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Portfolio Manager (2006 to 2007) and Trader (2001 to 2006).

Paul E. Wise

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Technology Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

 

1

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

As of January 31, 2010, Directors and officers as a group own less than 1% of the outstanding stock of each Portfolio described in this SAI, except that Directors and officers, as a group, owned 6.59% of the DFA Short -Term Municipal Bond Portfolio.

 

23


Table of Contents

SERVICES TO THE PORTFOLIOS

Administrative Services—The DFA One-Year Fixed Income and DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolios

The Fund has entered into an administration agreement with the Advisor, on behalf of the DFA One-Year Fixed Income and DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolios. Pursuant to the administration agreement, the Advisor performs various services, including: supervision of the services provided by the Portfolio’s custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent and others who provide services to the Fund for the benefit of the Portfolio; providing shareholders with information about the Portfolio and their investments as the shareholders or the Fund may request; assisting the Portfolio in conducting meetings of shareholders; and any other administrative services for the benefit of the Portfolio as the Board of Directors may reasonably request. For its administrative services, the Portfolios are obligated to pay the Advisor a monthly fee based on average net assets equal to one-twelfth of the percentages listed below:

 

Portfolio

   Administration Fee  

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

   0.10

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   0.10

Each class of each Portfolio pays its proportionate share of the fees paid by the Portfolio to Advisor based on the average net assets of the classes.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008, and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Portfolios paid administrative fees to the Advisor as set forth in the following table:

 

Portfolio

   FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2009

(000)
   FISCAL
PERIOD
ENDED
2008

(000)
   FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2007

(000)

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 3,448    $ 3,110    $ 3,019

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 3,169    $ 2,920    $ 2,761

Administrative Services—All Portfolios

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC Global”), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the accounting services, dividend disbursing and transfer agent for the Portfolios. The services provided by PNC Global are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Board of Directors of the Fund, and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodians, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by PNC Global, the Portfolios pay PNC Global annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies and a group trust. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0110% of the Fund Complex’s first $50 billion of average net assets;

.0085% of the Fund Complex’s next $25 billion of average net assets; and

.0075% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $75 billion.

The fees charged to a Portfolio under the fee schedule are allocated to each such Portfolio based on the Portfolio’s pro-rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex.

 

24


Table of Contents

Each Portfolio is also subject to a monthly fee. The DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio are each subject to a monthly fee of $1,666. The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio are each subject to a monthly base fee of $2,083.

The Portfolios also pay separate fees to PNC Global with respect to the services PNC Global provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodians

Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, New York, 10005, is the global custodian for the DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio. PFPC Trust Company, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the custodian for the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio and DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio. Each custodian maintains a separate account or accounts for a Portfolio; receives, holds, and releases portfolio securities on account of the Portfolio; makes receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolio; and collects and receives income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities.

Distributor

The Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 1299 Ocean Avenue, Santa Monica, California 90401.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Fund by serving as the principal underwriter of the Fund’s shares. Pursuant to the Fund’s Distribution Agreement, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Fund. No compensation is paid by the Fund to DFAS under the Distribution Agreement.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Fund. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Fund and audits the annual financial statements of the Fund. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth and Rex A. Sinquefield, as directors and/or officers of the Advisor and shareholders of the outstanding stock of the Advisor’s general partner, may be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Fund. For the services it provides as investment advisor to each Portfolio, the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio. Each class of each Portfolio pays its proportionate share of the fees paid by the Portfolio to the Advisor based on the average net assets of the classes.

 

25


Table of Contents

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008, and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Portfolios paid management fees (to the Advisor and any sub-advisor) as set forth in the following table (the dollar amount is shown prior to any fee waivers by the Advisor):

 

     FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2009

(000)
    FISCAL
PERIOD
ENDED
2008

(000)
    FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2007

(000)
 

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio(a)

   $ 1,735      $ 1,563      $ 1,510   

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio(a)

   $ 1,627      $ 1,546      $ 1,468   

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio(b)

   $ 318      $ 184        N/A   

DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio

   $ 2,022      $ 2,205      $ 2,146   

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 7,617      $ 8,193      $ 7,265   

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 1,333      $ 1,254      $ 1,086   

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio(c)

   $ 300 1      N/A        N/A   

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio (d)

   $ 536      $ 316 2    $ 92 4 

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio (e)

   $ 2,064      $ 1,813      $ 1,666   

DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio (f)

   $ 385      $ 318 3    $ 93 5 

 

1

$213 after waiver

2

$347 after recoupment of fees previously waived

3

$334 after recoupment of fees previously waived

4

$ 81 after waiver

5

$ 77 after waiver

(a) Prior to October 23, 2009, the Portfolio was a Feeder Portfolio and the dollar amount prior to October 23, 2009 represents the amount paid by the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invested its assets. Prior to October 23, 2009, the Master Fund had more than one Feeder Portfolio and/or direct investor and, therefore, the dollar amount represents the total dollar amount of management fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor.
(b) The DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio commenced operations on January 9, 2008. Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of the Portfolio (excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to 0.25% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.
(c) Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of the Portfolio (not including expenses incurred through an investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to 0.22% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (“Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver Agreement will remain in effect for an initial period until March 1, 2011 and then shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.
(d)

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio commenced operations on September 18, 2006. Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses to 0.20% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, described in the prior sentence, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or

 

26


Table of Contents
 

expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

(e) Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee to the extent necessary to reduce the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (not including expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) up to the amount of its total management fee when its Portfolio Expenses exceed 0.30% of its average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than 0.30% of its average net assets on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed 0.30% of its average net assets. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.
(f) California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio commenced operations on April 2, 2007. Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses to 0.30% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, described in the prior sentence, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expense previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. Stephen A. Clark and David A. Plecha coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolios.

Investments in Each Portfolio

Information relating to each portfolio manager’s ownership (including the ownership of his immediate family) in the Portfolios contained in this SAI that he manages as of October 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

 

27


Table of Contents

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Portfolio

  

Dollar Range of Portfolio Shares Owned

Stephen A. Clark   

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

  

$100,001-$500,000

None

None

None

$10,001-$50,000

None

$100,001-$500,000

$100,001-$500,000

$100,001-$500,000

None

David A. Plecha   

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

  

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as it deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

   

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

   

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegees. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

In addition, portfolio managers are given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolios, the portfolio managers manage (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which the portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

28


Table of Contents

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category As of October 31, 2009

Stephen A. Clark   

•     88 U.S. registered mutual funds with $104,620 million in total assets under management.

 

•     23 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $23,160 million in total assets under management. Out of these unregistered pooled investment vehicles, one client with an investment of $211 million in an unregistered pooled investment vehicle pays a performance-based advisory fee.

 

•     70 other accounts with $7,541 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

David A. Plecha   

•     17 U.S. registered mutual funds with $17,835 million in total assets under management.

 

•     10 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $16,629 million in total assets under management.

 

•     6 other accounts with $149 million in total assets under management.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one Portfolio and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolios in this SAI), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a Portfolio. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

   

Time Management. The management of multiple Portfolios and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each Portfolio and/or Accounts. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Portfolios.

 

   

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one Portfolio and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any Portfolio or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one Portfolio or Account, a Portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible Portfolios and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple Portfolios and Accounts.

 

   

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Portfolio or the Account.

 

   

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an

 

29


Table of Contents
 

incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

   

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

GENERAL INFORMATION

DFAIDG was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, DFAIDG was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc. Until September 1995, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio was named DFA Intermediate Government Bond Portfolio; DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio was named DFA Global Bond Portfolio; and DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio was named DFA Fixed Income Shares. Effective as of October 23, 2009, the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio were no longer feeder portfolios and now hold the portfolio securities previously held by The DFA One-Year Fixed Income Series and The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Series, respectively, the Master Funds in which the Portfolios invested. The Fund generally offers shares of the Portfolios only to institutional investors and clients of registered investment advisers.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Fund, the Advisor, DFA Australia Limited, DFA Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFAS have adopted a Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios. The Code is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolios and their shareholders with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolio’s prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences as each other class of the Portfolio, except that on a matter affecting a single class only shares of that class of the Portfolio are permitted to vote on the matter.

With respect to matters which require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters which affect the interest of the Portfolio or class of shares of the Portfolio which they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of the Fund should occur, the Fund’s shareholders would be entitled to receive on a per class basis the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular class. Ordinarily, the Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Fund’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Fund, the latter being audited.

 

30


Table of Contents

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2010, the following persons beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding stock of the Portfolios, as set forth below:

DFA ONE-YEAR FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

   42.74

101 Montgomery Street

  

San Francisco, CA 94104

  

National Financial Services LLC*

   14.20

200 Liberty Street

  

One World Financial Center

  

New York, NY 10281

  

Qualcomm Incorporated

   13.63

5775 Morehouse Drive

  

San Diego, CA 92121

  

Ameritrade, Inc.

   7.52

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

  

Bellevue, NE 68005

  

Trust Company of America*

   6.70

P.O. Box 6503

  

Englewood, CO 80155

  

DFA SELECTIVELY HEDGED GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   40.06

DFA Global 60/40 Portfolio

   34.03

1299 Ocean Avenue, 11th Floor

  

Santa Monica, CA 90401

  

National Financial Services LLC*1

   10.50

Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   10.29

DFA TWO-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   50.51

National Financial Services LLC*1

   15.75

Qualcomm Incorporated1

   15.24

Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   6.24

 

31


Table of Contents

DFA FIVE-YEAR GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   44.52

National Financial Services LLC*1

   17.40

Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   14.75

Trust Company of America*1

   5.03

DFA FIVE-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   37.91

National Financial Services LLC*1

   18.53

Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   17.74

Trust Company of America*1

   8.54

DFA INTERMEDIATE GOVERNMENT FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   38.85

Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   34.81

National Financial Services LLC*1

   9.14

Pershing LLC*

   5.17

One Pershing Plaza

  

P.O. Box 2052

  

Jersey City, NJ 07303

  

DFA SHORT-TERM EXTENDED QUALITY PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   40.49

DFA Global 60/40 Portfolio1

   17.83

National Financial Services LLC*1

   13.44

DFA Global 25/75 Portfolio

   11.93

1299 Ocean Avenue, 11th Floor

  

Santa Monica, CA 90401

  

Ameritrade, Inc.* 1

   10.77

DFA INFLATION-PROTECTED SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   54.05

Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   13.59

 

32


Table of Contents

National Financial Services LLC*1

   12.75

DFA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   45.81

National Financial Services LLC*1

   25.26

Trust Company of America*1

   11.35

Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   6.23

LPL

   5.38

P.O. Box 509046

  

San Diego, CA 92150

  

DFA CALIFORNIA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   66.95

National Financial Services LLC*1

   17.19

Ameritrade, Inc.* 1

   11.75

 

 

* Owner of record only (omnibus).
1

See address for shareholder previously noted above in list.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Fund will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business, regardless of whether the Federal Reserve System is closed. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Fund will generally be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Fund is closed.

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of any or all Portfolios or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund or a Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of a Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Fund or its transfer agent may, from time to time, appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, a Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

Reimbursement fees may be charged prospectively from time to time based upon the future experience of the Portfolios, which are currently sold at net asset value. Any such charges will be described in the prospectus.

 

33


Table of Contents

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC, (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

Shareholders may transfer shares of any Portfolio to another person by making a written request to the Advisor who will transmit the request to the Transfer Agent. The request should clearly identify the account and number of shares to be transferred, and include the signature of all registered owners and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described in the Prospectus under “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” As with redemptions, the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio. Unless you are invested in a Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of a Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Code and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

For investors in the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios, the following discussion should be read in conjunction with the discussion below under the subheading, “Additional Tax Information With Respect To Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios.”

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in a Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolios

Each Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. If a Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, a Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

Distribution Requirement —the Portfolio must distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (certain distributions made by the

 

34


Table of Contents
 

Portfolio after the close of its tax year are considered distributions attributable to the previous tax year for purposes of satisfying this requirement).

 

   

Income Requirement —the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTPs).

 

   

Asset Diversification Test —the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by a Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See, “Investment in Complex Securities” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, a Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

A Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If a Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that a Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. In addition, any such under-distribution of income might cause a Portfolio to fail to satisfy the Income Requirement and thereby not qualify as a regulated investment company for such taxable year.

If for any taxable year a Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends will be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on a Portfolio’s income and performance. It is possible that a Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate (except in a money market fund that maintains a stable net asset value) may result in higher taxes. This is because a Portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to generate more short-term and less long-term capital gain or loss than a comparable Portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance.

Capital loss carryovers. For federal income tax purposes, a Portfolio is permitted to carry forward its net realized capital losses, if any, for eight years as a short-term capital loss and use such losses, subject to applicable

 

35


Table of Contents

limitations, to offset net capital gains without being required to pay taxes on, or distribute, such gains that are offset by the losses. However, the amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year may be limited if a Portfolio experiences an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. An ownership change generally results when the shareholders owning 5% or more of a fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers that expire unused, thereby reducing a Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. A Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another Portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond a Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Undistributed capital gains. A Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. A Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carry forward) at the highest corporate tax rate (currently 35%). If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, the Code requires a Portfolio to distribute to you by December 31 of each year, at a minimum, the following amounts: 98% of its taxable ordinary income earned during the calendar year; 98% of its capital gain net income earned during the twelve-month period ending October 31; and 100% of any undistributed amounts from the prior year. Each Portfolio intends to declare and pay these distributions in December (or to pay them in January, in which case you must treat them as received in December) but can give no assurances that its distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by a Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld will generally be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle a Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of a Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, a Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders. See “Investment in Foreign SecuritiesPass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

Distributions of Net Investment Income

A Portfolio receives or derives income generally in the form of dividends and interest on its investments. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of a Portfolio, constitutes its net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, any distributions by a Portfolio from such income (other than qualified dividend income received by individuals) will be taxable to you at ordinary income tax rates, whether you take them in cash or in additional shares. A portion of the income dividends paid to shareholders by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of Capital Gains

A Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in a Portfolio. Any net capital gain of a Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of Capital

 

36


Table of Contents

If a Portfolio’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in a Portfolio and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. Any return of capital in excess of a shareholder’s basis, however, is taxable as a capital gain.

Investment in Foreign Securities

Certain of the Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from certain foreign securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes on a Portfolio and/or its shareholders. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce a Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of a Portfolio are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. If this election is made, a Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). A Portfolio will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election.

The amount of any foreign tax credits available to you (as a result of the pass-through to you of your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio) will be reduced if you receive from a Portfolio qualifying dividends from qualifying foreign corporations that are subject to tax at reduced rates. Shareholders in these circumstances should talk with their personal tax advisors about their foreign tax credits and the procedures that they should follow to claim these credits on their personal income tax returns.

Effect of foreign debt investments on distributions. Most foreign exchange gains realized on the sale of debt securities are treated by a Portfolio as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. Similarly, foreign exchange losses realized on the sale of debt securities generally are treated as ordinary losses. These gains when distributed are taxable to you as ordinary income, and any losses reduce the Portfolio’s ordinary income otherwise available for distribution to you. This treatment could increase or decrease the Portfolio’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of a Portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital.

PFIC securities. Certain Portfolios may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that a Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by a Portfolio. In addition, if a Portfolio is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio may be subject to U.S. federal income tax (the effect of which might be mitigated by making a mark-to-market election in a year prior to the sale) on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Information on the Amount and Tax Character of Distributions

 

37


Table of Contents

The Portfolios will inform you of the amount and character of your distributions at the time they are paid, and will advise you of the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, a Portfolio may designate and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividends, or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders a Portfolio may further designate and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by a Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable to you as if they were paid in December.

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of a Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Cost basis reporting. Under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, a Portfolio’s administrative agent will be required to provide you with cost basis information on the sale of any of your shares in a Portfolio, subject to certain exceptions. This cost basis reporting requirement is effective for shares purchased in a Portfolio on or after January 1, 2012.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to a Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886.

U.S. Government Securities

To the extent a Portfolio invests in certain U.S. government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio to shareholders that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Portfolio. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Qualified Dividend Income for Individuals

For individual shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible for taxation at long-term capital gain rates. This reduced rate generally is available for dividends paid by a Portfolio out of dividends earned on the Portfolio’s investment in stocks of domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations. Because the income of each Portfolio is derived primarily from interest on debt securities, none or only a small amount of the Portfolios’ dividends will be qualified dividend income. Income dividends from interest earned by the Portfolio on debt securities will continue to be taxed at the higher ordinary income tax rate.

 

38


Table of Contents

Both a Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, a Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. The ex-dividend date is the first date following the declaration of a dividend on which the purchaser of stock is not entitled to receive the dividend payment. When counting the number of days you held your Portfolio shares, include the day you sold your shares but not the day you acquired these shares.

While the income received in the form of a qualified dividend is taxed at the same rates as long-term capital gains, such income will not be considered as a long-term capital gain for other federal income tax purposes. For example, you will not be allowed to offset your long-term capital losses against qualified dividend income on your federal income tax return. Any qualified dividend income that you elect to be taxed at these reduced rates also cannot be used as investment income in determining your allowable investment interest expense. For other limitations on the amount of or use of qualified dividend income on your income tax return, please contact your personal tax advisor.

After the close of its fiscal year, each Portfolio will designate the portion of its ordinary dividend income that meets the definition of qualified dividend income taxable at reduced rates. If 95% or more of a Portfolio’s income is from qualified sources, it will be allowed to designate 100% of its ordinary income distributions as qualified dividend income.

This favorable taxation of qualified dividend income at long-term capital gain tax rates expires and will no longer apply to dividends paid by the Portfolios with respect to its taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 (sunset date), unless such provision is extended or made permanent.

Dividends-Received Deduction for Corporations

For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may qualify for the dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by a Portfolio that so qualifies will be designated each year in a notice mailed to the Portfolio’s shareholders, and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations that would have qualified for the dividends-received deduction in the hands of a Portfolio if the Portfolio was a regular corporation. Dividends paid by certain Portfolios from interest on debt securities or dividends earned on portfolio securities of non-U.S. issuers are not expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction. Because the income of each Portfolio is derived primarily from interest on debt securities, none or only a small amount of their distributions are expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions imposed under the Code on the corporation claiming the deduction. The amount that a Portfolio may designate as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Even if designated as dividends eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation.

Limitation on Deductibility of Losses

Losses incurred on the sale of securities by the Portfolio to another Portfolio will be disallowed if, as of the date of sale, the selling and purchasing funds are considered related parties. If the selling and purchasing funds are both Portfolios (i.e., both corporations), they are treated as related parties if five or fewer persons, who are individuals, estates or trusts, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. Other attribution rules may apply.

Investment in Complex Securities

 

39


Table of Contents

A Portfolio may invest in complex securities and such investments may be subject to numerous special and complicated tax rules. These rules could affect whether gains or losses recognized by a Portfolio are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Portfolio, defer the Portfolio’s ability to recognize losses, and subject the Portfolio to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of the Portfolio’s foreign investments. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing and/or tax character of a Portfolio’s income and, in turn, of the income distributed to you.

Derivatives. Certain Portfolios are permitted to invest in certain options, futures and foreign currency contracts. If a Portfolio makes these investments, it could be required to mark-to-market these contracts and recognize for federal income tax purposes any unrealized gains and losses at its fiscal year end even though it continues to hold the contracts. Under these rules, gains or losses on the contracts generally would be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term gains or losses, but gains or losses on certain foreign currency contracts would be treated as ordinary income or losses. In determining its net income for excise tax purposes, a Portfolio also would be required to mark-to-market these contracts annually as of October 31 (for capital gain net income and ordinary income arising from certain foreign currency contracts), and to realize and distribute any resulting income and gains.

Securities Lending. While securities are loaned out by a Portfolio, the Portfolio will generally receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 70% dividends received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders. Additionally, any payments made “in lieu of” tax-exempt interest will be considered taxable income to the Portfolio, and thus, to the investors, even though such interest may be tax-exempt when paid to the borrower.

Short sales. A Portfolio’s entry into a short sale transaction or an option or other contract could be treated as the “constructive sale” of an “appreciated financial position,” causing it to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.

Tax straddles. A Portfolio’s investment in options, futures and foreign currency contracts in connection with certain hedging transactions could cause a Portfolio to hold offsetting positions in securities. If a Portfolio’s risk of loss with respect to specific securities in its portfolio is substantially diminished by the fact that it holds other securities, the Portfolio could be deemed to have entered into a tax “straddle” or to hold a “successor position” that would require any loss realized by it to be deferred for tax purposes.

Convertible debt. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a Portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount which accrued during the period of time the Portfolio held the debt obligation unless the Portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a Portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the Portfolio is generally required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount which accrues during such year. Therefore, a Portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the Portfolio to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a Portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of Portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a Portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a Portfolio should recognize market discount

 

40


Table of Contents

on a debt obligation, when the Portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent the Portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a Portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Pre-refunded municipal securities. The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest in pre-refunded municipal securities. For purposes of the Asset Diversification Test, a Portfolio’s investment in pre-refunded municipal securities backed by U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities will be considered an investment in the respective U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities that were deposited in the escrow account for the securities.

Credit default swap agreements. A Portfolio may be permitted to enter into credit default swap agreements. The rules governing the tax aspects of swap agreements that provide for contingent nonperiodic payments of this type are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain aspects. Accordingly, while the Portfolio intends to account for such transactions in a manner deemed to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. The Portfolio intends to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Portfolio to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Portfolio will be able to engage in credit default swap agreements.

Investment in U.S. REITs. A U.S. REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to a Portfolio will be treated as long term capital gains by the Portfolio and, in turn, may be distributed by the Portfolio to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Such Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may require a Portfolio to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a Portfolio may be required to sell securities in its portfolio that it otherwise would have continued to hold (including when it is not advantageous to do so). A Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may at other times result in the Portfolio’s receipt of cash in excess of the U.S. REIT’s earnings; if the Portfolio distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to Portfolio shareholders for federal income tax purposes. If a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a U.S. REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see “Investment in Complex Securities — Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income)” and “Non-U.S. Investors —Investment in U.S. real property” below with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in Non-U.S. REITs. While non-U.S. REITs often use complex acquisition structures that seek to minimize taxation in the source country, an investment by a Portfolio in a non-U.S. REIT may subject the Portfolio, directly or indirectly, to corporate taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes and other indirect taxes in the country in which the real estate acquired by the non-U.S. REIT is located. The Portfolio’s pro rata share of any such taxes will reduce the Portfolio’s return on its investment. A Portfolio’s investment in a non U.S. REIT may be considered an investment in a PFIC, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign SecuritiesPFIC securities.” Additionally, foreign withholding taxes on distributions from the non-U.S. REIT may be reduced or eliminated under certain tax treaties, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities.” Also, the Portfolio in certain limited circumstances may be required to file an income tax return in the source country and pay tax on any gain realized from its investment in the non-U.S. REIT under rules similar to those in the United States which tax foreign persons on gain realized from dispositions of interests in U.S. real estate.

Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income). Certain Portfolios may be permitted to invest in U.S. REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) or which are, or have certain wholly-owned subsidiaries that are, “taxable mortgage pools.” Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of a Portfolio’s income from a U.S. REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or equity interests in a taxable mortgage pool (referred to

 

41


Table of Contents

in the Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as a Portfolio, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities and tax-exempt organizations that are not subject to tax on UBTI) is a record holder of a share in a Portfolio, then the Portfolio will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. While the Portfolios do not intend to invest in U.S. REITs, a substantial portion of the assets of which generates excess inclusion income, there can be no assurance that a Portfolio will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

These rules are potentially applicable to any Portfolio that receives income from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S. REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a Portfolio with a non-REIT strategy. Shareholders should talk to their tax advisors about the potential tax consequences of a Portfolio’s receipt and distribution of excess inclusion income.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. A Portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a Portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Portfolio, requiring the Portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, a Portfolio must withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 

   

provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

 

   

certify that this number is correct,

 

   

certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

 

   

certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

A Portfolio also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 28% of any dividends or proceeds paid. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a flat 30% withholding tax (or a withholding tax at a lower treaty rate) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by a Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for exempt-interest dividends, capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, and with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless

 

42


Table of Contents

such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), a short-term capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below) are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), dividends designated by a Portfolio as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which a Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is designated by a Portfolio as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the designation is based on an estimate of a Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year end. As a consequence, a Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding, or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for a Portfolio to designate, and each Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not designate, small amounts of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, a Portfolio’s designation of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Exempt-interest dividends. Exempt-interest dividends from interest earned on municipal securities are not subject to U.S. withholding tax.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; effectively connected income. Ordinary dividends paid by a Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. If you hold your Portfolio shares in connection with a U.S. trade or business, your income and gains will be considered effectively connected income and taxed in the U.S. on a net basis, in which case you may be required to file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property. Certain Portfolios may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in U.S. real property, including U.S. Real Estate Investment Trusts (U.S. REIT). The sale of a U.S. real property interest (USRPI) by a Portfolio or by a U.S. REIT or U.S. real property holding corporation in which a Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to a Portfolio’s non-U.S. shareholders.

The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (FIRPTA) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a USRPI as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a regulated investment company (RIC) received from a U.S. REIT or another RIC classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation or

 

43


Table of Contents

realized by the RIC on a sale of a USRPI (other than a domestically controlled U.S. REIT or RIC that is classified as a qualified investment entity) if all of the following requirements are met:

 

   

The RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC is classified as a “qualified investment entity” with respect to a distribution to a non-U.S. person which is attributable directly or indirectly to a distribution from a U.S. REIT if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consists of interests in U.S. REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations, and

 

   

You are a non-U.S. shareholder that owns more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

 

   

If these conditions are met, such Portfolio distributions to you are treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 35%, and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

 

   

In addition, even if you do not own more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares, but the Portfolio is a qualified investment entity, such Portfolio distributions to you will be taxable as ordinary dividends rather than as a capital gain dividend (a distribution of long-term capital gains) or a short-term capital gain dividend subject to withholding at the 30% or lower treaty withholding rate.

These rules apply to dividends paid by a Portfolio before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), except that after this date, a Portfolio’s distributions from a U.S. REIT (whether or not domestically controlled) attributable to FIRPTA gain will continue to be subject to the withholding rules described above provided the Portfolio would otherwise be classified as a qualified investment entity.

Because each Portfolio expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, the Portfolio expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Portfolio shares nor Portfolio dividends and distributions would be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax. As of the date of this Registration Statement, the U.S. federal estate tax is repealed for one year for decedents dying on or after January 1, 2010 and before January 1, 2011, unless reinstated earlier, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010. On and after the date the U.S. federal estate tax is reinstated, an individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, a Portfolio may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount. In addition, a partial exemption from U.S estate tax may apply to Portfolio shares held by the estate of a nonresident decedent. The amount treated as exempt is based upon the proportion of the assets held by a Portfolio at the end of the quarter immediately preceding the decedent’s death that are debt obligations, deposits, or other property that would generally be treated as situated outside the United States if held directly by the estate. This provision applies to decedents dying after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2010, unless such provision is extended or made permanent. Transfers by gift of shares of a Portfolio by a non-U.S. shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. back up withholding imposed at a rate of 28% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, a non-U.S. shareholder must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect.

 

44


Table of Contents

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in a Portfolio.

Additional Tax Information With Respect To Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios

Exempt-interest dividends. By meeting certain requirements of the Code, each of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios qualifies to pay exempt-interest dividends to shareholders. These dividends are derived from interest income exempt from regular federal income tax and are not subject to regular federal income tax when they are paid to shareholders. However, shareholders required to file a federal income tax return will be required to report the receipt of exempt-interest dividends on their returns. Exempt-interest dividends that are excluded from federal taxable income may still be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax. See the discussion below under the heading, “Alternative minimum tax.”

In addition, to the extent that exempt-interest dividends are derived from interest on obligations of a state or its political subdivisions, or from interest on qualifying U.S. territorial obligations (including qualifying obligations of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Guam), they also may be exempt from that state’s personal income taxes. Most states, however, do not grant tax-free treatment to interest on state and municipal securities of other states.

Taxable income dividends. The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may earn taxable income from many sources, including temporary investments, discount from stripped obligations or their coupons, income from securities loans or other taxable transactions, and ordinary income from the sale of market discount bonds. If you are a taxable investor, any distributions by the Portfolio from this income will be taxable to you as ordinary income, whether you receive them in cash or in additional shares.

Distributions of capital gains and gain or loss on sale or exchange of your portfolio shares; redemption at a loss within six months of purchase. The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may realize capital gain or loss on sale of portfolio securities. Distributions of capital gains are taxable to you. Distributions from net short-term capital gain will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from net long-term capital gain will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in a Portfolio. If you are a taxable investor, when you sell your shares in a Portfolio, you may realize a capital gain or loss, which is subject to federal income tax. Any loss incurred on the redemption or exchange of shares held for six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends paid to you with respect to your Portfolio shares, and any remaining loss will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Information On The Amount and Tax Character of Distributions. The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios will inform you of the amount of your exempt-interest dividends, taxable ordinary income and capital gain dividends at the time they are paid, and will advise you of their tax status for federal income tax purposes shortly after the end of each calendar year, including the portion, if any, of the distributions that on average are comprised of taxable income or interest income that is a tax preference item when determining your alternative minimum tax. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, a Portfolio may designate and distribute to you,

 

45


Table of Contents

as taxable, as tax-exempt or as tax preference income, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by a Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxed to you as if made in December.

Alternative minimum tax. Interest on certain private activity bonds, while exempt from regular federal income tax, is a preference item for you when determining your alternative minimum tax under the Code and under the income tax provisions of several states. Private activity bond interest could subject you to or increase your liability under federal and state alternative minimum taxes, depending on your personal or corporate tax position. However, under recently enacted provisions of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, tax-exempt interest on private activity bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 is not an item of tax preference for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. If you are a person defined in the Code as a “substantial user” (or persons related to such users) of a facility financed by private activity bonds, you should consult with your tax advisor before buying shares of either Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios. The Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios do not currently intend to invest their assets in securities whose interest is subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

Effect on taxation of social security benefits; denial of interest deduction; “substantial users.” Exempt-interest dividends must be taken into account in computing the portion, if any, of social security or railroad retirement benefits that must be included in an individual shareholder’s gross income subject to federal income tax. Interest on debt you incur to buy or hold shares of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolios may not be deductible for federal income tax purposes. Indebtedness may be allocated to shares of a Portfolio even though not directly traceable to the purchase of such shares. Moreover, a shareholder who is (or is related to) a “substantial user” of a facility financed by industrial development bonds held by the Portfolio will likely be subject to tax on dividends paid by the Portfolio that are derived from interest on such bonds. Receipt of exempt-interest dividends may result in other collateral federal income tax consequences to certain taxpayers, including financial institutions, property and casualty insurance companies and foreign corporations engaged in a trade or business in the United States.

Loss of status of securities as tax-exempt. Failure of the issuer of a tax-exempt security to comply with certain legal or contractual requirements relating to the security could cause interest on the security, as well as Portfolio distributions derived from this interest, to become taxable, perhaps retroactively to the date the security was issued. In such a case, the Portfolio may be required to report to the IRS and send to you amended Forms 1099 for a prior taxable year in order to report additional taxable income. This, in turn, could require shareholders to file amended federal and state income tax returns for such prior year to report and pay tax and interest on their pro rata share of the additional amount of taxable income.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of Directors of DFAIDG has delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the Portfolios to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Risk Metrics Group, Inc. (“RMG”), an independent third party, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolios, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Portfolios as understood by the Advisor at the time of the vote. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the Portfolios in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Most proxies that the

 

46


Table of Contents

Advisor receives will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies are voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, it normally will not be necessary for the Advisor to make an actual determination of how to vote a particular proxy, thereby largely eliminating conflicts of interest for the Advisor during the proxy voting process. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the Portfolios, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of RMG), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the Portfolios. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a Portfolio in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the Fund.

The Advisor will usually vote proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to vote counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the Portfolio would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the Portfolio.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of a Portfolio and which seeks to maximize the value of that Portfolio’s investments. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a Portfolio to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of a Portfolio and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the Portfolio’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to a Portfolio associated with voting. The Advisor determines whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally implements uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio by portfolio and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a Portfolio, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Fund have retained Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”) which was acquired by RMG to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. RMG provides information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translates proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provides research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effects votes on behalf of the Portfolios; and provides reports concerning the proxies voted. In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain

 

47


Table of Contents

shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor may consider the recommendations of ISS on proxy issues, the Advisor remains ultimately responsible for all proxy voting decisions.

Information regarding how each of the Portfolios voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) upon request, by calling collect: (512) 306-7400 or (ii) on the Advisor’s website at http://www.dimensional.com and (iii) on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Board of Directors of DFAIDG have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolios (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolios, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules and regulations.

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. Each Portfolio generally discloses up to its twenty-five largest portfolio holdings and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Portfolio (“largest holdings”), as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within twenty days after the end of each month. This online disclosure may also include information regarding the industry allocations of the Portfolio. Each Portfolio generally discloses its complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, two months following the month-end, or more frequently and at different periods when authorized by a Designated Person (as defined below).

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. Each of the Advisor’s Chairmen, Director of Institutional Services, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading and General Counsel (together, the “Designated Persons”) may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about a Portfolio’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement, unless indicated otherwise, is not subject to a time delay before dissemination. Designated Persons may also approve the distribution of Holdings Information for a Portfolio more frequently or at a period other than as described above.

As of January 31, 2010, the Advisor and the Portfolios had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

48


Table of Contents

Recipient

  

Master Funds/Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

PFPC Trust Company    DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio and DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio    Fund Custodian    Daily
Citibank, N.A.    DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Fund Custodian    Daily
Citibank, N.A.    All Portfolios    Middle office operational support service provider to the Advisor    Daily
PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.    All Portfolios    Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent and Transfer Agent    Daily
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP    All Portfolios    Independent registered public accounting firm    Upon request
American Medical Association    DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Marquette Associates, Inc.    DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Victorian Fund Management Corporation    All Portfolios except DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Bank of New York    All Portfolios except DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Evaluation Associates LLC    All Portfolios except DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Wilshire Associates    DFA One-Year Fixed Income Series and DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Wurts & Associates    All Portfolios except DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
CTC Consulting, Inc.    All Portfolios except DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly

 

49


Table of Contents

Recipient

  

Master Funds/Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

Rachor Investment Advisory    DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Lynx Investment Advisory    DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio and DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Callan Associates    DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. None of the Portfolios, the Advisor or any other party receives any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS or any affiliated person of the Fund, the Trust, the Advisor or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders and the Portfolios, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders, in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable judgment that (1) the Portfolio has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer is also responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Fund; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://www.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits a Portfolio, the Advisor or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other

 

50


Table of Contents

investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolios to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. PwC audits the Fund’s annual financial statements. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios for their fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Fund’s annual reports to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

A shareholder may obtain a copy of the annual reports, upon request and without charge, by contacting the Funds at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI.

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolios may compare their investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations which track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolios may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolios or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of a Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

51


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

Concise Summary of 2010 U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.1 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Routine/Miscellaneous:

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

   

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

1

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-1


Table of Contents
   

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

   

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

   

Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

2. Board of Directors:

Votes on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

   

Board Accountability

 

   

Board Responsiveness

 

   

Director Independence

 

   

Director Competence

Board Accountability

Problematic Takeover Defenses

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST2 the entire board of directors (except new nominees3, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election — any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;

 

   

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote withhold/against every year until this feature is removed;

 

2

In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the valid contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

3

A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If RMG cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
   

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly-adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually-elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill. This policy applies to all companies adopting or renewing pills after the announcement of this policy (Nov 19, 2009);

 

   

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-By-CASE on all nominees if the board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

   

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders- i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

   

The issuer’s rationale;

 

   

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

   

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

   

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

   

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

   

There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if:

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

   

There is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance (see Pay for Performance Policy);

 

   

The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash, or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in the firm’s equity plan;

 

   

The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

 

   

The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment made to shareholders;

 

   

The company has problematic pay practices. Problematic pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Other Problematic Governance Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75 percent of the aggregate board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the director(s) involved. If this information cannot be obtained, withhold from all incumbent directors;

 

   

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

   

A classified board structure;

 

   

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

   

Majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to call special meetings;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to act by written consent;

 

   

A dual-class structure; and/or

 

   

A non-shareholder approved poison pill.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Board Responsiveness

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares; or

 

   

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Director Independence

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors in the Summary Guidelines) when:

 

A-4


Table of Contents
   

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

   

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

   

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

   

The full board is less than majority independent.

Director Competence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;

 

   

Pattern of absenteeism; and

 

   

Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;

 

   

Sit on more than six public company boards;4

 

   

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards.

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections5

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

   

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

   

Management’s track record;

 

   

Background to the proxy contest;

 

   

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

 

   

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

 

   

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

 

   

Stock ownership positions.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:

The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:

 

4

Dimensional will screen votes otherwise subject to this policy based on the qualifications and circumstances of the directors involved.

5

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-5


Table of Contents
   

Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

   

serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;

 

   

approves information sent to the board;

 

   

approves meeting agendas for the board;

 

   

approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;

 

   

has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

   

if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;

 

   

Two-thirds independent board;

 

   

All independent key committees;

 

   

Established governance guidelines;

 

   

A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;

 

   

The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Egregious compensation practices;

 

   

Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;

 

   

Corporate and/or management scandals;

 

   

Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or

 

   

Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.

3. Shareholder Rights & Defenses:6

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

For management proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing five-percent holder);

 

6

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-6


Table of Contents

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills- Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

   

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

   

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote FOR the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

   

No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

   

A term of no more than three years;

 

   

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

   

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to ratify a Pill to preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification. For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

The term;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

A-7


Table of Contents
   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote FOR management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

   

Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10% preferred);

 

   

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

   

Investor ownership structure; and

 

   

Shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote FOR management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account:

 

   

Ownership structure;

 

   

Quorum requirements; and

 

   

Supermajority vote requirements.

4. Capital/Restructuring:7

Common Stock Authorization

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and its three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class that has superior voting rights.

Preferred Stock

 

 

7

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares, and whether they are declawed.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series that has superior voting rights.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE –BY- CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The change-in-control figure presented in the “RMG Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

A-9


Table of Contents
   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

5. Compensation:8

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Equity Compensation Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

 

   

The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;

 

   

The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;

 

8

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-10


Table of Contents
   

The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards (see Pay-for-Performance);

 

   

The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% or the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;

 

   

Liberal Change of Control Definition: The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or

 

   

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices.

Other Compensation Proposals and Policies

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation- Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

In general, the management say on pay (MSOP) ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices- dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against the MSOP rather than withholding or voting against the compensation committee. However, if there is no MSOP on which to express the dissatisfaction, then the secondary target will be members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior MSOP proposal; then vote withhold or against compensation committee member (or, if the full board is deemed accountable, to all directors). If the negative factors impact equity-based plans, then vote AGAINST an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval.

Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST management say on pay (MSOP) proposals, AGAINST/WITHHOLD on compensation committee members (or, in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO), and/or AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if:

 

   

There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

   

The company maintains problematic pay practices;

 

   

The board exhibits poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Additional CASE-BY-CASE considerations for the management say on pay (MSOP) proposals:

 

   

Evaluation of performance metrics in short-term and long-term plans, as discussed and explained in the Compensation Discussion & Analysis (CD&A). Consider the measures, goals, and target awards reported by the company for executives’ short- and long-term incentive awards: disclosure, explanation of their alignment with the company’s business strategy, and whether goals appear to be sufficiently challenging in relation to resulting payouts;

 

   

Evaluation of peer group benchmarking used to set target pay or award opportunities. Consider the rationale stated by the company for constituents in its pay benchmarking peer group, as well as the benchmark targets it uses to set or validate executives’ pay (e.g., median, 75th percentile, etc.,) to ascertain whether the benchmarking process is sound or may result in pay “ratcheting” due to inappropriate peer group constituents (e.g., much larger companies) or targeting (e.g., above median); and

 

A-11


Table of Contents
   

Balance of performance-based versus non-performance-based pay. Consider the ratio of performance-based (not including plain vanilla stock options) vs. non-performance-based pay elements reported for the CEO’s latest reported fiscal year compensation, especially in conjunction with concerns about other factors such as performance metrics/goals, benchmarking practices, and pay-for-performance disconnects.

Pay for Performance

Evaluate the alignment of the CEO’s pay with performance over time, focusing particularly on companies that have underperformed their peers over a sustained period. From a shareholders’ perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s stock performance over time. Even when financial or operational measures are utilized in incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures should ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long-term.

Focus on companies with sustained underperformance relative to peers, considering the following key factors:

 

   

Whether a company’s one-year and three-year total shareholder returns (“TSR”) are in the bottom half of its industry group (i.e., four-digit GICS – Global Industry Classification Group); and

 

   

Whether the total compensation of a CEO who has served at least two consecutive fiscal years is aligned with the company’s total shareholder return over time, including both recent and long-term periods.

If a company falls in the bottom half of its four-digit GICS, further analysis of the CD&A is required to better understand the various pay elements and whether they create or reinforce shareholder alignment. Also assess the CEO’s pay relative to the company’s TSR over a time horizon of at least five years. The most recent year-over-year increase or decrease in pay remains a key consideration, but there will be additional emphasis on the long term trend of CEO total compensation relative to shareholder return. Also consider the mix of performance-based compensation relative to total compensation. In general, standard stock options or time-vested restricted stock are not considered to be performance-based. If a company provides performance-based incentives to its executives, the company is highly encouraged to provide the complete disclosure of the performance measure and goals (hurdle rate) so that shareholders can assess the rigor of the performance program. The use of non-GAAP financial metrics also makes it very challenging for shareholders to ascertain the rigor of the program as shareholders often cannot tell the type of adjustments being made and if the adjustments were made consistently. Complete and transparent disclosure helps shareholders to better understand the company’s pay for performance linkage.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

   

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

   

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

   

Options Backdating.

Non-Performance based Compensation Elements

Companies adopt a variety of pay arrangements that may be acceptable in their particular industries, or unique for a particular situation, and all companies are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. However, there are certain adverse practices that are particularly contrary to a

 

A-12


Table of Contents

performance-based pay philosophy, including guaranteed pay and excessive or inappropriate non-performance-based pay elements.

While not exhaustive, this is the list of practices that carry greatest weight in this consideration and may result in negative vote recommendations on a stand-alone basis. For more details, please refer to RMG’s Compensation FAQ document: http://www.riskmetrics.com/policy/2010_compensation_FAQ:

 

   

Multi-year guarantees for salary increases, non-performance based bonuses, and equity compensation;

 

   

Including additional years of unworked service that result in significant additional benefits, without sufficient justification, or including long-term equity awards in the pension calculation;

 

   

Perquisites for former and/or retired executives, and extraordinary relocation benefits (including home buyouts) for current executives;

 

   

Change-in-control payments exceeding 3 times base salary and target bonus; change-in-control payments without job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“Single Triggers”); new or materially amended agreements that provide for “modified single triggers” (under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package); new or materially amended agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up (including “modified gross-ups”);

 

   

Tax Reimbursements related to executive perquisites or other payments such as personal use of corporate aircraft, executive life insurance, bonus, etc; (see also excise tax gross-ups above)

 

   

Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;

 

   

Executives using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps or other similar arrangements; or

 

   

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender/subsequent regrant of underwater options).

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

Assess company policies and disclosure related to compensation that could incentivize excessive risk-taking, for example:

 

   

Guaranteed bonuses;

 

   

A single performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

   

Lucrative severance packages;

 

   

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

   

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

   

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

Vote CASE-by-CASE on options backdating issues. Generally, when a company has recently practiced options backdating, WITHHOLD from or vote AGAINST the compensation committee, depending on the severity of the practices and the subsequent corrective actions on the part of the board. When deciding on votes on compensation committee members who oversaw questionable options grant practices or current compensation committee members who

 

A-13


Table of Contents

fail to respond to the issue proactively, consider several factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

   

Duration of options backdating;

 

   

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

   

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

   

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

A CASE-by-CASE analysis approach allows distinctions to be made between companies that had “sloppy” plan administration versus those that acted deliberately and/or committed fraud, as well as those companies that subsequently took corrective action. Cases where companies have committed fraud are considered most egregious.

Board Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay:

 

   

Poor disclosure practices, including:

 

   

Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;

 

   

Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;

 

   

Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained.

 

   

Board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues, for example:

 

   

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

   

Failure to respond to concerns raised in connection with significant opposition to MSOP proposals.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:

 

   

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

   

Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

   

Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

   

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

   

Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

   

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

   

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

   

Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in

 

A-14


Table of Contents

stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Recoup Bonuses

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned later turn out to have been in error. This is line with the clawback provision in the Trouble Asset Relief Program. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. RMG will take into consideration:

 

   

If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy;

 

   

If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems; or

 

   

If the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent.

Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While RMG favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

   

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:

 

   

Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or

 

   

A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or

 

   

A meaningful retention ratio,

 

A-15


Table of Contents
   

Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.

 

   

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.

A rigorous stock ownership guideline should be at least 10x base salary for the CEO, with the multiple declining for other executives. A meaningful retention ratio should constitute at least 50 percent of the stock received from equity awards (on a net proceeds basis) held on a long-term basis, such as the executive’s tenure with the company or even a few years past the executive’s termination with the company.

6. Social/Environmental Issues:

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

A-16


Table of Contents

2010 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Election of Labor Representatives, Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers/Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Related Party Transactions; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.9 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

   

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

   

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

 

9

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

   

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

   

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

   

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

   

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

2. Board of Directors

Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

   

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

   

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

   

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

   

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

   

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

 

A-18


Table of Contents

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors,10 e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives11 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees.

Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives12 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company; or

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)” service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about

 

   

his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

[Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.]

RMG Classification of Directors – International Policy 2010

Executive Director

 

   

Employee or executive of the company;

 

   

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

   

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

   

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder, unless there is a clear lack of material[5] connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;

 

   

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting

 

10

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

11

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

12

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-19


Table of Contents
 

rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

   

Government representative;

 

   

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

   

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

   

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

   

Relative[1] of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

Relative[1] of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

   

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

   

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

   

Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.[4]

 

   

Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate best practice guidance.

Independent NED

 

   

No material[5] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company (other than a board seat) or the dissenting significant shareholder.

Employee Representative

 

   

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

Footnotes:

 

[1]

“Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

[2]

Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3]

If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction). For Central and Eastern European countries: A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the

 

A-20


Table of Contents
 

company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated. OR, A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) compared to the company’s total assets is more than 5 percent.

[4]

For example, in continental Europe, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In the United Kingdom and Ireland, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure.

[5]

For purposes of RMG director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Discharge of Directors

Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:

 

   

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or

 

   

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

   

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director Compensation13

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

13

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-21


Table of Contents

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. Capital Structure14

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances:

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

   

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet RMG guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

   

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

 

14

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-22


Table of Contents

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market repurchase authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

   

Maximum volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”);

 

   

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

For markets that either generally do not specify the maximum duration of the authority or seek a duration beyond 18 months that is allowable under market specific legislation, RMG will assess the company’s historic practice. If there is evidence that a company has sought shareholder approval for the authority to repurchase shares on an annual basis, RMG will support the proposed authority.

In addition, vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

   

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

   

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

   

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;

 

   

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

RMG may support share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume under exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring). Such proposals will be assessed case-by-case based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

   

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

   

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. Other Items

Reorganizations/Restructurings15

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions16

 

 

15

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

16

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-23


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, RMG reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable?

 

   

While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, RMG places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause RMG to scrutinize a deal more closely.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable.

 

   

Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? RMG will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers17

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions18

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

In evaluating resolutions that seek shareholder approval on related party transactions (RPTs), vote on a case-by-case basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following: -

 

   

the parties on either side of the transaction;

 

   

the nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

   

the pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

   

the views of independent directors (where provided);

 

   

the views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

   

whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

   

the stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that RMG deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, RMG may

 

17 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.
18

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-24


Table of Contents

recommend against the election of the director involved in the related-party transaction or the full board.

Compensation Plans19

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms20

Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

 

19

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

20

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-25


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2010

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (the “Fund”) is an open-end management investment company that offers fifty-nine series of shares. This statement of additional information (“SAI”) relates to seven series of the Fund (individually, a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”):

DOMESTIC EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

 

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio (Feeder)    Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio (Feeder)
Ticker: DTMMX    Ticker: DTMEX
Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio    Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio
Ticker: DTMVX    Ticker: DFTSX

T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

Ticker: DFTCX

  

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

Ticker: DTMIX

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

Ticker: DFTWX

This statement of additional information is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Portfolios’ prospectus dated February 28, 2010, as amended from time to time. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios (as applicable) are incorporated by reference from the Fund’s annual report to shareholders and the audited financial statements and financial highlights for a Portfolio’s Master Fund (as applicable) are incorporated by reference from The DFA Investment Trust Company’s (the “Trust”) annual report to shareholders. The prospectus and the annual reports can be obtained by writing to the above address or by calling the above telephone number.

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

   2

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

   2

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

   4

FUTURES CONTRACTS

   6

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

   7

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

   7

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

   8

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

   8

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

   9

SERVICES TO THE FUND

   18

ADVISORY FEES

   20

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

   21

GENERAL INFORMATION

   24

CODE OF ETHICS

   25

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

   25

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

   25

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   27

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

   27

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

   28

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

   39

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   41

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   44

PERFORMANCE DATA

   44

 

1


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

The Portfolios that are identified as “Feeders” (the “Feeder Portfolios”) on the cover page of this SAI seek to achieve their investment objectives by investing substantially all of their investable assets in corresponding series of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”). The series of the Trust are referred to as the “Master Funds.” Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor” or “Dimensional”) serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios and each of the Master Funds, and provides administrative services to the Feeder Portfolios. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meanings assigned to them in the Prospectus.

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the following information applies to all of the Portfolios and the Master Funds, including the Feeder Portfolios, through their investment in the Master Funds.

Each of the Portfolios and the Master Funds is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structure of the Portfolios and Master Funds is based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that a Portfolio might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, a Portfolio and the issuer would be deemed affiliated persons and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between mutual funds and their affiliates might become applicable.

Each of the Portfolios (except the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio) has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see each Portfolio’s “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES” section in the Prospectus.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the designated Portfolios for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007. For the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio and the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio, the amounts are commissions paid by their corresponding Master Funds.

 

     Fiscal Year
Ended
2009
   Fiscal Period
Ended
2008
   Fiscal Year
Ended
2007

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio

   $ 1,223,079    $ 2,194,755    $ 1,762,515

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio

   $ 548,646    $ 330,932    $ 273,640

Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 1,595,895    $ 2,886,103    $ 2,621,833

Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   $ 948,573    $ 1,746,451    $ 1,572,647

T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 671,196    $ 396,690    $ 56,425

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

   $ 401,875    $ 604,748    $ 562,099

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 189,252    $ 179,855      N/A

The substantial increases or decreases in the amount of brokerage commissions paid by certain Portfolios from year to year indicated in the foregoing table resulted primarily from asset changes that required increases or decreases in the amount of securities that were bought and sold by the Portfolio.

Please note that while the following discussion relates to the policies of the Portfolios with respect to

 

2


Table of Contents

brokerage commissions, it should be understood that, with respect to the Feeder Portfolios, the discussion applies to the Master Funds in which the Feeder Portfolios invest substantially all of their assets.

Portfolio transactions will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. The Portfolios will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner, which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of stocks being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected, and brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers, which effect transactions for the Portfolios to determine the effect that their trading has on the market prices of the securities in which they invest. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission being paid by the Portfolios to their brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services. Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. also performs these services for the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio and DFA Australia Limited also performs these services for the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio.

Subject to obtaining best price and execution, transactions may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund and the Board of Trustees of the Trust, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect a Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

Companies eligible for purchase by each Portfolio or Master Fund, other than the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio and T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Portfolios and Master Funds with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor with investment research, such as reports concerning individual issuers, industries and general economic and financial trends and other research services. The investment advisory agreements permit the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Portfolios.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Portfolios or, in the case of the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio and Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Fund, their corresponding Master Funds, paid commissions for securities transactions to brokers which provided market price monitoring services, market studies, brokerage services and research services to the Portfolios or Master Funds as follows:

 

     Value of
Securities
Transactions
   Brokerage
Commissions

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series

   $ 1,053,193,366    $ 1,028,318

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series

   $ 642,906,009    $ 494,964

Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 782,132,410    $ 1,120,567

Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   $ 501,845,967    $ 760,759

T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 753,470,933    $ 627,416

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

   $ 401,943,421    $ 201,221

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 204,502,202    $ 117,711

 

3


Table of Contents

The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio and Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio do not incur any brokerage costs in connection with their purchases or redemptions of shares of their respective Master Funds.

Certain Portfolios or Master Funds may purchase securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act). The table below lists the regular brokers or dealers of each Portfolio, or in the case of a Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund, whose securities (or securities of the broker’s or dealer’s parent company) were acquired by the Portfolio or Master Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as well as the value of such securities held by the Portfolio or Master Fund as of October 31, 2009.

 

Master Fund/Portfolio

  

Broker or Dealer

   Value of
Securities

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

  

Credit Suisse Group

   $ 43,868,840

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

  

TD Securities Inc.

   $ 18,349,402

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

  

Macquarie Group

   $ 6,293,491

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

  

UBS AG

   $ 8,623,556

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series

  

Citigroup Inc.

   $ 1,890,406

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series

  

Investment Technology Group, Inc.

   $ 17,323

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series

  

Jeffries Group Inc.

   $ 450,303

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series

  

Thomas Weisel Partners Group, LLC

   $ 13,608

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series

  

Citigroup Inc.

   $ 14,502,322

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series

  

Investment Technology Group, Inc.

   $ 20,340

Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

  

Thomas Weisel Partners Group, LLC

   $ 171,189

T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

  

Citigroup Inc.

   $ 870,540

T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

  

Jeffries Group Inc.

   $ 2,343,206

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

  

Deutsche Bank AG

   $ 1,713,703

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

  

HSBC Group

   $ 7,605,194

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

  

ABN AMRO Group

   $ 706,787

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

  

Macquarie Group

   $ 1,045,811

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

  

Societe Generale Group

   $ 1,843,136

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

  

UBS AG

   $ 3,113,344

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

  

Credit Suisse Group

   $ 3,862,922

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

  

Instinet, LLC

   $ 386,570

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolios will not:

 

  (1) borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

 

  (2) make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3)

purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions

 

4


Table of Contents
 

in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4) purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon; or (ii) investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

 

  (5) purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

 

  (6) engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others; or

 

  (7) issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

The Portfolios, except the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio, will not:

 

  (8) acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry.

The T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio will not:

 

  (9) concentrate (invest more than 25% of its net assets) in securities of issuers in a particular industry (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or securities of other investment companies).

The investment limitations described in (5) and (8) above do not prohibit a Feeder Portfolio from investing all or substantially all of its assets in the shares of another registered, open-end investment company, such as its corresponding Master Fund. The investment limitations of the Master Funds are the same as those of the corresponding Feeder Portfolios.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, each Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by such Portfolio.

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, the Portfolios are authorized to lend portfolio securities. Inasmuch as the Feeder Portfolios will only hold shares of their Master Funds, the Feeder Portfolios do not intend to lend those shares.

Each Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid securities, which limits investments in illiquid securities to 15% of a Portfolio’s net assets. Further, pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Portfolios may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on holdings of illiquid securities. While maintaining oversight, the Board of Directors has delegated the day-to-day function of making liquidity determinations to the Advisor. For Rule 144A securities to be considered liquid, there must be at least two dealers making a market in such securities. After purchase, the Board of Directors and the Advisor will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

For purposes of the investment limitation described in (9) above, management does not consider securities that are issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities to be investments in an “industry.” However, management currently considers securities issued by a foreign government (but not the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities) to be subject to the 25% limitation. Thus, not more than 25% of the total assets of the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio or T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio will be invested in securities issued by any one foreign government or supranational organization. A Portfolio might invest in certain securities issued by

 

5


Table of Contents

companies in a particular industry whose obligations are guaranteed by a foreign government. Management could consider such a company to be within the particular industry and, therefore, the Portfolio will invest in the securities of such a company only if the Portfolio can do so under the Portfolio’s policy of not being concentrated in any single industry.

Notwithstanding any of the above investment limitations, the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio may establish subsidiaries or other similar vehicles for the purpose of conducting its investment operations if such subsidiaries or vehicles are required by local laws or regulations governing foreign investors, or whose use is otherwise considered by the Portfolio to be advisable. The T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio would “look through” any such vehicle or subsidiary to determine compliance with its investment restrictions.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to the Portfolios’ and Master Funds’ investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

Each Portfolio and Master Fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts to gain market exposure on the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s uninvested cash pending investment in securities and to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio or Master Fund will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (“FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges, and FCMs may establish margin requirements, which are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in a repayment of excess margin to the custodial accounts of the Portfolio or Master Fund. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio and Master Fund expects to earn income on its margin deposits. Each Master Fund and Portfolio intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3 (z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Master Fund or Portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation) or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that the Master Fund or Portfolio has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Master Fund or Portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Master Fund or Portfolio has entered into.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Portfolio or Master Fund would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if the Portfolio or Master Fund has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures which are traded on

 

6


Table of Contents

national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, a Portfolio or Master Fund (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodians, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable interpretations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with their futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage the Portfolios or Master Funds may use by entering into futures transactions.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio may each acquire and sell forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. A Portfolio will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio may each enter into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of foreign equity securities, typically to “lock in” the value of the transaction with respect to a different currency. In addition, a Portfolio may, from time to time, enter into a forward contract to transfer balances from one currency to another currency.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

The non-Feeder Portfolios and the Master Funds engage in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other obligations, payment of redemptions or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, in the case of the Master Funds, cash investments may be made for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic or political conditions warrant.

The non-Feeder Portfolios and the Master Funds may invest cash in short-term repurchase agreements. In addition, the following cash investments are permissible:

 

Portfolios and Master Fund

  

Permissible Cash Investment *

   Percentage
Guidelines**
 
Tax Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series    Short-term fixed income obligations; high quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20
Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio    High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20

 

7


Table of Contents

Portfolios and Master Fund

  

Permissible Cash Investment *

   Percentage
Guidelines**
 
Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio    Fixed income obligations such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20
T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio    High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20
T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; money market instruments; debt securities; freely convertible currencies; shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market mutual funds***; index futures contracts and options thereon    20

 

* With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the Portfolios and Master Funds will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor.
** The percentage guidelines set forth above are not absolute limitations but the Portfolios and Master Funds do not expect to exceed these guidelines under normal circumstances.
*** Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its assets in convertible debentures issued by non-U.S. companies located in the countries where such Portfolio is permitted to invest. Convertible debentures include corporate bonds and notes that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock. These securities are generally convertible either at a stated price or a stated rate (that is, for a specific number of shares of common stock or other security). As with other fixed income securities, the price of a convertible debenture to some extent varies inversely with interest rates. While providing a fixed income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derived from a common stock but lower than that afforded by a nonconvertible debenture), a convertible debenture also affords the investor an opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the common stock into which it is convertible. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible debentures tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis and so may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the price of a convertible debenture tends to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock. To obtain such a higher yield, a Portfolio may be required to pay for a convertible debenture an amount in excess of the value of the underlying common stock. Common stock acquired by a Portfolio upon conversion of a convertible debenture will generally be held for as long as the Advisor anticipates such stock will provide the Portfolio with opportunities, which are consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective and policies.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

The non-Feeder Funds and Master Funds may also invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. An ETF is an investment company whose goal is to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. ETFs are passively managed, and traded similarly to a publicly traded company. The

 

8


Table of Contents

risks and costs of investing in ETFs are comparable to that of investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When a non-Feeder Fund or Master Fund invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Portfolio bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

The Board of Directors of the Fund is responsible for establishing Fund policies and for overseeing the management of the Fund. The Directors of the Fund, including all of the disinterested Directors, have adopted written procedures to monitor potential conflicts of interest that might develop between the Feeder Portfolios and the Master Funds.

The Board has three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Portfolio Performance and Service Review Committee (“Performance Committee”). The Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Audit Committee is a disinterested Director. The Audit Committee for the Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Fund’s internal controls, the Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee for the Board recommends the appointment of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

The Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Nominating Committee is a disinterested Director. The Nominating Committee for the Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee of the Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. There were no Nominating Committee meetings for the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of the Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of the Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Board’s Performance Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Abbie J. Smith, John P. Gould and Myron S. Scholes. Each member of the Fund’s Performance Committee is a disinterested Director. The Performance Committee regularly reviews and monitors the investment performance of the Fund’s series, including the Portfolios, and reviews the performance of the Fund’s service providers. There were six Performance Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

 

9


Table of Contents

Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and each interested Director of the Fund is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of the Fund and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During
Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios

within the DFA
Fund Complex2
Overseen

  

Other Directorships of
Public Companies Held

George M. Constantinides

University of Chicago

Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 62

   Director    Since 1983    Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

John P. Gould

University of Chicago

Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 71

   Director    Since 1986    Steven G. Rothmeier Distinguished Service Professor of Economics, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1965). Member of the Board of Milwaukee Insurance Company (since 1997). Member and Chair, Competitive Markets Advisory Council, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (futures trading exchange) (since 2004). Formerly, Director of UNext Inc. (1999-2006).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Trustee, Harbor Funds (registered investment company) (27 Portfolios) (since 1994).

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of

Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven,

CT 06520-8200

Age: 66

   Director    Since 1981    Professor in Practice of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Director, BIRR Portfolio Analysis, Inc. (software products) (since 1990). Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (since 2006). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Chairman, Ibbotson Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL (software, data, publishing and consulting) (1977-2006).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund

Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road,

Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 68

   Director    Since 1981    Frank E. Buck Professor Emeritus of Finance, Stanford University (since 1981). Formerly, Chairman, Platinum Grove Asset Management L.P. (hedge fund) (formerly, Oak Hill Platinum Partners) (1999-2009). Formerly, Managing Partner, Oak Hill Capital Management (private equity firm) (until 2004). Formerly, Director, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (2001-2008).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (40 Portfolios) (since 1980).

 

10


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During
Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios

within the DFA
Fund Complex2
Overseen

  

Other Directorships of
Public Companies Held

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago

Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 56

   Director    Since 2000    Boris and Irene Stern Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980); Co-Director Investment Research, Fundamental Investment Advisors (hedge fund) (since 2008).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director, HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture) (since 2000); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (52 portfolios) (since 2009).

Interested Directors

The following Interested Directors are described as such because they are deemed to be “interested persons,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to their positions with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During
Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios

within the DFA

Fund Complex2

Overseen

  

Other Directorships of
Public Companies Held

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 63

   Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer    Since 1981    Chairman, Director/Trustee, President, Co-Chief Executive Officer and, formerly, Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (2003 to 3/30/2007) of the following companies: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFAIDG, DIG and The DFA Investment Trust Company. Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Holdings Inc. and formerly Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (until 3/30/2007). Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and formerly, Chief Investment Officer. Director of DFA Australia Limited and formerly, President and Chief Investment Officer. Formerly, Director of Dimensional Funds PLC. Limited Partner, Oak Hill Partners (since 2001) and VSC Investors, LLC (since 2007). Trustee, University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Formerly, Director, SA Funds (registered investment company). Chairman, Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

11


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During
Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios

within the DFA

Fund Complex2

Overseen

  

Other Directorships of
Public Companies Held

Eduardo A. Repetto 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 43

   Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer    Since 2009    Co-Chief Executive Officer (beginning January 2010), Chief Investment Officer (beginning March 2007) and formerly Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFAIDG, Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; Director of all such entities except Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC. Chief Investment Officer, Vice President and Director of DFA Australia Limited. Subject to regulatory approval, Director, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

1

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

2

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Fund; Dimensional Investment Group Inc.; The DFA Investment Trust Company; and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund. Each Disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in each Portfolio of the Fund in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name

  

Dollar Range of Fund

Shares Owned

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares
Owned in All Funds Overseen by
Director in Family of Investment
Companies

Disinterested Directors:

     

George M. Constantinides

   None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

John P. Gould

   None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Roger G. Ibbotson

   None    Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Myron S. Scholes

   None   

$50,001-$100,000;

Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Abbie J. Smith

   None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Interested Directors:

     

David G. Booth

   Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio – Over $100,000    Over $100,000

Eduardo A. Repetto

   None    Over $100,000

 

** As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same period. The table also provides the compensation paid by the Fund to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

 

12


Table of Contents

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the Fund
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as
Part of
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual Benefit
upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from Funds
and DFA
Fund
Complex Paid
to Directors†

George M. Constantinides
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

John P. Gould
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Roger G. Ibbotson
Director

   $ 105,551    N/A    N/A    $ 185,000

Robert C. Merton**
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Myron S. Scholes
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Abbie J. Smith
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Christopher S. Crossan
Chief Compliance Officer

   $ 196,702    N/A    N/A      N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory or administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.
* Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 is as follows: $185,000 (Mr. Ibbotson); $25,000 (Mr. Scholes); and $25,000 (Ms. Smith). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability; or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.
** Mr. Merton resigned from the Board effective December 1, 2009.

Officers

Below is the name, age, and information regarding positions with the Fund and the principal occupation for each officer of the Fund. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the following entities: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (collectively, the “DFA Entities”).

 

13


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of Office1
and Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

April A. Aandal

Age: 47

   Vice President and Chief Learning Officer    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Learning Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2008). Formerly Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004-2008)

Darryl D. Avery

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Arthur H. Barlow

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Scott A. Bosworth

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since November 1997).

Valerie A. Brown

Age: 43

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary    Since 2001    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

David P. Butler

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2008). Formerly, Director US Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2005).

Patrick E. Carter

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Director of Merrill Lynch Retirement Group (December 1998 to March 2006).

Joseph H. Chi

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2005). Prior to October 2005, Corporate Counsel at Hewitt Associates (July 2002 – August 2005)

Stephen A. Clark

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Robert P. Cornell

Age: 60

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Financial Services Group of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since August 1993).

Christopher S. Crossan

Age: 44

   Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2004    Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of all the DFA Entities.

James L. Davis

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 1999    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Robert T. Deere

Age: 52

   Vice President    Since 1994    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited.

Peter F. Dillard

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP (since August 2008). Formerly, Research Assistant for DFA from April 2006 – August 2008. Prior to April 2006, Manager at Hilton Hotels Corp. (September 2004 – April 2006).

Robert W. Dintzner

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Communications Officer (since 2010).

Beth Ann Dranguet

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2007). Formerly, Associate at Vinson & Elkins LLP (September 1999 – July 2007).

Kenneth Elmgren

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Managing Principal of Beverly Capital (May 2004 to September 2006).

Richard A. Eustice

Age: 44

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary    Since 1998    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since July 2008). Formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Eugene F. Fama, Jr.

Age: 49

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Gretchen A. Flicker

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

 

14


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of Office1
and Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Jed S. Fogdall

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2004).

Glenn S. Freed

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeremy P. Freeman

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Technology Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2006). Formerly, Principal at AIM Investments/Amvescap PLC (now Invesco) (June 1998 – June 2006).

Mark R. Gochnour

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Henry F. Gray

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

John T. Gray

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (January 2005 to February 2007).

Darla M. Hastings

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Marketing Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Senior Vice President, Customer Experience for Benchmark Assisted Living (May 2005 to April 2006); Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of State Street Corporation (September 2001 to October 2005).

Joel H. Hefner

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 1998).

Julie C. Henderson

Age: 35

   Vice President and Fund Controller    Since 2005    Vice President and Fund Controller of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (July 1996 to April 2005).

Kevin B. Hight

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to March 2005).

Christine W. Ho

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeff J. Jeon

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Patrick M. Keating

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2003    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director, Vice President, and Chief Privacy Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of DFA Australia Limited.

David M. Kershner

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2004).

Joseph F. Kolerich

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since April 2001).

Michael F. Lane

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Kristina M. LaRusso

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Formerly, Operations Supervisor of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to December 2006).

Inmoo Lee

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Associate Professor, Department of Finance and Accounting, Business School, National University of Singapore (7/2004 - present) Associate Professor, College of Business Administration, Korea University (9/2001 - 5/2006).

Juliet H. Lee

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Human Resources Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2004).

Apollo D. Lupescu

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since February 2004).

 

15


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of Office1
and Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Kenneth M. Manell

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2006). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel at Castle & Cooke (January 2004 – September 2006).

Aaron M. Marcus

Age: 39

   Vice President and Head of Global Human Resources    Since 2008    Vice President of all DFA Entities and Head of Global Human Resources of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Global Head of Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (June 2006 to January 2008); Global Co-Head of HR of the Equities & FICC Division, and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (May 2005 to May 2006); Head of Americas Campus Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (April 2003 to May 2005).

David R. Martin

Age: 53

   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2007    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC. Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Janus Capital Group Inc. (June 2005 to March 2007); Senior Vice President of Finance at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (March 1999 to May 2005).

Catherine L. Newell

Age: 45

   Vice President and Secretary    Vice President since 1997 and Secretary since 2000    Vice President and Secretary of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President and Secretary of DFA Australia Limited. Director, Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since February 2002, April 1997, and May 2002, respectively). Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC (since 2002 and 2006, respectively).

Christian Newton

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Web Services Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Design Manager (2005 – 2008) and Web Developer (2002 – 2005) of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Carolyn L. O

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2007). Prior to September 2007, Associate at K&L Gates LLP (January 2004 – September 2007).

Gerard K. O’Reilly

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004 to 2006).

Daniel C. Ong

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2005). Prior to 2005, Graduate Student at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business (2003-2005).

Kyle K. Ozaki

Age: 31

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Compliance Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Compliance Officer (February 2006 – December 2007) and Compliance Analyst (August 2004 – January 2006).

Carmen Palafox

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Operations Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 1996).

Sonya K. Park

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

David A. Plecha

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Michael J. Porter

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2006). Formerly, Vice President, Client Services at Metropolitan West Asset Management (July 2001 – August 2006).

 

16


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of Office1
and Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Theodore W. Randall

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2006 to 2008); Systems Developer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2001 to 2006).

L. Jacobo Rodríguez

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Institutional client service representative of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (August 2004 to July 2005)

Julie A. Saft

Age: 50

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Client Systems Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2008). Formerly, Senior Manager at Vanguard (November 1997 – July 2008).

David E. Schneider

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Institutional Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Walid A. Shinnawi

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Senior Director at Moody’s KMV (1999-March 2006).

Bruce A. Simmons

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Investment Operations Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 2007). Formerly, Vice President Client and Fund Reporting at Mellon Financial (September 2005 – May 2007); Vice President Business Development at CUADPRO Marketing (July 2003 – September 2005).

Ted R. Simpson

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since December 2002).

Bryce D. Skaff

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (December 1999 to January 2007).

Grady M. Smith

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Carl G. Snyder

Age: 46

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Lawrence R. Spieth

Age: 62

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Bradley G. Steiman

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Director and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Robert C. Trotter

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Manager Technology for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2007). Formerly, Director of Technology at AMVESCAP (2002 – 2007).

Karen E. Umland

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Sunil Wahal

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (July 2008 – January 2009); Consultant to Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (September 2005 – July 2008); Jack D. Furst Professor of Finance at Arizona State University, WP Carey School of Business (July 2005 – July 2008); Associate Professor of Finance at Goizueta Business School, Emory University (1997 – 2005).

Brian J. Walsh

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

Carol W. Wardlaw

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Weston J. Wellington

Age: 58

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Daniel M. Wheeler

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Previously, Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since October 2003) and President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since June 2003).

 

17


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of Office1
and Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Ryan J. Wiley

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Trader of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Portfolio Manager (2006 to 2007) and Trader (2001 to 2006).

Paul E. Wise

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Technology Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

 

1

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

As of January 31, 2010, Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding stock of each Portfolio described in this SAI.

SERVICES TO THE FUND

Administrative Services—The Feeder Portfolios

The Fund has entered into administration agreements with the Advisor on behalf of the Feeder Portfolios. Pursuant to the administration agreement for each Feeder Portfolio, the Advisor performs various services, including: supervision of the services provided by the Feeder Portfolio’s custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent and others who provide services to the Fund for the benefit of the Feeder Portfolio; providing shareholders with information about the Feeder Portfolio and their investments as they or the Fund may request; assisting the Feeder Portfolio in conducting meetings of shareholders; furnishing information as the Board of Directors may require regarding its Master Fund, and any other administrative services for the benefit of the Portfolio as the Board of Directors may reasonably request. For its administrative services, the Feeder Portfolios are obligated to pay the Advisor a monthly fee equal to one-twelfth of the percentage listed below:

 

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value

   0.15

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity

   0.15

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Portfolios paid administrative fees to the Advisor as set forth in the following table:

 

     Fiscal Year
Ended

2009
    Fiscal Period
Ended

2008
    Fiscal Year
Ended

2007
 

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value

   $ 2,085,000      $ 3,274,000      $ 4,247,000   

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity

   $ 1,549,000 1    $ 2,379,000 2    $ 2,580,000 3 

 

1

$1,182,000 after waiver

2

$2,229,000 after waiver

3

$2,418,000 after waiver

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its administration fee and assume the expenses of the Portfolio (up to the amount of fees paid to the Advisor based on the Portfolio’s assets invested in its Master Fund) to the extent necessary to reduce the Portfolio’s expenses when its total operating expenses exceed 0.22% of the average net assets of the Portfolio on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized expenses of the Tax-Managed U.S.

 

18


Table of Contents

Equity Portfolio are less than 0.22% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or any expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed 0.22% of its average net assets. The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees waived or expenses assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months prior to the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect until March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

Administrative Services—All Portfolios

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC Global”), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the accounting services, dividend disbursing and transfer agent for all the Portfolios and Master Funds. The services provided by PNC Global are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Boards of Directors of the Funds, and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodians, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by PNC Global, the Master Funds and non-Feeder Portfolios pay PNC Global annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies and a group trust. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0110% of the Fund Complex’s first $50 billion of average net assets;

.0085% of the Fund Complex’s next $25 billion of average net assets; and

.0075% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $75 billion.

The fees charged to a Master Fund or non-Feeder Portfolios under the fee schedule are allocated to each such Master Fund or non-Feeder Portfolio based on the Master Fund’s or non-Feeder Portfolio’s pro-rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex.

The Master Funds and non-Feeder Portfolios are also subject to a monthly base fee. The Master Funds, the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio are each subject to a monthly base fee of $1,666. The Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio are each subject to a monthly base fee of $2,083. Each Feeder Portfolio is subject to a monthly fee of $1,000. The Portfolios also pay separate fees to PNC Global with respect to the services PNC Global provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodians

Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, New York, 10005, is the global custodian for the Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio, and PFPC Trust Company, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the custodian for all of the other Portfolios and the Master Funds.

Distributor

The Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 1299 Ocean Avenue, Santa Monica, California 90401.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Fund by serving as the principal underwriter of the Fund’s shares. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement with the Fund, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Fund. No compensation is paid by the Fund to DFAS under the Distribution Agreement.

 

19


Table of Contents

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Fund. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Fund and audits the annual financial statements of the Fund. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth and Rex A. Sinquefield, as directors and/or officers of the Advisor and shareholders of the outstanding stock of the Advisor’s general partner, may be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Fund. For the services it provides as investment advisor to each non-Feeder Portfolio (or, with respect to each Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund), the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio (or, with respect to each Feeder Portfolio, corresponding Master Fund). The Advisor is paid no fee for the services it provides as investment adviser to the Feeder Portfolios. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008, and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Portfolios (or the Master Funds) paid management fees to the Advisor as set forth in the following table:

 

     Fiscal Year
Ended

2009
(000)
    Fiscal Period
Ended

2008
(000)
    Fiscal Year
Ended

2007
(000)
 

The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series(a) (b)

   $ 3,861      $ 6,098      $ 7,949   

The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series (b)

   $ 516      $ 793      $ 860   

Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 6,097      $ 9,702      $ 14,794   

Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   $ 4,333      $ 7,145      $ 9,165   

T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio(c)

   $ 2,406      $ 789 2    $ 18 4 

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

   $ 6,701      $ 10,673      $ 13,650   

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio(d)

   $ 1,911 1    $ 264 3      N/A   

 

1

$ 2,046 after recoupment of previously waived fees

2

$ 813 after waiver and reimbursement by the Advisor

3

$97 after waiver

4

$0 after waiver and reimbursement by the Advisor

(a)

The Master Fund has more than one Feeder Portfolio; the dollar amount represents the total dollar amount of management fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor.

(b)

The corresponding feeder portfolio has entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Advisor, under which the Advisor, for no additional compensation, manages the portion of the feeder’s assets that are retained by the feeder for cash management purposes and, at its discretion, may make a determination to withdraw a feeder’s investment from its corresponding the Master Fund to invest in another Master Fund if the Advisor believes it is in the best interests of the feeder and its shareholders to do so.

(c)

The T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio commenced operations on October 4, 2007. Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses to 0.30% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, described in the prior sentence, the

 

20


Table of Contents
 

Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expense previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

(d)

The T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio commenced operations on March 6, 2008. The Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of the Portfolio’s management fee to the extent necessary to limit the total management fees paid by the Portfolio to the Advisor directly and indirectly (the proportionate share of the management fees paid by the Portfolio through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor) to 0.40% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis. In addition, pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the expenses of the Portfolio (including the expenses that the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of other funds managed by the Advisor but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in unaffiliated investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to 0.60% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and may not be terminated by the Advisor prior to that date.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios and Master Funds, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios (or for Feeder Portfolios, their respective Master Funds) including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day to day management of the category of portfolios indicated.

 

Domestic Equity Portfolios    Stephen A. Clark
International Equity Portfolios    Stephen A. Clark, Karen E. Umland, Joseph H. Chi and Jed S. Fogdall

Investments in Each Portfolio

Information relating to each portfolio manager’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolio(s) contained in this SAI that he or she manages as of October 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Portfolio

   Dollar Range of
Portfolio Shares
Owned

Stephen A. Clark

  

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio1

   None
  

Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio1

   None
  

Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   None
  

Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   None
  

T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   None
  

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

   None
  

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   $100,001-$500,000

 

21


Table of Contents

Karen E. Umland

  

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

   None
  

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   None

Joseph H. Chi

  

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

   None
  

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   None

Jed S. Fogdall

  

Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

   None
  

T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   None

 

1

Stephen A. Clark serves as the portfolio manager for the Portfolio and for the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets.

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts, and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the portfolio or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as deemed necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

   

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

   

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegees. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolios (or with respect to the Feeder Portfolios, the Master Fund in which the Feeder Portfolios invests substantially all of its assets), each portfolio manager manages (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

22


Table of Contents

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category As of October 31, 2009

Stephen A. Clark

  

•       88 U.S. registered mutual funds with $104,620 million in total assets under management.

 

•       23 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $23,160 million in total assets under management. Out of these unregistered pooled investment vehicles, one client with an investment of $211 million in an unregistered pooled investment vehicle pays a performance-based advisory fee.

 

•       70 other accounts with $7,541 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Karen E. Umland

  

•       40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•       5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

•       19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Joseph H. Chi

  

•       40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•       5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

•       19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Jed S. Fogdall

  

•       40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•       5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

•       19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one Portfolio/Master Fund and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolios (or Master Funds in which the Feeder Portfolios invest) in this SAI), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio/Master Fund, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a Portfolio/Master Fund. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

   

Time Management. The management of multiple Portfolios/Master Funds and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each Portfolio/Master Fund and/or Accounts. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in

 

23


Table of Contents
 

connection with the management of the Portfolios/Master Funds.

 

   

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one Portfolio/Master Fund and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any Portfolio/Master Fund or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one Portfolio/Master Fund or Account, a Portfolio/Master Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible Portfolios/Master Funds and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple Portfolios/Master Funds and Accounts.

 

   

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios/Master Funds, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio/Master Fund and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Portfolio/Master Fund or the Account.

 

   

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

   

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Fund was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, the Fund was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc. The Fund commenced offering shares of Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio in December 1998; and Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio on April 16, 1999. The Fund commenced offering shares of the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio on September 25, 2001.

The DFA Investment Trust Company was organized as a Delaware statutory trust (a form of entity formerly known as a business trust) on October 27, 1992. The Trust offers shares of its Master Funds only to institutional investors in private offerings.

Until April 1, 2001, the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio was known as the Tax-Managed U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio. Until September 24, 2001, the Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio was known as the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Portfolio. From December 1998 to April 1, 2001, the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio was known as the Tax-Managed U.S. 5-10 Value Portfolio. From April 1, 2001 to March 29, 2007, the Tax- Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio was known as the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio.

 

24


Table of Contents

CODE OF ETHICS

The Fund, the Trust, the Advisor and DFAS have adopted a Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios and Master Funds. The Code is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolios and Master Funds, and their shareholders, with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio or Master Fund unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolio’s Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences.

With respect to matters which require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters which affect the interest of the class of shares (Portfolio) which they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of the Fund should occur, the Fund’s shareholders would be entitled to receive on a per class basis the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular class. Ordinarily, the Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Fund’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more Directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Fund, the latter being audited.

Whenever a Feeder Portfolio, as an investor in its Master Fund, is asked to vote on a shareholder proposal, the Fund will solicit voting instructions from the Feeder Portfolio’s shareholders with respect to the proposal. The Directors of the Fund will then vote the Feeder Portfolio’s shares in the Master Fund in accordance with the voting instructions received from the Feeder Portfolio’s shareholders. The Directors of the Fund will vote shares of the Feeder Portfolio for which they receive no voting instructions in accordance with their best judgment. If a majority shareholder of a Master Fund declares bankruptcy, a majority in interest of the remaining shareholders in the Master Fund must vote to approve the continuing existence of the Master Fund or the Master Fund will be liquidated.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2010, the following persons beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding stock of the Portfolios, as set forth below:

TAX-MANAGED U.S. MARKETWIDE VALUE PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

   59.68

101 Montgomery Street

  

San Francisco, CA 94104

  

National Financial Services LLC*

   13.98

200 Liberty Street

  

One World Financial Center

  

New York, NY 10281

  

 

25


Table of Contents

Ameritrade, Inc.*

   13.39

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

  

Bellevue, NE 68005

  

Trust Company of America*

   6.10

P.O. Box 6503

  

Englewood, CO 80155

  

TAX-MANAGED U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   71.77

National Financial Services LLC*1

   12.33

Ameritrade, Inc. *1

   10.35

TAX-MANAGED U.S. SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   72.44

Ameritrade, Inc. *1

   11.60

National Financial Services LLC*1

   9.45

TAX-MANAGED DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   70.00

National Financial Services LLC*1

   11.30

Ameritrade, Inc. *1

   10.73

TAX-MANAGED U.S. EQUITY PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   63.42

National Financial Services LLC*1

   11.24

Ameritrade, Inc. *1

   7.57

T.A. U.S. CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   55.24

National Financial Services LLC*1

   23.44

Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   13.87

T.A. WORLD EX U.S. CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   48.18

National Financial Services LLC*1

   29.73

 

26


Table of Contents

Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   13.67

 

* Owner of record only (omnibus).
1

See address for shareholder previously noted above in list.

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Fund will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business, regardless of whether the Federal Reserve System is closed. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Fund generally will be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Fund is closed.

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of any or all Portfolios or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund or a Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of a Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Fund or its transfer agent may from time to time appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, the Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

Reimbursement fees may be charged prospectively from time to time based upon the future experience of the Portfolios, which are currently sold at net asset value. Any such charges will be described in the prospectus.

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC, (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

Shareholders may transfer shares of any Portfolio to another person by making a written request to the Advisor who will transmit the request to the Transfer Agent. The request should clearly identify the account and

 

27


Table of Contents

number of shares to be transferred, and include the signature of all registered owners and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described in the prospectus under “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” As with redemptions, the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio. Unless you are invested in a Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of a Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Code and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

Different tax rules may apply because, for federal income tax purposes, certain Portfolios invest substantially all of their assets in Master Funds organized as partnerships for federal income tax purposes, and to the extent they do not invest all of their assets in the Master Fund, they may invest in Underlying Funds organized as partnerships and/or corporations for federal income tax purposes. These rules could affect the amount, timing or character of the income distributed to shareholders of the Portfolios.

Unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to a Portfolio includes in the case of a Feeder Portfolio its pro rata share of its corresponding Master Fund’s income and assets.

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in a Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolios

Each Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. If a Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, a Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

Distribution Requirement — the Portfolio must distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its tax year are considered distributions attributable to the previous tax year for purposes of satisfying this requirement).

 

   

Income Requirement — the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net

 

28


Table of Contents
 

income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTPs).

 

   

Asset Diversification Test — the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by a Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See, “Investment in Complex Securities” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, a Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

A Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If a Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that a Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. In addition, any such under-distribution of income might cause a Portfolio to fail to satisfy the Income Requirement and thereby not qualify as a regulated investment company for such taxable year.

If for any taxable year a Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends will be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on a Portfolio’s income and performance. It is possible that a Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate (except in a money market fund that maintains a stable net asset value) may result in higher taxes. This is because a Portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to generate more short-term and less long-term capital gain or loss than a comparable Portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance.

Capital loss carryovers. For federal income tax purposes, a Portfolio is permitted to carry forward its net realized capital losses, if any, for eight years as a short-term capital loss and use such losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset net capital gains without being required to pay taxes on, or distribute, such gains that are offset by the losses. However, the amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year may be limited if a Portfolio experiences an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. An ownership change generally results when the shareholders owning 5% or more of a fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers

 

29


Table of Contents

that expire unused, thereby reducing a Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. A Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another Portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond a Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Undistributed capital gains. A Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. A Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carry forward) at the highest corporate tax rate (currently 35%). If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, the Code requires a Portfolio to distribute to you by December 31 of each year, at a minimum, the following amounts: 98% of its taxable ordinary income earned during the calendar year; 98% of its capital gain net income earned during the twelve-month period ending October 31; and 100% of any undistributed amounts from the prior year. Each Portfolio intends to declare and pay these distributions in December (or to pay them in January, in which case you must treat them as received in December) but can give no assurances that its distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by a Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld will generally be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle a Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of a Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, a Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders. See “Investment in Foreign SecuritiesPass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

Distributions of Net Investment Income

A Portfolio receives or derives income generally in the form of dividends and interest on its investments. In the case of a Feeder Portfolio that invests in a Master Fund, the Portfolio’s income generally consists of its share of dividends and interest earned by the Master Fund. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of a Portfolio, constitutes its net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, any distributions by a Portfolio from such income (other than qualified dividend income received by individuals) will be taxable to you at ordinary income tax rates, whether you take them in cash or in additional shares. A portion of the income dividends paid to shareholders by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of Capital Gains

A Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in a Portfolio. Any net capital gain of a Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of Capital

If a Portfolio’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all

 

30


Table of Contents

or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in a Portfolio and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. Any return of capital in excess of a shareholder’s basis, however, is taxable as a capital gain.

Investment in Foreign Securities

Certain of the Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from certain foreign securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes on a Portfolio and/or its shareholders. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce a Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of a Portfolio (or, in the case of a Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is classified as a partnership, more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Portfolio attributable from the Master Fund) are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Master Fund). If this election is made, a Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). A Portfolio will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election.

The amount of any foreign tax credits available to you (as a result of the pass-through to you of your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio) will be reduced if you receive from a Portfolio qualifying dividends from qualifying foreign corporations that are subject to tax at reduced rates. Shareholders in these circumstances should talk with their personal tax advisors about their foreign tax credits and the procedures that they should follow to claim these credits on their personal income tax returns.

Effect of foreign debt investments on distributions. Most foreign exchange gains realized on the sale of debt securities are treated by the Portfolio as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. Similarly, foreign exchange losses realized on the sale of debt securities generally are treated as ordinary losses. These gains when distributed are taxable to you as ordinary income, and any losses reduce the Portfolio’s ordinary income otherwise available for distribution to you. This treatment could increase or decrease the Portfolio’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of the Portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital.

PFIC securities. The Portfolio may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that a Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by the Portfolio. In addition, if a Portfolio is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio may be subject to U.S. federal income tax (the effect of which might be mitigated by making a mark-to-market election in a year prior to the sale) on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could, in turn, reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

 

31


Table of Contents

Information on the Amount and Tax Character of Distributions

The Portfolios will inform you of the amount and character of your distributions at the time they are paid, and will advise you of the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, a Portfolio may designate and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividends, or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders a Portfolio may further designate and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by a Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable to you as if they were paid in December.

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of a Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Cost basis reporting. Under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, a Portfolio’s administrative agent will be required to provide you with cost basis information on the sale of any of your shares in a Portfolio, subject to certain exceptions. This cost basis reporting requirement is effective for shares purchased in a Portfolio on or after January 1, 2012.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to a Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886.

U.S. Government Securities

To the extent a Portfolio (or in the case of a Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is classified as a partnership, the Master Fund) invests in certain U.S. government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio to shareholders that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Portfolio or the Feeder Portfolio’s corresponding Master Fund. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Qualified Dividend Income for Individuals

For individual shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible for taxation at long-term capital gain rates. This reduced rate generally is available for dividends paid by a Portfolio out of dividends earned on the Portfolio’s investment in stocks of domestic corporations and qualified

 

32


Table of Contents

foreign corporations.

Both a Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, a Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. The ex-dividend date is the first date following the declaration of a dividend on which the purchaser of stock is not entitled to receive the dividend payment. When counting the number of days you held your Portfolio shares, include the day you sold your shares but not the day you acquired these shares.

While the income received in the form of a qualified dividend is taxed at the same rates as long-term capital gains, such income will not be considered as a long-term capital gain for other federal income tax purposes. For example, you will not be allowed to offset your long-term capital losses against qualified dividend income on your federal income tax return. Any qualified dividend income that you elect to be taxed at these reduced rates also cannot be used as investment income in determining your allowable investment interest expense. For other limitations on the amount of or use of qualified dividend income on your income tax return, please contact your personal tax advisor.

After the close of its fiscal year, each Portfolio will designate the portion of its ordinary dividend income that meets the definition of qualified dividend income taxable at reduced rates. If 95% or more of a Portfolio’s income is from qualified sources, it will be allowed to designate 100% of its ordinary income distributions as qualified dividend income.

This favorable taxation of qualified dividend income at long-term capital gain tax rates expires and will no longer apply to dividends paid by the Portfolios with respect to its taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 (sunset date), unless such provision is extended or made permanent.

Dividends-Received Deduction for Corporations

For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may qualify for the dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by a Portfolio that so qualifies will be designated each year in a notice mailed to the Portfolio’s shareholders, and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations that would have qualified for the dividends-received deduction in the hands of a Portfolio if the Portfolio was a regular corporation. Because the income of the DFA International Value Portfolio and the T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio is derived primarily from foreign issuers, none or only a small amount of their distributions are expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions imposed under the Code on the corporation claiming the deduction. The amount that a Portfolio may designate as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Even if designated as dividends eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation.

Limitation on Deductibility of Losses

Losses incurred on the sale of securities by the Portfolio (or, corresponding Master Fund) to another Portfolio or Master Fund will be disallowed if, as of the date of sale, the selling and purchasing funds are considered related parties. If the selling and purchasing funds are both Portfolios (i.e., both corporations), they are treated as related parties if five or fewer persons, who are individuals, estates or trusts, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. If the selling and purchasing funds are both

 

33


Table of Contents

Master Funds (i.e., both partnerships) or a Master Fund and a Portfolio (i.e., a corporation and a partnership), they are treated as related parties if the same persons own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. Under attribution rules, the shareholders of a Feeder Portfolio would be considered to own the shares of the corresponding Master Fund on a pro rata basis for purposes of applying the loss disallowance rule. Other attribution rules may apply.

Investment in Complex Securities

A Portfolio may invest in complex securities and such investments may be subject to numerous special and complicated tax rules. These rules could affect whether gains or losses recognized by a Portfolio are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Portfolio, defer the Portfolio’s ability to recognize losses, and, subject the Portfolio to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of the Portfolio’s foreign investments. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing and/or tax character of a Portfolio’s income and, in turn, of the income distributed to you.

Derivatives. Certain Portfolios are permitted to invest in certain options, futures and foreign currency contracts. If a Portfolio makes these investments, it could be required to mark-to-market these contracts and recognize for federal income tax purposes any unrealized gains and losses at its fiscal year end even though it continues to hold the contracts. Under these rules, gains or losses on the contracts generally would be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term gains or losses, but gains or losses on certain foreign currency contracts would be treated as ordinary income or losses. In determining its net income for excise tax purposes, a Portfolio also would be required to mark-to-market these contracts annually as of October 31 (for capital gain net income and ordinary income arising from certain foreign currency contracts), and to realize and distribute any resulting income and gains.

Securities Lending. While securities are loaned out by a Portfolio, the Portfolio will generally receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 70% dividends received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

Short sales. A Portfolio’s entry into a short sale transaction or an option or other contract could be treated as the “constructive sale” of an “appreciated financial position,” causing it to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.

Tax straddles. A Portfolio’s investment in options, futures and foreign currency contracts in connection with certain hedging transactions could cause a Portfolio to hold offsetting positions in securities. If a Portfolio’s risk of loss with respect to specific securities in its portfolio is substantially diminished by the fact that it holds other securities, the Portfolio could be deemed to have entered into a tax “straddle” or to hold a “successor position” that would require any loss realized by it to be deferred for tax purposes.

Convertible debt. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a Portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount which accrued during the period of time the Portfolio held the debt obligation unless the Portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a Portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the Portfolio is generally required to include in gross income each year the portion of

 

34


Table of Contents

the original issue discount which accrues during such year. Therefore, a Portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the Portfolio to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a Portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of Portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a Portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a Portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when the Portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent the Portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a Portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Credit default swap agreements. A Portfolio may be permitted to enter into credit default swap agreements. The rules governing the tax aspects of swap agreements that provide for contingent nonperiodic payments of this type are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain aspects. Accordingly, while the Portfolio intends to account for such transactions in a manner deemed to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. The Portfolio intends to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Portfolio to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Portfolio will be able to engage in credit default swap agreements.

Investment in U.S. REITs. A U.S. REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to a Portfolio will be treated as long term capital gains by the Portfolio and, in turn, may be distributed by the Portfolio to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Such Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may require a Portfolio to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a Portfolio may be required to sell securities in its portfolio that it otherwise would have continued to hold (including when it is not advantageous to do so). A Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may at other times result in the Portfolio’s receipt of cash in excess of the U.S. REIT’s earnings; if the Portfolio distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to Portfolio shareholders for federal income tax purposes. If a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a U.S. REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see “Investment in Complex Securities — Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income)” and “Non-U.S. Investors —Investment in U.S. real property” below with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in Non-U.S. REITs. While non-U.S. REITs often use complex acquisition structures that seek to minimize taxation in the source country, an investment by a Portfolio in a non-U.S. REIT may subject the Portfolio, directly or indirectly, to corporate taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes and other indirect taxes in the country in which the real estate acquired by the non-U.S. REIT is located. The Portfolio’s pro rata share of any such taxes will reduce the Portfolio’s return on its investment. A Portfolio’s investment in a non U.S. REIT may be considered an investment in a PFIC, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities — PFIC securities.” Additionally, foreign withholding taxes on distributions from the non-U.S. REIT may be reduced or eliminated under certain tax treaties, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities.” Also, the Portfolio in certain limited circumstances may be required to file an income tax return in the source country and pay tax on any gain realized from its investment in the non-U.S. REIT under rules similar to those in the United States which tax foreign persons on gain realized from dispositions of interests in U.S. real estate.

 

35


Table of Contents

Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income). Certain Portfolios may be permitted to invest in U.S. REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) or which are, or have certain wholly-owned subsidiaries that are, “taxable mortgage pools.” Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of a Portfolio’s income from a U.S. REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or equity interests in a taxable mortgage pool (referred to in the Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as a Portfolio, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities and tax-exempt organizations that are not subject to tax on UBTI) is a record holder of a share in a Portfolio, then the Portfolio will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. While the Portfolios do not intend to invest in U.S. REITs, a substantial portion of the assets of which generates excess inclusion income, there can be no assurance that a Portfolio will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

These rules are potentially applicable to any Portfolio that receives income from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S. REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a Portfolio with a non-REIT strategy. Shareholders should talk to their tax advisors about the potential tax consequences of a Portfolio’s receipt and distribution of excess inclusion income.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. A Portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a Portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Portfolio, requiring the Portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, a Portfolio must withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 

   

provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

 

   

certify that this number is correct,

 

   

certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

 

   

certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

A Portfolio also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 28% of any dividends or proceeds paid. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign

 

36


Table of Contents

trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a flat 30% withholding tax (or a withholding tax at a lower treaty rate) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by a Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for exempt-interest dividends, capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, and with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), a short-term capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below) are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), dividends designated by a Portfolio as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which a Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is designated by a Portfolio as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the designation is based on an estimate of a Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year end. As a consequence, a Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding, or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for a Portfolio to designate, and each Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not designate, small amounts of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, a Portfolio’s designation of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; effectively connected income. Ordinary dividends paid by a Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. If you hold your Portfolio shares in connection with a U.S. trade or business, your income and gains will be considered effectively connected income and taxed in the U.S. on a net basis, in which case you may be required to file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property. Certain Portfolios may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in U.S. real property, including U.S. Real Estate Investment Trusts (U.S. REIT). The sale of a U.S. real property interest (USRPI) by a Portfolio or by a U.S. REIT or U.S. real property holding corporation in which a

 

37


Table of Contents

Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to a Portfolio’s non-U.S. shareholders.

The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (FIRPTA) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a USRPI as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a regulated investment company (RIC) received from a U.S. REIT or another RIC classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation or realized by the RIC on a sale of a USRPI (other than a domestically controlled U.S. REIT or RIC that is classified as a qualified investment entity) if all of the following requirements are met:

 

   

The RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC is classified as a “qualified investment entity” with respect to a distribution to a non-U.S. person which is attributable directly or indirectly to a distribution from a U.S. REIT if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consists of interests in U.S. REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations, and

 

   

You are a non-U.S. shareholder that owns more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

 

   

If these conditions are met, such Portfolio distributions to you are treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 35%, and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

 

   

In addition, even if you do not own more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares, but the Portfolio is a qualified investment entity, such Portfolio distributions to you will be taxable as ordinary dividends rather than as a capital gain dividend (a distribution of long-term capital gains) or a short-term capital gain dividend subject to withholding at the 30% or lower treaty withholding rate.

These rules apply to dividends paid by a Portfolio before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), except that after this date, a Portfolio’s distributions from a U.S. REIT (whether or not domestically controlled) attributable to FIRPTA gain will continue to be subject to the withholding rules described above provided the Portfolio would otherwise be classified as a qualified investment entity.

Because each Portfolio expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, the Portfolio expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Portfolio shares nor Portfolio dividends and distributions would be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax. As of the date of this Registration Statement, the U.S. federal estate tax is repealed for one year for decedents dying on or after January 1, 2010 and before January 1, 2011, unless reinstated earlier, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010. On and after the date the U.S. federal estate tax is reinstated, an individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, a Portfolio may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount. In addition, a partial exemption from U.S estate tax may apply to Portfolio shares held by the estate of a nonresident decedent. The amount treated as exempt is based upon the proportion of the assets held by a Portfolio at the end of the quarter immediately preceding the decedent’s death that are debt obligations, deposits, or other property that would generally be treated as situated outside the United States if held directly by the estate. This provision applies to decedents dying after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2010, unless such provision is extended or made permanent. Transfers by gift of shares of a Portfolio by a non-U.S. shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax.

 

38


Table of Contents

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. back up withholding imposed at a rate of 28% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, a non-U.S. shareholder must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in a Portfolio.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of Directors of the Fund and the Board of Trustees of the Trust have delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the non-Feeder Portfolios and Master Funds to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Risk Metrics Group, Inc. (“RMG”), an independent third party, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolios and Master Funds, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolios and Master Funds as understood by the Advisor at the time of the vote. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios and Master Funds in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Most proxies that the Advisor receives will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies are voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, it normally will not be necessary for the Advisor to make an actual determination of how to vote a particular proxy, thereby largely eliminating conflicts of interest for the Advisor during the proxy voting process. However, the Voting Policies do

 

39


Table of Contents

address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the non-Feeder Portfolios or Master Funds, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of RMG), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the non-Feeder Portfolios and Master Funds. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a non-Feeder Portfolio or Master Fund in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the Fund or Board of Trustees of the Trust, as applicable.

The Advisor will usually vote proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to vote counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the Portfolio or Master Fund would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the Portfolio or Master Fund.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of a Portfolio or Master Fund and which seeks to maximize the value of that Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s investments. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a Portfolio or Master Fund to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of a Portfolio or Master Fund and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to a Portfolio or Master Fund associated with voting. The Advisor determines whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally implements uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio by portfolio and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a Portfolio or Master Fund, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Fund have retained Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), which was acquired by RMG to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. RMG will provide information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effect votes on behalf of

 

40


Table of Contents

the Portfolios and Master Funds; and provide reports concerning the proxies voted. In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor may consider the recommendations of ISS on proxy issues, the Advisor remains ultimately responsible for all proxy voting decisions.

Information regarding how each of the Portfolios and Master Funds voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) upon request, by calling collect: (512) 306-7400 or (ii) on the Advisor’s website at http://www.dimensional.com and (iii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor, the Board of Directors of the Fund and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (together, the “Board”) has adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolios and Master Funds (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolios, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules and regulations.

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. Each Portfolio and Master Fund generally disclose up to twenty-five of its largest portfolio holdings (or with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, up to the twenty-five largest portfolio holdings of its Master Fund) and the percentages that each of the largest portfolio holdings represent of the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s total assets (“largest holdings”), as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within twenty days after the end of each month. This online disclosure may also include information regarding the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s industry allocations. Each Portfolio and Master Fund generally disclose its complete Holdings Information (or with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the Holdings Information of its Master Fund) (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, two months following the month-end, or more frequently and at different periods when authorized by a Designated Person (as defined below).

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. Each of the Advisor’s Chairmen, Director of Institutional Services, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading and General Counsel (together, the “Designated Persons”) may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about a Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement, unless indicated otherwise, is not subject to a time delay before dissemination. Designated Persons may also approve the distribution of Holdings Information for a Portfolio more frequently or at a period other than as described above.

As of January 31, 2010, the Advisor and the Portfolios and Master Funds for the Feeder Portfolios had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

41


Table of Contents

Recipient

  

Master Funds/Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

PFPC Trust Company    Feeder Portfolios and Master Funds and Domestic Equity Funds    Fund Custodian    Daily
Citibank, N.A.    Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio    Fund Custodian    Daily
Citibank, N.A.    Portfolios and Master Funds    Middle office operational support service provider to the Advisor    Daily

PNC Global Investment

Servicing (U.S.) Inc.

   Portfolios and Master Funds    Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent and Transfer Agent    Daily

PricewaterhouseCoopers

LLP

   Portfolios and Master Funds    Independent registered public accounting firm    Upon Request
Pricing Service Vendor    Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio and T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio    Fair value information services    Daily

Victorian Fund

Management Corporation

   Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Bank of New York    Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request

Evaluation Associates

LLC

   Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request

Mercer Investment

Consulting, Inc.

   Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Wurts & Associates    Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
CTC Consulting, Inc.    Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Cuprum AFP    Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series, Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series, Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly

 

42


Table of Contents

Recipient

  

Master Funds/Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

Tamarac (Savant)    Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series, Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. None of the Portfolios, the Master Funds, the Advisor or any other party receives any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS or any affiliated person of the Fund, the Trust, the Advisor or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders and the Portfolios, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders, in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable business judgment that: (1) the Portfolio has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer also is responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Fund; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://www.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits a Portfolio, the Advisor or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in a Portfolio or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolios to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in

 

43


Table of Contents

fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. PwC audits the Fund’s annual financial statements. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Fund’s annual reports to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

The audited financial statements of The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and The Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Series (each of which is a series of the Trust) for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Trust’s annual report to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

A shareholder may obtain a copy of the annual reports, upon request and without charge, by contacting the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI.

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolios and the Master Funds may compare their investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations, which track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolios and Master Funds may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolios or Master Funds or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of a Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

44


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

Concise Summary of 2010 U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.1 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

 

1. Routine/Miscellaneous:

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

   

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

   

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

   

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

   

Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

 

2. Board of Directors:

Votes on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

   

Board Accountability

 

1

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-1


Table of Contents
   

Board Responsiveness

 

   

Director Independence

 

   

Director Competence

Board Accountability

Problematic Takeover Defenses

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST2 the entire board of directors (except new nominees3, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election — any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;

 

   

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote withhold/against every year until this feature is removed;

 

   

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly-adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually-elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill. This policy applies to all companies adopting or renewing pills after the announcement of this policy (Nov 19, 2009);

 

   

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-By-CASE on all nominees if the board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

   

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders- i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

   

The issuer’s rationale;

 

   

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

   

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

   

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

   

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

   

There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if:

 

2

In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the valid contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

3

A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If RMG cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

   

There is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance (see Pay for Performance Policy);

 

   

The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash, or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in the firm’s equity plan;

 

   

The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

 

   

The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment made to shareholders;

 

   

The company has problematic pay practices. Problematic pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.

Other Problematic Governance Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75 percent of the aggregate board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the director(s) involved. If this information cannot be obtained, withhold from all incumbent directors;

 

   

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

   

A classified board structure;

 

   

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

   

Majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to call special meetings;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to act by written consent;

 

   

A dual-class structure; and/or

 

   

A non-shareholder approved poison pill.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Board Responsiveness

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares; or

 

   

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Director Independence

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors in the Summary Guidelines) when:

 

A-3


Table of Contents
   

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

   

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

   

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

   

The full board is less than majority independent.

Director Competence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;

 

   

Pattern of absenteeism; and

 

   

Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;

 

   

Sit on more than six public company boards;4

 

   

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards.

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections5

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

   

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

   

Management’s track record;

 

   

Background to the proxy contest;

 

   

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

 

   

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

 

   

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

 

   

Stock ownership positions.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:

The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:

 

   

Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

   

serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;

 

   

approves information sent to the board;

 

   

approves meeting agendas for the board;

 

4

Dimensional will screen votes otherwise subject to this policy based on the qualifications and circumstances of the directors involved.

5

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-4


Table of Contents
   

approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;

 

   

has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

   

if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;

 

   

Two-thirds independent board;

 

   

All independent key committees;

 

   

Established governance guidelines;

 

   

A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;

 

   

The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Egregious compensation practices;

 

   

Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;

 

   

Corporate and/or management scandals;

 

   

Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or

 

   

Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.

 

3.

Shareholder Rights & Defenses:6

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

For management proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing five-percent holder);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills- Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

   

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

   

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote FOR the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

   

No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

6

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-5


Table of Contents
   

A term of no more than three years;

 

   

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

   

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to ratify a Pill to preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification. For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

The term;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote FOR management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

   

Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10% preferred);

 

   

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

   

Investor ownership structure; and

 

   

Shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote FOR management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account:

 

   

Ownership structure;

 

   

Quorum requirements; and

 

   

Supermajority vote requirements.

 

4.

Capital/Restructuring:7

Common Stock Authorization

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:

 

7

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-6


Table of Contents
   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and its three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class that has superior voting rights.

Preferred Stock

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares, and whether they are declawed.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series that has superior voting rights.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The change-in-control figure presented in the “RMG Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

 

5. Compensation:8

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Equity Compensation Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

 

   

The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;

 

   

The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;

 

   

The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards (see Pay-for-Performance);

 

   

The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% or the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;

 

   

Liberal Change of Control Definition: The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or

 

   

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices.

Other Compensation Proposals and Policies

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation- Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

In general, the management say on pay (MSOP) ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices- dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against the MSOP rather than withholding or voting against the compensation committee. However, if there is no MSOP on which to express the dissatisfaction, then the secondary target will be members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior MSOP proposal; then vote withhold or against compensation committee member (or, if

 

8 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

the full board is deemed accountable, to all directors). If the negative factors impact equity-based plans, then vote AGAINST an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval.

Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST management say on pay (MSOP) proposals, AGAINST/WITHHOLD on compensation committee members (or, in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO), and/or AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if:

 

   

There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

   

The company maintains problematic pay practices;

 

   

The board exhibits poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Additional CASE-BY-CASE considerations for the management say on pay (MSOP) proposals:

 

   

Evaluation of performance metrics in short-term and long-term plans, as discussed and explained in the Compensation Discussion & Analysis (CD&A). Consider the measures, goals, and target awards reported by the company for executives’ short- and long-term incentive awards: disclosure, explanation of their alignment with the company’s business strategy, and whether goals appear to be sufficiently challenging in relation to resulting payouts;

 

   

Evaluation of peer group benchmarking used to set target pay or award opportunities. Consider the rationale stated by the company for constituents in its pay benchmarking peer group, as well as the benchmark targets it uses to set or validate executives’ pay (e.g., median, 75th percentile, etc.,) to ascertain whether the benchmarking process is sound or may result in pay “ratcheting” due to inappropriate peer group constituents (e.g., much larger companies) or targeting (e.g., above median); and

 

   

Balance of performance-based versus non-performance-based pay. Consider the ratio of performance-based (not including plain vanilla stock options) vs. non-performance-based pay elements reported for the CEO’s latest reported fiscal year compensation, especially in conjunction with concerns about other factors such as performance metrics/goals, benchmarking practices, and pay-for-performance disconnects.

Pay for Performance

Evaluate the alignment of the CEO’s pay with performance over time, focusing particularly on companies that have underperformed their peers over a sustained period. From a shareholders’ perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s stock performance over time. Even when financial or operational measures are utilized in incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures should ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long-term.

Focus on companies with sustained underperformance relative to peers, considering the following key factors:

 

   

Whether a company’s one-year and three-year total shareholder returns (“TSR”) are in the bottom half of its industry group (i.e., four-digit GICS – Global Industry Classification Group); and

 

   

Whether the total compensation of a CEO who has served at least two consecutive fiscal years is aligned with the company’s total shareholder return over time, including both recent and long-term periods.

If a company falls in the bottom half of its four-digit GICS, further analysis of the CD&A is required to better understand the various pay elements and whether they create or reinforce shareholder alignment. Also assess the CEO’s pay relative to the company’s TSR over a time horizon of at least five years. The most recent year-over-year increase or decrease in pay remains a key consideration, but there will be additional emphasis on the long term trend of CEO total compensation relative to shareholder return. Also consider the mix of performance-based compensation relative to total compensation. In general, standard stock options or time-vested restricted stock are not considered to be performance-based. If a company provides performance-based incentives to its executives, the company is highly encouraged to provide the complete disclosure of the performance measure and goals (hurdle rate) so that shareholders can assess the rigor of the performance program. The use of non-GAAP financial metrics also makes it very challenging for shareholders to ascertain the rigor of the program as shareholders often cannot tell the type of adjustments being made and if the adjustments were made consistently. Complete and transparent disclosure helps shareholders to better understand the company’s pay for performance linkage.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

A-9


Table of Contents
   

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

   

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

   

Options Backdating.

Non-Performance based Compensation Elements

Companies adopt a variety of pay arrangements that may be acceptable in their particular industries, or unique for a particular situation, and all companies are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. However, there are certain adverse practices that are particularly contrary to a performance-based pay philosophy, including guaranteed pay and excessive or inappropriate non-performance-based pay elements.

While not exhaustive, this is the list of practices that carry greatest weight in this consideration and may result in negative vote recommendations on a stand-alone basis. For more details, please refer to RMG’s Compensation FAQ document: http://www.riskmetrics.com/policy/2010_compensation_FAQ:

 

   

Multi-year guarantees for salary increases, non-performance based bonuses, and equity compensation;

 

   

Including additional years of unworked service that result in significant additional benefits, without sufficient justification, or including long-term equity awards in the pension calculation;

 

   

Perquisites for former and/or retired executives, and extraordinary relocation benefits (including home buyouts) for current executives;

 

   

Change-in-control payments exceeding 3 times base salary and target bonus; change-in-control payments without job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“Single Triggers”); new or materially amended agreements that provide for “modified single triggers” (under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package); new or materially amended agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up (including “modified gross-ups”);

 

   

Tax Reimbursements related to executive perquisites or other payments such as personal use of corporate aircraft, executive life insurance, bonus, etc; (see also excise tax gross-ups above)

 

   

Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;

 

   

Executives using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps or other similar arrangements; or

 

   

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender/subsequent regrant of underwater options).

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

Assess company policies and disclosure related to compensation that could incentivize excessive risk-taking, for example:

 

   

Guaranteed bonuses;

 

   

A single performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

   

Lucrative severance packages;

 

   

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

   

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

   

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

Vote CASE-by-CASE on options backdating issues. Generally, when a company has recently practiced options backdating, WITHHOLD from or vote AGAINST the compensation committee, depending on the severity of the practices and the subsequent corrective actions on the part of the board. When deciding on votes on compensation committee members who oversaw questionable options grant practices or current compensation committee members who fail to respond to the issue proactively, consider several factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

   

Duration of options backdating;

 

   

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

   

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

A-10


Table of Contents
   

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

A CASE-by-CASE analysis approach allows distinctions to be made between companies that had “sloppy” plan administration versus those that acted deliberately and/or committed fraud, as well as those companies that subsequently took corrective action. Cases where companies have committed fraud are considered most egregious.

Board Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay:

 

   

Poor disclosure practices, including:

 

   

Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;

 

   

Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;

 

   

Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained.

 

   

Board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues, for example:

 

   

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

   

Failure to respond to concerns raised in connection with significant opposition to MSOP proposals.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:

 

   

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

   

Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

   

Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

   

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

   

Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

   

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

   

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

   

Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Recoup Bonuses

 

A-11


Table of Contents

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned later turn out to have been in error. This is line with the clawback provision in the Trouble Asset Relief Program. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. RMG will take into consideration:

 

   

If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy;

 

   

If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems; or

 

   

If the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent.

Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While RMG favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

   

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:

 

   

Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or

 

   

A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or

 

   

A meaningful retention ratio,

 

   

Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.

 

   

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.

A rigorous stock ownership guideline should be at least 10x base salary for the CEO, with the multiple declining for other executives. A meaningful retention ratio should constitute at least 50 percent of the stock received from equity awards (on a net proceeds basis) held on a long-term basis, such as the executive’s tenure with the company or even a few years past the executive’s termination with the company.

 

6. Social/Environmental Issues:

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

A-12


Table of Contents

2010 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Election of Labor Representatives, Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers/Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Related Party Transactions; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.9 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

   

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

   

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

9

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-13


Table of Contents
   

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

   

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

   

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

   

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

   

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

2. Board of Directors

Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

   

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

   

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

   

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

   

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

   

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this

 

A-14


Table of Contents

information is disclosed).

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors,10 e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives11 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees.

Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives12 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company; or

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s) service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about

 

   

his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

[Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.]

RMG Classification of Directors – International Policy 2010

Executive Director

 

   

Employee or executive of the company;

 

   

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits

that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

   

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

   

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder, unless there is a clear lack of material[5] connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;

 

   

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights

 

10

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

11

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

12

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-15


Table of Contents
 

(this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

   

Government representative;

 

   

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

   

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

   

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

   

Relative[1] of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

Relative[1] of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

   

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

   

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

   

Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.[4]

 

   

Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate best practice guidance.

Independent NED

 

   

No material[5] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company (other than a board seat) or the dissenting significant shareholder.

Employee Representative

 

   

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

Footnotes:

 

[1]

“Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

[2]

Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3]

If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction). For Central and Eastern European countries: A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated. OR, A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) compared to the company’s total assets is more than 5 percent.

[4]

For example, in continental Europe, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In the United Kingdom and Ireland, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides

 

A-16


Table of Contents
 

sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure.

[5]

For purposes of RMG director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal or otherwise that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Discharge of Directors

Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:

 

   

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or

 

   

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

   

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director Compensation13

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. Capital Structure14

 

13

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances:

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

   

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet RMG guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

   

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

 

14

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market repurchase authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

   

Maximum volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”);

 

   

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

For markets that either generally do not specify the maximum duration of the authority or seek a duration beyond 18 months that is allowable under market specific legislation, RMG will assess the company’s historic practice. If there is evidence that a company has sought shareholder approval for the authority to repurchase shares on an annual basis, RMG will support the proposed authority.

In addition, vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

   

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

   

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

   

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;

 

   

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

RMG may support share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume under exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring). Such proposals will be assessed case-by-case based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

   

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

   

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. Other Items

Reorganizations/Restructurings15

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions16

 

15

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-19


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, RMG reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable?

 

   

While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, RMG places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause RMG to scrutinize a deal more closely.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable.

 

   

Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? RMG will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers17

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions18

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

In evaluating resolutions that seek shareholder approval on related party transactions (RPTs), vote on a case-by-case basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following: -

 

   

the parties on either side of the transaction;

 

   

the nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

   

the pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

   

the views of independent directors (where provided);

 

   

the views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

   

whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

16

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

17

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

18

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-20


Table of Contents
   

the stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that RMG deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, RMG may recommend against the election of the director involved in the related-party transaction or the full board.

Compensation Plans19

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms20

Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

19

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

20

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-21


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2010

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (the “Fund”) is an open-end management investment company that offers fifty-nine series of shares. This statement of additional information (“SAI”) describes six of those series:

 

Domestic Equity Portfolios
VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio    VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio
International Equity Portfolios
VA International Value Portfolio    VA International Small Portfolio
Fixed Income Portfolios
VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio    VA Global Bond Portfolio

(individually, a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”). The shares of the Portfolios are sold only to separate accounts of insurance companies in conjunction with variable life and variable annuity contracts. This SAI is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Portfolios’ prospectus dated February 28, 2010, as amended from time to time. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios are incorporated by reference from the Fund’s annual report to shareholders. The prospectus and annual report can be obtained free of charge by writing to the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

   2

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

   2

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

   3

FUTURES CONTRACTS

   5

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

   6

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

   6

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

   7

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

   7

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

   7

SERVICES TO THE FUND

   16

ADVISORY FEES

   17

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

   18

GENERAL INFORMATION

   20

CODE OF ETHICS

   21

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

   21

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

   21

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

   23

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

   23

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

   28

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   29

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   31

PERFORMANCE DATA

   32

 

1


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, it applies to all of the Portfolios. Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the prospectus. Each of the Portfolios is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structure of the Domestic Equity and International Equity Portfolios are based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that the Portfolios might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, a Portfolio and the issuer would be deemed “affiliated persons” and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between mutual funds and their affiliates might become applicable.

Each of the Portfolios (except the VA International Value Portfolio) has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see each Portfolio’s “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES” section in the Prospectus.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the Portfolios during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.

 

     Fiscal
Year
Ended

2009
   Fiscal
Period
Ended

2008
   Fiscal
Year
Ended

2007

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio

   $ 45,395    $ 27,632    $ 17,527

VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 52,008    $ 55,920    $ 114,849

VA International Value Portfolio

   $ 13,686    $ 17,653    $ 23,712

VA International Small Portfolio

   $ 6,892    $ 13,077    $ 30,014

The substantial increases or decreases in the amount of brokerage commissions paid by certain Portfolios from year to year indicated in the foregoing table resulted primarily from asset changes that required increases or decreases in the amount of securities that were bought and sold by those Portfolios.

The Fixed Income Portfolios acquire and sell securities on a net basis with dealers which are major market makers in such securities. The Investment Committee of the Advisor selects dealers on the basis of their size and market making ability. When executing portfolio transactions, the Advisor seeks to obtain the most favorable price for the securities being traded among the dealers with whom the Fixed Income Portfolios effect transactions.

Portfolio transactions will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. The Portfolios will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of stocks being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected. Brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers which effect transactions for the Portfolios to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolios invest. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission being paid by the Portfolios to their brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services. Dimensional Fund

 

2


Table of Contents

Advisors Ltd. also performs these services for the United Kingdom and Continental Small Company segments of VA International Small Portfolio and DFA Australia Limited also performs these services for the Japanese and Asia Pacific Small Company segments of VA International Small Portfolio.

Subject to obtaining best price and execution, transactions may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect a Portfolio’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

Companies eligible for purchase by VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Portfolio with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor with investment research, such as reports concerning individual issuers, industries and general economic and financial trends and other research services. The investment advisory agreements permit the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Portfolios.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Portfolios paid commissions for securities transactions to brokers which provided market price monitoring services, market studies, brokerage services and research services to the Portfolios as set forth in the following table:

 

     Value of
Securities
Transactions
   Brokerage
Commissions

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio

   $ 64,887,642    $ 43,337

VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 19,086,117    $ 29,761

VA International Value Portfolio

   $ 14,971,312    $ 7,117

VA International Small Portfolio

   $ 8,813,482    $ 4,143

Certain Portfolios may purchase securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act). The table below lists the regular brokers or dealers of each Portfolio whose securities (or securities of the broker’s or dealer’s parent company) were acquired by the Portfolio during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as well as the value of such securities held by the Portfolio as of October 31, 2009.

 

Portfolio

  

Broker or Dealer

   Value of Securities

VA International Value Portfolio

   Credit Suisse Group    $ 1,768,531

VA International Value Portfolio

   Macquarie Group    $ 263,522

VA International Value Portfolio

   TD Securities Inc.    $ 665,243

VA International Value Portfolio

   UBS AG    $ 584,235

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio

   Citigroup Inc.    $ 1,067,269

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present

 

3


Table of Contents

at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolios will not:

 

  (1) borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

 

  (2) make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3) purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4) purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon; or (ii) investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

 

  (5) purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

 

  (6) engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others;

 

  (7) acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry; except VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio shall invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of banks and bank holding companies in the circumstances described in the prospectus under “Investments in the Banking Industry” and as otherwise described under “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES”;

 

  (8) sell securities short; or

 

  (9) issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, each Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by such Portfolio.

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, each Portfolio is authorized to lend portfolio securities.

For purposes of the investment limitation described in (7) above, the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio, as disclosed in the prospectus under “Investments in the Banking IndustryVA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio,” will invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the NYSE is open for trading.

Each Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid securities, which limits investments in illiquid securities to 15% of a Portfolio’s net assets. For these purposes, each of the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio and VA Global Bond Portfolio may invest in commercial paper that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), subject to the requirements regarding credit ratings stated in the prospectus under “Description of Investments—Fixed Income Portfolios.” Further, pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, the Portfolios may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a

 

4


Table of Contents

liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on holdings of illiquid securities. While maintaining oversight, the Board of Directors has delegated the day-to-day function of making liquidity determinations to the Advisor. For Rule 144A securities to be considered liquid, there must be at least two dealers making a market in such securities. After purchase, the Board of Directors and the Advisor will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to the Portfolios’ investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

All Portfolios, except the VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio, may enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts to gain market exposure on the Portfolio’s uninvested cash pending investments in securities and to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (“FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges, and FCMs may establish margin requirements which are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes, to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in a repayment of excess margin to the custodial accounts of the Portfolio. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio expects to earn income on its margin deposits. Each Portfolio intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3 (z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of a Portfolio’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation) or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that a Portfolio has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of a Portfolio’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that a Portfolio has entered into.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Portfolio would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if the Portfolio has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures which are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, a Portfolio (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodians, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable interpretations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that a Portfolio may use by entering into futures transactions.

 

5


Table of Contents

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The International Equity Portfolios and VA Global Bond Portfolio may acquire and sell forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The Portfolios will conduct their foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

With respect to an International Equity Portfolio, the Portfolio may enter into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of foreign equity securities, typically to “lock in” the value of the transaction with respect to a different currency. In addition, a Portfolio may, from time to time, enter into a forward contract to transfer balances from one currency to another currency.

The VA Global Bond Portfolio may enter into forward foreign currency contracts to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another currency. The VA Global Bond Portfolio may enter into a forward contract to buy or sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it expires.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

All Portfolios engage in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, cash investments may be made for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic or political conditions warrant.

All the Portfolios may invest cash in short-term repurchase agreements. In addition, the following cash investments are permissible:

 

Portfolios

  

Permissible Cash Investment

   Percentage
Guidelines**
 
The Domestic Equity Portfolios    High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities,* such as money market instruments; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20
VA International Value Portfolio    Fixed income obligations* as may be acquired by the Fixed Income Portfolios; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20
VA International Small Portfolio    Fixed income obligations,* such as money market instruments; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20
The Fixed Income Portfolios    Affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20

 

6


Table of Contents

 

* With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the Portfolios will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor.
** The percentage guidelines set forth above are not absolute limitations, but the Portfolios do not expect to exceed these guidelines under normal circumstances.
*** Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

VA International Small Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its assets in convertible debentures issued by non-U.S. companies. Convertible debentures include corporate bonds and notes that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock. These securities are generally convertible either at a stated price or a stated rate (that is, for a specific number of shares of common stock or other security). As with other fixed income securities, the price of a convertible debenture to some extent varies inversely with interest rates. While providing a fixed-income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derived from a common stock but lower than that afforded by a non-convertible debenture), a convertible debenture also affords the investor an opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the common stock into which it is convertible. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible debentures tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis and so may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the price of a convertible debenture tends to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock. To obtain such a higher yield, the Portfolio may be required to pay for a convertible debenture an amount in excess of the value of the underlying common stock. Common stock acquired by the Portfolio upon conversion of a convertible debenture will generally be held for as long as the Advisor anticipates such stock will provide the Portfolio with opportunities which are consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective and policies.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

The Portfolios, except the VA Short-Term Fixed and VA Global Bond Portfolios, may invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to equity markets for the purposes of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. An ETF is an investment company whose goal is to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. ETFs are passively managed, and traded similarly to a publicly traded company. The risks and costs of investing in ETFs are similar to those of investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When a Portfolio invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Portfolio bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

The Board of Directors of the Fund is responsible for establishing Fund policies and for overseeing the management of the Fund.

 

7


Table of Contents

The Board has three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Portfolio Performance and Service Review Committee (“Performance Committee”). The Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Audit Committee is a disinterested Director. The Audit Committee for the Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Fund’s internal controls, the Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee for the Board recommends the appointment of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

The Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Nominating Committee is a disinterested Director. The Nominating Committee for the Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee of the Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. There were no Nominating Committee meetings for the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of the Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of the Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Board’s Performance Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Abbie J. Smith, John P. Gould and Myron S. Scholes. Each member of the Fund’s Performance Committee is a disinterested Director. The Performance Committee regularly reviews and monitors the investment performance of the Fund’s series, including the Portfolios, and reviews the performance of the Fund’s service providers. There were six Performance Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and each interested Director of the Fund is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of the Fund and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

 

8


Table of Contents

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and

Age

 

Position

 

Term

of

Office1

and

Length

of

Service

 

Principal Occupation
During Past 5 Years

 

Portfolios within

the DFA Fund

Complex2

Overseen

 

Other Directorships of
Public Companies Held

George M. Constantinides University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 62

  Director   Since 1983   Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business.   87 portfolios in 4 investment companies   None

John P. Gould

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 71

  Director   Since 1986   Steven G. Rothmeier Distinguished Service Professor of Economics, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1965). Member of the Board of Milwaukee Insurance Company (since 1997). Member and Chair, Competitive Markets Advisory Council, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (futures trading exchange) (since 2004). Formerly, Director of UNext Inc. (1999-2006).   87 portfolios in 4 investment companies   Trustee, Harbor Funds (registered investment company) (27 Portfolios) (since 1994).

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT 06520-8200

Age: 66

  Director   Since 1981   Professor in Practice of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Director, BIRR Portfolio Analysis, Inc. (software products) (since 1990). Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (since 2006). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Chairman, Ibbotson Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL (software, data, publishing and consulting) (1977-2006).   87 portfolios in 4 investment companies   None

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 68

  Director   Since 1981   Frank E. Buck Professor Emeritus of Finance, Stanford University (since 1981). Formerly, Chairman, Platinum Grove Asset Management L.P. (hedge fund) (formerly, Oak Hill Platinum Partners) (1999-2009). Formerly, Managing Partner, Oak Hill Capital Management (private equity firm) (until 2004). Formerly, Director, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (2001-2008).   87 portfolios in 4 investment companies   Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (40 Portfolios) (since 1980).

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 56

  Director   Since 2000   Boris and Irene Stern Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980); Co-Director Investment Research, Fundamental Investment Advisors (hedge fund) (since 2008).   87 portfolios in 4 investment companies   Director, HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture) (since 2000); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (52 portfolios) (since 2009).

 

9


Table of Contents

Interested Directors

The following Interested Directors are described as such because they are deemed to be “interested persons,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to their positions with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address and

Age

 

Position

 

Term of

Office1

and

Length

of

Service

 

Principal Occupation
During Past 5 Years

 

Portfolios within

the DFA Fund Complex2

Overseen

 

Other Directorships of
Public Companies Held

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 63

  Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer   Since 1981   Chairman, Director/Trustee, President, Co-Chief Executive Officer and, formerly, Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (2003 to 3/30/2007) of the following companies: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFAIDG, Dimensional Investment Group Inc. and The DFA Investment Trust Company. Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Holdings Inc. and formerly Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (until 3/30/2007). Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and formerly, Chief Investment Officer. Director of DFA Australia Limited and formerly, President and Chief Investment Officer. Formerly, Director of Dimensional Funds PLC. Limited Partner, Oak Hill Partners (since 2001) and VSC Investors, LLC (since 2007). Trustee, University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Formerly, Director, SA Funds (registered investment company). Chairman, Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.   87 portfolios in 4 investment companies   None
Eduardo A. Repetto 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One Austin, TX 78746 Age: 43   Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer   Since 2009   Co-Chief Executive Officer (beginning January 2010), Chief Investment Officer (beginning March 2007) and formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFAIDG, Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; Director of all such entities except Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC. Chief Investment Officer, Vice President and Director of DFA Australia Limited. Subject to regulatory approval, Director, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.   87 portfolios in 4 investment companies   None

 

1

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

2

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Fund; Dimensional Investment Group Inc.; The DFA Investment Trust Company; and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund. Each Disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in each Portfolio of the Fund in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

 

10


Table of Contents

Name

  

Dollar Range of Fund Shares

Owned

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned in All
Funds Overseen by Director in Family of
Investment Companies

Disinterested Directors:

     
George M. Constantinides    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
John P. Gould    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Roger G. Ibbotson    None    Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Myron S. Scholes    None    $50,001-$100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Abbie J. Smith    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Interested Directors:

     
David G. Booth    None    Over $100,000
Eduardo A. Repetto    None    Over $100,000

 

** As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same period. The table also provides the compensation paid by the Fund to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer for fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

 

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the
Fund
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as
Part of
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual
Benefit
upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from Funds
and DFA
Fund
Complex Paid
to Directors†

George M. Constantinides
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

John P. Gould
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Roger G. Ibbotson
Director

   $ 105,551    N/A    N/A    $ 185,000

Robert C. Merton**
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Myron S. Scholes
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Abbie J. Smith
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Christopher S. Crossan
Chief Compliance Officer

   $ 196,702    N/A    N/A      N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory or administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.
*

Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards

 

11


Table of Contents
 

of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Fund”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 is as follows: $185,000 (Mr. Ibbotson), $25,000 (Mr. Scholes) and $25,000 (Ms. Smith). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability; or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.

 

** Mr. Merton resigned from the Board effective December 1, 2009.

Officers

Below is the name, age, information regarding positions with the Fund and the principal occupation for each officer of the Fund. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the following entities: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (collectively, the “DFA Entities”).

 

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5
Years

April A. Aandal

Age: 47

   Vice President and Chief Learning Officer    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Learning Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2008). Formerly Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004-2008)

Darryl D. Avery

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Arthur H. Barlow

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Scott A. Bosworth

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since November 1997).

Valerie A. Brown

Age: 43

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary    Since 2001    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

David P. Butler

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2008). Formerly, Director US Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2005).

Patrick E. Carter

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Director of Merrill Lynch Retirement Group (December 1998 to March 2006).

Joseph H. Chi

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2005). Prior to October 2005, Corporate Counsel at Hewitt Associates (July 2002 – August 2005)

Stephen A. Clark

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

 

12


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5
Years

Robert P. Cornell

Age: 60

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Financial Services Group of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since August 1993).

Christopher S. Crossan

Age: 44

   Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2004    Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of all the DFA Entities.

James L. Davis

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 1999    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Robert T. Deere

Age: 52

   Vice President    Since 1994    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited.

Peter F. Dillard

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP (since August 2008). Formerly, Research Assistant for DFA from April 2006 – August 2008. Prior to April 2006, Manager at Hilton Hotels Corp. (September 2004 – April 2006).

Robert W. Dintzner

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Communications Officer (since 2010).

Beth Ann Dranguet

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2007). Formerly, Associate at Vinson & Elkins LLP (September 1999 – July 2007).

Kenneth Elmgren

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Managing Principal of Beverly Capital (May 2004 to September 2006).

Richard A. Eustice

Age: 44

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary    Since 1998    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since July 2008). Formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Eugene F. Fama, Jr.

Age: 49

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Gretchen A. Flicker

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jed S. Fogdall

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2004).

Glenn S. Freed

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeremy P. Freeman

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Technology Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2006). Formerly, Principal at AIM Investments/Amvescap PLC (now Invesco) (June 1998 – June 2006).

Mark R. Gochnour

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Henry F. Gray

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

John T. Gray

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (January 2005 to February 2007).

Darla M. Hastings

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Marketing Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Senior Vice President, Customer Experience for Benchmark Assisted Living (May 2005 to April 2006); Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of State Street Corporation (September 2001 to October 2005).

Joel H. Hefner

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 1998).

Julie C. Henderson

Age: 35

   Vice President and Fund Controller    Since 2005    Vice President and Fund Controller of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (July 1996 to April 2005).

Kevin B. Hight

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to March 2005).

 

13


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5
Years

Christine W. Ho

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeff J. Jeon

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Patrick M. Keating

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2003    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director, Vice President, and Chief Privacy Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of DFA Australia Limited.

David M. Kershner

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2004).

Joseph F. Kolerich

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since April 2001).

Michael F. Lane

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Kristina M. LaRusso

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Formerly, Operations Supervisor of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to December 2006).

Inmoo Lee

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Associate Professor, Department of Finance and Accounting, Business School, National University of Singapore (7/2004 - present) Associate Professor, College of Business Administration, Korea University (9/2001 - 5/2006).

Juliet H. Lee

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Human Resources Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2004).

Apollo D. Lupescu

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since February 2004).

Kenneth M. Manell

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2006). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel at Castle & Cooke (January 2004 – September 2006).

Aaron M. Marcus

Age: 39

   Vice President and Head of Global Human Resources    Since 2008    Vice President of all DFA Entities and Head of Global Human Resources of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Global Head of Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (June 2006 to January 2008); Global Co-Head of HR of the Equities & FICC Division, and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (May 2005 to May 2006); Head of Americas Campus Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (April 2003 to May 2005).

David R. Martin

Age: 53

   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2007    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC. Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Janus Capital Group Inc. (June 2005 to March 2007); Senior Vice President of Finance at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (March 1999 to May 2005).

Catherine L. Newell

Age: 45

   Vice President and Secretary    Vice President since 1997 and Secretary since 2000    Vice President and Secretary of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President and Secretary of DFA Australia Limited. Director, Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since February 2002, April 1997, and May 2002, respectively). Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC (since 2002 and 2006, respectively).

Christian Newton

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Web Services Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Design Manager (2005 – 2008) and Web Developer (2002 – 2005) of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

 

14


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5
Years

Carolyn L. O

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2007). Prior to September 2007, Associate at K&L Gates LLP (January 2004 – September 2007).

Gerard K. O’Reilly

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004 to 2006).

Daniel C. Ong

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2005). Prior to 2005, Graduate Student at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business (2003-2005).

Kyle K. Ozaki

Age: 31

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Compliance Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Compliance Officer (February 2006 – December 2007) and Compliance Analyst (August 2004 – January 2006).

Carmen Palafox

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Operations Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 1996).

Sonya K. Park

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

David A. Plecha

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Michael J. Porter

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2006). Formerly, Vice President, Client Services at Metropolitan West Asset Management (July 2001 – August 2006).

Theodore W. Randall

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2006 to 2008); Systems Developer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2001 to 2006).

L. Jacobo Rodríguez

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Institutional client service representative of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (August 2004 to July 2005)

Julie A. Saft

Age: 50

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Client Systems Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2008). Formerly, Senior Manager at Vanguard (November 1997 – July 2008).

David E. Schneider

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Institutional Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Walid A. Shinnawi

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Senior Director at Moody’s KMV (1999-March 2006).

Bruce A. Simmons

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Investment Operations Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 2007). Formerly, Vice President Client and Fund Reporting at Mellon Financial (September 2005 – May 2007); Vice President Business Development at CUADPRO Marketing (July 2003 – September 2005).

Ted R. Simpson

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since December 2002).

Bryce D. Skaff

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (December 1999 to January 2007).

Grady M. Smith

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Carl G. Snyder

Age: 46

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Lawrence R. Spieth

Age: 62

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Bradley G. Steiman

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Director and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

 

15


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5
Years

Robert C. Trotter

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Manager Technology for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2007). Formerly, Director of Technology at AMVESCAP (2002 – 2007).

Karen E. Umland

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Sunil Wahal

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (July 2008 – January 2009); Consultant to Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (September 2005 – July 2008); Jack D. Furst Professor of Finance at Arizona State University, WP Carey School of Business (July 2005 – July 2008); Associate Professor of Finance at Goizueta Business School, Emory University (1997 – 2005).

Brian J. Walsh

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

Carol W. Wardlaw

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Weston J. Wellington

Age: 58

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Daniel M. Wheeler

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Previously, Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since October 2003) and President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since June 2003).

Ryan J. Wiley

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Trader of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Portfolio Manager (2006 to 2007) and Trader (2001 to 2006).

Paul E. Wise

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Technology Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

 

1

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

As of January 31, 2010, Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding stock of each Portfolio described in this SAI.

SERVICES TO THE FUND

Administrative Services

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC Global”), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the accounting services, dividend disbursing and transfer agent for each Portfolio. The services provided by PNC Global are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Board of Directors of the Fund, and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodians, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by PNC Global, the Portfolios pay PNC Global annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies and a group trust. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0110% of the Fund Complex’s first $50 billion of average net assets;

.0085% of the Fund Complex’s next $25 billion of average net assets; and

.0075% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $75 billion.

The fees charged to the Portfolio under the fee schedule are allocated to each Portfolio based on the Portfolio’s pro rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex.

 

16


Table of Contents

Each Portfolio is also subject to a monthly base fee. The Domestic Equity Portfolios and VA Short-Term Fixed Income Portfolio are each subject to a monthly base fee of $1,666. The International Equity Portfolios and VA Global Bond Portfolio are each subject to a monthly base fee of $2,083.

The Portfolios also pay separate fees to PNC Global with respect to the services PNC Global provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodians

PFPC Trust Company, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as custodian for the Domestic Equity Portfolios and VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio. Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, serves as the global custodian for the International Equity Portfolios and VA Global Bond Portfolio. The custodians maintain a separate account or accounts for the Portfolios; receive, hold and release portfolio securities on account of the Portfolios; make receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolios; and collect and receive income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolios’ portfolio securities.

Distributor

The Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 1299 Ocean Avenue, Santa Monica, California 90401.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Fund by serving as the principal underwriter of the Fund’s shares. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement with the Fund, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Fund. No compensation is paid by the Fund to DFAS under the Distribution Agreement.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Fund. Their address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund and audits the annual financial statements of the Fund. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth and Rex A. Sinquefield, as directors and/or officers of the Advisor and shareholders of the outstanding stock of the Advisor’s general partner, may be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Fund. For the services it provides as investment advisor to each Portfolio, the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Portfolios paid advisory fees to the Advisor (and any sub-advisor) as set forth in the following table:

 

Portfolio

   Fiscal
Year
Ended

2009
(000)
   Fiscal
Period
Ended

2008
(000)
   Fiscal
Year
Ended

2007
(000)

VA U.S. Targeted Value

   $ 215    $ 361    $ 539

VA U.S. Large Value

   $ 214    $ 291    $ 347

VA International Value

   $ 257    $ 358    $ 425

VA International Small

   $ 246    $ 320    $ 361

VA Short-Term Fixed

   $ 202    $ 198    $ 190

VA Global Bond

   $ 217    $ 224    $ 221

 

17


Table of Contents

The Advisor pays DFAL a fee equal to 50,000 pounds sterling total per year, payable on a quarterly basis, for services to the VA International Small Portfolio. The Advisor pays DFA Australia a fee equal to $13,000 per year, payable on a quarterly basis, for services to VA International Small Portfolio.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the category of portfolios indicated.

 

Domestic Equity Portfolios

  Stephen A. Clark

International Equity Portfolios

  Stephen A. Clark, Karen E. Umland, Joseph H. Chi and Jed S. Fogdall

Fixed Income Portfolios

  Stephen A. Clark and David A. Plecha

Investments in Each Portfolio

The portfolio managers and his or her immediate family did not own any shares of the Portfolios contained in this SAI that he or she manages as of October 31, 2009.

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as it deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

   

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

   

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegees. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Other Managed Accounts

 

18


Table of Contents

In addition to the Portfolios, each portfolio manager manages (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category As of October 31, 2009

Stephen A. Clark   

•     88 U.S. registered mutual funds with $104,620 million in total assets under management.

•     23 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $23,160 million in total assets under management. Out of these unregistered pooled investment vehicles, one client with an investment of $211 million in an unregistered pooled investment vehicle pays a performance-based advisory fee.

•     70 other accounts with $7,541 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Karen E. Umland   

•     40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

•     5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

•     19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Joseph H. Chi   

•     40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

•     5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

•     19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Jed S. Fogdall   

•     40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

•     5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

•     19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

David A. Plecha   

•     17 U.S. registered mutual funds with $17,835 million in total assets under management.

•     10 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $16,629 million in total assets under management.

•     6 other accounts with $149 million in total assets under management.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one Portfolio and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolios in this SAI), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other

 

19


Table of Contents

accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a Portfolio. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

   

Time Management. The management of multiple Portfolios and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each Portfolio and/or Accounts. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Portfolios.

 

   

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one Portfolio and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any Portfolio or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one Portfolio or Account, a Portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible Portfolios and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple Portfolios and Accounts.

 

   

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Portfolio or the Account.

 

   

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

   

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Fund was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, the Fund was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc. From September 18, 1995 until May 1, 2008, VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio was named the VA Large Value Portfolio. From inception until September 18, 1995, VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio was named DFA Global Value Portfolio and VA Global Bond Portfolio was named DFA Global Bond Portfolio. Prior to May 1, 2008, the VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio was named the VA Small Value Portfolio. The shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Fund’s prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares, with equal, non-cumulative voting rights and no preferences as to conversion, exchange, dividends, redemption or any other feature.

Pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC, shares of the Portfolios may be sold to registered separate accounts of various insurance companies offering variable annuity and variable life products. At present, the Board of Directors of the Fund does not foresee any disadvantage arising from the fact that each Portfolio may offer its

 

20


Table of Contents

shares to separate accounts of various insurance companies to serve as an investment vehicle for their variable separate accounts. However, a material conflict could arise between the interest of the different participating separate accounts. The Fund’s Board of Directors would monitor events in order to identify any material irreconcilable conflicts that may possibly arise and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to such conflicts of interest. If such conflicts were to occur, one or more insurance companies’ separate accounts might be required to withdraw its investments in one or more Portfolios, or shares of another Portfolio may be substituted by the Fund. As a result, a Portfolio might be forced to sell a portion of its securities at a disadvantageous price. In the event of such a material conflict, the affected insurance companies agree to take any necessary steps, including removing its separate account from the Portfolio if required by law, to resolve the matter.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Fund, the Advisor and DFAS have adopted a Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios. The Code is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolios, and their shareholders, with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

Because of current federal securities law requirements, the Fund expects that its life insurance company shareholders will offer their contract owners the opportunity to instruct them as to how Portfolio shares allocable to their variable contracts will be voted with respect to certain matters, such as approval of investment advisory agreements. Generally, an insurance company will vote all Portfolio shares held in a separate account in the same proportion as it receives instructions from contract owners in that separate account. Under certain circumstances described in the insurance company separate account prospectus, the insurance company may not vote in accordance with the contract owner’s instructions.

With respect to matters which require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters which affect the interest of the class of shares (Portfolio) which they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of the Fund should occur, shareholders would be entitled to receive on a per class basis the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular class. Ordinarily, the Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Fund’s by-laws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Fund, the latter being audited.

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2010, the following person(s) beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding stock of the Portfolios:

 

VA U.S. LARGE VALUE PORTFOLIO

  

Monumental Life Insurance Company

Products Dimensional VA*

4333 Edgewood Road NE

Cedar Rapids, IA 52499

   74.01

 

21


Table of Contents

Sun Life Financial Insurance and Annuity

   9.18

Company (Bermuda) LTD

  

Argyle House

  

41 Cedar Avenue

  

Hamilton HM12, Bermuda

  

Argus International Life Insurance Limited

   5.86

The Argus Building

  

12 Wesley Street

  

PO Box HM 1064

  

Hamilton HM, EX Bermuda

  

VA U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO

  

Monumental Life Insurance Company

   78.52

Products Dimensional VA*1

  

Monumental Life Insurance Company

   5.54

Advisors Edge Select Symmetry

  

4333 Edgewood Road NE

  

Cedar Rapids, IA 52499

  

VA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO

  

Monumental Life Insurance Company

   77.58

Products Dimensional VA*1

  

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

   6.49

Product Boli/Coli Vul Advantage V

  

4333 Edgewood Road NE

  

Cedar Rapids, IA 52499

  

VA INTERNATIONAL SMALL PORTFOLIO

  

Monumental Life Insurance Company

   72.27

Products Dimensional VA*1

  

Sun Life Financial Insurance and Annuity

   10.74

Company (Bermuda) Ltd *1

  

Monumental Life Insurance Company

   5.10

Advisors Edge Select Symmetry*1

  

VA SHORT-TERM FIXED PORTFOLIO

  

Monumental Life Insurance Company

   81.91

Products Dimensional VA*1

  

Sun Life Financial Insurance and Annuity

   6.02

Company (Bermuda) Ltd*1

  

Monumental Life Insurance Company

   5.94

Advisors Edge Select Symetry*1

  

VA GLOBAL BOND PORTFOLIO

  

Monumental Life Insurance Company

   83.27

Products Dimensional VA*1

  

 

22


Table of Contents

Sun Life Financial Insurance and Annuity

   5.83

Company (Bermuda) Ltd *1

  

Monumental Life Insurance Company

   5.63

Advisors Edge Select Symetry*1

  

 

* Owner of record only (omnibus).
1

See address for shareholder previously listed above.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

The Fund will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business, regardless of whether the Federal Reserve System is closed. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Fund will generally be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Fund is closed.

Management believes that any dilutive effect of the cost of investing the proceeds of the sale of the shares of the Portfolios is minimal and, therefore, the shares of the Portfolios are currently sold at net asset value, without imposition of a reimbursement fee. Reimbursement fees may be charged prospectively from time to time based upon the future experience of the Portfolios. Any such charges will be described in the prospectus.

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of any or all Portfolios or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund or a Portfolio.

The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC, (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

The Fund or its transfer agent may from time to time appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, the Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio. Because shares of the Portfolios are sold only to separate accounts of insurance companies, the tax consequences described below are generally not applicable to an owner of a variable life or variable annuity contract.

 

23


Table of Contents

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Code and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

This discussion of “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. The tax status of your investment in a Portfolio depends upon the features of your variable life or variable annuity contract. For further information, please refer to the prospectus of the insurance company separate account that offers your contract.

Taxation of the Portfolios

Each Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. If a Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, a Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

Distribution Requirement —the Portfolio must distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its tax year are considered distributions attributable to the previous tax year for purposes of satisfying this requirement).

 

   

Income Requirement —the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTPs).

 

   

Asset Diversification Test —the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by a Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. In other circumstances, a Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

A Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If a Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will

 

24


Table of Contents

allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that a Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. In addition, any such under-distribution of income might cause a Portfolio to fail to satisfy the Income Requirement and thereby not qualify as a regulated investment company for such taxable year.

If for any taxable year a Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends will be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on a Portfolio’s income and performance. It is possible that a Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Capital loss carryovers. For federal income tax purposes, a Portfolio is permitted to carry forward its net realized capital losses, if any, for eight years as a short-term capital loss and use such losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset net capital gains without being required to pay taxes on, or distribute, such gains that are offset by the losses. However, the amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year may be limited if a Portfolio experiences an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. An ownership change generally results when the shareholders owning 5% or more of a fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers that expire unused, thereby reducing a Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. A Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another Portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond a Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change. As of October 31, 2009, the following Portfolios had capital loss carryovers available for federal income tax purposes, which expire in the year indicated:

 

     Capital Losses Expiring:

Portfolio

   2015    2016    2017    Total

VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

         $ 15,248,000    $ 15,248,000

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio

   $ 1,858,000    $ 5,981,000    $ 7,416,000    $ 15,255,000

VA International Value Portfolio

         $ 4,777,000    $ 4,777,000

VA International Small Portfolio

         $ 1,848,000    $ 1,848,000

VA Global Bond Portfolio

   $ 50,000          $ 50,000

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, the Code requires a Portfolio to distribute to its shareholders by December 31 of each year, at a minimum, the following amounts: 98% of its taxable ordinary income earned during the calendar year; 98% of its capital gain net income earned during the twelve-month period ending October 31; and 100% of any undistributed amounts from the prior year. Federal excise taxes will not apply to a Portfolio in a given calendar year, however, if all of its shareholders (other than certain permitted shareholders) at all times during the calendar year are segregated asset accounts of life insurance companies where

 

25


Table of Contents

the shares are held in connection with variable products. For purposes of determining whether a Portfolio qualifies for this exemption, any shares attributable to an investment in a Portfolio made in connection with organization of the Portfolio is disregarded as long as the investment doesn’t exceed $250,000. If a Portfolio fails to qualify for the exemption, the Portfolio intends to declare and pay these distributions in December (or to pay them in January, in which case shareholders must treat them as received in December) but can give no assurances that its distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.

It is anticipated that certain shareholders of a Portfolio may be structured as “fund of funds” offered exclusively to segregated asset accounts of life insurance companies (and certain other permitted investors). Due to the “fund of funds” structure, it is possible that the IRS might assert that such a fund of funds is not a permitted shareholder for purposes of determining whether a Portfolio qualifies for the exemption from excise tax described above. If a Portfolio fails to qualify for the exemption, the Portfolio intends to declare and pay the required excise tax distributions in December (or to pay them in January, in which case Portfolio shareholders must treat them as received in December) but can give no assurances that its distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by a Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld will generally be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle a Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of a Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known.

Special Rules Applicable to Variable Contracts

The Portfolios intend to comply with the diversification requirements imposed by Section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. These requirements, which are in addition to the diversification requirements imposed on a Portfolio by the 1940 Act and Subchapter M of the Code, place certain limitations on (i) the assets of the insurance company separate accounts that may be invested in securities of a single issuer and (ii) eligible investors. Because Section 817(h) and those regulations treat the assets of a Portfolio as assets of the corresponding division of the insurance company separate accounts, each Portfolio intends to comply with these diversification requirements. Specifically, the regulations provide that, except as permitted by the “safe harbor” described below, as of the end of each calendar quarter or within 30 days thereafter no more than 55% of a Portfolio’s total assets may be represented by any one investment, no more than 70% by any two investments, no more than 80% by any three investments and no more than 90% by any four investments. For this purpose, all securities of the same issuer are considered a single investment, and while each U.S. Government agency and instrumentality is considered a separate issuer, a particular foreign government and its agencies, instrumentalities and political subdivisions all will be considered the same issuer. Section 817(h) provides, as a safe harbor, that a separate account will be treated as being adequately diversified if the Asset Diversification is satisfied and no more than 55% of the value of the account’s total assets are cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other RICs. The regulations also provide that a Portfolio’s shareholders are limited, generally, to life insurance company separate accounts, general accounts of the same life insurance company, an investment adviser or affiliate in connection with the creation or management of the Portfolio or the trustee of a qualified pension plan. Failure of a Portfolio to satisfy the Section 817(h) requirements would result in taxation of and treatment of the contract holders investing in a corresponding insurance company division other than as described in the applicable prospectuses of the various insurance company separate accounts.

Also, a contract holder should not be able to direct a Portfolio’s investment in any particular asset so as to avoid the prohibition on investor control. The Treasury Department may issue future pronouncements addressing the circumstances in which a variable contract owner’s control of the investments of a separate account may cause the contract owner, rather than the insurance company, to be treated as the owner of the assets held by the separate account. If the contract owner is considered the owner of the separate account, income and gains produced by those securities would be included currently in the contract owner’s gross income. It is not known what standards will be set forth in any such pronouncements or when, if at all, these pronouncements may be issued.

Reference should be made to the prospectus for the applicable contract for more information regarding the federal income tax consequences to an owner of a contract.

 

26


Table of Contents

Taxation of Portfolio Distributions

Each Portfolio anticipates distributing substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain for each taxable year.

Distributions of net investment income. A Portfolio receives or derives income generally in the form of dividends and interest on its investments. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of a Portfolio, constitutes its net investment income from which dividends may be paid to shareholders. A portion of the income dividends paid may be qualified dividends eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction as described below.

Distributions of capital gains. A Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long the shareholder has held their shares in a Portfolio.

Returns of capital. If a Portfolio’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in a Portfolio and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. Any return of capital in excess of a shareholder’s basis, however, is taxable as a capital gain.

Dividends-received deduction for corporations. Ordinary income dividends designated by a Portfolio as derived from qualified dividends from domestic corporations will qualify for the 70% dividends received deduction generally available to corporations. The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions imposed under the Code on the corporation claiming the deduction. Income derived by a Portfolio from investments in derivatives, fixed-income and foreign securities generally is not eligible for this treatment.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886.

Consent dividends. A Portfolio may utilize consent dividend provisions of Section 565 of the Code to make distributions. Provided that all shareholders agree in a consent filed with the income tax return of the Portfolio to treat as a dividend the amount specified in the consent, the amount will be considered a distribution just as any other distribution paid in money and reinvested back into the Portfolio.

Investment in Foreign Securities

Certain of the Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from certain foreign securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes on a Portfolio and/or its shareholders. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce a Portfolio’s distributions paid to its shareholders.

PFIC securities. Certain Portfolios may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that a Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign

 

27


Table of Contents

security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to shareholders by a Portfolio. In addition, if a Portfolio is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio may be subject to U.S. federal income tax (the effect of which might be mitigated by making a mark-to-market election in a year prior to the sale) on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to its shareholders.

Investment in Complex Securities

A Portfolio may invest in complex securities and such investments may be subject to numerous special and complicated tax rules. These rules could affect whether gains or losses recognized by a Portfolio are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Portfolio, defer the Portfolio’s ability to recognize losses, and subject the Portfolio to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of the Portfolio’s foreign investments. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing and/or tax character of a Portfolio’s income and, in turn, of the income distributed to its shareholders.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the Portfolios to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Risk Metrics Group, Inc. (“RMG”), an independent third party service provider, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolios, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Portfolios as understood by the Advisor at the time of the vote. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the Portfolios in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Most proxies that the Advisor receives will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies are voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, it normally will not be necessary for the Advisor to make an actual determination of how to vote a particular proxy, thereby largely eliminating conflicts of interest for the Advisor during the proxy voting process. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the Portfolios, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of RMG), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the Portfolios. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a Portfolio in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the Fund.

The Advisor will usually vote proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor

 

28


Table of Contents

reserves the right to vote counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the Portfolio would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the Portfolio.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of a Portfolio and which seeks to maximize the value of that Portfolio’s investments. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a Portfolio to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of a Portfolio and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the Portfolio’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to a Portfolio associated with voting. The Advisor determines whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally implements uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio by portfolio and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of an believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a Portfolio, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Fund have retained Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), which was acquired by RMG to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. RMG will provide information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effect votes on behalf of the Portfolios; and provide reports concerning the proxies voted. In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor may consider the recommendations of ISS on proxy issues, the Advisor remains ultimately responsible for all proxy voting decisions.

Information regarding how each of the Portfolios voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) upon request, by calling collect: (512) 306-7400 or (ii) on the Advisor’s website at http://www.dimensional.com and (iii)  on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Board of Directors of the Fund (the “Board”) have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolios (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolios, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

 

29


Table of Contents

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules and regulations.

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. Each Portfolio generally discloses up to its twenty-five largest portfolio holdings and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the Portfolio’s total assets (“largest holdings”), as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within twenty days after the end of each month. This online disclosure may also include information regarding the Portfolio’s industry allocations. Each Portfolio generally discloses its complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, two months following the month-end, or more frequently and at different periods when authorized by a Designated Person (as defined below).

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. Each of the Advisor’s Chairmen, Director of Institutional Services, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading and General Counsel (together, the “Designated Persons”) may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about a Portfolio’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement is not subject to a time delay before dissemination. Designated Persons may also approve the distribution of Holdings Information for a Portfolio more frequently or at a period other than as described above.

As of January 31, 2010, the Advisor and the Portfolios had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

Recipient

  

Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

PFPC Trust Company    Domestic Equity Portfolios and VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio    Fund Custodian    Daily
Citibank, N.A.    International Equity Portfolios and VA Global Bond Portfolio    Fund Custodian    Daily
Citibank, N.A.    All Portfolios    Middle office operational support service provider to the Advisor    Daily
PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.    All Portfolios    Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent and Transfer Agent    Daily
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP    All Portfolios    Independent registered public accounting firm    Upon Request
Pricing Service Vendor    International Equity Portfolios    Fair value information services    Daily

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. The Portfolios, the Advisor, or other parties do not receive any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS or any affiliated person of the Funds, the Trust, the Advisor or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders, the Portfolios, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders, in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable business judgment that (1) the Portfolio has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer is also responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Fund; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://www.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits a Portfolio, the Advisor or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolios to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and audits the Fund’s annual financial statements. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders relating to the Portfolios, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

 

31


Table of Contents

An investor may obtain a copy of the annual reports, upon request and without charge, by contacting the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI.

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolios may compare their investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations which track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolios may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolios or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of a Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

32


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

Concise Summary of 2010 U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.1 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Routine/Miscellaneous:

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

   

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

   

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

   

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

   

Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

 

 

1

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

2. Board of Directors:

Votes on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

   

Board Accountability

 

   

Board Responsiveness

 

   

Director Independence

 

   

Director Competence

Board Accountability

Problematic Takeover Defenses

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST2 the entire board of directors (except new nominees3, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election — any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;

 

   

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote withhold/against every year until this feature is removed;

 

   

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly-adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually-elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill. This policy applies to all companies adopting or renewing pills after the announcement of this policy (Nov 19, 2009);

 

   

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-By-CASE on all nominees if the board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

   

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders- i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

   

The issuer’s rationale;

 

   

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

   

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

   

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

   

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

2

In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the valid contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

3

A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If RMG cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
   

There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if:

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

   

There is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance (see Pay for Performance Policy);

 

   

The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash, or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in the firm’s equity plan;

 

   

The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

 

   

The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment made to shareholders;

 

   

The company has problematic pay practices. Problematic pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.

Other Problematic Governance Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75 percent of the aggregate board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the director(s) involved. If this information cannot be obtained, withhold from all incumbent directors;

 

   

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

   

A classified board structure;

 

   

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

   

Majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to call special meetings;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to act by written consent;

 

   

A dual-class structure; and/or

 

   

A non-shareholder approved poison pill.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Board Responsiveness

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

A-3


Table of Contents
   

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares; or

 

   

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Director Independence

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors in the Summary Guidelines) when:

 

   

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

   

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

   

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

   

The full board is less than majority independent.

Director Competence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;

 

   

Pattern of absenteeism; and

 

   

Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;

 

   

Sit on more than six public company boards;4

 

   

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards.

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections5

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

   

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

   

Management’s track record;

 

   

Background to the proxy contest;

 

   

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

 

   

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

 

   

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

 

   

Stock ownership positions.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:

The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:

 

4

Dimensional will screen votes otherwise subject to this policy based on the qualifications and circumstances of the directors involved.

5

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-4


Table of Contents
   

Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

   

serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;

 

   

approves information sent to the board;

 

   

approves meeting agendas for the board;

 

   

approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;

 

   

has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

   

if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;

 

   

Two-thirds independent board;

 

   

All independent key committees;

 

   

Established governance guidelines;

 

   

A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;

 

   

The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Egregious compensation practices;

 

   

Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;

 

   

Corporate and/or management scandals;

 

   

Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or

 

   

Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.

3. Shareholder Rights & Defenses:6

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

For management proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing five-percent holder);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills- Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

   

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

6

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-5


Table of Contents
   

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote FOR the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

   

No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

   

A term of no more than three years;

 

   

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

   

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to ratify a Pill to preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification. For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

The term;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote FOR management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

   

Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10% preferred);

 

   

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

   

Investor ownership structure; and

 

   

Shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote FOR management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account:

 

   

Ownership structure;

 

   

Quorum requirements; and

 

A-6


Table of Contents
   

Supermajority vote requirements.

4. Capital/Restructuring:7

Common Stock Authorization

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and its three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class that has superior voting rights.

Preferred Stock

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares, and whether they are declawed.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series that has superior voting rights.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE –BY- CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

7

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-7


Table of Contents
   

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The change-in-control figure presented in the “RMG Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

5. Compensation:8

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Equity Compensation Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

 

   

The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;

 

   

The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;

 

8

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-8


Table of Contents
   

The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards (see Pay-for-Performance);

 

   

The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% or the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;

 

   

Liberal Change of Control Definition: The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or

 

   

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices.

Other Compensation Proposals and Policies

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation- Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

In general, the management say on pay (MSOP) ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices- dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against the MSOP rather than withholding or voting against the compensation committee. However, if there is no MSOP on which to express the dissatisfaction, then the secondary target will be members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior MSOP proposal; then vote withhold or against compensation committee member (or, if the full board is deemed accountable, to all directors). If the negative factors impact equity-based plans, then vote AGAINST an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval.

Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST management say on pay (MSOP) proposals, AGAINST/WITHHOLD on compensation committee members (or, in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO), and/or AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if:

 

   

There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

   

The company maintains problematic pay practices;

 

   

The board exhibits poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Additional CASE-BY-CASE considerations for the management say on pay (MSOP) proposals:

 

   

Evaluation of performance metrics in short-term and long-term plans, as discussed and explained in the Compensation Discussion & Analysis (CD&A). Consider the measures, goals, and target awards reported by the company for executives’ short- and long-term incentive awards: disclosure, explanation of their alignment with the company’s business strategy, and whether goals appear to be sufficiently challenging in relation to resulting payouts;

 

   

Evaluation of peer group benchmarking used to set target pay or award opportunities. Consider the rationale stated by the company for constituents in its pay benchmarking peer group, as well as the benchmark targets it uses to set or validate executives’ pay (e.g., median, 75th percentile, etc.,) to ascertain whether the benchmarking process is sound or may result in pay “ratcheting” due to inappropriate peer group constituents (e.g., much larger companies) or targeting (e.g., above median); and

 

   

Balance of performance-based versus non-performance-based pay. Consider the ratio of performance-based (not including plain vanilla stock options) vs. non-performance-based pay elements reported for the CEO’s latest reported fiscal year compensation, especially in conjunction with concerns about other factors such as performance metrics/goals, benchmarking practices, and pay-for-performance disconnects.

Pay for Performance

Evaluate the alignment of the CEO’s pay with performance over time, focusing particularly on companies that have underperformed their peers over a sustained period. From a shareholders’ perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s stock performance over time. Even when financial or operational measures are utilized in incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures should ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long-term.

Focus on companies with sustained underperformance relative to peers, considering the following key factors:

 

A-9


Table of Contents
   

Whether a company’s one-year and three-year total shareholder returns (“TSR”) are in the bottom half of its industry group (i.e., four-digit GICS – Global Industry Classification Group); and

 

   

Whether the total compensation of a CEO who has served at least two consecutive fiscal years is aligned with the company’s total shareholder return over time, including both recent and long-term periods.

If a company falls in the bottom half of its four-digit GICS, further analysis of the CD&A is required to better understand the various pay elements and whether they create or reinforce shareholder alignment. Also assess the CEO’s pay relative to the company’s TSR over a time horizon of at least five years. The most recent year-over-year increase or decrease in pay remains a key consideration, but there will be additional emphasis on the long term trend of CEO total compensation relative to shareholder return. Also consider the mix of performance-based compensation relative to total compensation. In general, standard stock options or time-vested restricted stock are not considered to be performance-based. If a company provides performance-based incentives to its executives, the company is highly encouraged to provide the complete disclosure of the performance measure and goals (hurdle rate) so that shareholders can assess the rigor of the performance program. The use of non-GAAP financial metrics also makes it very challenging for shareholders to ascertain the rigor of the program as shareholders often cannot tell the type of adjustments being made and if the adjustments were made consistently. Complete and transparent disclosure helps shareholders to better understand the company’s pay for performance linkage.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

   

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

   

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

   

Options Backdating.

Non-Performance based Compensation Elements

Companies adopt a variety of pay arrangements that may be acceptable in their particular industries, or unique for a particular situation, and all companies are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. However, there are certain adverse practices that are particularly contrary to a performance-based pay philosophy, including guaranteed pay and excessive or inappropriate non-performance-based pay elements.

While not exhaustive, this is the list of practices that carry greatest weight in this consideration and may result in negative vote recommendations on a stand-alone basis. For more details, please refer to RMG’s Compensation FAQ document: http://www.riskmetrics.com/policy/2010_compensation_FAQ:

 

   

Multi-year guarantees for salary increases, non-performance based bonuses, and equity compensation;

 

   

Including additional years of unworked service that result in significant additional benefits, without sufficient justification, or including long-term equity awards in the pension calculation;

 

   

Perquisites for former and/or retired executives, and extraordinary relocation benefits (including home buyouts) for current executives;

 

   

Change-in-control payments exceeding 3 times base salary and target bonus; change-in-control payments without job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“Single Triggers”); new or materially amended agreements that provide for “modified single triggers” (under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package); new or materially amended agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up (including “modified gross-ups”);

 

   

Tax Reimbursements related to executive perquisites or other payments such as personal use of corporate aircraft, executive life insurance, bonus, etc; (see also excise tax gross-ups above)

 

   

Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;

 

   

Executives using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps or other similar arrangements; or

 

   

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender/subsequent regrant of underwater options).

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

Assess company policies and disclosure related to compensation that could incentivize excessive risk-taking, for example:

 

   

Guaranteed bonuses;

 

   

A single performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

A-10


Table of Contents
   

Lucrative severance packages;

 

   

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

   

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

   

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

Vote CASE-by-CASE on options backdating issues. Generally, when a company has recently practiced options backdating, WITHHOLD from or vote AGAINST the compensation committee, depending on the severity of the practices and the subsequent corrective actions on the part of the board. When deciding on votes on compensation committee members who oversaw questionable options grant practices or current compensation committee members who fail to respond to the issue proactively, consider several factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

   

Duration of options backdating;

 

   

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

   

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

   

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

A CASE-by-CASE analysis approach allows distinctions to be made between companies that had “sloppy” plan administration versus those that acted deliberately and/or committed fraud, as well as those companies that subsequently took corrective action. Cases where companies have committed fraud are considered most egregious.

Board Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay:

 

   

Poor disclosure practices, including:

 

   

Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;

 

   

Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;

 

   

Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained.

 

   

Board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues, for example:

 

   

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

   

Failure to respond to concerns raised in connection with significant opposition to MSOP proposals.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:

 

   

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

   

Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

   

Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

   

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

   

Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

   

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

   

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

   

Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the

 

A-11


Table of Contents

decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Recoup Bonuses

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned later turn out to have been in error. This is line with the clawback provision in the Trouble Asset Relief Program. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. RMG will take into consideration:

 

   

If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy;

 

   

If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems; or

 

   

If the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent.

Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While RMG favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

   

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:

 

   

Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or

 

   

A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or

 

   

A meaningful retention ratio,

 

   

Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.

 

   

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.

A rigorous stock ownership guideline should be at least 10x base salary for the CEO, with the multiple declining for other executives. A meaningful retention ratio should constitute at least 50 percent of the stock received from equity awards (on a net proceeds basis) held on a long-term basis, such as the executive’s tenure with the company or even a few years past the executive’s termination with the company.

6. Social/Environmental Issues:

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues.

 

A-12


Table of Contents

When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

2010 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Election of Labor Representatives, Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers/Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Related Party Transactions; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.9 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

   

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

   

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

9

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-14


Table of Contents
   

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

   

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

   

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

   

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

   

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

2. Board of Directors

Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

   

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

   

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

   

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

   

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

   

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach

 

A-15


Table of Contents

of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors,10 e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives11 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees.

Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives12 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company; or

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)” service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about

 

   

his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

[Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.]

RMG Classification of Directors – International Policy 2010

Executive Director

 

   

Employee or executive of the company;

 

   

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

   

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

   

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

10

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

11

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

12

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-16


Table of Contents
   

Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder, unless there is a clear lack of material[5] connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;

 

   

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

   

Government representative;

 

   

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

   

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

   

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

   

Relative[1] of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

Relative[1] of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

   

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

   

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

   

Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.[4]

 

   

Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate best practice guidance.

Independent NED

 

   

No material[5] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company (other than a board seat) or the dissenting significant shareholder.

Employee Representative

 

   

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee

representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

 

Footnotes:

 

[1]

“Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

[2]

Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3]

If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction). For Central and Eastern European countries: A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated. OR, A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) compared to the company’s total assets is more than 5 percent.

[4]

For example, in continental Europe, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In the United Kingdom and Ireland, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure.

[5]

For purposes of RMG director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal or otherwise that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Discharge of Directors

Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:

 

   

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or

 

   

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

   

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director Compensation13

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. Capital Structure14

Share Issuance Requests

 

13

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

14

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

General Issuances:

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

   

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet RMG guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

   

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

 

A-19


Table of Contents

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market repurchase authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

   

Maximum volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”);

 

   

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

For markets that either generally do not specify the maximum duration of the authority or seek a duration beyond 18 months that is allowable under market specific legislation, RMG will assess the company’s historic practice. If there is evidence that a company has sought shareholder approval for the authority to repurchase shares on an annual basis, RMG will support the proposed authority.

In addition, vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

   

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

   

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

   

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;

 

   

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

RMG may support share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume under exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring). Such proposals will be assessed case-by-case based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

   

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

   

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. Other Items

Reorganizations/Restructurings15

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions16

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, RMG reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits

 

15

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

16

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-20


Table of Contents

and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable?

 

   

While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, RMG places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause RMG to scrutinize a deal more closely.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable.

 

   

Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? RMG will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers17

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions18

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

In evaluating resolutions that seek shareholder approval on related party transactions (RPTs), vote on a case-by-case basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following:—

 

   

the parties on either side of the transaction;

 

   

the nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

   

the pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

   

the views of independent directors (where provided);

 

   

the views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

   

whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

   

the stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that RMG deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, RMG may recommend against the election of the director involved in the related-party transaction or the full board.

Compensation Plans19

 

17

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

18

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-21


Table of Contents

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms20

Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

19

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

20

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-22


Table of Contents

U.S. SOCIAL CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFUEX

U.S. SUSTAINABILITY CORE 1 PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFSIX

INTERNATIONAL SUSTAINABILITY CORE 1 PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFSPX

DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE EX TOBACCO PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFVLX

EMERGING MARKETS SOCIAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFESX

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2010

This statement of additional information (“SAI”) relates to the shares of U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio and Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio (individually, a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”) of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (the “Fund”).

This SAI is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus of the Portfolios, dated February 28, 2010, as amended from time to time. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Fund are incorporated by reference from the Fund’s annual report to shareholders. The prospectus and annual report can be obtained by writing to the Fund at the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

   2

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

   2

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

   4

FUTURES CONTRACTS

   5

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

   6

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

   6

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

   6

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

   7

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

   7

SERVICES TO THE PORTFOLIOS

   16

ADVISORY FEES

   17

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

   18

GENERAL INFORMATION

   21

CODE OF ETHICS

   21

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

   21

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

   21

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   23

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

   23

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

   24

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

   35

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   36

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   38

PERFORMANCE DATA

   38

 

1


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus of the Portfolios. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) serves as investment advisor to each Portfolio. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Each Portfolio is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structure of the Portfolios is based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that the Portfolio might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, the Portfolio and the issuer would be deemed affiliated persons and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between mutual funds and their affiliates might become applicable.

Each of the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio and Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see each Portfolio’s “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES” section in the Prospectus.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the Portfolios during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.

 

     FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2009
   FISCAL
PERIOD

ENDED
2008
   FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2007

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 35,301    $ 7,363    $ 17,413

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   $ 34,105    $ 38,791      N/A

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   $ 14,954    $ 26,670      N/A

DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio

   $ 15,487    $ 241,391      N/A

Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 112,041    $ 153,187    $ 183,643

The substantial increases or decreases in the amount of brokerage commissions paid by certain Portfolios from year to year resulted primarily from asset changes that required increases or decreases in the amount of securities that were bought and sold by the Portfolios.

Portfolio transactions of each Portfolio will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. In addition, the Advisor will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner that would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of stocks being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected, and brokers will be selected with these goals in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers that effect transactions for each Portfolio to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolio invests. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission being paid by a

 

2


Table of Contents

Portfolio to its brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services.

Subject to obtaining best price and execution, transactions may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Fund shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect a Portfolio’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

Companies eligible for purchase by a Portfolio may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Portfolios and Master Funds with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor with investment research, such as reports concerning individual issuers, industries, and general economic and financial trends, and other research services. The Investment Advisory Agreement for each Portfolio permits the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer, or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Portfolios.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Portfolios paid commissions for securities transactions to brokers which provided market price monitoring services, market studies, brokerage services and research services to the Portfolios as follows:

 

     Value of Securities
Transactions
   Brokerage
Commissions

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 45,781,354    $ 34,657

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   $ 45,270,244    $ 31,536

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   $ 15,701,356    $ 8,378

DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio

   $ 20,891,142    $ 9,518

Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 54,705,425    $ 57,175

The Portfolios may purchase securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act). The table below lists the regular brokers or dealers of each Portfolio whose securities (or securities of the broker’s or dealer’s parent company) were acquired by the Portfolio during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as well as the value of such securities held by the Portfolio as of October 31, 2008.

 

Portfolio

   Broker or Dealer    Value of Securities

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   Citigroup Inc.    $ 60,123

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   Citigroup Inc.    $ 249,838

 

3


Table of Contents

Portfolio

   Broker or Dealer    Value of Securities

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   Investment
Technology
Group, Inc.
   $ 19,413

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   Credit Suisse
Group
   $ 622,337

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   HSBC Group    $ 1,076,228

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   Instinet, LLC    $ 95,396

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   Macquarie
Group
   $ 129,602

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   UBS AG    $ 435,541

DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio

   Credit Suisse
Group
   $ 1,084,655

DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio

   Macquarie
Group
   $ 166,489

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolios will not:

 

  (1) borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

 

  (2) make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3) purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4) purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon; or (ii) investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

 

  (5) purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

 

  (6) engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others;

 

  (7) concentrate (invest more than 25% of its net assets) in securities of issuers in a particular industry (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or securities of other investment companies); or

 

4


Table of Contents
  (8) issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, a Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by a Portfolio. Each Portfolio, except for the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio, does not currently intend to borrow money for investment purposes.

In applying the investment limitation described in (7) above, the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of any investment company in which it invests that concentrates its assets in a particular industry.

Each Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid securities, which limits investments in illiquid securities to 15% of a Portfolio’s net assets.

Notwithstanding any of the above investment limitations, the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio may establish subsidiaries or other similar vehicles for the purpose of conducting its investment operations in Approved Markets, if such subsidiaries or vehicles are required by local laws or regulations governing foreign investors or whose use is otherwise considered by the Portfolio to be advisable. The Portfolio would “look through” any such vehicle or subsidiary to determine compliance with its investment restrictions.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to a Portfolio’s investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

Each Portfolio may use futures contracts and options on futures contracts for non-hedging purposes as a substitute for direct investment or to allow the Portfolio to remain fully invested while maintaining the liquidity required to pay redemptions.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (an “FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and FCMs may establish margin requirements that are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes, to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in a repayment of excess margin to the custodial account of the Portfolio. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio expects to earn income on its margin deposits. Each Portfolio intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3(z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Portfolio’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts the Portfolio has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation), or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that the Portfolio has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the Portfolio’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Portfolio has entered into.

 

5


Table of Contents

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, a Portfolio would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if a Portfolio has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures that are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, each Portfolio (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable regulations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that a Portfolio may use by entering into future transactions.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio and Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio (each an “International Portfolio” and collectively, the “International Portfolios”) may acquire and sell forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. Each International Portfolio will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

An International Portfolio may enter into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of foreign equity securities, typically to “lock in” the value of the transaction with respect to a different currency. In addition, an International Portfolio may, from time to time, enter into a forward contract to transfer balances from one currency to another currency.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

Each Portfolio engages in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions, or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, a Portfolio may make cash investments for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic, or political conditions warrant.

Each Portfolio may invest cash in short-term repurchase agreements. In addition, each Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets, ordinarily not more than 20%, in money market instruments, debt securities that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor, freely convertible currencies, shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, index futures contracts, and options thereon. Investments in money market mutual funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses. The 20% guideline is not an absolute limitation, but each Portfolio does not expect to exceed this guideline under normal circumstances.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

Each Portfolio may also invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to equity markets

 

6


Table of Contents

for the purposes of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. An ETF is an investment company whose goal is to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. ETFs are passively managed, and traded similarly to a publicly traded company. The risks and costs of investing in ETFs are similar to those of investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When a Portfolio invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Portfolio bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses. ETFs in which a Portfolio invests are not subject to, though they may incorporate, the Portfolio’s social criteria or environmental impact considerations. (See the Portfolios’ Prospectus for information regarding the U.S. Social Core Equity 2, DFA International Value ex Tobacco and Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolios’ Social Criteria and the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 and International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolios’ environmental impact considerations.)

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

Each International Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its assets in convertible debentures issued by non-U.S. companies located in the Approved Markets. Convertible debentures include corporate bonds and notes that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock. These securities are generally convertible either at a stated price or a stated rate (that is, for a specific number of shares of common stock or other security). As with other fixed income securities, the price of a convertible debenture, to some extent, varies inversely with interest rates. While providing a fixed income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derived from a common stock, but lower than that afforded by a nonconvertible debenture), a convertible debenture also affords the investor an opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the common stock into which the debenture is convertible. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible debentures tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis and so may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the price of a convertible debenture tends to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock. To obtain such a higher yield, a Portfolio may be required to pay for a convertible debenture an amount in excess of the value of the underlying common stock. Common stock acquired by an International Portfolio upon conversion of a convertible debenture will generally be held for as long as the Advisor anticipates such stock will provide the International Portfolio with opportunities that are consistent with the International Portfolio’s investment objective and policies.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The Board of Directors of the Fund is responsible for establishing the Fund’s policies and for overseeing the management of the Fund.

The Board has three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Portfolio Performance and Service Review Committee (“Performance Committee”). The Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Audit Committee is a disinterested Director. The Audit Committee for the Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Fund’s internal controls, the Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee for the Board recommends the appointment of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

The Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Nominating Committee is a disinterested Director. The Nominating Committee for the Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee of the Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. There were no Nominating Committee meetings for the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of the Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter

 

7


Table of Contents

should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of the Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Board’s Performance Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Abbie J. Smith, John P. Gould and Myron S. Scholes. Each member of the Fund’s Performance Committee is a disinterested Director. Each Performance Committee regularly reviews and monitors the investment performance of the Fund’s series, including the Portfolios, and reviews the performance of the Fund’s service providers. There were six Performance Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and each interested Director of the Fund is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of the Fund and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

   Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen
  

Other Directorships of
Public Companies Held

George M. Constantinides University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 62

   Director    Since 1983    Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business.    87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   None

John P. Gould

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 71

   Director    Since 1986    Steven G. Rothmeier Distinguished Service Professor of Economics, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1965). Member of the Board of Milwaukee Insurance Company (since 1997). Member Competitive Markets Advisory Committee, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (futures trading exchange) (since 2004). Formerly, Director of UNext Inc. (1999-2006).    87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   Trustee, Harbor Funds (registered investment company) (27 Portfolios) (since 1994).

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT 06520-8200

Age: 66

   Director    Since 1981    Professor in Practice of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Director, BIRR Portfolio Analysis, Inc. (software products) (since 1990). Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (since 2006). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Chairman, Ibbotson Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL (software, data, publishing and consulting) (1977-2006).    87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   None

 

8


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

   Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen
  

Other Directorships of
Public Companies Held

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 68

   Director    Since 1981    Frank E. Buck Professor Emeritus of Finance, Stanford University (since 1981). Formerly, Chairman, Platinum Grove Asset Management L.P. (hedge fund) (formerly, Oak Hill Platinum Partners) (1999-2009). Formerly, Managing Partner, Oak Hill Capital Management (private equity firm) (until 2004). Formerly, Director, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (2001-2008).    87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (40 Portfolios) (since 1980).

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 56

   Director    Since 2000    Boris and Irene Stern Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980); Co-Director Investment Research, Fundamental Investment Advisors (hedge fund) (since 2008).    87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   Director, HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture) (since 2000); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (52 portfolios) (since 2009).

Interested Directors

The following Interested Directors are described as such because they are deemed to be “interested persons,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to their positions with the Advisor.

 

9


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

   Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen
  

Other Directorships of
Public Companies Held

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 63

   Chairman,
Director,
President
and
Co-Chief
Executive
Officer
   Since
1981
   Chairman, Director/Trustee, President, Co-Chief Executive Officer and, formerly, Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (2003 to 3/30/2007) of the following companies: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”), DFAIDG, DIG and The DFA Investment Trust Company. Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Holdings Inc. and formerly Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (until 3/30/2007). Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and formerly, Chief Investment Officer. Director of DFA Australia Limited and formerly, President and Chief Investment Officer. Formerly, Director of Dimensional Funds PLC. Limited Partner, Oak Hill Partners and VSC Investors, LLC. Trustee, University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Formerly, Director, SA Funds (registered investment company). Chairman, Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.    87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   None

Eduardo A. Repetto

6300 Bee Cave Road,

Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 43

   Director,
Co-Chief
Executive
Officer
and Chief
Investment
Officer
   Since
2009
   Co-Chief Executive Officer (beginning January 2010), Chief Investment Officer (beginning March 2007) and formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, DEM, DFAIDG, DIG, The DFA Investment Trust Company and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; Director of all such entities except Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC. Chief Investment Officer, Vice President and Director of DFA Australia Limited. Subject to regulatory approval, Director, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.    87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   None

 

1

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

2

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Fund; Dimensional Investment Group Inc.; The DFA Investment Trust Company; and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund. Each Disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in each Portfolio of the Fund in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name

   Dollar Range of
Fund Shares Owned
  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned in All Funds
Overseen by Director in Family of Investment Companies

Disinterested Directors:

     
George M. Constantinides    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
John P. Gould    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Roger G. Ibbotson    None    Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Myron S. Scholes    None   

$50,001-$100,000;

Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Abbie J. Smith    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

 

10


Table of Contents

Interested Directors:

     
David G. Booth    U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio – Over $100,000

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio – Over
$100,000

   Over $100,000
Eduardo A. Repetto    None    Over $100,000

 

** As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same fiscal year. The table also provides the compensation paid by the Fund to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

 

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the
Fund*
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as
Part of
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual
Benefit
upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from Funds
and DFA
Fund
Complex Paid
to Directors†

George M. Constantinides
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

John P. Gould
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Roger G. Ibbotson
Director

   $ 105,551    N/A    N/A    $ 185,000

Robert C. Merton**
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Myron S. Scholes
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Abbie J. Smith
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Christopher S. Crossan
Chief Compliance Officer

   $ 196,702    N/A    N/A      N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory or administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.

* Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 is as follows: $185,000 (Mr. Ibbotson), $25,000 (Mr. Scholes) and $25,000 (Ms. Smith). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability; or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.
** Mr. Merton resigned from the Board effective December 1, 2009.

 

11


Table of Contents

Officers

Below is the name, age, information regarding positions with the Fund and the principal occupation for each officer of the Fund. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the following entities: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, the Fund, Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (collectively, the “DFA Entities”).

 

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

April A. Aandal

Age: 47

   Vice President and
Chief Learning
Officer
   Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Learning Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2008). Formerly Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004-2008).

Darryl D. Avery

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Arthur H. Barlow

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Scott A. Bosworth

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since November 1997).

Valerie A. Brown

Age: 43

   Vice President and
Assistant Secretary
   Since 2001    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

David P. Butler

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2008). Formerly, Director US Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2005).

Patrick E. Carter

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Director of Merrill Lynch Retirement Group (December 1998 to March 2006).

Joseph H. Chi

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2005). Prior to October 2005, Corporate Counsel at Hewitt Associates (July 2002 – August 2005)

Stephen A. Clark

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Robert P. Cornell

Age: 60

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Financial Services Group of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since August 1993).

Christopher S. Crossan

Age: 44

   Vice President and
Chief
Compliance Officer
   Since 2004    Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of all the DFA Entities.

James L. Davis

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 1999    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Robert T. Deere

Age: 52

   Vice President    Since 1994    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited.

Peter F. Dillard

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP (since August 2008). Formerly, Research Assistant for DFA from April 2006 – August 2008. Prior to April 2006, Manager at Hilton Hotels Corp. (September 2004 – April 2006).

Robert W. Dintzner

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Communications Officer (since 2010).

Beth Ann Dranguet

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2007). Formerly, Associate at Vinson & Elkins LLP (September 1999 – July 2007).

Kenneth Elmgren

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Managing Principal of Beverly Capital (May 2004 to September 2006).

Richard A. Eustice

Age: 44

   Vice President and
Assistant Secretary
   Since 1998    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since July 2008). Formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

 

12


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Eugene F. Fama, Jr.

Age: 49

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Gretchen A. Flicker

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jed S. Fogdall

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2004).

Glenn S. Freed

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeremy P. Freeman

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Technology Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2006). Formerly, Principal at AIM Investments/Amvescap PLC (now Invesco) (June 1998 – June 2006).

Mark R. Gochnour

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Henry F. Gray

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

John T. Gray

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (January 2005 to February 2007).

Darla M. Hastings

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Marketing Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Senior Vice President, Customer Experience for Benchmark Assisted Living (May 2005 to April 2006); Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of State Street Corporation (September 2001 to October 2005).

Joel H. Hefner

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 1998).

Julie C. Henderson

Age: 35

   Vice President
and Fund
Controller
   Since 2005    Vice President and Fund Controller of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (July 1996 to April 2005).

Kevin B. Hight

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to March 2005).

Christine W. Ho

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeff J. Jeon

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Patrick M. Keating

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2003    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director, Vice President, and Chief Privacy Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of DFA Australia Limited.

David M. Kershner

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2004).

Joseph F. Kolerich

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since April 2001).

Michael F. Lane

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Kristina M. LaRusso

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Formerly, Operations Supervisor of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to December 2006).

Inmoo Lee

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Associate Professor, Department of Finance and Accounting, Business School, National University of Singapore (July 2004 - present) Associate Professor, College of Business Administration, Korea University (September 2001 - May 2006).

Juliet H. Lee

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Human Resources Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2004).

Apollo D. Lupescu

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since February 2004).

 

13


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Kenneth M. Manell

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2006). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel at Castle & Cooke (January 2004 – September 2006).

Aaron M. Marcus

Age: 39

   Vice President
and Head of
Global
Human
Resources
   Since 2008    Vice President of all DFA Entities and Head of Global Human Resources of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Global Head of Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (June 2006 to January 2008); Global Co-Head of HR of the Equities & FICC Division, and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (May 2005 to May 2006); Head of Americas Campus Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (April 2003 to May 2005).

David R. Martin

Age: 53

   Vice
President,
Chief
Financial
Officer and
Treasurer
   Since 2007    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC. Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Janus Capital Group Inc. (June 2005 to March 2007); Senior Vice President of Finance at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (March 1999 to May 2005).

Catherine L. Newell

Age: 45

   Vice President
and Secretary
   Vice
President
since 1997
and
Secretary
since 2000
   Vice President and Secretary of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President and Secretary of DFA Australia Limited. Director, Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since February 2002, April 1997, and May 2002, respectively). Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC (since 2002 and 2006, respectively).

Christian Newton

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Web Services Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Design Manager (2005 – 2008) and Web Developer (2002 – 2005) of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Carolyn L. O

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2007). Prior to September 2007, Associate at K&L Gates LLP (January 2004 – September 2007).

Gerard K. O’Reilly

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004 to 2006).

Daniel C. Ong

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2005). Prior to 2005, Graduate Student at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business (2003-2005).

Kyle K. Ozaki

Age: 31

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Compliance Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Compliance Officer (February 2006 – December 2007) and Compliance Analyst (August 2004 – January 2006).

Carmen Palafox

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Operations Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 1996).

Sonya K. Park

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

David A. Plecha

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Michael J. Porter

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2006). Formerly, Vice President, Client Services at Metropolitan West Asset Management (July 2001 – August 2006).

Theodore W. Randall

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2006 to 2008); Systems Developer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2001 to 2006).

 

14


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

L. Jacobo Rodríguez

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Institutional client service representative of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (August 2004 to July 2005).

Julie A. Saft

Age: 50

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Client Systems Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2008). Formerly, Senior Manager at Vanguard (November 1997 – July 2008).

David E. Schneider

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Institutional Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Walid A. Shinnawi

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Senior Director at Moody’s KMV (1999-March 2006).

Bruce A. Simmons

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Investment Operations Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 2007). Formerly, Vice President Client and Fund Reporting at Mellon Financial (September 2005 – May 2007); Vice President Business Development at CUADPRO Marketing (July 2003 – September 2005).

Ted R. Simpson

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since December 2002).

Bryce D. Skaff

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (December 1999 to January 2007).

Grady M. Smith

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Carl G. Snyder

Age: 46

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Lawrence R. Spieth

Age: 62

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Bradley G. Steiman

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Director and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Robert C. Trotter

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Manager Technology for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2007). Formerly, Director of Technology at AMVESCAP (2002 – 2007).

Karen E. Umland

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Sunil Wahal

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (July 2008 – January 2009); Consultant to Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (September 2005 – July 2008); Jack D. Furst Professor of Finance at Arizona State University, WP Carey School of Business (July 2005 – July 2008); Associate Professor of Finance at Goizueta Business School, Emory University (1997 – 2005).

Brian J. Walsh

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

Carol W. Wardlaw

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Weston J. Wellington

Age: 58

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Daniel M. Wheeler

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Previously, Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since October 2003) and President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since June 2003).

Ryan J. Wiley

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Trader of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Portfolio Manager (2006 to 2007) and Trader (2001 to 2006).

Paul E. Wise

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Technology Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

 

1

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

15


Table of Contents

As of January 31, 2010, Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding stock of each Portfolio described in this SAI, except Directors and officers, as a group, owned 4.61% of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio and 5.28% of the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio.

SERVICES TO THE PORTFOLIOS

Administrative Services

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC Global”), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the accounting services, dividend disbursing, and transfer agent for the Portfolios. The services provided by PNC Global are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Board of Directors of the Fund and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodian, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by PNC Global, each Portfolio pays PNC Global annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets in the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies and a group trust. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0110% of the Fund Complex’s first $50 billion of average net assets;

.0085% of the Fund Complex’s next $25 billion of average net assets; and

.0075% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $75 billion.

The fees charged to each Portfolio under the fee schedule are allocated to a Portfolio based on the Portfolio’s pro rata portion of the aggregate net assets of the Fund Complex.

Each Portfolio is also subject to a monthly base fee. The U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio and U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio are subject to a monthly base fee of $1,666. Each International Portfolio is subject to a monthly base fee of $2,083. Each Portfolio also pays separate fees to PNC Global with respect to the services PNC Global provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodian

PFPC Trust Company, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the custodian for the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio and U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio. Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, New York, 10005, serves as global custodian for each International Portfolio.

A Portfolio’s custodian maintains a separate account or accounts for the Portfolio; receives, holds, and releases portfolio securities on account of the Portfolio; makes receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolio; and collects and receives income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities.

Distributor

The Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 1299 Ocean Avenue, Santa Monica, California 90401.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Fund by serving as the principal underwriter of the Fund’s shares. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement with the Fund, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Fund. No compensation is paid by the Fund to DFAS under the Distribution Agreement.

 

16


Table of Contents

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Fund. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Fund and audits the annual financial statements of the Fund. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth and Rex A. Sinquefield, as directors and/or officers of the Advisor and shareholders of the outstanding stock of the Advisor’s general partner, may be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Fund. For the services it provides as investment advisor to each Portfolio, the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio. Because the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio and DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio had not yet commenced operations, the Portfolios did not pay any management fees for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2009 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Portfolios paid management fees to the Advisor as set forth in the following table:

 

     FISCAL YEAR
ENDED 2009
(000)
    FISCAL PERIOD
ENDED 2008
(000)
    FISCAL YEAR
ENDED 2007
(000)

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio(a)

   $ 114      $ 83      $ 15

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio(b)

   $ 185 1    $ 84 4      N/A

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio(b)

   $ 223 2    $ 76 5      N/A

DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio(c)

   $ 197 3    $ 63 6      N/A

Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio(d)

   $ 1,808      $ 1,923      $ 2,403

 

1

$122 after waiver

2

$176 after waiver

3

$151 after waiver

4

$13 after waiver

5

$0 after waiver

6

$54 after waiver

 

(a)

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver Agreement for the U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee to the extent necessary to reduce the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (not including expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) up to the amount of its total management fee when the Portfolio Expenses exceed 0.60% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis. At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses are less than 0.60% of its average net assets on an annualized basis, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed 0.60% of its average net assets. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver Agreement will remain in effect for a period of one year from March 1, 2010 to March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(b)

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio and International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of the Portfolio (excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the U.S. Portfolio and International Portfolio to 0.37% and 0.57%, respectively, of each Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation

 

17


Table of Contents
 

Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount. A Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each Portfolio will remain in effect for a period of one year from March 1, 2010 to March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year for one-year periods thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(c)

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume expenses of the Portfolio to the extent necessary to reduce the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (not including expenses incurred through an investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to 0.60% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (“Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver Agreement will remain in effect for an initial period until March 1, 2011, and then shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter, for one-year periods, unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(d)

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the Portfolio’s Expenses to the extent necessary to limit the expenses to 0.85% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Emerging Markets Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio’s annualized expenses are less than the Portfolio’s Emerging Markets Expense Limitation Amount, described in the prior sentence, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the Emerging Markets Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. For the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio, DFA has voluntarily agreed to assume the costs of the Portfolio’s engagement of its Social Screen Vendor but may termination the assumption of this expense at any time. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect for a period of one year from March 1, 2010 to March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios, including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolios indicated.

 

Stephen A. Clark   

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

Stephen A. Clark, Karen E. Umland,

Joseph H. Chi and Jed S. Fogdall

  

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio

Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

As of October 31, 2009, the portfolio manager’s did not own any shares of the Portfolios.

 

18


Table of Contents

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts, and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as its Compensation Committee deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

   

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

   

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegees. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolios, the portfolio managers manage: (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor; (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds; and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed and Total

Assets by Category As of October 31, 2009

Stephen A. Clark   

•   88 U.S. registered mutual funds with $104,620 million in total assets under management.

 

•   23 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $23,160 million in total assets under management.

Out of these unregistered pooled investment vehicles, one client with an investment of $211 million

in an unregistered pooled investment vehicle pays a performance-based advisory fee.

 

•   70 other accounts with $7,541 million in total assets under management, of which one account with

$561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Karen E. Umland   

•   40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•   5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

•   19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with

$561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Joseph H. Chi   

•   40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•   5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

19


Table of Contents
  

•   19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with

$561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Jed S. Fogdall   

•   40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•   5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

•   19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with

$561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one portfolio and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolios), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio, or may purchase, sell, or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold, or held by a Portfolio. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

   

Time Management. The management of multiple portfolios and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each portfolio and/or Account. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Portfolios.

 

   

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one portfolio and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any portfolio or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one portfolio or Account, a Portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible portfolios and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple portfolios and Accounts.

 

   

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with the Advisor’s duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Portfolio or the Account.

 

   

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

20


Table of Contents
   

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to a Portfolio or other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Fund was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, the Fund was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc. Until May 29, 2007, the Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio was named Emerging Markets Social Core Portfolio. The Fund generally offers shares of the Portfolios only to institutional investors and clients of registered investment advisers.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Fund, the Advisor, and DFAS have adopted a Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios. The Code is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of a Portfolio, and its shareholders, with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities, and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold, or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio unless the access persons’ proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolios’ Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of a Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences.

With respect to matters that require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters that affect the interest of the portfolio of shares that they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of the Fund should occur, shareholders would be entitled to receive, on a per class basis, the assets of the particular portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular portfolio. Ordinarily, the Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Fund’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Fund.

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2010, the following persons beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding stock of the Portfolios, as set forth below:

 

21


Table of Contents

U.S. SOCIAL CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

 

Maryville Academy

   30.51

1150 N. River Road

  

Des Plaines, IL 60016

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

   24.17

101 Montgomery Street

  

San Francisco, CA 94104

  

Sisters of Charity

   9.83

215 Seton Road

  

Halifax, NS B3M DC9 Canada

  

Comerica Bank Custodian FBO

   7.89

Diocese of Toledo Priest Retirement

  

411 W Lafayette 7th Floor

  

Detroit, MI 48226

  

Comerica Bank Custodian FBO

   7.17

Diocesean Insurance Program

  

411 W Lafayette 7th Floor

  

Detroit, MI 48226

  

National Financial Services LLC

   5.18

200 Liberty Street

  

One World Financial Center

  

New York, NY 10281

  

U.S. SUSTAINABILITY CORE 1 PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   52.99

Ameritrade, Inc.*

   31.16

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

  

Bellevue, NE 68005

  

National Financial Services LLC*1

   14.05

INTERNATIONAL SUSTAINABILITY CORE 1 PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   46.28

Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   35.72

National Financial Services LLC*1

   16.02

DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE EX TOBACCO PORTFOLIO

 

Regence Blueshield

   50.46

1800 9th Avenue, Suite 1025

  

Seattle, WA 98101

  

Regence BlueCross BlueShield of Oregon

   37.85

1800 9th Avenue, Suite 1025

  

Seattle, WA 98101

  

 

22


Table of Contents

Regence BlueCross BlueShield of Utah

   11.69

1800 9th Avenue, Suite 1025

  

Seattle, WA 98101

  

EMERGING MARKETS SOCIAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

 

Ascension Health

   51.80

4600 Edmundson Road

  

St. Louis, MO 63134

  

Ascension Health Master Pension Trust

   33.74

4600 Edmundson Road

  

St. Louis, MO 63134

  

 

* Owner of record only (omnibus).
1

See address for shareholder previously noted above in list.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Fund will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business, regardless of whether the Federal Reserve System is closed. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Fund generally will be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Fund is closed.

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of a Portfolio or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund or the Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of a Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Fund or its transfer agent may from time to time appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, the Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

Reimbursement fees may be charged prospectively from time to time based upon the future experience of a Portfolio, which is currently sold at net asset value. Any such charges will be described in the Prospectus.

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC; (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund

 

23


Table of Contents

to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets; and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

Shareholders may transfer shares of a Portfolio to another person by making a written request to the Advisor, who will transmit the request to the transfer agent. The request should clearly identify the account and number of shares to be transferred, and include the signature of all registered owners and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate, or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described in the Prospectus under “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” As with redemptions, the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio. Unless you are invested in a Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of a Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in a Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolios

Each Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. If a Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, a Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

Distribution Requirement—the Portfolio must distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its tax year are considered distributions attributable to the previous tax year for purposes of satisfying this requirement).

 

   

Income Requirement—the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTPs).

 

   

Asset Diversification Test—the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the

 

24


Table of Contents
 

Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by a Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See, “Investment in Complex Securities” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, a Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution Requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

A Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If a Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that a Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. In addition, any such under-distribution of income might cause a Portfolio to fail to satisfy the Income Requirement and thereby not qualify as a regulated investment company for such taxable year.

If for any taxable year a Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends will be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on a Portfolio’s income and performance. It is possible that a Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate (except in a money market fund that maintains a stable net asset value) may result in higher taxes. This is because a Portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to generate more short-term and less long-term capital gain or loss than a comparable Portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance.

Capital loss carryovers. For federal income tax purposes, a Portfolio is permitted to carry forward its net realized capital losses, if any, for eight years as a short-term capital loss and use such losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset net capital gains without being required to pay taxes on, or distribute, such gains that are offset by the losses. However, the amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year may be limited if a Portfolio experiences an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. An ownership change generally results when the shareholders owning 5% or more of a fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers that expire unused, thereby reducing a Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. A Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another Portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond a Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Undistributed capital gains. A Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. A Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital

 

25


Table of Contents

gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carry forward) at the highest corporate tax rate (currently 35%). If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, the Code requires a Portfolio to distribute to you by December 31 of each year, at a minimum, the following amounts: 98% of its taxable ordinary income earned during the calendar year; 98% of its capital gain net income earned during the twelve-month period ending October 31; and 100% of any undistributed amounts from the prior year. Each Portfolio intends to declare and pay these distributions in December (or to pay them in January, in which case you must treat them as received in December) but can give no assurances that its distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by a Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld will generally be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle a Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of a Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, a Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders. See “Investment in Foreign SecuritiesPass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

Distributions of Net Investment Income

A Portfolio receives or derives income generally in the form of dividends and interest on its investments. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of a Portfolio, constitutes its net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, any distributions by a Portfolio from such income (other than qualified dividend income received by individuals) will be taxable to you at ordinary income tax rates, whether you take them in cash or in additional shares. A portion of the income dividends paid to shareholders by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of Capital Gains

A Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in a Portfolio. Any net capital gain of a Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of Capital

If a Portfolio’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in a Portfolio and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. Any return of capital in excess of a shareholder’s basis, however, is taxable as a capital gain.

Investment in Foreign Securities

Certain of the Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from certain foreign securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes on a Portfolio and/or its shareholders. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce a Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

 

26


Table of Contents

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of a Portfolio are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. If this election is made, a Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). A Portfolio will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election.

The amount of any foreign tax credits available to you (as a result of the pass-through to you of your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio) will be reduced if you receive from a Portfolio qualifying dividends from qualifying foreign corporations that are subject to tax at reduced rates. Shareholders in these circumstances should talk with their personal tax advisors about their foreign tax credits and the procedures that they should follow to claim these credits on their personal income tax returns.

Effect of foreign debt investments on distributions. Most foreign exchange gains realized on the sale of debt securities are treated by a Portfolio as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. Similarly, foreign exchange losses realized on the sale of debt securities generally are treated as ordinary losses. These gains when distributed are taxable to you as ordinary income, and any losses reduce the Portfolio’s ordinary income otherwise available for distribution to you. This treatment could increase or decrease the Portfolio’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of a Portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital.

PFIC securities. Certain Portfolios may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that a Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by a Portfolio. In addition, if a Portfolio is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio may be subject to U.S. federal income tax (the effect of which might be mitigated by making a mark-to-market election in a year prior to the sale) on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Information on the Amount and Tax Character of Distributions

The Portfolios will inform you of the amount and character of your distributions at the time they are paid, and will advise you of the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, a Portfolio may designate and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividends or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders a Portfolio may further designate and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by a Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable to you as if they were paid in December.

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares, the IRS requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss

 

27


Table of Contents

and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of a Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Cost basis reporting. Under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, a Portfolio’s administrative agent will be required to provide you with cost basis information on the sale of any of your shares in a Portfolio, subject to certain exceptions. This cost basis reporting requirement is effective for shares purchased in a Portfolio on or after January 1, 2012.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to a Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886.

U.S. Government Securities

To the extent a Portfolio invests in certain U.S. government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio to shareholders that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Portfolio. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Qualified Dividend Income for Individuals

For individual shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible for taxation at long-term capital gain rates. This reduced rate generally is available for dividends paid by a Portfolio out of dividends earned on the Portfolio’s investment in stocks of domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations.

Both a Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, a Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. The ex-dividend date is the first date following the declaration of a dividend on which the purchaser of stock is not entitled to receive the dividend payment. When counting the number of days you held your Portfolio shares, include the day you sold your shares but not the day you acquired these shares.

While the income received in the form of a qualified dividend is taxed at the same rates as long-term capital gains, such income will not be considered as a long-term capital gain for other federal income tax purposes. For example, you will not be allowed to offset your long-term capital losses against qualified dividend income on your federal income tax return. Any qualified dividend income that you elect to be taxed at these reduced rates also cannot be used as investment income in determining your allowable investment interest expense. For other limitations on the amount of or use of qualified dividend income on your income tax return, please contact your personal tax advisor.

 

28


Table of Contents

After the close of its fiscal year, each Portfolio will designate the portion of its ordinary dividend income that meets the definition of qualified dividend income taxable at reduced rates. If 95% or more of a Portfolio’s income is from qualified sources, it will be allowed to designate 100% of its ordinary income distributions as qualified dividend income.

This favorable taxation of qualified dividend income at long-term capital gain tax rates expires and will no longer apply to dividends paid by the Portfolios with respect to its taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 (sunset date), unless such provision is extended or made permanent.

Dividends-Received Deduction for Corporations

For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may qualify for the dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by a Portfolio that so qualifies will be designated each year in a notice mailed to the Portfolio’s shareholders, and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations that would have qualified for the dividends-received deduction in the hands of a Portfolio if the Portfolio was a regular corporation. Dividends paid by certain Portfolios from interest on debt securities or dividends earned on portfolio securities of non-U.S. issuers are not expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction. Because the income of the International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio, and Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio is derived primarily from foreign issuers, none or only a small amount of their distributions are expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions imposed under the Code on the corporation claiming the deduction. The amount that a Portfolio may designate as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Even if designated as dividends eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation.

Limitation on Deductibility of Losses

Losses incurred on the sale of securities by the Portfolio to another Portfolio will be disallowed if, as of the date of sale, the selling and purchasing funds are considered related parties. If the selling and purchasing funds are both Portfolios (i.e., both corporations), they are treated as related parties if five or fewer persons, who are individuals, estates or trusts, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. Other attribution rules may apply.

Investment in Complex Securities

A Portfolio may invest in complex securities and such investments may be subject to numerous special and complicated tax rules. These rules could affect whether gains or losses recognized by a Portfolio are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Portfolio, defer the Portfolio’s ability to recognize losses, and subject the Portfolio to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of the Portfolio’s foreign investments. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing and/or tax character of a Portfolio’s income and, in turn, of the income distributed to you.

Derivatives. Certain Portfolios are permitted to invest in certain options, futures and foreign currency contracts. If a Portfolio makes these investments, it could be required to mark-to-market these contracts and recognize for federal income tax purposes any unrealized gains and losses at its fiscal year end even though it continues to hold the contracts. Under these rules, gains or losses on the contracts generally would be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term gains or losses, but gains or losses on certain foreign currency contracts would be treated as ordinary income or losses. In determining its net income for excise tax purposes, a Portfolio also

 

29


Table of Contents

would be required to mark-to-market these contracts annually as of October 31 (for capital gain net income and ordinary income arising from certain foreign currency contracts), and to realize and distribute any resulting income and gains.

Securities lending. While securities are loaned out by a Portfolio, the Portfolio will generally receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 70% dividends received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

Short sales. A Portfolio’s entry into a short sale transaction or an option or other contract could be treated as the “constructive sale” of an “appreciated financial position,” causing it to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.

Tax straddles. A Portfolio’s investment in options, futures and foreign currency contracts in connection with certain hedging transactions could cause a Portfolio to hold offsetting positions in securities. If a Portfolio’s risk of loss with respect to specific securities in its portfolio is substantially diminished by the fact that it holds other securities, the Portfolio could be deemed to have entered into a tax “straddle” or to hold a “successor position” that would require any loss realized by it to be deferred for tax purposes.

Convertible debt. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a Portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount which accrued during the period of time the Portfolio held the debt obligation unless the Portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a Portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the Portfolio is generally required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount which accrues during such year. Therefore, a Portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the Portfolio to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a Portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of Portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a Portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a Portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when the Portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent the Portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a Portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Credit default swap agreements. A Portfolio may be permitted to enter into credit default swap agreements. The rules governing the tax aspects of swap agreements that provide for contingent nonperiodic payments of this type are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain aspects. Accordingly, while the Portfolio intends to account for such transactions in a manner deemed to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. The Portfolio intends to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Portfolio to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Portfolio will be able to engage in credit default swap agreements.

 

30


Table of Contents

Investment in U.S. REITs. A U.S. REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to a Portfolio will be treated as long term capital gains by the Portfolio and, in turn, may be distributed by the Portfolio to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Such Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may require a Portfolio to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a Portfolio may be required to sell securities in its portfolio that it otherwise would have continued to hold (including when it is not advantageous to do so). A Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may at other times result in the Portfolio’s receipt of cash in excess of the U.S. REIT’s earnings; if the Portfolio distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to Portfolio shareholders for federal income tax purposes. If a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a U.S. REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see “Investment in Complex Securities — Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income)” and “Non-U.S. Investors — Investment in U.S. real property” below with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in Non-U.S. REITs. While non-U.S. REITs often use complex acquisition structures that seek to minimize taxation in the source country, an investment by a Portfolio in a non-U.S. REIT may subject the Portfolio, directly or indirectly, to corporate taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes and other indirect taxes in the country in which the real estate acquired by the non-U.S. REIT is located. The Portfolio’s pro rata share of any such taxes will reduce the Portfolio’s return on its investment. A Portfolio’s investment in a non-U.S. REIT may be considered an investment in a PFIC, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities — PFIC securities.” Additionally, foreign withholding taxes on distributions from the non-U.S. REIT may be reduced or eliminated under certain tax treaties, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities.” Also, the Portfolio in certain limited circumstances may be required to file an income tax return in the source country and pay tax on any gain realized from its investment in the non-U.S. REIT under rules similar to those in the United States which tax foreign persons on gain realized from dispositions of interests in U.S. real estate.

Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income). Certain Portfolios may be permitted to invest in U.S. REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) or which are, or have certain wholly-owned subsidiaries that are, “taxable mortgage pools.” Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of a Portfolio’s income from a U.S. REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or equity interests in a taxable mortgage pool (referred to in the Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as a Portfolio, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities and tax-exempt organizations that are not subject to tax on UBTI) is a record holder of a share in a Portfolio, then the Portfolio will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. While the Portfolios do not intend to invest in U.S. REITs, a substantial portion of the assets of which generates excess inclusion income, there can be no assurance that a Portfolio will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

 

31


Table of Contents

These rules are potentially applicable to any Portfolio that receives income from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S. REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a Portfolio with a non-REIT strategy. Shareholders should talk to their tax advisors about the potential tax consequences of a Portfolio’s receipt and distribution of excess inclusion income.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. A Portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a Portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Portfolio, requiring the Portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, a Portfolio must withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 

   

provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

 

   

certify that this number is correct,

 

   

certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

 

   

certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

A Portfolio also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 28% of any dividends or proceeds paid. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a flat 30% withholding tax (or a withholding tax at a lower treaty rate) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by a Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for exempt-interest dividends, capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, and with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), a short-term capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below) are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), dividends

 

32


Table of Contents

designated by a Portfolio as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which a Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is designated by a Portfolio as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the designation is based on an estimate of a Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year end. As a consequence, a Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding, or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for a Portfolio to designate, and each Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not designate, small amounts of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, a Portfolio’s designation of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; effectively connected income. Ordinary dividends paid by a Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. If you hold your Portfolio shares in connection with a U.S. trade or business, your income and gains will be considered effectively connected income and taxed in the U.S. on a net basis, in which case you may be required to file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property. Certain Portfolios may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in U.S. real property, including U.S. Real Estate Investment Trusts (U.S. REIT). The sale of a U.S. real property interest (USRPI) by a Portfolio or by a U.S. REIT or U.S. real property holding corporation in which a Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to a Portfolio’s non-U.S. shareholders.

The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (FIRPTA) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a USRPI as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a regulated investment company (RIC) received from a U.S. REIT or another RIC classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation or realized by the RIC on a sale of a USRPI (other than a domestically controlled U.S. REIT or RIC that is classified as a qualified investment entity) if all of the following requirements are met:

 

   

The RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC is classified as a “qualified investment entity” with respect to a distribution to a non-U.S. person which is attributable directly or indirectly to a distribution from a U.S. REIT if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consists of interests in U.S. REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations, and

 

   

You are a non-U.S. shareholder that owns more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

 

   

If these conditions are met, such Portfolio distributions to you are treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 35%, and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

 

   

In addition, even if you do not own more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares, but the Portfolio is a qualified investment entity, such Portfolio distributions to you will be taxable as ordinary dividends rather than as a capital gain dividend (a distribution of long-term capital gains) or a short-term capital gain dividend subject to withholding at the 30% or lower treaty withholding rate.

These rules apply to dividends paid by a Portfolio before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), except that after this date, a Portfolio’s

 

33


Table of Contents

distributions from a U.S. REIT (whether or not domestically controlled) attributable to FIRPTA gain will continue to be subject to the withholding rules described above provided the Portfolio would otherwise be classified as a qualified investment entity.

Because each Portfolio expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, the Portfolio expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Portfolio shares nor Portfolio dividends and distributions would be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax. As of the date of this Registration Statement, the U.S. federal estate tax is repealed for one year for decedents dying on or after January 1, 2010 and before January 1, 2011, unless reinstated earlier, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010. On and after the date the U.S. federal estate tax is reinstated, an individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, a Portfolio may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount. In addition, a partial exemption from U.S estate tax may apply to Portfolio shares held by the estate of a nonresident decedent. The amount treated as exempt is based upon the proportion of the assets held by a Portfolio at the end of the quarter immediately preceding the decedent’s death that are debt obligations, deposits, or other property that would generally be treated as situated outside the United States if held directly by the estate. This provision applies to decedents dying after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2010, unless such provision is extended or made permanent. Transfers by gift of shares of a Portfolio by a non-U.S. shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. back up withholding imposed at a rate of 28% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, a non-U.S. shareholder must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in a Portfolio.

 

34


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the Portfolios to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Risk Metrics Group, Inc. (“RMG”), an independent third party, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolios, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Portfolios as understood by the Advisor at the time of the vote. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the Portfolios in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Most proxies that the Advisor receives will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies are voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, it normally will not be necessary for the Advisor to make an actual determination of how to vote a particular proxy, thereby largely eliminating conflicts of interest for the Advisor during the proxy voting process. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the Portfolios, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of RMG), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the Portfolios. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a Portfolio in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the Fund.

The Advisor will usually vote proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to vote counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of a Portfolio would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of a Portfolio.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of a Portfolio and which seeks to maximize the value of the Portfolio’s investments. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a Portfolio to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of a Portfolio and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of a Portfolio’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s best interests to do so. In cases

 

35


Table of Contents

where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to a Portfolio associated with voting. The Advisor determines whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally implements uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio by portfolio and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a Portfolio, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Fund have retained Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), which was acquired by RMG to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. RMG will provide information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effect votes on behalf of a Portfolio; and provide reports concerning the proxies voted. In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor may consider the recommendations of ISS on proxy issues, the Advisor remains ultimately responsible for all proxy voting decisions.

Information regarding how a Portfolio voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) upon request, by calling collect: (512) 306-7400 or (ii) on the Advisor’s website at http://www.dimensional.com and (iii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Board of Directors of the Fund have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of each Portfolio (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures: (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of a Portfolio, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules, and regulations.

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. Each Portfolio generally discloses up to its twenty-five largest portfolio holdings and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the Portfolio’s total assets (“largest holdings”), as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within twenty days after the end of each month. This online disclosure may also include information regarding a Portfolio’s industry allocations. Each Portfolio generally discloses its complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, two months following the month-end or more frequently and at different periods when authorized by a Designated Person (as defined below).

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. Each of the Advisor’s Chairman, Director of Institutional Services, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading and General Counsel (together, the “Designated Persons”) may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized

 

36


Table of Contents

custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information, and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about a Portfolio’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement, unless indicated otherwise, is not subject to a time delay before dissemination. Designated Persons may also approve the distribution Holdings Information for a Portfolio more frequently or at a period other than as described above.

As of January 31, 2010, the Advisor and the Portfolios had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

Recipient

  

Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

PFPC Trust Company   

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   Fund Custodian    Daily
PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.    All Portfolios    Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent and Transfer Agent    Daily
Citibank, N.A.    International Portfolios    Fund Custodian    Daily
Citicorp N.A.    All Portfolios    Middle Office Operational Support Service Provider to the Advisor    Daily
KLD Research & Analytics   

U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

 

DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio

 

Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

   Social Screen Provider    Quarterly
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP    All Portfolios    Independent registered public accounting firm    Upon request
Pricing Service Vendor    International Portfolios    Fair Value Information Services    Daily
Wurts & Associates    Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Enviromental Impact Vendor   

U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

 

International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

   Environmental Impact Analysis    Quarterly
Ascension Health    Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly, or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. None of the Portfolios, the Advisor, or any other party receives any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand,

 

37


Table of Contents

and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS, or any affiliated person of the Fund, the Advisor, or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders and each Portfolio, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable judgment that: (1) a Portfolio has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs the possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer also is responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Fund; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://www.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally, or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits the Portfolios, the Advisor, or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in a Portfolio or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolios to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. It audits the Fund’s annual financial statements. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of each Portfolio for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

PERFORMANCE DATA

Each Portfolio may compare its investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations that track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors.

 

38


Table of Contents

Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of a Portfolio may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to a Portfolio or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of the Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

39


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

Concise Summary of 2010 U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.1 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Routine/Miscellaneous:

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

   

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

   

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

   

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

   

Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

2. Board of Directors:

Votes on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

   

Board Accountability

 

   

Board Responsiveness

 

1

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-1


Table of Contents
   

Director Independence

 

   

Director Competence

Board Accountability

Problematic Takeover Defenses

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST2 the entire board of directors (except new nominees3, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election — any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;

 

   

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote withhold/against every year until this feature is removed;

 

   

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly-adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually-elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill. This policy applies to all companies adopting or renewing pills after the announcement of this policy (Nov 19, 2009);

 

   

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-By-CASE on all nominees if the board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

   

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders- i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

   

The issuer’s rationale;

 

   

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

   

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

   

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

   

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

   

There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if:

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

2

In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the valid contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

3

A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If RMG cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
   

There is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance (see Pay for Performance Policy);

 

   

The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash, or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in the firm’s equity plan;

 

   

The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

 

   

The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment made to shareholders;

 

   

The company has problematic pay practices. Problematic pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.

Other Problematic Governance Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75 percent of the aggregate board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the director(s) involved. If this information cannot be obtained, withhold from all incumbent directors;

 

   

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

   

A classified board structure;

 

   

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

   

Majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to call special meetings;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to act by written consent;

 

   

A dual-class structure; and/or

 

   

A non-shareholder approved poison pill.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Board Responsiveness

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares; or

 

   

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Director Independence

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors in the Summary Guidelines) when:

 

   

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

   

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

   

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

   

The full board is less than majority independent.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Director Competence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;

 

   

Pattern of absenteeism; and

 

   

Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;

 

   

Sit on more than six public company boards;4

 

   

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own—withhold only at their outside boards.

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections5

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

   

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

   

Management’s track record;

 

   

Background to the proxy contest;

 

   

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

 

   

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

 

   

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

 

   

Stock ownership positions.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:

The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:

 

   

Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

   

serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;

 

   

approves information sent to the board;

 

   

approves meeting agendas for the board;

 

   

approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;

 

   

has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

   

if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;

 

   

Two-thirds independent board;

 

   

All independent key committees;

 

   

Established governance guidelines;

 

   

A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;

 

4

Dimensional will screen votes otherwise subject to this policy based on the qualifications and circumstances of the directors involved.

5

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-4


Table of Contents
   

The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Egregious compensation practices;

 

   

Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;

 

   

Corporate and/or management scandals;

 

   

Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or

 

   

Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.

3. Shareholder Rights & Defenses:6

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

For management proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing five-percent holder);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills- Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

   

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

   

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote FOR the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

   

No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

   

A term of no more than three years;

 

   

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

   

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to ratify a Pill to preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

 

6

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification. For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

The term;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote FOR management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

   

Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10% preferred);

 

   

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

   

Investor ownership structure; and

 

   

Shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote FOR management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account:

 

   

Ownership structure;

 

   

Quorum requirements; and

 

   

Supermajority vote requirements.

4. Capital/Restructuring:7

Common Stock Authorization

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and its three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class that has superior voting rights.

 

7

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-6


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares, and whether they are declawed.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series that has superior voting rights.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE –BY- CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The change-in-control figure presented in the “RMG Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

5. Compensation:8

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

8

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-7


Table of Contents
  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Equity Compensation Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

 

   

The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;

 

   

The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;

 

   

The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards (see Pay-for-Performance);

 

   

The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% or the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;

 

   

Liberal Change of Control Definition: The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or

 

   

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices.

Other Compensation Proposals and Policies

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation- Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

In general, the management say on pay (MSOP) ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices- dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against the MSOP rather than withholding or voting against the compensation committee. However, if there is no MSOP on which to express the dissatisfaction, then the secondary target will be members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior MSOP proposal; then vote withhold or against compensation committee member (or, if the full board is deemed accountable, to all directors). If the negative factors impact equity-based plans, then vote AGAINST an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval.

Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST management say on pay (MSOP) proposals, AGAINST/WITHHOLD on compensation committee members (or, in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO), and/or AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if:

 

   

There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

   

The company maintains problematic pay practices;

 

   

The board exhibits poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Additional CASE-BY-CASE considerations for the management say on pay (MSOP) proposals:

 

A-8


Table of Contents
   

Evaluation of performance metrics in short-term and long-term plans, as discussed and explained in the Compensation Discussion & Analysis (CD&A). Consider the measures, goals, and target awards reported by the company for executives’ short- and long-term incentive awards: disclosure, explanation of their alignment with the company’s business strategy, and whether goals appear to be sufficiently challenging in relation to resulting payouts;

 

   

Evaluation of peer group benchmarking used to set target pay or award opportunities. Consider the rationale stated by the company for constituents in its pay benchmarking peer group, as well as the benchmark targets it uses to set or validate executives’ pay (e.g., median, 75th percentile, etc.,) to ascertain whether the benchmarking process is sound or may result in pay “ratcheting” due to inappropriate peer group constituents (e.g., much larger companies) or targeting (e.g., above median); and

 

   

Balance of performance-based versus non-performance-based pay. Consider the ratio of performance-based (not including plain vanilla stock options) vs. non-performance-based pay elements reported for the CEO’s latest reported fiscal year compensation, especially in conjunction with concerns about other factors such as performance metrics/goals, benchmarking practices, and pay-for-performance disconnects.

Pay for Performance

Evaluate the alignment of the CEO’s pay with performance over time, focusing particularly on companies that have underperformed their peers over a sustained period. From a shareholders’ perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s stock performance over time. Even when financial or operational measures are utilized in incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures should ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long-term.

Focus on companies with sustained underperformance relative to peers, considering the following key factors:

 

   

Whether a company’s one-year and three-year total shareholder returns (“TSR”) are in the bottom half of its industry group (i.e., four-digit GICS – Global Industry Classification Group); and

 

   

Whether the total compensation of a CEO who has served at least two consecutive fiscal years is aligned with the company’s total shareholder return over time, including both recent and long-term periods.

If a company falls in the bottom half of its four-digit GICS, further analysis of the CD&A is required to better understand the various pay elements and whether they create or reinforce shareholder alignment. Also assess the CEO’s pay relative to the company’s TSR over a time horizon of at least five years. The most recent year-over-year increase or decrease in pay remains a key consideration, but there will be additional emphasis on the long term trend of CEO total compensation relative to shareholder return. Also consider the mix of performance-based compensation relative to total compensation. In general, standard stock options or time-vested restricted stock are not considered to be performance-based. If a company provides performance-based incentives to its executives, the company is highly encouraged to provide the complete disclosure of the performance measure and goals (hurdle rate) so that shareholders can assess the rigor of the performance program. The use of non-GAAP financial metrics also makes it very challenging for shareholders to ascertain the rigor of the program as shareholders often cannot tell the type of adjustments being made and if the adjustments were made consistently. Complete and transparent disclosure helps shareholders to better understand the company’s pay for performance linkage.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

   

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

   

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

   

Options Backdating.

Non-Performance based Compensation Elements

Companies adopt a variety of pay arrangements that may be acceptable in their particular industries, or unique for a particular situation, and all companies are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. However, there are certain adverse practices that are particularly contrary to a performance-based pay philosophy, including guaranteed pay and excessive or inappropriate non-performance-based pay elements.

While not exhaustive, this is the list of practices that carry greatest weight in this consideration and may result in negative vote recommendations on a stand-alone basis. For more details, please refer to RMG’s Compensation FAQ document: http://www.riskmetrics.com/policy/2010_compensation_FAQ:

 

   

Multi-year guarantees for salary increases, non-performance based bonuses, and equity compensation;

 

A-9


Table of Contents
   

Including additional years of unworked service that result in significant additional benefits, without sufficient justification, or including long-term equity awards in the pension calculation;

 

   

Perquisites for former and/or retired executives, and extraordinary relocation benefits (including home buyouts) for current executives;

 

   

Change-in-control payments exceeding 3 times base salary and target bonus; change-in-control payments without job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“Single Triggers”); new or materially amended agreements that provide for “modified single triggers“ (under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package); new or materially amended agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up (including “modified gross-ups”);

 

   

Tax Reimbursements related to executive perquisites or other payments such as personal use of corporate aircraft, executive life insurance, bonus, etc; (see also excise tax gross-ups above)

 

   

Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;

 

   

Executives using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps or other similar arrangements; or

 

   

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender/subsequent regrant of underwater options).

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

Assess company policies and disclosure related to compensation that could incentivize excessive risk-taking, for example:

 

   

Guaranteed bonuses;

 

   

A single performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

   

Lucrative severance packages;

 

   

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

   

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

   

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

Vote CASE-by-CASE on options backdating issues. Generally, when a company has recently practiced options backdating, WITHHOLD from or vote AGAINST the compensation committee, depending on the severity of the practices and the subsequent corrective actions on the part of the board. When deciding on votes on compensation committee members who oversaw questionable options grant practices or current compensation committee members who fail to respond to the issue proactively, consider several factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

   

Duration of options backdating;

 

   

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

   

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

   

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

A CASE-by-CASE analysis approach allows distinctions to be made between companies that had “sloppy” plan administration versus those that acted deliberately and/or committed fraud, as well as those companies that subsequently took corrective action. Cases where companies have committed fraud are considered most egregious.

Board Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay:

 

   

Poor disclosure practices, including:

 

   

Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;

 

   

Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;

 

   

Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained.

 

   

Board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues, for example:

 

   

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

   

Failure to respond to concerns raised in connection with significant opposition to MSOP proposals.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

 

A-10


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:

 

   

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

   

Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

   

Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

   

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

   

Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

   

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

   

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

   

Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Recoup Bonuses

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned later turn out to have been in error. This is line with the clawback provision in the Trouble Asset Relief Program. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. RMG will take into consideration:

 

   

If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy;

 

   

If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems; or

 

   

If the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent.

Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While RMG favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

A-11


Table of Contents
   

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:

 

   

Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or

 

   

A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or

 

   

A meaningful retention ratio,

 

   

Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.

 

   

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.

A rigorous stock ownership guideline should be at least 10x base salary for the CEO, with the multiple declining for other executives. A meaningful retention ratio should constitute at least 50 percent of the stock received from equity awards (on a net proceeds basis) held on a long-term basis, such as the executive’s tenure with the company or even a few years past the executive’s termination with the company.

6. Social/Environmental Issues:

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

A-12


Table of Contents

2010 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Election of Labor Representatives, Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers/Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Related Party Transactions; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.9 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

   

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

   

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

9

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-13


Table of Contents
   

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

   

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

   

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

   

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

   

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

2. Board of Directors

Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

   

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

   

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

   

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

   

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

   

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors,10 e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives11 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees.

Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives12 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company; or

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)  ¨ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about

 

   

his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

[Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.]

RMG Classification of Directors – International Policy 2010

Executive Director

 

   

Employee or executive of the company;

 

   

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits

that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

   

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

   

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder, unless there is a clear lack of material[5] connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;

 

   

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

10

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

11

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

12

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-15


Table of Contents
   

Government representative;

 

   

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

   

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

   

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

   

Relative[1] of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

Relative[1] of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

   

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

   

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

   

Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.[4]

 

   

Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate best practice guidance.

Independent NED

 

   

No material[5] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company (other than a board seat) or the dissenting significant shareholder.

Employee Representative

 

   

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

 

Footnotes:

 

[1]

“Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

[2]

Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3]

If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction). For Central and Eastern European countries: A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated. OR, A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) compared to the company’s total assets is more than 5 percent.

[4]

For example, in continental Europe, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In the United Kingdom and Ireland, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure.

[5]

For purposes of RMG director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal or

 

A-16


Table of Contents
 

otherwise that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Discharge of Directors

Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:

 

   

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or

 

   

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

   

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director Compensation13

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. Capital Structure14

 

13

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

14

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances:

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

   

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet RMG guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

   

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market repurchase authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

   

Maximum volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”);

 

   

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

For markets that either generally do not specify the maximum duration of the authority or seek a duration beyond 18 months that is allowable under market specific legislation, RMG will assess the company’s historic practice. If there is evidence that a company has sought shareholder approval for the authority to repurchase shares on an annual basis, RMG will support the proposed authority.

In addition, vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

   

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

   

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

   

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;

 

   

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

RMG may support share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume under exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring). Such proposals will be assessed case-by-case based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

   

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

   

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. Other Items

Reorganizations/Restructurings15

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions16

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

 

15

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

16

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-19


Table of Contents

For every M&A analysis, RMG reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable?

 

   

While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, RMG places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause RMG to scrutinize a deal more closely.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable.

 

   

Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? RMG will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers17

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions18

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

In evaluating resolutions that seek shareholder approval on related party transactions (RPTs), vote on a case-by-case basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following: -

 

   

the parties on either side of the transaction;

 

   

the nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

   

the pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

   

the views of independent directors (where provided);

 

   

the views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

   

whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

   

the stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that RMG deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, RMG may recommend against the election of the director involved in the related-party transaction or the full board.

Compensation Plans1 9

 

17

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

18

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

19

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor

 

A-20


Table of Contents

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms20

Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

  will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.
20

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-21


Table of Contents

CSTG&E U.S. SOCIAL CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFCUX

CSTG&E INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

Ticker: DFCCX

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2010

This statement of additional information (“SAI”) relates to the shares of CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio and CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio (individually, a “Portfolio” and, collectively, the “Portfolios”) of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (the “Fund”).

This SAI is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus of the Portfolios, dated February 28, 2010, as amended from time to time. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios are incorporated by reference from the Fund’s annual report to shareholders. The prospectus and annual report can be obtained by writing to the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

   2

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

   2

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

   3

FUTURES CONTRACTS

   4

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

   5

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

   5

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

   6

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

   6

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

   6

SERVICES TO THE PORTFOLIOS

   15

ADVISORY FEES

   16

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

   16

GENERAL INFORMATION

   18

CODE OF ETHICS

   19

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

   19

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

   19

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   20

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

   20

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

   20

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

   31

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   32

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   34

PERFORMANCE DATA

   35

 

1


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus of the Portfolios. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) serves as investment advisor to each Portfolio. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. Each Portfolio is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structure of the Portfolios is based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that the Portfolios might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, a Portfolio and the issuer would be deemed affiliated persons and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between mutual funds and their affiliates might become applicable.

Each of the Portfolios has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see each Portfolio’s “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES” section in the Prospectus.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the designated Portfolios during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.

 

Portfolio

   FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2009
   FISCAL
PERIOD
ENDED
2008
   FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2007

CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 11,351    $ 9,229    $ 48,597

CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 6,771    $ 7,803    $ 54,368

Portfolio transactions of each Portfolio will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. In addition, the Advisor will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner that would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of stocks being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected, and brokers will be selected with these goals in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers that effect transactions for the Portfolios to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolios invest. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission being paid by the Portfolios to their brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services.

Subject to obtaining best price and execution, transactions may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Fund shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect a Portfolio’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

 

2


Table of Contents

Companies eligible for purchase by a Portfolio may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Portfolios with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor with investment research, such as reports concerning individual issuers, industries, and general economic and financial trends, and other research services. The Investment Advisory Agreement for each Portfolio permits the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer, or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Portfolios.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Portfolios paid commissions for securities transactions to brokers which provided market price monitoring services, market studies, brokerage services and research services to the Portfolios as follows:

 

     Value of Securities
Transactions
   Brokerage Commissions

CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 16,584,723    $ 11,202

CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 8,555,515    $ 3,848

The Portfolios may purchase securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act). The table below lists the regular brokers or dealers of each Portfolio whose securities (or securities of the broker’s or dealer’s parent company) were acquired by the Portfolio during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as well as the value of such securities held by the Portfolio as of October 31, 2009.

 

Portfolio

   Broker or Dealer    Value of Securities

CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   Citigroup Inc.    $ 125,972

CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

   UBS AG    $ 127,032

CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

   Macquarie Group    $ 174,587

CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

   Instinet, LLC    $ 44,952

CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

   HSBC Group    $ 1,239,019

CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

   Credit Suisse Group    $ 261,170

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolios will not:

 

  (1) borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

 

3


Table of Contents
  (2) make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3) purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4) purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon; or (ii) investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

 

  (5) purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

 

  (6) engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others;

 

  (7) concentrate (invest more than 25% of its net assets) in securities of issuers in a particular industry (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or securities of other investment companies); or

 

  (8) issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, each Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by such Portfolio. The Portfolios currently do not intend to borrow money for investment purposes.

Each Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid securities, which limits investments in illiquid securities to 15% of a Portfolio’s net assets.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to a Portfolio’s investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

Each Portfolio may use futures contracts and options of futures contracts for non-hedging purposes as a substitute for direct investment or to allow the Portfolio to remain fully invested while maintaining the liquidity required to pay redemptions.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (an “FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges, and FCMs may establish margin requirements that are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes, to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in a repayment of excess margin to the custodial account of the Portfolio. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio expects to earn income on its margin deposits. Each Portfolio intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3(z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Portfolio’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts the Portfolio has

 

4


Table of Contents

entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation), or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that the Portfolio has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the Portfolio’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Portfolio has entered into.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, a Portfolio would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if a Portfolio has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures that are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, a Portfolio (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable regulations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that a Portfolio may use by entering into future transactions.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio (the “International Social Core Portfolio”) may acquire and sell forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The Portfolio will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

The Portfolio may enter into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of foreign equity securities, typically to “lock in” the value of the transaction with respect to a different currency. In addition, the Portfolio may, from time to time, enter into a forward contract to transfer balances from one currency to another currency.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

Each Portfolio engages in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions, or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, a Portfolio may make cash investments for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic, or political conditions warrant.

Each Portfolio may invest cash in short-term repurchase agreements. In addition, each Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets, ordinarily not more than 20%, in money market instruments, debt securities that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor, freely convertible currencies, shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market mutual funds, index futures contracts, and options thereon. Investments in money market mutual funds may involve a

 

5


Table of Contents

duplication of certain fees and expenses. The 20% guideline is not an absolute limitation but each Portfolio does not expect to exceed this guideline under normal circumstances.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

Each Portfolio may also invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. An ETF is an investment company whose goal is to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market, or global segment. ETFs are passively managed, and traded similarly to a publicly traded company. The risks and costs of investing in ETFs are similar to those of investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When a Portfolio invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Portfolio bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses. ETFs in which the Portfolios invest are not subject to, although they may incorporate, the Portfolios’ Social Criteria. (See the Portfolios’ prospectus for information regarding the Portfolios’ Social Criteria.)

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

The International Social Core Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its assets in convertible debentures issued by non-U.S. companies located in the countries in which it is permitted to invest. Convertible debentures include corporate bonds and notes that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock. These securities are generally convertible either at a stated price or a stated rate (that is, for a specific number of shares of common stock or other security). As with other fixed income securities, the price of a convertible debenture, to some extent, varies inversely with interest rates. While providing a fixed income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derived from a common stock, but lower than that afforded by a nonconvertible debenture), a convertible debenture also affords the investor an opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the common stock into which the debenture is convertible. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible debentures tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis and so may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the price of a convertible debenture tends to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock. To obtain such a higher yield, the International Social Core Portfolio may be required to pay for a convertible debenture an amount in excess of the value of the underlying common stock. Common stock acquired by the International Social Core Portfolio upon conversion of a convertible debenture will generally be held for as long as the Advisor anticipates such stock will provide the Portfolio with opportunities that are consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective and policies.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

The Board of Directors of the Fund is responsible for establishing the Fund’s policies and for overseeing the management of the Fund.

The Board has three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Portfolio Performance and Service Review Committee (“Performance Committee”). The Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Audit Committee is a disinterested Director. The Audit Committee for the Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Fund’s internal controls, the Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee for the Board recommends the appointment of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

The Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Nominating Committee is a disinterested Director. The Nominating Committee for the Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and

 

6


Table of Contents

interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee of the Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. There were no Nominating Committee meetings for the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. Each Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of a Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of the Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Board’s Performance Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Abbie J. Smith, John P. Gould and Myron S. Scholes. Each member of the Fund’s Performance Committee is a disinterested Director. Each Performance Committee regularly reviews and monitors the investment performance of the Fund’s series, including the Portfolios, and reviews the performance of the Fund’s service providers. There were six Performance Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and each interested Director of the Fund is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of the Fund and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios

within the

DFA Fund

Complex2

Overseen

  

Other

Directorships of

Public

Companies Held

George M. Constantinides

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 62

   Director    Since 1983    Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

John P. Gould

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 71

   Director    Since 1986    Steven G. Rothmeier Distinguished Service Professor of Economics, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1965). Member of the Board of Milwaukee Insurance Company (since 1997). Member Competitive Markets Advisory Committee, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (futures trading exchange) (since 2004). Formerly, Director of UNext Inc. (1999-2006).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Trustee, Harbor Funds (registered investment company) (27 Portfolios) (since 1994).

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT 06520-8200

Age: 66

   Director    Since 1981    Professor in Practice of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Director, BIRR Portfolio Analysis, Inc. (software products) (since 1990). Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (since 2006). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Chairman, Ibbotson Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL (software, data, publishing and consulting) (1977-2006).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

7


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios

within the

DFA Fund

Complex2

Overseen

  

Other

Directorships of

Public

Companies Held

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 68

   Director    Since 1981    Frank E. Buck Professor Emeritus of Finance, Stanford University (since 1981). Formerly, Chairman, Platinum Grove Asset Management L.P. (hedge fund) (formerly, Oak Hill Platinum Partners) (1999-2009). Formerly, Managing Partner, Oak Hill Capital Management (private equity firm) (until 2004). Formerly, Director, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (2001-2008).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (40 Portfolios) (since 1980).

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 56

   Director    Since 2000    Boris and Irene Stern Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980); Co-Director Investment Research, Fundamental Investment Advisors (hedge fund) (since 2008).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director, HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture) (since 2000); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (52 portfolios) (since 2009).

Interested Directors

The following Interested Directors are described as such because they are deemed to be “interested persons,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to their positions with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios

within the

DFA Fund

Complex2

Overseen

  

Other

Directorships of

Public

Companies Held

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 63

   Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer    Since 1981    Chairman, Director/Trustee, President, Co-Chief Executive Officer and, formerly, Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (2003 to 3/30/2007) of the following companies: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”), DFAIDG, DIG and The DFA Investment Trust Company. Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Holdings Inc. and formerly Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (until 3/30/2007). Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and formerly, Chief Investment Officer. Director of DFA Australia Limited and formerly, President and Chief Investment Officer. Formerly, Director of Dimensional Funds PLC. Limited Partner, Oak Hill Partners and VSC Investors, LLC. Trustee, University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Formerly, Director, SA Funds (registered investment company). Chairman, Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

8


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios

within the

DFA Fund

Complex2

Overseen

  

Other

Directorships of

Public

Companies Held

Eduardo A. Repetto

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One Austin, TX 78746

Age: 43

   Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer    Since 2009    Co-Chief Executive Officer (beginning January 2010), Chief Investment Officer (beginning March 2007) and formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, DEM, DFAIDG, DIG, The DFA Investment Trust Company and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; Director of all such entities except Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC. Chief Investment Officer, Vice President and Director of DFA Australia Limited. Subject to regulatory approval, Director, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

1

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

2

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Fund; Dimensional Investment Group Inc.; The DFA Investment Trust Company; and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund. Each Disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in each Portfolio of the Fund in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name

 

Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of

Shares Owned in All Funds

Overseen by Director in Family

of Investment Companies

Disinterested Directors:    
George M. Constantinides   None   None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
John P. Gould   None   None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Roger G. Ibbotson   None   Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Myron S. Scholes   None  

$50,001-$100,000;

Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Abbie J. Smith   None   None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Interested Directors:    
David G. Booth   None   Over $100,000
Eduardo A. Repetto   None   Over $100,000

 

** As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same fiscal year. The table also provides the compensation paid by the Fund to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

 

9


Table of Contents

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the
Fund*
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as
Part of
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual
Benefit
upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from the Fund
and DFA Fund
Complex Paid to
Directors†

George M. Constantinides
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

John P. Gould
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Roger G. Ibbotson
Director

   $ 105,551    N/A    N/A    $ 185,000

Robert C. Merton**
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Myron S. Scholes
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Abbie J. Smith
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Christopher S. Crossan
Chief Compliance Officer

   $ 196,702    N/A    N/A      N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory or administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.
* Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 is as follows: $185,000 (Mr. Ibbotson), $25,000 (Mr. Scholes) and $25,000 (Ms. Smith). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability; or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.
** Mr. Merton resigned from the Board effective December 1, 2009.

Officers

Below is the name, age, information regarding positions with the Fund and the principal occupation for each officer of the Fund. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road. Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the following entities: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, the Fund, Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (collectively, the “DFA Entities”).

 

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

April A. Aandal

Age: 47

   Vice President and Chief Learning Officer    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Learning Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2008). Formerly Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004-2008)

Darryl D. Avery

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Arthur H. Barlow

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

 

10


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Scott A. Bosworth

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since November 1997).

Valerie A. Brown

Age: 43

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary    Since 2001    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

David P. Butler

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2008). Formerly, Director US Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2005).

Patrick E. Carter

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Director of Merrill Lynch Retirement Group (December 1998 to March 2006).

Joseph H. Chi

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2005). Prior to October 2005, Corporate Counsel at Hewitt Associates (July 2002 – August 2005)

Stephen A. Clark

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Robert P. Cornell

Age: 60

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Financial Services Group of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since August 1993).

Christopher S. Crossan

Age: 44

   Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2004    Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of all the DFA Entities.

James L. Davis

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 1999    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Robert T. Deere

Age: 52

   Vice President    Since 1994    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited.

Peter F. Dillard

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP (since August 2008). Formerly, Research Assistant for DFA from April 2006 – August 2008. Prior to April 2006, Manager at Hilton Hotels Corp. (September 2004 – April 2006).

Robert W. Dintzner

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Communications Officer (since 2010).

Beth Ann Dranguet

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2007). Formerly, Associate at Vinson & Elkins LLP (September 1999 – July 2007).

Kenneth Elmgren

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Managing Principal of Beverly Capital (May 2004 to September 2006).

Richard A. Eustice

Age: 44

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary    Since 1998    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since July 2008). Formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Eugene F. Fama, Jr.

Age: 49

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Gretchen A. Flicker

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jed S. Fogdall

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2004).

Glenn S. Freed

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeremy P. Freeman

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Technology Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2006). Formerly, Principal at AIM Investments/Amvescap PLC (now Invesco) (June 1998 – June 2006).

Mark R. Gochnour

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Henry F. Gray

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

 

11


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

John T. Gray

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (January 2005 to February 2007).

Darla M. Hastings

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Marketing Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Senior Vice President, Customer Experience for Benchmark Assisted Living (May 2005 to April 2006); Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of State Street Corporation (September 2001 to October 2005).

Joel H. Hefner

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 1998).

Julie C. Henderson

Age: 35

   Vice President and Fund Controller    Since 2005    Vice President and Fund Controller of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (July 1996 to April 2005).

Kevin B. Hight

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to March 2005).

Christine W. Ho

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeff J. Jeon

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Patrick M. Keating

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2003    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director, Vice President, and Chief Privacy Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of DFA Australia Limited.

David M. Kershner

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2004).

Joseph F. Kolerich

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since April 2001).

Michael F. Lane

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Kristina M. LaRusso

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Formerly, Operations Supervisor of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to December 2006).

Inmoo Lee

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Associate Professor, Department of Finance and Accounting, Business School, National University of Singapore (7/2004 - present) Associate Professor, College of Business Administration, Korea University (9/2001 - 5/2006).

Juliet H. Lee

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Human Resources Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2004).

Apollo D. Lupescu

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since February 2004).

Kenneth M. Manell

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2006). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel at Castle & Cooke (January 2004 – September 2006).

Aaron M. Marcus

Age: 39

   Vice President and Head of Global Human Resources    Since 2008    Vice President of all DFA Entities and Head of Global Human Resources of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Global Head of Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (June 2006 to January 2008); Global Co-Head of HR of the Equities & FICC Division, and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (May 2005 to May 2006); Head of Americas Campus Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (April 2003 to May 2005).

 

12


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

David R. Martin

Age: 53

   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2007    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC. Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Janus Capital Group Inc. (June 2005 to March 2007); Senior Vice President of Finance at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (March 1999 to May 2005).

Catherine L. Newell

Age: 45

   Vice President and Secretary    Vice President since 1997 and Secretary since 2000    Vice President and Secretary of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President and Secretary of DFA Australia Limited. Director, Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since February 2002, April 1997, and May 2002, respectively). Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC (since 2002 and 2006, respectively).

Christian Newton

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Web Services Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Design Manager (2005 – 2008) and Web Developer (2002 – 2005) of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Carolyn L. O

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2007). Prior to September 2007, Associate at K&L Gates LLP (January 2004 – September 2007).

Gerard K. O’Reilly

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004 to 2006).

Daniel C. Ong

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2005). Prior to 2005, Graduate Student at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business (2003-2005).

Kyle K. Ozaki

Age: 31

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Compliance Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Compliance Officer (February 2006 – December 2007) and Compliance Analyst (August 2004 – January 2006).

Carmen Palafox

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Operations Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 1996).

Sonya K. Park

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

David A. Plecha

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Michael J. Porter

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2006). Formerly, Vice President, Client Services at Metropolitan West Asset Management (July 2001 – August 2006).

Theodore W. Randall

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2006 to 2008); Systems Developer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2001 to 2006).

L. Jacobo Rodríguez

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Institutional client service representative of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (August 2004 to July 2005)

Julie A. Saft

Age: 50

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Client Systems Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2008). Formerly, Senior Manager at Vanguard (November 1997 – July 2008).

David E. Schneider

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Institutional Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Walid A. Shinnawi

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Senior Director at Moody’s KMV (1999-March 2006).

 

13


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Bruce A. Simmons

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Investment Operations Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 2007). Formerly, Vice President Client and Fund Reporting at Mellon Financial (September 2005 – May 2007); Vice President Business Development at CUADPRO Marketing (July 2003 – September 2005).

Ted R. Simpson

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since December 2002).

Bryce D. Skaff

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (December 1999 to January 2007).

Grady M. Smith

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Carl G. Snyder

Age: 46

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Lawrence R. Spieth

Age: 62

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Bradley G. Steiman

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Director and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Robert C. Trotter

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Manager Technology for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2007). Formerly, Director of Technology at AMVESCAP (2002 – 2007).

Karen E. Umland

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Sunil Wahal

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (July 2008 – January 2009); Consultant to Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (September 2005 – July 2008); Jack D. Furst Professor of Finance at Arizona State University, WP Carey School of Business (July 2005 – July 2008); Associate Professor of Finance at Goizueta Business School, Emory University (1997 – 2005).

Brian J. Walsh

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

Carol W. Wardlaw

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Weston J. Wellington

Age: 58

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Daniel M. Wheeler

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Previously, Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since October 2003) and President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since June 2003).

Ryan J. Wiley

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Trader of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Portfolio Manager (2006 to 2007) and Trader (2001 to 2006).

Paul E. Wise

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Technology Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

 

1

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

As of January 31, 2010, Directors and officers as a group own less than 1% of the outstanding stock of each Portfolio described in this SAI.

 

14


Table of Contents

SERVICES TO THE PORTFOLIOS

Administrative Services

PNC Global Investment Services (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC Global”), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the accounting services, dividend disbursing, and transfer agent for the Portfolios. The services provided by PNC Global are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Board of Directors of the Fund and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodian, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by PNC Global, the Portfolios pay PNC Global annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies and a group trust. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0110% of the Fund Complex’s first $50 billion of average net assets;

.0085% of the Fund Complex’s next $25 billion of average net assets; and

.0075% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $75 billion.

The fees charged to each Portfolio under the fee schedule are allocated to a Portfolio based on the Portfolio’s pro-rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex.

Each Portfolio also is subject to a monthly base fee. The CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio (the “U.S. Social Core Portfolio”) is subject to a monthly base fee of $1,666. The International Social Core Portfolio is subject to a monthly base fee of $2,083. Each Portfolio also pays separate fees to PNC Global with respect to the services PNC Global provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodians

Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, New York, 10005, is the global custodian for the International Social Core Portfolio. PFPC Trust Company, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the custodian for the U.S. Social Core Portfolio.

A Portfolio’s custodian maintains a separate account or accounts for the Portfolio; receives, holds, and releases portfolio securities on account of the Portfolio; makes receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolio; and collects and receives income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities.

Distributor

The Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 1299 Ocean Avenue, Santa Monica, California 90401.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Fund by serving as the principal underwriter of the Fund’s shares. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement with the Fund, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Fund. No compensation is paid by the Fund to DFAS under the Distribution Agreement.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Fund. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

 

15


Table of Contents

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Fund and audits the annual financial statements of the Fund. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth and Rex A. Sinquefield, as directors and/or officers of the Advisor and shareholders of the outstanding stock of the Advisor’s general partner, may be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Funds. For the services it provides as investment advisor to each Portfolio, the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Portfolios paid management fees (to the Advisor and any sub-advisor) as set forth in the following table:

 

     FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2009
(000)
   FISCAL
PERIOD
ENDED
2008
(000)
   FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2007
(000)

CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 175    $ 220    $ 69

CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 265    $ 321    $ 93

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolios indicated.

 

U.S. Social Core Portfolio    Stephen A. Clark
International Social Core Portfolio    Stephen A. Clark,
   Karen E. Umland,
   Joseph H. Chi and
   Jed S. Fogdall

As of October 31, 2009 the portfolio managers did not own any shares of the Portfolios.

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts, and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as the Compensation Committee deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

   

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

16


Table of Contents
   

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegees. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolios, the portfolio managers manage: (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor; (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds; and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities:

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed and Total

Assets by Category As of October 31, 2009

Stephen A. Clark

  

•       88 U.S. registered mutual funds with $104,620 million in total assets under management.

•       23 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $23,160 million in total assets under management. Out of these unregistered pooled investment vehicles, one client with an investment of $211 million in an unregistered pooled investment vehicle pays a performance-based advisory fee.

•       70 other accounts with $7,541 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Karen E. Umland

  

•       40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

•       5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

•       19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Joseph H. Chi

  

•       40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

•       5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

•       19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Jed S. Fogdall

  

•       40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

•       5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

•       19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

 

17


Table of Contents

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one portfolio and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolios), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio, or may purchase, sell, or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold, or held by a Portfolio. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

   

Time Management. The management of multiple portfolios and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each portfolio and/or Account. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Portfolios.

 

   

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one portfolio and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any portfolio or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one portfolio or Account, a Portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible portfolios and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple portfolios and Accounts.

 

   

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with the Advisor’s duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Portfolio or the Account.

 

   

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

   

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Fund was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, the Fund was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc.

 

18


Table of Contents

CODE OF ETHICS

The Fund, the Advisor, and DFAS have adopted a Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios. The Code is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of a Portfolio, and its shareholders, with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities, and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold, or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio unless the access persons’ proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolio’s Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences.

With respect to matters that require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters that affect the interest of the portfolio of shares that they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of the Fund should occur, shareholders would be entitled to receive, on a per class basis, the assets of the particular portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular portfolio. Ordinarily, the Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Fund’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be case at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Fund.

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2010, the following persons beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding stock of the Portfolios as set forth below:

 

CSTG&E U.S. SOCIAL CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

   75.35

The First Church of Christ, Scientist

210 Massachusetts Avenue P05-10

Boston, MA 02115

   19.33

CSTG&E INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   59.37

The First Church of Christ, Scientist1

   35.62

 

 

* Owner of record only (omnibus).
1

See address for shareholder previously noted above in list.

 

19


Table of Contents

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Fund will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business, regardless of whether the Federal Reserve System is closed. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Fund generally will be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Fund is closed.

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of a Portfolio or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund or the Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of a Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Fund or its transfer agent may, from time to time, appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, the Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

Reimbursement fees may be charged prospectively from time to time based upon the future experience of a Portfolio, which is currently sold at net asset value. Any such charges will be described in the Prospectus.

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC; (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets; and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

Shareholders may transfer shares of a Portfolio to another person by making a written request to the Advisor, who will transmit the request to the transfer agent. The request should clearly identify the account and number of shares to be transferred, and include the signature of all registered owners and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate, or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described in the Prospectus under “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” As with redemptions, the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio. Unless you are invested in a Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of a Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative,

 

20


Table of Contents

regulatory or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in a Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolios

Each Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. If a Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, a Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

Distribution Requirement —the Portfolio must distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its tax year are considered distributions attributable to the previous tax year for purposes of satisfying this requirement).

 

   

Income Requirement —the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTPs).

 

   

Asset Diversification Test —the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by a Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See, “Investment in Complex Securities” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, a Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution Requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

A Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If a Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that a Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. In addition, any such

 

21


Table of Contents

under-distribution of income might cause a Portfolio to fail to satisfy the Income Requirement and thereby not qualify as a regulated investment company for such taxable year.

If for any taxable year a Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends will be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on a Portfolio’s income and performance. It is possible that a Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate (except in a money market fund that maintains a stable net asset value) may result in higher taxes. This is because a Portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to generate more short-term and less long-term capital gain or loss than a comparable Portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance.

Capital loss carryovers. For federal income tax purposes, a Portfolio is permitted to carry forward its net realized capital losses, if any, for eight years as a short-term capital loss and use such losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset net capital gains without being required to pay taxes on, or distribute, such gains that are offset by the losses. However, the amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year may be limited if a Portfolio experiences an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. An ownership change generally results when the shareholders owning 5% or more of a fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers that expire unused, thereby reducing a Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. A Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another Portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond a Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Undistributed capital gains. A Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. A Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carry forward) at the highest corporate tax rate (currently 35%). If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, the Code requires a Portfolio to distribute to you by December 31 of each year, at a minimum, the following amounts: 98% of its taxable ordinary income earned during the calendar year; 98% of its capital gain net income earned during the twelve-month period ending October 31; and 100% of any undistributed amounts from the prior year. Each Portfolio intends to declare and pay these distributions in December (or to pay them in January, in which case you must treat them as received in December) but can give no assurances that its distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by a Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld will generally be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle a Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of a Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, a Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders. See “Investment in Foreign SecuritiesPass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

Distributions of Net Investment Income

 

22


Table of Contents

A Portfolio receives or derives income generally in the form of dividends and interest on its investments. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of a Portfolio, constitutes its net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, any distributions by a Portfolio from such income (other than qualified dividend income received by individuals) will be taxable to you at ordinary income tax rates, whether you take them in cash or in additional shares. A portion of the income dividends paid to shareholders by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of Capital Gains

A Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in a Portfolio. Any net capital gain of a Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of Capital

If a Portfolio’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in a Portfolio and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. Any return of capital in excess of a shareholder’s basis, however, is taxable as a capital gain.

Investment in Foreign Securities

Certain of the Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from certain foreign securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes on a Portfolio and/or its shareholders. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce a Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of a Portfolio are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. If this election is made, a Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). A Portfolio will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election.

The amount of any foreign tax credits available to you (as a result of the pass-through to you of your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio) will be reduced if you receive from a Portfolio qualifying dividends from qualifying foreign corporations that are subject to tax at reduced rates. Shareholders in these circumstances should talk with their personal tax advisors about their foreign tax credits and the procedures that they should follow to claim these credits on their personal income tax returns.

Effect of foreign debt investments on distributions. Most foreign exchange gains realized on the sale of debt securities are treated by a Portfolio as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. Similarly, foreign exchange losses realized on the sale of debt securities generally are treated as ordinary losses. These gains when distributed are taxable to you as ordinary income, and any losses reduce the Portfolio’s ordinary income otherwise available for distribution to you. This treatment could increase or decrease the Portfolio’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of a Portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital.

PFIC securities. Certain Portfolios may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by

 

23


Table of Contents

value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that a Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by a Portfolio. In addition, if a Portfolio is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio may be subject to U.S. federal income tax (the effect of which might be mitigated by making a mark-to-market election in a year prior to the sale) on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Information on the Amount and Tax Character of Distributions.

The Portfolios will inform you of the amount and character of your distributions at the time they are paid, and will advise you of the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, a Portfolio may designate and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividends or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders a Portfolio may further designate and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by a Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable to you as if they were paid in December.

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares, the IRS requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of a Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Cost basis reporting. Under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, a Portfolio’s administrative agent will be required to provide you with cost basis information on the sale of any of your shares in a Portfolio, subject to certain exceptions. This cost basis reporting requirement is effective for shares purchased in a Portfolio on or after January 1, 2012.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to a Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886.

U.S. Government Securities

To the extent a Portfolio invests in certain U.S. government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio to shareholders that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the

 

24


Table of Contents

Portfolio. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Qualified Dividend Income for Individuals

For individual shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible for taxation at long-term capital gain rates. This reduced rate generally is available for dividends paid by a Portfolio out of dividends earned on the Portfolio’s investment in stocks of domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations.

Both a Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, a Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. The ex-dividend date is the first date following the declaration of a dividend on which the purchaser of stock is not entitled to receive the dividend payment. When counting the number of days you held your Portfolio shares, include the day you sold your shares but not the day you acquired these shares.

While the income received in the form of a qualified dividend is taxed at the same rates as long-term capital gains, such income will not be considered as a long-term capital gain for other federal income tax purposes. For example, you will not be allowed to offset your long-term capital losses against qualified dividend income on your federal income tax return. Any qualified dividend income that you elect to be taxed at these reduced rates also cannot be used as investment income in determining your allowable investment interest expense. For other limitations on the amount of or use of qualified dividend income on your income tax return, please contact your personal tax advisor.

After the close of its fiscal year, each Portfolio will designate the portion of its ordinary dividend income that meets the definition of qualified dividend income taxable at reduced rates. If 95% or more of a Portfolio’s income is from qualified sources, it will be allowed to designate 100% of its ordinary income distributions as qualified dividend income.

This favorable taxation of qualified dividend income at long-term capital gain tax rates expires and will no longer apply to dividends paid by the Portfolios with respect to its taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 (sunset date), unless such provision is extended or made permanent.

Dividends-Received Deduction for Corporations

For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may qualify for the dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by a Portfolio that so qualifies will be designated each year in a notice mailed to the Portfolio’s shareholders, and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations that would have qualified for the dividends-received deduction in the hands of a Portfolio if the Portfolio was a regular corporation. Dividends paid by certain Portfolios from interest on debt securities or dividends earned on portfolio securities of non-U.S. issuers are not expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction. Because the income of the International Social Core Portfolio is derived primarily from foreign issuers, none or only a small amount of their distributions are expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions imposed under the Code on the corporation claiming the deduction. The amount that a Portfolio may designate as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Even if designated as dividends

 

25


Table of Contents

eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation.

Limitation on Deductibility of Losses

Losses incurred on the sale of securities by the Portfolio to another Portfolio will be disallowed if, as of the date of sale, the selling and purchasing funds are considered related parties. If the selling and purchasing funds are both Portfolios (i.e., both corporations), they are treated as related parties if five or fewer persons, who are individuals, estates or trusts, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. Other attribution rules may apply.

Investment in Complex Securities

A Portfolio may invest in complex securities and such investments may be subject to numerous special and complicated tax rules. These rules could affect whether gains or losses recognized by a Portfolio are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Portfolio, defer the Portfolio’s ability to recognize losses, and subject the Portfolio to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of the Portfolio’s foreign investments. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing and/or tax character of a Portfolio’s income and, in turn, of the income distributed to you.

Derivatives. Certain Portfolios are permitted to invest in certain options, futures and foreign currency contracts. If a Portfolio makes these investments, it could be required to mark-to-market these contracts and recognize for federal income tax purposes any unrealized gains and losses at its fiscal year end even though it continues to hold the contracts. Under these rules, gains or losses on the contracts generally would be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term gains or losses, but gains or losses on certain foreign currency contracts would be treated as ordinary income or losses. In determining its net income for excise tax purposes, a Portfolio also would be required to mark-to-market these contracts annually as of October 31 (for capital gain net income and ordinary income arising from certain foreign currency contracts), and to realize and distribute any resulting income and gains.

Securities lending. While securities are loaned out by a Portfolio, the Portfolio will generally receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 70% dividends received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

Short sales. A Portfolio’s entry into a short sale transaction or an option or other contract could be treated as the “constructive sale” of an “appreciated financial position,” causing it to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.

Tax straddles. A Portfolio’s investment in options, futures and foreign currency contracts in connection with certain hedging transactions could cause a Portfolio to hold offsetting positions in securities. If a Portfolio’s risk of loss with respect to specific securities in its portfolio is substantially diminished by the fact that it holds other securities, the Portfolio could be deemed to have entered into a tax “straddle” or to hold a “successor position” that would require any loss realized by it to be deferred for tax purposes.

Convertible debt. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a Portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount which accrued during the period of time the Portfolio held the debt obligation unless the Portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it

 

26


Table of Contents

accrues. If a Portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the Portfolio is generally required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount which accrues during such year. Therefore, a Portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the Portfolio to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a Portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of Portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a Portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a Portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when the Portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent the Portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a Portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Credit default swap agreements. A Portfolio may be permitted to enter into credit default swap agreements. The rules governing the tax aspects of swap agreements that provide for contingent nonperiodic payments of this type are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain aspects. Accordingly, while the Portfolio intends to account for such transactions in a manner deemed to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. The Portfolio intends to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Portfolio to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Portfolio will be able to engage in credit default swap agreements.

Investment in U.S. REITs. A U.S. REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to a Portfolio will be treated as long term capital gains by the Portfolio and, in turn, may be distributed by the Portfolio to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Such Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may require a Portfolio to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a Portfolio may be required to sell securities in its portfolio that it otherwise would have continued to hold (including when it is not advantageous to do so). A Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may at other times result in the Portfolio’s receipt of cash in excess of the U.S. REIT’s earnings; if the Portfolio distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to Portfolio shareholders for federal income tax purposes. If a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a U.S. REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see “Investment in Complex Securities — Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income)” and “Non-U.S. Investors —Investment in U.S. real property” below with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in Non-U.S. REITs. While non-U.S. REITs often use complex acquisition structures that seek to minimize taxation in the source country, an investment by a Portfolio in a non-U.S. REIT may subject the Portfolio, directly or indirectly, to corporate taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes and other indirect taxes in the country in which the real estate acquired by the non-U.S. REIT is located. The Portfolio’s pro rata share of any such taxes will reduce the Portfolio’s return on its investment. A Portfolio’s investment in a non-U.S. REIT may be considered an investment in a PFIC, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities — PFIC securities.” Additionally, foreign withholding taxes on distributions from the non-U.S. REIT may be reduced or eliminated under certain tax treaties, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities.” Also, the Portfolio in certain limited circumstances may be required to file an income tax return in the source country and pay tax on any gain realized from its investment in the non-U.S. REIT under rules similar to those in the United States which tax foreign persons on gain realized from dispositions of interests in U.S. real estate.

Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income). Certain Portfolios may be permitted to invest in U.S. REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs)

 

27


Table of Contents

or which are, or have certain wholly-owned subsidiaries that are, “taxable mortgage pools.” Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of a Portfolio’s income from a U.S. REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or equity interests in a taxable mortgage pool (referred to in the Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as a Portfolio, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities and tax-exempt organizations that are not subject to tax on UBTI) is a record holder of a share in a Portfolio, then the Portfolio will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. While the Portfolios do not intend to invest in U.S. REITs, a substantial portion of the assets of which generates excess inclusion income, there can be no assurance that a Portfolio will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

These rules are potentially applicable to any Portfolio that receives income from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S. REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a Portfolio with a non-REIT strategy. Shareholders should talk to their tax advisors about the potential tax consequences of a Portfolio’s receipt and distribution of excess inclusion income.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. A Portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a Portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Portfolio, requiring the Portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, a Portfolio must withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 

   

provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

 

   

certify that this number is correct,

 

   

certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

 

   

certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

A Portfolio also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 28% of any dividends or proceeds paid. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a flat 30% withholding tax (or a withholding tax at a lower treaty rate) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by a Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for exempt-interest dividends, capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from its

 

28


Table of Contents

net long-term capital gains, and with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), a short-term capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below) are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), dividends designated by a Portfolio as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which a Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is designated by a Portfolio as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the designation is based on an estimate of a Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year end. As a consequence, a Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding, or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for a Portfolio to designate, and each Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not designate, small amounts of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, a Portfolio’s designation of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; effectively connected income. Ordinary dividends paid by a Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. If you hold your Portfolio shares in connection with a U.S. trade or business, your income and gains will be considered effectively connected income and taxed in the U.S. on a net basis, in which case you may be required to file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property. Certain Portfolios may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in U.S. real property, including U.S. Real Estate Investment Trusts (U.S. REIT). The sale of a U.S. real property interest (USRPI) by a Portfolio or by a U.S. REIT or U.S. real property holding corporation in which a Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to a Portfolio’s non-U.S. shareholders.

The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (FIRPTA) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a USRPI as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a regulated investment company (RIC) received from a U.S. REIT or another RIC classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation or realized by the RIC on a sale of a USRPI (other than a domestically controlled U.S. REIT or RIC that is classified as a qualified investment entity) if all of the following requirements are met:

 

29


Table of Contents
   

The RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC is classified as a “qualified investment entity” with respect to a distribution to a non-U.S. person which is attributable directly or indirectly to a distribution from a U.S. REIT if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consists of interests in U.S. REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations, and

 

   

You are a non-U.S. shareholder that owns more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

 

   

If these conditions are met, such Portfolio distributions to you are treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 35%, and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

 

   

In addition, even if you do not own more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares, but the Portfolio is a qualified investment entity, such Portfolio distributions to you will be taxable as ordinary dividends rather than as a capital gain dividend (a distribution of long-term capital gains) or a short-term capital gain dividend subject to withholding at the 30% or lower treaty withholding rate.

These rules apply to dividends paid by a Portfolio before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), except that after this date, a Portfolio’s distributions from a U.S. REIT (whether or not domestically controlled) attributable to FIRPTA gain will continue to be subject to the withholding rules described above provided the Portfolio would otherwise be classified as a qualified investment entity.

Because each Portfolio expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, the Portfolio expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Portfolio shares nor Portfolio dividends and distributions would be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax. As of the date of this Registration Statement, the U.S. federal estate tax is repealed for one year for decedents dying on or after January 1, 2010 and before January 1, 2011, unless reinstated earlier, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010. On and after the date the U.S. federal estate tax is reinstated, an individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, a Portfolio may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount. In addition, a partial exemption from U.S estate tax may apply to Portfolio shares held by the estate of a nonresident decedent. The amount treated as exempt is based upon the proportion of the assets held by a Portfolio at the end of the quarter immediately preceding the decedent’s death that are debt obligations, deposits, or other property that would generally be treated as situated outside the United States if held directly by the estate. This provision applies to decedents dying after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2010, unless such provision is extended or made permanent. Transfers by gift of shares of a Portfolio by a non-U.S. shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. back up withholding imposed at a rate of 28% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, a non-U.S. shareholder must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.

 

30


Table of Contents

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in a Portfolio.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the Portfolios to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Risk Metrics Group, Inc. (“RMG”), an independent third party, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolios, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Portfolios as understood by the Advisor at the time of the vote. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the Portfolios in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Most proxies that the Advisor receives will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies are voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, it normally will not be necessary for the Advisor to make an actual determination of how to vote a particular proxy, thereby largely eliminating conflicts of interest for the Advisor during the proxy voting process. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the Portfolios and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of RMG), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the Portfolios. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a Portfolio in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the Fund.

The Advisor will usually vote proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to vote counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of a Portfolio would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is

 

31


Table of Contents

consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of a Portfolio.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of a Portfolio and which seeks to maximize the value of that Portfolio’s investments. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a Portfolio to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of a Portfolio and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of a Portfolio’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to a Portfolio associated with voting. The Advisor determines whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally implements uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio by portfolio and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a portfolio, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Funds have retained Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), which was acquired by RMG to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. RMG provides information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translates proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provides research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effects votes on behalf of the Portfolios; and provides reports concerning the proxies voted. In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor may consider the recommendations of ISS on proxy issues, the Advisor remains ultimately responsible for all proxy voting decisions.

Information regarding how a Portfolio voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) upon request, by calling collect: (512) 306-7400 or (ii) on the Advisor’s website at http://www.dimensional.com and (iii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Board of Directors of the Fund have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of each Portfolio (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures: (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of a Portfolio, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules, and regulations.

 

32


Table of Contents

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. Each Portfolio generally discloses up to its twenty-five largest portfolio holdings and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the Portfolio’s total assets (“largest holdings”), as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within twenty days after the end of each month. This online disclosure may also include information regarding a Portfolio’s industry allocations. Each Portfolio generally discloses its complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, two months following the month-end, or more frequently and at different periods when authorized by a Designated Person (as defined below).

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. Each of the Advisor’s Chairman, Director of Institutional Services, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading and General Counsel (together, the “Designated Persons”) may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information, and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about the Portfolio’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement, unless indicated otherwise, is not subject to a time delay before dissemination. Designated Persons may also approve the distribution Holdings Information for a Portfolio more frequently or at a period other than as described above.

As of the January 31, 2010 the Advisor and the Portfolios had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

Recipient

 

Portfolios

 

Business Purpose

 

Frequency

PFPC Trust Company   U.S. Social Core Portfolio   Fund Custodian   Daily
Citibank, N.A.   International Social Core Portfolio   Fund Custodian   Daily
Citibank, N.A.   Both Portfolios   Middle office operational support service provider to the Advisor   Daily
PNC Global Investment Services (U.S.) Inc.   Both Portfolios   Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent and Transfer Agent   Daily
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP   Both Portfolios   Independent registered public accounting firm   Upon request
Pricing Service Vendor   International Social Core Portfolio   Fair value information services   Daily
KLD Research & Analytics   Both Portfolios   Social Screen Vendor   Quarterly
Kaspick & Co.   Both Portfolios   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Upon request
Cambridge Associates   Both Portfolios   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy   Monthly

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly, or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. None of the Portfolios, the Advisor, or any other party receives any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

 

33


Table of Contents

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS, or any affiliated person of the Fund, the Advisor, or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders and each Portfolio, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable judgment that: (1) a Portfolio has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs the possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer also is responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Fund; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://www.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally, or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits the Portfolios, the Advisor, or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in a Portfolio or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolios to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. It audits the Fund’s annual financial statements. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios for their fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Funds’ annual reports to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

A shareholder may obtain a copy of the annual reports, upon request and without charge, by contacting the Funds at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI.

 

34


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE DATA

Each Portfolio may compare its investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations that track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of a Portfolio may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to a Portfolio or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of the Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

35


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

Concise Summary of 2010 U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.1 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Routine/Miscellaneous:

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

   

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

   

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

   

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

   

Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

2. Board of Directors:

Votes on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

   

Board Accountability

 

   

Board Responsiveness

 

   

Director Independence

 

   

Director Competence

 

1 For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Board Accountability

Problematic Takeover Defenses

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST2 the entire board of directors (except new nominees3, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election — any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;

 

   

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote withhold/against every year until this feature is removed;

 

   

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly-adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually-elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill. This policy applies to all companies adopting or renewing pills after the announcement of this policy (Nov 19, 2009);

 

   

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-By-CASE on all nominees if the board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

   

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders- i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

   

The issuer’s rationale;

 

   

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

   

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

   

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

   

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

   

There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if:

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

   

There is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance (see Pay for Performance Policy);

 

   

The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash, or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in the firm’s equity plan;

 

   

The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

 

   

The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment made to shareholders;

 

2 In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the valid contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.
3 A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If RMG cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
   

The company has problematic pay practices. Problematic pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.

Other Problematic Governance Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75 percent of the aggregate board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the director(s) involved. If this information cannot be obtained, withhold from all incumbent directors;

 

   

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

   

A classified board structure;

 

   

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

   

Majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to call special meetings;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to act by written consent;

 

   

A dual-class structure; and/or

 

   

A non-shareholder approved poison pill.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Board Responsiveness

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares; or

 

   

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Director Independence

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors in the Summary Guidelines) when:

 

   

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

   

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

   

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

   

The full board is less than majority independent.

Director Competence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;

 

A-3


Table of Contents
   

Pattern of absenteeism; and

 

   

Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;

 

   

Sit on more than six public company boards;4

 

   

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards.

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections5

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

   

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

   

Management’s track record;

 

   

Background to the proxy contest;

 

   

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

 

   

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

 

   

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

 

   

Stock ownership positions.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:

The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:

 

   

Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

   

serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;

 

   

approves information sent to the board;

 

   

approves meeting agendas for the board;

 

   

approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;

 

   

has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

   

if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;

 

   

Two-thirds independent board;

 

   

All independent key committees;

 

   

Established governance guidelines;

 

   

A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;

 

   

The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Egregious compensation practices;

 

   

Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;

 

   

Corporate and/or management scandals;

 

   

Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or

 

   

Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.

 

4 Dimensional will screen votes otherwise subject to this policy based on the qualifications and circumstances of the directors involved.
5 The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

3. Shareholder Rights & Defenses:6

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

For management proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing five-percent holder);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills- Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

   

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

   

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote FOR the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

   

No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

   

A term of no more than three years;

 

   

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

   

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to ratify a Pill to preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification. For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

The term;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

6 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-5


Table of Contents
   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote FOR management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

   

Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10% preferred);

 

   

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

   

Investor ownership structure; and

 

   

Shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote FOR management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account:

 

   

Ownership structure;

 

   

Quorum requirements; and

 

   

Supermajority vote requirements.

4. Capital/Restructuring:7

Common Stock Authorization

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and its three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class that has superior voting rights.

Preferred Stock

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares, and whether they are declawed.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series that has superior voting rights.

Mergers and Acquisitions

 

7 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-6


Table of Contents

Vote CASE –BY- CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The change-in-control figure presented in the “RMG Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

5. Compensation:8

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

 

8 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

 

   

The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;

 

   

The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;

 

   

The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards (see Pay-for-Performance);

 

   

The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% or the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;

 

   

Liberal Change of Control Definition: The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or

 

   

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices.

Other Compensation Proposals and Policies

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation- Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

In general, the management say on pay (MSOP) ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices- dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against the MSOP rather than withholding or voting against the compensation committee. However, if there is no MSOP on which to express the dissatisfaction, then the secondary target will be members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior MSOP proposal; then vote withhold or against compensation committee member (or, if the full board is deemed accountable, to all directors). If the negative factors impact equity-based plans, then vote AGAINST an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval.

Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST management say on pay (MSOP) proposals, AGAINST/WITHHOLD on compensation committee members (or, in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO), and/or AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if:

 

   

There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

   

The company maintains problematic pay practices;

 

   

The board exhibits poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Additional CASE-BY-CASE considerations for the management say on pay (MSOP) proposals:

 

   

Evaluation of performance metrics in short-term and long-term plans, as discussed and explained in the Compensation Discussion & Analysis (CD&A). Consider the measures, goals, and target awards reported by the company for executives’ short- and long-term incentive awards: disclosure, explanation of their alignment with the company’s business strategy, and whether goals appear to be sufficiently challenging in relation to resulting payouts;

 

   

Evaluation of peer group benchmarking used to set target pay or award opportunities. Consider the rationale stated by the company for constituents in its pay benchmarking peer group, as well as the benchmark targets it uses to set or validate executives’ pay (e.g., median, 75th percentile, etc.,) to ascertain whether the benchmarking process is sound or may result in pay “ratcheting” due to inappropriate peer group constituents (e.g., much larger companies) or targeting (e.g., above median); and

 

   

Balance of performance-based versus non-performance-based pay. Consider the ratio of performance-based (not including plain vanilla stock options) vs. non-performance-based pay elements reported for the CEO’s latest reported fiscal year compensation, especially in conjunction with concerns about other factors such as performance metrics/goals, benchmarking practices, and pay-for-performance disconnects.

Pay for Performance

Evaluate the alignment of the CEO’s pay with performance over time, focusing particularly on companies that have underperformed their peers over a sustained period. From a shareholders’ perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s stock performance over time. Even when financial or operational measures are utilized in incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures should ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long-term.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

Focus on companies with sustained underperformance relative to peers, considering the following key factors:

 

   

Whether a company’s one-year and three-year total shareholder returns (“TSR”) are in the bottom half of its industry group (i.e., four-digit GICS – Global Industry Classification Group); and

 

   

Whether the total compensation of a CEO who has served at least two consecutive fiscal years is aligned with the company’s total shareholder return over time, including both recent and long-term periods.

If a company falls in the bottom half of its four-digit GICS, further analysis of the CD&A is required to better understand the various pay elements and whether they create or reinforce shareholder alignment. Also assess the CEO’s pay relative to the company’s TSR over a time horizon of at least five years. The most recent year-over-year increase or decrease in pay remains a key consideration, but there will be additional emphasis on the long term trend of CEO total compensation relative to shareholder return. Also consider the mix of performance-based compensation relative to total compensation. In general, standard stock options or time-vested restricted stock are not considered to be performance-based. If a company provides performance-based incentives to its executives, the company is highly encouraged to provide the complete disclosure of the performance measure and goals (hurdle rate) so that shareholders can assess the rigor of the performance program. The use of non-GAAP financial metrics also makes it very challenging for shareholders to ascertain the rigor of the program as shareholders often cannot tell the type of adjustments being made and if the adjustments were made consistently. Complete and transparent disclosure helps shareholders to better understand the company’s pay for performance linkage.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

   

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

   

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

   

Options Backdating.

Non-Performance based Compensation Elements

Companies adopt a variety of pay arrangements that may be acceptable in their particular industries, or unique for a particular situation, and all companies are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. However, there are certain adverse practices that are particularly contrary to a performance-based pay philosophy, including guaranteed pay and excessive or inappropriate non-performance-based pay elements.

While not exhaustive, this is the list of practices that carry greatest weight in this consideration and may result in negative vote recommendations on a stand-alone basis. For more details, please refer to RMG’s Compensation FAQ document: http://www.riskmetrics.com/policy/2010_compensation_FAQ:

 

   

Multi-year guarantees for salary increases, non-performance based bonuses, and equity compensation;

 

   

Including additional years of unworked service that result in significant additional benefits, without sufficient justification, or including long-term equity awards in the pension calculation;

 

   

Perquisites for former and/or retired executives, and extraordinary relocation benefits (including home buyouts) for current executives;

 

   

Change-in-control payments exceeding 3 times base salary and target bonus; change-in-control payments without job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“Single Triggers”); new or materially amended agreements that provide for “modified single triggers” (under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package); new or materially amended agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up (including “modified gross-ups”);

 

   

Tax Reimbursements related to executive perquisites or other payments such as personal use of corporate aircraft, executive life insurance, bonus, etc; (see also excise tax gross-ups above)

 

   

Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;

 

   

Executives using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps or other similar arrangements; or

 

   

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender/subsequent regrant of underwater options).

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

Assess company policies and disclosure related to compensation that could incentivize excessive risk-taking, for example:

 

   

Guaranteed bonuses;

 

   

A single performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

   

Lucrative severance packages;

 

   

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

   

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

A-9


Table of Contents
   

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

Vote CASE-by-CASE on options backdating issues. Generally, when a company has recently practiced options backdating, WITHHOLD from or vote AGAINST the compensation committee, depending on the severity of the practices and the subsequent corrective actions on the part of the board. When deciding on votes on compensation committee members who oversaw questionable options grant practices or current compensation committee members who fail to respond to the issue proactively, consider several factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

   

Duration of options backdating;

 

   

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

   

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

   

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

A CASE-by-CASE analysis approach allows distinctions to be made between companies that had “sloppy” plan administration versus those that acted deliberately and/or committed fraud, as well as those companies that subsequently took corrective action. Cases where companies have committed fraud are considered most egregious.

Board Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay:

 

   

Poor disclosure practices, including:

 

   

Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;

 

   

Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;

 

   

Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained.

 

   

Board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues, for example:

 

   

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

   

Failure to respond to concerns raised in connection with significant opposition to MSOP proposals.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:

 

   

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

   

Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

   

Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

   

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

   

Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

   

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

   

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

   

Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

 

A-10


Table of Contents

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Recoup Bonuses

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned later turn out to have been in error. This is line with the clawback provision in the Trouble Asset Relief Program. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. RMG will take into consideration:

 

   

If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy;

 

   

If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems; or

 

   

If the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent.

Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While RMG favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

   

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:

 

   

Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or

 

   

A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or

 

   

A meaningful retention ratio,

 

   

Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.

 

   

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.

A rigorous stock ownership guideline should be at least 10x base salary for the CEO, with the multiple declining for other executives. A meaningful retention ratio should constitute at least 50 percent of the stock received from equity awards (on a net proceeds basis) held on a long-term basis, such as the executive’s tenure with the company or even a few years past the executive’s termination with the company.

6. Social/Environmental Issues:

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

2010 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Election of Labor Representatives, Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers/Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Related Party Transactions; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.9 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

   

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

   

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

   

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

   

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered

 

9

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-12


Table of Contents
 

affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

   

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

   

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

2. Board of Directors

Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

   

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

   

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

   

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

   

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

   

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors,10 e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives11 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees.

Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives12 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

10 The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.
11 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.
12 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-13


Table of Contents
   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company; or

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)¨ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about

 

   

his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

[Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.]

RMG Classification of Directors – International Policy 2010

Executive Director

 

   

Employee or executive of the company;

 

   

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

   

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

   

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder, unless there is a clear lack of material[5] connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;

 

   

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

   

Government representative;

 

   

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

   

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

   

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

   

Relative[1] of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

Relative[1] of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

   

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

   

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

   

Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.[4]

 

   

Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate best practice guidance.

Independent NED

 

   

No material[5] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company (other than a board seat) or the dissenting significant shareholder.

Employee Representative

 

   

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

Footnotes:

 

[1]

“Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

[2]

Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3]

If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross

 

A-14


Table of Contents
 

revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction). For Central and Eastern European countries: A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated. OR, A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) compared to the company’s total assets is more than 5 percent.

 

[4]

For example, in continental Europe, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In the United Kingdom and Ireland, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure.

 

[5]

For purposes of RMG director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal or otherwise that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Discharge of Directors

Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:

 

   

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or

 

   

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

   

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director Compensation13

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

 

13 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-15


Table of Contents

3. Capital Structure14

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances:

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

   

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet RMG guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

   

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

 

 

14

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-16


Table of Contents

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market repurchase authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

   

Maximum volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”);

 

   

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

For markets that either generally do not specify the maximum duration of the authority or seek a duration beyond 18 months that is allowable under market specific legislation, RMG will assess the company’s historic practice. If there is evidence that a company has sought shareholder approval for the authority to repurchase shares on an annual basis, RMG will support the proposed authority.

In addition, vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

   

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

   

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

   

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;

 

   

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

RMG may support share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume under exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring). Such proposals will be assessed case-by-case based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

   

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

   

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. Other Items

Reorganizations/Restructurings15

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions16

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, RMG reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable?

 

   

While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, RMG places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause RMG to scrutinize a deal more closely.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable.

 

   

Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? RMG will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for

 

15

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

16

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-17


Table of Contents
 

the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers17

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions18

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

In evaluating resolutions that seek shareholder approval on related party transactions (RPTs), vote on a case-by-case basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

the parties on either side of the transaction;

 

   

the nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

   

the pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

   

the views of independent directors (where provided);

 

   

the views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

   

whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

   

the stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that RMG deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, RMG may recommend against the election of the director involved in the related-party transaction or the full board.

Compensation Plans19

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms20

Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs

 

17 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.
18 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.
19 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.
20 Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

A-19


Table of Contents

DFA INTERMEDIATE-TERM EXTENDED QUALITY PORTFOLIO

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2010

This statement of additional information (“SAI”) relates to the Institutional Class Shares of the DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (the “Fund,” or “DFAIDG”), an open-end management investment company.

This SAI is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus of the Portfolio, dated February 28, 2010, as amended from time to time. As of February 28, 2010, the Portfolio has not yet commenced operations, so no financial information is shown for the Portfolio in the Fund’s annual reports. The Prospectus can be obtained by writing to the Fund at the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

   1

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

   1

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

   2

FUTURES CONTRACTS

   3

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

   4

CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS

   4

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

   5

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

   5

SERVICES TO THE PORTFOLIO

   14

ADVISORY FEES

   15

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

   15

GENERAL INFORMATION

   17

CODE OF ETHICS

   17

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

   17

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

   18

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   18

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

   18

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS

   19

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

   29

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   30

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   32

PERFORMANCE DATA

   32


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus of the Portfolio. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

The Portfolio is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

The Portfolio has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. Additionally, if the Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on the Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see the PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES section in the Prospectus.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The Portfolio acquires and sells securities on a net basis with dealers that are major market makers in such securities. The Investment Committee of the Advisor selects dealers on the basis of their size, market-making, and credit analysis ability. When executing portfolio transactions for the Portfolio, the Advisor seeks to obtain the most favorable price for the securities being traded among the dealers with whom the Portfolio effects transactions.

Portfolio transactions will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. The Portfolio will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner, which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of securities being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected, and brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers that effect transactions for the Portfolio to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolio invests. The Advisor also checks the rate of commissions being paid by the Portfolio to its brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor with investment research, such as reports concerning individual issuers, industries, and general economic and financial trends, and other research services. The Investment Advisory Agreement of the Portfolio permits the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer, or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under the Advisor’s management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Portfolio.

Subject to obtaining best price and execution, transactions may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Fund shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect the securities transactions for the Portfolio based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by the Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Portfolio with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

 

1


Table of Contents

Because the Portfolio has not commenced investment operations prior to the date of this SAI, the Portfolio has not incurred any brokerage commissions that are required to be reported.

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

The Portfolio has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.

The Portfolio will not:

 

 

(1)

borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

 

 

(2)

make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall the Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

 

(3)

purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent the Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

 

(4)

purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent the Portfolio from: (i) engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon; or (ii) investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

 

 

(5)

purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, the Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

 

 

(6)

engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others;

 

 

(7)

acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry; except that the Portfolio shall invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of banks and bank holding companies in the circumstances described in the Prospectus under “Investments in the Banking Industry” and as otherwise described under “Portfolio Strategy;” or

 

 

(8)

issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

The investment limitations set forth above only relate to the Portfolio. The Underlying Funds may have investment limitations that are more or less restrictive than those of the Portfolio. The investment limitations of the Underlying Funds are set forth in their respective statements of additional information.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, the Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by the Portfolio. The Portfolio does not currently intend to borrow money for investment purposes.

The investment limitations described in (5) and (7) above do not prohibit the Portfolio from investing all or substantially all of its assets in the shares of other registered, open-end investment companies, such as the Underlying Funds. In applying the investment limitations described in (5) and (7) above, the Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of the Underlying Funds in which it invests.

For purposes of the investment limitation described in (7) above, the Portfolio, as disclosed in the prospectus under “Investments in the Banking Industry,” will invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to

 

2


Table of Contents

maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the NYSE is open for trading.

The Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid securities, which limits investments in illiquid securities to 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to the Portfolio’s investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

The Portfolio may use futures contracts and options on futures contracts for non-hedging purposes as a substitute for direct investment or to allow the Portfolio to remain fully invested while maintaining the liquidity required to pay redemptions.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. The Portfolio will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (an “FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and FCMs may establish margin requirements that are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes, to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in a repayment of excess margin to the custodial account of the Portfolio. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. The Portfolio expects to earn income on its margin deposits. The Portfolio intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3(z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Portfolio’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts the Portfolio has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation), or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that the Portfolio has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the Portfolio’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Portfolio has entered into.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Portfolio would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if the Portfolio has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures that are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, the Portfolio (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable regulations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that the Portfolio may use by entering into future transactions.

 

3


Table of Contents

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The Portfolio may acquire and sell forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The Portfolio will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

The Portfolio may enter into forward foreign currency contracts to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another currency. A Portfolio may enter into a forward contract to buy or sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it expires.

CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS

The Portfolio also may enter into credit default swap agreements. A Portfolio may enter into a credit default swap on a single security or instrument (sometimes referred to as a “CDS” transaction) or on a basket or index of securities (sometimes referred to as a “CDX” transaction). The “buyer” in a credit default contract typically is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided that no credit event with respect to any underlying reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller typically must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. A Portfolio may be either the buyer or the seller in the transaction. If the Portfolio is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Portfolio may lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer typically receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, the Portfolio typically receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided a credit event does not occur. If a credit event occurs, the seller typically must pay the buyer the full notional amount of the reference obligation.

Credit default swaps involve greater risks than if the Portfolio had invested in the reference obligation directly, since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A buyer also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the up-front or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value the seller pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Portfolio. When the Portfolio acts as a seller of a credit default swap, the Portfolio is exposed to many of the same risks of leverage since, if a credit event occurs, the seller may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the contract net of any amounts owed by the buyer related to its delivery of deliverable obligations.

The Advisor and the Fund do not believe that the Portfolio’s obligations under swap contracts are senior securities and, accordingly, the Portfolio will not treat them as being subject to the Portfolio’s borrowing or senior securities restrictions. However, with respect to swap contracts that provide for the netting of payments, the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Portfolio’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap contract will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of segregated assets having an aggregate market value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained to cover the transactions in accordance with SEC positions. With respect to swap contracts that do not provide for the netting of payments by the counterparties, the full notional amount for which the Portfolio is obligated under the swap contract with respect to each swap contract will be accrued on a daily basis and assets having an aggregate market value at least equal to the accrued full notional value will be segregated and maintained to cover the transactions in accordance with SEC positions. To the extent that the

 

4


Table of Contents

Portfolio cannot dispose of a swap in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Portfolio has valued the swap, the Portfolio will treat the swap as illiquid and subject to its overall limit on illiquid investments of 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

The Portfolio engages in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions, or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, the Portfolio may make cash investments for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic, or political conditions warrant.

The Portfolio may invest cash in short-term repurchase agreements. In addition, the Portfolio may invest in money market instruments, debt securities that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor, freely convertible currencies, shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, index futures contracts, and options thereon. Investments in money market mutual funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses. The 20% guideline is not an absolute limitation, but the Portfolio does not expect to exceed this guideline under normal circumstances.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

The Board of Directors of the Fund (“Board”) is responsible for establishing the Fund’s policies and for overseeing the management of the Fund.

The Board has three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Portfolio Performance and Service Review Committee (“Performance Committee”). The Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Audit Committee is a disinterested Director. The Audit Committee oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Fund’s internal controls, the Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee recommends the appointment of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

The Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Nominating Committee is a disinterested Director. The Nominating Committee makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. There were no Nominating Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of a Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Funds at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of the Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the

 

5


Table of Contents

nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Performance Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Abbie J. Smith, John P. Gould and Myron S. Scholes. The Performance Committee regularly reviews and monitors the investment performance of the Fund’s series, including the Portfolio, and reviews the performance of the Fund’s service providers. There were six Performance Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and each interested Director of the Fund is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of the Fund and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other Directorships of
Public Companies Held

George M. Constantinides University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 62

  

Director

  

Since 1983

  

Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

None

John P. Gould

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 71

  

Director

  

Since 1986

  

Steven G. Rothmeier Distinguished Service Professor of Economics, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1965). Member of the Board of Milwaukee Insurance Company (since 1997). Member and Chair, Competitive Markets Advisory Council, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (futures trading exchange) (since 2004). Formerly, Director of UNext Inc. (1999-2006).

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

Trustee, Harbor Funds (registered investment company) (27 Portfolios) (since 1994).

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT 06520-8200

Age: 66

  

Director

  

Since 1981

  

Professor in Practice of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Director, BIRR Portfolio Analysis, Inc. (software products) (since 1990). Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (since 2006). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Chairman, Ibbotson Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL (software, data, publishing and consulting) (1977-2006).

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

None

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 68

  

Director

  

Since 1981

  

Frank E. Buck Professor Emeritus of Finance, Stanford University (since 1981). Formerly, Chairman, Platinum Grove Asset Management L.P. (hedge fund) (formerly, Oak Hill Platinum Partners) (1999-2009). Formerly, Managing Partner, Oak Hill Capital Management (private equity firm) (until 2004). Formerly, Director, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (2001-2008).

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (40 Portfolios) (since 1980).

 

6


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other Directorships of
Public Companies Held

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 56

  

Director

  

Since 2000

  

Boris and Irene Stern Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980); Co-Director Investment Research, Fundamental Investment Advisors (hedge fund) (since 2008).

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

Director, HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture) (since 2000); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (52 portfolios) (since 2009).

Interested Directors

The following Interested Directors are described as such because they are deemed to be “interested persons,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to their positions with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other
Directorships
of Public
Companies
Held

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 63

  

Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer

  

Since 1981

  

Chairman, Director/Trustee, President, Co-Chief Executive Officer and, formerly, Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (2003 to 3/30/2007) of the following companies: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFAIDG, Dimensional Investment Group Inc. and The DFA Investment Trust Company. Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Holdings Inc. and formerly Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (until 3/30/2007). Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and formerly, Chief Investment Officer. Director of DFA Australia Limited and formerly, President and Chief Investment Officer. Formerly, Director of Dimensional Funds PLC. Limited Partner, Oak Hill Partners (since 2001) and VSC Investors, LLC (since 2007). Trustee, University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Formerly, Director, SA Funds (registered investment company). Chairman, Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

None

Eduardo A. Repetto

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 43

  

Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer

  

Since 2009

  

Co-Chief Executive Officer (beginning January 2010), Chief Investment Officer (beginning March 2007) and formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFAIDG, Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; Director of all such entities except Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC. Chief Investment Officer, Vice President and Director of DFA Australia Limited. Subject to regulatory approval, Director, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

None

 

1

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

2

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Fund; Dimensional Investment Group Inc.; The DFA Investment Trust Company; and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund. Each Disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

 

7


Table of Contents

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolio and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2009, is set forth in the chart below. Because the Portfolio has not yet commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, the Directors do not own any shares of the Portfolio.

 

Name

  

Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned in All Funds
Overseen by Director in Family of Investment
Companies

Disinterested Directors:

     

George M. Constantinides

   None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

John P. Gould

   None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Roger G. Ibbotson

   None    Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Myron S. Scholes

   None    $50,001-$100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Abbie J. Smith

   None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Interested Directors:

     

David G. Booth

   None    Over $100,000

Eduardo A. Repetto

   None    Over $100,000

 

**

As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same period. The table also provides the compensation paid by the Fund to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer for fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

 

8


Table of Contents

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the
Fund*
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as
Part of
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual
Benefit
upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from Funds
and DFA
Fund
Complex Paid
to Directors†

George M. Constantinides
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

John P. Gould
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Roger G. Ibbotson
Director

   $ 105,551    N/A    N/A    $ 185,000

Robert C. Merton**
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Myron S. Scholes
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Abbie J. Smith
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Christopher S. Crossan
Chief Compliance Officer

   $ 196,702    N/A    N/A      N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory or administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.

*

Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 is as follows: $185,000 (Mr. Ibbotson); $25,000 (Mr. Scholes); and $25,000 (Ms. Smith). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability, or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.

**

Mr. Merton resigned from the Board effective December 1, 2009.

Officers

Below is the name, age, information regarding positions with the Fund and the principal occupation for each officer of the Fund. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the following entities: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, the Fund, Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (collectively, the “DFA Entities”).

 

9


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

April A. Aandal

Age: 47

  

Vice President
and Chief
Learning
Officer

  

Since 2008

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Learning Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2008). Formerly Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004-2008).

Darryl D. Avery

Age: 43

  

Vice President

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Arthur H. Barlow

Age: 54

  

Vice President

  

Since 1993

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Scott A. Bosworth

Age: 41

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since November 1997).

Valerie A. Brown

Age: 43

  

Vice President
and Assistant
Secretary

  

Since 2001

  

Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

David P. Butler

Age: 45

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2008). Formerly, Director US Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2005).

Patrick E. Carter

Age: 48

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Director of Merrill Lynch Retirement Group (December 1998 to March 2006).

Joseph H. Chi

Age: 43

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2005). Prior to October 2005, Corporate Counsel at Hewitt Associates (July 2002 – August 2005).

Stephen A. Clark

Age: 37

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Robert P. Cornell

Age: 60

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Financial Services Group of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since August 1993).

Christopher S. Crossan

Age: 44

  

Vice President
and Chief
Compliance
Officer

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of all the DFA Entities.

James L. Davis

Age: 53

  

Vice President

  

Since 1999

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Robert T. Deere

Age: 52

  

Vice President

  

Since 1994

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited.

Peter F. Dillard

Age: 38

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP (since August 2008). Formerly, Research Assistant for DFA from April 2006 – August 2008. Prior to April 2006, Manager at Hilton Hotels Corp. (September 2004 – April 2006).

Robert W. Dintzner

Age: 39

  

Vice President

  

Since 2001

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Communications Officer (since 2010).

Beth Ann Dranguet

Age: 39

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2007). Formerly, Associate at Vinson & Elkins LLP (September 1999 – July 2007).

Kenneth Elmgren

Age: 55

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Managing Principal of Beverly Capital (May 2004 to September 2006).

Richard A. Eustice

Age: 44

  

Vice President
and Assistant
Secretary

  

Since 1998

  

Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since July 2008). Formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Eugene F. Fama, Jr.

Age: 49

  

Vice President

  

Since 1993

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Gretchen A. Flicker

Age: 38

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jed S. Fogdall

Age: 35

  

Vice President

  

Since 2008

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2004).

Glenn S. Freed

Age: 48

  

Vice President

  

Since 2001

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

 

10


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Jeremy P. Freeman

Age: 39

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Technology Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2006). Formerly, Principal at AIM Investments/Amvescap PLC (now Invesco) (June 1998 – June 2006).

Mark R. Gochnour

Age: 42

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Henry F. Gray

Age: 42

  

Vice President

  

Since 2000

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

John T. Gray

Age: 35

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (January 2005 to February 2007).

Darla M. Hastings

Age: 54

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Marketing Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Senior Vice President, Customer Experience for Benchmark Assisted Living (May 2005 to April 2006); Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of State Street Corporation (September 2001 to October 2005).

Joel H. Hefner

Age: 42

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 1998).

Julie C. Henderson

Age: 35

  

Vice President
and Fund
Controller

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President and Fund Controller of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (July 1996 to April 2005).

Kevin B. Hight

Age: 42

  

Vice President

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to March 2005).

Christine W. Ho

Age: 42

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeff J. Jeon

Age: 36

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Patrick M. Keating

Age: 55

  

Vice President

  

Since 2003

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director, Vice President, and Chief Privacy Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of DFA Australia Limited.

David M. Kershner

Age: 38

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2004).

Joseph F. Kolerich

Age: 38

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since April 2001).

Michael F. Lane

Age: 42

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Kristina M. LaRusso

Age: 34

  

Vice President

  

Since 2006

  

Vice President of all DFA Entities. Formerly, Operations Supervisor of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to December 2006).

Inmoo Lee

Age: 43

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all DFA Entities. Associate Professor, Department of Finance and Accounting, Business School, National University of Singapore (7/2004 - present) Associate Professor, College of Business Administration, Korea University (9/2001 - 5/2006).

Juliet H. Lee

Age: 39

  

Vice President

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Human Resources Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2004).

Apollo D. Lupescu

Age: 40

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since February 2004).

Kenneth M. Manell

Age: 37

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2006). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel at Castle & Cooke (January 2004 – September 2006).

 

11


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Aaron M. Marcus

Age: 39

  

Vice President
and Head of
Global
Human
Resources

  

Since 2008

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Head of Global Human Resources of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Global Head of Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (June 2006 to January 2008); Global Co-Head of HR of the Equities & FICC Division, and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (May 2005 to May 2006); Head of Americas Campus Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (April 2003 to May 2005).

David R. Martin

Age: 53

  

Vice
President,
Chief
Financial
Officer and
Treasurer

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC. Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Janus Capital Group Inc. (June 2005 to March 2007); Senior Vice President of Finance at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (March 1999 to May 2005).

Catherine L. Newell

Age: 45

  

Vice President
and Secretary

  

Vice
President
since 1997
and
Secretary
since 2000

  

Vice President and Secretary of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President and Secretary of DFA Australia Limited. Director, Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since February 2002, April 1997, and May 2002, respectively). Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC (since 2002 and 2006, respectively).

Christian Newton

Age: 34

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Web Services Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Design Manager (2005 – 2008) and Web Developer (2002 – 2005) of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Carolyn L. O

Age: 35

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2007). Prior to September 2007, Associate at K&L Gates LLP (January 2004 – September 2007).

Gerard K. O’Reilly

Age: 33

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004 to 2006).

Daniel C. Ong

Age: 36

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2005). Prior to 2005, Graduate Student at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business (2003-2005).

Kyle K. Ozaki

Age: 31

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Compliance Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Compliance Officer (February 2006 – December 2007) and Compliance Analyst (August 2004 – January 2006).

Carmen Palafox

Age: 35

  

Vice President

  

Since 2006

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Operations Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 1996).

Sonya K. Park

Age: 37

  

Vice President

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

David A. Plecha

Age: 48

  

Vice President

  

Since 1993

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Michael J. Porter

Age: 43

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2006). Formerly, Vice President, Client Services at Metropolitan West Asset Management (July 2001 – August 2006).

Theodore W. Randall

Age: 36

  

Vice President

  

Since 2008

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2006 to 2008); Systems Developer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2001 to 2006).

L. Jacobo Rodríguez

Age: 38

  

Vice President

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Institutional client service representative of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (August 2004 to July 2005)

Julie A. Saft

Age: 50

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Client Systems Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2008). Formerly, Senior Manager at Vanguard (November 1997 – July 2008).

 

12


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

David E. Schneider

Age: 64

  

Vice President

  

Since 2001

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Institutional Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Walid A. Shinnawi

Age: 48

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Senior Director at Moody’s KMV (1999-March 2006).

Bruce A. Simmons

Age: 45

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Investment Operations Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 2007). Formerly, Vice President Client and Fund Reporting at Mellon Financial (September 2005 – May 2007); Vice President Business Development at CUADPRO Marketing (July 2003 – September 2005).

Ted R. Simpson

Age: 41

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since December 2002).

Bryce D. Skaff

Age: 35

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (December 1999 to January 2007).

Grady M. Smith

Age: 53

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Carl G. Snyder

Age: 46

  

Vice President

  

Since 2000

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Lawrence R. Spieth

Age: 62

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Bradley G. Steiman

Age: 36

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Director and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Robert C. Trotter

Age: 51

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Manager Technology for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2007). Formerly, Director of Technology at AMVESCAP (2002 – 2007).

Karen E. Umland

Age: 43

  

Vice President

  

Since 1997

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Sunil Wahal

Age: 43

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (July 2008 – January 2009); Consultant to Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (September 2005 – July 2008); Jack D. Furst Professor of Finance at Arizona State University, WP Carey School of Business (July 2005 – July 2008); Associate Professor of Finance at Goizueta Business School, Emory University (1997 – 2005).

Brian J. Walsh

Age: 40

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

Carol W. Wardlaw

Age: 51

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Weston J. Wellington

Age: 58

  

Vice President

  

Since 1997

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Daniel M. Wheeler

Age: 64

  

Vice President

  

Since 2001

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Previously, Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since October 2003) and President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since June 2003).

Ryan J. Wiley

Age: 33

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Trader of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Portfolio Manager (2006 to 2007) and Trader (2001 to 2006).

Paul E. Wise

Age: 54

  

Vice President

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Technology Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

 

1

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

Because the Portfolio has not been offered prior to the date of this SAI, Directors and officers as a group own less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio.

 

13


Table of Contents

SERVICES TO THE PORTFOLIO

Administrative Services

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.), Inc. (“PNC Global”), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the accounting services, dividend disbursing, and transfer agent for the Portfolio. The services provided by PNC Global are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Board of Directors of the Fund and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodian, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by PNC Global, the Portfolio pays PNC Global annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets in the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies and a group trust. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

0.0110% of the Fund Complex’s first $50 billion of average net assets;

0.0085% of the Fund Complex’s next $25 billion of average net assets; and

0.0075% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $75 billion.

The fees charged to the Portfolio under the fee schedule are allocated to the Portfolio based on the Portfolio’s pro rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex. The Portfolio is also subject to a monthly base fee of $2,083. The Portfolio also pays separate fees to PNC Global with respect to the services PNC Global provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodians

Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, serves as the global custodian for the Portfolio. The custodian maintains a separate account or accounts for the Portfolio; receives, holds, and releases portfolio securities on account of the Portfolio; makes receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolio; and collects and receives income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities.

Distributor

The Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 1299 Ocean Avenue, Santa Monica, California 90401.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Fund by serving as the principal underwriter of the Fund’s shares. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement with the Fund, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Fund. No compensation is paid by the Fund to DFAS under the Distribution Agreement.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP (“Stradley Ronon”) serves as legal counsel to the Fund. Stradley Ronon’s address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Fund and audits the annual financial statements of the Fund. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

 

14


Table of Contents

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth and Rex A. Sinquefield, as directors and/or officers of the Advisor and shareholders of the outstanding stock of the Advisor’s general partner, may be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Fund. For the services it provides as investment advisor to the Portfolio, the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio. As of the date of this SAI, the Portfolio has not yet commenced operations, so the Portfolio has not paid any management fees.

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of the Portfolio (not including expenses incurred through an investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to 0.27% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (“Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized expenses to exceed the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver Agreement will remain in effect through March 1, 2011 and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolio, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolio, including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. Stephen A. Clark and David A. Plecha are the portfolio managers that coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolio. Because the Portfolio has not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, neither Mr. Clark nor Mr. Plecha owns any shares of the Portfolio.

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts, and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolio or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as its Compensation Committee deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

 

 

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

 

 

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegates. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees. In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

 

15


Table of Contents

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolio, each portfolio manager manages: (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor; (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds; and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category As of October 31, 2009

Stephen A. Clark

  

•   88 U.S. registered mutual funds with $104,620 million in total assets under management.

 

•   23 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $23,160 million in total assets under management. Out of these unregistered pooled investment vehicles, one client with an investment of $211 million in an unregistered pooled investment vehicle pays a performance-based advisory fee.

 

•   70 other accounts with $7,541 million in total assets under management of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

David A. Plecha

  

•   17 U.S. registered mutual funds with $17,835 million in total assets under management.

 

•   10 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $16,629 million in total assets under management.

 

•   6 other accounts with $149 million in total assets under management.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one portfolio and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolio), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to the Portfolio, or may purchase, sell, or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold, or held by the Portfolio. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

 

 

Time Management. The management of multiple portfolios and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each portfolio and/or Account. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the portfolios.

 

 

 

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one portfolio and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any portfolio or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one portfolio or Account, a portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible portfolios and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple portfolios and Accounts.

 

 

 

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolio, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with the Advisor’s duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor

 

16


Table of Contents
 

may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a portfolio and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the portfolio or the Account.

 

 

 

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

 

 

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to the Portfolio or other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Fund was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, the Fund was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc. The Portfolio described in this SAI has not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI. The Fund generally offers shares of the Portfolio only to institutional investors and clients of registered investment advisers.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Fund, the Advisor, and DFAS have adopted a Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolio. The Code is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolio, and its shareholders, with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities, and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold, or considered for purchase or sale by the Portfolio unless the access persons’ proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of the Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolio’s Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences.

With respect to matters that require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters that affect the interest of the portfolio of shares that they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of the Fund should occur, shareholders would be entitled to receive, on a per class basis, the assets of the particular portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular portfolio. Ordinarily, the Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Fund’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Fund.

 

17


Table of Contents

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

Because the Portfolio has not been offered prior to the date of this SAI, no person beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio as of the date of this SAI.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Fund will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business, regardless of whether the Federal Reserve System is closed. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Fund will generally be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Fund is closed.

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of the Portfolio or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund or the Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of the Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Fund or its transfer agent may from time to time appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, the Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of the Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

Reimbursement fees may be charged prospectively from time to time based upon the future experience of the Portfolio, which is currently sold at net asset value. Any such charges will be described in the Prospectus.

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC; (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets; and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

Shareholders may transfer shares of the Portfolio to another person by making a written request to the Advisor, who will transmit the request to the transfer agent. The request should clearly identify the account and number of shares to be transferred, and include the signature of all registered owners and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate, or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described in the Prospectus under “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” As with redemptions, the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

 

18


Table of Contents

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in the Portfolio. Unless you are invested in the Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Code and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in the Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolio

The Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. If the Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

 

 

Distribution Requirement—the Portfolio must distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its tax year are considered distributions attributable to the previous tax year for purposes of satisfying this requirement).

 

 

 

Income Requirement—the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTPs).

 

 

 

Asset Diversification Test—the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by the Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See, “Investment in Complex Securities” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, the Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

 

19


Table of Contents

The Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If the Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that the Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. In addition, any such under-distribution of income might cause the Portfolio to fail to satisfy the Income Requirement and thereby not qualify as a regulated investment company for such taxable year.

If for any taxable year the Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends will be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance. It is possible that the Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate (except in a money market fund that maintains a stable net asset value) may result in higher taxes. This is because the Portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to generate more short-term and less long-term capital gain or loss than a comparable Portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance.

Capital loss carryovers. For federal income tax purposes, the Portfolio is permitted to carry forward its net realized capital losses, if any, for eight years as a short-term capital loss and use such losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset net capital gains without being required to pay taxes on, or distribute, such gains that are offset by the losses. However, the amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year may be limited if the Portfolio experiences an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. An ownership change generally results when the shareholders owning 5% or more of a fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers that expire unused, thereby reducing the Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. The Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another Portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond the Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Undistributed capital gains. The Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. The Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carry forward) at the highest corporate tax rate (currently 35%). If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, the Code requires the Portfolio to distribute to you by December 31 of each year, at a minimum, the following amounts: 98% of its taxable ordinary income earned during the calendar year; 98% of its capital gain net income earned during the twelve-month period ending October 31; and 100% of any undistributed amounts from the prior year. The Portfolio intends to declare and pay these distributions in December (or to pay them in January, in which case you must treat them as received in December) but can give no assurances that its distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.

 

20


Table of Contents

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by the Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld will generally be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle the Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, the Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders. See “Investment in Foreign SecuritiesPass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

Distributions of Net Investment Income

The Portfolio receives or derives income generally in the form of dividends and interest on its investments. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of the Portfolio, constitutes its net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, any distributions by the Portfolio from such income (other than qualified dividend income received by individuals) will be taxable to you at ordinary income tax rates, whether you take them in cash or in additional shares. A portion of the income dividends paid to shareholders by the Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of Capital Gains

The Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the Portfolio. Any net capital gain of the Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of Capital

If the Portfolio’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in the Portfolio and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. Any return of capital in excess of a shareholder’s basis, however, is taxable as a capital gain.

Investment in Foreign Securities

The Portfolio may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from certain foreign securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes on the Portfolio and/or its shareholders. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Portfolio are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. If this election is made, the Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income, or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). The Portfolio will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election.

The amount of any foreign tax credits available to you (as a result of the pass-through to you of your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio) will be reduced if you receive from the Portfolio qualifying dividends from qualifying foreign corporations that are subject to tax at reduced rates. Shareholders in these circumstances should talk with their personal tax advisors about their foreign tax credits and the procedures that they should follow to claim these credits on their personal income tax returns.

Effect of foreign debt investments on distributions. Most foreign exchange gains realized on the sale of debt securities are treated by the Portfolio as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. Similarly, foreign

 

21


Table of Contents

exchange losses realized on the sale of debt securities generally are treated as ordinary losses. These gains when distributed are taxable to you as ordinary income, and any losses reduce the Portfolio’s ordinary income otherwise available for distribution to you. This treatment could increase or decrease the Portfolio’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of the Portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital.

PFIC securities. The Portfolio may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed tax purposes to be passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that the Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by the Portfolio. In addition, if the Portfolio is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio may be subject to U.S. federal income tax (the effect of which might be mitigated by making a mark-to-market election in a year prior to the sale) on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could, in turn, reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Information on the Amount and Tax Character of Distributions

The Portfolio will inform you of the amount and character of your distributions at the time they are paid and will advise you of the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, the Portfolio may designate and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividends, or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders the Portfolio may further designate and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by the Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable to you as if they were paid in December.

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of the Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Cost basis reporting. Under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the Portfolio’s administrative agent will be required to provide you with cost basis information on the sale of any of your shares in the Portfolio, subject to certain exceptions. This cost basis reporting requirement is effective for shares purchased in the Portfolio on or after January 1, 2012.

 

22


Table of Contents

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886.

U.S. Government Obligations

To the extent the Portfolio invests in certain U.S. government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio to shareholders that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Portfolio. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Qualified Dividend Income for Individuals

For individual shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by the Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible for taxation at long-term capital gain rates. This reduced rate generally is available for dividends paid by the Portfolio out of dividends earned on the Portfolio’s investment in stocks of domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations. Because the income of the Portfolio is derived primarily from interest on debt securities, none or only a small amount of the Portfolio’s dividends will be qualified dividend income. Income dividends from interest earned by the Portfolio on debt securities will continue to be taxed at the higher ordinary income tax rate.

Both the Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, the Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. The ex-dividend date is the first date following the declaration of a dividend on which the purchaser of stock is not entitled to receive the dividend payment. When counting the number of days you held your Portfolio shares, include the day you sold your shares but not the day you acquired these shares.

While the income received in the form of a qualified dividend is taxed at the same rates as long-term capital gains, such income will not be considered as a long-term capital gain for other federal income tax purposes. For example, you will not be allowed to offset your long-term capital losses against qualified dividend income on your federal income tax return. Any qualified dividend income that you elect to be taxed at these reduced rates also cannot be used as investment income in determining your allowable investment interest expense. For other limitations on the amount of or use of qualified dividend income on your income tax return, please contact your personal tax advisor.

After the close of its fiscal year, the Portfolio will designate the portion of its ordinary dividend income that meets the definition of qualified dividend income taxable at reduced rates. If 95% or more of the Portfolio’s income is from qualified sources, it will be allowed to designate 100% of its ordinary income distributions as qualified dividend income.

This favorable taxation of qualified dividend income at long-term capital gain tax rates expires and will no longer apply to dividends paid by the Portfolio with respect to its taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 (sunset date), unless such provision is extended or made permanent.

Dividends-Received Deduction for Corporations

For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by the Portfolio may qualify for the dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by the Portfolio that so qualifies will be designated each year in a notice mailed to the Portfolio’s shareholders, and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations that would have qualified for the dividends-received deduction in the hands of the Portfolio if the Portfolio was a regular corporation. Dividends paid by the Portfolio from interest on debt securities or dividends earned on portfolio securities of non-U.S. issuers are not expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction. Because the income of the Portfolio is derived primarily from interest on

 

23


Table of Contents

debt securities, none or only a small amount of the Portfolio’s distributions are expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions imposed under the Code on the corporation claiming the deduction. The amount that the Portfolio may designate as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Even if designated as dividends eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation.

Limitation on Deductibility of Losses

Losses incurred on the sale of securities by the Portfolio to another Portfolio will be disallowed if, as of the date of sale, the selling and purchasing funds are considered related parties. If the selling and purchasing funds are both Portfolios (i.e., both corporations), they are treated as related parties if five or fewer persons, who are individuals, estates or trusts, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. Other attribution rules may apply.

Investment in Complex Securities

The Portfolio may invest in complex securities and such investments may be subject to numerous special and complicated tax rules. These rules could affect whether gains or losses recognized by the Portfolio are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Portfolio, defer the Portfolio’s ability to recognize losses, and subject the Portfolio to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of the Portfolio’s foreign investments. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing and/or tax character of the Portfolio’s income and, in turn, of the income distributed to you.

Derivatives. The Portfolio is permitted to invest in certain options, futures and foreign currency contracts. If the Portfolio makes these investments, it could be required to mark-to-market these contracts and recognize for federal income tax purposes any unrealized gains and losses at its fiscal year end even though it continues to hold the contracts. Under these rules, gains or losses on the contracts generally would be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term gains or losses, but gains or losses on certain foreign currency contracts would be treated as ordinary income or losses. In determining its net income for excise tax purposes, the Portfolio also would be required to mark-to-market these contracts annually as of October 31 (for capital gain net income and ordinary income arising from certain foreign currency contracts), and to realize and distribute any resulting income and gains.

Securities lending. While securities are loaned out by the Portfolio, the Portfolio will generally receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 70% dividends received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

Short sales. The Portfolio’s entry into a short sale transaction or an option or other contract could be treated as the “constructive sale” of an “appreciated financial position,” causing it to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.

Tax straddles. The Portfolio’s investment in options, futures and foreign currency contracts in connection with certain hedging transactions could cause the Portfolio to hold offsetting positions in securities. If the Portfolio’s risk of loss with respect to specific securities in its portfolio is substantially diminished by the fact that it holds other securities, the Portfolio could be deemed to have entered into a tax “straddle” or to hold a “successor position” that would require any loss realized by it to be deferred for tax purposes.

 

24


Table of Contents

Convertible debt. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by the Portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount which accrued during the period of time the Portfolio held the debt obligation unless the Portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If the Portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the Portfolio is generally required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount which accrues during such year. Therefore, the Portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the Portfolio to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, the Portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of Portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for the Portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent the Portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when the Portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent the Portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Credit default swap agreements. The Portfolio may be permitted to enter into credit default swap agreements. The rules governing the tax aspects of swap agreements that provide for contingent nonperiodic payments of this type are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain aspects. Accordingly, while the Portfolio intends to account for such transactions in a manner deemed to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. The Portfolio intends to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Portfolio to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Portfolio will be able to engage in credit default swap agreements.

Investment in U.S. REITs. A U.S. REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to the Portfolio will be treated as long term capital gains by the Portfolio and, in turn, may be distributed by the Portfolio to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Such Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may require the Portfolio to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Portfolio may be required to sell securities in its portfolio that it otherwise would have continued to hold (including when it is not advantageous to do so). The Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may at other times result in the Portfolio’s receipt of cash in excess of the U.S. REIT’s earnings; if the Portfolio distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to Portfolio shareholders for federal income tax purposes. If a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a U.S. REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see “Investment in Complex SecuritiesInvestment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income)” and “Non-U.S. InvestorsInvestment in U.S. real property” below with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in Non-U.S. REITs. While non-U.S. REITs often use complex acquisition structures that seek to minimize taxation in the source country, an investment by the Portfolio in a non-U.S. REIT may subject the Portfolio, directly or indirectly, to corporate taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes and other indirect taxes in the country in which the real estate acquired by the non-U.S. REIT is located. The Portfolio’s pro rata share of any such

 

25


Table of Contents

taxes will reduce the Portfolio’s return on its investment. The Portfolio’s investment in a non U.S. REIT may be considered an investment in a PFIC, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities-PFIC securities.” Additionally, foreign withholding taxes on distributions from the non-U.S. REIT may be reduced or eliminated under certain tax treaties, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities.” Also, the Portfolio in certain limited circumstances may be required to file an income tax return in the source country and pay tax on any gain realized from its investment in the non-U.S. REIT under rules similar to those in the United States which tax foreign persons on gain realized from dispositions of interests in U.S. real estate.

Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income). The Portfolio may be permitted to invest in U.S. REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) or which are, or have certain wholly-owned subsidiaries that are, “taxable mortgage pools.” Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of the Portfolio’s income from a U.S. REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or equity interests in a taxable mortgage pool (referred to in the Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the Portfolio, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities and tax-exempt organizations that are not subject to tax on UBTI) is a record holder of a share in the Portfolio, then the Portfolio will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. While the Portfolios do not intend to invest in U.S. REITs, a substantial portion of the assets of which generates excess inclusion income, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

These rules are potentially applicable to any Portfolio that receives income from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S. REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a Portfolio with a non-REIT strategy. Shareholders should talk to their tax advisors about the potential tax consequences of a Portfolio’s receipt and distribution of excess inclusion income.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. The Portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by the Portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Portfolio, requiring the Portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, the Portfolio must withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 

 

 

provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

 

 

 

certify that this number is correct,

 

 

 

certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

 

 

 

certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

The Portfolio also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 28% of any dividends or proceeds paid. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

 

26


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a flat 30% withholding tax (or a withholding tax at a lower treaty rate) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by the Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for exempt-interest dividends, capital gain dividends paid by the Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, and with respect to taxable years of the Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by the Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend designated by the Portfolio and paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) with respect to taxable years of the Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), a short-term capital gain dividend designated by the Portfolio and paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below) are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. With respect to taxable years of the Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), dividends designated by the Portfolio as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which the Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is designated by the Portfolio as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the designation is based on an estimate of the Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year end. As a consequence, the Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding, or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for the Portfolio to designate, and the Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not designate, small amounts of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, the Portfolio’s designation of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; effectively connected income. Ordinary dividends paid by the Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. If you hold your Portfolio shares in connection with a U.S. trade or business, your income and gains will be considered effectively connected income and taxed in the U.S. on a net basis, in which case you may be required to file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property. The Portfolio may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in U.S. real property, including U.S. Real Estate Investment Trusts (U.S. REIT). The sale of a U.S. real property interest (USRPI) by the Portfolio or by a U.S. REIT or U.S. real property holding corporation in which the Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to the Portfolio’s non-U.S. shareholders.

 

27


Table of Contents

The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (FIRPTA) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a USRPI as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a regulated investment company (RIC) received from a U.S. REIT or another RIC classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation or realized by the RIC on a sale of a USRPI (other than a domestically controlled U.S. REIT or RIC that is classified as a qualified investment entity) if all of the following requirements are met:

 

 

 

The RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC is classified as a “qualified investment entity” with respect to a distribution to a non-U.S. person which is attributable directly or indirectly to a distribution from a U.S. REIT if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consists of interests in U.S. REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations, and

 

 

 

You are a non-U.S. shareholder that owns more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

 

 

 

If these conditions are met, such Portfolio distributions to you are treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 35%, and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

 

 

 

In addition, even if you do not own more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares, but the Portfolio is a qualified investment entity, such Portfolio distributions to you will be taxable as ordinary dividends rather than as a capital gain dividend (a distribution of long-term capital gains) or a short-term capital gain dividend subject to withholding at the 30% or lower treaty withholding rate.

These rules apply to dividends paid by the Portfolio before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), except that after this date, the Portfolio’s distributions from a U.S. REIT (whether or not domestically controlled) attributable to FIRPTA gain will continue to be subject to the withholding rules described above provided the Portfolio would otherwise be classified as a qualified investment entity.

Because the Portfolio expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, the Portfolio expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Portfolio shares nor Portfolio dividends and distributions would be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax. As of the date of this Registration Statement, the U.S. federal estate tax is repealed for one year for decedents dying on or after January 1, 2010 and before January 1, 2011, unless reinstated earlier, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010. On and after the date the U.S. federal estate tax is reinstated, an individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, the Portfolio may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount. In addition, a partial exemption from U.S estate tax may apply to Portfolio shares held by the estate of a nonresident decedent. The amount treated as exempt is based upon the proportion of the assets held by the Portfolio at the end of the quarter immediately preceding the decedent’s death that are debt obligations, deposits, or other property that would generally be treated as situated outside the United States if held directly by the estate. This provision applies to decedents dying after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2010, unless such provision is extended or made permanent. Transfers by gift of shares of the Portfolio by a non-U.S. shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. back up withholding imposed at a rate of 28% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, a non-U.S. shareholder must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the

 

28


Table of Contents

beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Portfolio.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the Portfolio to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Risk Metrics Group, Inc. (“RMG”), an independent third party, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolio, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Portfolio as understood by the Advisor at the time of the vote. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the Portfolio in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Most proxies that the Advisor receives will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies are voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, it normally will not be necessary for the Advisor to make an actual determination of how to vote a particular proxy, thereby largely eliminating conflicts of interest for the Advisor during the proxy voting process. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of Portfolio and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of RMG), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the Portfolio. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of the Portfolio in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the applicable Fund, as applicable.

 

29


Table of Contents

The Advisor will usually vote proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to vote counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the Portfolio would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the Portfolio.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of the Portfolio and which seeks to maximize the value of that Portfolio’s investments. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of the Portfolio to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of the Portfolio and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the Portfolio’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to the Portfolio associated with voting. The Advisor determines whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally implements uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio by portfolio and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of the Portfolio, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Fund have retained Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), which was acquired by RMG to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. RMG provides information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translates proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provides research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effects votes on behalf of the Portfolio; and provides reports concerning the proxies voted. In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor may consider the recommendations of ISS on proxy issues, the Advisor remains ultimately responsible for all proxy voting decisions.

Information regarding how the Portfolio voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) upon request, by calling collect: (512) 306-7400 or (ii) on the Advisor’s website at http://www.dimensional.com and (iii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Board of Directors of the Fund have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolio (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures: (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolio, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

 

30


Table of Contents

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules, and regulations.

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. The Portfolio generally discloses up to its twenty-five largest portfolio holdings and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the Portfolio’s total assets (“largest holdings”), as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within twenty days after the end of each month. This online disclosure may also include information regarding the Portfolio’s industry allocations. The Portfolio generally discloses its complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, two months following the month-end, or more frequently and at different periods when authorized by a Designated Person (as defined below).

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. Each of the Advisor’s Chairman, Director of Institutional Services, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading and General Counsel (together, the “Designated Persons”) may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information, and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about the Portfolio’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement, unless indicated otherwise, is not subject to a time delay before dissemination. Designated Persons may also approve the distribution of Holdings Information for the Portfolio more frequently or at a period other than as described above.

As of January 31, 2010, the Advisor and the Portfolio had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

Recipient

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

Citibank, N.A.

  

Fund Custodian

  

Daily

Citibank, N.A.

  

Middle office operational support service provider to the Advisor

  

Daily

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.

  

Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent and Transfer Agent

  

Daily

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

  

Independent registered public accounting firm

  

Upon request

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly, or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. None of the Portfolio, the Advisor, or any other party receives any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS, or any affiliated person of the Fund, the Advisor, or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders and the Portfolio and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable business judgment that: (1) the Portfolio has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public

 

31


Table of Contents

Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer also is responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Fund; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://www.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally, or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits the Portfolio, the Advisor, or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolio to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. It audits the Fund’s annual financial statements. Because the Portfolio had not commenced operations as of October 31, 2009, the annual reports of the Fund for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009 do not contain any data regarding the Portfolio.

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolio may compare its investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations that track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolio may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolio or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of the Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

32


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

Concise Summary of 2010 U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.1 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Routine/Miscellaneous:

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

 

 

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

 

 

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

 

 

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

 

 

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

 

 

Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

2. Board of Directors:

Votes on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

 

 

Board Accountability

 

 

 

Board Responsiveness

 

 

 

Director Independence

 

 

 

Director Competence

Board Accountability

Problematic Takeover Defenses

 

1

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST2 the entire board of directors (except new nominees3, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

 

 

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election — any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;

 

 

 

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote withhold/against every year until this feature is removed;

 

 

 

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly-adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually-elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill. This policy applies to all companies adopting or renewing pills after the announcement of this policy (Nov 19, 2009);

 

 

 

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-By-CASE on all nominees if the board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

 

 

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders- i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

 

 

The issuer’s rationale;

 

 

 

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

 

 

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

 

 

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

 

 

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

 

 

There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if:

 

 

 

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

 

 

There is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance (see Pay for Performance Policy);

 

 

 

The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash, or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in the firm’s equity plan;

 

 

 

The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

 

 

 

The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment made to shareholders;

 

 

 

The company has problematic pay practices. Problematic pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.

Other Problematic Governance Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

2

In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the valid contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

3

A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If RMG cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
 

 

The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75 percent of the aggregate board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the director(s) involved. If this information cannot be obtained, withhold from all incumbent directors;

 

 

 

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

 

 

A classified board structure;

 

 

 

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

 

 

Majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;

 

 

 

The inability for shareholders to call special meetings;

 

 

 

The inability for shareholders to act by written consent;

 

 

 

A dual-class structure; and/or

 

 

 

A non-shareholder approved poison pill.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

 

 

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

 

 

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

 

 

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Board Responsiveness

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

 

 

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

 

 

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

 

 

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares; or

 

 

 

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Director Independence

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors in the Summary Guidelines) when:

 

 

 

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

 

 

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

 

 

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

 

 

The full board is less than majority independent.

Director Competence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

 

 

 

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:

 

 

 

Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;

 

 

 

Pattern of absenteeism; and

 

 

 

Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;

 

 

 

Sit on more than six public company boards;4

 

 

 

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards.

 

 

4

Dimensional will screen votes otherwise subject to this policy based on the qualifications and circumstances of the directors involved.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections5

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

 

 

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

 

 

Management’s track record;

 

 

 

Background to the proxy contest;

 

 

 

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

 

 

 

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

 

 

 

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

 

 

 

Stock ownership positions.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:

The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:

 

 

 

Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

 

presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

 

 

serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;

 

 

 

approves information sent to the board;

 

 

 

approves meeting agendas for the board;

 

 

 

approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;

 

 

 

has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

 

 

if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;

 

 

 

Two-thirds independent board;

 

 

 

All independent key committees;

 

 

 

Established governance guidelines;

 

 

 

A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;

 

 

 

The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:

 

 

 

Egregious compensation practices;

 

 

 

Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;

 

 

 

Corporate and/or management scandals;

 

 

 

Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or

 

 

 

Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.

3. Shareholder Rights & Defenses:6

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

For management proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

 

 

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing five-percent holder);

 

 

 

The value of the NOLs;

 

 

 

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

 

 

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

 

 

Any other factors that may be applicable.

 

 

5

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

 

6

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

Poison Pills- Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

 

 

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

 

 

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote FOR the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

 

 

No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

 

 

A term of no more than three years;

 

 

 

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

 

 

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to ratify a Pill to preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification. For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

 

 

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);

 

 

 

The value of the NOLs;

 

 

 

The term;

 

 

 

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

 

 

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

 

 

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote FOR management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

 

 

Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

 

 

Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10% preferred);

 

 

 

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

 

 

Investor ownership structure; and

 

 

 

Shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote FOR management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account:

 

 

 

Ownership structure;

 

 

 

Quorum requirements; and

 

 

 

Supermajority vote requirements.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

4. Capital/Restructuring:7

Common Stock Authorization

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:

 

 

 

Past Board Performance:

 

 

 

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

 

 

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

 

 

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

 

 

The Current Request:

 

 

 

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

 

 

The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and its three-year total shareholder return; and

 

 

 

Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class that has superior voting rights.

Preferred Stock

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

 

 

Past Board Performance:

 

 

 

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

 

 

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

 

 

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

 

 

The Current Request:

 

 

 

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

 

 

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

 

 

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares, and whether they are declawed.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series that has superior voting rights.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE –BY- CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

 

 

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

 

 

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

 

 

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

 

 

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

 

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The change-in-control figure presented in the “RMG Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

 

7

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-6


Table of Contents
 

 

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

5. Compensation:8

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

 

1.

Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

 

2.

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

 

3.

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

 

4.

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

 

5.

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Equity Compensation Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

 

 

 

The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;

 

 

 

The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;

 

 

 

The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards (see Pay-for-Performance);

 

 

 

The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% or the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;

 

 

 

Liberal Change of Control Definition: The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or

 

 

 

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices.

Other Compensation Proposals and Policies

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation- Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

In general, the management say on pay (MSOP) ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices- dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against the MSOP rather than withholding or voting against the compensation committee. However, if there is no MSOP on which to express the dissatisfaction, then the secondary target will be members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior MSOP proposal; then vote withhold or against compensation committee member (or, if the full board is deemed accountable, to all directors). If the negative factors impact equity-based plans, then vote AGAINST an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval.

 

8

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST management say on pay (MSOP) proposals, AGAINST/WITHHOLD on compensation committee members (or, in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO), and/or AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if:

 

 

 

There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

 

 

The company maintains problematic pay practices;

 

 

 

The board exhibits poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Additional CASE-BY-CASE considerations for the management say on pay (MSOP) proposals:

 

 

 

Evaluation of performance metrics in short-term and long-term plans, as discussed and explained in the Compensation Discussion & Analysis (CD&A). Consider the measures, goals, and target awards reported by the company for executives’ short- and long-term incentive awards: disclosure, explanation of their alignment with the company’s business strategy, and whether goals appear to be sufficiently challenging in relation to resulting payouts;

 

 

 

Evaluation of peer group benchmarking used to set target pay or award opportunities. Consider the rationale stated by the company for constituents in its pay benchmarking peer group, as well as the benchmark targets it uses to set or validate executives’ pay (e.g., median, 75th percentile, etc.,) to ascertain whether the benchmarking process is sound or may result in pay “ratcheting” due to inappropriate peer group constituents (e.g., much larger companies) or targeting (e.g., above median); and

 

 

 

Balance of performance-based versus non-performance-based pay. Consider the ratio of performance-based (not including plain vanilla stock options) vs. non-performance-based pay elements reported for the CEO’s latest reported fiscal year compensation, especially in conjunction with concerns about other factors such as performance metrics/goals, benchmarking practices, and pay-for-performance disconnects.

Pay for Performance

Evaluate the alignment of the CEO’s pay with performance over time, focusing particularly on companies that have underperformed their peers over a sustained period. From a shareholders’ perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s stock performance over time. Even when financial or operational measures are utilized in incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures should ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long-term.

Focus on companies with sustained underperformance relative to peers, considering the following key factors:

 

 

 

Whether a company’s one-year and three-year total shareholder returns (“TSR”) are in the bottom half of its industry group (i.e., four-digit GICS – Global Industry Classification Group); and

 

 

 

Whether the total compensation of a CEO who has served at least two consecutive fiscal years is aligned with the company’s total shareholder return over time, including both recent and long-term periods.

If a company falls in the bottom half of its four-digit GICS, further analysis of the CD&A is required to better understand the various pay elements and whether they create or reinforce shareholder alignment. Also assess the CEO’s pay relative to the company’s TSR over a time horizon of at least five years. The most recent year-over-year increase or decrease in pay remains a key consideration, but there will be additional emphasis on the long term trend of CEO total compensation relative to shareholder return. Also consider the mix of performance-based compensation relative to total compensation. In general, standard stock options or time-vested restricted stock are not considered to be performance-based. If a company provides performance-based incentives to its executives, the company is highly encouraged to provide the complete disclosure of the performance measure and goals (hurdle rate) so that shareholders can assess the rigor of the performance program. The use of non-GAAP financial metrics also makes it very challenging for shareholders to ascertain the rigor of the program as shareholders often cannot tell the type of adjustments being made and if the adjustments were made consistently. Complete and transparent disclosure helps shareholders to better understand the company’s pay for performance linkage.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

 

 

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

 

 

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

 

 

Options Backdating.

Non-Performance based Compensation Elements

Companies adopt a variety of pay arrangements that may be acceptable in their particular industries, or unique for a particular situation, and all companies are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. However, there are certain adverse practices that are particularly contrary to a performance-based pay philosophy, including guaranteed pay and excessive or inappropriate non-performance-based pay elements.

While not exhaustive, this is the list of practices that carry greatest weight in this consideration and may result in negative vote recommendations on a stand-alone basis. For more details, please refer to RMG’s Compensation FAQ document: http://www.riskmetrics.com/policy/2010_compensation_FAQ:

 

 

 

Multi-year guarantees for salary increases, non-performance based bonuses, and equity compensation;

 

A-8


Table of Contents
 

 

Including additional years of unworked service that result in significant additional benefits, without sufficient justification, or including long-term equity awards in the pension calculation;

 

 

 

Perquisites for former and/or retired executives, and extraordinary relocation benefits (including home buyouts) for current executives;

 

 

 

Change-in-control payments exceeding 3 times base salary and target bonus; change-in-control payments without job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“Single Triggers”); new or materially amended agreements that provide for “modified single triggers” (under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package); new or materially amended agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up (including “modified gross-ups”);

 

 

 

Tax Reimbursements related to executive perquisites or other payments such as personal use of corporate aircraft, executive life insurance, bonus, etc; (see also excise tax gross-ups above)

 

 

 

Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;

 

 

 

Executives using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps or other similar arrangements; or

 

 

 

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender/subsequent regrant of underwater options).

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

Assess company policies and disclosure related to compensation that could incentivize excessive risk-taking, for example:

 

 

 

Guaranteed bonuses;

 

 

 

A single performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

 

 

Lucrative severance packages;

 

 

 

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

 

 

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

 

 

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

Vote CASE-by-CASE on options backdating issues. Generally, when a company has recently practiced options backdating, WITHHOLD from or vote AGAINST the compensation committee, depending on the severity of the practices and the subsequent corrective actions on the part of the board. When deciding on votes on compensation committee members who oversaw questionable options grant practices or current compensation committee members who fail to respond to the issue proactively, consider several factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

 

 

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

 

 

Duration of options backdating;

 

 

 

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

 

 

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

 

 

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

A CASE-by-CASE analysis approach allows distinctions to be made between companies that had “sloppy” plan administration versus those that acted deliberately and/or committed fraud, as well as those companies that subsequently took corrective action. Cases where companies have committed fraud are considered most egregious.

Board Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay:

 

 

 

Poor disclosure practices, including:

 

 

 

Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;

 

 

 

Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;

 

 

 

Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained.

 

 

 

Board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues, for example:

 

 

 

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

 

 

Failure to respond to concerns raised in connection with significant opposition to MSOP proposals.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:

 

 

 

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

 

 

Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

 

 

Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

A-9


Table of Contents
 

 

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

 

 

Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

 

 

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

 

 

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

 

 

Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Recoup Bonuses

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned later turn out to have been in error. This is line with the clawback provision in the Trouble Asset Relief Program. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. RMG will take into consideration:

 

 

 

If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy;

 

 

 

If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems; or

 

 

 

If the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent.

Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While RMG favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

 

 

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:

 

 

 

Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or

 

 

 

A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or

 

 

 

A meaningful retention ratio,

 

 

 

Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.

 

 

 

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.

A rigorous stock ownership guideline should be at least 10x base salary for the CEO, with the multiple declining for other executives. A meaningful retention ratio should constitute at least 50 percent of the stock received from equity awards (on a net proceeds basis) held on a long-term basis, such as the executive’s tenure with the company or even a few years past the executive’s termination with the company.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

6. Social/Environmental Issues:

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

2010 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Election of Labor Representatives, Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers/Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Related Party Transactions; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.9 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

 

 

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

 

 

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

 

 

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

 

 

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

 

 

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

 

 

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

 

 

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

 

 

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

9

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-12


Table of Contents
 

 

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

 

 

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

2. Board of Directors

Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

 

 

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

 

 

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

 

 

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

 

 

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

 

 

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors,10 e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives11 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees.

Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives12 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

 

 

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company; or

 

 

 

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

 

 

Egregious actions related to the director(s)” service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about

 

 

 

his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

[Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.]

 

10

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

11

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

12

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

RMG Classification of Directors – International Policy 2010

Executive Director

 

 

 

Employee or executive of the company;

 

 

 

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits

that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

 

 

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

 

 

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

 

 

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

 

 

Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder, unless there is a clear lack of material[5] connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;

 

 

 

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

 

 

Government representative;

 

 

 

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

 

 

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

 

 

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

 

 

Relative[1] of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;

 

 

 

Relative[1] of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

 

 

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

 

 

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

 

 

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

 

 

Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.[4]

 

 

 

Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate best practice guidance.

Independent NED

 

 

 

No material[5] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company (other than a board seat) or the dissenting significant shareholder.

Employee Representative

 

 

 

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

 

Footnotes:

 

[1]

“Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

[2]

Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3]

If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction). For Central and Eastern European countries: A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated. OR, A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) compared to the company’s total assets is more than 5 percent.

[4]

For example, in continental Europe, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In the United Kingdom and Ireland, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure.

[5]

For purposes of RMG director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal or otherwise that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Discharge of Directors

Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:

 

 

 

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or

 

 

 

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

 

 

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director Compensation13

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. Capital Structure14

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances:

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

 

 

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet RMG guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

 

 

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

 

13

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

14

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-15


Table of Contents

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market repurchase authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

 

 

Maximum volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”);

 

 

 

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

For markets that either generally do not specify the maximum duration of the authority or seek a duration beyond 18 months that is allowable under market specific legislation, RMG will assess the company’s historic practice. If there is evidence that a company has sought shareholder approval for the authority to repurchase shares on an annual basis, RMG will support the proposed authority.

In addition, vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

 

 

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

 

 

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

 

 

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;

 

 

 

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

RMG may support share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume under exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring). Such proposals will be assessed case-by-case based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

 

 

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

 

 

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

 

A-16


Table of Contents

4. Other Items

Reorganizations/Restructurings15

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions16

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, RMG reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

 

 

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable?

 

 

 

While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, RMG places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

 

 

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause RMG to scrutinize a deal more closely.

 

 

 

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable.

 

 

 

Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

 

 

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? RMG will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

 

 

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers17

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions18

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

In evaluating resolutions that seek shareholder approval on related party transactions (RPTs), vote on a case-by-case basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following: -

 

 

 

the parties on either side of the transaction;

 

 

 

the nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

 

 

the pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

 

 

the views of independent directors (where provided);

 

 

 

the views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

 

 

whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

 

 

the stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that RMG deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, RMG may recommend against the election of the director involved in the related-party transaction or the full board.

 

15

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

16

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

17

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

18

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Compensation Plans19

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms20

Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

19

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

20

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

DFA VA GLOBAL MODERATE ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2010

This statement of additional information (“SAI”) relates to the shares of DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (the “Fund,” or “DFAIDG”), an open-end management investment company. The shares of the Portfolio are sold only to separate accounts of insurance companies in conjunction with variable life and variable annuity contracts.

This SAI is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus of the Portfolio, dated February 28, 2010, as amended from time to time. As of February 28, 2010, the Portfolio had not yet commenced operations. No financial information is shown for the Portfolio in the Fund’s annual report for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The Prospectus can be obtained by writing to the Fund at the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES    1
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS    1
ADDITIONAL POLICIES OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS    2
BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS    8
FUTURES CONTRACTS    9
FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS    9
CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES    10
CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES    11
EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS    12
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS    12
SERVICES TO THE FUND    21
ADVISORY FEES    22
PORTFOLIO MANAGER    22
GENERAL INFORMATION    24
CODE OF ETHICS    24
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS    25
PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES    25
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES    25
TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS    26
PROXY VOTING POLICIES    30
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS    31
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    33
PERFORMANCE DATA    33

 

ii


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

The Portfolio described in this SAI is a “fund of funds” that seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing its assets in funds managed by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor” or “Dimensional”). As of today these funds include the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, VA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio, VA Global Bond Portfolio and DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, each a series of the Fund (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”). Dimensional serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio and the Underlying Funds. Dimensional is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the following information applies to the Portfolio and all of the Underlying Funds.

The Portfolio and each of the Underlying Funds is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

The Portfolio has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.

The Portfolio will not:

 

  (1) borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

 

  (2) make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall the Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3) purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent the Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4) purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent the Portfolio from: (i) engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon; or (ii) investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

 

  (5) purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, the Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

 

  (6) engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others;

 

  (7) concentrate (invest more than 25% of its net assets) in securities of issuers in a particular industry (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or securities of other investment companies); or

 

  (8) issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.


Table of Contents

The investment limitations set forth above only relate to the Portfolio. The Underlying Funds may have investment limitations that are more or less restrictive than those of the Portfolio. The investment limitations of the Underlying Funds are set forth in their respective statements of additional information.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, the Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by the Portfolio. The Portfolio does not currently intend to borrow money for investment purposes.

The investment limitations described in (5) and (7) above do not prohibit the Portfolio from investing all or substantially all of its assets in the shares of other registered, open-end investment companies, such as the Underlying Funds. In applying the investment limitations described in (5) and (7) above, the Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of the Underlying Funds in which it invests.

The Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid securities, which limits investments in illiquid securities to 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to the Portfolio’s investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

ADDITIONAL POLICIES OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS

Domestic Equity Underlying Funds

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio – The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases readily marketable equity securities of companies whose principal activities include development, ownership, construction, management, or sale of residential, commercial or industrial real estate. The Portfolio will principally invest in equity securities of companies in certain real estate investment trusts and companies engaged in residential construction and firms, except partnerships, whose principal business is to develop commercial property. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. real estate company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio will purchase shares of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio – The U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio – The U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of common stocks of U.S. companies with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Advisor generally defines the U.S. Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of U.S. operating companies listed on the NYSE, NYSE Alternext US LLC or Nasdaq Global Market® and such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to the largest U.S. growth companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An

 

2


Table of Contents

equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio –The VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases a broad and diverse group of readily marketable common stocks of large U.S. companies that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of the U.S. large cap company, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of large cap U.S. companies. As of the date of this SAI, for purposes of the Portfolio, the Advisor considers large cap companies to be companies whose market capitalizations are generally in the highest 90% of total market capitalization or companies whose market capitalizations are larger than the 1,000th largest U.S. company, whichever results in the higher market capitalization break. Total market capitalization is based on the market capitalization of U.S. operating companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext US LLC, Nasdaq Global Market® or such other U.S. national securities exchanges deemed appropriate by the Advisor. Under the Advisor’s market capitalization guidelines described above, as of December 31, 2009, the market capitalization of a large cap company was $2,210 million, or above. This dollar amount will change due to market conditions.

International Equity Underlying Funds

International Core Equity Portfolio – The International Core Equity Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of stocks of non-U.S. companies in developed markets with a greater emphasis on small capitalization and value companies as compared to their representation in the International Universe. For purposes of this Portfolio, the Advisor defines the International Universe as a market capitalization weighted portfolio of non-U.S. companies in developed markets that have been authorized as approved markets for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee. The Portfolio’s increased exposure to small capitalization and value companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the International Core Equity Portfolio’s assets to the largest growth companies relative to their weight in the International Universe, which would result in a greater weight allocation to small capitalization and value companies. An equity issuer is considered a growth company primarily because it has a low, non-negative book value in relation to its market capitalization. An equity issuer is considered a value company primarily because it has a high book value in relation to its market capitalization.

The International Core Equity Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the International Core Equity Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization. The percentage allocation of the assets of the International Core Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies as defined above will generally be reduced from between 5% and 35% of their percentage weight in the International Universe. As of December 31, 2009, securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe comprised approximately 20% of the International Universe and the Advisor allocated approximately 5% of the International Core Equity Portfolio to securities of the largest growth companies in the International Universe. The percentage by which the Portfolio’s allocation to securities of the largest growth companies is reduced will fluctuate with market movements and other factors. Additionally, the range by which the International Core Equity Portfolio’s percentage allocation to the securities of the largest growth companies is reduced as compared to the International Universe will change from time to time. The Advisor determines company size on a country or region specific basis and based primarily on market capitalization.

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio – The Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio purchases a broad and diverse group of securities associated with emerging markets, including frontier markets (emerging markets countries in an earlier stage of development), authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (“Approved Markets”), with an increased exposure to securities of small cap issuers and securities that it considers

 

3


Table of Contents

to be value securities. In assessing value, the Advisor may consider factors such as the issuer’s securities having a high book value in relation to their market value, as well as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing value are subject to change from time to time.

VA International Value Portfolio – The VA International Value Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, purchases stocks of large non-U.S. companies in countries with developed markets that the Advisor determines to be value stocks. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. In general, the higher the relative market capitalization of a large company within an eligible country, the greater its representation in the Portfolio. The Advisor may adjust market capitalization weights after considering such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors that the Advisor determines appropriate, given market conditions. Securities are considered value stocks primarily because a company’s shares have a high book value in relation to their market value (a “book to market ratio”).

The VA International Value Portfolio intends to purchase stocks of large companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets. The Advisor determines the minimum market capitalization of a large company with respect to each country or region in which the Portfolio invests. As of December 31, 2009, for the Portfolio, the lowest minimum market capitalization of a large company in any country or region in which the Portfolio invests was $1,405 million. This threshold will change due to market conditions.

Fixed Income Underlying Funds

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio – The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Two-Year Global Portfolio”) seeks to maximize risk-adjusted total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in two years or less. The Two-Year Global Portfolio invests in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers, securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States, and obligations of supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers which are in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”). However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. The fixed income securities in which the Two-Year Global Portfolio invests are considered investment grade at the time of purchase. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities that mature within two years from the date of settlement.

It is the policy of the Two-Year Global Portfolio that the weighted average length of maturity of investments will not exceed two years. However, investments may be made in obligations maturing in a shorter time period (from overnight, to up to two years from the date of settlement). Because many of the Portfolio’s investments will be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio will also enter into forward foreign currency contracts to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Two-Year Global Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry by certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds” below for additional information.

 

4


Table of Contents

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio – The DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio (the “Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio”) seeks to maximize total returns from a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in two years or less. The Portfolio may selectively hedge its foreign currency risks depending on market conditions. The debt securities in which the Portfolio may invest include obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of other domestic and foreign issuers, securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States, and obligations of supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers that are located in developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the OECD. However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. The fixed income securities in which the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio invests are considered investment grade at the time of purchase. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities. It is the policy of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio that the weighted average length of maturity of its investments will not exceed two years. However, investments may be made in obligations maturing in a shorter time period (from overnight, to up to two years from the date of settlement).

Because many of the Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio’s investments may be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio may hedge the currency exposure of the foreign securities by entering into foreign forward currency contracts, or leave some or all of the currency exposure unhedged, to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency rates, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another. The decision to hedge the Portfolio’s currency exposure with respect to a foreign market will be based on, among other things, a comparison of the respective foreign and U.S. short-term interest rates and the Portfolio’s existing exposure to a given foreign currency. The Portfolio may use derivatives, such as futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to gain market exposure on its uninvested cash pending investment in securities or to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will concentrate its assets (invest more than 25% of its total assets) in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry by certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds” below for additional information.

VA Global Bond Portfolio – The VA Global Bond Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by generally investing in a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in five years or less. The Portfolio primarily purchases obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, obligations of other foreign issuers rated AA or better, corporate debt obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper and supranational organizations. At the present time, the Advisor expects that most investments will be made in the obligations of issuers which are developed countries, such as those countries which are members of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). The fixed income securities in which the VA Global bond Portfolio invests are considered investment grade at the time of purchase. However, in the future, the Advisor anticipates investing in issuers located in other countries as well. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio intends to invest its assets in issuers organized or having a majority of their assets in, or deriving a majority of their operating income in, at least three different countries, one of which may be the United States. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities. The Portfolio will generally invest its assets in obligations which mature within five years from the date of settlement. Because many of the Portfolio’s investments will be denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolio will also enter into forward foreign currency contracts solely for the purpose of hedging against fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

 

5


Table of Contents

VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio – The VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by generally investing in a universe of high quality fixed income securities that typically mature in one year or less. The Portfolio may, however, take a large position in securities maturing within two years from the date of settlement when higher yields are available. The Portfolio purchases U.S. government obligations, U.S. government agency obligations, dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S., foreign government and agency obligations, bank obligations, including U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, corporate obligations, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, obligations of supranational organizations and affiliated and unaffiliated unregistered money market funds. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities and maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity that will not exceed one year. The Portfolio principally invests in certificates of deposit, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, notes and bonds.

The VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio may concentrate its investments in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies. The Portfolio will invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group for a period of five consecutive days when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. See the section entitled “Investments in the Banking Industry by certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds” below for additional information.

Description of Investments of the Fixed Income Underlying Funds

The following is a description of the categories of investments, which may be acquired by the Fixed Income Underlying Funds.

 

     Permissible Categories:

Two-Year Global Portfolio

   1-11

Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio

   1-11

VA Global Bond Fund Portfolio

   1-11

VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio

   1-8, 11

1. U.S. Government Obligations—Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury which are direct obligations of the U.S. government, including bills, notes and bonds.

2. U.S. Government Agency Obligations—Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities and federal agencies, which have different levels of credit support. The U.S. government agency obligations include, but are not limited to, securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as the Federal Housing Administration and Ginnie Mae, including Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates. Other securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. government may be supported only by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limits, such as securities issued by Federal Home Loan Banks, or are supported only by the credit of such agencies, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.

3. Corporate Debt Obligations—Nonconvertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures), which are issued by companies whose commercial paper is rated Prime1 by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or A1 or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) or F1 or better by Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) and dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers issued in the U.S. If the issuer’s commercial paper is unrated, then the debt security would have to be rated at least AA by S&P or Aa2 by Moody’s or AA by Fitch. If there is neither a commercial paper rating nor a rating of the debt security, then the Advisor must determine that the debt security is of comparable quality to equivalent issues of the same issuer rated at least AA or Aa2.

4. Bank Obligations—Obligations of U.S. banks and savings and loan associations and dollar-denominated obligations of U.S. subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks, such as certificates of deposit

 

6


Table of Contents

(including marketable variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits and bankers’ acceptances. Bank certificates of deposit will only be acquired from banks having assets in excess of $1,000,000,000.

5. Commercial Paper—Rated, at the time of purchase, A1 or better by S&P or Prime1 by Moody’s, or F1 or better by Fitch or, if unrated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated Aaa by Moody’s or AAA by S&P or AAA by Fitch.

6. Repurchase Agreements—Instruments through which the Fixed Income Underlying Funds purchase securities (“underlying securities”) from a bank or a registered U.S. government securities dealer, with an agreement by the seller to repurchase the securities at an agreed price, plus interest at a specified rate. The underlying securities will be limited to U.S. government and agency obligations described in (1) and (2) above. The Fixed Income Underlying Funds will not enter into a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days if, as a result, more than 10% of the value of the Fixed Income Underlying Fund’s total assets would be so invested. In addition, a repurchase agreement with a duration of more than seven days will be subject to a Fixed Income Underlying Fund’s illiquid securities policy. The Fixed Income Underlying Funds also will only invest in repurchase agreements with a bank if the bank has at least $1,000,000,000 in assets and is approved by the Investment Committee of the Advisor. The Advisor will monitor the market value of the securities plus any accrued interest thereon so that they will at least equal the repurchase price.

7. Foreign Government and Agency Obligations—Bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, or their agencies and instrumentalities.

8. Supranational Organization Obligations—Debt securities of supranational organizations such as the European Coal and Steel Community, the European Economic Community and the World Bank, which are chartered to promote economic development.

9. Foreign Issuer Obligations—Debt securities of non-U.S. issuers rated AA or better by S&P or Aa2 or better by Moody’s or AA or better by Fitch.

10. Eurodollar Obligations—Debt securities of domestic or foreign issuers denominated in U.S. dollars but not trading in the United States.

11. Money Market Funds—The Fixed Income Underlying Funds may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. Investments in money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses.

The categories of investments that may be acquired by each of the Fixed Income Underlying may include both fixed and floating rate securities. Floating rate securities bear interest at rates that vary with prevailing market rates. Interest rate adjustments are made periodically (e.g., every six months), usually based on a money market index such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the Treasury bill rate.

Investments in the Banking Industry by certain Fixed Income Underlying Funds

The Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio will invest more than 25% of their total respective assets in obligations of U.S. and/or foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the NYSE is open for trading. For purposes of this policy, the Advisor considers eligible portfolio investments to be those securities that are on the Advisor’s then current buy list that are available for purchase. This policy can only be changed by a vote of shareholders. When investment in such obligations exceeds 25% of the total net assets of any of these Portfolios, such Portfolio will be considered to be concentrating its investments in the banking industry. Once a Portfolio concentrates its investments in the banking industry, the Portfolio may remain concentrated in the banking industry until the purchase of new investments in the normal course of executing the Portfolio’s investment strategy result in less than 25% of the Portfolio’s total assets consisting of banking industry securities.

 

7


Table of Contents

The types of bank and bank holding company obligations in which the Two-Year Global Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio and VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio may invest include: dollar-denominated certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and other debt obligations issued in the United States provided such obligations meet the Portfolio’s established credit rating criteria as stated under “Description of Investments of the Fixed Income Underlying Funds.” In addition, the Portfolios are authorized to invest more than 25% of their total assets in Treasury bonds, bills and notes and obligations of federal agencies and instrumentalities. The Selectively Hedged Global Portfolio may also invest in non-dollar denominated certificates.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The following discussion relates to the policies of the Underlying Funds with respect to brokerage commissions. The Portfolios will not incur any brokerage costs in connection with their purchase or redemption of shares of the Underlying Funds.

The Fixed Income Underlying Funds acquire and sell securities on a net basis with dealers that are major market makers in such securities. The Investment Committee of the Advisor selects dealers on the basis of their size and market making ability. When executing portfolio transactions, the Advisor seeks to obtain the most favorable price for the securities being traded among the dealers with whom the Fixed Income Underlying Funds effect transactions.

Portfolio transactions will be placed with a view to seeking the best price and execution. The Underlying Funds will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of stocks being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected, and brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers which effect transactions for the Underlying Funds to determine the effect that their trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Underlying Funds invest. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission being paid by the Underlying Funds to their brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor or the sub-advisors with investment research, such as reports concerning individual issuers, industries and general economic and financial trends and other research services. The investment advisory agreements of the Underlying Funds permit the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Underlying Funds.

Subject to seeking best price and execution, transactions may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect a Portfolio’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

Companies eligible for purchase by the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Underlying Funds with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

 

8


Table of Contents

FUTURES CONTRACTS

All Underlying Funds may enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts. Such Underlying Funds may enter into futures contracts and options on future contracts to gain market exposure on the Underlying Fund’s uninvested cash pending investments in securities and to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts which are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. The Underlying Funds will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (an “FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchange and FCMs may establish margin requirements which are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in a repayment of excess margin to the custodial accounts of the Underlying Fund. Variation margin payments are made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. The Underlying Funds expect to earn income on their margin deposits. Each Underlying Fund intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3 (z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation) or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that an Underlying Fund has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that an Underlying Fund has entered into.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange which provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Underlying Fund would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if the Underlying Fund has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures which are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, the Underlying Funds (or their custodians) are required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable interpretations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with their futures contract transactions in order to cover their obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage the Underlying Funds may use by entering into futures transactions.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The International Equity Underlying Funds and each Fixed Income Underlying Fund (except VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio) may acquire and sell forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The Underlying Funds will conduct their foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted

 

9


Table of Contents

directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

With respect to an International Equity Underlying Fund, the Underlying Fund may enter into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of foreign equity securities, typically to “lock in” the value of the transaction with respect to a different currency. In addition, an International Equity Underlying Fund may, from time to time, enter into a forward contract to transfer balances from one currency to another currency.

The Fixed Income Underlying Funds (except VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio) may enter into forward foreign currency contracts to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another currency. A Fixed Income Underlying Fund may enter into a forward contract to buy or sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it expires. The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and VA Global Bond Portfolio typically hedge their foreign currency exposure. DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio may hedge the currency exposure of its foreign securities or leave some or all of the currency exposure unhedged.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

The Portfolio and Underlying Funds engage in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, in the case of the Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, cash investments may be made for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic or political conditions warrant.

All the Underlying Funds may invest cash in short-term repurchase agreements. In addition, the following cash investments are permissible for the Portfolio and Underlying Funds:

 

Portfolio

  

Permissible Cash Investments*

   Percentage
Guidelines**
 

DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio

   U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and short-term paper; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20

 

10


Table of Contents

Underlying Funds

  

Permissible Cash Investments*

   Percentage
Guidelines**
 

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

International Core Equity Portfolio

   High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20

VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio

   High quality, highly liquid fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   Fixed income obligations such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20

VA International Value Portfolio

   Fixed income obligations as may be acquired by the Fixed Income Underlying Funds; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   Money market instruments; highly liquid debt securities; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   Short-term repurchase agreements; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    N.A.   

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   Short-term repurchase agreements; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    N.A.   

VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio

VA Global Bond Portfolio

   Affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20

 

* With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the Portfolio and Underlying Funds will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor.
** The percentage guidelines set forth above are not absolute limitations but the Portfolio and Underlying Funds do not expect to exceed these guidelines under normal circumstances.
*** Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

International Core Equity Portfolio and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio each may invest up to 5% of their assets in convertible debentures issued by non-U.S. companies located in the countries where the Underlying Fund is permitted to invest. Convertible debentures include corporate bonds and notes that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock. These securities are generally convertible either at a stated price or a stated rate (that is, for a specific number of shares of common stock or other security). As with other fixed income securities, the price of a convertible debenture to some extent varies inversely with interest rates. While providing a fixed income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derived from a common stock but lower than that afforded by a nonconvertible debenture), a convertible debenture also affords the investor an opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the common stock into which it is convertible. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible debentures tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis and so may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the price of a convertible debenture tends to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock. To obtain such a higher yield, an Underlying Fund may be required to pay for a convertible debenture an amount in excess of the value of the underlying common stock.

 

11


Table of Contents

Common stock acquired by an Underlying Fund upon conversion of a convertible debenture will generally be held for as long as the Advisor anticipates such stock will provide the Underlying Fund with opportunities which are consistent with the Underlying Fund’s investment objective and policies.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio may also invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. An ETF is an investment company whose goal is to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. ETFs are passively managed, and traded similar to a publicly traded company. The risks and costs of investing in ETFs are comparable to investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When an Underlying Fund invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Underlying Fund (including the Portfolio) bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

The Board of Directors of the Fund (“Board”) is responsible for establishing the Fund’s policies and for overseeing the management of the Fund.

The Board has three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Portfolio Performance and Service Review Committee (“Performance Committee”). The Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Audit Committee is a disinterested Director. The Audit Committee for the Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Fund’s internal controls, the Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee for the Board recommends the appointment of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

The Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Nominating Committee is a disinterested Director. The Nominating Committee for the Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full Board. The Nominating Committee of the Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. There were no Nominating Committee meetings for the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of the Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of the Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

 

12


Table of Contents

The Board’s Performance Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Abbie J. Smith, John P. Gould and Myron S. Scholes. Each member of the Fund’s Performance Committee is a disinterested Director. The Performance Committee regularly reviews and monitors the investment performance of the Fund’s series, including the Portfolio, and reviews the performance of the Fund’s service providers. There were six Performance Committee meetings for the Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and each interested Director of the Fund is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of the Fund and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1

and

Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other

Directorships of

Public

Companies Held

George M. Constantinides

University of Chicago

Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 62

   Director    Since 1983    Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

John P. Gould

University of Chicago

Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 71

   Director    Since 1986    Steven G. Rothmeier Distinguished Service Professor of Economics, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1965). Member of the Board of Milwaukee Insurance Company (since 1997). Member and Chair, Competitive Markets Advisory Council, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (futures trading exchange) (since 2004). Formerly, Director of UNext Inc. (1999-2006).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Trustee, Harbor Funds (registered investment company) (27 Portfolios) (since 1994).

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT 06520-8200

Age: 66

   Director    Since 1981    Professor in Practice of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Director, BIRR Portfolio Analysis, Inc. (software products) (since 1990). Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (since 2006). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Chairman, Ibbotson Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL (software, data, publishing and consulting) (1977-2006).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 68

   Director    Since 1981    Frank E. Buck Professor Emeritus of Finance, Stanford University (since 1981). Formerly, Chairman, Platinum Grove Asset Management L.P. (hedge fund) (formerly, Oak Hill Platinum Partners) (1999-2009). Formerly, Managing Partner, Oak Hill Capital Management (private equity firm) (until 2004). Formerly, Director, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (2001-2008).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (40 Portfolios) (since 1980).

 

13


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1

and

Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other

Directorships of

Public

Companies Held

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 56

   Director    Since 2000    Boris and Irene Stern Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980); Co-Director Investment Research, Fundamental Investment Advisors (hedge fund) (since 2008).    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director, HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture) (since 2000); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (52 portfolios) (since 2009).

Interested Directors

The following Interested Directors are described as such because they are deemed to be “interested persons,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to their positions with the Advisor.

 

Name Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1

and

Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other

Directorships of

Public

Companies Held

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 63

   Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer    Since 1981    Chairman, Director/Trustee, President, Co-Chief Executive Officer and, formerly, Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (2003 to 3/30/2007) of the following companies: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFAIDG, Dimensional Investment Group Inc. and The DFA Investment Trust Company. Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Holdings Inc. and formerly Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (until 3/30/2007). Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and formerly, Chief Investment Officer. Director of DFA Australia Limited and formerly, President and Chief Investment Officer. Formerly, Director of Dimensional Funds PLC. Limited Partner, Oak Hill Partners (since 2001) and VSC Investors, LLC (since 2007). Trustee, University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Formerly, Director, SA Funds (registered investment company). Chairman, Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

14


Table of Contents

Name Address and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1

and

Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

  

Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other

Directorships of

Public

Companies Held

Eduardo A. Repetto

6300 Bee Cave Road,

Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 43

   Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer   

Since 2009

   Co-Chief Executive Officer (beginning January 2010), Chief Investment Officer (beginning March 2007) and formerly Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, DFAIDG, Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; Director of all such entities except Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC, Chief Investment Officer, Vice President and Director of DFA Australia Limited. Subject to regulatory approval, Director, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.    87 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

1

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

2

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Fund; Dimensional Investment Group Inc.; The DFA Investment Trust Company; and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund. Each Disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolio and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2009, is set forth in the chart below. Because the Portfolio has not yet commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, the Directors do not own any shares of the Portfolio.

 

Name

  

Dollar Range of

Portfolio Shares Owned

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares

Owned in All Funds Overseen by

Director in Family of Investment

Companies

Disinterested Directors:

     
George M. Constantinides    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
John P. Gould    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Roger G. Ibbotson    None    Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Myron S. Scholes    None    $50,001-$100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Abbie J. Smith    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Interested Directors:

     
David G. Booth    None    Over $100,000
Eduardo A. Repetto    None    Over $100,000

 

** As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same fiscal period. The table also provides the compensation paid by the Fund to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

 

15


Table of Contents

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the
Fund*
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as Part
of Fund
Expenses
   Estimated Annual
Benefits upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from the Fund
and DFA Fund
Complex Paid
to Directors†

George M. Constantinides
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

John P. Gould
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Roger G. Ibbotson
Director

   $ 105,551    N/A    N/A    $ 185,000

Robert C. Merton**
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Myron S. Scholes
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Abbie J. Smith
Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Christopher S. Crossan
Chief Compliance Officer

   $ 196,702    N/A    N/A      N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory or administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.
* Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 is as follows: $185,000 (Mr. Ibbotson); $25,000 (Mr. Scholes); and $25,000 (Ms. Smith). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability, or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.
** Mr. Merton resigned from the Board effective December 1, 2009.

Officers

Below is the name, age, information regarding positions with the Fund and the principal occupation for each officer of the Fund. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the following entities: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, the Fund, Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (collectively, the “DFA Entities”).

 

16


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of Office1
and Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

April A. Aandal

Age: 47

   Vice President and Chief Learning Officer    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Learning Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2008). Formerly Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004-2008).

Darryl D. Avery

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Arthur H. Barlow

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Scott A. Bosworth

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since November 1997).

Valerie A. Brown

Age: 43

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary    Since 2001    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

David P. Butler

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2008). Formerly, Director US Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2005).

Patrick E. Carter

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Director of Merrill Lynch Retirement Group (December 1998 to March 2006).

Joseph H. Chi

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2005). Prior to October 2005, Corporate Counsel at Hewitt Associates (July 2002 – August 2005).

Stephen A. Clark

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Robert P. Cornell

Age: 60

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Financial Services Group of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since August 1993).

Christopher S. Crossan

Age: 44

   Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2004    Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of all the DFA Entities.

James L. Davis

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 1999    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Robert T. Deere

Age: 52

   Vice President    Since 1994    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited.

Peter F. Dillard

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP (since August 2008). Formerly, Research Assistant for DFA from April 2006 – August 2008. Prior to April 2006, Manager at Hilton Hotels Corp. (September 2004 – April 2006).

Robert W. Dintzner

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Communications Officer (since 2010).

Beth Ann Dranguet

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2007). Formerly, Associate at Vinson & Elkins LLP (September 1999 – July 2007).

Kenneth Elmgren

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Managing Principal of Beverly Capital (May 2004 to September 2006).

Richard A. Eustice

Age: 44

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary    Since 1998    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since July 2008). Formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Eugene F. Fama, Jr.

Age: 49

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Gretchen A. Flicker

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jed S. Fogdall

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2004).

Glenn S. Freed

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

 

17


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of Office1
and Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Jeremy P. Freeman

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Technology Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2006). Formerly, Principal at AIM Investments/Amvescap PLC (now Invesco) (June 1998 – June 2006).

Mark R. Gochnour

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Henry F. Gray

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

John T. Gray

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (January 2005 to February 2007).

Darla M. Hastings

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Marketing Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Senior Vice President, Customer Experience for Benchmark Assisted Living (May 2005 to April 2006); Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of State Street Corporation (September 2001 to October 2005).

Joel H. Hefner

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 1998).

Julie C. Henderson

Age: 35

   Vice President and Fund Controller    Since 2005    Vice President and Fund Controller of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (July 1996 to April 2005).

Kevin B. Hight

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to March 2005).

Christine W. Ho

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeff J. Jeon

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Patrick M. Keating

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2003    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director, Vice President, and Chief Privacy Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of DFA Australia Limited.

David M. Kershner

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2004).

Joseph F. Kolerich

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since April 2001).

Michael F. Lane

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Kristina M. LaRusso

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Formerly, Operations Supervisor of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to December 2006).

Inmoo Lee

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Associate Professor, Department of Finance and Accounting, Business School, National University of Singapore (7/2004 - present) Associate Professor, College of Business Administration, Korea University (9/2001 - 5/2006).

Juliet H. Lee

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Human Resources Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2004).

Apollo D. Lupescu

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since February 2004).

Kenneth M. Manell

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2006). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel at Castle & Cooke (January 2004 – September 2006).

 

18


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of Office1
and Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Aaron M. Marcus

Age: 39

   Vice President and Head of Global Human Resources    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Head of Global Human Resources of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Global Head of Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (June 2006 to January 2008); Global Co-Head of HR of the Equities & FICC Division, and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (May 2005 to May 2006); Head of Americas Campus Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (April 2003 to May 2005).

David R. Martin

Age: 53

   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2007    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC. Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Janus Capital Group Inc. (June 2005 to March 2007); Senior Vice President of Finance at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (March 1999 to May 2005).

Catherine L. Newell

Age: 45

   Vice President and Secretary    Vice President since 1997 and Secretary since 2000    Vice President and Secretary of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President and Secretary of DFA Australia Limited. Director, Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since February 2002, April 1997, and May 2002, respectively). Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC (since 2002 and 2006, respectively).

Christian Newton

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Web Services Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Design Manager (2005 – 2008) and Web Developer (2002 – 2005) of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Carolyn L. O

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2007). Prior to September 2007, Associate at K&L Gates LLP (January 2004 – September 2007).

Gerard K. O’Reilly

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004 to 2006).

Daniel C. Ong

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2005). Prior to 2005, Graduate Student at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business (2003-2005).

Kyle K. Ozaki

Age: 31

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Compliance Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Compliance Officer (February 2006 – December 2007) and Compliance Analyst (August 2004 – January 2006).

Carmen Palafox

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Operations Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 1996).

Sonya K. Park

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

David A. Plecha

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Michael J. Porter

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2006). Formerly, Vice President, Client Services at Metropolitan West Asset Management (July 2001 – August 2006).

Theodore W. Randall

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2006 to 2008); Systems Developer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2001 to 2006).

L. Jacobo Rodríguez

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Institutional client service representative of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (August 2004 to July 2005)

Julie A. Saft

Age: 50

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Client Systems Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2008). Formerly, Senior Manager at Vanguard (November 1997 – July 2008).

 

19


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of Office1
and Length of
Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

David E. Schneider

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Institutional Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Walid A. Shinnawi

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Senior Director at Moody’s KMV (1999-March 2006).

Bruce A. Simmons

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Investment Operations Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 2007). Formerly, Vice President Client and Fund Reporting at Mellon Financial (September 2005 – May 2007); Vice President Business Development at CUADPRO Marketing (July 2003 – September 2005).

Ted R. Simpson

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since December 2002).

Bryce D. Skaff

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (December 1999 to January 2007).

Grady M. Smith

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Carl G. Snyder

Age: 46

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Lawrence R. Spieth

Age: 62

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Bradley G. Steiman

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Director and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Robert C. Trotter

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Manager Technology for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2007). Formerly, Director of Technology at AMVESCAP (2002 – 2007).

Karen E. Umland

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Sunil Wahal

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (July 2008 – January 2009); Consultant to Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (September 2005 – July 2008); Jack D. Furst Professor of Finance at Arizona State University, WP Carey School of Business (July 2005 – July 2008); Associate Professor of Finance at Goizueta Business School, Emory University (1997 – 2005).

Brian J. Walsh

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

Carol W. Wardlaw

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Weston J. Wellington

Age: 58

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Daniel M. Wheeler

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Previously, Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since October 2003) and President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since June 2003).

Ryan J. Wiley

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Trader of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Portfolio Manager (2006 to 2007) and Trader (2001 to 2006).

Paul E. Wise

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Technology Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

 

1

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

20


Table of Contents

Because this Portfolio has not been offered prior to the date of this SAI, the Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio.

SERVICES TO THE FUND

Administrative Services

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (formerly, PFPC, Inc.) (“PNC Global”), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the accounting services, dividend disbursing, and transfer agent for the Portfolio and the Underlying Funds. The services provided by PNC Global are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Board of Directors of the Fund and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodian, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by PNC Global, the Underlying Funds pay PNC Global annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets in the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies and a group trust. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0110% of the Fund Complex’s first $50 billion of average net assets;

.0085% of the Fund Complex’s next $25 billion of average net assets; and

.0075% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $75 billion.

The fees charged to an Underlying Fund under the fee schedule are allocated to each such Underlying Fund based on the Underlying Fund’s pro-rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex.

The Portfolio is subject to a monthly fee of $1,000. The Underlying Funds are also subject to certain monthly base fees. Each Domestic Equity Underlying Fund and VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio is subject to a monthly base fee of $1,666 and each International Equity or Fixed Income Underlying Fund (except VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio) is subject to a monthly base fee of $2,083.

The Portfolio and Underlying Funds also pay separate fees to PNC Global with respect to the services PNC Global provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Shareholder Services

On behalf of the Portfolio, the Fund will enter into agreements with third parties to provide administrative services, shareholder servicing, recordkeeping, account maintenance and other services to investors. For shareholder servicing, the Fund will pay to such third parties an amount calculated at an annual rate of 0.10% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

Custodian

PFPC Trust Company, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the custodian for the Portfolio.

Distributor

The Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 1299 Ocean Avenue, Santa Monica, California 90401.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Fund by serving as the principal underwriter of the Fund’s shares. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement with the Fund, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Fund. No compensation is paid by the Fund to DFAS under the Distribution Agreement.

 

21


Table of Contents

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Fund. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund and audits the annual financial statements of the Portfolio and Underlying Funds. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth and Rex A. Sinquefield, as directors and/or officers of the Advisor and shareholders of the outstanding stock of the Advisor’s general partner, may be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Fund. For the services it provides as investment advisor to the Portfolio, the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Portfolio did not pay any management fees.

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the expenses of the Portfolio (including the Shareholder Services Fees and the expenses that the Portfolio bears as a shareholder the Underlying Funds, but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in unaffiliated investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to 0.45% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect for an initial period until March 1, 2011, and then shall continue in effect from year to year for one-year periods thereafter unless terminated by the Advisor.

As a shareholder of the Underlying Funds, the Portfolio pays its proportionate share of the management fees paid to the Advisor by the Underlying Funds.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolio, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolio, including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. Stephen A. Clark is the portfolio manager that coordinates the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolio. Because the Portfolio has not commenced operations prior to the date of the SAI, Mr. Clark did not own any shares of the Portfolio.

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts, and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolio or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as its Compensation Committee deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

22


Table of Contents
   

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

   

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegates. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolio, the portfolio managers manage: (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor; (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds; and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which the portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities:

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category As of October 31, 2009

Stephen A. Clark

  

•     88 U.S. registered mutual funds with $104,620 million in total assets under management.

 

•     23 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $23,160 million in total assets under management. Out of these unregistered pooled investment vehicles, one client with an investment of $211 million in an unregistered pooled investment vehicle pays a performance-based advisory fee.

 

•     70 other accounts with $7,541 million in total assets under management of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one portfolio and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolio), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have a similar investment objective to the Portfolio or an Underlying Fund, or may purchase, sell, or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold, or held by the Portfolio or an Underlying Fund. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

   

Time Management. The management of multiple portfolios and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each portfolio and/or Account. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the portfolios.

 

   

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one portfolio and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any

 

23


Table of Contents
 

portfolio or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one portfolio or Account, a portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible portfolios and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple portfolios and Accounts.

 

   

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the portfolios, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with the Advisor’s duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a portfolio and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the portfolio or the Account.

 

   

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

   

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to the Portfolio or other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Fund was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, DFAIDG was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc.

Pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC, shares of the Portfolio may be sold to registered separate accounts of various insurance companies offering variable annuity and variable life products. At present, the Board of Directors of the Fund does not foresee any disadvantage arising from the fact that the Portfolio may offer its shares to separate accounts of various insurance companies to serve as an investment vehicle for their variable separate accounts. However, a material conflict could arise between the interest of the different participating separate accounts. The Fund’s Board of Directors would monitor events in order to identify any material irreconcilable conflicts that may possibly arise and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to such conflicts of interest. If such conflicts were to occur, one or more insurance companies’ separate accounts might be required to withdraw its investments in the Portfolio, or shares of another portfolio may be substituted by the Fund. As a result, the Portfolio might be forced to sell a portion of its securities at a disadvantageous price. In the event of such a material conflict, the affected insurance companies agree to take any necessary steps, including removing its separate account from the Portfolio if required by law, to resolve the matter.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Fund, the Advisor and DFAS have adopted a revised Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolio and Underlying Funds. The Code of Ethics is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolio and Underlying Funds, and their shareholders with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code of Ethics, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by the Portfolio or an Underlying Fund unless

 

24


Table of Contents

their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code of Ethics also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of the Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences.

With respect to matters that require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters that affect the interest of the portfolio of shares that they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of the Fund should occur, shareholders would be entitled to receive, on a per class basis, the assets of the particular portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular portfolio. Ordinarily, the Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Fund’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be case at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Fund.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

Because the Portfolio has not been offered prior to the date of this SAI, no person beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio as of the date of this SAI.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

The Fund will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business, regardless of whether the Federal Reserve System is closed. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Fund will generally be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Fund is closed.

Management believes that any dilutive effect of the cost of investing the proceeds of the sale of the shares of the Portfolio is minimal and, therefore, the shares of the Portfolio are currently sold at net asset value, without imposition of a reimbursement fee. Reimbursement fees may be charged prospectively from time to time based upon the future experience of the Portfolio. Any such charges will be described in the prospectus.

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of the Portfolio or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund or the Portfolio.

The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC, (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

The Fund or its transfer agent may from time to time appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and

 

25


Table of Contents

redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, the Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of the Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in the Portfolio. Because shares of the Portfolio are sold only to separate accounts of insurance companies, the tax consequences described below are generally not applicable to an owner of a variable life or variable annuity contract.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Code and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

Unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to the Portfolio includes the Portfolio’s pro rata share of the income and assets of the Underlying Funds.

This discussion of “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. The tax status of your investment in the Portfolio depends upon the features of your variable life or variable annuity contract. For further information, please refer to the prospectus of the insurance company separate account that offers your contract.

Taxation of the Portfolio

The Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. If the Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

Distribution Requirement —the Portfolio must distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its tax year are considered distributions attributable to the previous tax year for purposes of satisfying this requirement).

 

   

Income Requirement —the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTPs).

 

   

Asset Diversification Test —the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of QPTPs.

 

26


Table of Contents

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by the Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. In other circumstances, the Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

The Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If the Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that the Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. In addition, any such under-distribution of income might cause the Portfolio to fail to satisfy the Income Requirement and thereby not qualify as a regulated investment company for such taxable year.

If for any taxable year the Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends will be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance. It is possible that the Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Capital loss carryovers. For federal income tax purposes, the Portfolio is permitted to carry forward its net realized capital losses, if any, for eight years as a short-term capital loss and use such losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset net capital gains without being required to pay taxes on, or distribute, such gains that are offset by the losses. However, the amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year may be limited if the Portfolio experiences an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. An ownership change generally results when the shareholders owning 5% or more of a fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers that expire unused, thereby reducing the Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. The Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another Portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond the Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, the Code requires the Portfolio to distribute to its shareholders by December 31 of each year, at a minimum, the following amounts: 98% of its taxable ordinary income earned during the calendar year; 98% of its capital gain net income earned during the twelve-month period ending October 31; and 100% of any undistributed amounts from the prior year. Federal excise taxes will not apply to the Portfolio in a given calendar year, however, if all of its shareholders (other than certain permitted shareholders) at all times during the calendar year are segregated asset accounts of life insurance companies where the shares are held in connection with variable products. For purposes of determining whether the Portfolio qualifies for this exemption, any shares attributable to an investment in the Portfolio made in connection with organization of the Portfolio is disregarded as long as the investment doesn’t exceed $250,000. If the Portfolio fails to qualify for the exemption, the Portfolio intends to declare and pay these distributions in December (or to pay them in January, in which case shareholders must treat them as received in December) but can give no assurances that its distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by the Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld will generally be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle the Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. It is impossible to determine the

 

27


Table of Contents

effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known.

Special Rules Applicable to Variable Contracts

The Portfolio intends to comply with the diversification requirements imposed by Section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. These requirements, which are in addition to the diversification requirements imposed on the Portfolio by the 1940 Act and Subchapter M of the Code, place certain limitations on (i) the assets of the insurance company separate accounts that may be invested in securities of a single issuer and (ii) eligible investors. Because Section 817(h) and those regulations treat the assets of the Portfolio as assets of the corresponding division of the insurance company separate accounts, the Portfolio intends to comply with these diversification requirements. Specifically, the regulations provide that, except as permitted by the “safe harbor” described below, as of the end of each calendar quarter or within 30 days thereafter no more than 55% of the Portfolio’s total assets may be represented by any one investment, no more than 70% by any two investments, no more than 80% by any three investments and no more than 90% by any four investments. For this purpose, all securities of the same issuer are considered a single investment, and while each U.S. Government agency and instrumentality is considered a separate issuer, a particular foreign government and its agencies, instrumentalities and political subdivisions all will be considered the same issuer. Section 817(h) provides, as a safe harbor, that a separate account will be treated as being adequately diversified if the Asset Diversification is satisfied and no more than 55% of the value of the account’s total assets are cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other RICs. The regulations also provide that the Portfolio’s shareholders are limited, generally, to life insurance company separate accounts, general accounts of the same life insurance company, an investment adviser or affiliate in connection with the creation or management of the Portfolio or the trustee of a qualified pension plan. Failure of the Portfolio to satisfy the Section 817(h) requirements would result in taxation of and treatment of the contract holders investing in a corresponding insurance company division other than as described in the applicable prospectuses of the various insurance company separate accounts.

Also, a contract holder should not be able to direct the Portfolio’s investment in any particular asset so as to avoid the prohibition on investor control. In light of the unique structure of the Portfolio, the Portfolio sought and received a private letter ruling from the IRS holding that the owner of the variable life or variable annuity contract will not be treated as the owner of the Portfolio’s shares based on the structure and intended operation of the Portfolio. However, it is possible that the Treasury Department may issue future pronouncements addressing the circumstances in which a variable contract owner’s control of the investments of a separate account may cause the contract owner, rather than the insurance company, to be treated as the owner of the assets held by the separate account. If the contract owner is considered the owner of the separate account, income and gains produced by those securities would be included currently in the contract owner’s gross income. It is not known what standards will be set forth in any such pronouncements or when, if at all, these pronouncements may be issued. If such pronouncements are issued, the Portfolio would seek to modify the structure of the Portfolio.

Reference should be made to the prospectus for the applicable contract for more information regarding the federal income tax consequences to an owner of a contract.

Taxation of Portfolio Distributions

The Portfolio anticipates distributing substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain for each taxable year.

Distributions of net investment income. The Portfolio receives or derives income generally in the form of dividends and interest on its investments. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of the Portfolio, constitutes its net investment income from which dividends may be paid to shareholders. A portion of the income dividends paid may be qualified dividends eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction as described below.

Distributions of capital gains. The Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net

 

28


Table of Contents

long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long the shareholder has held their shares in the Portfolio.

Returns of capital. If the Portfolio’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in the Portfolio and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. Any return of capital in excess of a shareholder’s basis, however, is taxable as a capital gain.

Dividends-received deduction for corporations. Ordinary income dividends designated by the Portfolio as derived from qualified dividends from domestic corporations will qualify for the 70% dividends received deduction generally available to corporations. The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions imposed under the Code on the corporation claiming the deduction. Income derived by the Portfolio from investments in derivatives, fixed-income and foreign securities generally is not eligible for this treatment.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886.

Consent dividends. The Portfolio may utilize consent dividend provisions of Section 565 of the Code to make distributions. Provided that all shareholders agree in a consent filed with the income tax return of the Portfolio to treat as a dividend the amount specified in the consent, the amount will be considered a distribution just as any other distribution paid in money and reinvested back into the Portfolio.

Investment in Foreign Securities

The Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from certain foreign securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes on the Portfolio and/or its shareholders. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to its shareholders.

PFIC securities. The Portfolio may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that the Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to shareholders by the Portfolio. In addition, if the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund organized as a corporation) is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund) may be subject to U.S. federal income tax (the effect of which might be mitigated by making a mark-to-market election in a year prior to the sale) on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund) in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to its shareholders.

Investment in Complex Securities

The Portfolio may invest in complex securities and such investments may be subject to numerous special and complicated tax rules. These rules could affect whether gains or losses recognized by the Portfolio are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Portfolio, defer the Portfolio’s ability

 

29


Table of Contents

to recognize losses, and subject the Portfolio to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of the Portfolio’s foreign investments. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing and/or tax character of the Portfolio’s income and, in turn, of the income distributed to its shareholders.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the Portfolio to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Risk Metrics Group, Inc. (“RMG”), an independent third party, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolio, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Portfolio as understood by the Advisor at the time of the vote. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the Portfolio in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Most proxies that the Advisor receives will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies are voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, it normally will not be necessary for the Advisor to make an actual determination of how to vote a particular proxy, thereby largely eliminating conflicts of interest for the Advisor during the proxy voting process. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the Portfolio or Underlying Funds, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of RMG), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the Portfolio or Underlying Funds. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a Portfolio or Underlying Fund in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the Fund.

The Advisor will usually vote proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision-making; however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to vote counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the Portfolio would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the Portfolio.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of the Portfolio and which seeks to maximize the value of the Portfolio’s investments. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of the Portfolio to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of the Portfolio and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than

 

30


Table of Contents

the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the Portfolio’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to the Portfolio associated with voting. The Advisor determines whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally implements uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio-by-portfolio and country-by-country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of the Portfolio, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Fund have retained Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), which was acquired by RMG, to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. RMG provides information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translates proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provides research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effects votes on behalf of the Portfolio; and provides reports concerning the proxies voted. In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor may consider the recommendations of ISS on proxy issues, the Advisor remains ultimately responsible for all proxy voting decisions.

Information regarding how the Portfolio voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) upon request, by calling collect: (512) 306-7400 or (ii) on the Advisor’s website at http://www.dimensional.com and (iii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Board of Directors of the Fund have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolio (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures: (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolio, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules, and regulations.

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. Each of the Advisor’s Chairman, Director of Institutional Services, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading and General Counsel (together, the “Designated Persons”) may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information, and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about the Portfolio’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement, unless indicated otherwise, is not subject to a time delay

 

31


Table of Contents

before dissemination. Designated Persons may also approve the distribution of Holdings Information for the Portfolio more frequently or at a period other than as described above.

As of January 31, 2010, the Advisor and the Portfolio had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

Recipient

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

PFPC Trust Company

  

Fund Custodian

   Daily

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.

  

Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent, and Transfer Agent

   Daily

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

  

Independent registered public accounting firm

   Upon Request

Pricing Service Vendor

  

Fair value information services

   Daily

Citibank, N.A.

  

Middle office operational support service provider to the Advisor

   Daily

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly, or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. None of the Portfolio, the Advisor, or any other party receives any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS, or any affiliated person of the Fund, the Advisor, or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders and the Portfolio, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable business judgment that: (1) the Portfolio has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer also is responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Fund; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://www.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally, or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

 

32


Table of Contents

The Policy prohibits the Portfolio, the Advisor, or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolio to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Because the Portfolio had not commenced operations as of October 31, 2009, the annual reports of the Fund for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 do not contain any data regarding the Portfolio.

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolio may compare its investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations that track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolio may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolio or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of the Portfolio’s investment objective and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated, and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

33


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

Concise Summary of 2010 U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.1 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

 

1. Routine/Miscellaneous:

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

   

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

   

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

   

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

   

Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

 

2. Board of Directors:

Votes on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

   

Board Accountability

 

   

Board Responsiveness

 

   

Director Independence

 

   

Director Competence

Board Accountability

Problematic Takeover Defenses

 

1

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST2 the entire board of directors (except new nominees3, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election — any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;

 

   

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote withhold/against every year until this feature is removed;

 

   

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly-adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually-elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill. This policy applies to all companies adopting or renewing pills after the announcement of this policy (Nov 19, 2009);

 

   

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-By-CASE on all nominees if the board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

   

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders- i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

   

The issuer’s rationale;

 

   

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

   

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

   

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

   

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

   

There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if:

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

   

There is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance (see Pay for Performance Policy);

 

   

The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash, or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in the firm’s equity plan;

 

   

The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

 

   

The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment made to shareholders;

 

   

The company has problematic pay practices. Problematic pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.

Other Problematic Governance Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

2

In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the valid contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

3

A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If RMG cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
   

The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75 percent of the aggregate board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the director(s) involved. If this information cannot be obtained, withhold from all incumbent directors;

 

   

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

   

A classified board structure;

 

   

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

   

Majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to call special meetings;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to act by written consent;

 

   

A dual-class structure; and/or

 

   

A non-shareholder approved poison pill.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Board Responsiveness

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares; or

 

   

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Director Independence

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors in the Summary Guidelines) when:

 

   

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

   

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

   

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

   

The full board is less than majority independent.

Director Competence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;

 

   

Pattern of absenteeism; and

 

   

Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;

 

   

Sit on more than six public company boards;4

 

4

Dimensional will screen votes otherwise subject to this policy based on the qualifications and circumstances of the directors involved.

 

A-3


Table of Contents
   

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards.

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections5

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

   

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

   

Management’s track record;

 

   

Background to the proxy contest;

 

   

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

 

   

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

 

   

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

 

   

Stock ownership positions.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:

The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:

 

   

Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

   

serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;

 

   

approves information sent to the board;

 

   

approves meeting agendas for the board;

 

   

approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;

 

   

has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

   

if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;

 

   

Two-thirds independent board;

 

   

All independent key committees;

 

   

Established governance guidelines;

 

   

A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;

 

   

The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Egregious compensation practices;

 

   

Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;

 

   

Corporate and/or management scandals;

 

   

Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or

 

   

Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.

 

3.

Shareholder Rights & Defenses:6

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

For management proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing five-percent holder);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

5

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

6

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-4


Table of Contents
   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills- Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

   

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

   

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote FOR the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

   

No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

   

A term of no more than three years;

 

   

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

   

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to ratify a Pill to preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification. For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

The term;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote FOR management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

   

Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10% preferred);

 

A-5


Table of Contents
   

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

   

Investor ownership structure; and

 

   

Shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote FOR management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account:

 

   

Ownership structure;

 

   

Quorum requirements; and

 

   

Supermajority vote requirements.

 

4.

Capital/Restructuring:7

Common Stock Authorization

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and its three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class that has superior voting rights.

Preferred Stock

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares, and whether they are declawed.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series that has superior voting rights.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE –BY- CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

7

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-6


Table of Contents
   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The change-in-control figure presented in the “RMG Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

 

5.

Compensation:8

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Equity Compensation Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

 

8

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-7


Table of Contents
   

The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;

 

   

The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;

 

   

The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards (see Pay-for-Performance);

 

   

The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% or the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;

 

   

Liberal Change of Control Definition: The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or

 

   

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices.

Other Compensation Proposals and Policies

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation- Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

In general, the management say on pay (MSOP) ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices- dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against the MSOP rather than withholding or voting against the compensation committee. However, if there is no MSOP on which to express the dissatisfaction, then the secondary target will be members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior MSOP proposal; then vote withhold or against compensation committee member (or, if the full board is deemed accountable, to all directors). If the negative factors impact equity-based plans, then vote AGAINST an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval.

Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST management say on pay (MSOP) proposals, AGAINST/WITHHOLD on compensation committee members (or, in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO), and/or AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if:

 

   

There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

   

The company maintains problematic pay practices;

 

   

The board exhibits poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Additional CASE-BY-CASE considerations for the management say on pay (MSOP) proposals:

 

   

Evaluation of performance metrics in short-term and long-term plans, as discussed and explained in the Compensation Discussion & Analysis (CD&A). Consider the measures, goals, and target awards reported by the company for executives’ short- and long-term incentive awards: disclosure, explanation of their alignment with the company’s business strategy, and whether goals appear to be sufficiently challenging in relation to resulting payouts;

 

   

Evaluation of peer group benchmarking used to set target pay or award opportunities. Consider the rationale stated by the company for constituents in its pay benchmarking peer group, as well as the benchmark targets it uses to set or validate executives’ pay (e.g., median, 75th percentile, etc.,) to ascertain whether the benchmarking process is sound or may result in pay “ratcheting” due to inappropriate peer group constituents (e.g., much larger companies) or targeting (e.g., above median); and

 

   

Balance of performance-based versus non-performance-based pay. Consider the ratio of performance-based (not including plain vanilla stock options) vs. non-performance-based pay elements reported for the CEO’s latest reported fiscal year compensation, especially in conjunction with concerns about other factors such as performance metrics/goals, benchmarking practices, and pay-for-performance disconnects.

Pay for Performance

Evaluate the alignment of the CEO’s pay with performance over time, focusing particularly on companies that have underperformed their peers over a sustained period. From a shareholders’ perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s stock performance over time. Even when financial or operational measures are utilized in incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures should ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long-term.

Focus on companies with sustained underperformance relative to peers, considering the following key factors:

 

   

Whether a company’s one-year and three-year total shareholder returns (“TSR”) are in the bottom half of its industry group (i.e., four-digit GICS – Global Industry Classification Group); and

 

   

Whether the total compensation of a CEO who has served at least two consecutive fiscal years is aligned with the company’s total shareholder return over time, including both recent and long-term periods.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

If a company falls in the bottom half of its four-digit GICS, further analysis of the CD&A is required to better understand the various pay elements and whether they create or reinforce shareholder alignment. Also assess the CEO’s pay relative to the company’s TSR over a time horizon of at least five years. The most recent year-over-year increase or decrease in pay remains a key consideration, but there will be additional emphasis on the long term trend of CEO total compensation relative to shareholder return. Also consider the mix of performance-based compensation relative to total compensation. In general, standard stock options or time-vested restricted stock are not considered to be performance-based. If a company provides performance-based incentives to its executives, the company is highly encouraged to provide the complete disclosure of the performance measure and goals (hurdle rate) so that shareholders can assess the rigor of the performance program. The use of non-GAAP financial metrics also makes it very challenging for shareholders to ascertain the rigor of the program as shareholders often cannot tell the type of adjustments being made and if the adjustments were made consistently. Complete and transparent disclosure helps shareholders to better understand the company’s pay for performance linkage.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

   

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

   

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

   

Options Backdating.

Non-Performance based Compensation Elements

Companies adopt a variety of pay arrangements that may be acceptable in their particular industries, or unique for a particular situation, and all companies are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. However, there are certain adverse practices that are particularly contrary to a performance-based pay philosophy, including guaranteed pay and excessive or inappropriate non-performance-based pay elements.

While not exhaustive, this is the list of practices that carry greatest weight in this consideration and may result in negative vote recommendations on a stand-alone basis. For more details, please refer to RMG’s Compensation FAQ document: http://www.riskmetrics.com/policy/2010_compensation_FAQ:

 

   

Multi-year guarantees for salary increases, non-performance based bonuses, and equity compensation;

 

   

Including additional years of unworked service that result in significant additional benefits, without sufficient justification, or including long-term equity awards in the pension calculation;

 

   

Perquisites for former and/or retired executives, and extraordinary relocation benefits (including home buyouts) for current executives;

 

   

Change-in-control payments exceeding 3 times base salary and target bonus; change-in-control payments without job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“Single Triggers”); new or materially amended agreements that provide for “modified single triggers” (under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package); new or materially amended agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up (including “modified gross-ups”);

 

   

Tax Reimbursements related to executive perquisites or other payments such as personal use of corporate aircraft, executive life insurance, bonus, etc; (see also excise tax gross-ups above)

 

   

Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;

 

   

Executives using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps or other similar arrangements; or

 

   

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender/subsequent regrant of underwater options).

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

Assess company policies and disclosure related to compensation that could incentivize excessive risk-taking, for example:

 

   

Guaranteed bonuses;

 

   

A single performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

   

Lucrative severance packages;

 

   

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

   

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

   

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

Vote CASE-by-CASE on options backdating issues. Generally, when a company has recently practiced options backdating, WITHHOLD from or vote AGAINST the compensation committee, depending on the severity of the practices and the subsequent corrective actions on the part of the board. When deciding on votes on compensation committee members who

 

A-9


Table of Contents

oversaw questionable options grant practices or current compensation committee members who fail to respond to the issue proactively, consider several factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

   

Duration of options backdating;

 

   

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

   

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

   

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

A CASE-by-CASE analysis approach allows distinctions to be made between companies that had “sloppy” plan administration versus those that acted deliberately and/or committed fraud, as well as those companies that subsequently took corrective action. Cases where companies have committed fraud are considered most egregious.

Board Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay:

 

   

Poor disclosure practices, including:

 

   

Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;

 

   

Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;

 

   

Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained.

 

   

Board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues, for example:

 

   

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

   

Failure to respond to concerns raised in connection with significant opposition to MSOP proposals.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:

 

   

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

   

Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

   

Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

   

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

   

Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

   

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

   

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

   

Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

Recoup Bonuses

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned later turn out to have been in error. This is line with the clawback provision in the Trouble Asset Relief Program. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. RMG will take into consideration:

 

   

If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy;

 

   

If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems; or

 

   

If the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent.

Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While RMG favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

   

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:

 

   

Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or

 

   

A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or

 

   

A meaningful retention ratio,

 

   

Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.

 

   

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.

A rigorous stock ownership guideline should be at least 10x base salary for the CEO, with the multiple declining for other executives. A meaningful retention ratio should constitute at least 50 percent of the stock received from equity awards (on a net proceeds basis) held on a long-term basis, such as the executive’s tenure with the company or even a few years past the executive’s termination with the company.

 

6. Social/Environmental Issues:

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

2010 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Election of Labor Representatives, Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers/Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Related Party Transactions; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.9 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

   

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

   

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

   

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

   

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

 

9

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-12


Table of Contents

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

   

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

   

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

2. Board of Directors

Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

   

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

   

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

   

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

   

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

   

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors,10 e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives11 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees.

Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives12 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the

 

(10) The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.
(11) Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.
(12) Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company; or

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)” service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about

 

   

his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

[Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.]

RMG Classification of Directors – International Policy 2010

Executive Director

 

   

Employee or executive of the company;

 

   

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

   

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

   

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder, unless there is a clear lack of material[5] connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;

 

   

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

   

Government representative;

 

   

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

   

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

   

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

   

Relative[1] of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

Relative[1] of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

   

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

   

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

   

Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.[4]

 

   

Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate best practice guidance.

Independent NED

 

   

No material[5] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company (other than a board seat) or the dissenting significant shareholder.

Employee Representative

 

   

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

Footnotes:

 

[1]

“Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

[2]

Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3]

If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction). For Central and Eastern European countries: A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated. OR, A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is

 

A-14


Table of Contents
 

associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) compared to the company’s total assets is more than 5 percent.

[4]

For example, in continental Europe, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In the United Kingdom and Ireland, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure.

[5]

For purposes of RMG director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal or otherwise that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Discharge of Directors

Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:

 

   

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or

 

   

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

   

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director Compensation13

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. Capital Structure14

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances:

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:

 

13

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

14

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-15


Table of Contents

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

   

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet RMG guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

   

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market repurchase authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

   

Maximum volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”);

 

   

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

For markets that either generally do not specify the maximum duration of the authority or seek a duration beyond 18 months that is allowable under market specific legislation, RMG will assess the company’s historic practice. If there is evidence that a company has sought shareholder approval for the authority to repurchase shares on an annual basis, RMG will support the proposed authority.

In addition, vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

   

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

   

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

   

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;

 

A-16


Table of Contents
   

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

RMG may support share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume under exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring). Such proposals will be assessed case-by-case based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

   

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

   

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. Other Items

Reorganizations/Restructurings15

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions16

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, RMG reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable?

 

   

While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, RMG places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause RMG to scrutinize a deal more closely.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable.

 

   

Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? RMG will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers17

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions18

 

15

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

16

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

17

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

In evaluating resolutions that seek shareholder approval on related party transactions (RPTs), vote on a case-by-case basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following: -

 

   

the parties on either side of the transaction;

 

   

the nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

   

the pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

   

the views of independent directors (where provided);

 

   

the views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

   

whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

   

the stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that RMG deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, RMG may recommend against the election of the director involved in the related-party transaction or the full board.

Compensation Plans19

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms20

Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

18

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

19

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

20

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

U.S. LARGE COMPANY PORTFOLIO

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES

Ticker: DFLCX

CLASS R1 SHARES

CLASS R2 SHARES

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2010

This statement of additional information (“SAI”) is not a Prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus of U.S. Large Company Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (the “Fund,” or “DFAIDG”), dated February 28, 2010, as amended from time to time. The Class R1 shares of the Portfolio and the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are new classes of shares. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio are incorporated by reference from the Fund’s annual report to shareholders and the audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolio’s Master Fund are incorporated by reference from The DFA Investment Trust Company’s (the “Trust”) annual report to shareholders. The Prospectus and annual report can be obtained by writing to the Fund at the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

   1

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

   1

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

   2

FUTURES CONTRACTS

   3

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

   4

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

   4

SERVICES TO THE FUND

   13

ADVISORY FEES

   14

PORTFOLIO MANAGER

   15

GENERAL INFORMATION

   17

CODE OF ETHICS

   17

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

   17

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

   17

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   18

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

   18

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS

   19

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

   28

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   29

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   31

PERFORMANCE DATA

   31


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, it applies to the Portfolio and The U.S. Large Company Series (the “Master Fund”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”) through the Portfolio’s investment in the Master Fund. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus. The Portfolio currently offers three classes of shares: Institutional Class shares, Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio and the Master Fund, and provides administrative services to the Portfolio. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

The Portfolio and the Master Fund are diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structure of the Master Fund is based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that the Master Fund might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, the Master Fund and the issuer would be deemed affiliated persons and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between mutual funds and their affiliates might become applicable.

The Portfolio has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. Additionally, if the Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on the Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see the “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES” section in the Prospectus.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008, and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Master Fund paid total brokerage commissions of $167,104, $105,549 and $50,729, respectively. The substantial increases or decreases in the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Master Fund from year to year resulted primarily from asset changes that required increases or decreases in the amount of securities that were bought and sold by the Master Fund.

Portfolio transactions of the Master Fund will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. In addition, the Advisor will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of stocks being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected. Brokers will be selected with these goals in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers which effect transactions for the Master Fund to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolio invests. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission being paid by the Master Fund to its brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services.

Subject to obtaining best price and execution, transactions of the Master Fund, may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect the Master Fund’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by the Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor with investment research, such as reports concerning individual issuers, industries and general economic and financial trends and other research services. The Investment Management Agreement of the Master Fund permits the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or

 

1


Table of Contents

brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Master Fund.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Master Fund paid commissions for securities transactions to brokers which provided market price monitoring services, market studies, brokerage services and research services to the Master Fund, of $130,965 with respect to securities transactions valued at $561,769,304.

The Portfolio will not incur any brokerage or other costs in connection with its purchase or redemption of shares of the Master Fund, except if the Portfolio receives securities from the Master Fund to satisfy the Portfolio’s redemption request.

The Master Fund may purchase securities of its regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act). The table below lists the regular brokers or dealers of the Master Fund, whose securities (or securities of the broker’s or dealer’s parent company) were acquired by the Master Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as well as the value of such securities held by the Master Fund as of October 31, 2009.

 

     Broker or Dealer    Value of Securities

The U.S. Large Company Series

   Citigroup Inc.    $ 20,305,803

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

The Portfolio has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolio will not:

 

 

(1)

borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

 

 

(2)

make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall the Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

 

(3)

purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent the Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

 

(4)

purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent the Portfolio from: (i) engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon; or (ii) investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

 

 

(5)

purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, the Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

 

 

(6)

engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others;

 

 

(7)

acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry;

 

 

(8)

sell securities short; or

 

2


Table of Contents
 

(9)

issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

The investment limitations described in (5) and (7) above do not prohibit the Portfolio from investing all or substantially all of its assets in the shares of one or more registered, open-end investment companies, such as the Master Fund. The investment limitations of a Master Fund are similar to those of the corresponding Feeder Portfolio.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, the Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by the Portfolio. The Portfolio does not currently intend to borrow money for investment purposes.

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, the Portfolio is authorized to lend portfolio securities. Inasmuch as the Portfolio will only hold shares of the Master Fund, the Portfolio does not intend to lend those shares.

The Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid securities, which limits investments in illiquid securities to 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets. Further, pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), the Master Fund may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on holdings of illiquid securities. While maintaining oversight, the Board of Trustees of the Trust has delegated the day-to-day function of making liquidity determinations to the Advisor. For Rule 144A securities to be considered liquid, there must be at least two dealers making a market in such securities. After purchase, the Board of Trustees and the Advisor will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to the Portfolio’s and Master Fund’s investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. The Master Fund will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (“FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges, and FCMs may establish margin requirements which are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes, to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in a repayment of excess margin to the custodial accounts of the Master Fund. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. The Master Fund expects to earn income on its margin deposits. The Master Fund intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3 (z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Master Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation) or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that the Master Fund has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the Master Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Master Fund has entered into.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price

 

3


Table of Contents

movements, the Master Fund would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if the Master Fund has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures which are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, the Master Fund (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable interpretations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that the Master Fund may use by entering into futures transactions.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

The Master Fund engages in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. The Master Fund may invest cash in short-term repurchase agreements. In addition, the Master Fund may invest a portion of its assets, in short-term fixed income obligations; index futures contracts and options thereon; and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the Master Fund will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor. Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

The Board of Directors of the Fund is responsible for establishing Fund policies and for overseeing the management of the Fund. The Directors of the Fund, including all of the disinterested Directors, have adopted written procedures to monitor potential conflicts of interest that might develop between the Portfolio and the Master Fund.

The Board has three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Portfolio Performance and Service Review Committee (“Performance Committee”). The Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Audit Committee is a disinterested Director. The Audit Committee for the Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Fund’s internal controls, the Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee for the Board recommends the appointment of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings held for the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

The Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Nominating Committee is a disinterested Director. The Nominating Committee for the Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee of the Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. There were no Nominating Committee meetings held for the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of the Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of the Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying

 

4


Table of Contents

Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Board’s Performance Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Abbie J. Smith, John P. Gould and Myron S. Scholes. Each member of the Fund’s Performance Committee is a disinterested Director. The Performance Committee regularly reviews and monitors the investment performance of the Fund’s series, including the Portfolio, and reviews the performance of the Fund’s service providers. There were six Performance Committee meetings held for the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and each interested Director of the Fund is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of the Fund and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1
and

Length
of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5
Years

  

Portfolios within
the DFA Fund
Complex2

Overseen

  

Other Directorships of

Public Companies Held

George M. Constantinides

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 62

  

Director

   Since
1993
  

Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

None

John P. Gould

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 71

  

Director

   Since
1993
  

Steven G. Rothmeier Distinguished Service Professor of Economics, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1965). Member of the Board of Milwaukee Insurance Company (since 1997). Member and Chair, Competitive Markets Advisory Council, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (futures trading exchange) (since 2004). Formerly, Director of UNext Inc. (1999-2006).

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

Trustee, Harbor Funds (registered investment company) (27 Portfolios) (since 1994).

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT 06520-8200

Age: 66

  

Director

   Since
1993
  

Professor in Practice of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Director, BIRR Portfolio Analysis, Inc. (software products) (since 1990). Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (since 2006). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Chairman, Ibbotson Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL (software, data, publishing and consulting) (1977-2006).

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

None

 

5


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1
and

Length
of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5
Years

  

Portfolios within
the DFA Fund
Complex2

Overseen

  

Other Directorships of

Public Companies Held

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road

Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 68

  

Director

   Since
1993
  

Frank E. Buck Professor Emeritus of Finance, Stanford University (since 1981). Formerly, Chairman, Platinum Grove Asset Management L.P. (hedge fund) (formerly, Oak Hill Platinum Partners) (since 1999-2009). Formerly, Managing Partner, Oak Hill Capital Management (private equity firm) (until 2004). Formerly, Director, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (2001-2008).

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (40 Portfolios) (since 1980).

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 56

  

Director

   Since
2000
  

Boris and Irene Stern Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980); Co-Director Investment Research, Fundamental Investment Advisors (hedge fund) (since 2008).

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

Director, HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture) (since 2000); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (5 portfolios) (since 2009).

Interested Directors

The following Interested Directors are described as such because they are deemed to be “interested persons,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to their positions with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1

and
Length
of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past
5 Years

  

Portfolios within
the DFA Fund
Complex2

Overseen

  

Other Directorships of

Public Companies Held

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road,

Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 63

  

Chairman,
Director,
President
and Co-
Chief
Executive
Officer

   Since
1992
  

Chairman, Director/Trustee, President, Co-Chief Executive Officer and, formerly, Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (2003 to 3/30/2007) of the following companies: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, the Fund, Dimensional Investment Group Inc. and The DFA Investment Trust Company. Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Holdings Inc. and formerly Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (until 3/30/2007). Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and formerly, Chief Investment Officer. Director of DFA Australia Limited and formerly, President and Chief Investment Officer. Formerly, Director of Dimensional Funds PLC. Limited Partner, Oak Hill Partners (since 2001) and VSC Investors, LLC (since 2007). Trustee, University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Formerly, Director, SA Funds (registered investment company). Chairman, Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

None

 

6


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1
and

Length
of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5
Years

  

Portfolios within
the DFA Fund
Complex2

Overseen

  

Other Directorships of

Public Companies Held

Eduardo A. Repetto

6300 Bee Cave Road,

Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 43

  

Director,
Co-Chief
Executive
Officer
and Chief
Investment
Officer

   Since
2009
  

Co-Chief Executive Officer (beginning January 2010), Chief Investment Officer (beginning March 2007) and formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings, DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, the Fund, Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of all such entities except Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC, Chief Investment Officer, Vice President and Director of DFA Australia Limited. Subject to regulatory approval, Director, Dimensional Fund, Advisors Ltd.

  

87 portfolios in 4 investment companies

  

None

 

1

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

2

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Fund; Dimensional Investment Group Inc.; The DFA Investment Trust Company; and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund. Each Disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolio of the Fund in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name

  

Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares

Owned in All Funds Overseen by Director in
Family of Investment Companies

Disinterested Directors:

     

George M. Constantinides

   None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

John P. Gould

   None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds **

Roger G. Ibbotson

   None    Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Myron S. Scholes

   None    $50,001-$100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Abbie J. Smith

   None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds **

Interested Directors:

   None   

David G. Booth

   None    Over $100,000

Eduardo A. Repetto

   U.S. Large Company Portfolio - $50,001 - $100,000    Over $100,000

 

**

As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same period. The table also provides the compensation paid by the Fund to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

 

7


Table of Contents

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the Fund
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as
Part of
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual Benefit
upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from Funds
and DFA Fund
Complex Paid
to Directors†

George M. Constantinides

Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

John P. Gould

Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Roger G. Ibbotson

Director

   $ 105,551    N/A    N/A    $ 185,000

Robert C. Merton**

Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Myron S. Scholes

Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Abbie J. Smith

Director

   $ 99,974    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Christopher S. Crossan

Chief Compliance Officer

   $ 196,702    N/A    N/A      N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory or administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.

*

Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 is as follows: $185,000 (Mr. Ibbotson); $25,000 (Mr. Scholes); and $25,000 (Ms. Smith). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability; or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.

**

Mr. Merton resigned from the Board effective December 1, 2009.

Officers

Below is the name, age, information regarding positions with the Fund and the principal occupation for each officer of the Fund. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the following entities: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, the Fund, Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (collectively, the “DFA Entities”).

 

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of
Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

April A. Aandal

Age: 47

  

Vice President and

Chief Learning Officer

  

Since 2008

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Learning Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2008). Formerly Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004-2008)

Darryl D. Avery

Age: 43

  

Vice President

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

 

8


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Arthur H. Barlow

Age: 54

  

Vice President

  

Since 1993

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Scott A. Bosworth

Age: 41

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since November 1997).

Valerie A. Brown

Age: 43

  

Vice President and

Assistant Secretary

  

Since 2001

  

Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

David P. Butler

Age: 45

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2008). Formerly, Director US Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2005).

Patrick E. Carter

Age: 48

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Director of Merrill Lynch Retirement Group (December 1998 to March 2006).

Joseph H. Chi

Age: 43

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2005). Prior to October 2005, Corporate Counsel at Hewitt Associates (July 2002 – August 2005)

Stephen A. Clark

Age: 37

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Robert P. Cornell

Age: 60

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Financial Services Group of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since August 1993).

Christopher S. Crossan

Age: 44

  

Vice President and

Chief Compliance Officer

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of all the DFA Entities.

James L. Davis

Age: 53

  

Vice President

  

Since 1999

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Robert T. Deere

Age: 52

  

Vice President

  

Since 1994

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited.

Peter F. Dillard

Age: 38

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP (since August 2008). Formerly, Research Assistant for DFA from April 2006 – August 2008. Prior to April 2006, Manager at Hilton Hotels Corp. (September 2004 – April 2006).

Robert W. Dintzner

Age: 39

  

Vice President

  

Since 2001

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Communications Officer (since 2010).

Beth Ann Dranguet

Age: 39

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2007). Formerly, Associate at Vinson & Elkins LLP (September 1999 – July 2007).

Kenneth Elmgren

Age: 55

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Managing Principal of Beverly Capital (May 2004 to September 2006).

Richard A. Eustice

Age: 44

  

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

  

Since 1998

  

Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since July 2008). Formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Eugene F. Fama, Jr.

Age: 49

  

Vice President

  

Since 1993

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Gretchen A. Flicker

Age: 38

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jed S. Fogdall

Age: 35

  

Vice President

  

Since 2008

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2004).

Glenn S. Freed

Age: 48

  

Vice President

  

Since 2001

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeremy P. Freeman

Age: 39

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Technology Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2006). Formerly, Principal at AIM Investments/Amvescap PLC (now Invesco) (June 1998 – June 2006).

Mark R. Gochnour

Age: 42

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

 

9


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Henry F. Gray

Age: 42

  

Vice President

  

Since 2000

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

John T. Gray

Age: 35

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (January 2005 to February 2007).

Darla M. Hastings

Age: 54

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Marketing Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Senior Vice President, Customer Experience for Benchmark Assisted Living (May 2005 to April 2006); Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of State Street Corporation (September 2001 to October 2005).

Joel H. Hefner

Age: 42

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 1998).

Julie C. Henderson

Age: 35

  

Vice President and Fund Controller

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President and Fund Controller of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (July 1996 to April 2005).

Kevin B. Hight

Age: 42

  

Vice President

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to March 2005).

Christine W. Ho

Age: 42

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeff J. Jeon

Age: 36

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Patrick M. Keating

Age: 55

  

Vice President

  

Since 2003

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director, Vice President, and Chief Privacy Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of DFA Australia Limited.

David M. Kershner

Age: 38

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2004).

Joseph F. Kolerich

Age: 38

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since April 2001).

Michael F. Lane

Age: 42

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Kristina M. LaRusso

Age: 34

  

Vice President

  

Since 2006

  

Vice President of all DFA Entities. Formerly, Operations Supervisor of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to December 2006).

Inmoo Lee

Age: 43

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all DFA Entities. Associate Professor, Department of Finance and Accounting, Business School, National University of Singapore (7/2004 - present) Associate Professor, College of Business Administration, Korea University (9/2001 - 5/2006).

Juliet H. Lee

Age: 39

  

Vice President

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Human Resources Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2004).

Apollo D. Lupescu

Age: 40

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since February 2004).

Kenneth M. Manell

Age: 37

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2006). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel at Castle & Cooke (January 2004 – September 2006).

Aaron M. Marcus

Age: 39

  

Vice President and Head of Global Human Resources

  

Since 2008

  

Vice President of all DFA Entities and Head of Global Human Resources of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Global Head of Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (June 2006 to January 2008); Global Co-Head of HR of the Equities & FICC Division, and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (May 2005 to May 2006); Head of Americas Campus Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (April 2003 to May 2005).

 

10


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

David R. Martin

Age: 53

  

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC. Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Janus Capital Group Inc. (June 2005 to March 2007); Senior Vice President of Finance at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (March 1999 to May 2005).

Catherine L. Newell

Age: 45

  

Vice President and Secretary

  

Vice President since 1997 and Secretary since 2000

  

Vice President and Secretary of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President and Secretary of DFA Australia Limited. Director, Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since February 2002, April 1997, and May 2002, respectively). Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC (since 2002 and 2006, respectively).

Christian Newton

Age: 34

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Web Services Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Design Manager (2005 – 2008) and Web Developer (2002 – 2005) of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Carolyn L. O

Age: 35

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2007). Prior to September 2007, Associate at K&L Gates LLP (January 2004 – September 2007).

Gerard K. O’Reilly

Age: 33

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004 to 2006).

Daniel C. Ong

Age: 36

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2005). Prior to 2005, Graduate Student at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business (2003-2005).

Kyle K. Ozaki

Age: 31

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Compliance Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Compliance Officer (February 2006 – December 2007) and Compliance Analyst (August 2004 – January 2006).

Carmen Palafox

Age: 35

  

Vice President

  

Since 2006

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Operations Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 1996).

Sonya K. Park

Age: 37

  

Vice President

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

David A. Plecha

Age: 48

  

Vice President

  

Since 1993

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Michael J. Porter

Age: 43

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2006). Formerly, Vice President, Client Services at Metropolitan West Asset Management (July 2001 – August 2006).

Theodore W. Randall

Age: 36

  

Vice President

  

Since 2008

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2006 to 2008); Systems Developer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2001 to 2006).

L. Jacobo Rodríguez

Age: 38

  

Vice President

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Institutional client service representative of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (August 2004 to July 2005)

Julie A. Saft

Age: 50

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Client Systems Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2008). Formerly, Senior Manager at Vanguard (November 1997 – July 2008).

David E. Schneider

Age: 64

  

Vice President

  

Since 2001

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Institutional Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Walid A. Shinnawi

Age: 48

  

Vice President

  

Since 2010

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Senior Director at Moody’s KMV (1999-March 2006).

 

11


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Position

  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Bruce A. Simmons

Age: 45

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Investment Operations Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 2007). Formerly, Vice President Client and Fund Reporting at Mellon Financial (September 2005 – May 2007); Vice President Business Development at CUADPRO Marketing (July 2003 – September 2005).

Ted R. Simpson

Age: 41

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since December 2002).

Bryce D. Skaff

Age: 35

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (December 1999 to January 2007).

Grady M. Smith

Age: 53

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Carl G. Snyder

Age: 46

  

Vice President

  

Since 2000

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Lawrence R. Spieth

Age: 62

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Bradley G. Steiman

Age: 36

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Director and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Robert C. Trotter

Age: 51

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Manager Technology for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2007). Formerly, Director of Technology at AMVESCAP (2002 – 2007).

Karen E. Umland

Age: 43

  

Vice President

  

Since 1997

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Sunil Wahal

Age: 43

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (July 2008 – January 2009); Consultant to Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (September 2005 – July 2008); Jack D. Furst Professor of Finance at Arizona State University, WP Carey School of Business (July 2005 – July 2008); Associate Professor of Finance at Goizueta Business School, Emory University (1997 – 2005).

Brian J. Walsh

Age: 40

  

Vice President

  

Since 2009

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

Carol W. Wardlaw

Age: 51

  

Vice President

  

Since 2004

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Weston J. Wellington

Age: 58

  

Vice President

  

Since 1997

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Daniel M. Wheeler

Age: 64

  

Vice President

  

Since 2001

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Previously, Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since October 2003) and President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since June 2003).

Ryan J. Wiley

Age: 33

  

Vice President

  

Since 2007

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Trader of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Portfolio Manager (2006 to 2007) and Trader (2001 to 2006).

Paul E. Wise

Age: 54

  

Vice President

  

Since 2005

  

Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Technology Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

 

1

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

As of January 31, 2010, Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the Portfolio’s outstanding stock.

 

12


Table of Contents

SERVICES TO THE FUND

Administrative Services

The Fund has entered into an administration agreement with the Advisor on behalf of the Portfolio. Pursuant to the administration agreement, the Advisor will perform various services, including: supervision of the services provided by the Portfolio’s custodian and dividend disbursing agent and others who provide services to the Fund for the benefit of the Portfolio; assisting the Fund in complying with the provisions of federal, state, local and foreign securities, tax and other laws applicable to the Portfolio; providing shareholders with information about the Portfolio and their investments as they or the Fund may request; assisting the Portfolio in conducting meetings of shareholders of record; furnishing information as the Board of Directors may require regarding the Master Fund; and any other administrative services for the benefit of the Portfolio as the Board of Directors may reasonably request. The Advisor also provides the Fund with office space and personnel. For its administrative services, the Portfolio pays the Advisor a monthly fee equal to one-twelfth of 0.095% of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio.

Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive its administration fee and to assume the Portfolio’s direct and indirect expenses (including the expenses the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of its Master Fund) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Portfolio to 0.15% of the Institutional Class shares’ average net assets on an annualized basis. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by DFAIDG or the Advisor. Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R1 shares of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive its administration fee and to assume the Portfolio’s direct and indirect expenses (including the expenses the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of its Master Fund) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Class R1 shares of the Portfolio to 0.35% of the Class R1 shares’ average net assets on an annualized basis. Pursuant to the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R2 shares of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive its administration fee and to assume the Portfolio’s direct and indirect expenses (including the expenses the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of its Master Fund) to the extent necessary to limit the expenses of the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio to 0.50% of the Class R2 shares’ average net assets on an annualized basis. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements for the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio will remain in effect through March 1, 2011, and shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by DFAIDG or the Advisor. For additional information concerning the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreements, see “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” in the Prospectus

Each class of the Portfolio pays its proportionate share of the fees paid by the Portfolio to Advisor based on the average net assets of the classes. For the fiscal year ended October, 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, before any waiver of fees or recoupment of fees previously waived by the Advisor, the Portfolio’s administrative fees owed to the Advisor were $2,248,000, $2,852,000, and $3,049,000, respectively. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, after the waiver of fees or recoupment of fees previously waived by the Advisor, the Portfolio paid administrative fees to the Advisor of $1,763,000, $2,883,000 and $3,138,000, respectively.

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC Global”), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the accounting services, dividend disbursing and transfer agent for the Portfolio and the Master Fund. The services provided by PNC Global are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Board of Directors of the Fund, and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodians, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by PNC Global, the Master Fund pays PNC Global annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies and a group trust. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0110% of the Fund Complex’s first $50 billion of average net assets;

.0085% of the Fund Complex’s next $25 billion of average net assets; and

.0075% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $75 billion.

The fees charged to the Master Fund under the fee schedule are allocated to the Master Fund based on the Master Fund’s pro-rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex. The Master Fund is also subject to a monthly base fee of $1,666. The Portfolio is subject to a monthly fee of $1,000. The Portfolio also pays separate fees to PNC Global with respect to the services PNC Global provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent. The Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolios each pay a shareholder servicing

 

13


Table of Contents

administrative fee of $83.33 per month ($1,000 per year) to PNC Global for administrative and accounting services in connection with the assessment of shareholder services fees by the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares.

Shareholder Services

On behalf of the Portfolio, the Fund enters into agreements with Shareholder Services Agents to provide shareholder servicing, recordkeeping, account maintenance and other services to shareholders of the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares. For the array of services provided to Class R1 shareholders, the Fund pays such Shareholder Services Agents an amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Class R1 shares for such services. For the array of services provided to Class R2 shareholders, the Fund pays such Shareholder Services Agents an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Class R2 shares for such services.

Custodian

PFPC Trust Company, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as a custodian for the Portfolio and the Master Fund. The custodian maintains a separate account or accounts for the Portfolio and the Master Fund; receives, holds and releases portfolio securities on account of the Portfolio and the Master Fund; makes receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolio and the Master Fund; and collects and receives income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolio’s and Master Fund’s portfolio securities.

Distributor

The Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 1299 Ocean Avenue, Santa Monica, California 90401.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Fund by serving as the principal underwriter of the Fund’s shares. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement with the Fund, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Fund. No compensation is paid by the Fund to DFAS under the Distribution Agreement.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Fund. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Fund and audits the annual financial statements of the Fund. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth and Rex A. Sinquefield, as directors and/or officers of the Advisor and shareholders of the outstanding stock of the Advisor’s general partner, may be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Fund. For the services it provides as investment advisor to the Master Fund, the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Master Fund. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008, and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Master Fund paid advisory fees of $762,000, $981,000, and $1,201,000, respectively. The Advisor is paid no fee for the services it provides as investment advisor to the Portfolio. The Master Fund has more than one Feeder Portfolio and/or direct investor; this dollar amount represents the total dollar amount of advisory fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor. Each class of the Portfolio pays its proportionate share of the fees paid by the Portfolio to the Advisor based on the average net assets of the classes.

 

14


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO MANAGER

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Master Fund including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. Stephen A. Clark is the portfolio manager that coordinates the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of the Master Fund.

Investments in the Portfolio

Information relating to the portfolio manager’s ownership (including the ownership of his immediate family) in the Portfolio contained in this SAI that he manages as of October 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name of Portfolio
Manager

  

Portfolio

  

Dollar Range of

Portfolio Shares Owned

Stephen A. Clark

  

U.S. Large Company Portfolio

  

None

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and a bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as it deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

 

 

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

 

 

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegees. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets, the portfolio manager manages (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which the portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

15


Table of Contents

Name of Portfolio
Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed and

Total Assets by Category As of October 31, 2009

Stephen A. Clark

  

•   88 U.S. registered mutual funds with $104,620 million in total assets under management.

•   23 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $23,160 million in total assets under management. Out of these unregistered pooled investment vehicles, one client with an investment of $211million in an unregistered pooled investment vehicle pays a performance-based advisory fee.

•   70 other accounts with $7,541 million in total assets under management of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than the Master Fund and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Master Fund in which the Portfolio in this SAI invests substantially all of its assets), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to the Master Fund, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by the Master Fund. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

 

 

Time Management. The management of the Master Fund and Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of the Master Fund and Accounts. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Master Fund.

 

 

 

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by the Master Fund and other Accounts. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any Master Fund or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for the Master Fund or other Accounts, a Master Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across the Master Fund and all eligible Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across the Master Fund and multiple Accounts.

 

 

 

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Master Fund, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for the Master Fund and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Master Fund or the Account.

 

 

 

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

 

 

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his relatives may invest in an Account that he manages and a conflict may arise where he may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his relatives invests preferentially as compared to other Accounts for which he has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

 

16


Table of Contents

GENERAL INFORMATION

DFAIDG was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, DFAIDG was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc. The DFA Investment Trust Company was organized as a Delaware statutory trust (a form of entity formerly known as a business trust) on October 27, 1992. The Trust offers shares of its series only to institutional investors in private offerings.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Fund, the Trust, the Adviser and DFAS have adopted a Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolio and Master Fund. The Code is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolio and Master Fund, and their shareholders, with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio or Master Fund unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of the Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolio’s Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares, with identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption, liquidation, and other rights and preferences. With respect to matters which require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters which affect the interest of the class of shares (Portfolio) which they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of the Fund should occur, shareholders would be entitled to receive on a per class basis the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular portfolio. Ordinarily, the Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Fund’s by-laws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Fund, the latter being audited.

Whenever the Portfolio, as an investor in the Master Fund, is asked to vote on a shareholder proposal, the Fund will solicit voting instructions from the Portfolio’s shareholders with respect to the proposal. The Directors of the Fund will then vote the Portfolio’s shares in the Master Fund in accordance with the voting instructions received from the Portfolio’s shareholders. The Directors of the Fund will vote shares of the Portfolio for which they receive no voting instructions in accordance with their best judgment. If a majority shareholder of the Master Fund declares bankruptcy, a majority interest of the remaining shareholders in the Master Fund must vote to approve the continuing existence of the Master Fund or it will be liquidated.

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this Prospectus. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2010, the following person(s) beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding stock of the Portfolio, as set forth below:

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

   45.25

National Financial Services LLC*

200 Liberty Street

   11.04

 

17


Table of Contents

One World Financial Center

  

New York, NY 10281

  

Ameritrade, Inc. *

   8.60

1005 N. Ameritrade Place

  

Bellevue, NE 68005

  

 

*

Owner of record only (omnibus).

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Fund will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) is open for business, regardless of whether the Federal Reserve System is closed. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Fund will generally be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Fund is closed.

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of the Portfolio or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund or the Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of the Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Fund or its transfer agent may from time to time appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, the Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of the Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

Reimbursement fees may be charged prospectively from time to time based upon the future experience of the Portfolio, which is currently sold at net asset value. Any such charges will be described in the Prospectus.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC, (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets, and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

Shareholders may transfer shares of the Portfolio to another person by making a written request to the Advisor who will transmit the request to the Fund’s Transfer Agent. The request should clearly identify the account and number of shares to be transferred, and include the signature of all registered owners. The signature on the letter of request must be guaranteed in the same manner as described in the Prospectus under “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” As with redemptions, the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

 

18


Table of Contents

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in the Portfolio. Unless you are invested in the Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of a Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Code and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

The tax consequences described below may be affected by special rules because the Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets in a Master Fund that is taxable as partnership for federal income tax purposes, and to the extent the Portfolio does not invest all of its assets in the Master Fund, it may invest in Underlying Funds organized as partnerships and/or corporations for federal income tax purposes. These rules could affect the amount, timing and character of income distributed to shareholders of the Portfolio.

Unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to the Portfolio includes the Portfolio’s pro rata share of its corresponding Master Fund’s income.

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in the Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolios

The Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. If the Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

 

 

Distribution Requirement —the Portfolio must distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its tax year are considered distributions attributable to the previous tax year for purposes of satisfying this requirement).

 

 

 

Income Requirement —the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTPs).

 

 

 

Asset Diversification Test —the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of QPTPs.

 

19


Table of Contents

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by the Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See, “Investment in Complex Securities” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, the Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

The Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If the Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that the Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. In addition, any such under-distribution of income might cause the Portfolio to fail to satisfy the Income Requirement and thereby not qualify as a regulated investment company for such taxable year.

If for any taxable year the Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends will be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance. It is possible that the Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate (except in a money market fund that maintains a stable net asset value) may result in higher taxes. This is because a Portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to generate more short-term and less long-term capital gain or loss than a comparable Portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance.

Capital loss carryovers. For federal income tax purposes, the Portfolio is permitted to carry forward its net realized capital losses, if any, for eight years as a short-term capital loss and use such losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset net capital gains without being required to pay taxes on, or distribute, such gains that are offset by the losses. However, the amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year may be limited if the Portfolio experiences an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. An ownership change generally results when the shareholders owning 5% or more of a fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers that expire unused, thereby reducing the Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. A Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another Portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond the Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Undistributed capital gains. The Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. The Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carry forward) at the highest corporate tax rate (currently 35%). If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

 

20


Table of Contents

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, the Code requires the Portfolio to distribute to you by December 31 of each year, at a minimum, the following amounts: 98% of its taxable ordinary income earned during the calendar year; 98% of its capital gain net income earned during the twelve-month period ending October 31; and 100% of any undistributed amounts from the prior year. The Portfolio intends to declare and pay these distributions in December (or to pay them in January, in which case you must treat them as received in December) but can give no assurances that its distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.

Distributions of Net Investment Income

The Portfolio receives or derives income generally in the form of its share of dividends and interest earned by the Master Fund. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of the Portfolio, constitutes its net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, any distributions by the Portfolio from such income (other than qualified dividend income received by individuals) will be taxable to you at ordinary income tax rates, whether you take them in cash or in additional shares. A portion of the income dividends paid to shareholders by the Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of Capital Gains

The Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the Portfolio. Any net capital gain of the Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of Capital

If the Portfolio’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in the Portfolio and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. Any return of capital in excess of a shareholder’s basis, however, is taxable as a capital gain.

Information on the Amount and Tax Character of Distributions

The Portfolio will inform you of the amount and character of your distributions at the time they are paid, and will advise you of the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, the Portfolio may designate and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividends, or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders the Portfolio may further designate and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by the Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable to you as if they were paid in December.

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of the Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

 

21


Table of Contents

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Cost basis reporting. Under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the Portfolio’s administrative agent will be required to provide you with cost basis information on the sale of any of your shares in the Portfolio, subject to certain exceptions. This cost basis reporting requirement is effective for shares purchased in the Portfolio on or after January 1, 2012.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886.

U.S. Government Securities

To the extent the Portfolio, through its investment in the Master Fund, invests in certain U.S. government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio to shareholders that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Master Fund. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Qualified Dividend Income for Individuals

For individual shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by the Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible for taxation at long-term capital gain rates. This reduced rate generally is available for dividends paid by the Portfolio out of dividends earned on the Portfolio’s investment in stocks of domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations.

Both the Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, the Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. The ex-dividend date is the first date following the declaration of a dividend on which the purchaser of stock is not entitled to receive the dividend payment. When counting the number of days you held your Portfolio shares, include the day you sold your shares but not the day you acquired these shares.

While the income received in the form of a qualified dividend is taxed at the same rates as long-term capital gains, such income will not be considered as a long-term capital gain for other federal income tax purposes. For example, you will not be allowed to offset your long-term capital losses against qualified dividend income on your federal income tax return. Any qualified dividend income that you elect to be taxed at these reduced rates also cannot be used as investment income in determining your allowable investment interest expense. For other limitations on the amount of or use of qualified dividend income on your income tax return, please contact your personal tax advisor.

After the close of its fiscal year, the Portfolio will designate the portion of its ordinary dividend income that meets the definition of qualified dividend income taxable at reduced rates. If 95% or more of the Portfolio’s income is from qualified sources, it will be allowed to designate 100% of its ordinary income distributions as qualified dividend income.

This favorable taxation of qualified dividend income at long-term capital gain tax rates expires and will no longer apply to dividends paid by the Portfolio with respect to its taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 (sunset date), unless such provision is extended or made permanent.

 

22


Table of Contents

Dividends-Received Deduction for Corporations

For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by the Portfolio may qualify for the dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by the Portfolio that so qualifies will be designated each year in a notice mailed to the Portfolio’s shareholders, and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations that would have qualified for the dividends-received deduction in the hands of the Portfolio if the Portfolio was a regular corporation. Dividends paid by certain Portfolios from interest on debt securities or dividends earned on portfolio securities of non-U.S. issuers are not expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions imposed under the Code on the corporation claiming the deduction. The amount that the Portfolio may designate as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Even if designated as dividends eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation.

Limitation on Deductibility of Losses

Losses incurred on the sale of securities by the Portfolio (or corresponding Master Fund) to another Portfolio or Master Fund will be disallowed if, as of the date of sale, the selling and purchasing funds are considered related parties. If the selling and purchasing funds are both Portfolios (i.e., both corporations), they are treated as related parties if five or fewer persons, who are individuals, estates or trusts, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. If the selling and purchasing funds are both Master Funds (i.e., both partnerships) or a Master Fund and a Portfolio (i.e., a corporation and a partnership), they are treated as related parties if the same persons own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. Under attribution rules, the shareholders of a Feeder Portfolio would be considered to own the shares of the corresponding Master Fund on a pro rata basis for purposes of applying the loss disallowance rule. Other attribution rules may apply.

Investment in Complex Securities

The Portfolio may invest in complex securities and such investments may be subject to numerous special and complicated tax rules. These rules could affect whether gains or losses recognized by the Portfolio are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Portfolio, defer the Portfolio’s ability to recognize losses, and subject the Portfolio to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of the Portfolio’s foreign investments. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing and/or tax character of a Portfolio’s income and, in turn, of the income distributed to you.

Derivatives. The Portfolio is permitted to invest in certain options, futures and foreign currency contracts. If the Portfolio makes these investments, it could be required to mark-to-market these contracts and recognize for federal income tax purposes any unrealized gains and losses at its fiscal year end even though it continues to hold the contracts. Under these rules, gains or losses on the contracts generally would be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term gains or losses, but gains or losses on certain foreign currency contracts would be treated as ordinary income or losses. In determining its net income for excise tax purposes, the Portfolio also would be required to mark-to-market these contracts annually as of October 31 (for capital gain net income and ordinary income arising from certain foreign currency contracts), and to realize and distribute any resulting income and gains.

Securities Lending. While securities are loaned out by the Portfolio, the Portfolio will generally receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 70% dividends received deduction for corporations.

Short sales. The Portfolio’s entry into a short sale transaction or an option or other contract could be treated as the “constructive sale” of an “appreciated financial position,” causing it to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.

 

23


Table of Contents

Tax straddles. The Portfolio’s investment in options, futures and foreign currency contracts in connection with certain hedging transactions could cause the Portfolio to hold offsetting positions in securities. If the Portfolio’s risk of loss with respect to specific securities in its portfolio is substantially diminished by the fact that it holds other securities, the Portfolio could be deemed to have entered into a tax “straddle” or to hold a “successor position” that would require any loss realized by it to be deferred for tax purposes.

Convertible debt. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by the Portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount which accrued during the period of time the Portfolio held the debt obligation unless the Portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If the Portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the Portfolio is generally required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount which accrues during such year. Therefore, the Portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the Portfolio to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, the Portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of Portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for the Portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent the Portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when the Portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent the Portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Credit default swap agreements. The Portfolio may be permitted to enter into credit default swap agreements. The rules governing the tax aspects of swap agreements that provide for contingent nonperiodic payments of this type are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain aspects. Accordingly, while the Portfolio intends to account for such transactions in a manner deemed to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. The Portfolio intends to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Portfolio to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Portfolio will be able to engage in credit default swap agreements.

Investment in U.S. REITs. A U.S. REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to the Portfolio will be treated as long term capital gains by the Portfolio and, in turn, may be distributed by the Portfolio to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Such Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may require the Portfolio to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Portfolio may be required to sell securities in its portfolio that it otherwise would have continued to hold (including when it is not advantageous to do so). The Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may at other times result in the Portfolio’s receipt of cash in excess of the U.S. REIT’s earnings; if the Portfolio distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to Portfolio shareholders for federal income tax purposes. If a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a U.S. REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see

 

24


Table of Contents

Investment in Complex Securities—Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income)” and “Non-U.S. Investors—Investment in U.S. real property” below with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income). The Portfolio may be permitted to invest in U.S. REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) or which are, or have certain wholly-owned subsidiaries that are, “taxable mortgage pools.” Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of the Portfolio’s income from a U.S. REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or equity interests in a taxable mortgage pool (referred to in the Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the Portfolio, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities and tax-exempt organizations that are not subject to tax on UBTI) is a record holder of a share in the Portfolio, then the Portfolio will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. While the Portfolios do not intend to invest in U.S. REITs, a substantial portion of the assets of which generates excess inclusion income, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

These rules are potentially applicable to any Portfolio that receives income from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S. REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a Portfolio with a non-REIT strategy. Shareholders should talk to their tax advisors about the potential tax consequences of the Portfolio’s receipt and distribution of excess inclusion income.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. The Portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by the Portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Portfolio, requiring the Portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, the Portfolio must withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 

 

 

provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

 

 

 

certify that this number is correct,

 

 

 

certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

 

 

 

certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

The Portfolio also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 28% of any dividends or proceeds paid. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

 

25


Table of Contents

In general. The United States imposes a flat 30% withholding tax (or a withholding tax at a lower treaty rate) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by the Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for exempt-interest dividends, capital gain dividends paid by the Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, and with respect to taxable years of the Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by the Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend designated by the Portfolio and paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) with respect to taxable years of the Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), a short-term capital gain dividend designated by the Portfolio and paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below) are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. With respect to taxable years of the Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), dividends designated by a Portfolio as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which the Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is designated by the Portfolio as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the designation is based on an estimate of the Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year end. As a consequence, a Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding, or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for the Portfolio to designate, and the Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not designate, small amounts of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, the Portfolio’s designation of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; effectively connected income. Ordinary dividends paid by the Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. If you hold your Portfolio shares in connection with a U.S. trade or business, your income and gains will be considered effectively connected income and taxed in the U.S. on a net basis, in which case you may be required to file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property. The Portfolio may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in U.S. real property, including U.S. Real Estate Investment Trusts (U.S. REIT). The sale of a U.S. real property interest (USRPI) by the Portfolio or by a U.S. REIT or U.S. real property holding corporation in which the Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to the Portfolio’s non-U.S. shareholders.

The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (FIRPTA) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a USRPI as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a regulated investment company

 

26


Table of Contents

(RIC) received from a U.S. REIT or another RIC classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation or realized by the RIC on a sale of a USRPI (other than a domestically controlled U.S. REIT or RIC that is classified as a qualified investment entity) if all of the following requirements are met:

 

 

 

The RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC is classified as a “qualified investment entity” with respect to a distribution to a non-U.S. person which is attributable directly or indirectly to a distribution from a U.S. REIT if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consists of interests in U.S. REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations, and

 

 

 

You are a non-U.S. shareholder that owns more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

 

 

 

If these conditions are met, such Portfolio distributions to you are treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 35%, and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

 

 

 

In addition, even if you do not own more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares, but the Portfolio is a qualified investment entity, such Portfolio distributions to you will be taxable as ordinary dividends rather than as a capital gain dividend (a distribution of long-term capital gains) or a short-term capital gain dividend subject to withholding at the 30% or lower treaty withholding rate.

These rules apply to dividends paid by the Portfolio before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), except that after this date, the Portfolio’s distributions from a U.S. REIT (whether or not domestically controlled) attributable to FIRPTA gain will continue to be subject to the withholding rules described above provided the Portfolio would otherwise be classified as a qualified investment entity.

Because the Portfolio expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, the Portfolio expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Portfolio shares nor Portfolio dividends and distributions would be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax. As of the date of this Registration Statement, the U.S. federal estate tax is repealed for one year for decedents dying on or after January 1, 2010 and before January 1, 2011, unless reinstated earlier, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010. On and after the date the U.S. federal estate tax is reinstated, an individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, the Portfolio may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount. In addition, a partial exemption from U.S estate tax may apply to Portfolio shares held by the estate of a nonresident decedent. The amount treated as exempt is based upon the proportion of the assets held by the Portfolio at the end of the quarter immediately preceding the decedent’s death that are debt obligations, deposits, or other property that would generally be treated as situated outside the United States if held directly by the estate. This provision applies to decedents dying after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2010, unless such provision is extended or made permanent. Transfers by gift of shares of the Portfolio by a non-U.S. shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. back up withholding imposed at a rate of 28% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, a non-U.S. shareholder must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect.

 

27


Table of Contents

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Portfolio.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of Trustees of the Trust has delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the Master Fund to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Risk Metrics Group, Inc. (“RMG”), an independent third party, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolio and Master Fund, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Master Fund as understood by the Advisor at the time of the vote. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the Master Fund in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Most proxies that the Advisor receives will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies are voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, it normally will not be necessary for the Advisor to make an actual determination of how to vote a particular proxy, thereby largely eliminating conflicts of interest for the Advisor during the proxy voting process. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the Master Fund, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of RMG), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the Master Fund. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of the Master Fund in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

The Advisor will usually vote proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to vote counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the Portfolio or Master Fund would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the

 

28


Table of Contents

analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the Portfolio or Master Fund.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of the Portfolio or Master Fund and which seeks to maximize the value of that Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s investments. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of the Portfolio or Master Fund to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of the Portfolio or Master Fund and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor may be unable to vote.

The Advisor and the Fund have retained Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (ISS), which was acquired by RMG to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. RMG will provide information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effect votes on behalf of the Portfolio and Master Fund; and provide reports concerning the proxies voted. In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor may consider the recommendations of RMG on proxy issues, the Advisor remains ultimately responsible for all proxy voting decisions.

Information regarding how the Master Fund voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) upon request, by calling collect: (512) 306-7400 or (ii) on the Advisor’s website at http://www.dimensional.com and (iii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Board of Directors of the Fund and Board of Trustees of the Trust (together, the “Boards”) have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolio and Master Fund (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolio and Master Fund, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules and regulations.

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. The Portfolio and Master Fund generally disclose up to twenty-five of the Master Fund’s largest portfolio holdings and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the Master Fund’s total assets (“largest holdings”), as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within twenty days after the end of each month. This online disclosure may also include information regarding the Master Fund’s industry allocations. The Portfolio and Master Fund generally discloses the Master Fund’s complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, two months following the month-end, or more frequently and at different periods when authorized by a Designated Person (as defined below).

 

29


Table of Contents

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. Each of the Advisor’s Chairmen, Director of Institutional Services, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading and General Counsel (together, the “Designated Persons”) may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about the Master Fund’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to Recipients under the Nondisclosure Agreement is not subject to a time delay before dissemination. Designated Persons may also approve the distribution of Holdings Information for the Portfolio more frequently or at a period other than as described above.

As of January 31, 2010, the Advisor and the Master Fund had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

Recipient

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

PFPC Trust Company

  

Fund Custodian

  

Daily

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.

  

Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent and Transfer Agent

  

Daily

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

  

Independent registered public accounting firm

  

Upon Request

Citibank, N.A.

  

Middle office operational support service provider to the Advisor

  

Daily

Bank of New York

  

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

  

Upon request

Evaluation Associates LLC

  

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

  

Upon Request

Victorian Fund Management Corporation

  

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

  

Upon request

Wurts & Associates

  

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

  

Monthly

CTC Consulting, Inc.

  

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

  

Quarterly

Cuprum AFP

  

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

  

Quarterly

Marquette Associates, Inc.

  

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

  

Upon Request

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. None of the Portfolio, the Master Fund, the Advisor or any other party receives any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS or any affiliated person of the Fund, the Trust, the Advisor or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders, the Portfolio and the Master Fund, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders, in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable business judgment that (1) the Portfolio or Master Fund, as applicable, has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

 

30


Table of Contents

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer is also responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Fund and Trust; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://www.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits the Portfolio, the Master Fund, the Advisor or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio or Master Fund or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolio and Master Fund to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. PwC audits the Fund’s annual financial statements. The Class R1 shares of each Portfolio and the Class R2 shares of each Portfolio had not been offered as of October 31, 2009. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI. The audited financial statements of the Master Fund for the Trust’s fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Trust’s annual report to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

A shareholder may obtain a copy of the annual reports, upon request and without charge, by contacting the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI.

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolio may compare its investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations which track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolio may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolio or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of the Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

31


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

ISS Governance Services

Concise Summary of 2009

U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2009

1. Operational Items:

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

 

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

 

 

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

 

 

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

 

 

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

 

 

Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account:

 

 

The tenure of the audit firm;

 

 

 

The length of rotation specified in the proposal;

 

 

 

Any significant audit-related issues at the company;

 

 

 

The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;

 

 

 

The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and

 

 

 

Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.

2. Board of Directors:

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Vote on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

 

 

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:

 

 

 

Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;

 

 

 

Pattern of absenteeism; and

 

 

 

Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;

 

 

 

Sit on more than six public company boards;*

 

 

 

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from all nominees of the board of directors, (except from new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis) if:

 

 

 

The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75% of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the directors involved. If this information cannot be obtained, vote against/withhold from all incumbent directors;

 

 

 

The company’s poison pill has a dead-hand or modified dead-hand feature. Vote against/withhold every year until this feature is removed;

 

*

Dimensional will screen votes otherwise subject to this policy based on the qualifications and circumstances of the directors involved.

 

A-1


Table of Contents
 

 

The board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval, does not commit to putting it to shareholder vote within 12 months of adoption (or in the case of an newly public company, does not commit to put the pill to a shareholder vote within 12 months following the IPO), or reneges on a commitment to put the pill to a vote, and has not yet received a withhold/against recommendation for this issue;

 

 

 

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

 

 

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

 

 

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares;

 

 

 

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the underlying issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote;

 

 

 

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election- any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;

 

 

 

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only).

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Classification of Directors below) when:

 

 

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

 

 

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

 

 

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee;

 

 

 

The full board is less than majority independent.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

 

 

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive;

 

 

 

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

 

 

There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if poor accounting practices, which rise to a level of serious concern are indentified, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures.

Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions in determining whether negative vote recommendations are warranted against the members of the Audit Committee who are responsible for the poor accounting practices, or the entire board.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee if:

 

 

 

There is a negative correlation between the chief executive’s pay and company performance (see discussion under Equity Compensation Plans);

 

 

 

The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in their equity plan;

 

 

 

The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

 

 

 

The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment they made to shareholders;

 

 

 

The company has backdated options (see “Options Backdating” policy);

The company has poor compensation practices (see “Poor Pay Practices” policy). Poor pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors, individually or the entire board, for egregious actions or failure to replace management as appropriate.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:

The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:

 

 

 

Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

 

presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

 

 

serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;

 

 

 

approves information sent to the board;

 

 

 

approves meeting agendas for the board;

 

 

 

approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;

 

 

 

has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

 

 

if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;

 

 

 

Two-thirds independent board;

 

 

 

All independent key committees;

 

 

 

Established governance guidelines;

 

 

 

A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;

 

 

 

The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:

 

 

 

Egregious compensation practices;

 

 

 

Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;

 

 

 

Corporate and/or management scandals;

 

 

 

Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or

 

 

 

Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.

Majority Vote Shareholder Proposals

Generally vote FOR precatory and binding resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.

Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also know as a director resignation policy) that provides guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.

Performance/Governance Evaluation for Directors

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST on all director nominees if the board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers, measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only).

Evaluate board accountability and oversight at companies that demonstrate sustained poor performance. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

 

 

a classified board structure;

 

 

 

a supermajority vote requirement;

 

 

 

majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;

 

 

 

the inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

 

 

 

the inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

 

 

 

a dual-class structure; and/or

 

 

 

a non-shareholder approved poison pill.

If a company exhibits sustained poor performance coupled with a lack of board accountability and oversight, also take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics in the evaluation.

3. Proxy Contests

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

 

 

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

 

 

Management’s track record;

 

 

 

Background to the proxy contest;

 

 

 

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

 

A-3


Table of Contents
 

 

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

 

 

 

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

 

 

 

Stock ownership positions.

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote FOR the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election where the following apply:

 

 

 

The election of fewer than 50% of the directors to be elected is contested in the election;

 

 

 

One or more of the dissident’s candidates is elected;

 

 

 

Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors; and

 

 

 

The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the adoption of this bylaw.

4. Antitakeover Defenses and Voting Related Issues

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on advance notice proposals, giving support to proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations reasonably close to the meeting date and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory and shareholder review.

To be reasonable, the company’s deadline for shareholder notice of a proposal/ nominations must not be more than 60 days prior to the meeting, with a submittal window of at least 30 days prior to the deadline.

In general, support additional efforts by companies to ensure full disclosure in regard to a proponent’s economic and voting position in the company so long as the informational requirements are reasonable and aimed at providing shareholders with the necessary information to review such proposal.

Poison Pills

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

 

 

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

 

 

The board, in exercising its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this “fiduciary out” will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for poison pills to be put to a vote within a time period of less than one year after adoption. If the company has no non-shareholder approved poison pill in place and has adopted a policy with the provisions outlined above, vote AGAINST the proposal. If these conditions are not met, vote FOR the proposal, but with the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

 

 

No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

 

 

A term of no more than three years;

 

 

 

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

 

 

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOL pills”), the following factors should be considered:

 

 

 

the trigger (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);

 

 

 

the value of the NOLs;

 

 

 

the term;

 

 

 

shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, causing expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs); and

 

A-4


Table of Contents
 

 

other factors that may be applicable.

In addition, vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors, (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis) if the board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval, does not commit to putting it to a shareholder vote within 12 months of adoption (or in the case of a newly public company, does not commit to put the pill to a shareholder vote within 12 months following the IPO), or reneges on a commitment to put the pill to a vote, and has not yet received a withhold recommendation for this issue.

5. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

Overall Approach

For mergers and acquisitions, review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

 

 

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

 

 

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

 

 

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

 

 

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

 

 

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

 

 

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

6. State of Incorporation

Reincorporation Proposals

Evaluate management or shareholder proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns including the following:

 

 

 

Reasons for reincorporation;

 

 

 

Comparison of company’s governance practices and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation; and

 

 

 

Comparison of corporation laws of original state and destination state

Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

7. Capital Structure

Common Stock Authorization

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:

 

 

 

Specific reasons/ rationale for the proposed increase;

 

 

 

The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by ISS’ quantitative model;

 

 

 

The board’s governance structure and practices; and

 

 

 

Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable cap when a company’s shares are in danger of being delisted or if a company’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.

Preferred Stock

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:

 

 

 

Specific reasons/ rationale for the proposed increase;

 

 

 

The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by ISS’ quantitative model;

 

A-5


Table of Contents
 

 

The board’s governance structure and practices; and

 

 

 

Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock).

Vote FOR proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).

Vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose.

8. Executive and Director Compensation

Equity Compensation Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

 

 

 

The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;

 

 

 

The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciation rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;

 

 

 

The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards;

 

 

 

The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% and the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;

 

 

 

The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or

 

 

 

The plan is a vehicle for poor pay practices.

Poor Pay Practices

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from compensation committee members, CEO, and potentially the entire board, if the company has poor compensation practices. Vote AGAINST equity plans if the plan is a vehicle for poor compensation practices.

The following practices, while not exhaustive, are examples of poor compensation practices that may warrant withhold vote recommendations:

 

 

 

Egregious employment contracts - Contracts containing multi-year guarantees for salary increases, bonuses and equity compensation;

 

 

 

Excessive perks/tax reimbursements:

 

 

 

Overly generous perquisites, which may include, but are not limited to the following: personal use of corporate aircraft, personal security system maintenance and/or installation, car allowances;

 

 

 

Reimbursement of income taxes on executive perquisites or other payments;

 

 

 

Perquisites for former executives, such as car allowances, personal use of corporate aircraft or other inappropriate arrangements;

Abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage or proper disclosure - Performance metrics that are changed, canceled or replaced during the performance period without adequate explanation of the action and the link to performance;

 

 

 

Egregious pension/SERP (supplemental executive retirement plan) payouts:

 

 

 

Inclusion of additional years of service not worked that result in significant payouts;

 

 

 

Inclusion of performance-based equity awards in the pension calculation;

 

 

 

New CEO with overly generous new hire package:

 

 

 

Excessive “make whole” provisions;

 

 

 

Any of the poor pay practices listed in this policy;

 

 

 

Excessive severance and/or change in control provisions:

 

 

 

Inclusion of excessive change in control or severance payments, especially those with a multiple in excess of 3X cash pay;

 

 

 

Payments upon an executive’s termination in connection with performance failure;

 

 

 

Change in control payouts without loss of job or substantial diminution of job duties (single-triggered);

 

 

 

New or materially amended employment or severance agreements that provide for modified single triggers, under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package;

 

A-6


Table of Contents
 

 

Liberal change in control definition in individual contracts or equity plans which could result in payments to executives without an actual change in control occurring;

 

 

 

New or materially amended employment or severance agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up. Modified gross-ups would be treated in the same manner as full gross-ups;

 

 

 

Perquisites for former executives such as car allowances, personal use of corporate aircraft or other inappropriate arrangements;

 

 

 

Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;

 

 

 

Poor disclosure practices:

 

 

 

Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;

 

 

 

Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;

 

 

 

Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained;

 

 

 

Internal Pay Disparity:

 

 

 

Excessive differential between CEO total pay and that of next highest paid named executive officer (NEO);

 

 

 

Options backdating (covered in a separate policy);

 

 

 

Other excessive compensation payouts or poor pay practices at the company.

Other Compensation Proposals and Policies

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay) Management Proposals

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for an advisory vote on executive compensation. Vote AGAINST these resolutions in cases where boards have failed to demonstrate good stewardship of investors’ interests regarding executive compensation practices.

For U.S. companies, consider the following factors in the context of each company’s specific circumstances and the board’s disclosed rationale for its practices:

Relative Considerations:

 

 

 

Assessment of performance metrics relative to business strategy, as discussed and explained in the CD&A;

 

 

 

Evaluation of peer groups used to set target pay or award opportunities;

 

 

 

Alignment of company performance and executive pay trends over time (e.g., performance down: pay down);

 

 

 

Assessment of disparity between total pay of the CEO and other Named Executive Officers (NEOs).

Design Considerations:

 

 

 

Balance of fixed versus performance-driven pay;

 

 

 

Assessment of excessive practices with respect to perks, severance packages, supplemental executive pension plans, and burn rates.

Communication Considerations:

 

 

 

Evaluation of information and board rationale provided in CD&A about how compensation is determined (e.g., why certain elements and pay targets are used, and specific incentive plan goals, especially retrospective goals);

 

 

 

Assessment of board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues (e.g., in responding to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics).

Employee Stock Purchase Plans— Non-Qualified Plans

Vote CASE-by-CASE on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:

 

 

 

Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company);

 

 

 

Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;

 

 

 

Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value;

 

 

 

No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution.

Vote AGAINST nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when any of the plan features do not meet the above criteria. If the company matching contribution exceeds 25 percent of employee’s contribution, evaluate the cost of the plan against its allowable cap.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:

 

 

 

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

 

 

Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

 

 

Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

A-7


Table of Contents
 

 

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

 

 

Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

 

 

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

 

 

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

 

 

Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Other Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals calling on companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals for which the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Share Buyback Holding Periods

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals prohibiting executives from selling shares of company stock during periods in which the company has announced that it may or will be repurchasing shares of its stock. Vote FOR the proposal when there is a pattern of abuse by executives exercising options or selling shares during periods of share buybacks.

Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While ISS favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

 

 

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:

 

 

 

Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or

 

 

 

A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or

 

 

 

A meaningful retention ratio,

 

 

 

Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.

 

 

 

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.

Tax Gross-Up Proposals

Generally vote FOR proposals asking companies to adopt a policy of not providing tax gross-up payments to executives, except where gross-ups are provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company, such as a relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

9. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Overall Approach

When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, ISS considers the following factors:

 

 

 

Whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value;

 

 

 

Whether the information requested concerns business issues that relate to a meaningful percentage of the company’s business as measured by sales, assets, and earnings;

 

 

 

The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues raised in the proposal could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to a boycott or selective purchasing;

 

 

 

Whether the issues presented are more appropriately/effectively dealt with through governmental or company-specific action;

 

 

 

Whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in the proposal;

 

 

 

Whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders are persuasive;

 

 

 

What other companies have done in response to the issue addressed in the proposal;

 

 

 

Whether the proposal itself is well framed and the cost of preparing the report is reasonable;

 

 

 

Whether implementation of the proposal’s request would achieve the proposal’s objectives;

 

 

 

Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board;

 

 

 

Whether the requested information is available to shareholders either from the company or from a publicly available source; and

 

 

 

Whether providing this information would reveal proprietary or confidential information that would place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Genetically Modified Ingredients

Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking suppliers, genetic research companies, restaurants and food retail companies to voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in their products and/or eliminate GE ingredients. The cost of labeling and/or phasing out the use of GE ingredients may not be commensurate with the benefits to shareholders and is an issue better left to regulators.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of labeling products containing GE ingredients taking into account:

 

 

 

The company’s business and the proportion of it affected by the resolution;

 

 

 

The quality of the company’s disclosure on GE product labeling, related voluntary initiatives, and how this disclosure compares with industry peer disclosure; and

 

 

 

Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling, including information on the related costs.

Generally vote AGAINST proposals seeking a report on the social, health, and environmental effects of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Studies of this sort are better undertaken by regulators and the scientific community.

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to completely phase out GE ingredients from the company’s products or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products. Such resolutions presuppose that there are proven health risks to GE ingredients (an issue better left to regulators) that may outweigh the economic benefits derived from biotechnology.

Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Product Reimportation

Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting that the company report on their product pricing policies or their access to medicine policies, considering:

 

 

 

The nature of the company’s business and the potential for reputational and market risk exposure;

 

 

 

The existing disclosure of relevant policies;

 

 

 

Deviation from established industry norms;

 

 

 

The company’s existing, relevant initiatives to provide research and/or products to disadvantaged consumers;

 

 

 

Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions; and

 

 

 

The potential cost and scope of the requested report.

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting that companies report on the financial and legal impact of their prescription drug reimportation policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation. Such matters are more appropriately the province of legislative activity and may place the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its peers.

 

A-9


Table of Contents

Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity, unless the change would result in excessive costs for the company.

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to extend company benefits to, or eliminate benefits from domestic partners. Decisions regarding benefits should be left to the discretion of the company.

Climate Change

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the impact of climate change on the company’s operations and investments considering whether:

 

 

 

The company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impacts that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

 

 

 

The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

 

 

 

There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Lobbying Expenditures/Initiatives

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting information on a company’s lobbying initiatives, considering:

 

 

 

Significant controversies, fines, or litigation surrounding a company’s public policy activities,

 

 

 

The company’s current level of disclosure on lobbying strategy, and

 

 

 

The impact that the policy issue may have on the company’s business operations.

Political Contributions and Trade Association Spending

Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking the company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace so long as:

 

 

 

There are no recent, significant controversies, fines or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and

 

 

 

The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibits coercion.

Vote AGAINST proposals to publish in newspapers and public media the company’s political contributions. Such publications could present significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to shareholders.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to improve the disclosure of a company’s political contributions and trade association spending, considering:

 

 

 

Recent significant controversy or litigation related to the company’s political contributions or governmental affairs; and

 

 

 

The public availability of a company policy on political contributions and trade association spending including information on the types of organizations supported, the business rationale for supporting these organizations, and the oversight and compliance procedures related to such expenditures of corporate assets.

Vote AGAINST proposals barring the company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level and barring political contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Vote AGAINST proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders.

Labor and Human Rights Standards

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies, considering:

 

 

 

The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed;

 

 

 

Whether or not existing relevant policies are consistent with internationally recognized standards;

 

 

 

Whether company facilities and those of its suppliers are monitored and how;

 

 

 

Company participation in fair labor organizations or other internationally recognized human rights initiatives;

 

 

 

Scope and nature of business conducted in markets known to have higher risk of workplace labor/human rights abuse;

 

 

 

Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights at the company or its suppliers;

 

 

 

The scope of the request; and

 

 

 

Deviation from industry sector peer company standards and practices.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

Sustainability Reporting

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting the company to report on its policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability, unless:

 

 

 

The company already discloses similar information through existing reports or policies such as an Environment, Health, and Safety (EHS) report; a comprehensive Code of Corporate Conduct; and/or a Diversity Report; or

 

 

 

The company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a similar standard within a specified time frame

 

A-11


Table of Contents

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio

Ticker: DFBMX

LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

Ticker: DFHBX

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DFCFX

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio

Ticker: DFYGX

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2010

This statement of additional information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus of LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio, LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio, LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio (individually, a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”), dated February 28, 2010, as amended from time to time. LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio is a series of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (“DFAIDG”), an open-end management investment company. The other three Portfolios are series of Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (“DIG”), an open-end management investment company. DFAIDG and DIG are called the “Funds” in this SAI. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios are incorporated by reference from the Funds’ annual report to shareholders and the audited financial statements and financial highlights of each Portfolio’s Master Fund are incorporated by reference from The DFA Investment Trust Company’s (the “Trust”) annual report to shareholders. The prospectus and annual report can be obtained by writing to the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

   2

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

   2

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

   4

FUTURES CONTRACTS

   5

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

   6

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

   6

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

   7

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

   7

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

   8

SERVICES TO THE FUNDS

   16

ADVISORY FEES

   17

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

   18

GENERAL INFORMATION

   21

CODE OF ETHICS

   21

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

   22

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

   22

PURCHASE OF SHARES

   23

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

   24

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

   24

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

   35

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   37

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   41

PERFORMANCE DATA

   41

 

1


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

The LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets in The U.S. Large Cap Value Series (the “U.S. Large Cap Value Series”) of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”). The LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets in The DFA International Value Series (the “International Value Series”) of the Trust. The LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market and the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolios are identified as a “Feeder” or “Feeder Portfolios” in this SAI. The U.S. Large Cap Value Series and the International Value Series of the Trust are called “Master Funds” in this SAI.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios and each Master Fund, and provides administrative services to the Feeder Portfolios. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

The following information supplements the information set forth in the prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, it applies to all of the Portfolios and Master Funds, including the Feeder Portfolios, through their investment in the Master Funds. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the prospectus.

Each of the Portfolios and the Master Funds are diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structures of the Master Funds are based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that a Master Fund might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, the Master Fund and the issuer would be deemed affiliated persons and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between mutual funds and their affiliates might become applicable.

The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio have adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see each Portfolio’s “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES” section in the Prospectus.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the designated Portfolios during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008 and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.

 

Master Fund/Portfolio

   FISCAL YEAR
ENDED 2009
   FISCAL PERIOD
ENDED 2008
   FISCAL YEAR
ENDED 2007

U.S. Large Cap Value Series

   $ 3,220,013    $ 1,904,981    $ 1,273,333

DFA International Value Series

   $ 1,030,380    $ 1,078,752    $ 1,982,470

 

2


Table of Contents

The LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio (collectively, the “Fixed Income Portfolios”) acquire and sell securities on a net basis with dealers which are major market makers in such securities. The Investment Committee of the Advisor selects dealers on the basis of their size and market making ability. When executing portfolio transactions for the Fixed Income Portfolios, the Advisor seeks to obtain the most favorable price for the securities being traded among the dealers with whom the Fixed Income Portfolios effect transactions.

Portfolio transactions will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. In addition, the Advisor will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of stocks being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected. Brokers will be selected with these goals in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers which effect transactions for the Fixed Income Portfolios, if any, and the Master Funds to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolios and Master Funds invest. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission being paid by the Fixed Income Portfolios, if any, and the Master Funds to brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services. The substantial increases or decreases in the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Master Funds from year to year resulted primarily from asset changes that required increases or decreases in the amount of securities that were bought and sold by the Master Funds.

Subject to obtaining best price and execution, transactions may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of the Portfolios’ shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Boards of Directors of DFAIDG and DIG and the Board of Trustees of the Trust, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect a Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

Companies eligible for purchase by the Master Funds may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Portfolios and Master Funds with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor with investment research, such as reports concerning individual issuers, industries and general economic and financial trends and other research services. The investment advisory agreements permit the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions which are greater than another broker, dealer or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to assets under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the applicable Portfolio or Master Fund.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the Master Funds paid commissions for securities transactions to brokers which provided market price monitoring services, market studies, brokerage services and research services to the Master Funds as follows:

 

     Value of
Securities
Transactions
   Brokerage
Commissions

U.S. Large Cap Value Series

   $ 4,199,446,442    $ 2,962,738

DFA International Value Series

   $ 835,215,023    $ 407,469

 

3


Table of Contents

The Feeder Portfolios will not incur any brokerage costs in connection with their purchase or redemption of shares of the Master Funds.

Certain Portfolios or Master Funds may purchase securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act). The table below lists the regular brokers or dealers of each Portfolio, or in the case of a Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund, whose securities (or securities of the broker’s or dealer’s parent company) were acquired by the Portfolio or Master Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as well as the value of such securities held by the Portfolio or Master Fund as of October 31, 2009.

 

Master Fund/Portfolio

  

Broker or Dealer

   Value of
Securities

DFA International Value Series

   Credit Suisse Group    $ 139,631,909

DFA International Value Series

   Macquarie Group    $ 18,475,160

DFA International Value Series

   TD Securities Inc.    $ 53,731,081

DFA International Value Series

   UBS AG    $ 58,688,451

U.S. Large Cap Value Series

   Citigroup Inc.    $ 80,054,351

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolios will not:

 

  (1) borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

 

  (2) make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3) purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4) purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon; or (ii) investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

 

  (5) purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction;

 

  (6) engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others;

 

  (7) issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act;

 

  (8) sell securities short; or

 

4


Table of Contents
  (9) acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry, except the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio shall invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of banks and bank holding companies in the circumstances described in the prospectus under “Investments in the Banking Industry” and as otherwise described under “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES.”

The investment limitations described in (5) and (9) above do not prohibit each Feeder Portfolio from investing all or substantially all of its assets in the shares of one or more registered, open-end investment companies, such as the Master Funds.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, each Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by such Portfolio.

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, each Portfolio is authorized to lend portfolio securities. Inasmuch as the Feeder Portfolios will only hold shares of the Master Funds, these Portfolios do not intend to lend those shares.

For purposes of the investment limitation described in (9) above, the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, as disclosed in the prospectus under “Investments in the Banking Industry,” will invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and bank holding companies (“banking industry securities”) when the yield to maturity on eligible portfolio investments in banking industry securities as a group generally exceeds the yield to maturity on all other eligible portfolio investments as a group generally for a period of five consecutive days when the NYSE is open for trading.

Each Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid securities, which limits investments in illiquid securities to 15% of a Portfolio’s net assets. For these purposes, the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio may invest in commercial paper that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), subject to the requirements regarding credit ratings stated in the prospectus under “Description of Investments.” Further, pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, the Portfolios may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on holdings of illiquid securities. While maintaining oversight, the Boards of Directors have delegated the day-to-day function of making liquidity determinations to the Advisor. For Rule 144A securities to be considered liquid, there must be at least two dealers making a market in such securities. After purchase, the Board of Directors of DFAIDG or DIG, as applicable, and the Advisor will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to the Portfolios’ and Master Funds’ investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

The Portfolios and the Master Funds may enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts to gain market exposure on the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s uninvested cash pending investments in securities and to maintain liquidity to pay redemptions. Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio or Master Fund will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (“FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges, and FCMs may establish margin requirements which are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes, to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in a repayment of excess margin to the custodial accounts of a Portfolio or Master Fund. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio and Master Fund expects to earn income on its

 

5


Table of Contents

margin deposits. Each Portfolio or Master Fund intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3 (z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Portfolio or Master Fund, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation) or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that the Portfolio or Master Fund has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Portfolio or Master Fund, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Portfolio or Master Fund has entered into.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, a Portfolio or Master Fund would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if a Portfolio or Master Fund has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures which are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, a Portfolio or Master Fund (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable interpretations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that a Portfolio or Master Fund may use by entering into futures transactions.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The International Value Series may acquire and sell forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The International Value Series will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

The International Value Series may enter into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of foreign equity securities, typically to “lock in” the value of the transaction with respect to a different currency. In addition, the International Value Series may, from time to time, enter into a forward contract to transfer balances from one currency to another currency.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

The non-Feeder Portfolios and Master Funds engage in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, cash investments may be made for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic or political conditions warrant.

 

6


Table of Contents

The non-Feeder Portfolios and Master Funds may invest cash in short-term repurchase agreements. In addition, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series may invest a portion of its assets, normally not more than 20%, in high quality, highly liquid fixed income securities such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. The International Value Series may invest a portion of its assets, normally not more than 20%, in fixed income obligations, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; and affiliated and unaffiliated, registered and unregistered money market funds. The Fixed Income Portfolios may each invest up to 20% in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. The 20% guidelines set forth above are not absolute limitations, but the Master Funds and the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Governement Portfolio do not expect to exceed these guidelines under normal circumstances. With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the Portfolios and Master Funds will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor. Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

To the extent that the Master Funds or Portfolios invest in futures contracts and options thereon for other than bona fide hedging purposes, they will not enter into such transactions if, immediately thereafter, the sum of the amount of initial margin deposits and premiums paid for open futures options would exceed 5% of the Master Funds or Portfolios net assets, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on such contracts they have entered into; provided, however, that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5%.

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

The International Value Series may invest up to 5% of its assets in convertible debentures issued by non- U.S. companies located in the countries where it is permitted to invest. Convertible debentures include corporate bonds and notes that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock. These securities are generally convertible either at a stated price or a stated rate (that is, for a specific number of shares of common stock or other security). As with other fixed income securities, the price of a convertible debenture to some extent varies inversely with interest rates. While providing a fixed income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derived from a common stock but lower than that afforded by a nonconvertible debenture), a convertible debenture also affords the investor an opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the common stock into which it is convertible. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible debentures tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis and so may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the price of a convertible debenture tends to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock. To obtain such a higher yield, the International Value Series may be required to pay for a convertible debenture an amount in excess of the value of the underlying common stock. Common stock acquired upon conversion of a convertible debenture will generally be held for as long as the Advisor anticipates such stock will provide the Series with opportunities which are consistent with the International Value Series’ investment objective and policies.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

Each Master Fund may also invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments that provide exposure to equity markets for the purposes of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. An ETF is an investment company whose goal is to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. ETFs are passively managed, and traded similarly to a publicly traded company. The risks and costs of investing in ETFs are similar to those of investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When a Master Fund invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Master Fund bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

 

7


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

The Board of Directors of each Fund is responsible for establishing the Fund’s policies and for overseeing the management of the Fund. The Directors of each Fund, including all of the disinterested Directors, have adopted written procedures to monitor potential conflicts of interest that might develop between the Feeder Portfolios and the Master Funds.

Each Board has three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Portfolio Performance and Service Review Committee (“Performance Committee”). Each Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Audit Committee is a disinterested Director. The Audit Committee for each Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Fund’s internal controls, the Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee for each Board recommends the appointment of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings for each Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

Each Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. Each member of the Nominating Committee is a disinterested Director. The Nominating Committee for each Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee of each Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. There were no Nominating Committee meetings for either Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009. Each Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of a Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Funds at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of the Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

Each Board’s Performance Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Abbie J. Smith, John P. Gould and Myron S. Scholes. Each member of a Fund’s Performance Committee is a disinterested Director. Each Performance Committee regularly reviews and monitors the investment performance of the Fund’s series, including the Portfolios, and reviews the performance of the Fund’s service providers. There were six Performance Committee meetings for each Fund held during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and each interested Director of the Funds is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of the Funds and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

 

8


Table of Contents

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1
and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During
Past 5 Years

   Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen
  

Other Directorships of Public
Companies Held

George M. Constantinides University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 62

   Director    DFAIDG–since
1983

DIG–since
1993

   Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business.    87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   None

John P. Gould

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 71

   Director    DFAIDG–since
1986

DIG–since
1993

   Steven G. Rothmeier Distinguished Service Professor of Economics, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1965). Member of the Board of Milwaukee Insurance Company (since 1997). Member Competitive Markets Advisory Committee, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (futures trading exchange) (since 2004). Formerly, Director of UNext Inc. (1999-2006).    87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   Trustee, Harbor Funds (registered investment company) (27 Portfolios) (since 1994).

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT 06520-8200

Age: 66

   Director    DFAIDG–since
1981

DIG–since
1993

   Professor in Practice of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Director, BIRR Portfolio Analysis, Inc. (software products) (since 1990). Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (since 2006). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Chairman, Ibbotson Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL (software, data, publishing and consulting) (1977-2006).    87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   None

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 68

   Director    DFAIDG–since
1981

DIG–since
1993

   Frank E. Buck Professor Emeritus of Finance, Stanford University (since 1981). Formerly, Chairman, Platinum Grove Asset Management L.P. (hedge fund) (formerly, Oak Hill Platinum Partners) (1999-2009). Formerly, Managing Partner, Oak Hill Capital Management (private equity firm) (until 2004). Formerly, Director, Chicago Mercantile Exchange (2001-2008).    87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (40 Portfolios) (since 1980).

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

Age: 56

   Director    DFAIDG–since
2000

DIG–since
2000

   Boris and Irene Stern Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980); Co-Director Investment Research, Fundamental Investment Advisors (hedge fund) (since 2008).    87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   Director, HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture) (since 2000); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (52 portfolios) (since 2009).

 

9


Table of Contents

Interested Directors

The following Interested Directors are described as such because they are deemed to be “interested persons,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to their positions with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1
and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past
5 Years

   Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen
  

Other Directorships of
Public Companies Held

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 63

   Chairman,
Director,
President
and
Co-Chief
Executive
Officer
   DFAIDG–since
1981

DIG–since
1992

   Chairman, Director/Trustee, President, Co-Chief Executive Officer and, formerly, Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (2003 to 3/30/2007) of the following companies: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”), DFAIDG, DIG and The DFA Investment Trust Company. Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Holdings Inc. and formerly Chief Executive Officer (until 1/1/2010) and Chief Investment Officer (until 3/30/2007). Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and formerly, Chief Investment Officer. Director of DFA Australia Limited and formerly, President and Chief Investment Officer. Formerly, Director of Dimensional Funds PLC. Limited Partner, Oak Hill Partners and VSC Investors, LLC. Trustee, University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Formerly, Director, SA Funds (registered investment company). Chairman, Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.    87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   None

Eduardo A. Repetto

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

Age: 43

   Director,
Co-Chief
Executive
Officer
and Chief
Investment
Officer
   DFAIDG-
since 2009

DIG- since
2009

  

Co-Chief Executive Officer (beginning January 2010), Chief Investment Officer (beginning March 2007) and formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, DEM, DFAIDG, DIG, The DFA Investment Trust Company and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; Director of all such entities except Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC. Chief Investment Officer, Vice President and Director of DFA Australia Limited. Subject to regulatory approval, Director, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

   87
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   None

 

1

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

2

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Funds; The DFA Investment Trust Company; and DEM. Each Disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in each Portfolio of the Fund in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name

   Dollar Range of
Fund
Shares Owned
  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned in All Funds Overseen
by Director in Family of Investment Companies

Disinterested Directors:

     
George M. Constantinides    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
John P. Gould    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Roger G. Ibbotson    None    Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

 

10


Table of Contents
Myron S. Scholes    None   

$50,001-$100,000;

Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Abbie J. Smith    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Interested Directors:

     
David G. Booth    None    Over $100,000
Eduardo A. Repetto    None    Over $100,000

 

** As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Funds during the year ended October 31, 2009 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same fiscal year. The table also provides the compensation paid by the Funds to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009.

 

Director

   Aggregate
Compensation
from
DFAIDG*
   Aggregate
Compensation
from DIG*
   Pension or
Retirement

Benefits as
Part

of Fund
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual
Benefits
upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from the
Fund

and DFA
Fund

Complex†

George M. Constantinides
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

John P. Gould
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Roger G. Ibbotson
Director

   $ 105,551    $ 14,437    N/A    N/A    $ 185,000

Robert C. Merton**
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Myron S. Scholes
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Abbie J. Smith
Director

   $ 99,974    $ 13,670    N/A    N/A    $ 175,000

Christopher S. Crossan
Chief Compliance Officer

   $ 196,702    $ 26,719    N/A    N/A      N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory or administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.
* Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 is as follows: $185,000 (Mr. Ibbotson), $25,000 (Mr. Scholes) and $25,000 (Ms. Smith). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability; or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.

 

11


Table of Contents
** Mr. Merton resigned from the Board effective December 1, 2009.

Officers

Below is the name, age, and information regarding positions with the Fund and the principal occupation for each officer of the Fund. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the following entities: Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc., DFA Securities LLC, DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., Dimensional Investment Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, and DEM (collectively, the “DFA Entities”).

 

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

April A. Aandal

Age: 47

   Vice President and
Chief Learning
Officer
   Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Learning Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2008). Formerly Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004-2008)

Darryl D. Avery

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Arthur H. Barlow

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Scott A. Bosworth

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since November 1997).

Valerie A. Brown

Age: 43

   Vice President and
Assistant Secretary
   Since 2001    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

David P. Butler

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2008). Formerly, Director US Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2005).

Patrick E. Carter

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Director of Merrill Lynch Retirement Group (December 1998 to March 2006).

Joseph H. Chi

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2005). Prior to October 2005, Corporate Counsel at Hewitt Associates (July 2002 – August 2005)

Stephen A. Clark

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Robert P. Cornell

Age: 60

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Financial Services Group of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since August 1993).

Christopher S. Crossan

Age: 44

   Vice President
and Chief Compliance
Officer
   Since 2004    Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of all the DFA Entities.

James L. Davis

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 1999    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Robert T. Deere

Age: 52

   Vice President    Since 1994    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited.

Peter F. Dillard

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP (since August 2008). Formerly, Research Assistant for DFA from April 2006 – August 2008. Prior to April 2006, Manager at Hilton Hotels Corp. (September 2004 – April 2006).

Robert W. Dintzner

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Communications Officer (since 2010).

 

12


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Beth Ann Dranguet

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2007). Formerly, Associate at Vinson & Elkins LLP (September 1999 – July 2007).

Kenneth Elmgren

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Managing Principal of Beverly Capital (May 2004 to September 2006).

Richard A. Eustice

Age: 44

   Vice President
and Assistant
Secretary
   Since 1998    Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since July 2008). Formerly, Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Eugene F. Fama, Jr.

Age: 49

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Gretchen A. Flicker

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jed S. Fogdall

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2004).

Glenn S. Freed

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeremy P. Freeman

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Technology Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2006). Formerly, Principal at AIM Investments/Amvescap PLC (now Invesco) (June 1998 – June 2006).

Mark R. Gochnour

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Henry F. Gray

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

John T. Gray

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (January 2005 to February 2007).

Darla M. Hastings

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Marketing Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Senior Vice President, Customer Experience for Benchmark Assisted Living (May 2005 to April 2006); Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of State Street Corporation (September 2001 to October 2005).

Joel H. Hefner

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 1998).

Julie C. Henderson

Age: 35

   Vice President
and Fund
Controller
   Since 2005    Vice President and Fund Controller of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (July 1996 to April 2005).

Kevin B. Hight

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to March 2005).

Christine W. Ho

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Jeff J. Jeon

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Patrick M. Keating

Age: 55

   Vice President    Since 2003    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Chief Operating Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director, Vice President, and Chief Privacy Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of DFA Australia Limited.

David M. Kershner

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since June 2004).

Joseph F. Kolerich

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since April 2001).

Michael F. Lane

Age: 42

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Kristina M. LaRusso

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Formerly, Operations Supervisor of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (March 2003 to December 2006).

 

13


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Inmoo Lee

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all DFA Entities. Associate Professor, Department of Finance and Accounting, Business School, National University of Singapore (7/2004 - present) Associate Professor, College of Business Administration, Korea University (9/2001 - 5/2006).

Juliet H. Lee

Age: 39

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Human Resources Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2004).

Apollo D. Lupescu

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since February 2004).

Kenneth M. Manell

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2006). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel at Castle & Cooke (January 2004 – September 2006).

Aaron M. Marcus

Age: 39

   Vice President
and Head of
Global
Human
Resources
   Since 2008    Vice President of all DFA Entities and Head of Global Human Resources of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Global Head of Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (June 2006 to January 2008); Global Co-Head of HR of the Equities & FICC Division, and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (May 2005 to May 2006); Head of Americas Campus Recruiting and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. (April 2003 to May 2005).

David R. Martin

Age: 53

   Vice
President,
Chief
Financial
Officer and
Treasurer
   Since 2007    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC. Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Janus Capital Group Inc. (June 2005 to March 2007); Senior Vice President of Finance at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (March 1999 to May 2005).

Catherine L. Newell

Age: 45

   Vice President
and Secretary
   Vice
President
since 1997
and
Secretary
since 2000
   Vice President and Secretary of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President and Secretary of DFA Australia Limited. Director, Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since February 2002, April 1997, and May 2002, respectively). Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Director of Dimensional Funds PLC and Dimensional Funds II PLC (since 2002 and 2006, respectively).

Christian Newton

Age: 34

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Web Services Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Design Manager (2005 – 2008) and Web Developer (2002 – 2005) of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Carolyn L. O

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Counsel for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since September 2007). Prior to September 2007, Associate at K&L Gates LLP (January 2004 – September 2007).

Gerard K. O’Reilly

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2004 to 2006).

Daniel C. Ong

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2005). Prior to 2005, Graduate Student at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business (2003-2005).

Kyle K. Ozaki

Age: 31

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Compliance Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since January 2008). Formerly, Compliance Officer (February 2006 – December 2007) and Compliance Analyst (August 2004 – January 2006).

Carmen Palafox

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2006    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Operations Manager of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 1996).

Sonya K. Park

Age: 37

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

 

14


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

David A. Plecha

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 1993    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Michael J. Porter

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since October 2006). Formerly, Vice President, Client Services at Metropolitan West Asset Management (July 2001 – August 2006).

Theodore W. Randall

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2008    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2006 to 2008); Systems Developer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (2001 to 2006).

L. Jacobo Rodríguez

Age: 38

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Institutional client service representative of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (August 2004 to July 2005)

Julie A. Saft

Age: 50

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Client Systems Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since July 2008). Formerly, Senior Manager at Vanguard (November 1997 – July 2008).

David E. Schneider

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Director of Institutional Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Walid A. Shinnawi

Age: 48

   Vice President    Since 2010    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2006). Formerly, Senior Director at Moody’s KMV (1999-March 2006).

Bruce A. Simmons

Age: 45

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Investment Operations Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since May 2007). Formerly, Vice President Client and Fund Reporting at Mellon Financial (September 2005 – May 2007); Vice President Business Development at CUADPRO Marketing (July 2003 – September 2005).

Ted R. Simpson

Age: 41

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since December 2002).

Bryce D. Skaff

Age: 35

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Regional Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (December 1999 to January 2007).

Grady M. Smith

Age: 53

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Carl G. Snyder

Age: 46

   Vice President    Since 2000    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

Lawrence R. Spieth

Age: 62

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Bradley G. Steiman

Age: 36

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities and Director and Vice President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Robert C. Trotter

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Manager Technology for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since March 2007). Formerly, Director of Technology at AMVESCAP (2002 – 2007).

Karen E. Umland

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Sunil Wahal

Age: 43

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Research Associate for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (July 2008 – January 2009); Consultant to Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (September 2005 – July 2008); Jack D. Furst Professor of Finance at Arizona State University, WP Carey School of Business (July 2005 – July 2008); Associate Professor of Finance at Goizueta Business School, Emory University (1997 – 2005).

Brian J. Walsh

Age: 40

   Vice President    Since 2009    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Portfolio Manager for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

Carol W. Wardlaw

Age: 51

   Vice President    Since 2004    Vice President of all the DFA Entities.

Weston J. Wellington

Age: 58

   Vice President    Since 1997    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Vice President of DFA Australia Limited.

 

15


Table of Contents

Name and Age

   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Daniel M. Wheeler

Age: 64

   Vice President    Since 2001    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Previously, Director of Global Financial Advisor Services of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since October 2003) and President of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since June 2003).

Ryan J. Wiley

Age: 33

   Vice President    Since 2007    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Senior Trader of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Portfolio Manager (2006 to 2007) and Trader (2001 to 2006).

Paul E. Wise

Age: 54

   Vice President    Since 2005    Vice President of all the DFA Entities. Chief Technology Officer for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004).

 

1

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

As of January 31, 2010, Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding stock of each Portfolio described in this SAI.

SERVICES TO THE FUNDS

Administrative Services – The Feeder Portfolios

The Funds have entered into administration agreements with the Advisor, on behalf of each Feeder Portfolio. Pursuant to each administration agreement, the Advisor performs various services, including: supervision of the services provided by the Portfolio’s custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent and others who provide services to a Fund for the benefit of a Portfolio; providing shareholders with information about the Portfolio and their investments as they or the Fund may request; assisting the Portfolio in conducting meetings of shareholders; furnishing information as the Board of Directors may require regarding the Master Fund, and any other administrative services for the benefit of the Portfolio as the Board of Directors may reasonably request. For its administrative services, each Feeder Portfolio pays the Advisor a monthly fee, which, on an annual basis, equals 0.01% of the average daily net assets of each Portfolio. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008, and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Advisor was paid administrative fees of $6,000, $10,000 and $13,000, respectively, by LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio, and $7,000, $13,000 and $19,000, respectively, by LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio.

Administrative Services – All Portfolios

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC Global”), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the accounting services, dividend disbursing and transfer agent for the Portfolios and Master Funds. The services provided by PNC Global are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Boards of Directors of the Funds and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the net asset value of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with the custodians, and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by PNC Global, the Master Funds and the Fixed Income Portfolios pay PNC Global annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies and a group trust. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0110% of the Fund Complex’s first $50 billion of average net assets;

.0085% of the Fund Complex’s next $25 billion of average net assets; and

.0075% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $75 billion.

 

16


Table of Contents

The fees charged to a Master Fund or a Fixed Income Portfolio under the fee schedule are allocated to each such Master Fund or Fixed Income Portfolio based on the Master Fund’s or Fixed Income Portfolio’s pro-rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex.

The Master Funds and Fixed Income Portfolios are also subject to a monthly base fee. The U.S. Large Cap Value Series and the Fixed Income Portfolios are each subject to a monthly base fee of $1,666. The International Value Series is subject to a monthly base fee of $2,083. Each Feeder Portfolio is subject to a monthly fee of $1,000. The Portfolios also pay separate fees to PNC Global with respect to the services PNC provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodians

PFPC Trust Company, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, serves as the custodian for the Portfolios and U.S. Large Cap Value Series. Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, is the global custodian for the International Value Series.

Distributor

Each Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 1299 Ocean Avenue, Santa Monica, California 90401.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Funds by serving as the principal underwriter of the Funds’ shares. Pursuant to each Fund’s Distribution Agreement, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Funds. No compensation is paid by the Funds to DFAS under the Distribution Agreements.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Funds. Their address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds and audits the annual financial statements of the Funds. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

Client Services

For its services as Client Services Agent, each Portfolio pays LWI Financial Inc. a monthly fee which, on an annual basis, equals 0.15% of the average daily net assets of the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio, 0.19% of the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio and 0.08% of the Fixed Income Portfolios.

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth and Rex A. Sinquefield, as directors and/or officers of the Advisor and shareholders of the outstanding stock of the Advisor’s general partner, may be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Funds. For the services it provides as investment advisor to the Fixed Income Portfolios and the Master Funds, the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of each Fixed Income Portfolio and Master Fund. The Advisor is paid no fee for the services it provides as investment adviser to each Feeder Portfolio. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the fiscal period from

 

17


Table of Contents

December 1, 2007 to October 31, 2008, and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Fixed Income Portfolios and the Master Funds paid management fees to the Advisor (and any sub-advisor) as set forth in the following table:

 

Master Fund/Portfolio

   FISCAL YEAR
ENDED 2009

(000)
   FISCAL PERIOD
ENDED 2008

(000)
   FISCAL YEAR
ENDED 2007

(000)

U.S. Large Cap Value Series (1)

   $ 6,414    $ 8,436    $ 10,188

International Value Series (1)

   $ 9,991    $ 14,643    $ 18,039

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 112    $ 127    $ 138

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio

   $ 193    $ 172    $ 130

 

(1) The Master Fund has more than one feeder portfolio; this dollar amount represents the total dollar amount of advisory fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios and Master Funds, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios and Master Funds including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers with respect to the day to day management of the category of portfolios indicated.

 

U.S. Large Cap Value Series and

LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to

Market Portfolio

   Stephen A. Clark
International Value Series and    Stephen A. Clark,
LWAS/DFA International    Karen E. Umland,
High Book to Market Portfolio    Joseph H. Chi and
   Jed S. Fogdall
Fixed income portfolios    Stephen A. Clark and David A. Plecha

Investments in Each Portfolio

Information relating to each portfolio manager’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolios contained in this SAI that he or she manages as of October 31, 2009 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Portfolio

  

Dollar Range of Portfolio
Shares Owned

Stephen A. Clark   

LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio

LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

LWAS/DFA Two Year Fixed Income Portfolio

LWAS/DFA Two Year Government Portfolio

  

None

None

None

None

Karen E. Umland    LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio1    None
Joseph H. Chi    LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio    None
Jed S. Fogdall    LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio    None

 

18


Table of Contents
David A. Plecha   

LWAS/DFA Two Year Fixed Income Portfolio

LWAS/DFA Two Year Government Portfolio

  

None

None

 

1

Karen E. Umland does not invest in this Portfolio, but invests in another feeder portfolio (ownership range of $100,001 - $500,000) that invests substantially all its assets in the same Master Fund as this Portfolio.

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolios managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as it deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

   

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

   

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegees. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolios (and with respect to the Feeder Portfolios, the Master Fund in which a Feeder Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets), each portfolio manager manages (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category As of October 31, 2009

Stephen A. Clark   

•   88 U.S. registered mutual funds with $104,620 million in total assets under management.

 

•   23 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $23,160 million in total assets under management. Out of these unregistered pooled investment vehicles, one client with an investment of $211 million in an unregistered pooled investment vehicle pays a performance-based advisory fee.

 

•   70 other accounts with $7,541 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Karen E. Umland   

•   40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•   5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total

 

19


Table of Contents

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category As of October 31, 2009

  

assets under management.

 

•   19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Joseph H. Chi   

•   40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•   5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

•   19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Jed S. Fogdall   

•   40 U.S. registered mutual funds with $45,275 million in total assets under management.

 

•   5 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $939 million in total assets under management.

 

•   19 other accounts with $4,096 million in total assets under management, of which one account with $561 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

David A. Plecha   

•   17 U.S. registered mutual funds with $17,835 million in total assets under management.

 

•   10 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $16,629 million in total assets under management.

 

•   6 other accounts with $149 million in total assets under management.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one Portfolio/Master Fund and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolios and Master Funds) other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio/Master Fund, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a Portfolio/Master Fund. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

   

Time Management. The management of multiple Portfolios/Master Funds and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each Portfolio/Master Fund and/or Accounts. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Portfolios/Master Funds.

 

   

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one Portfolio/Master Fund and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any Portfolio/Master Fund or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one Portfolio/Master Fund or Account, a Portfolio/Master Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible Portfolios/Master Funds and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple Portfolios/Master Funds and Accounts.

 

   

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios/Master Funds, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the

 

20


Table of Contents
 

transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio/Master Fund and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Portfolio/Master Fund or the Account.

 

   

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

   

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Funds have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

GENERAL INFORMATION

DFAIDG was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, DFAIDG was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc.

DIG was incorporated under Maryland law on March 19, 1990. DIG was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Inc. from February 1992, until it amended its Articles of Incorporation in April 1993, to change to its present name. Prior to a February 1992 amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, it was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Portfolio Inc. DIG began offering shares of the Fixed Income Portfolios and the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio in May 1996.

The DFA Investment Trust Company was organized as a Delaware statutory trust (a form of entity formerly known as a business trust) on October 27, 1992. The Trust offers shares of its series, including the U.S. Large Cap Value Series and the International Value Series, only to institutional investors in private offerings.

Until February 1996, the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio was named DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio. From February 1996 until July 2000, the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio was known as the RWB/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio. From July 2000 to October 28, 2004, the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio was known as the AAM/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio. Until July 2000, the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio was known as the RWB/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio; the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio was known as the RWB/DFA Two-Year Corporate Fixed Income Portfolio; and the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio was known as the RWB/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio. From July 2000 until April 2002, the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio was known as the AAM/DFA Two-Year Corporate Fixed Income Portfolio. From April 2002 to October 28, 2004, the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio was known as the AAM/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio. From July 2000 to October 28, 2004, the LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio was known as the AAM/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio; and the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio was known as the AAM/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Funds, the Trust, the Advisor and DFAS have adopted a Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios and Master Funds. The Code is designed to ensure that access

 

21


Table of Contents

persons act in the interest of the Portfolios and Master Funds, and their shareholders, with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio or Master Fund unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolios’ prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences.

With respect to matters which require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters which affect the interest of the class of shares (Portfolio) which they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of a Fund should occur, shareholders would be entitled to receive on a per class basis the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular Portfolio. Ordinarily, the Funds do not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. Each Fund’s by-laws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more Directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Fund.

A Fund may withdraw the investment of a Feeder Portfolio in a Master Fund at any time, if the Board of Directors of the Fund determines that it is in the best interests of the Portfolio to do so. Upon any such withdrawal, the Board of Directors of the Fund would consider what action might be taken, including the investment of all of the assets of the Portfolio in another pooled investment entity having the same investment objective as the Portfolio or the hiring of an investment advisor to manage the Portfolio’s assets in accordance with the investment policies described above.

Whenever a Feeder Portfolio, as an investor in its corresponding Master Fund, is asked to vote on a shareholder proposal, the respective Fund will solicit voting instructions from the Portfolio’s shareholders with respect to the proposal. The Directors of the Fund will then vote the Feeder Portfolio’s shares in the Master Fund in accordance with the voting instructions received from the Feeder Portfolio’s shareholders. The Directors of each Fund will vote shares of the Portfolio for which they receive no voting instructions in accordance with their best judgment.

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Client Service Agent at the address or telephone number appearing on the back cover of the prospectus. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2010, the following person(s) beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding stock of each Portfolio:

 

22


Table of Contents

LWAS/DFA U.S. High Book to Market Portfolio

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

   84.16

Pershing LLC*

One Pershing Plaza

P.O. Box 2052

Jersey City, NJ 07303

   12.57

LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   81.38

Pershing LLC*1

   14.92

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   67.13

Pershing LLC*1

   18.30

National Financial Services LLC*

200 Liberty Street

One World Financial Center

New York, NY 10281

   14.25

LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   62.00

Pershing LLC*1

   33.70

 

* Owners of record only (omnibus).
1

See address for shareholder previously noted above in list.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Funds will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business, regardless of whether the Federal Reserve System is closed. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Funds will generally be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Funds are closed.

 

23


Table of Contents

The Funds reserve the right, in their sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of any or all Portfolios or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of that Fund or Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of a Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Funds or their transfer agent may from time to time appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, the Funds will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

Reimbursement fees may be charged prospectively from time to time based upon the future experience of the Portfolios, which are currently sold at net asset value. Any such charges will be described in the prospectus.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

Each Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC, (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for such Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets, and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

Shareholders may transfer shares of a Portfolio to another person by making a written request therefore to the Advisor who will transmit the request to PNC Gobal. The request should clearly identify the account and number of shares to be transferred, and include the signature of all registered owners and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described in the prospectus under “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” As with redemptions, the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio. Unless you are invested in a Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of a Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

Different tax rules may apply because, for federal income tax purposes, certain Portfolios invest substantially all of their assets in Master Funds organized as partnerships for federal income tax purposes, and to the extent they do not invest all of their assets in the Master Fund, they may invest in Underlying Funds organized as partnerships and/or corporations for federal income tax purposes. These rules could affect the amount, timing or character of the income distributed to shareholders of the Portfolios.

Unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to a Portfolio includes in the case of a Feeder Portfolio its pro rata share of its corresponding Master Fund’s income and assets.

 

24


Table of Contents

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in a Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolios

Each Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. If a Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, a Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

Distribution Requirement — the Portfolio must distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its tax year are considered distributions attributable to the previous tax year for purposes of satisfying this requirement).

 

   

Income Requirement — the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTPs).

 

   

Asset Diversification Test — the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by a Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See, “Investment in Complex Securities” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, a Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution Requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

A Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If a Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that a Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. In addition, any such under-distribution of income might cause a Portfolio to fail to satisfy the Income Requirement and thereby not qualify as a regulated investment company for such taxable year.

 

25


Table of Contents

If for any taxable year a Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends will be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on a Portfolio’s income and performance. It is possible that a Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate (except in a money market fund that maintains a stable net asset value) may result in higher taxes. This is because a Portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to generate more short-term and less long-term capital gain or loss than a comparable Portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance.

Capital loss carryovers. For federal income tax purposes, a Portfolio is permitted to carry forward its net realized capital losses, if any, for eight years as a short-term capital loss and use such losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset net capital gains without being required to pay taxes on, or distribute, such gains that are offset by the losses. However, the amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year may be limited if a Portfolio experiences an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. An ownership change generally results when the shareholders owning 5% or more of a fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers that expire unused, thereby reducing a Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. A Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another Portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond a Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Undistributed capital gains. A Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. A Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carry forward) at the highest corporate tax rate (currently 35%). If a Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, the Code requires a Portfolio to distribute to you by December 31 of each year, at a minimum, the following amounts: 98% of its taxable ordinary income earned during the calendar year; 98% of its capital gain net income earned during the twelve-month period ending October 31; and 100% of any undistributed amounts from the prior year. Each Portfolio intends to declare and pay these distributions in December (or to pay them in January, in which case you must treat them as received in December) but can give no assurances that its distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by a Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld will generally be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle a Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of a Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, a Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders. See “Investment in Foreign SecuritiesPass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

 

26


Table of Contents

Distributions of Net Investment Income

A Portfolio receives or derives income generally in the form of dividends and interest on its investments. In the case of a Feeder Portfolio that invests in a Master Fund, the Portfolio’s income generally consists of its share of dividends and interest earned by the Master Fund. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of a Portfolio, constitutes its net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, any distributions by a Portfolio from such income (other than qualified dividend income received by individuals) will be taxable to you at ordinary income tax rates, whether you take them in cash or in additional shares. A portion of the income dividends paid to shareholders by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of Capital Gains

A Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in a Portfolio. Any net capital gain of a Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of Capital

If a Portfolio’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in a Portfolio and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. Any return of capital in excess of a shareholder’s basis, however, is taxable as a capital gain.

Investment in Foreign Securities

Certain of the Portfolios may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on income from certain foreign securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes on a Portfolio and/or its shareholders. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce a Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of a Portfolio (or, in the case of a Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is classified as a partnership, more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Portfolio attributable from the Master Fund) are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Master Fund). If this election is made, a Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). A Portfolio will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election.

The amount of any foreign tax credits available to you (as a result of the pass-through to you of your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio) will be reduced if you receive from a Portfolio qualifying dividends from qualifying foreign corporations that are subject to tax at reduced rates. Shareholders in these circumstances should talk with their personal tax advisors about their foreign tax credits and the procedures that they should follow to claim these credits on their personal income tax returns.

Effect of foreign debt investments on distributions. Most foreign exchange gains realized on the sale of debt securities are treated by a Portfolio as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. Similarly, foreign exchange losses realized on the sale of debt securities generally are treated as ordinary losses. These gains when distributed are taxable to you as ordinary income, and any losses reduce the Portfolio’s ordinary income otherwise

 

27


Table of Contents

available for distribution to you. This treatment could increase or decrease the Portfolio’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of a Portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital.

PFIC securities. Certain Portfolios may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that a Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by a Portfolio. In addition, if a Portfolio is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio may be subject to U.S. federal income tax (the effect of which might be mitigated by making a mark-to-market election in a year prior to the sale) on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Information on the Amount and Tax Character of Distributions

The Portfolios will inform you of the amount and character of your distributions at the time they are paid, and will advise you of the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, a Portfolio may designate and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividends, or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders a Portfolio may further designate and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by a Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable to you as if they were paid in December.

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares, the IRS requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of a Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Cost basis reporting. Under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, a Portfolio’s administrative agent will be required to provide you with cost basis information on the sale of any of your shares in a Portfolio, subject to certain exceptions. This cost basis reporting requirement is effective for shares purchased in a Portfolio on or after January 1, 2012.

 

28


Table of Contents

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to a Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886.

U.S. Government Securities

To the extent a Portfolio (or in the case of a Feeder Portfolio whose corresponding Master Fund is classified as a partnership, the Master Fund or an Underlying Fund classified as a partnership) invests in certain U.S. government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio to shareholders that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolio’s corresponding Master Fund or the Underlying Fund. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Qualified Dividend Income for Individuals

For individual shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible for taxation at long-term capital gain rates. This reduced rate generally is available for dividends paid by a Portfolio out of dividends earned on the Portfolio’s investment in stocks of domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations. Because the income of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio is derived primarily from interest on debt securities, none or only a small amount of the Portfolios’ dividends will be qualified dividend income. Income dividends from interest earned by the Portfolio on debt securities will continue to be taxed at the higher ordinary income tax rate.

Both a Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, a Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. The ex-dividend date is the first date following the declaration of a dividend on which the purchaser of stock is not entitled to receive the dividend payment. When counting the number of days you held your Portfolio shares, include the day you sold your shares but not the day you acquired these shares.

While the income received in the form of a qualified dividend is taxed at the same rates as long-term capital gains, such income will not be considered as a long-term capital gain for other federal income tax purposes. For example, you will not be allowed to offset your long-term capital losses against qualified dividend income on your federal income tax return. Any qualified dividend income that you elect to be taxed at these reduced rates also cannot be used as investment income in determining your allowable investment interest expense. For other limitations on the amount of or use of qualified dividend income on your income tax return, please contact your personal tax advisor.

After the close of its fiscal year, each Portfolio will designate the portion of its ordinary dividend income that meets the definition of qualified dividend income taxable at reduced rates. If 95% or more of a Portfolio’s income is from qualified sources, it will be allowed to designate 100% of its ordinary income distributions as qualified dividend income.

This favorable taxation of qualified dividend income at long-term capital gain tax rates expires and will no longer apply to dividends paid by the Portfolios with respect to its taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 (sunset date), unless such provision is extended or made permanent.

Dividends-Received Deduction for Corporations

For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by a Portfolio may qualify for the dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by a Portfolio that so qualifies will be designated each year in a

 

29


Table of Contents

notice mailed to the Portfolio’s shareholders, and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations that would have qualified for the dividends-received deduction in the hands of a Portfolio if the Portfolio was a regular corporation. Dividends paid by certain Portfolios from interest on debt securities or dividends earned on portfolio securities of non-U.S. issuers are not expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction. Because the income of the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and the LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio is derived primarily from interest on debt securities, none or only a small amount of their distributions are expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction. Because the income of the LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio is derived primarily from foreign issuers, none or only a small amount of its distributions are expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions imposed under the Code on the corporation claiming the deduction. The amount that a Portfolio may designate as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Even if designated as dividends eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation.

Limitation on Deductibility of Losses

Losses incurred on the sale of securities by the Portfolio (or corresponding Master Fund) to another Portfolio or Master Fund will be disallowed if, as of the date of sale, the selling and purchasing funds are considered related parties. If the selling and purchasing funds are both Portfolios (i.e., both corporations), they are treated as related parties if five or fewer persons, who are individuals, estates or trusts, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. If the selling and purchasing funds are both Master Funds (i.e., both partnerships) or a Master Fund and a Portfolio (i.e., a corporation and a partnership), they are treated as related parties if the same persons own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares in both the selling and purchasing funds. Under attribution rules, the shareholders of a Feeder Portfolio would be considered to own the shares of the corresponding Master Fund on a pro rata basis for purposes of applying the loss disallowance rule. Other attribution rules may apply.

Investment in Complex Securities

A Portfolio may invest in complex securities and such investments may be subject to numerous special and complicated tax rules. These rules could affect whether gains or losses recognized by a Portfolio are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Portfolio, defer the Portfolio’s ability to recognize losses, and subject the Portfolio to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of the Portfolio’s foreign investments. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing and/or tax character of a Portfolio’s income and, in turn, of the income distributed to you.

Derivatives. Certain Portfolios are permitted to invest in certain options, futures and foreign currency contracts. If a Portfolio makes these investments, it could be required to mark-to-market these contracts and recognize for federal income tax purposes any unrealized gains and losses at its fiscal year end even though it continues to hold the contracts. Under these rules, gains or losses on the contracts generally would be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term gains or losses, but gains or losses on certain foreign currency contracts would be treated as ordinary income or losses. In determining its net income for excise tax purposes, a Portfolio also would be required to mark-to-market these contracts annually as of October 31 (for capital gain net income and ordinary income arising from certain foreign currency contracts), and to realize and distribute any resulting income and gains.

Securities lending. While securities are loaned out by a Portfolio, the Portfolio will generally receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax

 

30


Table of Contents

purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 70% dividends received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

Short sales. A Portfolio’s entry into a short sale transaction or an option or other contract could be treated as the “constructive sale” of an “appreciated financial position,” causing it to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.

Tax straddles. A Portfolio’s investment in options, futures and foreign currency contracts in connection with certain hedging transactions could cause a Portfolio to hold offsetting positions in securities. If a Portfolio’s risk of loss with respect to specific securities in its portfolio is substantially diminished by the fact that it holds other securities, the Portfolio could be deemed to have entered into a tax “straddle” or to hold a “successor position” that would require any loss realized by it to be deferred for tax purposes.

Convertible debt. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a Portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount which accrued during the period of time the Portfolio held the debt obligation unless the Portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a Portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the Portfolio is generally required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount which accrues during such year. Therefore, a Portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the Portfolio to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a Portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of Portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a Portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a Portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when the Portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent the Portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a Portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Credit default swap agreements. A Portfolio may be permitted to enter into credit default swap agreements. The rules governing the tax aspects of swap agreements that provide for contingent nonperiodic payments of this type are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain aspects. Accordingly, while the Portfolio intends to account for such transactions in a manner deemed to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. The Portfolio intends to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Portfolio to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Portfolio will be able to engage in credit default swap agreements.

Investment in U.S. REITs. A U.S. REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to a Portfolio will be treated as long term capital gains by the Portfolio and, in turn, may be distributed by the Portfolio to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Such Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may require a Portfolio to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient

 

31


Table of Contents

cash to make the requisite distributions, a Portfolio may be required to sell securities in its portfolio that it otherwise would have continued to hold (including when it is not advantageous to do so). A Portfolio’s investment in a U.S. REIT may at other times result in the Portfolio’s receipt of cash in excess of the U.S. REIT’s earnings; if the Portfolio distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to Portfolio shareholders for federal income tax purposes. If a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a U.S. REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see “Investment in Complex Securities — Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income)” and “Non-U.S. Investors —Investment in U.S. real property” below with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in Non-U.S. REITs. While non-U.S. REITs often use complex acquisition structures that seek to minimize taxation in the source country, an investment by a Portfolio in a non-U.S. REIT may subject the Portfolio, directly or indirectly, to corporate taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes and other indirect taxes in the country in which the real estate acquired by the non-U.S. REIT is located. The Portfolio’s pro rata share of any such taxes will reduce the Portfolio’s return on its investment. A Portfolio’s investment in a non-U.S. REIT may be considered an investment in a PFIC, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities — PFIC securities.” Additionally, foreign withholding taxes on distributions from the non-U.S. REIT may be reduced or eliminated under certain tax treaties, as discussed above in “Investment in Foreign Securities.” Also, the Portfolio in certain limited circumstances may be required to file an income tax return in the source country and pay tax on any gain realized from its investment in the non-U.S. REIT under rules similar to those in the United States which tax foreign persons on gain realized from dispositions of interests in U.S. real estate.

Investment in taxable mortgage pooling vehicles (excess inclusion income). Certain Portfolios may be permitted to invest in U.S. REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) or which are, or have certain wholly-owned subsidiaries that are, “taxable mortgage pools.” Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of a Portfolio’s income from a U.S. REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or equity interests in a taxable mortgage pool (referred to in the Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as a Portfolio, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities and tax-exempt organizations that are not subject to tax on UBTI) is a record holder of a share in a Portfolio, then the Portfolio will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. While the Portfolios do not intend to invest in U.S. REITs, a substantial portion of the assets of which generates excess inclusion income, there can be no assurance that a Portfolio will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

These rules are potentially applicable to any Portfolio that receives income from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S. REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a Portfolio with a non-REIT strategy. Shareholders should talk to their tax advisors about the potential tax consequences of a Portfolio’s receipt and distribution of excess inclusion income.

 

32


Table of Contents

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. A Portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a Portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Portfolio, requiring the Portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, a Portfolio must withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 

   

provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

 

   

certify that this number is correct,

 

   

certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

 

   

certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

A Portfolio also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 28% of any dividends or proceeds paid. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a flat 30% withholding tax (or a withholding tax at a lower treaty rate) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by a Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for exempt interest dividends, capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, and with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), a short-term capital gain dividend designated by a Portfolio and paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below) are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. With respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), dividends designated by a Portfolio as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which a Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and

 

33


Table of Contents

(4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is designated by a Portfolio as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the designation is based on an estimate of a Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year end. As a consequence, a Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding, or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for a Portfolio to designate, and each Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not designate, small amounts of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, a Portfolio’s designation of interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; effectively connected income. Ordinary dividends paid by a Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. If you hold your Portfolio shares in connection with a U.S. trade or business, your income and gains will be considered effectively connected income and taxed in the U.S. on a net basis, in which case you may be required to file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property. Certain Portfolios may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in U.S. real property, including U.S. Real Estate Investment Trusts (U.S. REIT). The sale of a U.S. real property interest (USRPI) by a Portfolio or by a U.S. REIT or U.S. real property holding corporation in which a Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to a Portfolio’s non-U.S. shareholders.

The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (FIRPTA) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a USRPI as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a regulated investment company (RIC) received from a U.S. REIT or another RIC classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation or realized by the RIC on a sale of a USRPI (other than a domestically controlled U.S. REIT or RIC that is classified as a qualified investment entity) if all of the following requirements are met:

 

   

The RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC is classified as a “qualified investment entity” with respect to a distribution to a non-U.S. person which is attributable directly or indirectly to a distribution from a U.S. REIT if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consists of interests in U.S. REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations, and

 

   

You are a non-U.S. shareholder that owns more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

 

   

If these conditions are met, such Portfolio distributions to you are treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 35%, and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

 

   

In addition, even if you do not own more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares, but the Portfolio is a qualified investment entity, such Portfolio distributions to you will be taxable as ordinary dividends rather than as a capital gain dividend (a distribution of long-term capital gains) or a short-term capital gain dividend subject to withholding at the 30% or lower treaty withholding rate.

These rules apply to dividends paid by a Portfolio before January 1, 2010 (unless such sunset date is extended, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010, or made permanent), except that after this date, a Portfolio’s distributions from a U.S. REIT (whether or not domestically controlled) attributable to FIRPTA gain will continue to be subject to the withholding rules described above provided the Portfolio would otherwise be classified as a qualified investment entity.

 

34


Table of Contents

Because each Portfolio expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, the Portfolio expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Portfolio shares nor Portfolio dividends and distributions would be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax. As of the date of this Registration Statement, the U.S. federal estate tax is repealed for one year for decedents dying on or after January 1, 2010 and before January 1, 2011, unless reinstated earlier, possibly retroactively to January 1, 2010. On and after the date the U.S. federal estate tax is reinstated, an individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, a Portfolio may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount. In addition, a partial exemption from U.S estate tax may apply to Portfolio shares held by the estate of a nonresident decedent. The amount treated as exempt is based upon the proportion of the assets held by a Portfolio at the end of the quarter immediately preceding the decedent’s death that are debt obligations, deposits, or other property that would generally be treated as situated outside the United States if held directly by the estate. This provision applies to decedents dying after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2010, unless such provision is extended or made permanent. Transfers by gift of shares of a Portfolio by a non-U.S. shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. back up withholding imposed at a rate of 28% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, a non-U.S. shareholder must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in a Portfolio.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of Directors of DIG and the Board of Trustees of the Trust have delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the non-Feeder Portfolios and Master Funds to the Advisor in accordance

 

35


Table of Contents

with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Risk Metrics Group, Inc. (“RMG”), an independent third party, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolios and Master Funds, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolios and Master Funds as understood by the Advisor at the time of the vote. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios and Master Funds, in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Most proxies that the Advisor receives will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies are voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, it normally will not be necessary for the Advisor to make an actual determination of how to vote a particular proxy, thereby largely eliminating conflicts of interest for the Advisor during the proxy voting process. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the non-Feeder Portfolios or Master Funds, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of RMG), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the non-Feeder Portfolios or Master Funds. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a non-Feeder Portfolio or Master Fund in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the Fund or the Board of Trustees of the Trust, as applicable.

The Advisor will usually vote proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to vote counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the Portfolio or Master Fund would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the Portfolio or Master Fund.

The Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of a Portfolio or Master Fund and which seeks to maximize the value of that Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s investments. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a Portfolio or Master Fund to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of a Portfolio or Master Fund and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the Portfolio’s or Master

 

36


Table of Contents

Fund’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to a Portfolio or Master Fund associated with voting. The Advisor determines whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally implements uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio by portfolio and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a Portfolio or Master Fund, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Funds have retained Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), which was acquired by RMG to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. RMG will provide information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effect votes on behalf of the Portfolios and Master Funds; and provide reports concerning the proxies voted. In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor may consider the recommendations of ISS on proxy issues, the Advisor remains ultimately responsible for all proxy voting decisions.

Information regarding how each of the Portfolios and Master Funds voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) upon request, by calling collect: (512) 306-7400 or (ii) on the Advisor’s website at http://www.dimensional.com and (iii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Boards of Directors of the Funds and Board of Directors of the Trust (collectively, the “Board”) have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolios and Master Funds (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolios and Master Funds, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules and regulations.

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. Each Portfolio and Master Fund generally discloses up to its twenty-five largest portfolio holdings (or with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, up to the twenty-five largest portfolio holdings of its Master Fund) (“largest holdings”) and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s total assets, as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, within twenty days after the end of each month. This online disclosure may also include information regarding the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s industry allocations. Each Portfolio and Master Fund generally discloses its complete Holdings Information (or with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the Holdings Information of its Master Fund) (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://www.dimensional.com, two months following the month-end, or more frequently and at different periods when authorized by a Designated Person (as defined below).

 

37


Table of Contents

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. Each of the Advisor’s Chairmen, Director of Institutional Services, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading and General Counsel (together, the “Designated Persons”) may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about a Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement is not subject to a time delay before dissemination. Designated Persons may also approve the distribution Holdings Information for a Portfolio more frequently or at a period other than as described above.

As of January 31, 2010, the Advisor and the Portfolios and Master Funds had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

Recipient

  

Master Funds/Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

PFPC Trust Company    Feeder Portfolios and U.S. Large Cap Value Series    Fund Custodian    Daily
Citibank, N.A.    International Value Series    Fund Custodian    Daily
Citibank, N.A.    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Middle office operational support service provider to the Advisor    Daily
PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent and Transfer Agent    Daily
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Independent registered public accounting firm    Upon request
Pricing Service Vendor    International Value Series    Fair value information services    Daily
Victorian Fund Management Corporation    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Bank of New York    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
State Street Bank and Trust    U.S. Large Cap Value Series and International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Callan Associates    U.S. Large Cap Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Ennis, Knupp & Associates    International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly

 

38


Table of Contents

Recipient

  

Master Funds/Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

Evaluation Associates LLC    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Madison Portfolio Consultants   

U.S. Large Cap Value Series and

International Value Series

   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Mercer Investment Consulting, Inc.    International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Russell Mellon Analytical Service   

U.S. Large Cap Value Series and

International Value Series

   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Sparinvest    U.S. Large Cap Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Strategic Investment Solutions    U.S. Large Cap Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Wilshire Associates    International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Wurts & Associates    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
CTC Consulting, Inc.    All Portfolios and Master Funds    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Tamarac (Savant)    U.S. Large Cap Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Edelman Financial   

U.S. Large Cap Value Series and

International Value Series

   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Cuprum AFP   

U.S. Large Cap Value Series and

International Value Series

   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Cambridge Associates Limited    International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly
Marquette Associates, Inc.   

U.S. Large Cap Value Series and

International Value Series

   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Minnesota Mutual Life Insurance   

U.S. Large Cap Value Series and

International Value Series

   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request

 

39


Table of Contents

Recipient

  

Master Funds/Portfolios

  

Business Purpose

  

Frequency

Steward Capital Management    U.S. Large Cap Value Series and International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Stratford Advisory Group    International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
U.S. Institutional Investment Consultants    International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Watershed Investment Consultants    International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
Integrys Energy Group Inc.    U.S. Large Cap Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Deloitte & Touche LLD    U.S. Large Cap Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request
Lynx Investment Advisory    U.S. Large Cap Value Series and International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly
University of Pittsburgh Medical Cener    International Value Series    Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Upon request

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. The Portfolios, the Master Funds, the Advisor or other parties do not receive any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS or any affiliated person of the Funds, the Trust, the Advisor or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders, the Portfolios and the Master Funds, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders, in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable business judgment that (1) the Portfolio or Master Fund, as applicable, has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer is also responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

 

40


Table of Contents

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Funds and Trust; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://www.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits a Portfolio, a Master Fund, the Advisor or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio or Master Fund or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolios and Master Funds to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. PwC audit the Funds’ annual financial statements. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Feeder Portfolios for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Funds’ annual report to shareholders relating to the Feeder Portfolios, and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

The audited financial statements of the U.S. Large Cap Value Series and the International Value Series for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, as set forth in the Trust’s annual report to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

A shareholder may obtain a copy of the annual reports upon request and without charge, by contacting the Funds at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI.

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolios may compare their investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations which track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolios may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolios or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of a Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

41


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

Concise Summary of 2010 U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.1 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Routine/Miscellaneous:

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

   

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

   

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

   

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

   

Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

2. Board of Directors:

Votes on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

   

Board Accountability

 

   

Board Responsiveness

 

   

Director Independence

 

1

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-1


Table of Contents
   

Director Competence

Board Accountability

Problematic Takeover Defenses

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST2 the entire board of directors (except new nominees3, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election — any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;

 

   

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote withhold/against every year until this feature is removed;

 

   

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly-adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually-elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill. This policy applies to all companies adopting or renewing pills after the announcement of this policy (Nov 19, 2009);

 

   

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-By-CASE on all nominees if the board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

   

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders- i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

   

The issuer’s rationale;

 

   

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

   

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

   

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

   

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

   

There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if:

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

 

2

In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the valid contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

 

3

A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If RMG cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
   

There is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance (see Pay for Performance Policy);

 

   

The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash, or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in the firm’s equity plan;

 

   

The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

 

   

The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment made to shareholders;

 

   

The company has problematic pay practices. Problematic pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.

Other Problematic Governance Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75 percent of the aggregate board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the director(s) involved. If this information cannot be obtained, withhold from all incumbent directors;

 

   

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

   

A classified board structure;

 

   

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

   

Majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to call special meetings;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to act by written consent;

 

   

A dual-class structure; and/or

 

   

A non-shareholder approved poison pill.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Board Responsiveness

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares; or

 

   

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Director Independence

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors in the Summary Guidelines) when:

 

   

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

   

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

   

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

A-3


Table of Contents
   

The full board is less than majority independent.

Director Competence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;

 

   

Pattern of absenteeism; and

 

   

Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;

 

   

Sit on more than six public company boards;4

 

   

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards.

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections5

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

   

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

   

Management’s track record;

 

   

Background to the proxy contest;

 

   

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

 

   

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

 

   

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

 

   

Stock ownership positions.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:

The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:

 

   

Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

   

serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;

 

   

approves information sent to the board;

 

   

approves meeting agendas for the board;

 

   

approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;

 

   

has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

   

if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;

 

   

Two-thirds independent board;

 

   

All independent key committees;

 

   

Established governance guidelines;

 

 

4

Dimensional will screen votes otherwise subject to this policy based on the qualifications and circumstances of the directors involved.

5

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-4


Table of Contents
   

A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;

 

   

The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Egregious compensation practices;

 

   

Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;

 

   

Corporate and/or management scandals;

 

   

Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or

 

   

Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.

3. Shareholder Rights & Defenses:6

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

For management proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing five-percent holder);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills- Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

   

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

   

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote FOR the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

   

No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

   

A term of no more than three years;

 

   

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

   

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

 

6

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to ratify a Pill to preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification. For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

The term;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote FOR management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

   

Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10% preferred);

 

   

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

   

Investor ownership structure; and

 

   

Shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote FOR management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account:

 

   

Ownership structure;

 

   

Quorum requirements; and

 

   

Supermajority vote requirements.

4. Capital/Restructuring:7

Common Stock Authorization

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

 

7

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-6


Table of Contents
   

The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and its three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class that has superior voting rights.

Preferred Stock

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares, and whether they are declawed.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series that has superior voting rights.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE –BY- CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The change-in-control figure presented in the “RMG Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

5. Compensation:8

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Equity Compensation Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

 

   

The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;

 

   

The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;

 

   

The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards (see Pay-for-Performance);

 

   

The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% or the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;

 

   

Liberal Change of Control Definition: The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or

 

   

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices.

Other Compensation Proposals and Policies

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation- Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

In general, the management say on pay (MSOP) ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices- dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against the MSOP rather than withholding or voting against the compensation committee. However, if there is no MSOP on which to express the dissatisfaction, then the secondary target will be members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior MSOP proposal; then vote withhold or against compensation committee member (or, if

 

 

8

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

the full board is deemed accountable, to all directors). If the negative factors impact equity-based plans, then vote AGAINST an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval.

Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST management say on pay (MSOP) proposals, AGAINST/WITHHOLD on compensation committee members (or, in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO), and/or AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if:

 

   

There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

   

The company maintains problematic pay practices;

 

   

The board exhibits poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Additional CASE-BY-CASE considerations for the management say on pay (MSOP) proposals:

 

   

Evaluation of performance metrics in short-term and long-term plans, as discussed and explained in the Compensation Discussion & Analysis (CD&A). Consider the measures, goals, and target awards reported by the company for executives’ short- and long-term incentive awards: disclosure, explanation of their alignment with the company’s business strategy, and whether goals appear to be sufficiently challenging in relation to resulting payouts;

 

   

Evaluation of peer group benchmarking used to set target pay or award opportunities. Consider the rationale stated by the company for constituents in its pay benchmarking peer group, as well as the benchmark targets it uses to set or validate executives’ pay (e.g., median, 75th percentile, etc.,) to ascertain whether the benchmarking process is sound or may result in pay “ratcheting” due to inappropriate peer group constituents (e.g., much larger companies) or targeting (e.g., above median); and

 

   

Balance of performance-based versus non-performance-based pay. Consider the ratio of performance-based (not including plain vanilla stock options) vs. non-performance-based pay elements reported for the CEO’s latest reported fiscal year compensation, especially in conjunction with concerns about other factors such as performance metrics/goals, benchmarking practices, and pay-for-performance disconnects.

Pay for Performance

Evaluate the alignment of the CEO’s pay with performance over time, focusing particularly on companies that have underperformed their peers over a sustained period. From a shareholders’ perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s stock performance over time. Even when financial or operational measures are utilized in incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures should ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long-term.

Focus on companies with sustained underperformance relative to peers, considering the following key factors:

 

   

Whether a company’s one-year and three-year total shareholder returns (“TSR”) are in the bottom half of its industry group (i.e., four-digit GICS – Global Industry Classification Group); and

 

   

Whether the total compensation of a CEO who has served at least two consecutive fiscal years is aligned with the company’s total shareholder return over time, including both recent and long-term periods.

If a company falls in the bottom half of its four-digit GICS, further analysis of the CD&A is required to better understand the various pay elements and whether they create or reinforce shareholder alignment. Also assess the CEO’s pay relative to the company’s TSR over a time horizon of at least five years. The most recent year-over-year increase or decrease in pay remains a key consideration, but there will be additional emphasis on the long term trend of CEO total compensation relative to shareholder return. Also consider the mix of performance-based compensation relative to total compensation. In general, standard stock options or time-vested restricted stock are not considered to be performance-based. If a company provides performance-based incentives to its executives, the company is highly encouraged to provide the complete disclosure of the performance measure and goals (hurdle rate) so that shareholders can assess the rigor of the performance program. The use of non-GAAP financial metrics also makes it very challenging for shareholders to ascertain the rigor of the program as shareholders often cannot tell the type of adjustments being made and if the adjustments were made consistently. Complete and transparent disclosure helps shareholders to better understand the company’s pay for performance linkage.

Problematic Pay Practices

 

A-9


Table of Contents

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

   

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

   

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

   

Options Backdating.

Non-Performance based Compensation Elements

Companies adopt a variety of pay arrangements that may be acceptable in their particular industries, or unique for a particular situation, and all companies are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. However, there are certain adverse practices that are particularly contrary to a performance-based pay philosophy, including guaranteed pay and excessive or inappropriate non-performance-based pay elements.

While not exhaustive, this is the list of practices that carry greatest weight in this consideration and may result in negative vote recommendations on a stand-alone basis. For more details, please refer to RMG’s Compensation FAQ document: http://www.riskmetrics.com/policy/2010_compensation_FAQ:

 

   

Multi-year guarantees for salary increases, non-performance based bonuses, and equity compensation;

 

   

Including additional years of unworked service that result in significant additional benefits, without sufficient justification, or including long-term equity awards in the pension calculation;

 

   

Perquisites for former and/or retired executives, and extraordinary relocation benefits (including home buyouts) for current executives;

 

   

Change-in-control payments exceeding 3 times base salary and target bonus; change-in-control payments without job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“Single Triggers”); new or materially amended agreements that provide for “modified single triggers” (under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package); new or materially amended agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up (including “modified gross-ups”);

 

   

Tax Reimbursements related to executive perquisites or other payments such as personal use of corporate aircraft, executive life insurance, bonus, etc; (see also excise tax gross-ups above)

 

   

Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;

 

   

Executives using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps or other similar arrangements; or

 

   

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender/subsequent regrant of underwater options).

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

Assess company policies and disclosure related to compensation that could incentivize excessive risk-taking, for example:

 

   

Guaranteed bonuses;

 

   

A single performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

   

Lucrative severance packages;

 

   

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

   

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

   

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

Vote CASE-by-CASE on options backdating issues. Generally, when a company has recently practiced options backdating, WITHHOLD from or vote AGAINST the compensation committee, depending on the severity of the practices and the subsequent corrective actions on the part of the board. When deciding on votes on compensation committee members who oversaw questionable options grant practices or current compensation committee members who fail to respond to the issue proactively, consider several factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

   

Duration of options backdating;

 

   

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

   

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

A-10


Table of Contents
   

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

A CASE-by-CASE analysis approach allows distinctions to be made between companies that had “sloppy” plan administration versus those that acted deliberately and/or committed fraud, as well as those companies that subsequently took corrective action. Cases where companies have committed fraud are considered most egregious.

Board Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay:

 

   

Poor disclosure practices, including:

 

   

Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;

 

   

Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;

 

   

Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained.

 

   

Board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues, for example:

 

   

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

   

Failure to respond to concerns raised in connection with significant opposition to MSOP proposals.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:

 

   

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

   

Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

   

Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

   

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

   

Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

   

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

   

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

   

Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Recoup Bonuses

 

A-11


Table of Contents

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned later turn out to have been in error. This is line with the clawback provision in the Trouble Asset Relief Program. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. RMG will take into consideration:

 

   

If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy;

 

   

If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems; or

 

   

If the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent.

Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While RMG favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

   

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:

 

   

Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or

 

   

A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or

 

   

A meaningful retention ratio,

 

   

Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.

 

   

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.

A rigorous stock ownership guideline should be at least 10x base salary for the CEO, with the multiple declining for other executives. A meaningful retention ratio should constitute at least 50 percent of the stock received from equity awards (on a net proceeds basis) held on a long-term basis, such as the executive’s tenure with the company or even a few years past the executive’s termination with the company.

6. Social/Environmental Issues:

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

2010 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2010

In order to provide greater analysis on shareholder meetings involving companies of which the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding, the Advisor has elected to receive research reports for certain meetings, as indicated below, from one or both of Glass Lewis and Proxy Governance, Inc. (“PGI”) in addition to RiskMetrics Group Inc. (“RMG”) (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”).

Specifically, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers in addition to RMG for shareholder meetings where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Election of Labor Representatives, Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers/Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Related Party Transactions; or Compensation Issues about which the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party. Additionally, the Advisor will obtain research from one or more Proxy Service Providers to supplement research from RMG for any shareholder meeting that involves a proxy contest. Finally, regardless of

 

A-12


Table of Contents

whether the Advisor’s clients hold a significant aggregate holding in the issuer, the Advisor may seek research from additional Proxy Service Providers for meetings involving compensation issues where the Advisor has been contacted by the solicitor, the issuer or a third party and the Advisor, in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Where research is obtained from multiple Proxy Service Providers in accordance with these Guidelines, the Advisor will first review the research reports obtained from RMG and Glass Lewis.9 If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis agree, the Advisor will vote accordingly. If the research reports from RMG and Glass Lewis are inconsistent, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI and vote in line with the majority position based on the information from the three Proxy Service Providers. For any meeting where research is available only from RMG and one other Proxy Service Provider and the reports do not agree, the Advisor will vote in line with the RMG recommendation.

1. Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

   

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

   

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

   

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

   

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

   

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

   

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

 

 

9

For any meeting where multiple reports are to be obtained and for which Glass Lewis has not issued a report, the Advisor will obtain research from PGI, if available.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

2. Board of Directors

Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

   

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

   

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

   

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

   

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

   

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors,10 e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives11 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees.

Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives12 if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are

 

 

 

10

The Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers for all contested elections and will in most cases vote in accordance with the majority recommendation of the Proxy Service Providers.

11

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

12

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

not required to be on those committees.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company; or

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)” service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about

 

   

his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

[Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.]

RMG Classification of Directors – International Policy 2010

Executive Director

 

   

Employee or executive of the company;

 

   

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits

that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

   

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

   

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

   

Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder, unless there is a clear lack of material[5] connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;

 

   

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

   

Government representative;

 

   

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

   

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

   

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

   

Relative[1] of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;

 

A-15


Table of Contents
   

Relative[1] of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

   

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

   

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

   

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

   

Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.[4]

 

   

Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate best practice guidance.

Independent NED

 

   

No material[5] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company (other than a board seat) or the dissenting significant shareholder.

Employee Representative

 

   

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

 

Footnotes:

 

[1]

“Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

[2]

Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3]

If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction). For Central and Eastern European countries: A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated. OR, A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) compared to the company’s total assets is more than 5 percent.

[4]

For example, in continental Europe, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In the United Kingdom and Ireland, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure.

[5]

For purposes of RMG director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal or otherwise that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

 

A-16


Table of Contents

Discharge of Directors

Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:

 

   

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or

 

   

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

   

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director Compensation13

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. Capital Structure14

Share Issuance Requests

 

 

13

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

14

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

General Issuances:

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

   

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet RMG guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

   

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market repurchase authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

   

Maximum volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”);

 

   

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

For markets that either generally do not specify the maximum duration of the authority or seek a duration beyond 18 months that is allowable under market specific legislation, RMG will assess the company’s historic practice. If there is evidence that a company has sought shareholder approval for the authority to repurchase shares on an annual basis, RMG will support the proposed authority.

In addition, vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

   

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

   

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

   

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;

 

   

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

RMG may support share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume under exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring). Such proposals will be assessed case-by-case based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

   

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

   

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. Other Items

Reorganizations/Restructurings15

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions16

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, RMG reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

 

15

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

16

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-19


Table of Contents
   

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable?

 

   

While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, RMG places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause RMG to scrutinize a deal more closely.

 

   

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable.

 

   

Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? RMG will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

   

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers17

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions18

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

In evaluating resolutions that seek shareholder approval on related party transactions (RPTs), vote on a case-by-case basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following: -

 

   

the parties on either side of the transaction;

 

   

the nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

   

the pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

   

the views of independent directors (where provided);

 

   

the views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

   

whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

   

the stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that RMG deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, RMG may recommend against the election of the director involved in the related-party transaction or the full board.

Compensation Plans19

 

 

17

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

18

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

19

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company, the company is soliciting votes on these issues, and the Advisor has been contacted by either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers. Alternatively, if a company held by the Advisor’s clients is soliciting votes on these issues and the Advisor has been contacted by

 

A-20


Table of Contents

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms20

Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

 

 

  either the solicitor, the issuer or a third party, the Advisor may deem additional research is warranted and may obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.
20

Where the Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding of a company and the company is soliciting votes on these issues, the Advisor will obtain and review research from RMG and one or more other Proxy Service Providers.

 

A-21


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC. (117/118)

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

 

ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.

 

  (a) Articles of Incorporation.

 

  (1) Articles of Amendment and Restatement filed with the Maryland State Secretary of State on July 9, 2009 re: the revision of Articles One through Nine of its Charter

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 115/116 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: December 14, 2009.

 

  (2) Articles Supplementary filed with the Maryland State Secretary of State on September 22, 2009 re: the allocation and classification of shares

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 115/116 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: December 14, 2009.

 

  (b) By-Laws.

Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant

ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.b.

 

  (c) Instruments Defining the Rights of Security holders.

 

  (1) See Articles Fifth of the Registrant’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement dated July 9, 2009.

 

  (2) See Article II of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated By-Laws.

 

  (d) Investment Advisory Agreement.

 

  (1) Investment Management Agreements.

 

  (a) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc. (“DFA”) dated May 13, 1987 re: the:

 

  * DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 48/49 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 20, 1998.

 

  (b) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated April 26, 1994, amended October 18, 1996 re: the:

 

  * VA Global Bond Portfolio (formerly the DFA Global Fixed Income Portfolio and the DFA Global Bond Portfolio)

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 48/49 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 20, 1998.

 

  (c) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated September 24, 1990 re: the:


Table of Contents
  * DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio (formerly the DFA Intermediate Government Bond Portfolio)

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 48/49 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 20, 1998.

 

  (d) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated April 2, 1991 re: the:

 

  * Large Cap International Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (e) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated September 21, 1992, amended December 20, 1996

 

  * DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (f) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated December 20, 1994 re: the:

 

  * DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (g) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated September 8, 1995 re: the:

 

  * VA U.S. Large Value Portfolio (formerly known as the VA Large Value Portfolio and DFA Global Value Portfolio)

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (h) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated September 8, 1995 re: the:

 

  * VA U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio (formerly known as the VA Small Value Portfolio)

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (i) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated September 8, 1995 re: the:

 

  * VA International Value Portfolio


Table of Contents

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (j) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated September 8, 1995 re: the:

 

  * VA International Small Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (k) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated September 8, 1995 re: the:

 

  * VA Short-Term Fixed Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (l) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated August 8, 1996 re: the:

 

  * International Small Company Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (m) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated December 7, 1998 re: the:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio (formerly Tax-Managed U.S. 5-10 Value Portfolio);
  * Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio (formerly Tax-Managed U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio); and
  * Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (1) Addendum Number One re: the reflection of the following name changes:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. 5-10 Value Portfolio to the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio to the Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 


Table of Contents
  (2) Addendum Number Two re: the reflection of the following name changes:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio to the Tax-Managed U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 88/89 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 30, 2007.

 

  (n) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated July 30, 2002 re: the:

 

  * DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 66/67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: July 30, 2002.

 

  (o) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 73/74 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 14, 2005.

(p) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated September 13, 2005 re: the:

 

  * U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 77/78 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 13, 2005.

 

  (q) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated September 13, 2005 re: the:

 

  * U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 77/78 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 13, 2005.

 

  (r) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated September 13, 2005 re: the:

 

  * International Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 77/78 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 13, 2005.

 

  (s) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated September 13, 2005 re: the:

 

  * U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio


Table of Contents

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 77/78 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 13, 2005.

 

  (t) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated August 7, 2006 re: the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 82/83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: August 4, 2006.

 

  (u) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA dated September 12, 2006 re: the:

 

  * DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 83/84 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 12, 2006.

 

  (v) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 85/86 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: December 5, 2006.

 

  (w) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 86/87 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 12, 2007.

 

  (x) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * T.A. U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 86/87 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 12, 2007.

 

  (y) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 88/89 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.

 


Table of Contents
  Filing  Date: March 30, 2007.

 

  (z) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 89/90 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: April 24, 2007.

 

  (aa) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * CSTG&E U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 90/91 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: May 8, 2007.

 

  (bb) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 90/91 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: May 8, 2007.

 

  (cc) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 99/100 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 10, 2008.

 

  (dd) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 99/100 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 10, 2008.

 

  (ee) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 96/97 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: October 17, 2007.

 

  (ff) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:


Table of Contents
  * T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 97/98 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: December 13, 2007.

 

  (gg) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 100/101 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 8, 2008.

 

  (hh) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * DFA International Value Ex Tobacco Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 105/106 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: April 9, 2008.

 

  (ii) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * International Vector Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-effective Amendment No. 107/108 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: May 9, 2008

 

  (jj) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.jj.

 

  (kk) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.kk.

 

  (ll) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.ll.

 

  (mm) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.mm.

 

  (nn) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio


Table of Contents
    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.nn.

 

  (oo) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.oo.

 

  (pp) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.pp.

 

  (qq) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.qq

 

  (rr) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * Continental Small Company Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.rr

 

  (ss) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.ss

 

  (tt) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.tt

 

  (uu) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * Japanese Small Company Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.uu

 

  (vv) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.vv

 

  (ww) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.ww

 

  (xx) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.xx

 

  (yy) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.yy


Table of Contents
  (zz) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * U.S. Large Company Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.zz

 

  (aaa) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.aaa

 

  (bbb) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re: the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.1.bbb

 

  (2) Sub-advisory Agreements.

 

  (a) Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia Ltd. (formerly DFA Australia Pty Limited) dated September 21, 1995 re: the:

 

  * VA International Small Portfolio.

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 37/38 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: November 22, 1995.

 

  (1) Amendment No. 1 to Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia Ltd. (formerly DFA Australia Pty Limited) dated July 18, 1997

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 78/79 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 30, 2006.

 

  (b) Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. dated September 21, 1995 re: the:

 

  * VA International Small Portfolio.

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 37/38 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: November 22, 1995.

 

  (c) Form of Consultant Services Agreement between DFA and DFA Australia Ltd. (formerly DFA Australia Pty Limited)

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 55/56 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 13, 1999.

 

  (d) Form of Consultant Services Agreement between DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 55/56 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 13, 1999.


Table of Contents
  (e) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. re: the:

 

  * International Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 77/78 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 13, 2005.

 

  (f) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia Ltd. re: the:

 

  * International Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 77/78 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 13, 2005.

 

  (g) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. dated August 7, 2006 re: the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 82/83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: August 4, 2006.

 

  (h) Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia Ltd. dated August 7, 2006 re: the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 82/83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: August 4, 2006.

 

  (i) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 85/86 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: December 5, 2006.

 

  (j) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 85/86 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: December 5, 2006.

 

  (k) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. re: the:

 

  * CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:


Table of Contents
  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 90/91 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: May 8, 2007.

 

  (l) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia Ltd. re: the:

 

  * CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 90/91 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: May 8, 2007.

 

  (m) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. re: the:

 

  * International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 96/97 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: October 17, 2007.

 

  (n) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia Ltd. re: the:

 

  * International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 96/97 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: October 17, 2007.

 

  (o) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 96/97 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: October 17, 2007.

 

  (p) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 96/97 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: October 17, 2007.

 

  (q) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. re: the:

 

  * T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 101/102 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 26, 2008.


Table of Contents
  (r) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia Ltd. re: the:

 

  * T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 101/102 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 26, 2008.

 

  (s) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 108/109 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: June 23, 2008.

 

  (t) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 108/109 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: June 23, 2008.

 

  (u) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. re: the:

 

  * International Vector Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 109/110 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: July 23, 2008.

 

  (v) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia Ltd. re: the:

 

  * International Vector Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 109/110 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: July 23, 2008.

 

  (w) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 114/115 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 27, 2009.

 

  (x) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:


Table of Contents
  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 114/115 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 27, 2009.

 

  (y) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors, Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.2.y.

 

  (z) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia, Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.2.z.

 

  (aa) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors, Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.2.aa.

 

  (bb) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia, Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.2.bb.

 

  (cc) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors, Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.2.cc.

 

  (dd) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia, Ltd. re: the:

 

  * DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.2.dd.

 

  (ee) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors, Ltd. re: the:

 

  * Large Cap International Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.2.ee.

 

  (ff) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia, Ltd. re: the:

 

  * Large Cap International Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.2.ff.

 

  (gg) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors, Ltd. re: the:

 

  * Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.2.gg.

 

  (hh) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia, Ltd. re: the:

 

  * Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.2.hh.

 

  (ii) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors, Ltd. re: the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio


Table of Contents
    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.2.ii.

 

  (jj) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia, Ltd. re: the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.d.2.jj.

 

  (e) Underwriting Contracts.

 

  (1) Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and DFA Securities Inc. dated December 19, 2003.

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (f) Bonus or Profit Sharing Plans.

Not Applicable.

 

  (g) Custodian Agreements.

 

  (1) Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and PNC Bank, N.A. (formerly Provident National Bank) dated June 19, 1989 re: the:

 

  * Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio;
  * DFA Two-Year Corporate Fixed Income Portfolio; and
  * DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 48/49 to Registration Statement of the Registrant on form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 20, 1998.

 

  (2) Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and PNC Bank, N.A. (formerly Provident National Bank) re: the:

 

  * U.S. 9-10 Small Company Portfolio;
  * U.S. Large Company Portfolio;
  * DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio;
  * DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio (formerly known as the DFA Intermediate Government Bond Portfolio; and
  * DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 114/115 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 27, 2009.

 

  (a) Addendum Number One re: the addition of:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. 5-10 Portfolio
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio
  * Tax-Managed International Value Portfolio
  * Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (b) Addendum Number Two re: the addition of:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio X;


Table of Contents
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 5-10 Value Portfolio X;
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio X; and
  * Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio X

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (c) Addendum Number Three re: the addition of:

 

  * LD U.S. Large Company Portfolio;
  * HD U.S. Large Company Portfolio;
  * LD U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio; and
  * HD U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (d) Addendum Number Four re: the reflection of the following name change:

 

  * RWB/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio to the AAM/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 59/60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 26, 2001.

 

  (e) Addendum Number Five re: the reflection of the following name changes:

 

  * U.S. 9-10 Small Company Portfolio to U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio
  * U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio to U.S. Small Cap Portfolio
  * U.S. 4-10 Value Portfolio to U.S. Small XM Value Portfolio
  * U.S. 6-10 Value Portfolio to U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio to Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 5-10 Value Portfolio to Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (f) Addendum Number Six re: the addition of the:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Portfolio; and the reflection of the following name changes:
  * LD U.S. Large Company Portfolio to LD U.S. Marketwide Portfolio
  * HD U.S. Large Company Portfolio to HD U.S. Marketwide Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 63/64 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 7, 2001.

 

  (g) Addendum Number Seven re: the reflection of the following name change:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Portfolio to Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio


Table of Contents

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 66/67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: July 30, 2002.

 

  (h) Addendum Number Eight re: the addition of the:

 

  * DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 66/67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: July 30, 2002.

 

  (i) Form of Addendum Number Nine re: the addition of the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 75/76 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 30, 2005.

 

  (j) Addendum Number Ten re: the addition of the:

 

  * U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio;
  * U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio;
  * U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio;
  * International Core Equity Portfolio;

and the reflection of the following name changes:

  * The Pacific Rim Small Company Portfolio to the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 77/78 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 13, 2005.

 

  (h) Other Material Contracts.

 

  (1) Transfer Agency Agreement.

Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant and PFPC Inc. (formerly Provident Financial Processing Corporation) dated June 19, 1989.

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 48/49 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 20, 1998.

 

  (a) Addendum Number One

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (b) Addendum Number Two re: the addition of:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio X;
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 5-10 Value Portfolio X;
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio X; and
  * Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio X

Incorporated herein by reference to:


Table of Contents
  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (c) Addendum Number Three re: the addition of:

 

  * LD U.S. Large Company Portfolio;
  * HD U.S. Large Company Portfolio;
  * LD U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio; and
  * HD U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (d) Addendum Number Four re: the reflection of the following name change:

 

  * RWB/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio to the AAM/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 59/60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 26, 2001.

 

  (e) Addendum Number Five re: the reflection of the following name changes:

 

  * U.S. 9-10 Small Company Portfolio to U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio
  * U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio to U.S. Small Cap Portfolio
  * U.S. 4-10 Value Portfolio to U.S. Small XM Value Portfolio
  * U.S. 6-10 Value Portfolio to U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio to Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 5-10 Value Portfolio to Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (f) Addendum Number Six re: the establishment of procedures for the provision of pricing information to Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company, Inc.

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 63/64 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 7, 2001.

 

  (g) Addendum Number Seven re: the addition of the:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Portfolio and the reflection of the following name changes:
  * LD U.S. Large Company Portfolio to LD U.S. Marketwide Portfolio
  * HD U.S. Large Company Portfolio to HD U.S. Marketwide Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 63/64 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.


Table of Contents
  Filing Date: September 7, 2001.

 

  (h) Addendum Number Eight re: the reflection of the following name change:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Portfolio to Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 66/67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: July 30, 2002.

 

  (i) Addendum Number Nine re: the addition of the:

 

  * DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 66/67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: July 30, 2002.

 

  (j) Form of Addendum Number Ten re: the addition of the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 75/76 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 30, 2005.

 

  (k) Addendum Number Eleven re: the addition of the:

 

  * U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio;
  * U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio;
  * U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio;
  * International Core Equity Portfolio;

and the reflection of the following name changes:

  * The Pacific Rim Small Company Portfolio to the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 77/78 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 13, 2005.

 

  (l) Form of Addendum Number Fourteen re: the addition of the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 82/83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: August 4, 2006.

 

  (2) Administration and Accounting Agreement

Administration and Accounting Services Agreement between the Registrant and Provident Financial Processing Corporation (“PFPC”) dated June 19, 1989.

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 48/49 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 20, 1998.


Table of Contents

 

  (a) Addendum Number One

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (b) Addendum Number Two re: the addition of:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio X;
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 5-10 Value Portfolio X;
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio X; and
  * Tax-Managed DFA International Value Portfolio X

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (c) Addendum Number Three re: the addition of:

 

  * LD U.S. Large Company Portfolio;
  * HD U.S. Large Company Portfolio;
  * LD U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio; and
  * HD U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (d) Addendum Number Four re: the reflection of the following name change:

 

  * RWB/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio to the AAM/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 59/60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 26, 2001.

 

  (e) Addendum Number Five re: the reflection of the following name changes:

 

  * U.S. 9-10 Small Company Portfolio to U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio
  * U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio to U.S. Small Cap Portfolio
  * U.S. 4-10 Value Portfolio to U.S. Small XM Value Portfolio
  * U.S. 6-10 Value Portfolio to U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio to Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Portfolio
  * Tax-Managed U.S. 5-10 Value Portfolio to Tax-Managed U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (f) Addendum Number Six re: the establishment of procedures for the provision of pricing information to Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company, Inc.

Incorporated herein by reference to:


Table of Contents

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 63/64 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 7, 2001.

 

  (g) Addendum Number Seven re: the addition of the:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Portfolio
  and the reflection of the following name changes:
  * LD U.S. Large Company Portfolio to LD U.S. Marketwide Portfolio
  * HD U.S. Large Company Portfolio to HD U.S. Marketwide Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 63/64 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 7, 2001.

 

  (h) Addendum Number Eight re: the reflection of the following name change:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Portfolio to Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 66/67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: July 30, 2002.

 

  (i) Addendum Number Nine re: the addition of the:

 

  * DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 66/67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: July 30, 2002.

 

  (j) Form of Addendum Number Ten re: the addition of the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 75/76 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 30, 2005.

 

  (k) Addendum Number Eleven re: the addition of the:

 

  * U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio;
  * U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio;
  * U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio;
  * International Core Equity Portfolio;
  and the reflection of the following name changes:
  * The Pacific Rim Small Company Portfolio to the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 77/78 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: September 13, 2005.

 

  (l) Form of Addendum Number Seventeen re: the addition of the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:


Table of Contents
  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 82/83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: August 4, 2006.

 

  (3) Administration Agreements.

 

    Administration Agreements between the Registrant and DFA.

 

  (a) Dated January 6, 1993 re: the

 

  * DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio (formerly The DFA Fixed Income Shares)

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999

 

  (b) Dated August 8, 1996 re: the:

 

  * Japanese Small Company Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (c) Dated August 8, 1996 re: the

 

  * United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (d) Dated August 8, 1996 re: the

 

  * Continental Small Company Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (e) Form of Amended and Restated Administration Agreement dated March 30, 2006 re: the:

 

  * U.S. Large Company Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 78/79 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 30, 2006.

 

  (f) Dated August 8, 1996 re: the

 

  * Asia Pacific Rim Small Company Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (1) Addendum Number One re: the reflection of the following name change:


Table of Contents
  * Pacific Rim Small Company Portfolio to Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 78/79 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 30, 2006.

 

  (g) Dated January 6, 1993 re: the

 

  * U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (1) Addendum Number One re: the reflection of the following name change:

 

  * U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio to U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (h) Dated January 6, 1993 re: the:

 

  * U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio (formerly the U.S. Large Cap High Book-to-Market Portfolio)

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (i) Dated January 6, 1993 re: the:

 

  * U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (1) Addendum Number One re: the reflection of the following name change:

 

  * U.S. 6-10 Value Portfolio (formerly the U.S. Small Cap High Book to Market Portfolio) to U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (j) Dated February 8, 1996 re: the

 

  * RWB/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio (formerly DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio; formerly the Reinhardt Werba Bowen International Large Stock Portfolio)

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.


Table of Contents
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (1) Addendum Number One re: the reflection of the following name change:

 

  * RWB/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio to the AAM/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 59/60 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 26, 2001.

 

  (k) Dated March 30, 1994 re:

 

  * Emerging Markets Portfolios

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (l) Dated February 8, 1996 re: the:

 

  * Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (m) Dated February 8, 1996 re: the

 

  * DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (n) Dated August 8, 1996 re: the:

 

  * International Small Company Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 70/71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 29, 2004.

 

  (o) Dated December 19, 1996 re: the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (p) Dated November 30, 1997 re: the:

 

  * U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.


Table of Contents
  (1) Form of Addendum Number One re: the reflection of the following name change:

 

  * U.S. 9-10 Small Company Portfolio to U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 60/61 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 23, 2001.

 

  (q) Form of Amended and Restated dated October 5, 1999 re: the:

 

  * U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 88/89 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 30, 2007.

 

  (r) Dated November 30, 1997 re: the:

 

  * Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (s) Dated December 8, 1998 re: the:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 50/51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 22, 1999.

 

  (t) Form of Dated August 1, 2001 re: the:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 61/62 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: May 18, 2001.

 

  (1) Addendum Number One re: the reflection of the following name change:

 

  * Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Portfolio to Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 66/67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: July 30, 2002.

 

  (4) Other.

 

  (a) Form of Marketing Agreement dated June 29, 1994 between DFA and National Home Life Assurance Company.

Incorporated herein by reference to:


Table of Contents
  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 33/34 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: June 19, 1995.

 

  (b) Participation Agreement between DFA Investment Dimensions Group, Inc., DFA, DFA Securities, Inc. and National Home Life Assurance Company.

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 33/34 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: June 19, 1995.

 

  (c) Form of Client Service Agent Agreement re: the:

 

  * RWB/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio (formerly the DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio and Reinhardt Werba Bowen International Large Stock Portfolio).

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 37/38 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: November 22, 1995.

 

  (1) Addendum Number One re: the reflection of the following name change:

 

  * RWB/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio to the AAM/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 59/60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 26, 2001.

 

  (d) Form of Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and DFA re:

 

  * DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio
  * TA U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 114/115 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 27, 2009.

 

  (e) Form of Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and DFA re:

 

  * Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio
  * U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio
  * U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio
  * U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio
  * International Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 114/115 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 27, 2009.

 

  (f) Form of Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and DFA re:


Table of Contents
  * U.S. Large Company Portfolio
  * U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio
  * International Small Company Portfolio
  * Japanese Small Company Portfolio
  * United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio
  * Continental Small Company Portfolio
  * Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio (formerly, Pacific Rim Small Company Portfolio)
  * Tax-Managed U.S. Equity Portfolio
  * DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio
  * DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio
  * Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio
  * DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 114/115 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 27, 2009.

 

  (g) Form of Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and DFA re:

 

  * U.S. Social Core Equity 2 Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 114/115 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 27, 2009.

 

  (h) Form of Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and DFA re:

 

  * DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 114/115 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 27, 2009.

 

  (i) Form of Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and DFA re:

 

  * International Vector Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 114/115 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 27, 2009.

 

  (j) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement between the Registrant and DFA re:

 

  * DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT 28.h.4.j.

 

  (k) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and DFA re:

 

  * DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 112/113 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.


Table of Contents
  Filing Date: November 26, 2008.

 

  (l) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and DFA re:

 

  * DFA VA Global Moderate Allocation Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 113/114 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: December 23, 2008.

 

  (m) Form of Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and DFA re:

 

  * Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio
  * U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio
  * U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio
  * DFA International Value Portfolio
  * Emerging Markets Portfolio
  * Emerging Markets Value Portfolio
  * DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio
  * DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio
  * DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio
  * Large Cap International Portfolio
  * DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio
  * DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio
  * DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income

Portfolio Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 114/115 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 27, 2009.

 

  (n) Form of Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and DFA re:

 

  * U.S. Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio
  * International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio
  * DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 114/115 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 27, 2009.

 

  (o) Form of Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and DFA re

 

  * TA World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 114/115 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 27, 2009.

 

  (p) Form of Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and DFA re

 

  * DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 114/115 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.


Table of Contents
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: February 27, 2009.

 

  (i) Legal Opinion.

 

  (1) Legal Opinion of Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP.

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-28.i.1.

 

  (j) Other Opinions.

 

  (1) Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

    ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-28.j.1.

 

  (2) Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP re LWAS/DFA International High Book to Market Portfolio.

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 53/54 to Dimensional Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: March 28, 2008.

 

  (k) Omitted Financial Statements.

Not applicable.

 

  (l) Initial Capital Agreements.

Subscription Agreement under Section 14(a)(3) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Previously filed with this registration statement and incorporated herein by reference.

 

  (m) Rule 12b-1 Plans.

Not Applicable

 

  (n) Plans pursuant to Rule 18f-3.

 

  (1) Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 95/96 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: October 10, 2007.

 

  (o) Powers-of-Attorney.

 

  (1) On behalf of the Registrant, Power-of-Attorney dated as of December 18, 2009, appointing David G. Booth, David R. Martin, Catherine L. Newell, Valerie A. Brown and Jeff J. Jeon as attorneys-in-fact to David G. Booth, George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, David R. Martin, Eduardo A. Repetto, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith.

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 116/117 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: December 22, 2009.

 

  (2) On behalf of The DFA Investment Trust Company, Power-of-Attorney dated as of December 18, 2009, appointing David G. Booth, David R. Martin, Catherine L. Newell, Valerie A. Brown and Jeff J. Jeon as attorneys-in-fact to David G. Booth, George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, David R. Martin, Eduardo A. Repetto, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith.

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 116/117 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: December 22, 2009.


Table of Contents
  (3) On behalf of Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, Power-of-Attorney dated as of December 18, 2009, appointing David G. Booth, David R. Martin, Catherine L. Newell, Valerie A. Brown and Jeff J. Jeon as attorneys-in-fact to David G. Booth, George M. Constantinides, John P. Gould, Roger G. Ibbotson, David R. Martin, Eduardo A. Repetto, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith.

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 116/117 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: December 22, 2009.

 

  (p) Codes of Ethics.

 

  (1) Code of Ethics of Registrant, Adviser, Sub-Advisers and Underwriter.

Incorporated herein by reference to:

 

  Filing: Post-Effective Amendment No. 69/70 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-A.
  File Nos.: 2-73948 and 811-3258.
  Filing Date: January 29, 2004.

 

ITEM 29. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE FUND.

None.

 

ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION.

Reference is made to Section 1 of Article IX of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated By-Laws, which provide for indemnification, as set forth below.

With respect to the indemnification of the Officers and Directors of the Corporation:

 

  (a) The Corporation shall indemnify each Officer and Director made party to a proceeding, by reason of service in such capacity, to the fullest extent, and in the manner provided, under Section 2-418 of the Maryland General Corporation Law: (i) unless it is proved that the person seeking indemnification did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in subsection (b)(1) of such section; and (ii) provided, that the Corporation shall not indemnify any officer or Director for any liability to the Corporation or its security holders arising from the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

 

  (b) The provisions of clause (i) of paragraph (a) herein notwithstanding, the Corporation shall indemnify each Officer and Director against reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the successful defense of any proceeding to which such Officer or Director is a party by reason of service in such capacity.

 

  (c) The Corporation, in the manner and to the extent provided by applicable law, shall advance to each Officer and Director who is made party to a proceeding by reason of service in such capacity the reasonable expenses incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISOR.

 

  (a) Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, with a principal place of business located at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin TX 78746, the investment manager for the Registrant, is also the investment manager for three other registered open-end investment companies, The DFA Investment Trust Company, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund and Dimensional Investment Group Inc. The


Table of Contents

Advisor also serves as sub-advisor for certain other registered investment companies.

The Advisor is engaged in the business of providing investment advice primarily to institutional investors. For additional information, please see “Management of the Fund” in PART A and “Directors and Officers” in PART B of this Registration Statement.

Additional information as to the Advisor and the partners and executive officers of the Advisor is included in the Advisor’s Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-16283), which is incorporated herein by reference and sets forth the executive officers and partners of the Advisor and information as to any business, profession, vocation or employment or a substantial nature engaged in by those officers and partners during the past two years.

 

  (b) The Sub-Advisor for the VA International Small Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio, International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio and DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, each a series of the Registrant, is Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”). DFAL has its principal place of business is 7 Down Street London W1J7AJ, United Kingdom. Additional information as to the DFAL and the directors and officers of DFAL is included in the DFAL’s Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-40136), which is incorporated herein by reference and sets forth the officers and directors of DFAL and information as to any business, profession, vocation or employment or a substantial nature engaged in by those officers and directors during the past two years.

 

  (c) The Sub-Advisor for the VA International Small Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Social Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, CSTG&E International Social Core Equity Portfolio, International Sustainability Core 1 Portfolio, T.A. World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio, DFA International Value ex Tobacco Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio and DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, each a series of the Registrant, is DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”). DFA has its principal placed of business is Level 43 Gateway, 1 MacQuarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia. Additional information as to DFA Australia and the directors and officers of DFA Australia is included in DFA Australia’s Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-48036), which is incorporated herein by reference and sets forth the officers and directors of DFA Australia and information as to any business, profession, vocation or employment or a substantial nature engaged in by those officers and directors during the past two years.

 

ITEM 32. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS.

 

  (a) DFA Securities Inc., (“DFAS”) is the principal underwriter for the Registrant. DFAS also serves as principal underwriter for The DFA Investment Trust Company, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund and Dimensional Investment Group Inc.

 

  (b) The following table sets forth information as to the Distributor’s Directors, Officers, Partners and Control Persons. The address of each officer is 1299 Ocean Avenue, Santa Monica, CA 90401:


Table of Contents

Name and Principal

Business Address

  

Positions and Offices with

Underwriter

  

Positions and Offices

with Fund

April A. Aandal

   Vice President    Vice President and Chief
Learning Officer

Darryl D. Avery

   Vice President    Vice President

Arthur H. Barlow

   Vice President    Vice President

Scott A. Bosworth

   Vice President    Vice President

Valerie A. Brown

   Vice President and
Assistant Secretary
   Vice President and
Assistant Secretary

David P. Butler

   Vice President    Vice President

Patrick E. Carter

   Vice President    Vice President

Joseph H. Chi

   Vice President    Vice President

Stephen A. Clark

   Vice President    Vice President

Robert P. Cornell

   Vice President    Vice President

Christopher S. Crossan

   Vice President and Chief
Compliance Officer
   Vice President and Chief
Compliance Officer

James L. Davis

   Vice President    Vice President

Robert T. Deere

   Vice President    Vice President

Peter F. Dillard

   Vice President    Vice President

Robert W. Dintzner

   Vice President    Vice President

Beth Ann Dranguet

   Vice President    Vice President

Kenneth Elmgren

   Vice President    Vice President

Richard A. Eustice

   Vice President and
Assistant Secretary
   Vice President and
Assistant Secretary

Eugene F. Fama, Jr.

   Vice President    Vice President

Gretchen A. Flicker

   Vice President    Vice President

Jed S. Fogdall

   Vice President    Vice President

Glenn S. Freed

   Vice President    Vice President

Jeremy P. Freeman

   Vice President    Vice President

Mark R. Gochnour

   Vice President    Vice President

Henry F. Gray

   Vice President    Vice President

John T. Gray

   Vice President    Vice President

Darla M. Hastings

   Vice President    Vice President

Joel H. Hefner

   Vice President    Vice President

Julie C. Henderson

   Vice President and
Fund Controller
   Vice President and Fund
Controller

Kevin B. Hight

   Vice President    Vice President

Christine W. Ho

   Vice President    Vice President

Jeff J. Jeon

   Vice President    Vice President

Patrick M. Keating

   Vice President    Vice President

David M. Kershner

   Vice President    Vice President

Joseph F. Kolerich

   Vice President    Vice President

Michael F. Lane

   Vice President    Vice President

Kristina M. LaRusso

   Vice President    Vice President

Immoo Lee

   Vice President    Vice President

Juliet H. Lee

   Vice President    Vice President

Apollo D. Lupescu

   Vice President    Vice President

Kenneth M. Manell

   Vice President    Vice President

Aaron M. Marcus

   Vice President and Head
of Global Human Resources
   Vice President and Head
of Global Human Resources

David R. Martin

   Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Treasurer
   Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and
Treasurer

Catherine L. Newell

   Vice President and
Secretary
   Vice President and Secretary

Christian Newton

   Vice President    Vice President

Carolyn L. O

   Vice President    Vice President

Gerard K. O’Reilly

   Vice President    Vice President

Daniel C. Ong

   Vice President    Vice President

Kyle K. Ozaki

   Vice President    Vice President

Carmen Palafox

   Vice President    Vice President

Sonya K. Park

   Vice President    Vice President

David A. Plecha

   Vice President    Vice President

Michael J. Porter

   Vice President    Vice President

Ted Randall

   Vice President    Vice President

L. Jacobo Rodriguez

   Vice President    Vice President

Julie A. Saft

   Vice President    Vice President

David E. Schneider

   Vice President    Vice President

Walid A. Shinnawi

   Vice President    Vice President

Bruce A. Simmons

   Vice President    Vice President

Ted R. Simpson

   Vice President    Vice President

Bryce D. Skaff

   Vice President    Vice President

Grady M. Smith

   Vice President    Vice President

Carl G. Snyder

   Vice President    Vice President

Lawrence R. Spieth

   Vice President    Vice President

Bradley G. Steiman

   Vice President    Vice President

Robert C. Trotter

   Vice President    Vice President

Karen E. Umland

   Vice President    Vice President

Sunil Wahal

   Vice President    Vice President

Brian J. Walsh

   Vice President    Vice President

Carol W. Wardlaw

   Vice President    Vice President

Weston J. Wellington

   Vice President    Vice President

Daniel M. Wheeler

   Vice President    Vice President

Ryan J. Wiley

   Vice President    Vice President

Paul E. Wise

   Vice President    Vice President

David G. Booth

   Chairman, Director, President
and Chief Executive Office
   Not Applicable

Kenneth R. French

   Director    Not Applicable

John A. McQuown

   Director    Not Applicable

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

   Shareholder    Not Applicable


Table of Contents
  (c) Not applicable.

 

ITEM 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.

The accounts and records of the Registrant are located at the office of the Registrant and at additional locations, as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc.

  

6300 Bee Cave Road,

Building One

Austin, TX 78746

PNC Global Investment Servicing

  

301 Bellevue Parkway,

Wilmington, DE 19809

ITEM 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

None.

 

ITEM 35. UNDERTAKINGS.

Not Applicable.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment Nos. 117/118 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Monica, the State of California, as of this 25th day of February, 2010.

 

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

                            (Registrant)

By:   /s/ David G. Booth*        
 

David G. Booth, President

(Signature and Title)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Post-Effective Amendment No. 117/118 to this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ David G. Booth*

David G. Booth

   President, Director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   February 25, 2010

/s/ Eduardo A. Repetto*

Eduardo A. Repetto

   Director   February 25, 2010

/s/ David R. Martin*

David R. Martin

   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Vice President   February 25, 2010

/s/ George M. Constantinides*

George M. Constantinides

   Director   February 25, 2010

/s/ John P. Gould*

John P. Gould

   Director   February 25, 2010

/s/ Roger G. Ibbotson*

Roger G. Ibbotson

   Director   February 25, 2010

/s/ Myron S. Scholes*

Myron S. Scholes

   Director   February 25, 2010

/s/ Abbie J. Smith*

Abbie J. Smith

   Director  

February 25, 2010

 

*By:   /s/ Valerie A. Brown         
 

Valerie A. Brown

Attorney-in-Fact
(Pursuant to a Power-of-Attorney)


Table of Contents

THE DFA INVESTMENT TRUST COMPANY consents to the filing of this Amendment to the Registration Statement of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. which is signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Monica, the State of California, as of the 25th day of February, 2010.

 

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

                            (Registrant)

By:   /s/ David G. Booth*        
 

David G. Booth, President

(Signature and Title)

The undersigned Trustees and principal officers of THE DFA INVESTMENT TRUST COMPANY consent to the filing of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 117/118 to the Registration Statement of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ David G. Booth*        

David G. Booth

   President, Trustee, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   February 25, 2010

/s/ Eduardo A. Repetto*

Eduardo A. Repetto

   Trustee   February 25, 2010

/s/ David R. Martin*

David R. Martin

   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Vice President   February 25, 2010

/s/ George M. Constantinides*

George M. Constantinides

   Trustee   February 25, 2010

/s/ John P. Gould*

John P. Gould

   Trustee   February 25, 2010

/s/ Roger G. Ibbotson*

Roger G. Ibbotson

   Trustee   February 25, 2010

/s/ Myron S. Scholes*

Myron S. Scholes

   Trustee   February 25, 2010

/s/ Abbie J. Smith*

Abbie J. Smith

   Trustee  

February 25, 2010

 

*By:   /s/ Valerie A. Brown         
 

Valerie A. Brown

Attorney-in-Fact
(Pursuant to a Power-of-Attorney)


Table of Contents

DIMENSIONAL EMERGING MARKETS VALUE FUND consents to the filing of this Amendment to the Registration Statement of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. which is signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Monica, the State of California, as of the 25th day of February, 2010.

 

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

                            (Registrant)

By:   /s/ David G. Booth*        
 

David G. Booth, President

(Signature and Title)

The undersigned Trustees and principal officers of DIMENSIONAL EMERGING MARKETS VALUE FUND consent to the filing of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 117/118 to the Registration Statement of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ David G. Booth*        

David G. Booth

   President, Trustee, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   February 25, 2010

/s/ Eduardo A. Repetto*

Eduardo A. Repetto

   Trustee   February 25, 2010

/s/ David R. Martin*

David R. Martin

   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Vice President   February 25, 2010

/s/ George M. Constantinides*

George M. Constantinides

   Trustee   February 25, 2010

/s/ John P. Gould*

John P. Gould

   Trustee   February 25, 2010

/s/ Roger G. Ibbotson*

Roger G. Ibbotson

   Trustee   February 25, 2010

/s/ Myron S. Scholes*

Myron S. Scholes

   Trustee   February 25, 2010

/s/ Abbie J. Smith*

Abbie J. Smith

   Trustee  

February 25, 2010

 

*By:   /s/ Valerie A. Brown         
 

Valerie A. Brown

Attorney-in-Fact
(Pursuant to a Power-of-Attorney)


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

28.b    Amended and Restated By-Laws
28.d.1.jj    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.kk    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.ll    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.mm    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.nn    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.oo    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.pp    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.qq    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.rr    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.ss    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.tt    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.uu    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.vv    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.ww    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.xx    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.yy    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.zz    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.aaa    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.1.bbb    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement
28.d.2.y    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors, Ltd.
28.d.2.z    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia, Ltd.
28.d.2.aa    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors, Ltd.
28.d.2.bb    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia, Ltd.
28.d.2.cc    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors, Ltd.
28.d.2.dd    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia, Ltd.
28.d.2.ee    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors, Ltd.
28.d.2.ff    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia, Ltd.
28.d.2.gg    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors, Ltd.
28.d.2.hh    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia, Ltd.
28.d.2.ii    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and Dimensional Fund Advisors, Ltd.
28.d.2.jj    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, DFA and DFA Australia, Ltd.
28.h.4.j    Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement
28.i.1    Legal Opinion of Stradley Ronon Stevens and Young LLP
28.j.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP